e20vf
Table of Contents

 
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 20-F
(Mark One)
     
o   REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR
     
þ   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009
OR
     
o   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR
     
o   SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Commission file number 1-14642
ING GROEP N.V.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
The Netherlands
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
ING Groep N.V.
Amstelveenseweg 500
1081 KL Amsterdam
P.O. Box 810, 1000 AV Amsterdam
The Netherlands
(Address of principal executive offices)
Hans van Barneveld
Telephone: +31 20 541 8510
E-mail: Hans.van.Barneveld@ing.com
Amstelveenseweg 500
1081KL Amsterdam
The Netherlands
(Name; Telephone, Email and Address of Company Contact Person)
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
     
    Name of each exchange on
Title of each class   which registered
American Depositary Shares, each representing one Ordinary share
  New York Stock Exchange
Ordinary shares, nominal value EUR 0.24 per Ordinary share and Bearer Depositary receipts in respect of Ordinary shares*
  New York Stock Exchange
 7.05% ING Perpetual Debt Securities
  New York Stock Exchange
 7.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities
  New York Stock Exchange
 6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities
  New York Stock Exchange
6.125% ING Perpetual Debt Securities
  New York Stock Exchange
5.775% ING Perpetual Debt Securities
  New York Stock Exchange
6.375% ING Perpetual Debt Securities
  New York Stock Exchange
7.375% ING Perpetual Debt Securities
  New York Stock Exchange
 8.50% ING Perpetual Debt Securities
  New York Stock Exchange
 
*   Listed, not for trading or quotation purposes, but only in connection with the registration of American Depositary Shares pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:
None
Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.
         
Ordinary shares, nominal value EUR 0.24 per Ordinary share
    3,831,560,513  
Bearer Depositary receipts in respect of Ordinary shares
    3,830,613,744  
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes þ     o No
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Yes o     þ No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes þ     o No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
             
     Large accelerated filer þ   Accelerated filer o   Non-accelerated filer o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company o
Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:
U.S. GAAP o
International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board þ
Other o
If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.
o Item 17     Item 18 o
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
Yes o     þ No
 
 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
                 
            PAGE
PART I
       
 
       
Item
       
 
       
1.       5  
2.       5  
3.       5  
4.       24  
5.       50  
6.       87  
7.       108  
8.       112  
9.       114  
10.       115  
11.       122  
12.       123  
       
 
       
PART II
       
 
       
13.       125  
14.       125  
15.       125  
16.       127  
            127  
            127  
            129  
            129  
       
 
       
PART III
       
 
       
18.       130  
19.       130  
       
 
       
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
       
 
       
            133  
 Exhibit 7
 Exhibit 8
 Exhibit 12.1
 Exhibit 12.2
 Exhibit 13.1
 Exhibit 13.2
 Exhibit 15.1
 Exhibit 15.2
 Exhibit 15.3

2


Table of Contents

PRESENTATION OF INFORMATION
In this Annual Report, and unless otherwise stated or the context otherwise dictates, references to “ING Groep N.V.”, “ING Groep” and “ING Group” refer to ING Groep N.V. and references to “ING”, the “Company”, the “Group”, “we” and “us” refer to ING Groep N.V. and its consolidated subsidiaries. ING Groep N.V.’s primary insurance and banking subsidiaries are ING Verzekeringen N.V. (together with its consolidated subsidiaries, “ING Insurance”) and ING Bank N.V. (together with its consolidated subsidiaries, “ING Bank”), respectively. References to “Executive Board” or “Supervisory Board” refer to the Executive Board or Supervisory Board of ING Groep N.V.
ING presents its consolidated financial statements in euros, the currency of the European Economic and Monetary Union. Unless otherwise specified or the context otherwise requires, references to “US$” and “Dollars” are to the United States dollars and references to “EUR” are to euros.
Solely for the convenience of the reader, this Annual Report contains translations of certain euro amounts into U.S. dollars at specified rates. These translations should not be construed as representations that the translated amounts actually represent such dollar or euro amounts, as the case may be, or could be converted into U.S. dollars or euros, as the case may be, at the rates indicated or at any other rate. Therefore, unless otherwise stated, the translations of euros into U.S. dollars have been made at the rate of euro 1.00 = $1.3516, the noon buying rate in New York City for cable transfers in euros as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (the “Noon Buying Rate”) on March 1, 2010.
ING prepares financial information in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS-IASB”) for purposes of reporting with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), including financial information contained in this Annual Report on Form 20-F. ING Group’s accounting policies and its use of various options under IFRS-IASB are described under ‘Principles of valuation and determination of results’ in the consolidated financial statements. In this document the term ”IFRS-IASB” is used to refer to IFRS-IASB as applied by ING Group.
The published 2009 Annual Accounts of ING Group, however, are prepared in accordance with IFRS-EU.IFRS-EU refers to International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as adopted by the European Union (“EU”), including the decisions ING Group made with regard to the options available under IFRS as adopted by the EU. IFRS-EU differs from IFRS-IASB, in respect of certain paragraphs in IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’ regarding hedge accounting for portfolio hedges of interest rate risk. Furthermore, IFRS 9 “Financial Instruments” (issued in 2009) is not yet endorsed by the EU and, therefore, is not yet part of IFRS-EU. However, IFRS 9 is only effective as of 2013 and ING has not early adopted IFRS 9 under IFRS-IASB.
Under IFRS-EU, ING Group applies fair value hedge accounting for portfolio hedges of interest rate risk (fair value macro hedges) in accordance with the EU ‘carve out’ version of IAS 39. Under the EU ‘IAS 39 carve-out’, hedge accounting may be applied, in respect of fair value macro hedges, to core deposits and hedge ineffectiveness is only recognized when the revised estimate of the amount of cash flows in scheduled time buckets falls below the original designated amount of that bucket and is not recognized when the revised amount of cash flows in scheduled time buckets is more than the original designated amount. Under IFRS-IASB, hedge accounting for fair value macro hedges can not be applied to core deposits and ineffectiveness arises whenever the revised estimate of the amount of cash flows in scheduled time buckets is either more or less than the original designated amount of that bucket.
This information is prepared by reversing the hedge accounting impacts that are applied under the EU ‘carve out’ version of IAS 39. Financial information under IFRS-IASB accordingly does not take account of the possibility that had ING Group applied IFRS-IASB as its primary accounting framework it might have applied alternative hedge strategies where those alternative hedge strategies could have qualified for IFRS-IASB compliant hedge accounting. These decisions could have resulted in different shareholders’ equity and net result amounts compared to those indicated in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.
Other than for SEC reporting, ING Group intends to continue to prepare its Annual Accounts under IFRS-EU.
A reconciliation between IFRS-EU and IFRS-IASB is included in Note 2.1 to the consolidated financial statements entitled Basis of preparation.
Effective March 4, 2008, amendments to Form 20-F permit Foreign Private Issuers to include financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS-IASB without reconciliation to US GAAP.

3


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated, gross premiums, gross premiums written and gross written premiums as referred to in this Annual Report include premiums (whether or not earned) for insurance policies written during a specified period, without deduction for premiums ceded, and net premiums, net premiums written and net written premiums include premiums (whether or not earned) for insurance policies written during a specified period, after deduction for premiums ceded. Certain amounts set forth herein may not sum due to rounding.
Although certain references are made to information available on ING’s website, no materials from ING’s website or any other source are incorporated by reference into this Annual Report, except as specifically stated herein.
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT WITH RESPECT TO FORWARD-
LOOKING STATEMENTS
Certain of the statements contained in this Annual Report that are not historical facts, including, without limitation, certain statements made in the sections hereof entitled “Information on the Company,” “Dividends,” “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects,” “Selected Statistical Information on Banking Operations” and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure of Market Risk” are statements of future expectations and other forward-looking statements that are based on management’s current views and assumptions and involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results, performance or events to differ materially from those expressed or implied in such statements. Actual results, performance or events may differ materially from those expressed or implied in such statements due to, without limitation,
  changes in general economic conditions, in particular economic conditions in ING’s core markets,
 
  changes in performance of financial markets, including developing markets,
 
  the implementation of ING’s restructuring plan to separate banking and insurance operations,
 
  changes in the availability of, and costs associated with, sources of liquidity such as interbank funding, as well as conditions in the credit markets generally, including changes in borrower and counterparty creditworthiness,
 
  the frequency and severity of insured loss events,
 
  changes affecting mortality and morbidity levels and trends,
 
  changes affecting persistency levels,
 
  changes affecting interest rate levels,
 
  changes affecting currency exchange rates,
 
  changes in general competitive factors,
 
  changes in laws and regulations,
 
  changes in the policies of governments and/or regulatory authorities,
 
  conclusions with regard to purchase accounting assumptions and methodologies,
 
  changes in ownership that could affect the future availability to us of net operating loss, net capital and built-in loss carry forwards,
 
  ING’s ability to achieve projected operational synergies.
ING is under no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information or for any other reason. See “Item 3. Key Information-Risk Factors” and “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects – Factors Affecting Results of Operations.”

4


Table of Contents

PART I
Item 1. Identity Of Directors, Senior Management And Advisors
Not Applicable.
Item 2. Offer Statistics And Expected Timetable
Not Applicable.
Item 3. Key Information
The selected consolidated financial information data is derived from the IFRS-IASB consolidated financial statements of ING Group.
The following information should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified by reference to the Group’s consolidated financial statements and other financial information included elsewhere herein.

5


Table of Contents

                                                 
    Year ended December 31,  
    2009     2009     2008(2)     2007(2)     2006(2)     2005(2)  
    USD(1)     EUR     EUR     EUR     EUR     EUR  
    (in millions, except amounts per share and ratios)  
IFRS-IASB Consolidated Income Statement Data
                                               
Income from banking operations:
                                               
Interest income
    109,677       81,146       98,201       76,859       59,262       48,342  
Interest expense
    92,729       68,607       87,115       67,823       49,927       39,180  
 
                                   
Net interest result
    16,948       12,539       11,085       9,036       9,335       9,162  
Investment income
    (4,752 )     (3,516 )     (2,459 )     1,969       849       937  
Commission income
    3,620       2,678       2,895       2,926       2,681       2,401  
Other income
    (61 )     (45 )     (3,500 )     1,182       1,513       1,348  
 
                                   
Total income from banking operations
    15,753       11,655       8,022       15,113       14,378       13,848  
Income from insurance operations:
                                               
Gross premiums written:
                                               
Life
    38,818       28,720       38,868       40,732       40,501       39,144  
Non-life
    2,395       1,772       4,944       6,086       6,333       6,614  
 
                                   
Total
    41,213       30,492       43,812       46,818       46,834       45,758  
Commission income
    2,615       1,935       2,070       1,901       1,636       1,346  
Investment and Other income
    4,545       3,363       8,970       13,488       11,172       10,299  
 
                                   
Total income from insurance operations
    48,374       35,790       54,851       62,208       59,642       57,403  
 
                                   
Total income (3)
    63,673       47,109       62,582       77,097       73,804       71,120  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Total expenditure from banking operations
    17,757       13,138       11,583       10,092       9,190       8,932  
Total expenditure from insurance operations:
                                               
Life
    46,876       34,682       51,622       49,526       49,106       47,156  
Non-life
    2,442       1,807       4,864       6,149       5,601       6,269  
 
                                   
Total
    49,319       36,489       56,486       55,675       54,707       53,425  
 
                                   
Total expenditure (3), (4)
    66,622       49,291       67,778       65,543       63,681       62,226  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Result before tax from banking operations
    (2,003 )     (1,482 )     (3,561 )     5,021       5,188       4,916  
Result before tax from insurance operations:
                                               
Life
    (1,212 )     (897 )     (2,146 )     5,314       3,436       2,666  
Non-life
    268       198       511       1,219       1,499       1,312  
 
                                   
Total
    (945 )     (699 )     (1,635 )     6,533       4,935       3,978  
 
                                   
Result before tax
    (2,948 )     (2,181 )     (5,196 )     11,554       10,123       8,894  
Taxation
    (864 )     (639 )     (1,667 )     1,665       1,961       1,379  
Minority interests
    (159 )     (118 )     (37 )     267       341       305  
 
                                   
Net result
    (1,925 )     (1,424 )     (3,492 )     9,622       7,821       7,210  
 
                                   
Dividend on Ordinary shares
                1,500       3,180       2,865       2,588  
Addition to shareholders’ equity
    (2,275 )     (1,683 )     (4,567 )     6,442       4,956       4,622  
Coupon payable on non-voting equity securities (7)
                                  259       (425 )
Net result attributable to equity holders of the Company
    (1,264 )     (935 )     (729 )     9,241       7,692       7,210  
Basic earnings per share (5)
    (1.03 )     (0.76 )     (1.31 )     3.45       2.79       2.55  
Diluted earnings per share (5)
    (1.01 )     (0.75 )     (1.31 )     3.43       2.76       2.55  
Dividend per Ordinary share (5)
                0.74       1.48       1.32       1.18  
Interim Dividend
                0.74       0.66       0.59       0.54  
Final Dividend
                      0.82       0.73       0.64  
Number of Ordinary shares outstanding (in millions)
    3,831.6       3,831.6       2,063.1       2,226.4       2,205.1       2,204.9  
Dividend pay-out ratio (6)
                n.a.       34.3 %     37.0 %     35.5 %

6


Table of Contents

                                                 
    Year ended December 31,  
    2009     2009     2008(2)     2007(2)     2006(2)     2005(2)  
    USD(1)     EUR     EUR     EUR     EUR     EUR  
    (in billions, except amounts per share and ratios)  
IFRS-IASB Consolidated Balance Sheet Data
                                               
Total assets
    1,567.9       1,160.0       1,328,6       1,313,2       1,226.5       1,158.6  
Investments:
                                               
Banking
    142.6       105.5       148.8       160.4       171.1       180.1  
Insurance
    144.1       106.6       109.5       132.3       140.5       144.5  
 
                                   
Total
    286.7       212.1       258.3       292.6       311.6       324.6  
Loans and advances to customers
    777.6       575.3       616.8       553.7       474.6       439.2  
Insurance and investment contracts:
                                               
Life
    305.5       226.0       213.0       232.4       237.9       232.1  
Non-life
    4.7       3.5       6.8       9.6       10.1       12.8  
Investment contracts
    15.3       11.3       21.1       23.7       20.7       18.6  
 
                                   
Total
    325.6       240.9       240.8       265.7       268.7       263.5  
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit:
                                               
Savings accounts of the banking operations
    411.0       304.1       274.3       275.1       283.1       269.4  
Other deposits and bank funds
    223.6       165.4       248.5       250.1       213.6       196.3  
 
                                   
Total
    634.6       469.5       522.8       525.2       496.7       465.7  
Amounts due to banks
    113.8       84.2       152.3       167.0       120.8       122.2  
Share capital in number of shares (in millions)
    3,831.6       3,831.6       2,063.1       2,242.4       2,268.1       2,292.0  
Shareholders’ equity
    42.0       31.1       15.1       37.7       38.4       36.7  
Non-voting equity securities
    6.8       5.0       10.0                          
Shareholders’ equity per Ordinary share 5)
    11.11       8.22       7.44       17.98       17.84       16.96  
 
(1)   Euro amounts have been translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate of $1.3516 to EUR 1.00, the noon buying rate in New York City on March 1, 2009 for cable transfers in euros as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.
 
(2)   For the impact of divestments see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” .
 
(3)   After elimination of certain intercompany transactions between the insurance operations and the banking operations. See Note 2.1. to the consolidated financial statements.
 
(4)   Includes all non-interest expenses, including additions to the provision for loan losses. See “Item 5, Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Liquidity and Capital Resources”.
 
(5)   Basic earnings per share amounts have been calculated based on the weighted average number of Ordinary shares outstanding and Shareholders’ equity per share amounts have been calculated based on the number of Ordinary shares outstanding at the end of the respective periods. For purposes of this calculation ING Groep N.V. shares held by Group companies are deducted from the total number of Ordinary shares in issue. The rights issue, which was finalized on 15 December 2009 has an effect on the basic earnings per share and the diluted earnings per share, as defined in IFRS IASB. All weighted average number of shares outstanding before the rights issue are restated with an adjustment factor that reflects the fact that the exercise price of the rights issue was less than the fair value of the shares, see Note 49 of Note 2.1 to the consolidated financial statements. The effect of dilutive securities is adjusted as well.
 
(6)   The dividend pay-out ratio is based on net result attributed to equity holders of the Company.
 
(7)   For details of the agreements with the Dutch State, see Note 13 of Note 2.1 to the consolidated financial statements.

7


Table of Contents

EXCHANGE RATES
Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the euro and the U.S. dollar will affect the U.S. dollar amounts received by owners of shares or ADSs on conversion of dividends, if any, paid in euros on the shares and will affect the U.S. dollar price of the ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange.
The following table sets forth, for the periods and dates indicated, certain information concerning the exchange rate for U.S. dollars into euros based on the Noon Buying Rate.
                                 
    U.S. dollars per euro
    Period   Average        
Calendar Period   End(1)   Rate(2)   High   Low
     
2005
    1.1842       1.2397       1.3476       1.1670  
2006
    1.3197       1.2661       1.3327       1.1860  
2007
    1.4603       1.3794       1.4862       1.2904  
2008
    1.3919       1.4695       1.6010       1.2446  
2009
    1.4332       1.3955       1.5100       1.2547  
 
(1)   The Noon Buying Rate at such dates differ from the rates used in the preparation of ING’s consolidated financial statements as of such date. See Note 2.1 to the consolidated financial statements.
 
(2)   The average of the Noon Buying Rates on the last business day of each full calendar month during the period.
The table below shows the high and low exchange rate of the U.S. dollar per euro for the last six months.
                 
    High   Low
     
September 2009
    1.4735       1.4235  
October 2009
    1.5029       1.4532  
November 2009
    1.5085       1.4658  
December 2009
    1.5100       1.4243  
January 2010
    1.4536       1.3870  
The Noon Buying Rate for euros on December 31, 2009 was EUR 1.00 = $1.4332 and the Noon Buying Rate for euros on March 1, 2010 was EUR 1.00 = $1.3516.

8


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS
Any of the risks described below could have a material adverse effect on the business activities, financial condition, results of operations and prospects of ING. The market price of ING shares could decline due to any of these risks, and investors could lose all or part of their investments. Additional risks of which the Company is not presently aware could also affect the business operations of ING and have a material adverse effect on ING’s business activities, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. In addition, the business of a multinational, broad-based financial services firm such as ING is inherently exposed to risks that only become apparent with the benefit of hindsight. The sequence in which the risk factors are presented below is not indicative of their likelihood of occurrence or the potential magnitude of their financial consequences.
Risks Related to the Financial Services Industry
Because we are an integrated financial services company conducting business on a global basis, our revenues and earnings are affected by the volatility and strength of the economic, business and capital markets environments specific to the geographic regions in which we conduct business. The ongoing turbulence and volatility of such factors have adversely affected, and may continue to adversely affect, the profitability of our insurance, banking and asset management business.
Factors such as interest rates, securities prices, credit (including liquidity) spreads, exchange rates, consumer spending, business investment, real estate and private equity valuations, government spending, inflation, the volatility and strength of the capital markets, and terrorism all impact the business and economic environment and, ultimately, the amount and profitability of business we conduct in a specific geographic region. For example, in an economic downturn, such as the one that has affected world economies since mid-2007, characterized by higher unemployment, lower family income, lower corporate earnings, higher corporate and private debt defaults, lower business investment and consumer spending, the demand for banking and insurance products is adversely affected and our reserves and provisions are likely to increase, resulting in lower earnings. Securities prices, real estate valuations and private equity valuations may be adversely impacted, and any such losses would be realized through profit and loss and shareholders’ equity. Some insurance products contain minimum return or accumulation guarantees. If returns do not meet or exceed the guarantee levels we may need to set up additional reserves to fund these future guaranteed benefits. In addition, we may experience an elevated incidence of claims and lapses or surrenders of policies. Our policyholders may choose to defer paying insurance premiums or stop paying insurance premiums altogether. Similarly, a downturn in the equity markets causes a reduction in commission income we earn from managing portfolios for third parties, income generated from our own proprietary portfolios, asset-based fee income on certain insurance products, and our capital base. We also offer a number of insurance and financial products that expose us to risks associated with fluctuations in interest rates, securities prices, corporate and private default rates, the value of real estate assets, exchange rates and credit spreads. See also “Risks Related to the Group — Interest rate volatility may adversely affect our profitability” below.
In case one or more of the factors mentioned above adversely affects the profitability of our business this might also result, among others, in the following:
  -   the unlocking of deferred acquisition costs impacting earnings; and/or
 
  -   reserve inadequacies which could ultimately be realized through profit and loss and shareholders’ equity; and/or
 
  -   the write down of tax assets impacting net results; and/or
 
  -   impairment expenses related to goodwill and other intangible assets, impacting net results.
In 2008 and 2009, shareholders’ equity and our net result were significantly impacted by the turmoil and the extreme volatility in the worldwide financial markets. Further negative developments in financial markets and/or economies may have a material adverse impact on shareholders’ equity and net result in future periods, including as a result of the potential consequences listed above. We are currently recalibrating our economic capital models to reflect the extreme market conditions experienced over recent quarters in order to align them more closely with regulatory measures. This may have a material impact on our economic capital for credit risk. See “Risks Related to the Group — Ongoing turbulence and volatility in the financial markets have adversely affected us, and may continue to do so”.

9


Table of Contents

Adverse capital and credit market conditions may impact our ability to access liquidity and capital, as well as the cost of credit and capital.
The capital and credit markets have been experiencing extreme volatility and disruption for more than two years. In the second half of 2008, the volatility and disruption reached unprecedented levels. In some cases, market developments have resulted in restrictions on the availability of liquidity and credit capacity for certain issuers.
We need liquidity in our day-to-day business activities to pay our operating expenses, interest on our debt and dividends on our capital stock; maintain our securities lending activities; and replace certain maturing liabilities. The principal sources of our liquidity are deposit funds, insurance premiums, annuity considerations, cash flow from our investment portfolio and assets, consisting mainly of cash or assets that are readily convertible into cash. Sources of liquidity in normal markets also include a variety of short- and long-term instruments, including repurchase agreements, commercial paper, medium-and long-term debt, junior subordinated debt securities, capital securities and stockholders’ equity.
In the event current resources do not satisfy our needs, we may have to seek additional financing. The availability of additional financing will depend on a variety of factors such as market conditions, the general availability of credit, the volume of trading activities, the overall availability of credit to the financial services industry, our credit ratings and credit capacity, as well as the possibility that customers or lenders could develop a negative perception of our long- or short-term financial prospects. Similarly, our access to funds may be limited if regulatory authorities or rating agencies take negative actions against us. If our internal sources of liquidity prove to be insufficient, there is a risk that external funding sources might not be available, or available at unfavorable terms.
Disruptions, uncertainty or volatility in the capital and credit markets may also limit our access to capital required to operate our business. Such market conditions may limit our ability to raise additional capital to support business growth, or to counter-balance the consequences of losses or increased regulatory capital requirements. This could force us to (1) delay raising capital, (2) reduce, cancel or postpone payment of dividends on our shares, (3) reduce, cancel or postpone interest payments on other securities, (4) issue capital of different types or under different terms than we would otherwise, or (5) incur a higher cost of capital than in a more stable market environment. This would have the potential to decrease both our profitability and our financial flexibility. Our results of operations, financial condition, cash flows and regulatory capital position could be materially adversely affected by disruptions in the financial markets.
In the course of 2008 and 2009, governments around the world, including the Dutch government, implemented unprecedented measures to provide assistance to financial institutions, in certain cases requiring (indirect) influence on or changes to governance and remuneration practices. In certain cases governments nationalized companies or parts thereof. The measures adopted in the Netherlands include both liquidity provision and capital reinforcement, and a Dutch Credit Guarantee Scheme. The liquidity and capital reinforcement measures expired on October 10, 2009, while the Credit Guarantee Scheme of the Netherlands is scheduled to run through June 30, 2010. To date, we have been able to benefit from these measures, but our participation in these measures has resulted in certain material restrictions on us, including those agreed to with the European Commission (“EC”) as part of our Restructuring Plan. See “Risks Related to the Group — Our agreements with the Dutch State impose certain restrictions regarding the issuance or repurchase of our shares and the compensation of certain senior management positions”, “Risks Related to the Group — The implementation of the Restructuring Plan and the divestments anticipated in connection with that plan will significantly alter the size and structure of the Group and involve significant costs and uncertainties that could materially impact the Group”. The Restructuring Plan as well as any potential future transactions with the Dutch State or any other government, if any, or actions by such government regarding ING could adversely impact the position or rights of shareholders, bondholders, customers or creditors and our results, operations, solvency, liquidity and governance.
In addition, we have built our liquidity risk framework on the premise that our liquidity is most efficiently and effectively managed by a centralized Group function. However, we are subject to the jurisdiction of a variety of banking and insurance regulatory bodies, some of which have proposed regulatory changes that, if implemented, would hinder our ability to manage our liquidity in such a centralized manner. Furthermore, regulatory liquidity requirements in certain jurisdictions in which we operate are generally becoming more stringent, undermining our efforts to maintain this centralized management of our liquidity. These developments may cause trapped pools of liquidity, resulting in inefficiencies in the cost of managing our liquidity, and hinder our efforts to integrate our balance sheet, which is an essential element of our Back to Basics program and our Restructuring Plan.

10


Table of Contents

The default of a major market participant could disrupt the markets.
Within the financial services industry the default of any one institution could lead to defaults by other institutions. The failure of a sufficiently large and influential institution could disrupt securities markets or clearance and settlement systems in our markets. This could cause market declines or volatility. Such a failure could lead to a chain of defaults that could adversely affect us and our contract counterparties. Concerns about, or a default by, one institution could lead to significant liquidity problems, losses or defaults by other institutions, as was the case after the bankruptcy of Lehman Brothers, because the commercial and financial soundness of many financial institutions may be closely related as a result of their credit, trading, clearing or other relationships. Even the perceived lack of creditworthiness of, or questions about, a counterparty may lead to market-wide liquidity problems and losses or defaults by us or by other institutions. This risk is sometimes referred to as “systemic risk” and may adversely affect financial intermediaries, such as clearing agencies, clearing houses, banks, securities firms and exchanges with whom we interact on a daily basis. Systemic risk could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise new funding and on its business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and/or prospects. In addition, such a failure could impact future product sales as a potential result of reduced confidence in the financial services industry.
Management believes that despite increased attention recently, systemic risk to the markets in which we operate continues to exist, and dislocations caused by the interdependency of financial market participants continues to be a potential source of material adverse changes to our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Because our life and non-life insurance and reinsurance businesses are subject to losses from unforeseeable and/or catastrophic events, which are inherently unpredictable, our actual claims amount may exceed our established reserves or we may experience an abrupt interruption of activities, each of which could result in lower net results and have an adverse effect on our results of operations.
In our life and non-life insurance and reinsurance businesses, we are subject to losses from natural and man-made catastrophic events. Such events include, without limitation, weather and other natural catastrophes such as hurricanes, floods, earthquakes and epidemics, as well as events such as terrorist attacks.
The frequency and severity of such events, and the losses associated with them, are inherently unpredictable and cannot always be adequately reserved for. Furthermore, we are subject to actuarial and underwriting risks such as, for instance, mortality, longevity, morbidity, and adverse home claims development which result from the pricing and acceptance of insurance contracts. In accordance with industry practices, modelling of natural catastrophes is performed and risk mitigation measures are made. In case claims occur, reserves are established based on estimates using actuarial projection techniques. The process of estimating is based on information available at the time the reserves are originally established and includes updates when more information becomes available. Although we continually review the adequacy of the established claim reserves, there can be no assurances that our actual claims experience will not exceed our estimated claim reserves. If actual claim amounts exceed the estimated claim reserves, our earnings may be reduced and our net results may be adversely affected. In addition, because unforeseeable and/or catastrophic events can lead to an abrupt interruption of activities, our banking and insurance operations may be subject to losses resulting from such disruptions. Losses can relate to property, financial assets, trading positions, insurance and pension benefits to employees and also to key personnel. If our business continuity plans are not able to be put into action or do not take such events into account, losses may further increase.
We operate in highly regulated industries. There could be an adverse change or increase in the financial services laws and/or regulations governing our business.
We are subject to detailed banking, insurance, asset management and other financial services laws and government regulation in each of the jurisdictions in which we conduct business. Regulatory agencies have broad administrative power over many aspects of the financial services business, which may include liquidity, capital adequacy and permitted investments, ethical issues, money laundering, privacy, record keeping, and marketing and selling practices. Banking, insurance and other financial services laws, regulations and policies currently governing us and our subsidiaries may also change at any time in ways which have an adverse effect on our business, and it is difficult to predict the timing or form of any future regulatory or enforcement initiatives in respect thereof. Also, bank regulators and other supervisory authorities in the EU, the US and elsewhere continue to scrutinize payment processing and other transactions under regulations governing such matters as money-laundering, prohibited transactions with countries subject to sanctions, and bribery or other anti-corruption measures. Regulation is becoming increasingly more extensive and complex and regulators are focusing increased scrutiny on the industries in which we operate, often requiring additional Company resources. These regulations can serve to limit our activities, including through our net capital, customer

11


Table of Contents

protection and market conduct requirements, and restrictions on businesses in which we can operate or invest. If we fail to address, or appear to fail to address, appropriately any of these matters, our reputation could be harmed and we could be subject to additional legal risk, which could, in turn, increase the size and number of claims and damages asserted against us or subject us to enforcement actions, fines and penalties.
In light of current conditions in the global financial markets and the global economy, regulators have increased their focus on the regulation of the financial services industry. Most of the principal markets where we conduct our business have adopted, or are currently considering, major legislative and/or regulatory initiatives in response to the financial crisis. In particular, governmental and regulatory authorities in the Netherlands, the United Kingdom, the United States and elsewhere are implementing measures to increase regulatory control in their respective financial markets and financial services sectors, including in the areas of prudential rules, capital requirements, executive compensation and financial reporting, among others. For example, the EC is conducting a full scale review of solvency margins and provisions for insurance companies known as “Solvency II”. Each member state of the EEA, including the Netherlands, is required to implement Solvency II by October 31, 2012. On December 17, 2009 the Basel Committee issued two consultative documents proposing reforms to bank capital and liquidity regulation and the EC is also considering increasing the capital requirements for banks. In addition, the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) is considering changes to several IFRS standards, including significant changes to the standard on financial instruments (IAS 39) and to the standard on pensions (IAS 19). These changes could have a material impact on our reported results and financial condition.
Governments in the Netherlands and abroad have also intervened on an unprecedented scale, responding to stresses experienced in the global financial markets. Some of the measures adopted subject us and other institutions for which they were designed to additional restrictions, oversight or costs. For restrictions related to the Core Tier 1 Securities and the IABF, as further described in Item 4. “Information on the Company Recent Developments” (together, the “Dutch State Transactions”), see “— Our agreements with the Dutch State impose certain restrictions regarding the issuance or repurchase of our shares and the compensation of certain senior management positions”. As a result of having received state aid through the Dutch State Transactions, we were required to submit our Restructuring Plan to the EC in connection with obtaining final approval for the Dutch State Transactions. See “Risks Related to the Group — The implementation of the Restructuring Plan and the divestments anticipated in connection with that plan will significantly alter the size and structure of the Group and involve significant costs and uncertainties that could materially impact the Group”. We cannot predict whether or when future legislative or regulatory actions may be taken, or what impact, if any, actions taken to date or in the future could have on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Despite our efforts to maintain effective compliance procedures and to comply with applicable laws and regulations, there are a number of risks in areas where applicable regulations may be unclear, subject to multiple interpretation or under development or may conflict with one another, where regulators revise their previous guidance or courts overturn previous rulings, or we fail to meet applicable standards. Regulators and other authorities have the power to bring administrative or judicial proceedings against us, which could result, amongst other things, in suspension or revocation of our licenses, cease and desist orders, fines, civil penalties, criminal penalties or other disciplinary action which could materially harm our results of operations and financial condition.
RISKS RELATED TO THE GROUP
Ongoing turbulence and volatility in the financial markets have adversely affected us, and may continue to do so.
Our results of operations are materially impacted by conditions in the global capital markets and the economy generally. The stress experienced in the global capital markets that started in the second half of 2007 continued and substantially increased throughout 2008 and, although market conditions have improved, volatility continued in 2009, particularly the early part of the year. The crisis in the mortgage market in the United States, triggered by a serious deterioration of credit quality, led to a revaluation of credit risks. These conditions have resulted in greater volatility, widening of credit spreads and overall shortage of liquidity and tightening of financial markets throughout the world. In addition, prices for many types of asset-backed securities (“ABS”) and other structured products have significantly deteriorated. These concerns have since expanded to include a broad range of fixed income securities, including those rated investment grade, the international credit and interbank money markets generally, and a wide range of financial institutions and markets, asset classes, such as public and private equity, and real estate sectors. As a result, the market for fixed income instruments has experienced decreased liquidity, increased price volatility, credit downgrade events, and increased probability of default. Securities that are less liquid are more difficult to value and may be hard to dispose of. International equity markets have also been experiencing heightened volatility and

12


Table of Contents

turmoil, with issuers, including ourselves, that have exposure to the real estate, mortgage, private equity and credit markets particularly affected. These events and market upheavals, including extreme levels of volatility, have had and may continue to have an adverse effect on our revenues and results of operations, in part because we have a large investment portfolio and extensive real estate activities around the world. In addition, the confidence of customers in financial institutions is being tested. Consumer confidence in financial institutions may, for example, decrease due to our or our competitors’ failure to communicate to customers the terms of, and the benefits to customers of, complex or high-fee financial products. Reduced confidence could have an adverse effect on our revenues and results of operations, including through an increase of lapses or surrenders of policies and withdrawal of deposits. Because a significant percentage of our customer deposit base is originated via Internet banking, a loss of customer confidence may result in a rapid withdrawal of deposits over the Internet.
As a result of the ongoing and unprecedented volatility in the global financial markets in 2007 and 2008, we have incurred substantial negative revaluations on our investment portfolio, which have impacted our shareholders’ equity and earnings. During 2009, the revaluation reserve position improved substantially, positively impacting shareholders’ equity. Although we believe that reserves for insurance liabilities are generally adequate at the Group, inadequacies in certain product areas have developed.
Such impacts have arisen primarily as a result of valuation issues arising in connection with our investments in real estate (both in and outside the US) and private equity, exposures to US mortgage-related structured investment products, including sub-prime and Alt-A Residential and Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities (“RMBS” and “CMBS”, respectively), Collateralized Debt Obligations (“CDOs”) and Collateralized Loan Obligations (“CLOs”), monoline insurer guarantees and other investments. In many cases, the markets for such investments and instruments have been and remain highly illiquid, and issues relating to counterparty credit ratings and other factors have exacerbated pricing and valuation uncertainties. Valuation of such investments and instruments is a complex process involving the consideration of market transactions, pricing models, management judgment and other factors, and is also impacted by external factors such as underlying mortgage default rates, interest rates, rating agency actions and property valuations. While we continue to monitor our exposures in this area, in light of the ongoing market environment and the resulting uncertainties concerning valuations, there can be no assurances that we will not experience further negative impacts to our shareholders’ equity or profit and loss accounts from such assets in future periods.
The implementation of the Restructuring Plan and the divestments anticipated in connection with that plan will significantly alter the size and structure of the Group and involve significant costs and uncertainties that could materially impact the Group.
In November 2008 the Dutch State purchased the Core Tier 1 Securities, and in the first quarter of 2009 we entered into the IABF with the Dutch State as further described on page 30.
As a result of having received state aid through the Dutch State Transactions, we were required to submit a restructuring plan (the “Restructuring Plan”) to the EC in connection with obtaining final approval for the Dutch State Transactions under the EC state aid rules. On October 26, 2009, we announced our Restructuring Plan, pursuant to which we are required to divest by the end of 2013 all of our insurance business, including the investment management business, as well as ING Direct US, which operates our direct banking business in the United States, and certain portions of our retail banking business in the Netherlands. The EC’s approval of the Restructuring Plan was issued on November 18, 2009. On January 28, 2010 ING lodged an appeal with the General Court of the European Union (the “General Court”) against specific elements of the EC’s decision regarding the Restructuring Plan. Notwithstanding this appeal, we are committed executing the Restructuring Plan as announced on October 26, 2009. In addition, in order to obtain approval of the Restructuring Plan, we committed to make a series of additional payments to the Dutch State, corresponding to adjustments to the net fees payable under the IABF. These payments have significantly increased the cost of the IABF to us and has resulted in a one-time, pre-tax charge of EUR 1.3 billion recorded in the fourth quarter of 2009 which has adversely affected our results of operations and financial condition. See Item 4. Information on the Company – recent Developments”.
Although we believe in the merit of our appeal lodged with the General Court of the European Union, there can be no assurance as to its success or as to any consequences resulting from its rejection.
In connection with the Restructuring Plan, we have also agreed to not be a price leader in certain EU markets with respect to certain retail, private and direct banking products and to refrain from acquisitions of financial institutions and of businesses that would delay our repurchase of the Core Tier 1 Securities not purchased with the proceeds of the Offering. Those limitations may last until November 18, 2012 and could adversely affect our ability to maintain or grow market share in key markets as well as our results of operations. See “Risks

13


Table of Contents

Related to the Group — The limitations agreed with the EC on our ability to compete and to make acquisitions or call certain debt instruments could materially impact the Group”.
We have announced that we will consider making our required divestments by means of initial public offerings, sales, spin-offs, combinations of the foregoing or other means. There can be no assurance that we will be able to implement the Restructuring Plan successfully or complete the announced divestments on favorable terms or at all, particularly in light of both the plan’s 2013 deadline and expected challenging market conditions in which other financial institutions may place similar assets for sale during the same time period and may seek to dispose of assets in the same manner. Any failure to successfully implement the Restructuring Plan may result in EC enforcement actions and may have a material adverse impact on the assets, profitability, capital adequacy and business operations of the Group. Moreover, in connection with the implementation of the Restructuring Plan, including any proposed divestments, we or potential buyers may need to obtain various approvals, including of shareholders, works councils and regulatory and competition authorities, and we and potential buyers may face difficulties in obtaining these approvals in a timely manner or at all. In addition, the implementation of the Restructuring Plan may strain relations with our employees, and specific proposals in connection with the implementation may be opposed by labor unions or works councils. Furthermore, following the announcement of the Restructuring Plan, several of our subsidiaries have been downgraded or put on credit watch by rating agencies. See “Risks Related to the Group — Ratings are important to our business for a number of reasons. Among these are the issuance of debt, the sale of certain products and the risk weighting of bank and insurance assets. Downgrades could have an adverse impact on our operations and net results”.
Other factors that may impede our ability to implement the Restructuring Plan successfully include an inability of prospective purchasers to obtain funding due to the deterioration of the credit markets, insufficient access to equity capital markets, a general unwillingness of prospective purchasers to commit capital in the current market environment, antitrust concerns, any adverse changes in market interest rates or other borrowing costs and any declines in the value of the assets to be divested. Although equity capital markets have improved over the past few months, it may also be difficult to divest all or part of our insurance or investment management business through one or more initial public offerings. There can also be no assurance that we could obtain favorable pricing for a sale of all or part of our insurance or investment management business in the public markets or succeed in turning the relevant subsidiaries into viable standalone businesses. A divestment may also release less regulatory capital than we would otherwise expect. Any failure to complete the divestments on favorable terms, whether by sale, through an initial public offering, a spin-off or otherwise, could have a material adverse impact on our assets, profitability, capital adequacy and business operations. If we are unable to complete the announced divestments in a timely manner, we would be required to find alternative ways to reduce our leverage, and we could be subject to enforcement actions or proceedings by the EC. In particular, if we do not succeed in completing divestitures contemplated by the Restructuring Plan within the timelines set out therein, the EC may request the Dutch State to appoint a divestiture trustee with a mandate to complete the relevant divestiture with no minimum price.
In addition, it is possible that a third party will challenge the EC decision to approve the Restructuring Plan in the European Courts. ING does not believe that any such challenge would be likely to succeed, but if it were to succeed the EC would need to reconsider its decision which may have an adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition.
The implementation of the divestments announced in connection with the Restructuring Plan, including the separation of the insurance and most of the investment management operations from the banking operations, will also give rise to additional costs related to the legal and financial assessment of potential transactions. The implementation may also result in increased operating and administrative costs. The process of completing the steps contemplated by the Restructuring Plan may be disruptive to our business and the businesses we are trying to sell and may cause an interruption or reduction of our business and the businesses to be sold as a result of, among other factors, the loss of key employees or customers and the diversion of management’s attention from our day-to-day business as a result of the need to manage the divestment process as well as any disruptions or difficulties that arise during the course of the divestment process. We may face other difficulties in implementing the Restructuring Plan and completing the planned divestments. For instance, the divestments, individually or in the aggregate, may trigger provisions in various contractual obligations, including debt instruments, which could require us to modify, restructure or refinance the related obligations. We may not be able to effect any such restructuring or refinancing on similar terms as the current contractual obligations or at all. In addition, the announced divestments could be the subject of challenges or litigation, and a court could delay any of the divestment transactions or prohibit them from occurring on their proposed terms, or from occurring at all, which could adversely affect our ability to use the funds of the divestments to repurchase the Core Tier 1 Securities, reduce or eliminate our double leverage and strengthen our capital ratios as anticipated and eliminate the constraints on competition imposed by the EC.
The limitations agreed with the EC on our ability to compete and to make acquisitions or call certain debt instruments could materially impact the Group.

14


Table of Contents

As part of our Restructuring Plan, we have undertaken with the EC to accept certain limitations on our ability to compete in certain retail, private and direct banking markets in the European Union and on our ability to acquire financial institutions and businesses that would delay our repurchase of the Core Tier 1 Securities held by the Dutch State. These restrictions apply until the earlier of: (1) November 18, 2012, and (2) the date upon which we repurchase all remaining Core Tier 1 Securities held by the Dutch State. We have also agreed to limitations on our ability to call Tier-2 capital and Tier 1 hybrid debt instruments. If the EC does not approve the calling of Tier-2 capital and Tier 1 hybrid debt instruments in the future, this may have adverse consequences for us, result in additional payments on these instruments and limit our ability to seek refinancing on more favorable terms. The limitations described above will impose significant restrictions on our banking business operations and on our ability to take advantage of market conditions and growth opportunities. Such restrictions could adversely affect our ability to maintain or grow market share in key markets, as well as our results of operations.
Upon the implementation of the Restructuring Plan, we will be less diversified and may experience competitive and other disadvantages.
Following completion of the planned divestments under the Restructuring Plan, we expect to become a significantly smaller, regional financial institution focused on retail, direct and commercial banking in the Benelux region and certain other parts of Europe, as well as selected markets outside Europe. Although we will remain focused on banking operations, we may become a smaller bank than that represented by our current banking operations. In the highly competitive Benelux market and the other markets in which we operate, our competitors may be larger, more diversified and better capitalized and have greater geographical reach than us, which could have a material adverse effect on our ability to compete, as well as on our profitability. The divested businesses may also compete with the retained businesses, on their own or as part of the purchasers’ enlarged businesses. In addition, the restrictions on our ability to be a price leader and make acquisitions and on our compensation policies could further hinder our capacity to compete with competitors not burdened with such restrictions, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. There can be no assurance that the implementation of the Restructuring Plan will not have a material adverse effect on the market share, business and growth opportunities and results of operations for our remaining core banking businesses.
Our Restructuring Programs may not yield intended reductions in costs, risk and leverage.
In April 2009, we announced our Back to Basics program to reduce our costs, risk and leverage. In addition to restructuring our banking and insurance businesses so that they are operated separately under the ING umbrella, the Back to Basics program includes cost-reduction measures, as well as plans for divestments. On October 26, 2009, we announced that we had reached an agreement with the EC on our Restructuring Plan, pursuant to which we announced further divestments. Projected cost savings and impact on our risk profile and capital associated with these initiatives are subject to a variety of risks, including:
    contemplated costs to effect these initiatives may exceed estimates;
 
    divestments planned in connection with the Restructuring Plan may not yield the level of net proceeds expected, as described under “Risks Related to the Group — The implementation of the Restructuring Plan and the divestments anticipated in connection with that plan will significantly alter the size and structure of the Group and involve significant costs and uncertainties that could materially impact the Group”;
 
    initiatives we are contemplating may require consultation with various regulators as well as employees and labor representatives, and such consultations may influence the timing, costs and extent of expected savings;
 
    the loss of skilled employees in connection with the initiatives; and
 
    projected savings may fall short of targets.
While we have begun and expect to continue to implement these strategies, there can be no assurance that we will be able to do so successfully or that we will realize the projected benefits of these and other restructuring and cost saving initiatives. If we are unable to realize these anticipated cost reductions, our business may be adversely affected. Moreover, our continued implementation of restructuring and cost saving initiatives may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

15


Table of Contents

Because we operate in highly competitive markets, including our home market, we may not be able to increase or maintain our market share, which may have an adverse effect on our results of operations.
There is substantial competition in the Netherlands and the other countries in which we do business for the types of insurance, commercial banking, investment banking, asset management and other products and services we provide. Customer loyalty and retention can be influenced by a number of factors, including relative service levels, the prices and attributes of products and services, and actions taken by competitors. If we are not able to match or compete with the products and services offered by our competitors, it could adversely impact our ability to maintain or further increase our market share, which would adversely affect our results of operations. Such competition is most pronounced in our more mature markets of the Netherlands, Belgium, the Rest of Western Europe, the United States, Canada and Australia. In recent years, however, competition in emerging markets, such as Latin America, Asia and Central and Eastern Europe, has also increased as large insurance and banking industry participants from more developed countries have sought to establish themselves in markets which are perceived to offer higher growth potential, and as local institutions have become more sophisticated and competitive and have sought alliances, mergers or strategic relationships with our competitors. The Netherlands and the United States are our largest markets for both our banking and insurance operations. Our main competitors in the banking sector in the Netherlands are ABN AMRO Bank/Fortis and Rabobank. Our main competitors in the insurance sector in the Netherlands are Achmea, ASR and Aegon. Our main competitors in the United States are insurance companies such as Lincoln National, Hartford, Aegon Americas, AXA, Met Life, Prudential, Nationwide and Principal Financial. Increasing competition in these or any of our other markets may significantly impact our results if we are unable to match the products and services offered by our competitors. Over time, certain sectors of the financial services industry have become more concentrated, as institutions involved in a broad range of financial services have been acquired by or merged into other firms or have declared bankruptcy. In 2008 and 2009, this trend accelerated considerably, as several major financial institutions consolidated, were forced to merge or received substantial government assistance, and this trend may continue in light of the EC’s scrutiny of state aid transactions. These developments could result in our competitors gaining greater access to capital and liquidity, expanding their ranges of products and services, or gaining geographic diversity. We may experience pricing pressures as a result of these factors in the event that some of our competitors seek to increase market share by reducing prices. In addition, under the Restructuring Plan we have agreed to certain restrictions imposed by the EC, including with respect to our price leadership in EU banking markets and our ability to make acquisitions of financial institutions and other businesses. See — The limitations agreed with the EC on our ability to compete and to make acquisitions or call certain debt instruments could materially impact the Group”.
Our agreements with the Dutch State impose certain restrictions regarding the issuance or repurchase of our shares and the compensation of certain senior management positions.
For so long as the Dutch State holds at least 25% of the Core Tier 1 Securities, issued by us on November 12, 2008, for so long as the IABF is in place, or for so long as any of the government guaranteed senior unsecured bonds issued by ING Bank N.V. on January 30, 2009, February 20, 2009 and March 12, 2009 under the Credit Guarantee Scheme of the Netherlands (the “Government Guaranteed Bonds”) are outstanding, we are prohibited from issuing or repurchasing any of our own shares (other than as part of regular hedging operations and the issuance of shares according to employment schemes) without the consent of the Dutch State’s nominees on the Supervisory Board. In addition, under the terms of the Core Tier 1 Securities and IABF, we have agreed to institute certain restrictions on the compensation of the members of the Executive Board and senior management, including incentives or performance-based compensation. These restrictions could hinder or prevent us from attracting or retaining the most qualified management with the talent and experience to manage our business effectively. In connection with these transactions, the Dutch State was granted the right to nominate two candidates for appointment to the Supervisory Board. The Dutch State’s nominees have veto rights over certain material transactions. Our agreements with the Dutch State have also led to certain restrictions imposed by the EC as part of the Restructuring Plan, including with respect to our price leadership in EU banking markets and our ability to make acquisitions of financial institutions and other businesses. See “Risks Related to the Group — The limitations agreed with the EC on our ability to compete and to make acquisitions or call certain debt instruments could materially impact the Group”.
Because we do business with many counterparties, the inability of these counterparties to meet their financial obligations could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
General
Third-parties that owe us money, securities or other assets may not pay or perform under their obligations. These parties include the issuers whose securities we hold, borrowers under loans originated, customers,

16


Table of Contents

trading counterparties, counterparties under swaps, credit default and other derivative contracts, clearing agents, exchanges, clearing houses and other financial intermediaries. Defaults by one or more of these parties on their obligations to us due to bankruptcy, lack of liquidity, downturns in the economy or real estate values, operational failure, etc., or even rumours about potential defaults by one or more of these parties or regarding the financial services industry generally, could lead to losses for us, and defaults by other institutions. In light of the significant constraints on liquidity and high cost of funds in the interbank lending market, which arose in 2008 and early 2009, particularly following the collapse of Lehman Brothers in September 2008, and given the high level of interdependence between financial institutions, we are and will continue to be subject to the risk of deterioration of the commercial and financial soundness, or perceived soundness, of other financial services institutions. This is particularly relevant to our franchise as an important and large counterparty in equity, fixed-income and foreign exchange markets, including related derivatives, which exposes it to concentration risk.
We routinely execute a high volume of transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including brokers and dealers, commercial banks, investment banks, mutual and hedge funds, insurance companies and other institutional clients, resulting in large daily settlement amounts and significant credit exposure. As a result, we face concentration risk with respect to specific counterparties and customers. We are exposed to increased counterparty risk as a result of recent financial institution failures and weakness and will continue to be exposed to the risk of loss if counterparty financial institutions fail or are otherwise unable to meet their obligations. A default by, or even concerns about the creditworthiness of, one or more financial services institutions could therefore lead to further significant systemic liquidity problems, or losses or defaults by other financial institutions.
With respect to secured transactions, our credit risk may be exacerbated when the collateral held by us cannot be realized, or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the loan or derivative exposure due us. We also have exposure to a number of financial institutions in the form of unsecured debt instruments, derivative transactions and equity investments. For example, we hold certain hybrid regulatory capital instruments issued by financial institutions which permit the issuer to defer coupon payments on the occurrence of certain events or at their option. The EC has indicated that, in certain circumstances, it may require these financial institutions to defer payment. If this were to happen, we expect that such instruments may experience ratings downgrades and/or a drop in value and we may have to treat them as impaired, which could result in significant losses. There is no assurance that losses on, or impairments to the carrying value of, these assets would not materially and adversely affect our business or results of operations.
In addition, we are subject to the risk that our rights against third parties may not be enforceable in all circumstances. The deterioration or perceived deterioration in the credit quality of third parties whose securities or obligations we hold could result in losses and/or adversely affect our ability to rehypothecate or otherwise use those securities or obligations for liquidity purposes. A significant downgrade in the credit ratings of our counterparties could also have a negative impact on our income and risk weighting, leading to increased capital requirements. While in many cases we are permitted to require additional collateral from counterparties that experience financial difficulty, disputes may arise as to the amount of collateral we are entitled to receive and the value of pledged assets. Our credit risk may also be exacerbated when the collateral we hold cannot be realized or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the loan or derivative exposure that is due to us, which is most likely to occur during periods of illiquidity and depressed asset valuations, such as those currently experienced. The termination of contracts and the foreclosure on collateral may subject us to claims for the improper exercise of its rights. Bankruptcies, downgrades and disputes with counterparties as to the valuation of collateral tend to increase in times of market stress and illiquidity.
Any of these developments or losses could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and/or prospects.
Reinsurers
Our insurance operations have bought protection for risks that exceed certain risk tolerance levels set for both our life and non-life businesses. This protection is bought through reinsurance arrangements in order to reduce possible losses. Because in most cases we must pay the policyholders first, and then collect from the reinsurer, we are subject to credit risk with respect to each reinsurer for all such amounts. As a percentage of our (potential) reinsurance as of December 31, 2009, the greatest exposure after collateral to an individual external reinsurer was approximately 27%, approximately 45% related to four other external reinsurers and the remainder of the reinsurance exposure related to various other reinsurers. The inability or unwillingness of any one of these reinsurers to meet its financial obligations to us, or the insolvency of our reinsurers, could have a material adverse effect on our net results and our financial results.

17


Table of Contents

Current market conditions have increased the risk of loans being impaired. We are exposed to declining property values on the collateral supporting residential and commercial real estate lending.
We are exposed to the risk that our borrowers may not repay their loans according to their contractual terms and that the collateral securing the payment of these loans may be insufficient. We may continue to see adverse changes in the credit quality of our borrowers and counterparties, for example as a result of their inability to refinance their indebtedness, with increasing delinquencies, defaults and insolvencies across a range of sectors. This trend has led and may lead to further impairment charges on loans and other assets, higher costs and additions to loan loss provisions. The volume of impaired loans may continue if unfavorable economic conditions persist.
Furthermore, a significant increase in the size of our provision for loan losses could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations. Due to worsening economic conditions in the past two years, we have experienced an increase of impaired loans.
The fall of commercial and residential real estate prices and lack of market liquidity during the past two years has had an adverse effect on the value of the collateral we hold. Economic and other factors could lead to further contraction in the residential mortgage and commercial lending market and to further decreases in residential and commercial property prices which could generate substantial increases in impairment losses.
Interest rate volatility may adversely affect our profitability.
Changes in prevailing interest rates may negatively affect our business including the level of net interest revenue we earn, and for our banking business the levels of deposits and the demand for loans. In a period of changing interest rates, interest expense may increase at different rates than the interest earned on assets. Accordingly, changes in interest rates could decrease net interest revenue. Changes in the interest rates may negatively affect the value of our assets and our ability to realize gains or avoid losses from the sale of those assets, all of which also ultimately affect earnings. In addition, an increase in interest rates may decrease the demand for loans.
In addition, during periods of declining interest rates, life insurance and annuity products may be relatively more attractive to consumers, resulting in increased premium payments on products with flexible premium features, and a higher percentage of insurance policies remaining in force from year-to-year, creating asset liability duration mismatches. A decrease in interest rates may also require an addition to provisions for guarantees included in life policies, as the guarantees become more valuable to policy holders. During a low interest rate period, our investment earnings may be lower because the interest earnings on our fixed income investments will likely have declined in parallel with market interest rates on our assets recorded at fair value. Declining interest rates may also affect the results of our reserve adequacy testing which may in turn result in reserve strengthening. In addition, mortgages and fixed maturity securities in our investment portfolios will be more likely to be prepaid or redeemed as borrowers seek to borrow at lower interest rates. Consequently, we may be required to reinvest the proceeds in securities bearing lower interest rates. Accordingly, during periods of declining interest rates, our profitability may suffer as the result of a decrease in the spread between interest rates charged to policyholders and returns on our investment portfolios.
Conversely, in periods of rapidly increasing interest rates, policy loans, and withdrawals and surrenders of life insurance policies and fixed annuity contracts may increase as policyholders choose to forego insurance protection and seek higher investment returns. Obtaining cash to satisfy these obligations may require us to liquidate fixed maturity investments at a time when market prices for those assets are depressed because of increases in interest rates. This may result in realized investment losses. Regardless of whether we realize an investment loss, these cash payments would result in a decrease in total invested assets, and may decrease our net income. Premature withdrawals may also cause us to accelerate amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs, which would also reduce our net income.
We may incur losses due to failures of banks falling under the scope of state compensation schemes.
In the Netherlands and other jurisdictions deposit guarantee schemes and similar funds (“Compensation Schemes”) have been implemented from which compensation may become payable to customers of financial services firms in the event the financial service firm is unable to pay, or unlikely to pay, claims against it. In many jurisdictions in which we operate, these Compensation Schemes are funded, directly or indirectly, by financial services firms which operate and/or are licensed in the relevant jurisdiction. As a result of the increased number of bank failures, in particular since the fall of 2008, we expect that levies in the industry will continue to rise as a result of the Compensation Schemes. In particular, we are a participant in the Dutch Deposit Guarantee Scheme, which guarantees an amount of EUR 100,000 per person per bank (regardless of

18


Table of Contents

the number of accounts held). The costs involved with making compensation payments under the Dutch Deposit Guarantee Scheme are allocated among the participating banks by the Dutch Central Bank, De Nederlandsche Bank N.V. (the “DNB”), based on an allocation key related to their market shares with respect to the deposits protected by the Dutch Deposit Guarantee Schemes. Given our size we may incur significant compensation payments to be made under the Dutch Deposit Guarantee Scheme, which we may be unable to recover from the bankrupt estate. The ultimate costs to the industry of payments which may become due under the Compensation Schemes, remains uncertain although they may be significant and these and the associated costs to us may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
We may be unable to manage our risks successfully through derivatives.
We employ various economic hedging strategies with the objective of mitigating the market risks that are inherent in our business and operations. These risks include currency fluctuations, changes in the fair value of our investments, the impact of interest rate, equity markets and credit spread changes and changes in mortality and longevity. We seek to control these risks by, among other things, entering into a number of derivative instruments, such as swaps, options, futures and forward contracts including from time to time macro hedges for parts of our business.
Developing an effective strategy for dealing with these risks is complex, and no strategy can completely insulate us from risks associated with those fluctuations. Our hedging strategies also rely on assumptions and projections regarding our assets, general market factors and the credit worthiness of our counterparties that may prove to be incorrect or prove to be inadequate. Accordingly, our hedging activities may not have the desired beneficial impact on our results of operations or financial condition. Poorly designed strategies or improperly executed transactions could actually increase our risks and losses. If we terminate a hedging arrangement, we may also be required to pay additional costs, such as transaction fees or breakage costs. There have been periods in the past, and it is likely that there will be periods in the future, during which we have incurred or may incur losses on transactions, perhaps significant, after taking into account our hedging strategies. Further, the nature and timing of our hedging transactions could actually increase our risk and losses. In addition, hedging strategies involve transaction costs and other costs. Our hedging strategies and the derivatives that we use and may use may not adequately mitigate or offset the risk of interest rate volatility, and our hedging transactions may result in losses.
Because we use assumptions about factors to determine the insurance provisions, deferred acquisition costs (“DAC”) and value of business added (“VOBA”), the use of different assumptions about these factors may have an adverse impact on our results of operations.
The establishment of insurance provisions, including the impact of minimum guarantees which are contained within certain variable annuity products, the adequacy test performed on the provisions for life policies and the establishment of DAC and VOBA are inherently uncertain processes involving assumptions about factors such as court decisions, changes in laws, social, economic and demographic trends, inflation, investment returns, policyholder behaviour (e.g., lapses, persistency, etc.) and other factors, and, in the life insurance business, assumptions concerning mortality, longevity and morbidity trends.
The use of different assumptions about these factors could have a material effect on insurance provisions and underwriting expense. Changes in assumptions may lead to changes in the insurance provisions over time. Furthermore, some of these assumptions can be volatile.
Because we use assumptions to model client behaviour for the purpose of our market risk calculations, the difference between the realization and the assumptions may have an adverse impact on the risk figures and future results.
We use assumptions in order to model client behaviour for the risk calculations in our banking and insurance books. Assumptions are used to determine insurance liabilities, the price sensitivity of savings and current accounts and to estimate the embedded optional risk in the mortgage and investment portfolios. The realization or use of different assumptions to determine the client behaviour could have material adverse effect on the calculated risk figures and ultimately future results.
Our risk management policies and guidelines may prove inadequate for the risks we face.
The methods we use to manage, estimate and measure risk are partly based on historic market behaviour. The methods may, therefore, prove to be inadequate for predicting future risk exposure, which may be significantly greater than what is suggested by historic experience. For instance, these methods did not predict the losses seen in the stressed conditions in recent periods, and may also not adequately allow prediction of

19


Table of Contents

circumstances arising due to the government interventions and stimulus packages, which increase the difficulty of evaluating risks. Other methods for risk management are based on evaluation of information regarding markets, customers or other information that is publicly known or otherwise available to us. Such information may not always be correct, updated or correctly evaluated.
We may incur further liabilities in respect of our defined benefit retirement plans if the value of plan assets is not sufficient to cover potential obligations.
ING Group companies operate various defined benefit retirement plans covering a significant number of our employees. The liability recognized in our consolidated balance sheet in respect of our defined benefit plans is the present value of the defined benefit obligations at the balance sheet date, less the fair value of each plan’s assets, together with adjustments for unrecognized actuarial gains and losses and unrecognized past service costs. We determine our defined benefit plan obligations based on internal and external actuarial models and calculations using the projected unit credit method. Inherent in these actuarial models are assumptions including discount rates, rates of increase in future salary and benefit levels, mortality rates, trend rates in health care costs, consumer price index, and the expected return on plan assets. These assumptions are based on available market data and the historical performance of plan assets, and are updated annually. Nevertheless, the actuarial assumptions may differ significantly from actual results due to changes in market conditions, economic and mortality trends and other assumptions. Any changes in these assumptions could have a significant impact on our present and future liabilities to and costs associated with our defined benefit retirement plans.
We are subject to a variety of regulatory risks as a result of our operations in less developed markets.
In the less developed markets in which we operate, judiciary and dispute resolution systems may be less developed. As a result in case of a breach of contract we may have difficulties in making and enforcing claims against contractual counterparties and, if claims are made against us, we might encounter difficulties in mounting a defence against such allegations. If we become party to legal proceedings in a market with an insufficiently developed judiciary system, it could have an adverse effect on our operations and net result.
In addition, as a result of our operations in less developed markets, we are subject to risks of possible nationalization, expropriation, price controls, exchange controls and other restrictive government actions, as well as the outbreak of hostilities, in these markets. In addition, the current economic environment in certain of the less developed countries in which we operate may increase the likelihood for regulatory initiatives to protect homeowners from foreclosures. Any such regulatory initiative could have an adverse impact on our ability to protect our economic interest in the event of defaults on residential mortgages.
Because we are a financial services company and we are continually developing new financial products, we might be faced with claims that could have an adverse effect on our operations and net result if clients’ expectations are not met.
When new financial products are brought to the market, communication and marketing aims to present a balanced view of the product (however there is a focus on potential advantages for the customers). Whilst we engage in a due diligence process when we develop products, if the products do not generate the expected profit, or result in a loss, or otherwise do not meet expectations, customers may file claims against us. Such claims could have an adverse effect on our operations and net result.
Ratings are important to our business for a number of reasons. Among these are the issuance of debt, the sale of certain products and the risk weighting of bank and insurance assets. Downgrades could have an adverse impact on our operations and net results.
We have credit ratings from Standard & Poor’s Ratings Service (“Standard & Poor’s”), a division of the McGraw Hill Companies, Moody’s Investor Service (“Moody’s”) and Fitch Ratings. Each of the rating agencies reviews its ratings and rating methodologies on a recurring basis and may decide on a downgrade at any time. In the event of a downgrade the cost of issuing debt will increase, having an adverse effect on net results. Certain institutional investors may also be obliged to withdraw their deposits from ING following a downgrade, which could have an adverse effect on our liquidity. Following the announcement of the Restructuring Plan, several of our subsidiaries have been downgraded or put on credit watch by rating agencies.
Claims paying ability, at the Group or subsidiary level, and financial strength ratings are factors in establishing the competitive position of insurers. A rating downgrade could elevate lapses or surrenders of policies requiring cash payments, which might force us to sell assets at a price that may result in realized investment losses. Among others, total invested assets decreases and deferred acquisition costs might need to be accelerated,

20


Table of Contents

adversely impacting earnings. A downgrade may adversely impact relationships with distributors of our products and services and customers, which may affect new sales and our competitive position.
Furthermore, ING Bank’s assets are risk weighted. Downgrades of these assets could result in a higher risk weighting which may result in higher capital requirements. This may impact net earnings and the return on capital, and may have an adverse impact on our competitive position.
Capital requirements for ING’s insurance businesses in a number of jurisdictions, such as the US and the EU, are based on a risk-based capital model. A downgrade of assets in these markets could result in a higher risk weighting which may lead to higher capital requirements.
Our business may be negatively affected by a sustained increase in inflation.
A sustained increase in the inflation rate in our principal markets would have multiple impacts on us and may negatively affect our business, solvency position and results of operations. For example, a sustained increase in the inflation rate may result in an increase in market interest rates which may (1) decrease the value of certain fixed income securities we hold in our investment portfolios resulting in reduced levels of unrealized capital gains available to us which could negatively impact our solvency position and net income, (2) result in increased surrenders of certain life & savings products, particularly, those with fixed rates below market rates, and (3) require us, as an issuer of securities, to pay higher interest rates on debt securities we issue in the financial markets from time to time to finance our operations which would increase our interest expenses and reduce our results of operations. A significant and sustained increase in inflation has historically also been associated with decreased prices for equity securities and sluggish performance of equity markets generally. A sustained decline in equity markets may (1) result in impairment charges to equity securities that we hold in our investment portfolios and reduced levels of unrealized capital gains available to us which would reduce our net income and negatively impact our solvency position, (2) negatively impact performance, future sales and surrenders of our unit-linked products where underlying investments are often allocated to equity funds, and (3) negatively impact the ability of our asset management subsidiaries to retain and attract assets under management, as well as the value of assets they do manage, which may negatively impact their results of operations. In addition, in the context of certain property & casualty risks underwritten by our insurance subsidiaries (particularly “long-tail” risks), a sustained increase in inflation with a resulting increase in market interest rates may result in (1) claims inflation (i.e., an increase in the amount ultimately paid to settle claims several years after the policy coverage period or event giving rise to the claim), coupled with (2) an underestimation of corresponding claims reserves at the time of establishment due to a failure to fully anticipate increased inflation and its effect on the amounts ultimately payable to policyholders, and, consequently, (3) actual claims payments significantly exceeding associated insurance reserves which would negatively impact our results of operations. In addition, a failure to accurately anticipate higher inflation and factor it into our product pricing assumptions may result in a systemic mispricing of our products resulting in underwriting losses which would negatively impact our results of operations.
Operational risks are inherent in our business.
Our businesses depend on the ability to process a large number of transactions efficiently and accurately. Losses can result from inadequate personnel, IT failures, inadequate or failed internal control processes and systems, regulatory breaches, human errors, employee misconduct including fraud, or from external events that interrupt normal business operations. We depend on the secure processing, storage and transmission of confidential and other information in our computer systems and networks. The equipment and software used in our computer systems and networks may be at or near the end of their useful lives or may not be capable of processing, storing or transmitting information as expected. Certain of our computer systems and networks may also have insufficient recovery capabilities in the event of a malfunction or loss of data. In addition, such systems and networks may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses or other malicious code and other external attacks or internal breaches that could have a security impact and jeopardize our confidential information or that of our clients or our counterparts. These events can potentially result in financial loss, harm to our reputation and hinder our operational effectiveness. We also face the risk that the design of our controls and procedures prove to be inadequate or are circumvented. We have suffered losses from operational risk in the past and there can be no assurance that we will not suffer material losses from operational risk in the future. Furthermore, while recent widespread outbreaks of communicable diseases, such as the outbreak of the H1N1 influenza virus, also known as “swine flu,” experienced world-wide in 2009, have not adversely affected us thus far, a worsening of this outbreak, or the occurrence of another outbreak of a different communicable disease, may impact the health of our employees, increasing absenteeism, or may cause a significant increase in the utilization of health benefits offered to our employees, either or both of which could adversely impact our business.

21


Table of Contents

Reinsurance may not be available, affordable or adequate to protect us against losses. We may also decide to reduce, eliminate or decline primary insurance or reinsurance coverage.
As part of our overall risk and capacity management strategy we purchase reinsurance for certain risks underwritten by our various insurance business segments. Market conditions beyond our control determine the availability and cost of the reinsurance protection we purchase. Accordingly, we may be forced to incur additional expenses for reinsurance or may not be able to obtain sufficient reinsurance on acceptable terms, which could adversely affect our ability to write future business.
In addition, we determine the appropriate level of primary insurance and reinsurance coverage based on a number of factors and from time to time decide to reduce, eliminate or decline coverage based on our assessment of the costs and benefits involved. In such cases, the uninsured risk remains with us.
Our business may be negatively affected by adverse publicity, regulatory actions or litigation with respect to us, other well-known companies or the financial services industry in general.
Adverse publicity and damage to our reputation arising from our failure or perceived failure to comply with legal and regulatory requirements, financial reporting irregularities involving other large and well known companies, increasing regulatory and law enforcement scrutiny of “know your customer” anti-money laundering, prohibited transactions with countries subject to sanctions, and bribery or other anti-corruption measures and anti-terrorist-financing procedures and their effectiveness, regulatory investigations of the mutual fund, banking and insurance industries, and litigation that arises from the failure or perceived failure by us to comply with legal, regulatory and compliance requirements, could result in adverse publicity and reputation harm, lead to increased regulatory supervision, affect our ability to attract and retain customers, maintain access to the capital markets, result in cease and desist orders, suits, enforcement actions, fines and civil and criminal penalties, other disciplinary action or have other material adverse effects on us in ways that are not predictable.
Because we are a Dutch company and because the Stichting ING Aandelen holds more than 99.9% of our ordinary shares, the rights of our shareholders may differ from the rights of shareholders in other jurisdictions or companies that do not use a similar trust structure, which could affect your rights as a shareholder.
While holders of our bearer depositary receipts are entitled to attend and speak at our General Meeting of Shareholders (“General Meeting”), voting rights are not attached to the bearer depositary receipts. The Trust holds more than 99.9% of our ordinary shares, and exercises the voting rights attached to the ordinary shares (for which bearer depositary receipts have been issued). Holders of bearer depositary receipts who attend — in person or by proxy — the General Meeting must obtain voting rights by proxy from the Trust. Holders of bearer depositary receipts and holders of the ADSs (American depositary shares) representing the bearer depositary receipts who do not attend the General Meeting may give binding voting instructions to the Trust. The Trust is entitled to vote on any ordinary shares underlying the bearer depositary receipts for which the Trust has not granted voting proxies, or voting instructions have not been given to the Trust. In exercising its voting discretion, the Trust is required to make use of the voting rights attached to the ordinary shares in the interest of the holders of bearer depositary receipts, while taking into account:
  §   our interests,
 
  §   the interests of our affiliates, and
 
  §   the interests of our other stakeholders
so as to ensure that all the interests are given as much consideration and protection as possible. The Trust may, but has no obligation to, consult with the holders of bearer depositary receipts in exercising its voting rights in respect of any ordinary shares for which it is entitled to vote. These arrangements differ from practices in other jurisdictions, and accordingly may affect the rights of the holders of bearer depositary receipts and their power to affect ING’s business and operations.
The share price of ING shares has been, and may continue to be, volatile which may impact the value of ING shares.
The share price of our bearer depositary receipts has been volatile in the past, in particular over the past year. During and after the Offering, the share price and trading volume of our bearer depositary receipts may continue to be subject to significant fluctuations due, in part, to changes in our actual or forecast operating results and the inability to fulfil the profit expectations of securities analysts, as well as to the high volatility in the securities markets generally and more particularly in shares of financial institutions. Other factors, besides our financial results, that may impact our share price include, but are not limited to:

22


Table of Contents

  §   market expectations of the performance and capital adequacy of financial institutions in general;
 
  §   investor perception of the success and impact of our strategies;
 
  §   a downgrade or review of our credit ratings;
 
  §   the implementation and outcome of our Restructuring Plan;
 
  §   potential litigation or regulatory action involving ING or sectors we have exposure to through our insurance and banking activities;
 
  §   announcements concerning financial problems or any investigations into the accounting practices of other financial institutions; and
 
  §   general market circumstances.
There can be no assurance that we will pay dividends on our ordinary shares in the future.
It is ING’s policy to pay dividends in relation to the long-term underlying development of cash earnings. Dividends can only be declared by shareholders when the Executive Board considers such dividends appropriate, taking into consideration the financial conditions then prevailing and the longer-term outlook. See “Item 8. Financial Information – Dividends”. Given the uncertain financial environment, ING will not pay a dividend over 2009 and there can be no assurance that we will pay dividends in the future.
Certain transactions have resulted in the cumulative change in ownership of our U.S. subsidiaries of approximately 43% for U.S. tax purposes as of December 21, 2009. Future increases of capital or other changes in ownership may adversely affect our net result and equity.
Sections 382 and 383 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code contain loss limitation rules, the general purpose of which is to prevent trafficking in tax losses (i.e. they are anti-abuse rules). The rules are triggered when the ownership of a corporation changes by more than 50% (measured by value) on a cumulative basis in any three-year period. If triggered, restrictions may be imposed on the future use of realized tax losses as well as certain losses that are built into the assets of the corporation at the time of the ownership change and that are realized within the next five years. As of December 21, 2009, the cumulative change in ownership of our U.S. subsidiaries was approximately 43% for purposes of Sections 382 and 383 (taking into account the issuance of the Core Tier 1 Securities to the Dutch State on November 12, 2008, the repurchase of some of the Core Tier 1 Securities on December 21, 2009, and the issuance of Ordinary shares on December 21, 2009). However, the calculation is subject to uncertainties and is based on various assumptions. Future increases of capital or other changes in ownership may adversely affect our net result and equity.
The remaining Core Tier 1 Securities issued to the Dutch State may be converted into ordinary shares or bearer depositary receipts and dilute existing shareholders.
In November 2008, we issued EUR 10 billion Core Tier 1 Securities to the Dutch State. EUR 5 billion of the Core Tier 1 Securities were repurchased after the rights issue. Both the repayment and the rights issue were finalized on 21 December 2009. As a result only EUR 5 billion Core Tier 1 Securities is currently outstanding. The terms of the Core Tier 1 Securities permit us, on or after November 12, 2011, to convert any or all of the remaining Core Tier 1 Securities into ordinary shares or bearer depositary receipts on a one-for-one basis. Any such conversion would dilute existing shareholders. If we exercise our conversion right, the Dutch State may opt to require us to redeem the Core Tier 1 Securities on the conversion date.
Certain holders of ING shares may not be able to participate in future equity offerings with subscription rights.
We may undertake future equity offerings with subscription rights. Holders of ING shares in certain jurisdictions, however, may not be entitled to exercise such rights unless the rights and the related shares are registered or qualified for sale under the relevant legislation or regulatory framework. Holders of ING shares in these jurisdictions may suffer dilution of their shareholding should they not be permitted to participate in future equity offerings with subscription rights.

23


Table of Contents

Item 4. Information on the Company
GENERAL
ING was established as a Naamloze Vennootschap (public limited liability company) on March 4, 1991, through the merger of Nationale-Nederlanden, which was the largest insurer in the Netherlands, and NMB Postbank Group, which was one of the largest banks in the Netherlands. ING Groep N.V. is incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands.
     
The official address of ING Group is:
  The name and address of ING Groep N.V.’s agent in the
United States is:
 
   
ING Groep N.V.
  ING Financial Holdings Corporation
Amstelveenseweg 500
  1325 Avenue of the Americas
1081 KL Amsterdam
P.O. Box 810, 1000 AV Amsterdam
The Netherlands
Telephone +31 20 541 5411
  New York, NY 10019
United States of America
Telephone +1 646 424 6000
Our mission
To deliver financial products in the way our customers want them delivered: with exemplary service, convenience and at competitive prices. This is reflected in our mission statement: to set the standard in helping our customers manage their financial future.
Our profile
ING is a global financial institution of Dutch origin, currently offering banking, investments, life insurance and retirement services to meet the needs of a broad customer base. Going forward, we will concentrate on our position as an international retail, direct and commercial bank, while creating an optimal base for an independent future for our insurance operations (including investment management).
Our strategy
To serve the interests of our stakeholders, increase management focus and create value for our shareholders, ING is moving towards separation of its banking and insurance operations. We believe the widespread demand for greater simplicity, reliability and transparency makes this the best course of action. In the future, ING Bank will build on its global presence and international network and capitalise on its leadership position in gathering savings, multi-channel distribution, simple propositions and marketing. ING Insurance has a strong position as a global provider of life insurance and retirement services and is very well positioned to capitalise on socio-economic trends.
We will focus on earning our customers’ trust through transparent products, value for money and superior service. We aim to deliver financial products and services in the way that our customers want them delivered: with exemplary service and maximum convenience at competitive prices. This reflects our universal customer ideal: saving and investing for the future should be easier.
Our stakeholders
ING conducts business on the basis of clearly defined business principles. In all our activities, we carefully weigh the interests of our various stakeholders: customers, employees, business relations and suppliers, society at large and shareholders. ING strives to be a good corporate citizen.
Our corporate responsibility
ING wants to build its future on sustainable profit based on sound business ethics and respect for its stakeholders and be a good corporate citizen. For only by acting with professionalism and integrity, will we be able to maintain our stakeholders’ trust and preserve our reputation. Our Business Principles prescribe the corporate values we pursue and the responsibilities we have towards society and the environment: we act with integrity, we are open and clear, we respect each other and we are socially and environmentally responsible.

24


Table of Contents

CHANGES IN THE COMPOSITION OF THE GROUP
Disposals effective in 2009
In October 2008 ING reached agreement to sell its entire Taiwanese life insurance business, ING Life Taiwan, to Fubon Financial Holding Co. Ltd. The sale was completed in February 2009 at a final sales price of approximately EUR 466 million (USD 600 million). This differs from the proceeds reported in 2008 of EUR 447 million due to movements in the dollar/euro exchange rate between date of signing the sales agreement and the date of closing. ING was paid in a fixed number of shares with the difference between the fair value of those shares at the closing date and the sale price being paid in subordinated debt securities of the acquirer. This transaction resulted in a loss of EUR 292 million. This loss includes EUR 214 million loss on disposal (recognised in 2008 in ‘Net result on disposal of group companies’ in the profit and loss account) and EUR 78 million operating loss in the period that ING Life Taiwan was held for sale. ING Life Taiwan was previously included in the segment Insurance Asia/Pacific.
In February 2009, ING announced the sale of its 70% stake in ING Canada for net proceeds of approximately EUR 1,316 million. This differs from the proceeds presented in the annual accounts of 2008 of EUR 1,265 million due to movements in the Canadian dollar/euro exchange rate between date of signing the sales agreement and the date of closing. The sale was effected through a private placement and a concurrent ‘bought deal’ public offering in Canada. This transaction resulted in a gain/ loss of EUR 38 million. ING Canada was previously included in the segment Insurance Americas.
In July 2009 ING reached an agreement to sell its non-core Annuity and Mortgage businesses in Chile to Corp Group Vida Chile, S.A for EUR 217 million. This sale does not impact ING’s Pension, Life Insurance, and Investment Management businesses in Chile where ING remains committed to developing leadership positions. This sale was completed in November 2009 and resulted in a loss of EUR 23 million. These non-core Annuity and Mortgages businesses were previously included in the segment Insurance Americas.
In September 2009 ING reached an agreement to sell its life insurance and wealth management venture in Australia and New Zealand to ANZ, its joint venture partner. Under the terms of the agreement, ING will sell its 51% equity stakes in ING Australia and ING New Zealand to ANZ for EUR 1,106 million cash proceeds. The transaction is part of ING’s Back to Basics strategy. The sale was complete in November 2009 and resulted in a profit for ING of EUR 337 million. The joint venture was previously included in the segment Insurance Asia/Pacific.
Disposals announced and occurring or expected to occur in 2010
In October 2009 ING reached an agreement to sell its Swiss Private Banking business to Julius Baer for a consideration of EUR 344 million (CHF 520 million) in cash. The transaction generates a profit for ING of approximately EUR 70 million. In October 2009 ING reached an agreement to sell its Swiss Private Banking business to Julius Baer for a consideration of EUR 344 million (CHF 520 million) in cash. The transaction generates a profit for ING of approximately EUR 70 million which will be recognised upon completion in 2010. A tax benefit of EUR 83 million related to Private Banking Switzerland was recognised in 2009. At the closing date of the sale of Private Banking Switzerland, ING announced a total gain of approximately EUR 150 million. The sale was completed in January 2010. The Swiss Private Banking business is included in the segment Retail Banking. The sale was completed in January 2010. The Swiss Private Banking business is included in the segment Retail Banking.
In October 2009 ING reached an agreement to sell its Asian Private Banking business for a consideration of EUR 1,000 million (USD 1,463 million). The Asia franchise offers private banking services in 11 markets, including Hong Kong, the Philippines and Singapore. The transaction generates a profit for ING of approximately EUR 300 million. The sale was completed in January 2010. The Asian Private Banking business is included in the segment Retail Banking.
In November 2009 ING reached an agreement to sell three of its U.S. independent retail broker-dealer units, which comprise three-quarters of ING Advisors Network, to Lightyear Capital LLC. The transaction concerns Financial Network Investment Corporation, based in El Segundo, California., Multi-Financial Securities Corporation, based in Denver, Colorado., PrimeVest Financial Services, Inc., based in St. Cloud, Minnesota, and ING Brokers Network LLC, the holding company and back-office shared services supporting those broker dealers, which collectively do business as ING Advisors Network. The sale was completed in February 2010. The three U.S. independent retail broker-dealer units are included in the segment Insurance Americas.
In December 2009 ING announced it will sell its entire stake in China’s Pacific Antai Life Insurance Company Ltd. (PALIC) to China Construction Bank. This is the outcome of a strategic review announced in April 2009 as part of ING’s Back to Basics program. The stake in PALIC is included in the segment Insurance Asia/Pacific. The transaction is expected to be closed in the second half of 2010.
All the above described disposals will be deconsolidated in 2010 when ING loses control. They qualify as disposal groups held for sale at 31 December 2009 as ING expects to recover the carrying amount principally through the sale transactions. They are available for sale in their immediate condition subject to terms that are usual and customary for sales of such assets and the sales are highly probable.

25


Table of Contents

For the years 2008 and 2007, see Note 30 of Note 2.1 to the consolidated financial statements.
RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
ING entering into transactions with the Dutch State
The rapidly worsening conditions following the summer of 2008 fuelled an internationally recognized belief that capital requirements for financial institutions had to be raised. In order to create a strong buffer to navigate the challenging environment, ING therefore decided to strengthen its capital position in October 2008 by issuing EUR 10 billion of core Tier 1 securities to the Dutch State. Under the terms of the agreement we obtained the right to buy back all or some of the securities at any time at 150% of the issue price. In addition, we obtained the right to convert all or some of the securities into (depositary receipts for) ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis, from three years after the issuance onwards. It was also agreed that should ING choose to do so, the Dutch State would be able to opt for repayment of the securities at EUR 10 each in cash. The coupon on the core Tier 1 securities will only be payable if a dividend – either interim or final – was paid on common shares over the financial year preceding the coupon date. This transaction enabled ING to strengthen its capital position significantly.
In the fourth quarter of 2008 market conditions deteriorated even further, making it the worst quarter for equity and credit markets in over half a century. Market prices for residential mortgage-backed securities (RMBS, including Alt-A classified RMBS), collateralized debt obligations (CDOs) and collateralized loan obligations (CLOs) fell sharply as liquidity dried up. This eventually affected ING’s results and equity more than expected, in particular due to ING’s portfolio of Alt-A RMBS. We therefore entered into an agreement with the Dutch State on an Illiquid Assets Back-up Facility (IABF) covering 80% of our Alt-A RMBS.
Under the terms of the IABF, a full risk transfer to the Dutch State was realized on 80% of our approximately EUR 30 billion par value portfolio of Alt-A RMBS at ING Direct USA and ING Insurance Americas. As a consequence, the Dutch State now participates in 80% of any results of the portfolio. The risk transfer took place at a discount of 10% of par value. In exchange, the Dutch State was to pay a funding fee and principal payments on two Government receivables to ING. The first receivable initially had a funding fee of 3.5%, the second receivable initially had a funding fee of Libor +50 basis points (please note that these fees were revised following discussions with the European Commission, which will be discussed below). ING remained the legal owner of 100% of the securities with an exposure of 20% to the portfolio’s results. The transaction significantly strengthened ING’s capital and balance sheet as it resulted in a reduction of equity volatility. Moreover, it had a positive impact on shareholders’ equity amounting to EUR 5 billion through a reduction of the negative revaluation reserve.
Back to Basics first phases
In April 2009 we introduced our ‘Back to Basics’ programme: a strategic change programme to stabilize the company, restore credibility and regain trust, with the ultimate objective of sharpening focus and creating a more coherent set of activities.
First, the implementation of the programme involved a series of measures to strengthen the company’s financial position through cost containment, reductions of risk and capital exposures, and deleveraging the balance sheet by reducing asset exposures and preserving equity.
Over the course of 2009 we completed this first phase of its ‘Back to Basics’ programme, exceeding each of the targets set. Operating expenses were reduced by EUR 1.5 billion, exceeding both the original target of EUR 1.1 billion as well as the increased target of EUR 1.3 billion on a comparable basis, of which approximately EUR 1.2 billion represent sustainable savings and EUR 0.3 million were one-off items. The expense figures have been adjusted for acquisitions and divestments, as well as impairments on real estate development projects and the charge for the Dutch deposit guarantee scheme related to DSB Bank. Headcount reductions totaled 11,331, including from divestments, surpassing the expected reduction of 7,000 FTEs. Derisking measures progressed well and continued in the fourth quarter. ING Direct sold EUR 0.8 billion of its US prime RMBS portfolio, realising a loss of EUR 83 million, but releasing EUR 7 billion of risk weighted assets. Deleveraging of the bank’s balance sheet also exceeded the original target, reaching EUR 194 billion, or 18.0%, compared with the end of September 2008 when the balance sheet reductions began.
Secondly, we announced a strategic review of our portfolio with the objective of identifying measures to simplify the Group, increase our strategic focus and create a more coherent set of activities. In order to simplify the organization, we decided to operationally separate the management of our businesses, into one Bank aiming for an integrated balance sheet and one Insurer/ Investment Manager under the umbrella of the Group. In addition, the portfolio review made clear that a group of smaller businesses within ING Group consumed a

26


Table of Contents

disproportionate amount of capital, given the fact that they did not have a clear outlook for market leadership. To address this over-extension, we made a number of portfolio choices based on market leadership, capital intensity, return on capital, funding needs, earnings contribution and the overall coherence of the Group.
We decided to reduce our geographic and business scope by concentrating on positions in markets with the strongest franchises. As a consequence, we announced and completed a number of significant divestments over the course of 2009. These included our Annuities business in Argentina, ING Canada, our life insurance and wealth management venture in Australia and New Zealand, Private Banking Switzerland, Private Banking Asia, ING Reinsurance US, three of our US independent retail broker-dealer units, and our Annuity and Mortgage businesses in Chile. The proceeds of these divestments amounted to EUR 3.8 billion and freed up EUR 2.7 billion of capital.
In July, we announced that the formerly separate organizations of Nationale-Nederlanden, RVS and ING Verzekeren Retail (formerly Postbank Verzekeren) in the Netherlands were to be combined into one customer-oriented organization under the Nationale-Nederlanden brand. The new insurance organization will have dedicated business units for retail customers, small and medium-sized enterprises, and corporate clients.
Meanwhile, we managed to turn around our commercial performance. While implementing the first phases of the ‘Back to Basics’ programme and redefining the strategic direction of the company, we also worked closely with the Dutch authorities and the European Commission (EC) to identify steps which would enable ING to get the EC’s approval for the support received from the Dutch State. This process was finalized in the second half of 2009 and is further explained below.
Restructuring plan submitted to the European Commission
Under European rules, state-supported companies need to demonstrate their long-term viability and take actions to prevent undue distortions of competition. As a result, parallel to the introduction and implementation of the first phases of the ‘Back to Basics’ programme, we were required to develop and submit a restructuring plan to the EC. Against this backdrop we had to devise a plan that would not only enable us to pay back the Dutch State and address the EC’s requirements, but also return our focus to the business and our customers. This was a challenging exercise, especially since the relevant EC guidelines were only published in July 2009, which postdated ING’s transactions with the Dutch State.
Our negotiations with the EC were finalized in October 2009. On November 18, the EC formally approved the restructuring plan, which ING had submitted. With this decision the EC also gave final clearance for the issuance of the core Tier 1 securities to the Dutch State and for the IABF. On November 25, 2009, the extraordinary General Meeting approved the resulting strategic shift of the company, as well as the proposed rights issue of EUR 7.5 billion to facilitate an early repayment of the Dutch State. The restructuring plan’s strategic implications for ING are explained below.
As already explained, a key goal of the ‘Back to Basics’ programme was to reduce ING’s complexity by operating the Bank and Insurer separately under one Group umbrella. The negotiations with the EC on the Restructuring Plan have thus acted as a catalyst to accelerate this process, by completely separating our banking and insurance operations, and ultimately eliminate our double leverage. The backgrounds and objectives of this strategic shift are further explained in the Strategy section.
ING has had to accept a number of commitments to obtain the EC’s approval for the transactions with the Dutch State. One of these involves the divestment of ING Direct US. It is anticipated that this divestment will take several years and be completed before the end of 2013. In the meantime, we will ensure that we continue to grow the value of the business and invest in a superior customer experience. We regard ING Direct US as a very strong franchise and the US market clearly offers potential for growth. The concession regarding ING Direct US has no impact on ING Direct in other countries. We remain committed to the ING Direct franchise as a strong contributor to our growth. Its unique customer proposition, simple transparent products and market-leading efficiency are core elements of our banking strategy.
Also as part of the Restructuring Plan, a new company will be created in the Dutch retail market out of part of our current operations, by combining the Interadvies banking division (including WestlandUtrecht Hypotheekbank and the mortgage activities of Nationale-Nederlanden) and the existing consumer lending portfolio of ING Retail. This business, once separated, will be divested. The combined business will be the number 5 financial institution in the Netherlands. It is profitable and currently has a balance sheet of EUR 37 billion, with around 200,000 mortgage contracts, 320,000 consumer lending accounts, 500,000 savings accounts and 76,000 securities contracts. The business has a mortgage portfolio amounting to approximately EUR 34 billion, which equates to a market share of around 6%.

27


Table of Contents

Furthermore, ING must refrain from being a price leader within the EU for certain retail and SME banking products, and must refrain from acquisitions of financial institutions that might slow down the repayment of the core Tier 1 securities. These restrictions will apply for the shorter period of three years or until the core Tier 1 securities have been repaid in full to the Dutch State.
ING had submitted the restructuring plan on the condition that the EC guarantees equal treatment of all state-supported financial institutions and safeguards the level playing field in the EU internal market. In January 2010, ING lodged an appeal with the General Court of the European Union against specific elements of the EC’s decision of November 18, 2009. The first element involves ING and the Dutch State’s agreement upon a reduction of the repayment premium for the first EUR 5 billion tranche of Core Tier 1 securities. This agreement provided the Dutch State with an early repayment and at an attractive return. The Commission views this reduction as additional state aid of approximately EUR 2 billion. Both ING and the Dutch State contest this element of the decision, as it could hamper discussions between ING and the Dutch State on repayment terms of the remaining Core Tier 1 securities. ING also seeks a ruling on the price leadership restrictions and the proportionality of the restructuring requirements demanded by the EC. ING believes it is in the interest of all its stakeholders to use the opportunities provided by law to let the General Court review these elements of the EC’s decision. The appeal does not alter ING’s commitment to execute its restructuring plan as announced on October 26, 2009. ING stands firmly behind its strategic decision to separate Banking and Insurance operations and divest the latter. These processes are on track and will continue as planned.
The restructuring measures, including steps already taken as part of our ‘Back to Basics’ programme, are expected to result in a pro forma balance sheet reduction of around EUR 600 billion by 2013, approximately the equivalent of 45% of the balance sheet at September 30, 2008. This will be achieved through divestments mentioned above and further deleveraging of the bank balance sheet. Including estimated organic growth, it is expected that by the end of 2013 our balance sheet will be approximately 30% smaller than at September 30, 2008. The proceeds from divesting the insurance operations will be used to eliminate double leverage and further repay the Dutch State.
Rights issue and additional agreements with the Dutch State
In conjunction with the Restructuring Plan submitted to the EC, we also reached an agreement with the Dutch State to modify the repayment terms of the Core Tier 1 securities in order to facilitate early repayment, bringing the terms in line with Dutch peers. We thereby made use of an early repayment option to repurchase half of the Core Tier 1 securities before the end of January 2010. As a result of the agreement, ING was able to repurchase EUR 5 billion of the Core Tier 1 securities at the issue price (EUR 10 per security). The total payment amounted to EUR 5,605 million and consisted of a repayment of the EUR 5 billion principal amount plus accrued coupon from May 12, 2009 to December 20, 2009 of EUR 259 million and a premium of EUR 346 million.
Furthermore, in order to obtain approval from the EC on our restructuring plan, additional payments will be made to the Dutch State for the IABF, corresponding to a reduction of 50 basis points on the funding fee monthly received by ING and an increase of 82.6 basis points on the guarantee fee annually paid by ING. In total, these annual extra payments amounted to a net present value of EUR 1.3 billion, which was booked as a one time pre-tax charge in the fourth quarter of 2009. Under the agreement, the IABF as announced in January 2009, including the transfer price of the securities of 90%, will remain unaltered.
In order to finance the repayment of the Core Tier 1 securities and to mitigate the EUR 1.3 billion pre-tax capital impact of the additional payments for the IABF, ING launched a EUR 7.5 billion rights issue. ING aims to finance any further repayments of core Tier 1 securities from internal resources, including proceeds from the divestment of the insurance operations. For more information see Note 33 of Note 2.1 to the consolidated financial statements.
GROUP STRATEGY
A clear course for the future
Key points:
  §   Full separation of Banking and Insurance; to be completed by the end of 2013
 
  §   Build future on sustainable profit based on our sound business ethics, good corporate citizenship and customer trust
 
  §   Create a leading international retail, direct and commercial bank
 
  §   Insurance activities very well positioned to capitalize on socio-economic trends

28


Table of Contents

2009 marked the beginning of a new era for ING. After initiating our ‘Back to Basics’ programme, we set a clear course for the future by moving towards a full separation of our banking and insurance / investment management operations. This decisive step will turn us into a simpler and more agile organization and enabled us to meet the restructuring requirements of the European Commission. This was needed due to the transactions with the Dutch State in October 2008 and January 2009. In addition, in December 2009, we have started repaying the Dutch State. Our ambition is to become a leading international retail, direct and commercial bank, while creating a bright future for our insurance operations. We will focus on superior customer satisfaction, a strong financial performance, leading operating efficiency and a solid capital position. We want to build our future on sustainable profit based on sound business ethics and respect for our stakeholders. We aim to be a good corporate citizen and earn our customers’ trust by delivering financial products and services in the way they want them delivered: with exemplary service and convenience provided at attractive prices. This reflects our universal customer ideal: saving and investing for the future should be easier.
Separating Banking and Insurance
In October 2009, ING announced a clear course for the future. The Group is moving towards separation of its banking and its insurance operations. Thereby, we are taking the operational separation of the Bank and the Insurer/Investment Manager, that was initiated within the scope of the ‘Back to Basics’ programme launched in April 2009, one step further. The decision to separate is the right decision at the right time and was taken for the following reasons:
  Due to our rapid growth in recent years, managing the Group was becoming increasingly complex, as Banking and Insurance (including investment management) not only have different drivers in their business models, but they also face different challenges in managing and pricing risk as well as in managing balance sheet exposures and capital needs.
 
  In the past, especially in a benign economic environment, we have enjoyed a material capital benefit, as our diversification allowed us to utilize double leverage at our holding company. However, under less favourable market circumstances, this element of ING’s capital structure has appeared to be less beneficial.
 
  There is insufficient geographic overlap of insurance manufacturing capabilities with bank distribution capabilities. Hence, banks today do not need to manufacture in house, the insurance products they distribute.
 
  Finally, we are seeing an increased demand for greater simplicity, reliability and transparency.
In addition to these reasons, we also wanted to reach a timely resolution in the discussions with the European Commission (EC) about the support received from the Dutch State. Expediting the decision to separate our banking and insurance operations enabled us to meet EC demands to reduce our overall balance sheet, while maintaining as much as possible the strategic integrity of both parts of the business. For all these reasons, ING believes that the future of the Group will be best served by separating its banking and insurance operations. We will explore all options, including public offerings, sales or combinations thereof, taking into consideration all options to balance the interests of all stakeholders.
Repaying the Dutch State
In October 2008 and January 2009 we entered into transactions with the Dutch State: the first time to strengthen our capital position and the second time to mitigate risk. In the fourth quarter of 2009 we took action to start repaying this support. Through our rights issue we have successfully raised EUR 7.5 billion of new capital, which enabled us to repay EUR 5 billion of the Core Tier 1 Securities, representing half of the Core Tier 1 Securities, plus accrued coupon from May 12, 2009 to December 20, 2009 of EUR 259 million and a repayment premium of EUR 346 million. In addition, the capital raised provided us with sufficient buffer to offset the negative capital impact of the additional payments to be made for the IABF.
Shaping our future
Over the coming years ING will focus on its position as a leading international retail, direct and commercial bank, while ensuring a bright future for our insurance businesses. We will focus on superior customer satisfaction, a strong financial performance, leading operating efficiency and a solid capital position. The entire restructuring process, including the divestments, is scheduled to be completed by the end of 2013. 2010 will be a year of transition, and it will not be without challenges, as we work towards the operational separation of the banking and insurance businesses. We will approach this process with the utmost care and diligence to ensure an orderly and equitable separation. At the same time we will continue to work to improve the performance of both parts of the business for our customers and shareholders, by rationalizing our product offering, simplifying our processes and investing in further improvements in customer service. Through this process we will create strong and independent companies that can go forward to forge their own futures.
While implementing the strategic changes, we will do our utmost to maintain the confidence of our stakeholders and be a good corporate citizen. Only by acting with professionalism and integrity will we be able to maintain our stakeholders’ trust and preserve our company’s reputation. Our Business Principles play an important role

29


Table of Contents

in this respect, as they clearly prescribe the corporate values we pursue in both Banking and Insurance and the responsibilities we have towards society and the environment: we act with integrity, we are open and clear, we respect each other and we are socially and environmentally responsible. Throughout our entire organization, we will promote people-oriented leadership and drive for excellence, as we are extremely proud of our highly skilled and engaged employees.
ING always aims to earn its customers’ trust by delivering financial products and services in the way they want them delivered: with exemplary service and convenience provided at attractive prices. Our customers expect us to be available when they need us, to provide them with a clear overview of their financial situation, to respond to their queries in a fast and efficient way, to be open and transparent about our products and services and to provide them with objective and professional advice. We strive to meet these expectations by providing the right products and services to the right customers for the right returns. Consequently, we will continue to build our brand around a universal ideal of delivering an easier customer experience.
A leader in international Retail, Direct and Commercial banking
The bank of tomorrow should be effective at attracting customer savings, especially as there is expected to be a revival of traditional savings banks with lower risk appetites in response to the unprecedented events in the past two years. ING’s product offering therefore needs to become less complicated. At the same time it remains our ambition to provide high quality banking products that meet the expectations of our customers without doing harm to people or the environment and that are easy to access and understand. We will strive for strong and defendable market positions, a trusted brand and a strong marketing organization.
ING has a promising starting position. We are one of the largest savings banks in the world and our funding base is strong. We have a leading position in our home markets and our direct banking model is based on efficiency and innovative distribution, which are reflected in a low cost base and high customer satisfaction rates. On these strong foundations, we aim to build a leading retail, direct and commercial bank, anchored in the Benelux and predominantly focused on Europe with attractive growth options in Central Europe, Turkey and selected markets throughout Asia. ING will build on its global presence and international network and capitalize on its leadership position in gathering savings, multi-channel distribution, simple propositions and marketing, in particular through ING Direct. Cost leadership, superior customer service, innovative distribution and good corporate citizenship will be the key levers for our future development.
Although the actions needed to ensure success will vary across regions and product lines, we can already determine the main features for each business line:
  Retail Banking: The transformation programmes in The Netherlands and Belgium will be continued to enhance customer centricity, streamline the business, reduce costs in our branch networks, expand our distribution capabilities and enhance cross-selling of different products to retail customers. Accordingly, ING will further simplify its product lines in the rest of Europe and Asia and use its experience in direct banking to expand its innovative distribution platforms.
 
  ING Direct: We will continue to serve the needs of our customers by delivering simple and transparent retail banking products at very low cost and further strengthen our competitive advantage through excellent service and cutting edge distribution capabilities ensuring maximum convenience. We will further deepen customer relationships and offer an even more complete range of products and services.
 
  Commercial Banking: We will serve large corporations in the Benelux and Central Europe by offering a full range of products, from cash management to corporate finance. Across our international network, we will pursue a more selective approach. We will concentrate on creating cost advantages by leveraging local scale and reducing costs through IT and process improvement. Cross-selling efforts will be increased and we will capitalize on our expertise in fixed income products in emerging markets to further strengthen our financial markets business.
As a consequence of EC requirements, ING also plans to divest certain banking activities before the end of 2013. This particularly involves ING Direct US and a combination of activities from ING’s Dutch retail operations.
Creating an optimal base for a bright future for Insurance
Our strong position as a global insurer focused on life insurance and retirement services gives us a competitive advantage, especially in the current market environment. The substantial reduction in asset values which we have seen over the past two years has not only reinforced customer demand for wealth accumulation, but also raised consumer awareness of the need for financial protection. ING Insurance is very well positioned to capitalize on these socio-economic trends. We have promising positions in a number of large markets (China, Brazil), are a leader in the mature markets of the Benelux and the United States, and we also have strong positions in Central Europe, Latin America, and Asia.

30


Table of Contents

ING remains strongly committed to ensuring a high quality operational and financial performance in its insurance businesses in order to create an optimal base for a bright future. We expect the demand for mutual funds, pensions and insurance products to grow significantly in the near future, in particular for guaranteed products and capital protection. We will therefore strive for cost leadership, a superior customer experience, and above benchmark investment performance.
To take advantage of local trends and opportunities we will implement our insurance strategy on a regional basis. The planned actions for each region are:
  The Netherlands: We plan to migrate to a single brand by combining all our activities under the revitalized Nationale- Nederlanden (NN) name. This will help increase our customer focus, streamline our distribution and reduce expenses.
 
  United States: Operations are being refocused on three core businesses: retirement services, rollover annuity and individual life insurance.
 
  Latin America: We plan to continue growth by leveraging our strong presence in the life insurance and pensions markets (mandatory and voluntary). We will focus on operating efficiency, product diversification, and innovation.
 
  Asia: We will focus on fewer, coherent and strong businesses. During 2009 we have already put the SPVA business in Japan on run-off and sold our insurance business in Australia and New Zealand.
 
  Central and Eastern Europe: Our main priority will be to further improve efficiency We will establish one integrated regional platform and reduce the administrative costs.
 
  Investment Management: We will capitalize on the strong investment performance in 2009 to strengthen our asset base and attract new customers. Further, we are reviewing synergies by creating a globally-coordinated Investment Manager.
During the separation process, we will focus on generating sufficient income and capital to fully repay the Dutch State and strengthen the capital base of both the Bank and the Insurer. The divestment of Insurance is scheduled to be completed by the end of 2013. We will develop attractive exit strategies for our insurance operations that serve the interests of our customers, employees and shareholders. During the period the market conditions in public as well as private markets will of course be closely monitored.
Conclusions and ambitions
Without any doubt, 2009 was one of the most challenging years in the history of ING. In recognition of the increased demand for simplicity, reliability and transparency, ING decided to start moving towards separation of our banking activities and insurance activities. This will help us simplify our organization, enabling it to adapt itself more quickly, improve its efficiency and serve its customers better. On top of that, we took action to repay half of the capital we received from the Dutch State thanks to a successfully completed rights issue.
Our goal is to reinforce our position as a leading international retail, direct and commercial bank and to create an optimal base for a bright future of our insurance operations. While realizing this ambition, we will do our utmost to maintain the confidence of our stakeholders and be a good corporate citizen. In the pursuit of our universal ideal of delivering an easier customer experience, we will continue to deliver financial products and services in the way that our customers want them delivered: with exemplary service and convenience provided at attractive prices.
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Legislative and regulatory developments
In December 2008, the Monitoring Committee of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code (‘Frijns Committee’) published an updated version of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code (‘Corporate Governance Code’). The Corporate Governance Code became effective on January 1, 2009. Dutch listed companies are required to report, on the basis of “apply or explain” on their application of the principles and best-practice provisions of the Corporate Governance Code for the first time in their annual report for the financial year 2009.
On September 9, 2009 the Netherlands Bankers’ Association adopted the Banking Code (Code Banken), which became effective on January 1, 2010. As from the financial year 2010 ING Bank N.V. will report on the implementation of the Banking Code. On the application of the principles regarding remuneration, the Annual Report of ING Group will report as from the financial year 2010.
In addition, several legislative proposals are under discussion in the Lower House of the Dutch Parliament or were adopted by it in 2009. If enacted, these legislative proposals may affect ING Group.

31


Table of Contents

Transactions with the Dutch State
On November 12, 2008, ING Group issued 1 billion Core Tier 1 securities (‘Core Tier 1 Securities’) to the Dutch State against payment of EUR 10 per Security resulting in an increase of ING Group’s core Tier 1 capital of EUR 10 billion. The Core Tier 1 Securities do not form part of ING Group’s share capital; accordingly they do not carry voting rights in the general meeting. The financial entitlements of the Securities are described in Note 13 of Note 2.1 to the consolidated financial statements.
On January 26, 2009, ING Group reached an agreement with the Dutch State regarding the IABF covering 80% of ING’s Alt-A residential mortgage-backed securities (‘Back-up Facility’). During 2009, ING Bank N.V. issued various series of debt instruments under the 2008 Credit Guarantee Scheme of the State of the Netherlands (“Bonds”), for the first time on January 30, 2009.
As part of these transactions, certain arrangements with respect to corporate governance and executive remuneration were agreed with the Dutch State which will remain in place as long as the Dutch State owns at least 250 million Core Tier 1 Securities, as long as the IABF continues or any of the Bonds is outstanding (whichever expires last).
These arrangements entail that:
  the Dutch State may recommend two candidates (‘State Nominees’) for appointment to the Supervisory Board. Certain decisions of the Supervisory Board require approval of the State Nominees (see “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees);
 
  ING Group will develop a sustainable remuneration policy for the Executive Board and Senior Management that is aligned to new international standards and submit this to its General Meeting for adoption. This remuneration policy shall include incentive schemes which are linked to long-term value creation, thereby taking account of risk and restricting the potential for ‘rewards for failure’. The new remuneration policy will include objectives relating to corporate and social responsibility;
 
  members of the Executive Board will not receive any performance-related payment – either in cash, options, shares or depositary receipts for shares – for the years 2008, 2009 and subsequent years until the adoption of the new remuneration policy mentioned above;
 
  severance payments to members of the Executive Board will be limited to a maximum of one year’s fixed salary, in line with the Corporate Governance Code; and
 
  appointment of the chief executive officer of the Executive Board requires approval of the State Nominees.
For more information on the State Nominees and for more information on the other arrangements, reference is made to “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees”.
The issue of the Core Tier 1 Securities and the IABF were temporarily approved by the European Commission on November 12, 2008 and March 31, 2009 respectively. In order to obtain definitive approval, ING Group presented a plan on October 26, 2009 (‘Restructuring Plan’) that will enable it to pay back the Dutch State, address the requirements of the European Commission for viability and fair competition and return its focus to the business and what matters most to customers. The Restructuring Plan includes a separation of the banking and insurance operations (including ING Investment Management), divestment of ING Direct USA and the creation of a new company in the Dutch retail market out of its current operations by combining the Interadvies banking division (including WestlandUtrecht and the mortgage activities of Nationale-Nederlanden) and the existing consumer credit portfolio of ING Retail Banking. This business, once separated, will be divested. The Restructuring Plan also provides in a reduction by ING Group of the outstanding Core Tier 1 Securities by EUR 5 billion (nominal amount), the conditions of which were adjusted in mutual agreement between ING Group and the Dutch State. On November 18, 2009, the European Commission approved the Restructuring Plan and gave final clearance for the issue of the Core Tier 1 Securities and the IABF.
On November 25, 2009, the General Meeting approved the strategic decision of the Executive Board to divest all insurance operations (including investment management) and authorised the Executive Board to issue ordinary shares of such number as would be necessary to raise an amount of capital up to EUR 7.5 billion, to enable ING Group to repurchase half of the outstanding Core Tier 1 Securities from the Dutch State and to strengthen ING Group’s capital base. To that effect, on November 27, 2009 ING Group launched a public offering of ordinary shares which was successfully settled and on December 21, 2009.
Shareholder participation and position of ING Trust Office
ING Group indicated earlier that the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board would consider the position of Stichting ING Aandelen (‘ING Trust Office’) and depositary receipts once the number of votes cast on ordinary shares and depositary receipts for ordinary shares at a general meeting, including proxies and excluding the votes which are at the discretion of ING Trust Office, was at least 35% of the total votes that may be cast for

32


Table of Contents

three consecutive years. In 2006, 28% of the total votes were thus cast, in 2007, the figure was 36.7%, in 2008, the figure was 38.7% and in 2009, the figures were 35.6% (annual General Meeting) and 31.1% (extraordinary General Meeting), so that in the 2009 annual General Meeting, the 35% threshold was exceeded for the third time in succession.
With a view to the above, the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board announced in the 2009 annual General Meeting that they would consider the steps to be taken with respect to the position of ING Trust Office. In connection therewith, it was communicated that, in particular against the backdrop of the financial crisis, more time is needed to consider the position of ING Trust Office, as the trust structure can be important to proper decision making in the near future and also to the long-term interest of ING Group. In accordance with this announcement, the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board considered the position of ING Trust Office in the build-up to the 2010 annual General Meeting. In connection therewith, they have taken the following into consideration:
The Executive Board and the Supervisory Board have established that a number of fundamental changes was set in motion by the financial crisis.
In general, the balance between the various interests which are involved in financial institutions have been re-evaluated. This concerns not only the balance between long-term interests and short-term interests, but also the balance between shareholders’ interests and the interests of other stakeholders. It is unmistakable and indisputable that, according to prevalent opinion, “good governance” with financial institutions entails that the long-term interests and the interests of the other stakeholders are emphasized more than in the past.
In addition, ING Group proceeded to a radical change of strategy and structure as a consequence of the financial crisis. This will be brought to completion in the future by means of the divestment of the insurance operations (including asset management).
Furthermore, the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board have established that the depositary structure as applied by ING Group, supports “good governance”. Although ING Trust Office, when determining its voting, puts the interests of shareholders and holders of depositary receipt first, it also takes into account the interests of other stakeholders. In this way it ensures a balanced decision-making.
The depositary receipt structure also ensures consistency in ING Group’s decision making as it prevents that the General Meeting will be unduly influenced by a minority. This consistency is indispensable, in particular in times of fundamental changes.
The depositary receipts structure thus provides the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board the room which is necessary to do justice to the long-term interests and the interests of the other stakeholders. In view of the importance of the balance between the long-term interests and the short-term interests and between the interests of shareholders and other stakeholders, as well as the importance of consistency in ING Group’s decision making, within the current legal framework the depositary receipts structure, in the opinion of the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board, is still the most appropriate means to achieve this.
In view of the foregoing, the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board are of the opinion that abolishing the depositary receipt structure cannot be justified at this moment. There will be a natural moment to evaluate ING Group’s governance in its entirety as soon as the current restructuring and the forthcoming divestments are completed. The depositary receipts structure will form part of that evaluation.
Risk committee, Remuneration Committee and Nomination Committee
On January 1, 2009, the Remuneration and Nomination Committee of the Supervisory Board was split into a separate Remuneration Committee and Nomination Committee. As recommended in section III.5.11 of the Corporate Governance Code, the Remuneration Committee will not be chaired by the chairman of the Supervisory Board. On June 1, 2009, a separate Risk Committee was set up.
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODES
Compliance with the Corporate Governance Code
For its corporate governance structure and practices, ING Group uses the Corporate Governance Code as reference. During 2009 ING Group considerd the Corporate Governance Code and to what extent it could be implemented. ING Groep N.V.’s implementation of the Corporate Governance Code will be submitted for approval at the 2010 General Meeting. The Corporate Governance Code can be downloaded from the website of the Monitoring Commission Dutch Corporate Governance Code

33


Table of Contents

(www.commissiecorporategovernance.nl/Corporate_Governance_Code). Any deviations from the Corporate Governance Code which are to be reported for 2009 are addressed in this annual report. However, deviations from the Corporate Governance Code with respect to the remuneration of the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board are addressed in “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees”, whereas any deviations from the Corporate Governance Code by the Trust are reported in the Trust’s own report and can be found on www.ingtrustoffice.com
ING Group also considers the principles of the Banking Code with respect to remuneration as a reference and will, in accordance with the Banking Code, report on their application as of the financial year 2010. The remaining principles of the Banking Code are not considered as a reference for ING Group’s own corporate governance, although the application thereof by ING Group’s banking subsidiaries will be reflected to a certain extent in ING Group’s own corporate governance structure and practices.
NYSE Requirements
For an overview of what we believe to be the significant differences between our corporate governance practices and NYSE corporate governance rules applicable to US companies, see Item 16G. Corporate Governance. The summary of such significant differences is also available on the website of ING Group (www.ing.com).
CORPORATE ORGANIZATION
ING Groep N.V. has a Supervisory Board and an Executive Board. The Executive Board is responsible for the day-to-day management of the Group and its business lines (Retail Banking, ING Direct, Commercial Banking Insurance Europe, Insurance Americas and Insurance Asia/Pacific). For more information about the Supervisory and Executive Boards, see “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees”.
Business Lines
Each business line formulates the strategic, commercial and financial policies in conformity with the group strategy and performance targets set by the Executive Board. Each business line is also responsible for the preparation of its annual budget, which is then approved and monitored by the Executive Board. In addition, each business line approves the strategy, commercial policy and the annual budgets of the business units in its business line and monitors the realization of the policies and budgets of that business line and its business units.
The following chart shows the breakdown by business line of ING’s total income for the year 2009. Please see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects”, Segment Reporting” for the total income and result before tax by business line for the years ended 2009, 2008 and 2007.
(PIE CHART)

34


Table of Contents

RETAIL BANKING
The retail banking business focuses on retail banking services to individuals, and to small- and medium-sized businesses and on private banking. These businesses are supported by a multi-product, multi-channel distribution approach. We serve two types of retail markets, each reflecting our different market positions and therefore each requiring a slightly different approach with regard to the retail strategy. In the mature markets of the Netherlands and Belgium, our strategy is to assist our clients in areas such as wealth accumulation, savings and mortgages. We seek to distribute these different products through an efficient mix of channels appropriate to the client segments and products. In a number of selected developing markets with the right demographics, economic growth potential and stable institutional environment, our strategy is to become a prominent player in the local retail banking markets, providing our clients with simple but quality products.
The Netherlands
ING combined ING Bank and Postbank under the ING brand in the first quarter of 2009. As of October 2009, it had over 8 million retail clients and 600,000 SME clients. The new bank has improved customer service by combining the direct banking model of Postbank with the professional advice capabilities of ING Bank.
Retail banking reaches its individual customers through home banking, telephone, call centers, internet banking, mailings and post offices. Using direct marketing methods, it leverages its position as a leading provider of current account services and payments systems to provide other financial services such as savings accounts, mortgage loans, consumer loans, credit card services, investment and insurance products. Mortgages are offered through a tied agents sale force and direct and intermediary channels.
ING Bank Netherlands operates through a branch network of over 250 branches. It offers a full range of commercial banking activities and also life and non-life insurance products. It also sells mortgages through the intermediary channel.
Belgium
ING Belgium provides banking, insurance (life, non-life) and asset management products and services to meet the needs of individuals, families, companies and institutions through a network of local head offices, 800 branches and direct banking channels (fully automated branches, home banking services and call centres). ING Belgium also operates a second network, Record Bank, which provides a full range of banking products through independent banking agents and credit products through a multitude of channels (agents, brokers, vendors).
Central Europe
In Poland, ING Bank Slaski provides a full range of banking services to business and individual customers through a network of 430 branches, supported by ATMs and telephone, internet and electronic banking. Since 2004 we have opened 200 fully automated outlets in Romania that provide selected banking products to individual clients. On December 24, 2007 the acquisition of Oyak Bank was completed and in July 2008 Oyak Bank was successfully rebranded into ING Bank. ING Bank is a leading bank in the Turkish market offering a full range of banking services with a focus on retail banking.
Asia
In India, ING Vysya Bank has a network of 460 branches supported by a sales force of tied agents, who provide a full range of banking services to 2 million business and individual clients. In China, ING acquired a 19.9% participation in Bank of Beijing in 2005, reduced by the IPO of the Bank of Beijing to 16.1%. In Thailand ING has a 30% stake (on a fully diluted basis) in TMB Bank, a universal banking platform with a nationwide network.
Private Banking
Private Banking provides wealth management services to high net worth individuals throughout the world. We have continued to raise the visibility of the Private Banking activities in the Benelux to penetrate ING’s existing client base in these markets. As discussed in Item 4 “Information on the company – Changes in the composition of the Group”, ING has recently sold its Swiss Private Banking business and reached an agreement for the sale of its Asian Private Banking business to OCBC Bank.

35


Table of Contents

ING DIRECT
ING Direct is a direct banking business, which is an important part of ING’s international retail strategy. The strategy of ING Direct is to be a low-cost provider of financial services in large, mature markets by offering clients simple and transparent products and excellent service via call-centres, direct mail and the internet. The main products offered by ING Direct are saving accounts and mortgages. ING Direct also sells a focused range of financial products such as mutual funds, e-brokerage, payment accounts and pensions.
ING Direct’s direct banking business is active in nine countries: Canada, Spain, Australia, France, the United States, Italy, Germany, Austria and the United Kingdom and as of the end of 2009, provides services to almost 23 million customers.
ING Direct showed in 2009 resilient commercial growth bringing the total client retail balance (includes funds entrusted, off balance sheet funds and retail lending) to EUR 370 billion at the end of December. ING Direct is focusing on maintaining an attractive customer offering in savings and term deposits while continuing to balance its mortgage portfolio. In 2009 ING Direct further expanded its product range through the launch of payment accounts in several countries. At year-end 2009 total funds entrusted to ING Direct worldwide amounted to EUR 217 billion and total retail lending amounted to EUR 131 billion.
On October 26, 2009, ING announced its Restructuring Plan pursuant to which it intends to divest ING Direct United States by the end of 2013.
Until the completion of the divestment, ING intends to continue to manage its US direct banking business as though it will be the long-term owner, investing in growth opportunities when they are attractive and can be supported by the capital and management of the business. The divestment is expected to take several years and is not anticipated before the end of 2013. ING remains committed to the ING Direct franchise, which ING expects to be an important contributor to ING’s growth going forward.
COMMERCIAL BANKING
Commercial Banking conducts operations for corporate clients – from large companies to major multinationals – as well as for governments and financial institutions. The primary focus is on the Netherlands, Belgium, Poland and Romania, where it offers a full range of products, from cash management to corporate finance. Elsewhere, it takes a more selective approach to clients and products. Commercial Banking is comprised of the following product groups: Lending, Payments and Cash Management (PCM), Structured Finance, Leasing & Commercial Finance, Financial Markets and ING Real Estate.
In 2009, Commercial Banking continued executing its own ‘Fitter, Focused, Further’ strategy for 2008-2010, with the aim of becoming a leader in several key markets and products by the end of 2010. The strategy includes becoming the market leader in the Benelux, a top 5 wholesale bank in Central and Eastern Europe (selected markets), and a global or regional leader in a number of key product areas, including Structured Finance, Financial Markets, PCM and Leasing.
Throughout 2009, Commercial Banking worked hard to manage its capital, reduce risks and contain costs in line with the Back to Basics programme. Operating expenses decreased in 2009 compared with 2008 due to cost-containment programmes and reduced headcount. Commercial Banking significantly reduced risk in its Financial Market books, reflected by a lower Value at Risk measure. It also significantly reduced exposure to high-risk industries. In addition, the Financial Markets Emerging Markets initiative was put on hold, which also contributed to the Group’s overall balance sheet reduction.
Volumes decreased at Lending over the course of the year; however, income increased due to repricing of the portfolio and widening lending margins in the first quarters of the year.
Income at PCM has been under pressure due to lower interest rates and competition for liabilities, especially in The Netherlands and Central & Eastern Europe, where volumes in transactions increased and fees were under pressure. Commercial Banking won the coveted TMI European Cash Management Award for 2009.
Structured Finance, ING’s specialised finance arm, achieved solid income growth and a decease in costs during 2009. However, these were more than offset by an increase in risk costs.
Leasing & Commercial Finance saw a decline in earnings due to weak economic conditions that resulted in a lower result on sale of leased assets and increased residual value provisioning, as well as an increase in risk

36


Table of Contents

costs. However, ING Lease moved up to the 4th position in the ranking of Top European Leasing Companies by Leaseurope.
Financial Markets enjoyed a strong year due to the steep yield curve, increased spreads and favourable trading conditions. Margins on standardised flow products remained at elevated levels, as counterparty and credit risks were increasingly priced in. Financial Markets has sought cross-selling opportunities across product areas and client groups. Going forward, the Financial Markets Emerging Markets initiative will be relaunched to leverage the existing strong brand, reputation, skills and products in Central & Eastern Europe and Asia.
In 2009, the Finance and Development businesses of ING Real Estate were transferred to the Commercial Banking business. Although Real Estate Finance remained globally active, the difficult market circumstances resulted in lower transaction volumes and required a strong focus on portfolio management. Real Estate Development undertook several actions to counter the impact of the crisis and repositioned the business to take advantage of future market recovery.
Throughout 2009, ING completed high-profile deals that showcased its commitment to cross-selling and offering clients solutions across regions. These transactions included underwriting EUR 2.05 billion in a EUR 19 billion Jumbo Syndicated Loan to finance Gas Natural’s acquisition of Union Fenosa in May. ING played a leading role in the balance sheet restructuring of the Vandemoortele Group in Belgium in June. ING also acted as sole financial advisor for Vopak in a EUR 110 million preference shares transaction, marking the first large corporate preference shares issuance for a listed company in the Netherlands since 2004.
In 2009, Commercial Banking achieved strong results, despite negative impairments and fair value changes in Real Estate and higher risks costs. Going forward, it will continue to secure important mandates and transactions and leverage on its expertise and international network to meet client needs globally. Risk and expenses will be managed carefully and the strategic focus will continue on key markets and product areas where it has a competitive advantage.
INSURANCE EUROPE
ING Insurance Europe operates in the Netherlands, Belgium, Luxembourg, Italy, Spain, Greece, Poland, Hungary, the Czech Republic, Slovakia, Romania, Bulgaria and Turkey. The Russian life greenfield was discontinued in the third quarter of 2009. The operating companies in these countries have tailored their insurance products, investment and pension fund services for certain target markets and distribution channels. Insurance Europe will focus on customer centricity, simplifying its operating process, stable investment performance, managing capital efficiently and reducing its cost base .
ING Insurance Europe has three key strategic priorities. First, in the mature markets of the Benelux, ING focuses on improving efficiency and client –focus and optimizing the balance sheet. Second, in the growing markets of Central Europe, the focus is on returning to growth in key geographies. Third, across all regions, ING leverages on the opportunities created by the ageing of the European population by reinforcing its position as a specialist provider of life insurance, investments and retirement services for retail customers and achieving on long term market leadership.
In the Netherlands, ING executes on the strategy to integrate the Dutch insurance businesses. With this new strategy, ING responds to the customer need for convenience, personal advice, transparency and security. By utilizing all current distribution channels, customers will be able to choose for themselves how and where they want to purchase products. The network of independent brokers will continue to play an important part as will both banking channels and the own advisors of ING in the Netherlands. In Belgium and Luxembourg ING distributes its products via banks.
In Central Europe, tied agents are the main distribution channel. In this region too, ING continues to strive towards a multi-distribution approach, especially with banks and brokers as additional channels. ING considers the client’s need for personal service and specialized advice as an important factor in determining how to distribute its products and services within Europe.
ING Investment Management Europe (“ING IM Europe”) is the principal proprietary asset manager for ING Insurance Europe. ING IM Europe also manages equity, fixed income and structured investments for institutional investors and the private label investment funds sold by various ING companies, including ING Netherlands, ING Bank Belgium, Nationale-Nederlanden and third party distributors.
ING’s life insurance products in Europe consist of a broad range of traditional, unit-linked and variable annuity policies written for both individual and group customers. In some countries, Group policies are designed to fund

37


Table of Contents

private pension benefits offered by a wide range of businesses and institutions as a supplement to government provided benefits. ING is also a prominent provider of mandatory and voluntary pension funds in several countries in Central Europe. ING also has a dedicated team to develop and grow its variable annuity business across Europe. So far the variable annuity product has been rolled out in Luxembourg, Spain, Hungary, the Netherlands, Italy and Belgium.
ING’s non-life products, mainly in the Netherlands, include coverage for both individual and commercial/group clients for fire, motor, disability, transport insurance, third party liability insurance and indirect premiums (incoming reinsurance premiums). Nationale-Nederlanden has also developed a central product manufacturing service for property & casualty insurance, which has developed products for ING Bank in Belgium and ING in the Netherlands. ING offers a broad range of disability insurance products and complementary services for employers and self-employed professionals (such as dentists, general practitioners and lawyers).
INSURANCE AMERICAS
ING Insurance Americas (“ING Americas”) operates in the United States and Latin America. ING Americas offers life insurance, retirement services (primarily defined contribution plans), annuities, mutual funds, broker-dealer services and institutional products, including institutional asset management products and services. The company is well positioned to take advantage of the long-term demographic opportunities that arise from a combined market of 700 million people in the seven countries in which ING operates. In the US, ING operates three core businesses: Retirement Services, Individual Life and Rollover Annuities. In Latin America, the core business is Mandatory Pension Funds, however, insurance, mortgage, leasing and mutual fund products are also offered.
Since ING Group’s Back to Basics strategy was announced in April, Insurance Americas has made strong progress towards creating a simpler, less complex organisation. During the year, Insurance Americas divested non-core businesses including annuities and mortgages in Chile, ING’s 70% shareholding in ING Canada and the Argentine annuity business. In addition, it reached agreement to sell its US group reinsurance business to Reinsurance Group of America (RGA) and to sell the majority of its US ING Advisors Network to Lightyear Capital. Both of these transactions closed in the first quarter of 2010.
ING continued to build on its strong market positions in retirement services in the US, despite challenging markets. The ageing of the US population creates significant long term growth opportunities. Those aged 45 or older (baby boomers) control the majority of financial assets in the US and the impending retirement of baby boomers is increasing their focus on retirement. The acquisition of the CitiStreet business in July 2008, with its advanced, streamlined technology platform, has provided scale and capacity to better serve the retirement needs of both plan participants and the companies or organisations that sponsor plans. ING now serves the full spectrum of the retirement services market from providing full service retirement savings plans to offering only recordkeeping services and is uniquely positioned to serve all sizes (from individual to hundreds of thousands of participants) and segments of the market – including plans sponsored by corporate, education, government, healthcare and non-for-profit employers.
The US annuity business was restructured in 2009 to enable ING to better meet the needs of retiring baby boomers. The business was divided into two separate businesses: ING Financial Solutions and Legacy Annuity. Beginning in the first quarter of 2010, ING Financial Solutions will offer a number of lower cost rollover annuity products designed primarily for those individuals who are retiring from companies which currently have ING-provided retirement plans. These rollover annuity products will be part of a broad suite of simpler, lower cost, lower risk investment vehicles. Their development is in line with ING’s strategy of providing customers with more transparent, less risky and easier to understand products. Rollover, or IRA, products, which are essentially products that provide sources of retirement income, are expected to be the fastest growing segment of the US retirement market.
ING operates the second largest pension mandatory business in Latin America. As of December 31, 2009, ING is the largest pension administrator with a 31% market share in Peru, and the second largest in Uruguay; in Mexico and Chile the third largest; and ING ranks in Colombia among the top-five providers. The five businesses together have 9.7 million customers and EUR 35 billion in assets under management. Despite challenging

38


Table of Contents

conditions, ING held its market share in all countries. ING’s leading brand in life and pension businesses across the region enabled the company to continue to post solid top- and bottom-line growth in 2009.
A new wealth management platform was successfully established in Chile as a means of attracting a larger share of affluent customers. As a result of its success, ING rolled out the platform in other countries in the region (Colombia, Mexico and Peru), as part of Latin America’s strategy to target affluent markets.
The Asset Management organization includes ING Investment Management Americas (“ING IM Americas”), Mutual Funds and Financial Products. ING IM Americas manages proprietary assets for ING Americas’ insurance entities, investing in a diverse mix of public fixed income, private placements, commercial mortgages and alternative assets. ING IM Americas also manages third party assets in select business units (mainly in the U.S.), including mutual funds and mutual fund sub-advisory, institutional assets, alternative assets and managed accounts; their products are distributed through internal, affiliated and outside distribution channels.
INSURANCE ASIA/PACIFIC
ING Insurance Asia/Pacific (“IAP”) is a leading provider of life insurance products and services. It is the third-largest international life insurer, based on 2009 annual premium equivalent (APE), with nine life operations in seven markets. In 2009, IAP completed the sale of its life insurance business in Taiwan on February 11, 2009 and the sale of its insurance / wealth management businesses in Australia and New Zealand on November 30, 2009. IAP has flagship operations in the mature and larger markets Japan and South Korea, operates a dominant business in Malaysia, and is well positioned to secure an increasing share of future growth in the large and emerging markets of China, Hong Kong, India and Thailand, which are also among the fastest growing in Asia.
An IAP regional office in Hong Kong leads, controls and supports all IAP business units in the region, ensures implementation of strategy and standards and facilitates regional and global synergies.
The business units of IAP offer select types of life insurance, wealth management, and retail products and services. These include annuities, endowment, disability/morbidity insurance, unit linked/ universal life, whole life, participating life, group life, accident and health, term life and employee benefits. In Hong Kong non-life insurance products (including medical, motor, fire, marine, personal accident and general liability) are also offered.
The core traditional distribution network of tied agents, career agents and financial advisors is increasingly complemented by alternative distribution channels including bancassurance, brokers, worksite and direct marketing as well as online distribution.
PRINCIPAL GROUP COMPANIES
Reference is made to Exhibit 8 “ List of subsidiaries of ING Groep N.V.”

39


Table of Contents

REGULATION AND SUPERVISION
The insurance, banking, asset management and broker-dealer businesses of ING are subject to detailed comprehensive supervision in all the jurisdictions in which ING conducts business. This supervision is based in large part on European Union (“EU”) directives and regulations, discussed more fully below.
The Dutch regulatory system for financial supervision consists of prudential supervision – monitoring the soundness of financial institutions and the financial sector, and conduct-of-business supervision – regulating institutions’ conduct in the markets. Prudential supervision is exercised by De Nederlandsche Bank (“DNB”), while conduct-of-business supervision is performed by the Netherlands Authority for the Financial Markets, Autoriteit Financiële Markten (“AFM”).
A large number of national, regional and global bodies have presented in 2009 views and proposals of possible legislative and regulatory changes for the banking, insurance and investment industry. In February 2009 the High-Level Group on Financial Supervision in the EU chaired by Mr Jacques de Larosière submitted, in line with its October 2008 mandate, a report with recommendations to the European Commission on the need for stronger coordinated supervision and effective crisis management procedures in the EU. This report has resulted in various far reaching proposals by the European Commission to amend current legislation vis-à-vis the European supervisory architecture, but also on items such as capital, liquidity, securitization and remuneration. On the issue of supervisory architecture we have seen the intended establishment of European supervisory agencies. Increased capital and liquidity standards and changes to the rules governing securitization and remuneration may also have significant impact on the financial industry. We have seen many other bodies, including national legislators and supervisory authorities, presenting possible new legislation or guidelines on the abovementioned topics, these include for example the Dutch Government “vision document” on the future of the Dutch financial sector, the Turner and Walker Reviews in the UK, and various proposals by the Obama administration in the US. On a global level, in particular the Financials Stability Board and the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision have laid down proposals that may have a significant impact on the way financial institutions will operate going forward. The aggregated impact and possible interaction of all the proposals is hard to determine making it a necessity to align these proposals where possible. The financial industry has not stood silent and has also taken initiatives by means of guidelines and forms of self regulation. A prime example of the latter is the Banking Code as established by the Dutch Bankers’ Association, which entails a set of principles on corporate governance, risk management, audit and remuneration that Dutch banks will have to apply on a comply or explain basis. Another landmark regulatory development is the establishment of the Solvency II directive for insurance companies. Solvency II will bring a new and enhanced supervisory framework for insurance companies, whereby solvency, capital and risk management standards are brought to an elevated level compared to the framework currently in existence. Work has also been done on many other topics including deposit guarantee schemes and cross border crisis and resolution management.
As a result of our frequent evaluation of all businesses from economic, strategic and risk perspectives ING continues to believe that for business reasons doing business involving certain specified countries should be discontinued, which includes that ING has a policy not to enter into new relationships with clients from these countries and processes remain in place to discontinue existing relationships involving these countries. At present these countries include Myanmar, North Korea, Sudan, Syria, Iran and Cuba. ING Bank N.V. has in 2009 liquidated the Netherlands Caribbean Bank, which had been a 100% owned subsidiary since 2007.
ING Bank N.V. has continued discussions with its Dutch bank regulator De Nederlandsche Bank (DNB) related to transactions involving persons in countries subject to sanctions by the EU, the US and other authorities and its earlier review of transactions involving sanctioned parties. In connection with that review and related discussions ING Bank has undertaken to complete the global implementation of enhanced compliance and risk management procedures, and to monitor the implementation of such procedures on an ongoing basis, as instructed by DNB. ING Bank also remains in discussions with authorities in the US and in other jurisdictions concerning these matters, including with respect to ongoing information requests and it is not possible to predict at this time the outcome thereof. Financial institutions continue to experience close scrutiny by regulatory authorities, governmental bodies, shareholders, rating agencies, customers and others to ensure they comply with the relevant laws, regulations, standards and expectations. Bank and insurance regulators and other supervisory authorities in Europe, the US and elsewhere continue to oversee the activities of financial institutions to ensure that they operate with integrity and conduct business in an efficient, orderly and transparent manner. ING seeks to meet the standards and expectations of regulatory authorities and other interested parties through a number of initiatives and activities, including scrutinizing account holder information, payment processing and other transactions to support compliance with regulations governing money-laundering, economic and trade sanctions, bribery and other corrupt practices. The failure or perceived failure by ING to meet applicable standards in these areas could result in, among other things, suspension or

40


Table of Contents

revocation of ING’s licenses, cease and desist orders, fines, civil or criminal penalties and other disciplinary action which could materially damage ING’s reputation and financial condition, and accordingly ING’s primary focus is to support good business practice through its Business Principles and group policies.
As discussed under “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors”, as a large multinational financial institution we are subject to reputational and other risks in connection with regulatory and compliance matters involving such countries.
INSURANCE
Europe
Insurance companies in the EU are subject to supervision by insurance supervisory authorities in their home country. This principle of “home country control” was established in a series of directives adopted by the EU, which we refer to as the “1992 Insurance Directives”. In the Netherlands, DNB monitors compliance with applicable regulations, the capital base of the insurer and its actuarial reserves, as well as the assets of the insurer, which support such reserves. Pursuant to the 1992 EU Directives, ING may also conduct business directly, or through foreign branches, in all the other jurisdictions of the EU, without being subject to licensing requirements under the laws of the other EU member-states, though it has to deal with local legislation and regulation in all the European countries where it is active.
ING Insurance’s life and non-life subsidiaries in the EU are required to file detailed audited annual reports with their home country insurance supervisory authority. These reports are audited by ING Insurance’s independent auditors and include balance sheets, profit and loss statements, actuarial statements and other financial information. The authorizations granted by the insurance supervisory authorities stipulate the classes of business that an insurer may write an insurance policy for, and is required for every proposed new class of business. In addition, the home country insurance supervisory authority may require an insurer to submit any other information it requests and may conduct an audit at any time.
On the basis of the EU directives, European life insurance companies are required to maintain at least a shareholders’ equity level of generally 4% of insurance reserves (1% of separate account reserves), plus 0.3% of the amount at risk under insurance policies. The required shareholders’ equity level for Dutch non-life insurers is the greater of two calculations: one based on premiums and the other on claims.
The European Commission, jointly with Member States, is carrying out a fundamental review of the regulatory capital regime of the insurance industry (the Solvency II project). Its objective is to establish a solvency system that is better matched to the true risks of insurers enabling supervisors to protect policyholders’ interests as effectively as possible and in accordance with common principles across the EU. The European Parliament adopted and approved the Solvency II directive (level 1 text) on April 22, 2009. As regards the level 2 text (interpretations by CEIOPS) and level 3 text (interpretations by local regulators/guidance), the work is steadily advancing.
Americas
United States
ING Group’s United States insurance subsidiaries are subject to comprehensive and detailed regulation of their activities under U.S. state and federal laws. Supervisory agencies in various states have broad powers to grant or revoke licenses to conduct business, regulate trade practices, license agents, approve policy forms and certain premium rates, set standards for capital and reserve requirements, determine the form and content of required financial reports, examine insurance companies, require investment portfolio diversification and prescribe the type and amount of permitted investments. Insurance companies are subject to a mandatory annual audit of their statutory basis financial statements by an independent certified public accountant, and in addition, are subject to an insurance department financial condition examination by their state of domicile approximately every three to five years.
ING Insurance’s U.S. operations are subject to Risk Based Capital (“RBC”) guidelines which provide a method to measure the adjusted capital (statutory capital and surplus plus other adjustments) that insurance companies should maintain, taking into account the risk characteristics of the company’s investments and products. The RBC guidelines are used by state insurance regulators as an early warning regulatory tool to identify possibly inadequately capitalized insurers which may need additional regulatory oversight. Each of the companies

41


Table of Contents

comprising ING Insurance’s U.S. operations was above its target and statutory minimum RBC ratios at year-end 2009.
Insurance holding company statutes and regulations of each insurer’s state of domicile require periodic disclosure concerning the ultimate controlling person (i.e. the corporation or individual that controls the insurer). Such statutes also impose various limitations on investments in, or transactions with, affiliates and may require prior approval of the payment of certain dividends by the domestic insurer to its immediate parent company. ING is subject, by virtue of its ownership of U.S. insurance companies, to certain of these statutes and regulations.
Although the U.S. federal government generally does not directly regulate the insurance business, many federal laws affect the insurance business in a variety of ways, including federal privacy legislation which requires safeguarding and confidentiality of customer information, federal tax laws relating to insurance and annuity product taxation, and the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 requiring, among other things, the establishment of anti-money laundering monitoring programs. In addition, a number of the products issued by ING Group’s U.S. insurance companies are regulated as securities under state and federal law. Finally, a variety of U.S. retirement savings products and services may be subject to Department of Labor regulation under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”).
Canada
In February 2009, ING sold its 70% stake in ING Canada through a private placement and concurrent public offering and thus no longer owns any interest in ING Canada, the largest provider of property and casualty insurance products and services in Canada. Our U.S. insurance businesses that are licensed in Canada are subject to regulation by the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions (“OSFI”).
Mexico
The insurance annuities and pension businesses in Mexico are subject to general rules and detailed regulation of their operations under federal law. ING’s annuities and pension subsidiaries in Mexico are supervised by the Ministry of Finance, in the case of annuities through the Ministry’s National Insurance and Bonding Commission (“CNSF”), and in the case of pensions through the Ministry’s National Retirement Savings System Commission (“CONSAR”). The main legal framework applicable to insurance companies in Mexico includes the Insurance Companies Law, the Insurance Contract Law, and regulations issued by the CNSF. In the case of pension companies, the main legal framework includes the Retirement Savings Systems Law and regulations issued by the CONSAR. The Commerce Code, the Mercantile Companies Law, the Foreign Investment Law, Income Tax Laws and regulations issued by the Ministry of Finance are also applicable to both insurance and pension companies.
The Ministry of Finance has authority to grant or revoke licenses to conduct insurance and pension businesses in Mexico, and to prescribe rules on anti-money laundering. The CNSF and the CONSAR, respectively regulate insurance and pension companies’ activities through inspection and ongoing supervision, and have issued regulations that provide specific rules for its operations, including capital requirements and reserves, financial information standards and reporting, corporate governance guidelines, investment rules, risk management and related party transactions. In addition, the CNSF has issued rules concerning issuance of new insurance products and reinsurance. Insurance and pension companies are also subject to a mandatory annual audit of their financial statements and tax reports by independent auditors.
Argentina
In May 2009, ING sold 100% of its stake in the insurance annuities business in Argentina.
ING is in the process of liquidating Nationale-Nederlanden Cía de Seguros de Vida (INGIA) a legacy company which is a branch of the Nationale Nederlanden Life in Holland. In late 2004, ING sold the insurance portfolio of this company. Currently INGIA is winding down the entire business which is in the final stage of liquidation process.
Private pension fund businesses in Argentina were nationalized on December 9, 2008, pursuant to law 26.425. This law ordered all Private Pension Fund Managers (“AFJP”) to transfer the pension funds they then held to the ANSES (“Administración Nacional de la Seguridad Social”), the Argentine State social security system. As a result of the nationalization of the Argentine pension fund system, ANSES has taken over control of the private pension funds and ING’s Argentine AFJP will ultimately be liquidated. During this liquidation process, the AFJP is regulated by the General Inspection of Justice (“Inspección General de Justicia”).

42


Table of Contents

Peru
ING’s mutual fund and pension businesses in Peru are subject to supervision at the federal level by the National Supervisory Commission of Entities and Securities (Comisión Nacional Supervisora de Empresas y Valores) and Superintendent of Banking, Insurance and Private Pension Fund Administrators (Superintendencia de Banca, Seguros y Administradoras de Fondos de Pensiones), respectively. Various laws and regulations including those related to capital maintenance, disclosure to clients with respect to client funds under administration, minimum investment yield, marketing activities and investment trading, safeguarding of confidential information, proper complaint handling, risk management, supervision of sales force activities, and anti-money laundering standards and procedures also apply.
Chile
ING’s insurance business in Chile is subject to supervision by the Chilean Securities and Insurance Commission (“SVS”), the rules and directives issued by the SVS and the Insurance Law (“Decree Law No. 251”). The SVS is the authority that licenses and regulates insurers in Chile. Only Chilean corporations may operate an insurance business in Chile. The Insurance Law establishes requirements and regulations regarding the conduct of operations by insurance businesses, including rules regarding technical reserves, permitted investments and legal solvency requirements such as minimum solvency margins and limits on indebtedness.
ING’s pension business in Chile is subject to supervision by the Chilean Superintendent of Pension (“SP”) (“SP”), regulations issued by the SP, Decree Law No. 3.500 of 1980 (“DL 3.500”) and by its regulation (“Supreme Decree No. 57”). The SP is the authority that licenses and regulates pension funds in Chile. According to DL 3.500, pension funds must be managed by corporations that are pension funds administrators (“AFPs”). The DL 3.500 regulates the structure of funds, investment limits, transactions with related parties, the transfer of pension members’ participations between AFPs, and other pension fund administrator rights and obligations. AFPs are incorporated as stock corporations and ING’s pension businesses are also subject to supervision by the Chilean Securities and Insurance Commission (“SVS”),
ING’s mutual fund business in Chile is subject to supervision by the Chilean Securities and Insurance Commission (“SVS”), the rules and directives issued by the SVS, the Securities Exchange Law (“Law No. 18.045”), the Corporation Law (“Law No. 18.046”), the Mutual Funds Law (“Decree Law No. 1325”), the Mutual Funds Regulations (“Supreme Decree No. 249”) and the rules established in the relevant internal regulations, approved by SVS. The SVS is the authority that licenses and regulates mutual funds in Chile. Mutual Fund Companies are incorporated as stock corporations. The abovementioned regulation establishes requirements and regulations regarding the conduct of operations by mutual fund businesses, including rules regarding permitted investments and legal solvency requirements and restriction regarding funds ownership by the company.
Colombia
ING’s pension business in Colombia is subject to Law 100 of 1993, Decree 656 of 1994, Law 797 of 2003, Law 860 of 2003 and Decree 3995 of 2008 which regulate the general regime of social security, including corporate requirements for incorporating a Pension and Severance Funds Administrator (“PFA”); Financial System Statute Decree 663 of 1993, which regulates the authorized activities, liabilities, obligations and minimum profitability of funds administered by PFAs; and External Circular No. 007 of 1996 of the Finance Superintendency. The Finance Superintendency is the authority that licenses and regulates PFAs. The Superintendency has the power to examine PFAs and request financial and operational information and to apply sanctions for failure to comply with applicable regulations.
Law 1328 of 2009 created Multifund for mandatory pensions fund and multi-portfolio for Severance pay fund. Multi-portfolio for Severance pay fund started applying on January 2010, and in December 2009 the Government issued the regulation regarding the administration commission, investment regimen and profitability limits. On the other hand, Multifunds for Mandatory Pensions will become effective starting September 2010. No regulation on this matter has been issued.
PFAs are required to have specialized personnel and technical capacity to properly manage pension funds. The requirements vary based on the nature and size of the pension funds managed. PFAs are also required to invest pension funds in accordance with rules established by the Finance Superintendency. PFAs must guarantee pension fund minimum returns, based on a methodology adopted by the Finance Superintendency. All institutions under Finance Superintendency supervision must also adopt anti-money laundering mechanisms.

43


Table of Contents

Uruguay
ING Group’s pension business in Uruguay is subject to the regulation of the Uruguay Central Bank (“Banco Central del Uruguay”) pursuant to Law 16.713, a Federal law which sets forth the creation of the private pension system (sistema previsional), requirements for incorporation of Administradora de Fondos de Ahorro Provisional (“AFAP”), capital, eligible investment and resources. Specific regulations such as decrees and official letters (circulares) issued by the Central Bank also deal with bank secrecy, anti-money laundering, sales and marketing training and supervision.
Asia/Pacific
While the insurance regulations in Asia Pacific vary from country to country, these regulations are designed to protect the interests of policyholders. Most jurisdictions in which ING operate have regulations governing solvency standards, capital and reserves level, permitted investments, business conduct, sales intermediaries licensing and sales practices, policy forms and, for certain lines of insurance, approval or filing of rates. In certain jurisdictions, regulations limit sales commissions and certain marketing expenses. In general, insurers are required to file detailed financial statements with their regulators. Regulators have power to conduct regular or specific examinations of the insurers’ operations and accounts and request for information from the insurers.
Japan
ING Group’s life insurance subsidiary in Japan is subject to the supervision of the Financial Services Agency (“FSA”), the chief regulator in Japan, the rules and regulations as stipulated by the Commercial Code (to be replaced by Insurance Law from as of April 1, 2010), Insurance Business Law and ordinances of the Cabinet Office. The affairs handled by the FSA include, among others, planning and policymaking concerning financial systems and the inspection and supervision of private sector financial institutions including insurance companies.
New products, revision of existing products, etc. require approval by the FSA. The Cabinet Office ordinances stipulate the types and proportions of assets in which an insurance company can invest. The Insurance Business Law further requires that an insurance company set aside a liability reserve to provide for the fulfillment of the level of expected mortality and other assumptions that are applied in calculating liability reserves for long-term contracts. In addition to the required audit by external auditors, insurance companies are required to appoint a corporate actuary and have such corporate actuary be involved in the method of calculating premiums and other actuarial, accounting and compliance matters.
South Korea
ING Group’s South Korean insurance companies are subject to supervision by the Financial Services Commission (“FSC”) and its executive arm, the Financial Supervisory Service (“FSS”). A second body, the Korean Insurance Development Institute (“KIDI”) advises the FSC, FSS and the Ministry of Strategy and Finance on policies and systems related to life insurance and may calculate net insurance premium rates that insurance companies can apply and report such premium rates to the FSC. The KIDI must approve all new products and revisions of existing products. Since 2006 the FSS has sharpened its supervisory policies based on the Risk Assessment and Application System.
Malaysia
ING Group’s Malaysian insurance subsidiary is subject to the supervision of the Central Bank of Malaysia (“BNM”). Regulation of the Malaysian insurance industry covers licensing, policy development, administration and enforcement of the industry, actuarial function and consumer education and complaints handling. In addition, BNM introduced the Risk-Based Capital Framework for insurers with effect from January 1, 2009 to better align the regulatory capital requirements with the underlying risk exposure of each individual insurer.
BANKING
Wholesale Banking, Retail Banking and ING Direct
Basel II and European Union Standards as currently applied by ING Bank
DNB, the Dutch Central Bank and home supervisor, has given ING permission to use the most sophisticated approaches for solvency reporting under the Financial Supervision Act, the Dutch legislation reflecting the Basel II Accord. DNB has shared information with host regulators of relevant jurisdictions to come to a joint decision. In all jurisdictions where the bank operates through a separate legal entity, ING must meet local Basel requirements as well.

44


Table of Contents

ING uses the Advanced IRB Approach for credit risk, an internal VaR model for its trading book exposures and the Advanced Measurement Approach for operational risk. During 2008 and 2009 a Basel I regulatory floor of 90% and 80%, respectively, still applied. A small number of portfolios are still reported under the Standardized Approach.
ING Bank files consolidated quarterly and annual reports of its financial position and results with DNB in the Netherlands. ING Bank’s independent auditors audit these reports on an annual basis.
Payment Services Directive
The Payment Services Directive (“PSD”) is a harmonized legal framework for the market for payment services in the European Union, and a direct result of the so-called Lisbon Agenda to make the EU the most dynamic and competitive knowledge-based economy in the world by 2010. The PSD had to be implemented in the national laws of all EU Member States at the latest by November 1, 2009, but not all Member States were able to meet this deadline. The PSD pursues a threefold objective, being the enhancement of competition by removing payment market entry barriers, the enlargement of market transparency for all payment service users and the standardization of rights and obligations of both providers and users of payment services in the European Union.
The PSD affects current as well as future payment products, including SEPA products. As a consequence, ING businesses offering payment services in no less than 17 Member States of the European Union are impacted. An extensive programme covering all these countries has been set up by ING enabling ING to face the challenges of the new post-PSD market for payment services and strengthen its position as a major European player in the payments arena.
Americas
United States
ING Bank has a limited direct presence in the United States through the facility of the ING Bank Representative Office in New York. Although the office’s activities are strictly limited to essentially that of a marketing agent of bank products and services and a facilitator (i.e. the office may not take deposits or execute any transactions), the office is subject to the regulation of the State of New York Banking Department and the Federal Reserve. ING Bank also has a subsidiary in the United States, ING Financial Holdings Corp, which through several operating subsidiaries offers various financial products, including lending, and financial markets products. These entities do not accept deposits in the United States on their own behalf or on behalf of ING Bank NV.
A major part of our banking activities in the United States, ING Direct USA, is regulated by the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”), a division of the United States Department of the Treasury and, to a lesser extent, by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, an independent agency of the Federal government that operates under the auspices of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, a US federal law. Because ING Direct USA is a federally chartered savings bank, ING Group is a savings and loan holding company and consequently its U.S. activities are subject to the consolidated supervision of the OTS under the Home Owners’ Loan Act.
Within the legislative and executive branches, there are growing discussions regarding the need to reform the financial supervision framework and regulatory structure in the U.S. The results and impact of this review and any likely changes are unclear, but any changes could have a material impact on the whole of the financial industry and banking institutions in particular.
Anti-Money Laundering Initiatives and countries subject to sanctions
A major focus of governmental policy on financial institutions in recent years has been aimed at combating money laundering and terrorist financing. The USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 (the “USA PATRIOT Act”) substantially broadened the scope of U.S. anti-money laundering laws and regulations by imposing significant new compliance and due diligence obligations, creating new crimes and penalties and expanding the extra-territorial jurisdiction of the United States. The U.S. Treasury Department has issued a number of implementing regulations which apply various requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act to financial institutions such as our bank, insurance, broker-dealer and investment adviser subsidiaries and mutual funds advised or sponsored by our subsidiaries. Those regulations impose obligations on financial institutions to maintain appropriate policies, procedures and controls to detect, prevent and report money laundering and terrorist financing and to verify the identity of their customers. In addition, the bank regulatory agencies are imposing heightened standards, and law enforcement authorities have been taking a more active role. Failure of a financial institution to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing could have serious legal and reputation consequences for the institution.

45


Table of Contents

As a result of our frequent evaluation of all businesses from economic, strategic and risk perspectives ING continues to believe that for business reasons doing business involving certain specified countries should be discontinued, which includes that ING has a policy not to enter into new relationships with clients from these countries and processes remain in place to discontinue existing relationships involving these countries. At present these countries include Myanmar, North Korea, Sudan, Syria, Iran and Cuba. ING Bank N.V. has in 2009 liquidated the Netherlands Caribbean Bank, which had been a 100% owned subsidiary since 2007.
ING Bank N.V. has continued discussions with its Dutch bank regulator De Nederlandsche Bank (DNB) related to transactions involving persons in countries subject to sanctions by the EU, the US and other authorities and its earlier review of transactions involving sanctioned parties. In connection with that review and related discussions ING Bank has undertaken to complete the global implementation of enhanced compliance and risk management procedures, and to monitor the implementation of such procedures on an ongoing basis, as instructed by DNB. ING Bank also remains in discussions with authorities in the US and in other jurisdictions concerning these matters, including with respect to ongoing information requests, and it is not possible to predict at this time the outcome thereof. Financial institutions continue to experience close scrutiny by regulatory authorities, governmental bodies, shareholders, rating agencies, customers and others to ensure they comply with the relevant laws, regulations, standards and expectations. Bank and insurance regulators and other supervisory authorities in Europe, the US and elsewhere continue to oversee the activities of financial institutions to ensure that they operate with integrity and conduct business in an efficient, orderly and transparent manner. ING seeks to meet the standards and expectations of regulatory authorities and other interested parties through a number of initiatives and activities, including scrutinizing account holder information, payment processing and other transactions to support compliance with regulations governing money-laundering, economic and trade sanctions, bribery and other corrupt practices. The failure or perceived failure by ING to meet applicable standards in these areas could result in, among other things, suspension or revocation of ING’s licenses, cease and desist orders, fines, civil or criminal penalties and other disciplinary action which could materially damage ING’s reputation and financial condition, and accordingly ING’s primary focus is to support good business practice through its Business Principles and group policies.
Canada
ING Bank of Canada (“ING Direct Canada”) is a federally regulated financial institution that is subject to the supervision of the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions (“OSFI”), which is the primary supervisor of federally chartered financial institutions (including banks and insurance companies) and federally administered pension plans.
ING Direct Canada operates a wholly-owned mutual fund dealer subsidiary, ING Direct Mutual Funds Limited that is subject to provincial regulation in the provinces in which it operates. ING Direct Mutual Funds Limited’s home province supervisor is the Ontario Securities Commission, which regulates the sale of mutual funds and equities in Ontario. ING Direct Funds Limited is also a member of the Mutual Funds Dealer’s Association, a mandatory self-regulatory body, which governs and oversees the conduct of mutual fund dealers in Canada.
Asia/Pacific
Australia
The Australian Prudential Regulation Authority is responsible for the prudential regulation of banks and other deposit taking institutions, life and general insurance companies, superannuation funds and Retirement Savings Account Providers.

46


Table of Contents

BROKER-DEALER AND INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT ACTIVITIES
Americas
United States
ING’s broker-dealer entities in the United States are regulated by the Securities and Exchange Commission, the states in which they operate, and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), the self-regulatory organization which succeeded to the regulatory functions of the National Association of Securities Dealers and the New York Stock Exchange. The primary governing statutes for such entities are the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and state statutes and regulations, as applicable. These and other laws, and the regulations promulgated there under, impose requirements (among others) regarding minimum net capital, safeguarding of customer assets, protection and use of material, non-public (inside) information, record-keeping requirements, supervision of employee activities, credit to customers, suitability determinations in the context of recommending transactions to customers, clearance and settlement procedures and anti-money laundering standards and procedures. The rules of FINRA in some respects duplicate the above-mentioned legal requirements, but also impose requirements specific to the marketplaces that FINRA oversees. For example, FINRA imposes requirements relating to activities by market-makers in the over-the-counter market in equity securities and requirements regarding transactions effected in its listed securities market.
Certain ING entities in the United States (including certain of its broker-dealers) also act in the capacity of a federally registered investment advisor (i.e., providing investment advice to customers for a fee), and are governed in such activities by the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. Moreover, certain ING entities manage registered investment companies (such as mutual funds) and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, regulates the governance and activities of those funds. These laws impose, among other things, record-keeping and disclosure requirements on ING in the context of such activities. Moreover, the laws impose restrictions on transactions or require disclosure of transactions involving advisory clients and the advisor or the advisors’ affiliates, as well as transactions between advisory clients. In addition, ERISA imposes certain obligations on investment advisors managing employee plan assets as defined in the Act.
Other federal laws affect ING’s US financial services businesses in a variety of ways, including federal and state privacy legislation which requires safeguarding and confidentiality of customer information, federal tax laws, and the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 requiring, among other things, the establishment of anti-money laundering monitoring programs. Certain sales and solicitation practices are also subject to US Department of Labor and state regulation and disclosure obligations as well.
The failure of ING to comply with these various requirements could result in civil and criminal sanctions and administrative penalties imposed by the Securities and Exchange Commission, the states, or FINRA. Moreover, employees who are found to have participated in the violations, and the managers of these employees, also may be subject to penalties by governmental and self-regulatory agencies.
Canada
ING Investment Management, Inc. (“ING IM”), a federally incorporated, wholly-owned subsidiary of ING Canada Inc., is registered in the provinces of Ontario and Quebec as an adviser with specific investment authorities. While substantially all of ING IM’s current business consists of providing investment management services to ING Canada Inc. and its insurance subsidiaries, ING IM is seeking to expand its business by providing asset management services to third party institutional investors across Canada.
ING IM is subject to regulation by securities regulatory authorities of the provinces in which it is registered and conducts business. Regulation issued by provincial securities regulatory authorities imposes requirements (among others) regarding registration of investment management entities and their employees, governance, ongoing disclosure to clients and regulatory authorities, marketing activities, transactions with affiliates and derivatives transactions. Additionally, ING IM is subject to applicable federal laws, including those related to privacy and anti-money laundering.

47


Table of Contents

COMPETITION
ING is involved in insurance, retail and wholesale banking, and other products and services across more than 40 countries. The mature markets of the Netherlands, Belgium, the Rest of Europe, North America and Australia are characterised by a high degree of competition. As financial institutions from mature markets have increasingly established themselves in developing markets, competition in these markets has increased too. In some cases ING and its competitors have sought to form alliances, mergers or strategic relationships with local institutions, which are rapidly becoming more sophisticated and competitive.
During the financial crisis, governments around the globe have undertaken exceptional measures to support financial institutions. ING’s management feels that these measures were important and necessary steps to restore confidence and bring stability and certainty to the financial system. ING itself entered into two transactions with the Dutch State: the issuance of EUR 10 billion Core Tier 1 Securities to the Dutch State in October 2008 and the IABF.
Under European state-aid rules, all state-supported financial institutions need to demonstrate their long-term viability and take actions to prevent undue distortions of competition. As a result, and in parallel to the introduction and implementation of the first phases of the Back to Basics programme, ING was also required to develop and submit a restructuring plan to the EC. We had to devise a plan that would not only enable us to pay back the Dutch State and address the EC’s requirements, but also return our focus to the business and our customers.
Our negotiations with the EC were finalized in October 2009. On November 18, 2009 the EC formally approved the restructuring plan, which ING had submitted on the condition that the EC guarantee equal treatment of all state-supported financial institutions and safeguard the level playing field in the EU internal market. With this decision the EC also gave final clearance for the issuance of the Core Tier 1 securities to the Dutch State and for the IABF. On November 25, 2009, an extraordinary General Meeting of ING shareholders approved the resulting strategic shift of the company, as well as the proposed rights issue of EUR 7.5 billion to facilitate an early repayment for the first EUR 5 billion tranche of Core Tier 1 Securities to the Dutch State. The restructuring plan’s strategic implications for ING’s competitive profile are explained below.
As discussed under “Item 4. Information on the Company – Recent Developments”, a key goal of the Back to Basics programme was to reduce ING’s complexity by operating the Bank and Insurer separately under one Group umbrella. The negotiations with the EC on the Restructuring Plan have thus acted as a catalyst to accelerate this process, by which banking and insurance operations, will be separated and double leverage eliminated. In addition, ING has had to accept a number of commitments to obtain the EC’s approval for the transactions with the Dutch State. One of these involves the divestment of ING Direct US. It is anticipated that this divestment will take several years and be completed before the end of 2013. In the meantime, ING intends to grow the value of the business and invest in a superior customer experience. We regard ING Direct US as a strong franchise and the US market as offering potential for growth. The divestiture of ING Direct US has no impact on ING Direct in other countries. We remain committed to the ING Direct franchise globally as a strong contributor to our growth
Also as part of the Restructuring Plan, a new company will be created in the Dutch retail market out of part of our current operations, by combining the Interadvies banking division (including Westland Utrecht and the mortgage activities of Nationale-Nederlanden), and the existing consumer lending portfolio of ING Retail. This business, once separated, will be divested. The combined business will be the number 5 financial institution in the Netherlands. It is profitable and currently has a balance sheet of EUR 37 billion, with around 200,000 mortgage contracts, 320,000 consumer lending accounts, 500,000 savings accounts and 76,000 securities contracts. The business has a mortgage portfolio amounting to approximately EUR 34 billion, equal to a market share of around 6%.
In addition, ING has also agreed with the EC that it will refrain from being a price leader within the EU for certain retail and SME banking products, and that it will refrain from acquisitions of financial institutions that might slow down the repayment of the Core Tier 1 securities. These restrictions will apply for the shorter period of three years or until the Core Tier 1 securities have been repaid in full to the Dutch State.
In January 2010, ING lodged an appeal with the General Court of the European Union (the “General Court”) against two specific elements of the EC’s decision of November 18, 2009. First, the EC has

48


Table of Contents

treated the reduction in repayment premium for the first EUR 5 billion tranche of Core Tier 1 securities which provided the Dutch State with an early repayment at an attractive return, as constituting additional state aid of approximately EUR 2.
Second, ING also seeks a ruling on the price leadership restrictions and the proportionality of the restructuring requirements demanded by the EC. ING believes it is in the interest of all its stakeholders to use the opportunities provided by law to let the General Court review these elements of the EC’s decision. For more information on the Restructuring Plan and the appeal see “Item 4. Information on the Company – Recent developments”
The restructuring measures, including steps already taken as part of our ‘Back to Basics’ programme, are expected to result in a pro forma balance sheet reduction of around EUR 600 billion by 2013, approximately the equivalent of 45% of the balance sheet at September 30, 2008. This will be achieved through divestments mentioned above and further deleveraging of the bank balance sheet. Including estimated organic growth, it is expected that by the end of 2013 our balance sheet will be approximately 30% smaller than at September 30, 2008. The proceeds from divesting the insurance operations will be used to eliminate double leverage and further repay the Dutch State.
In the long run, competition in the financial services industry in both mature and developing markets will continue to be based on factors like brand recognition, scope of distribution systems, customer service, products offered, financial strength, price and, in the case of investment-linked insurance products and asset management services, investment performance. Management believes that over the coming years (i.e. throughout the entire restructuring process) ING’s major competitors will be the leading global European, American and Asian commercial banks, insurance companies, asset management and other financial-services companies.
RATINGS
ING Groep N.V.’s long-term senior debt is rated “A” (with a stable outlook) by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Service (“Standard & Poor’s”), a division of the McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. ING Groep N.V.’s long-term senior debt is rated “A1” (with a stable outlook) by Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”). ING Groep N.V.’s long term senior debt is rated “A” (with a stable outlook) by Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”).
ING Verzekeringen N.V.’s long-term senior debt is rated “A-” (with a negative outlook) by Standard & Poor’s and “Baa1” (with a developing outlook) by Moody’s. Fitch rated ING Verzekeringen N.V.’s long-term senior debt “A-” (with a negative outlook).
ING Bank N.V.’s long-term senior debt held a “A+” (with a stable outlook) rating by Standard & Poor’s. Moody’s rated ING Bank N.V.’s long-term senior debt at “Aa3” (with a stable outlook). Finally, ING Bank N.V.’s long-term senior debt was rated “A+” (with a stable outlook) by Fitch Ratings, Ltd.
ING Verzekeringen N.V.’s short-term senior debt is rated “A-2” by Standard & Poor’s and Prime-2 (P-2) by Moody’s. ING Verzekeringen held a F2 rating by Fitch.
ING Bank N.V.’s short-term senior debt held a rating of “A-1” by Standard & Poor’s and Prime-1 (P-1) by Moody’s. Fitch rated ING Bank N.V.’s short-term senior debt “F1+”.
All ratings are provided as of March 15, 2010, and are still current at date of filing.
DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY
ING predominantly leases the land and buildings used in the normal course of its business. In addition, ING has part of its investment portfolio invested in land and buildings. Management believes that ING’s facilities are adequate for its present needs in all material respects.

49


Table of Contents

Item 5. Operating and financial review and prospects
The following review and prospects should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the related Notes thereto included elsewhere herein. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS-IASB. Unless otherwise indicated, financial information for ING Group included herein is presented on a consolidated basis under IFRS-IASB.
FACTORS AFFECTING RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
ING Group’s results of operations are affected by demographics (particularly with respect to life insurance) and by a variety of market conditions, including economic cycles, insurance industry cycles (particularly with respect to non-life insurance), banking industry cycles and fluctuations in stock markets, interest and foreign exchange rates. See Item 3. “Risk Factors” for more factors that can impact ING Group’s results of operations.
General market conditions
Demographic studies suggest that over the next decade there will be growth in the number of individuals who enter the age group that management believes is most likely to purchase retirement-oriented life insurance products in ING’s principal life insurance markets in the Netherlands, the Rest of Europe, the United States, Asia and Australia. In addition, in a number of its European markets, including the Netherlands, retirement, medical and other social benefits previously provided by the government have been, or in the coming years are expected to be, curtailed. Management believes this will increase opportunities for private sector providers of life insurance, health, pension and other social benefits-related insurance products. Management believes that ING Insurance’s distribution networks, the quality and diversity of its products and its investment management expertise in each of these markets, positions ING Insurance to benefit from these developments. In addition, the emerging markets in Central and Eastern Europe, Asia and Latin America, in which ING Insurance has insurance operations, generally have lower gross domestic products per capita and gross insurance premiums per capita than the countries in Western Europe and North America in which ING Insurance has insurance operations. Management believes that insurance operations in these emerging markets provide ING Insurance with the market presence which will allow it to take advantage of anticipated growth in these regions. In addition, conditions in the non-life insurance markets in which ING Insurance operates are cyclical, and characterized by periods of price competition, fluctuations in underwriting results, and the occurrence of unpredictable weather-related and other losses.
Fluctuations in equity markets
Our insurance and asset management operations are exposed to fluctuations in equity markets. Our overall investment return and fee income from equity-linked products are influenced by equity markets. The fees we charge for managing portfolios are often based on performance and value of the portfolio. In addition, fluctuations in equity markets may affect sales of life and pension products, unit-linked products, including variable business and may increase the amount of withdrawals which will reduce related management fees. In addition, our direct shareholdings that are classified as investments are exposed to fluctuations in equity markets. The securities we hold may become impaired in the case of a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the security below its cost. Our banking operations are also exposed to fluctuations in equity markets. ING Bank maintains an internationally diversified and mainly client-related trading portfolio. Accordingly, market downturns are likely to lead to declines in securities trading and brokerage activities which we execute for customers and therefore to a decline in related commissions and trading results. In addition to this, ING Bank also maintains equity investments in its own non-trading books. Fluctuations in equity markets may affect the value of these investments.
Fluctuations in interest rates
Our insurance operations are exposed to fluctuations in interest rates through impacts on sales and surrenders of life insurance and annuity products. Declining interest rates may increase sales, but may impact profitability as a result of a reduced spread between the guaranteed interest rates to policyholders and the investment returns on fixed interest investments. Declining interest rates may also affect the results of our reserve adequacy testing which may in turn result in reserve strengthening. Rising interest rates may increase the surrender of policies which may require liquidation of fixed interest investments at unfavorable market prices. This could result in realized investment losses. Our banking operations are exposed to fluctuations in interest rates. Our management of interest rate sensitivity affects the results of our banking operations. Interest rate sensitivity refers to the relationship between changes in market interest rates on the one hand and on the other hand to changes in both net interest income and the results of our trading activities for our own account. Both the composition of our banking assets and liabilities and the fact that interest rate changes may affect client behavior in a different way than assumed in our internal models result in a mismatch which causes the banking operations’ net interest income and trading results to be affected by changes in interest rates

50


Table of Contents

Fluctuations in exchange rates
ING Group is exposed to fluctuations in exchange rates. Our management of exchange rate sensitivity affects the results of our operations both through the trading activities for our own account and because of the fact that we publish our consolidated financial statements in euros. Because a substantial portion of our income and expenses are denominated in currencies other than euros, fluctuations in the exchange rates used to translate foreign currencies, particularly the U.S. dollar, the Australian dollar, the Canadian dollar, the Turkish lira, the Japanese yen, the Korean won, the Pound sterling and the Polish zloty into euros will impact our reported results of operations and cash flows from year to year. This exposure is mitigated by the fact that realized results in non-Euro currencies are translated into euro by monthly hedging. See Note 24 of Note 2.1 to the consolidated financial statements for a description of our hedging activities with respect to foreign currencies. Fluctuations in exchange rates will also impact the value (denominated in euro) of our investments in our non-Euro reporting subsidiaries. The impact of these fluctuations in exchange rates is mitigated to some extent by the fact that income and related expenses, as well as assets and liabilities, of each of our non-euro reporting subsidiaries are generally denominated in the same currencies. For the main foreign currencies, in which ING’s income and expenses are denominated namely the U.S. dollar, Pound sterling, Canadian dollar, Australian dollar, Turkish lira and Polish zloty, the translation risk is managed taking into account the effect of translation results on the Tier-1 ratio. For all other currencies the translation risk is managed within a Value-at-Risk limit.
The weakening of most currencies against the euro during 2009 had a positive impact of EUR 184 million on (underlying) net result. In 2008 and 2007 exchange rates influenced net result, respectively, by EUR 163 million and EUR 159 million negatively.
For the years 2009, 2008 and 2007, the year-end exchange rates (which are the rates ING uses in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements for balance sheet items not denominated in euros) and the average quarterly exchange rates (which are the rates ING uses in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements for income statement items and cash flows not denominated in euros) were as follows for the currencies specified below:
                                         
                    Average1)        
    4Q 2008   3Q 2008   2Q 2008   1Q 2008   2007
U.S. dollar
    1.345       1.511       1.566       1.514       1.375  
Australian dollar
    1.922       1.694       1.664       1.674       1.639  
Canadian dollar
    1.590       1.559       1.579       1.509       1.470  
Pound sterling
    0.844       0.796       0.792       0.761       0.686  
Japanese yen
    130.787       161.518       162.530       159.662       161.685  
South Korean won
    1,748.405       1,640.581       1,589.017       1,438.373       1,275.559  
Turkish lira
    1.995       1.825       1.973       1.838       1.786  
Polish zloty
    3.741       3.327       3.425       3.566       3.781  
                                 
    4Q 2009   3Q 2009   2Q 2009   1Q 2009
U.S. dollar
    1.473       1.431       1.371       1.319  
Australian dollar
    1.634       1.702       1.810       1.985  
Canadian dollar
    1.567       1.575       1.608       1.641  
Pound sterling
    0.902       0.874       0.888       0.919  
Japanese yen
    132.199       133.816       133.099       124.067  
South Korean won
    1,723.971       1,761.229       1,775.507       1,829.427  
Turkish lira
    2.210       2.144       2.169       2.160  
Polish zloty
    4.179       4.235       4.506       4.509  
 
1)   Average exchange rates are calculated on a quarterly basis as from 2008 and on an annual basis before 2008.

51


Table of Contents

                         
            Year-end    
    2009   2008   2007
U.S. dollar
    1.440       1.396       1.472  
Australian dollar
    1.602       2.026       1.676  
Canadian dollar
    1.514       1.710       1.444  
Pound sterling
    0.889       0.956       0.734  
Japanese yen
    133.057       126.354       164.819  
South Korean won
    1,679.614       1,758.273       1,378.094  
Turkish lira
    2.157       2.143       1.718  
Polish zloty
    4.106       4.175       3.586  
Impact of financial crisis
ING continued to take risk mitigating measures, but was still negatively impacted by markets that remain illiquid, even though some markets improved during 2009. Primarily markets for real estate, and assets with underlying real estate, remain impacted by continued turmoil. 2009 was also the year of proposed changes of regulations, many of which may impact risk management, risk measurement and the financial condition of ING. For details regarding the impact of the credit and liquidity crisis on ING’s assets and results, see section “Risk Management” in Note 2.1 to the consolidated financial statements.
Critical Accounting Policies
See Note 2.1. to the consolidated financial statements.

52


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following information should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified by reference to the Group’s consolidated financial statements and other financial information included elsewhere herein. ING Group evaluates the results of its banking operations and insurance operations, including Retail Banking, ING Direct, Commercial Banking, Insurance Europe, Insurance Americas and Insurance Asia/Pacific, using the financial performance measure of underlying result before tax. Underlying result before tax is defined as result before tax and, excluding, as applicable for each respective segment, either all or some of the following items: gains/losses from divested units, realized gains/losses on divestitures and special items such as certain restructuring charges and other non-operating income/expense.
While these excluded items are significant components in understanding and assessing the Group’s consolidated financial performance, ING Group believes that the presentation of underlying result before tax enhances the understanding and comparability of its segment performance by highlighting result before tax attributable to ongoing operations and the underlying profitability of the segment businesses. For example, we believe that trends in the underlying profitability of our segments can be more clearly identified without the effects of the realized gains/losses on divestitures as the timing is largely subject to the Company’s discretion, influenced by market opportunities and ING Group does not believe that they are indicative of future results. Underlying result before tax is not a substitute for result before tax as determined in accordance with IFRS-IASB. ING Group’s definition of underlying result before tax may differ from those used by other companies and may change over time. For further information on underlying result before tax as well as the reconciliation of our segment underlying result before tax to our result before taxation see “ Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Segment Reporting” and Note 51 of Note 2.1 to the consolidated financial statements.
The following table sets forth the consolidated results of the operations of ING Group and its banking and insurance operations for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008:
                                                                 
    Banking   Insurance   Eliminations3)   Total
    2009   2008   2009   2008   2009   2008   2009   2008
                            (EUR millions)                        
Premium income
                    30,492       43,812                       30,492       43,812  
Interest result banking operations
    12,539       11,085                       167       43       12,372       11,042  
Commission income
    2,678       2,895       1,935       2,070                       4,613       4,965  
Investment and Other income
    (3,561 )     (5,959 )     3,363       8,970       169       248       (367 )     2,763  
 
                                               
Total income
    11,655       8,022       35,790       54,851           336           291       47,109       62,582  
 
                                                               
Underwriting expenditure
                    30,984       49,485                       30,984       49,485  
Other interest expenses
                    1,052       1,269       336       291       716       978  
Operating expenses
    10,164       10,303       4,381       5,422                       14,545       15,725  
Impairments/additions to the provision for loan losses
    2,973       1,280       72       310                       3,045       1,590  
 
                                               
Total expenditure
    13,138       11,583       36,489       56,486       336       291       49,291       67,778  
 
                                                               
Result before tax
    (1,482 )     (3,561 )     (699 )     (1,635 )                     (2,181 )     (5,196 )
Taxation
    (553 )     (1,184 )     (86 )     (483 )                     (639 )     (1,667 )
Minority interests
    (141 )     (69 )     23       31                       (118 )     (38 )
 
                                                               
Net result
    (788 )     (2,309 )     (636 )     (1,183 )                     (1,424 )     (3,492 )
 
                                                               
Result before tax
    (1,482 )     (3,561 )     (699 )     (1,635 )                     (2,181 )     (5,196 )
Gains/losses on divestments(1)
                    (63 )     (8 )                     (63 )     (8 )
Result/loss divested units
                    (23 )     172                       (23 )     172  
Special items (2)
    1,726       301       594       93                       2,320       394  
 
                                               
Underlying result before tax
    244       (3,260 )     (191 )     (1,381 )                     53       (4,641 )
 
                                                   
 
(1)   Divestments Insurance: sale Industry Pension Funds (EUR 160 million, 2009), sale Greece Non-life (EUR 6 million, 2009), sale of Canada (EUR 38 million, 2009), sale of Argentina (EUR 7 million, 2009), sale of Australia (EUR (337) million, 2009), sale US (EUR 42 million, 2009), sale of Russia (EUR 2 million, 2009), sale of Chile Health/Annuities (EUR 23 million, 2009, EUR 55 million, 2008), sale of Mexico (EUR (2) million, 2009, EUR 182 million, 2008), sale NRG (EUR (15) million, 2008), sale Taiwan (EUR (1) million, 2009, EUR (214) million, 2008) ;
 
(2)   Special items Bank: Retail Netherlands strategy (EUR 222 million, 2009, EUR 270 million, 2008), not launching ING Direct Japan (EUR 39 million, 2009, EUR 30 million, 2008), transaction result on Alt-A portfolio (EUR (69) million, 2009), additional IABF payments (EUR 1,104 million, 2009), restructuring provisions (EUR 430 million, 2009) Special items Insurance: restructuring provisions (EUR 331 million, 2009, EUR 93 million, 2008), transaction result on Alt-A portfolio (EUR 118 million, 2009), additional IABF payments (EUR 146 million, 2009).
 
(3)   After elimination of certain intercompany transactions between the banking operations and the insurance operations

53


Table of Contents

    The following table sets forth the consolidated results of the operations of ING Group and its banking and insurance operations for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007:
                                                                 
    Banking   Insurance   Eliminations3)   Total
    2008   2007   2008   2007   2008   2007   2008   2007
Premium income
                    43,812       46,818                       43,812       46,818  
Interest result banking operations
    11,085       9,036                       43       60       11,042       8,976  
Commission income
    2,895       2,926       2,070       1,901                       4,965       4,827  
Investment and Other income
    (5,959 )     3,151       8,970       13,488       248       163       2,763       16,476  
 
                                               
Total income
    8,022       15,113       54,851       62,208           291           223       62,582       77,097  
 
                                                               
Underwriting expenditure
                    49,485       48,833                       49,485       48,833  
Other interest expenses
                    1,269       1,326       291       223       978       1,103  
Operating expenses
    10,303       9,967       5,422       5,515                       15,725       15,481  
Impairments/additions to the provision for loan losses
    1,280       125       310       1                   1,590       126  
 
                                               
Total expenditure
    11,583       10,092       56,486       55,675       291       223       67,778       65,544  
 
                                                               
Result before tax
    (3,561 )     5,021       (1,635 )     6,533                       (5,196 )     11,553  
Taxation
    (1,184 )     889       (483 )     775                       (1,667 )     1,665  
Minority interests
    (69 )     112       31       155                       (38 )     267  
 
                                                   
 
                                                               
Net result
    (2,309 )     4,019       (1,183 )     5,603                       (3,492 )     9,622  
 
                                                               
Result before tax
    (3,561 )     5,021       (1,635 )     6,533                       (5,196 )     11,553  
Gains/losses on divestments(1)
            (32 )     (8 )     (891 )                     (8 )     (923 )
Result divested units
                    172       (183 )                     172       (183 )
Special items
    301       489       93                               394       489  
 
                                                   
Underlying result before tax
    (3,260 )     5,478       (1,381 )     5,460                       (4,641 )     10,938  
 
                                                   
 
(1)   Divestments Banking : sale of RegioBank (EUR 32 million, 2007). Divestments Insurance: sale of Chile Health (EUR 55 million, 2008), sale of Mexico (EUR 182 million, 2008), sale NRG (EUR (15) million, 2008, EUR 129 million, 2007), sale Taiwan (EUR (214) million, 2008), sale of Belgian broker business (EUR (459) million, 2007), sale of Canada (EUR (470) million, 2007), IPO SulAmerica in Brazil (EUR 93 million, 2007), sale Argentina (EUR 2 million, 2007).
 
(2)   Special items Banking: not launching ING Direct Japan (EUR (30) million, 2008), provision for combining ING Bank and Postbank (EUR (271) million, 2008 and EUR 299 million, 2007) and restructuring provisions and hedge on purchase price Oyak Bank acquisition (EUR(190 million, 2007). Special items Insurance: restructuring provisions (EUR 93 million, 2009)).
 
(3)   After elimination of certain intercompany transactions between the banking operations and the insurance operations

54


Table of Contents

GROUP OVERVIEW
Year ended December 31, 2009 compared to year ended December 31, 2008
Total result before tax increased by EUR 3,015 million from a loss of EUR (5,196) million in 2008 to a loss of EUR (2,181) million in 2009 and total underlying result before tax increased by EUR 4,694 million from EUR (4,641) million in 2008 to a profit of EUR 53 million in 2009. Throughout the year, market conditions remained challenging, but the second half of 2009 also brought the first signs of recovery leading to reduced losses in the banking operations as well a the insurance operations, although both still showed negative results but improved considerably compared to last year. The increase in total result before tax is also impacted by divestments which resulted in a gain of EUR 63 million and EUR 8 million for 2009 and 2008, respectively, and special items in 2009 and 2008 influenced result before tax negatively by EUR 2,320 million and EUR 394 million, respectively.
Net result increased by EUR 2,068 million from a loss of EUR (3,492) million in 2008 to a loss of EUR (1,424) million in 2009. This lower loss compared with the increase in result before tax was due to reduced taxation caused by lesser losses , which resulted in a change in taxation from EUR (1,667) million in 2008 to EUR (639) million in 2009.
Basic earnings per share increased to EUR (0.76) in 2009 from EUR (1.31) in 2008.
Capital Ratios
ING calculates certain capital ratios on the basis of adjusted capital (see the discussion under “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Liquidity and Capital Resources — ING Group Consolidated Cash Flows”), which differs from total equity attributable to equity holders of the Company in that it excludes unrealized gains and losses on debt securities, the cash flow hedge reserve and goodwill and includes hybrid capital. Adjusted equity also excludes the difference between IFRS-EU and IFRS-IASB, as capital ratios are based on IFRS-EU as primary accounting basis, which is also the basis for statutory and regulatory reporting. On this basis, the debt/equity ratio of ING Group decreased to 12.4% in 2009 compared with 13.5% in 2008, benefiting from the EUR 7.5 billion rights issue and improving revaluation reserves, partly offset by the repayment of half of the core Tier 1 securities. The capital coverage ratio of ING Verzekeringen N.V. increased to 270% of E.U. regulatory requirements at the end of 2009, compared with 256% at the end of 2008, as the required capital decreased more than the available capital ((9%) vs. (4%)). The Tier 1 ratio of ING Bank N.V. stood at 10.2% at the end of 2009, up from 9.3% (both based on Basel II risk weighted assets) at the end of 2008, well above the 9% target. Tier 1 capital increased from EUR 32 billion to EUR 34 billion. Roughly half of this was due to profits and a positive exchange rate impact and roughly half to an increase of hybrid capital from ING Group originally on-lent to ING Insurance, but since December on-lent to ING Bank. Risk weighted assets dropped from EUR 343.4 billion on December 31, 2008 to EUR 332.4 billion on December 31, 2009
BANKING OPERATIONS
Income
Total income from banking increased 45.3%, or EUR 3,633 million, to EUR 11,655 million in 2009 from EUR 8,022 million in 2008. This increase was largely attributable to the strong improvement in valuation results from non-trading derivatives and net trading income as well as higher interest results. These developments were partly offset by lower investment income and commission income.
The net interest result increased by EUR 1,454 million, or 13.1%, to EUR 12,539 million in 2009 from EUR 11,085 million in 2008, driven by higher interest results in all business lines, but especially in Commercial Banking and ING Direct. The interest margin in 2009 was 1.32%, an increase from 1.07% in 2008, supported by the de-leveraging of the balance sheet and due to higher margins in Commercial Banking (especially General Lending) and ING Direct (particularly influenced by lower central bank rates across the globe).
Commission income decreased 7.5%, or EUR 218 million, to EUR 2,678 million in 2009 from EUR 2,895 million in 2008. The decrease in commission income was primarily driven by EUR 205 million lower management fees (especially at ING Belgium and ING Real Estate). Fees from funds transfer decreased by EUR 45 million, but brokerage and advisory fees and insurance broking fees increased by EUR 22 million and EUR 9 million, respectively.
Investment income decreased by EUR 401 million to a loss of EUR 2,860 million in 2009 from a loss of EUR

55


Table of Contents

2,459 million in 2008. Realized results on debt securities (including impairments) decreased from EUR (2,087) million in 2008 to EUR (2,436) million in 2009, which included a one-time charge of EUR 1,104 million before tax related to an accrual of additional payments for the IABFas part of the overall agreement with the European Commission announced in October 2009. Fair value changes on real estate investments were EUR (589) million in 2009 compared with EUR (350) million in 2008. Realized results on equity securities (including impairments) improved by EUR 277 million to a loss of EUR 25 million in 2009 from a loss of EUR 302 million in 2008. Next to this, rental income decreased by EUR 38 million and dividend income dropped EUR 30 million.
Other income improved by EUR 2,798 million to EUR (701) million in 2009 from EUR (3,500) million in 2008. Net trading income increased EUR 1,208 million from a loss of EUR 405 million in 2008 to a profit of EUR 803 million in 2009. Valuation results from non-trading derivatives, for which hedge accounting is not applied under IFRS-IASB, improved by EUR 1,805 million to EUR (1,572) million in 2009. This was partly offset by a decrease of EUR 177 million of the share of profit from associates, mainly due to associates at ING Real Estate, and a decrease of EUR 37 million in other revenues, including lower income from operating lease.
Expenses
Total operating expenses decreased by EUR 139 million, or 1.3%, to EUR 10,164 million in 2009 from EUR 10,303 million in 2008. In 2009, special items amounted to EUR 725 million, including EUR 222 million in provisions and costs related to the Retail Netherlands strategy (combining ING Bank and Postbank), EUR 272 million in provisions and costs for restructurings at Commercial Banking, EUR 166 million at Retail Banking, EUR 58 million at ING Direct (including EUR 31 million for not launching ING Direct Japan) and EUR 7 million on the Corporate Line. In 2008, special items were EUR 271 million in provisions and costs related to the Retail Netherlands Strategy and EUR 30 million impairment costs of not launching ING Direct Japan. Excluding these special items, total operating expenses decreased by EUR 562 million, or 5.6%, driven by the cost containment initiatives as part of the Back to Basics program and despite higher impairments on real estate development projects, increased deposit insurance premiums at ING Direct and the provision taken for the deposits guarantee scheme in the Netherlands following the bankruptcy of DSB Bank.
The addition to the provision for loan losses
The total addition to the provision for loan losses in 2009 was EUR 2,973 million compared to EUR 1,280 million in 2008, an increase of 132% or EUR 1,694 million. Commercial Banking showed an increase by EUR 614 million, from EUR 596 million in 2008 to EUR 1,210 million in 2009, Retail Banking showed an increase by EUR 597 million, from EUR 401 million in 2008 to EUR 998 million in 2009, and ING Direct showed an increase by EUR 482 million, from EUR 283 million in 2008 to EUR 765 million in 2009. As a percentage of average credit-risk weighted assets, the addition to the provision for loan losses in 2009 was 102 basis points compared with 48 basis points in 2008.
Result before tax and net result
Total result before tax improved by EUR 2,078 million, to EUR (1,482) million in 2009 from EUR (3,561) million in 2008. Special items (amongst others the accrual of additional payments for the IABF-deal, the provisions and costs related to the Retail Netherlands Strategy and several restructuring provisions) had in 2009 a negative impact of EUR 1,726 million on result before tax. In 2008, special items had a negative impact of EUR 301 million on result before tax.
Net result from banking improved by EUR 1,521 million from EUR (2,309) million in 2008 to EUR (788) million in 2009. The effective tax rate for ING’s banking operations increased from 33.2% in 2008 to 37.3% in 2009. The net result also included EUR (141) million of minority interests, mainly related to ING Real Estate, compared with EUR (69) million in 2008.
Underlying result before tax
Excluding special items, ING’s banking operations showed an increase in underlying result before tax of EUR 3,504 million from a loss of EUR 3,260 million in 2008 to a profit of EUR 244 million in 2009.
INSURANCE OPERATIONS
Income
Total premium income decreased 30.4%, or EUR 13,320 million from EUR 43,812 million in 2008 to EUR 30,492 million in 2009. Underlying life premiums decreased 21.1%, or EUR 7,612 million from EUR 36,019 million in 2008 to EUR 28,407 million in 2009. The decline reflects the lower sales of investment-oriented

56


Table of Contents

products in the US, Japan and Central Europe. Underlying non-life premiums increased 1.8%, or EUR 31 million from EUR 1,741 million in 2008 to EUR 1,772 million in 2009.
Investment and Other income decreased 62.5%, or EUR 5,607 million from EUR 8,970 million in 2008 to EUR 3,363 million in 2009. Commission income decreased 6.5%, or EUR 135 million from EUR 2,070 million in 2008 to EUR 1,935 million in 2009, primarily due to Asia/Pacific and Latin America.
Underwriting Expenditure
Underwriting expenditure decreased by EUR 18,501 million, or 37.4% from EUR 49,485 million in 2008 to EUR 30,984 million in 2009. The underwriting expenditure of the life insurance operations decreased by EUR 16,097 million, or 35.2%. The underwriting expenditure of the non-life insurance operations decreased by EUR 2,404 million, or 64.3%.
Expenses
Operating expenses from the insurance operations decreased 19.2%, or EUR 1,041 million to EUR 4,381 million in 2009, from EUR 5,422 million in 2008. The underlying operating expenses decreased 9.9%, or EUR 424 million to EUR 3,849 million in 2009, from EUR 4,273 million in 2008. All business lines contributed to this decrease through cost-containment measures. Also, sales-related expenses were down on lower production.
Result before tax and net result
Total result before tax from Insurance increased EUR 936 million, to a loss of EUR 699 million in 2009 from a loss of EUR 1,635 million in 2008. The increase reflects, the improved financial market conditions, the de-risking efforts, and the lower expense. The impact of divestments amounted to EUR 63 million in 2009 and EUR 8 million in 2008. Divested units contributed a profit of EUR 23 million before tax in 2009 and a loss of EUR 170 million to result before tax in 2008. Special items had a negative impact of EUR 594 million in 2009 (a.o. the IABF with the Dutch state) compared to a loss of EUR 93 million in 2008. The net result from insurance improved EUR 547 million to a loss of EUR 636 million in 2009 from a loss of EUR 1,183 million in 2008.
Underlying result before tax
The underlying result before tax (excluding the impact of divestments and special items) improved EUR 1,189 million to a loss of EUR 191 million in 2009 from a loss of EUR 1,380 in 2008. The increase in results was mainly due to the improvement of the financial markets, the de-risking efforts, and the lower expenses. The underlying result from life insurance increased EUR 1,356 million to a loss of EUR 458 million from a loss of EUR 1,814 in 2008. Underlying profit before tax from non-life insurance declined 38.5% to EUR 267 million from EUR 434 million in 2008.
GROUP OVERVIEW
Year ended December 31, 2008 compared to year ended December 31, 2007
Total result before tax decreased by EUR 16,749 million, or 145.0%, from EUR 11,553 million in 2007 to EUR (5,196) million in 2008 and total underlying result before tax decreased by EUR 15,579 million or 142.4% from EUR 10,938 million in 2007 to EUR (4,641) million in 2008. The worldwide financial crisis led to extreme market volatility and sharp declines in asset prices, especially in the third and fourth quarters of 2008 which led to losses in the insurance operations and a decline in result of the banking operations in 2008. The decrease in total result before tax is also impacted by divestments which resulted in a gain of EUR 8 million and EUR 923 million for 2008 and 2007, respectively, and special items in 2008 and 2007 influenced result before tax negatively by EUR 394 million and EUR 489 million, respectively.
Net result decreased by EUR 13,114 million, or 136.3%, from EUR 9,622 million in 2007 to EUR (3,492) million in 2008. This lower loss compared with the decrease in result before tax was due to a conversion from a large profit into a loss, which resulted in a change in taxation from EUR 1,665 million in 2007 to EUR (1,667) million in 2008.
Basic earnings per share decreased to EUR (1.31) in 2008 from EUR 3.45 in 2007.
Capital Ratios
ING calculates certain capital ratios on the basis of adjusted capital (see the discussion under “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Liquidity and Capital Resources — ING Group Consolidated Cash Flows”), which differs from total equity attributable to equity holders of the Company in that it excludes unrealized gains and losses on debt securities, the cash flow hedge reserve and goodwill and includes hybrid capital. Adjusted equity also excludes the difference between IFRS-EU and IFRS-IASB, as capital ratios are based on IFRS-EU as primary accounting basis, which is also the basis for statutory and regulatory reporting.

57


Table of Contents

On this basis, the debt/equity ratio of ING Group increased to 13.5% in 2008 compared with 9.5% in 2007, partly due to the buyback of ING’s own shares, dividend payments and the recorded loss, partly offset by the issuance of Core Tier 1 Securities. The capital coverage ratio of ING Verzekeringen N.V. increased to 256% of E.U. regulatory requirements at the end of December 2008, compared with 244% at the end of December 2007, as the decrease in available capital was more than offset by the decline in required capital. The Tier 1 ratio of ING Bank N.V. stood at 9.32% (based on Basel II risk weighted assets) at the end of 2008, up from 7.39% (based on Basel I risk weighted assets) at the end of 2007, well above the 7.20% target. Tier 1 capital increased from EUR 29.8 billion to EUR 32.0 billion, mainly thanks to net capital injections of EUR 3.0 billion by ING Group. Following the introduction of Basel II in 2008, risk weighted assets dropped from EUR 402.7 billion on December 31, 2007 to EUR 293.0 billion on January 1, 2008. During the year risk weighted assets increased to EUR 343.4 billion at year-end 2008.
BANKING OPERATIONS
Income
Total income from banking decreased 46.9%, or EUR 7,091 million, to EUR 8,022 million in 2008 from EUR 15,113 million in 2007. This decrease was experienced despite an increase in the interest result, which was primarily attributable to a sharp increase in margins. The sharp increase in margins was more than offset, however, by decreases in investment income and other income.
The net interest result increased by EUR 2,049 million, or 22.7%, to EUR 11,085 million in 2008 from EUR 9,036 million in 2007, driven by higher interest results in all business lines, but especially in Commercial Banking. The interest margin in 2008 was 1.07%, an increase from 0.94% in 2007, due to higher margins in Commercial Banking (especially Financial Markets and General Lending) and in ING Direct (particularly influenced by the more favorable interest rate environment in the US).
Commission income decreased 1.1%, or EUR 31 million to EUR 2,895 million in 2008 from EUR 2,926 million in 2007. The decrease in commission income was primarily due to the strong decline of management fees by EUR 145 million (especially ING Belgium, ING Real Estate and Retail Netherlands). Fees from securities business decreased by EUR 56 million (especially ING Belgium and Retail Netherlands), but funds transfer fees increased by EUR 102 million (mainly Commercial Banking and Retail Central Europe) and brokerage and advisory fees increased by EUR 23 million.
Investment income decreased by EUR 3,405 million to a loss of EUR 2,459 million in 2008 from a profit of EUR 946 million in 2007. The decrease was almost entirely due to results on securities (including impairments) and fair value changes on real estate investments, changing from a profit of EUR 487 million in 2007 to a loss of EUR 2,739 million in 2008. Of this loss, EUR 2,087 million relates to debt securities (mainly impairments on the Alt-A portfolio at ING Direct), EUR 302 million relates to equity securities and EUR 350 million is attributable to real estate investments. Furthermore, rental income decreased by EUR 46 million and other investment income decreased by EUR 78 million.
Other income decreased by EUR 5,704 million to a loss of EUR 3,500 million in 2008 from a profit of EUR 2,204 million in 2007. Net trading income declined EUR 1,154 million from a profit of EUR 749 million in 2007 to a loss of EUR 405 million in 2008. The share of profit from associates decreased by EUR 448 million from EUR 238 million in 2007 to a loss of EUR 210 million in 2008, mainly due to the downward valuation of listed funds at ING Real Estate. Other revenues, including income from operating lease, were EUR 88 million lower. These developments were enhanced by a decrease of EUR 4,013 million in valuation results from non-trading derivatives, for which hedge accounting is not applied under IFRS-IASB.
Expenses
Total operating expenses increased by EUR 336 million, or 3.4%, to EUR 10,303 million in 2008 from EUR 9,967 million in 2007. In 2008, special items were EUR 271 million in provisions and costs related to the Retail Netherlands strategy (combining ING Bank and Postbank) and EUR 30 million impairment costs of not launching ING Direct Japan. In 2007, special items were EUR 295 million in provisions and costs related to the Retail Netherlands Strategy, EUR 94 million in restructuring provision for Commercial Banking and EUR 56 million in restructuring provision for Retail Banking. Excluding these special items, total operating expenses increased by EUR 480 million, or 5.0%, mainly at Retail Banking, due to the inclusion of ING Bank Turkey and investments to support activities in developing markets, and at ING Direct to support the growth of the business.

58


Table of Contents

The addition to the provision for loan losses
The total addition to the provision for loan losses in 2008 was EUR 1,280 million compared to EUR 125 million in 2007, an increase of EUR 1,155 million reflecting the worsening of economic conditions. Retail Banking showed an increase by EUR 203 million, from EUR 198 million in 2007 to EUR 401 million in 2008 and ING Direct showed an increase by EUR 215 million, from EUR 68 million in 2007 to EUR 283 million in 2008. The net release in Commercial Banking of EUR 142 million in 2007 turned into an addition to the loan loss provision of EUR 596 million in 2008. As a percentage of average credit-risk weighted assets (based on Basel II), the addition to the provision for loan losses in 2008 was 48 basis points.
Result before tax and net result
Total result before tax decreased 170.9%, or EUR 8,582 million, to EUR (3,561) million in 2008 from EUR 5,021 million in 2007. Special items (mostly provision for the merger of Postbank and ING Bank Netherlands) had a negative impact of EUR 301 million on result before tax in 2008. In 2007, divestments and special items had a negative impact of EUR 458 million on result before tax, including EUR 489 million in special items, partly offset by EUR 32 million realized gains on divestments.
Net result from banking declined 157.5%, or EUR 6,328 million, from EUR 4,019 million in 2007 to EUR (2,309) million in 2008. The decrease in net result is smaller than the decrease in result before tax due to the tax rebate of EUR 1,184 million for 2008, which was supported by the revision of tax returns from previous years, compared with the taxation of EUR 889 million for 2007 (effective tax rate 17.7%).
Underlying result before tax
Excluding the effects of divestments and excluding special items, ING’s banking operations showed a decrease in underlying result before tax of EUR 8,738 million, or 159.5%, from EUR 5,478 million in 2007 to EUR (3,260) million in 2008.
INSURANCE OPERATIONS
Income
Total premium income decreased 6.4%, or EUR 3,006 million from EUR 46,818 million in 2007 to EUR 43,812 million in 2008. Underlying life premiums decreased 2.1%, or EUR 787 million from EUR 36,787 million in 2007 to EUR 36,020 million in 2008. Underlying non-life premiums decreased 13.6%, or EUR 275 million from EUR 2,016 million in 2007 to EUR 1,741 million in 2008.
Investment and Other income decreased 33.5%, or EUR 4,518 million from EUR 13,488 million in 2007 to EUR 8,970 million in 2008, reflecting the market turmoil in the second half of 2008. Moreover, in 2007 capital gains on ABN AMRO and Numico shares of EUR 2,087 million were recorded. Commission income increased 8.9%, or EUR 169 million from EUR 1,901 million in 2007 to EUR 2,070 million in 2008, driven by the US and Latin America.
Underwriting Expenditure
Underwriting expenditure increased by EUR 652 million, or 1.3% from EUR 48,833 million in 2007 to EUR 49,485 million in 2008. The underwriting expenditure of the life insurance operations increased by EUR 1,657 million, or 3.8%. The underwriting expenditure of the non-life insurance operations decreased by EUR 1,005 million, or 21.2%.
Expenses
Operating expenses from the insurance operations decreased 1.7%, or EUR 93 million to EUR 5,422 million in 2008, from EUR 5,515 million in 2007, as ongoing cost reduction helped to offset most of the costs to support growth of the business in Asia/Pacific and Central and Rest of Europe.
Result before tax and net result
Total result before tax from Insurance decreased 125.0%, or EUR 8,168 million, to a loss of EUR 1,635 million in 2008 from a profit of EUR 6,533 million in 2007, mainly due to the deterioration of the financial markets in the second half of 2008, as well as EUR 2,087 million gains on the sale of ING’s stakes in ABN AMRO and Numico in 2007. The impact of divestments amounted to EUR 8 million in 2008 and EUR 891 million in 2007. Divested units contributed a loss of EUR 170 million before tax in 2008 and a profit of EUR 183 million to result before tax in 2007. Special items had a negative impact of EUR 93 million in 2008 compared to no impact in 2007. The net result from insurance deteriorated by 121.1%, or EUR 6,786 million to a loss of EUR 1,183 million in 2008 from a profit of EUR 5,603 million in 2007.

59


Table of Contents

Underlying result before tax
The underlying result before tax (excluding the impact of divestments and special items) decreased to a loss of EUR 1,380 million in 2008 from a profit of EUR 5,460 in 2007. The sharp decline in results was mainly due to the deterioration of the financial markets in the second half of 2008, as well as EUR 2,087 million gains on the sale of ING’s stakes in ABN AMRO and Numico in 2007. The underlying result from life insurance decreased by EUR 6,462 million to a loss of EUR 1,814 million from a profit of EUR 4,648 in 2007. Underlying profit before tax from non-life insurance declined 46.4% to EUR 435 million from EUR 812 million in 2007.
CONSOLIDATED ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
The following table sets forth ING Group’s consolidated assets and liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007:
                         
    2009   2008   2007
    (EUR billions, except amounts per share)
Investments
    212.1       258.3       292.6  
Financial assets at fair value through the profit and loss account
    233.2       280.5       327.1  
Loans and advances to customers
    575.3       616.8       553.7  
Total assets
    1,160.0       1,328.6       1,313.2  
Insurance and investment contracts:
                       
Life
    226.0       213.0       232.4  
Non-life
    3.5       6.8       9.6  
Investment contracts
    11.3       21.1       23.7  
 
                       
Total insurance and investment contracts
    240.9       240.8       265.7  
Customer deposits and other funds on deposits (1)
    469.5       522.8       525.2  
Debt securities in issue/other borrowed funds
    143.1       127.7       94.1  
Total liabilities (including minority interests)
    1,122.9       1,301.9       1,273.2  
Non-voting equity securities
    5.0       10.0          
Shareholders’ equity
    31.1       15.1       37.7  
Shareholders’ equity per Ordinary share (in EUR)
    8.22       7.44       17.98  
 
(1)   Customer deposits and other funds on deposits consists of savings accounts, other deposits, bank funds and debt securities privately issued by the banking operations of ING.
Year ended December 31, 2009 compared to year ended December 31, 2008
Total assets decreased in 2009 by 12.7%, or EUR 168.6 billion, to EUR 1,160.0 billion, mainly due a EUR 46.2 billion decrease of investments, decreased financial assets at fair value through the profit and loss account of EUR 47.3 billion and loans and advances to customers which fell by EUR 41.5 billion. The decrease in Investments was almost totally caused by the banking operations, which fell by EUR 42.2 billion. The financial assets at fair value through the profit and loss account banking operations were reduced by EUR 52.2 billion, slightly compensated by EUR 5.1 billion increase at the insurance operations. The decrease in loans and advances to customers was caused by the banking operations which decreased by EUR 46.6 billion almost entirely due to the Netherlands, slightly offset by an increase of EUR 4.6 billion at the insurance operations. During 2009, certain product features and internal procedures for current accounts were amended. As a result thereof the balances on these current accounts meet the criteria under IFRS for netting of positive and negative balances per client in the balance sheet. This additional netting resulted in a decrease in Loans and advances to customers (banking operations) and a similar decrease in Customer deposits and other funds on deposit of approximately EUR 73.9 billion.
Shareholders’ equity increased by 106.3% or EUR 16,041 million to EUR 31,121 million at December 31, 2009 compared to EUR 15,080 million at December 31, 2008. The increase is due to proceeds from the rights issue (EUR 7,276 million), revaluations of debt securities (EUR 9,563 million) and revaluations of equities (EUR 2,782 million), offset by the net result (EUR (1,424) million and the deferred interest crediting to life policyholders (EUR (2,079) million).

60


Table of Contents

Year ended December 31, 2008 compared to year ended December 31, 2007
Total assets increased by 1.2% in 2008 to EUR 1,328.6 billion, mainly due to increased loans and advances to customers, partly offset by decreased investments and financial assets at fair value through the profit and loss account. Investments decreased by EUR 34.4 billion, or 11.7%, to EUR 258.3 billion in 2008 from EUR 292.7 billion in 2007, representing a decrease of EUR 22.8 billion in insurance investments and a decrease of EUR 11.6 billion in banking investments. Loans and advances to customers increased by EUR 63.1 billion, or 11.4%, rising to EUR 616.8 billion at the end of December 2008 from EUR 553.7 billion at the end of December 2007. Loans and advances to customers of the insurance operations decreased EUR 1.9 billion. Loans and advances of the banking operations increased by EUR 70.1 billion. The Netherlands operations increased by EUR 34.9 billion and the international operations by EUR 33.3 billion.
Shareholders’ equity decreased by 60.0% or EUR 22,638 million to EUR 15,080 million at December 31, 2008 compared to EUR 37,718 million at December 31, 2007. The decrease is mainly due to the negative net result from the year 2008 (EUR (3,492) million), unrealized revaluation equity and debt securities (EUR (18,971) million), changes in treasury shares (EUR (2,030) million) and the cash dividend to shareholders/coupon on the Core Tier 1 Securities (EUR (3,600) million), partially offset by realized gains equity securities released to profit and loss (EUR 2,596 million) and the change in cash flow hedge reserve (EUR 746 million).

61


Table of Contents

SEGMENT REPORTING
ING Group’s segments are based on the management structure of the Group, which is different from its legal structure. The following table sets forth the contribution of our six business lines to our underlying result before tax for each of the years 2009, 2008 and 2007. See Note 51 of Note 2.1 to the consolidated financial statements for further disclosure of our segment reporting.
                                                                 
2009   Retail             Commercial     Insurance     Insurance     Insurance             Total  
(EUR millions)   Banking(3)     ING Direct     Banking(3)     Europe     Americas     Asia/Pacific     Other(1)     Group  
Total income
    7,258       1,845       4,031       12,627       16,253       8,350       (3,255 )     47,109  
 
                                                               
Total expenditure
    6,094       2,487       4,265       12,355       16,499       7,806       (215 )     49,291  
 
                                               
 
                                                               
Result before tax
    1,164       (641 )     (234 )     273       (246 )     543       (3,040 )     (2,181 )
Gains/losses on divestments
                            168       111       (337 )     (4 )     (63 )
Result before tax from divested units
                                    1       (26 )             (23 )
Special items
    369       (25 )     272       210       196       40       1,258       2,320  
 
                                               
Underlying result before tax
    1,534       (666 )     38       650       61       220       (1,784 )     53  
 
                                               
                                                                 
2008   Retail             Commercial     Insurance     Insurance     Insurance             Total  
(EUR millions)   Banking(3)     ING Direct     Banking     Europe     Americas     Asia/Pacific     Other(1)     Group  
Total income
    7,399       878       398       14,489       27,738       14,159       (2,479 )     62,582  
Total expenditure
    5,979       2,033       3,498       13,838       28,327       14,372       (269 )     67,778  
 
                                               
Result before tax
    1,420       (1,155 )     (3,100 )     651       (589 )     (213 )     (2,210 )     (5,196 )
Gains/losses on divestments
                                    (237 )     214       15       (8 )
Result before tax from divested units
                                    (224 )     (2 )     398       172  
Special items
    271       30                       93                       394  
 
                                                   
Underlying result before tax
    1,691       (1,125 )     (3,100 )     651       (958 )     (1 )     (1,797 )     (4,641 )
 
                                               
                                                                 
2007   Retail             Commercial     Insurance     Insurance     Insurance             Total  
(EUR millions)   Banking     ING Direct     Banking     Europe     Americas     Asia/Pacific     Other1) 2)     Group  
Total income
    7,483       2,196       5,312       16,262       29,681       14,383       1,781       77,097  
Total expenditure
    5,405       1,667       2,836       13,962       27,529       13,807       338       65,544  
 
                                               
Result before tax
    2,079       530       2,476       2,300       2,152       576       1,443       11,553  
Gains/losses on divestments
    (32 )                     (460 )     (560 )             129       (923 )
Result before tax from divested units
                                    (35 )     (148 )             (183 )
Special items
    355               94                               40       489  
 
                                                 
Underlying result before tax
    2,402       530       2,570       1,840       1,556       428       1,611       10,938  
 
                                               
 
(1)   Other mainly includes items not directly attributable to the business lines, intercompany relations and in 2009 restructuring provisions booked as special items. See Note 51 of Note 2.1 to the consolidated financial statements for further disclosure of our segment reporting.
 
(2)   Includes the gains on the sale of stakes in ABN AMRO and Numico

62


Table of Contents

The business lines are analyzed on a total basis for Income, Expenses and Result before tax, the geographical analyses are based on underlying figures.
RETAIL BANKING
                         
    Retail Banking
(EUR millions)   2009   2008   2007
Interest result
    5,738       5,556       5,354  
Commission income
    1,331       1,535       1,591  
Investment income
    56       66       122  
Other income
    133       242       417  
 
                       
Total income
    7,258       7,399       7,483  
 
                       
Operating expenses
    5,096       5,578       5,206  
Additions to the provision for loan losses
    998       401       198  
 
                       
Total expenditure
    6,094       5,979       5,405  
 
                       
Result before tax
    1,164       1,420       2,079  
Gains/losses on divestments
                    (32 )
Special items
    369       271       355  
 
                       
Underlying result before tax
    1,534       1,691       2,402  
 
                       
Year ended December 31, 2009 compared to year ended December 31, 2008
Income
Total income decreased by 1.9%, or EUR 141 million, to EUR 7,258 million in 2009 from EUR 7,399 million in 2008. The interest result increased EUR 182 million or 3.3%, mainly driven by higher margins and volumes in Belgium, largely offset by the impact of lower margins in the Netherlands. Commission income decreased EUR 204 million or 13.3%, mainly due to lower fees on asset management related products. Investment and Other income decreased EUR 119 million or 38.5%, among other due to lower financial markets products related income in the mid-corporate segment and lower dividend income from the Asian equity investments.
Expenses
Operating expenses decreased by 8.6%, or EUR 482 million, to EUR 5,096 million in 2009 from EUR 5,578 million in 2008. In 2009, EUR 388 million of special items is included in operating expenses, mainly related to the Retail Netherlands Strategy (combining ING Bank and Postbank), and restructuring costs and provisions related to the Group initiative to reduce operating expenses. In 2008, EUR 271 million of special items is included related to the Retail Netherlands Strategy. Excluding these special items, operating expenses declined EUR 599 million or 11.3%, driven by the cost containment measures, the benefits from the transformation programmes in the Benelux and favourable currency impacts. The cost/income ratio increased to 70.2% in 2009 from 75.4% in 2008. Excluding special items, the underlying cost/income ratio improved to 65.0% from 71.7%.
The addition to the provision for loan losses increased by 149%, or EUR 597 million, to EUR 998 million in 2009 from EUR 401 million in 2008, mainly due to higher additions in the mid-corporate and SME segments and at Private Banking. All regions contributed to the increase. The total addition equalled 121 basis points of average credit-risk-weighted assets in 2009, compared to 53 basis points in 2008.
Result before tax and underlying result before tax
Result before tax decreased by 18.0%, or EUR 256 million, to EUR 1,164 million in 2009 from EUR 1,420 million in 2008. Special items, mainly the aforementioned provision and costs related to the Retail Netherlands Strategy and several other restructuring provisions, had a negative effect of EUR 98 million on result before tax compared with 2008. Excluding these special items, underlying result before tax decreased by EUR 157 million or 9.3%.
Netherlands
In the Netherlands, underlying result before tax declined by 30.2%, or EUR 383 million, to EUR 886 million in 2009 from EUR 1,269 million in 2008. Income declined by 10.6% to EUR 3,885 million in 2009 from EUR 4,346 million in 2008 as margins declined due to the continued competition for savings combined with lower fee

63


Table of Contents

income. Underlying operating expenses decreased by 12.6% to EUR 2,470 million, driven by cost containment measures and the benefits of the merger of ING Bank and Postbank. The addition to the loan loss provisions increased by EUR 277 million to EUR 529 million in 2009 mainly due to higher risk costs in the mid-corporate and SME segment.
Belgium
In Belgium, underlying result before tax increased 76.6%, or EUR 272 million, to EUR 627 million in 2009 from EUR 355 million in 2008, due to 18.6% higher income and 6.7% lower expenses. The increase in income was driven by higher margins and volumes on savings and deposits. Operating expenses decreased 6.7% as a result of the cost containment initiatives and the benefits of the transformation programme. The net addition to the loan loss provisions increased from EUR 32 million in 2008 to EUR 199 million in 2009, mainly in the mid-corporate and SME segment.
Central Europe
In Central Europe, underlying result before tax increased EUR 71 million, or 418%, driven by lower expenses. Operating expenses decreased 17.0% or EUR 135 million, reflecting both cost containment measures and favorable currency movements, while income declined 1.6%. The addition to the loan loss provisions in 2009 was EUR 116 million compared with a net addition of EUR 65 million in 2008. In Poland, result before tax declined to EUR 19 million from EUR 75 million in 2008, driven by lower income and higher additions to the loan loss provisions. ING Bank Turkey reported a profit before tax of EUR 87 million, compared with a loss of EUR 17 million in 2008.
Asia
Asia turned into a underlying loss before tax of EUR 67 million in 2009 versus a profit of EUR 50 million in 2008, driven by higher additions to the provision for loan losses and lower income. Income declined by 8.1% to EUR 306 million in 2009 from EUR 333 million in 2008, due to lower commissions and dividend income from equity investments. The addition to the provision for loan losses rose to EUR 153 million from EUR 52 million in 2008, mainly due to Private Banking as prices of assets that served as underlying collateral for loans decreased.
Year ended December 31, 2008 compared to year ended December 31, 2007
Income
Total income decreased by 1.1%, or EUR 84 million, to EUR 7,399 million in 2008 from EUR 7,483 million in 2007 as lower interest margins driven by the intensified competition for savings and a decline in asset management fees due to deterioration of equity markets offset the impact of the inclusion of ING Bank Turkey. Excluding the EUR 32 million gain on the divestment of RegioBank in 2007 , underlying income declined 0.8%.
Expenses
Operating expenses increased by 7.1%, or EUR 372 million, to EUR 5,578 million in 2008 from EUR 5,206 million in 2007. In 2008, EUR 271 million of special items is included related to the Retail Netherlands Strategy (combining ING Bank and Postbank). In 2007, special items amounted to EUR 351 million, of which EUR 295 million results from a provision and costs related to the Retail Netherlands Strategy and EUR 45 million to streamline the lending process in General Lending. Excluding these special items, operating expenses rose EUR 452 million or 9.3%, of which 6.3%-point can be attributed to the inclusion of ING Bank Turkey. The cost/income ratio increased to 75.4% in 2008 from 69.6% in 2007. Excluding divestments and special items, the underlying cost/income ratio rose to 71.7% from 65.1%.
The addition to the provision for loan losses increased by EUR 203 million, to EUR 401 million in 2008 from EUR 198 million in 2007, mainly caused by higher risk costs in the mid-corporate segment and at Private Banking (as underlying collateral for loans decreased significantly), and by the inclusion of ING Bank Turkey. The total addition equalled 53 basis points of average credit-risk-weighted assets in 2008.
Result before tax and underlying result before tax
Result before tax decreased by 31.7%, or EUR 659 million, to EUR 1,420 million in 2008 from EUR 2,079 million in 2007. Excluding divestments and special items, underlying result before tax decreased by EUR 711 million, or 29.6% to EUR 1,691 million.
Netherlands
In the Netherlands, underlying result before tax declined by 25.4%, or EUR 431 million, to EUR 1,269 million in 2008 from EUR 1,700 million in 2007. Income declined by 7.6% to EUR 4,346 million in 2008 from EUR 4,705 million in 2007 as margins declined due to the continued competition for savings combined with lower fee income. Average retail balances were up 5%. Underlying operating expenses increased by 0.2% to EUR 2,826

64


Table of Contents

million. The addition to the loan loss provisions increased by EUR 66 million to EUR 251 million in 2008 due to higher risk costs in the mid-corporate segment, small business lending and the residential mortgage portfolio.
Belgium
In Belgium, underlying result before tax declined by 24.8%, or EUR 117 million, to EUR 355 million in 2008 from EUR 472 million in 2007. Income decreased by 3.6% to EUR 1,842 million. The 7% growth in average retail balances could not compensate for lower management and securities fees and the margin pressure on savings products. Operating expenses increased by 3.3% to EUR 1,455 million due to the inflation effect on salaries and investments in the branch network. The net addition to the loan loss provisions remained flat at EUR 32 million.
Central Europe
In Central Europe, underlying result before tax decreased by 86.3% to EUR 17 million in 2008 from EUR 124 million in 2007. Total income rose by 77.4% to EUR 878 million, largely due to the inclusion of ING Bank Turkey. Excluding ING Bank Turkey, income was up 9.5% to EUR 542 million. Operating expenses doubled to EUR 795 million in 2008, but excluding ING Bank Turkey they were 23.8% higher due to investments in distribution channels and advertisement campaigns. The addition to the loan loss provisions in 2008 was EUR 65 million compared with a net release of EUR 24 million in 2007. In Poland, result before tax declined to EUR 75 million from EUR 146 million in 2007, driven by higher expenses and risk costs as a net release of EUR 27 million in 2007 turned into a EUR 5 million net addition in 2008. ING Bank Turkey reported a loss before tax of EUR 17 million.
Asia
In Asia, underlying result before tax decreased by 53.3% to EUR 50 million in 2008 from EUR 107 million in 2007 driven by a higher addition to the provision for loan losses and lower fee income. Income declined by 3.2% to EUR 333 million in 2008 as the financial crisis affected asset management and securities fees at Private Banking Asia. The addition to the provision for loan losses rose to EUR 52 million from EUR 5 million in 2007. The increase was mainly due to Private Banking Asia as prices of assets that served as underlying collateral for loans decreased significantly in the last quarter of 2008.
ING DIRECT
                         
    ING Direct
(EUR millions)   2009   2008   2007
Interest result
    3,136       2,517       1,932  
Commission income
    167       150       98  
Investment income
    (1,276 )     (1,853 )     53  
Other income
    (182 )     63       113  
 
                       
Total income
    1,845       878       2,196  
 
                       
Operating expenses
    1,722       1,750       1,598  
Additions to the provision for loan losses
    765       283       68  
 
                       
Total expenditure
    2,487       2,033       1,667  
 
                       
Result before tax
    (641 )     (1,155 )     530  
Gains/losses on divestments
                       
Special items
    (25 )     30          
 
                       
Underlying result before tax
    (666 )     (1,125 )     530  
 
                       
Year ended December 31, 2009 compared to year ended December 31, 2008
Income
Total income increased by 110%, or EUR 967 million, to EUR 1,845 million in 2009 from EUR 878 million in 2008, mainly due to the EUR 619 million higher interest result and EUR 577 million improvement of investment income, partly offset by the EUR 245 million lower other income. The increase in the interest result was mainly driven by the improvement of the interest margin to 1.10% from 0.94% in 2008 supported by lower central bank rates across the globe and higher volumes. In 2009, total client balances grew by EUR 45.5 billion, or 14.8%, to EUR 353.8 billion at year-end. Commission income increased by 11.3% to EUR 167 million. Investment and other income was up EUR 332 million. This improvement was driven by EUR 497 million lower impairments on debt securities (mainly on the Alt-A RMBS portfolio in the US), EUR 82 million higher realized gains on the sale

65


Table of Contents

of bonds (including the results on the Illiquid Assets Back-up Facility transaction with the Dutch State) and higher net trading income, partly offset by lower valuation results non-trading derivatives.
Expenses
Operating expenses decreased by 1.6%, or EUR 28 million, to EUR 1,722 million in 2009 from EUR 1,750 million in 2008 despite a sharp increase in deposit insurance premiums in the US and Germany. The decline reflects strong cost containment, reduced marketing expenses and the cancellation of the Japan start up at the end of 2008. Excluding special items and impairments on debt securities, the underlying cost/income ratio decreased to 52.7% in 2009 from 62.1% in 2008. The number of full-time staff decreased by 5.3% to 9,448 at the end of 2009 from 9,980 a year earlier.
The addition to the provision for loan losses increased by 170%, or EUR 482 million, to EUR 765 million in 2009 from EUR 283 million in 2008 mainly driven by a higher rate of delinquencies in the US mortgage market. The addition in 2009 equalled 124 basis points of average credit-risk-weighted assets, up from 63 basis points in 2008.
Result before tax
ING Direct’s result before tax improved by EUR 514 million, to EUR (641) million in 2009 from EUR (1,155) million in 2008, primarily driven by higher interest results and lower impairments on debt securities, in part offset by higher additions to the loan loss provisions.
Underlying result before tax
In 2008, result before tax included a charge of EUR 30 million in special items related to the decision not to launch ING Direct Japan. In 2009, special items resulted in a profit of EUR 25 million, as additional expenses for not launching ING Direct Japan and other restructuring costs were more than offset by the result on the IABF transaction. Excluding special items, underlying result before tax from ING Direct in 2009 improved by EUR 459 million, to a loss of EUR 666 million in 2009 from a loss of EUR 1,125 million in 2008.
Country developments
Excluding impairments on debt securities, ING Direct’s underlying result before tax decreased by EUR 37 million, or 4.8%, to EUR 729 million. Higher results in the UK (+ EUR 138 million), Australia (+ EUR 102 million), Canada (+ EUR 70 million), Spain (+EUR 32 million) and France (+ EUR 23 million) were more than offset by the development in the US and Germany (including Austria). In the US, ING Direct posted a pre-tax loss of EUR 7 million compared to a pre-tax profit of EUR 343 million in 2008, driven by higher additions to the provision for loan losses reflecting higher delinquencies and loss severities in the residential mortgages market. In Germany, result before tax declined EUR 80 million to EUR 217 million in 2009, mainly due to interest margin pressure in a highly competitive savings market.
Year ended December 31, 2008 compared to year ended December 31, 2007
Income
Total income decreased by 60.0%, or EUR 1,318 million, to EUR 878 million in 2008 from EUR 2,196 million in 2007. The decline was mainly due to EUR 1,906 million lower investment income related to large impairments on the asset-backed portfolio which could only be partly offset by a EUR 585 million higher interest result. The increase in the interest result is mainly driven by the widening of the interest margin to 0.94% from 0.75% in 2007 as a result of significant rate cuts by central banks worldwide and despite the intensified competition for retail funds as a result of the global liquidity crisis. The total client retail balances in 2008 grew EUR 12.6 billion or 4.1%, to EUR 322.7 billion at year-end, including the acquired deposits from Kaupthing Edge and Heritable Bank in October 2008. At comparable exchange rates, total client balances were up EUR 24.4 billion. Commission income increased supported by the acquisition of Sharebuilder Corporation in the US in the fourth quarter of 2007 and Interhyp in Germany in the third quarter of 2008. Investment income was down EUR 1,906 million, due to lower realised gains on the sale of bonds and a sharp increase in impairments on the investment portfolio mainly driven by a strong deterioration in the US housing market. Total impairments rose from EUR 29 million in 2007 to EUR 1,891 million in 2008. The impairments in 2008 consist of EUR 1,776 million for the Alt-A RMBS portfolio, EUR 30 million on subprime RMBS, EUR 81 million on Washington Mutual and EUR 4 million on asset-backed commercial paper in Canada.

66


Table of Contents

Expenses
Operating expenses rose by 9.5%, or EUR 152 million, to EUR 1,750 million in 2008 from EUR 1,598 million in 2007. Excluding EUR 30 million in special items in 2008, related to impairment costs following the Group’s decision not to launch ING Direct in Japan, operating expenses rose by EUR 122 million, or 7.6%, to EUR 1,720 million. This increase is driven by higher expenses related in part to retention and win-back campaigns and the acquisitions of Sharebuilder and Interhyp. Excluding impairments, the underlying cost/income ratio improved to 62.1% in 2008 from 71.8% in 2007. The operational cost to client retail balance ratio, which excludes marketing expenses, rose to 0.40% compared with 0.37% in 2007. The number of full-time staff increased to 9,980 at the end of 2008 from 8,883 a year earlier, of which 479 came from Interhyp.
The addition to the provision for loan losses increased to EUR 283 million in 2008 from EUR 68 million in 2007, driven by an increase in the US reflecting higher rate of delinquencies in the mortgages market and lower recovery.
Result before tax
Result before tax from ING Direct declined by EUR 1,685 million to a loss of EUR 1,155 million in 2008 from a profit of EUR 530 million in 2007. The decrease is fully caused by high impairments on the asset-backed portfolio, mainly driven by the deterioration of the US housing market.
Underlying result before tax
The loss before tax from ING Direct in 2008 included EUR 30 million in special items related to the decision not to launch ING Direct Japan. Excluding special items, the underlying loss before tax was EUR 1,125 million compared with a profit of EUR 530 million in 2007.
Country developments
Excluding impairments, ING Direct’s underlying result before tax rose by EUR 207 million, or 37.0%, to EUR 766 million in 2008 from EUR 559 million in 2007. In the US, result before tax (excluding impairments) increased to EUR 343 million from EUR 78 million in 2007, driven by the improved interest environment. In Canada (also excluding impairments), result before tax almost doubled to EUR 59 million from EUR 30 million in 2007. The UK showed good progress by reducing its loss (excluding impairments) to EUR 72 million in 2008 from a loss of EUR 120 million in 2007. All other countries reported lower results due to the intensified competition for retail funds and an increase in risk costs.
COMMERCIAL BANKING
                         
    Commercial Banking
(EUR millions)   2009   2008   2007
Interest result
    3,821       3,240       1,748  
Commission income
    1,185       1,213       1,235  
Investment income
    (531 )     (314 )     780  
Other income
    (443 )     (3,741 )     1,549  
 
                       
Total income
    4,031       398       5,312  
 
                       
Operating expenses
    3,055       2,902       2,978  
Additions to the provision for loan losses
    1,210       596       (142 )
 
                       
Total expenditure
    4,265       3,498       2,836  
 
                       
Result before tax
    (234 )     (3,100 )     2,476  
Gains/losses on divestments
                       
Result before tax from divested units
                       
Special items
    272               94  
 
                       
Underlying result before tax
    38       (3,100 )     2,570  
 
                       
Year ended December 31, 2009 compared to year ended December 31, 2008
Income
Total income increased EUR 3,633 million to EUR 4,031 million in 2009 from EUR 398 million in 2008. The interest result increased 17.9%, or EUR 581 million, to EUR 3,821 million in 2009 from EUR 3,240 million in 2008, driven by higher margins in Structured Finance, General Lending and Real Estate Finance. Commission income declined 2.3%, or EUR 28 million, to EUR 1,185 million in 2009 from EUR 1,213 million in 2008.

67


Table of Contents

Investment and other income improved by EUR 3,081 million, to EUR (974) million in 2009 from EUR (4,055) million in 2008. This strong improvement was due to Financial Markets, driven by EUR 3,614 million higher fair value changes on derivatives for which no hedge accounting is applied under IFRS-IASB. Investment and other income at ING Real Estate decreased by EUR 771 million to EUR (1,018) million, of which EUR 228 million lower fair value changes on direct real estate investments, EUR 172 million lower result from associates and EUR 129 million lower valuation results from non-trading derivatives.
Expenses
Operating expenses increased by EUR 153 million, or 5.3%, to EUR 3,055 million in 2009 from EUR 2,902 million in 2008. Excluding EUR 272 million restructuring expenses booked as special items in 2009, operating expenses remained under control and decreased by EUR 119 million or 4.1% to EUR 2,783 million, despite EUR 385 million higher impairments on real estate development projects (in 2009 EUR 451 million, in 2008 EUR 66 million). Including the EU IAS 39 hedge accounting carve-out, the cost/income ratio improved to 65.2% in 2009 compared with 70.7% in 2008. Also adjusted for the impact of special items, the underling cost/income ratio improved to 59.4% from 70.7% in 2008.
The addition to the provision for loan losses was EUR 1,210 million in 2009, an increase by EUR 614 million or 103% compared with 2008, reflecting the worsening of the economic conditions. The addition in 2009 equalled 85 basis points of average credit-risk-weighted assets (in 2008 41 basis points).
Result before tax
Result before tax increased EUR 2,866 million to EUR (234) million in 2009 from EUR (3,100) million in 2008. Special items in 2009 (restructuring costs and provisions) had a negative impact of EUR 272 million. Excluding these special items, underlying result before tax increased by EUR 3,138 million.
Underlying result before tax
Underlying result before tax from Commercial Banking increased EUR 3,138 million, to EUR 38 million in 2009 from EUR (3,100) million in 2008. Higher underlying results before tax were recorded in Financial Markets (largely due to higher fair value changes on derivatives for which no hedge accounting is applied under IFRS-IASB), General Lending & PCM and Other Products. Underlying results from Structured Finance and Leasing & Factoring both declined, fully attributable to the higher addition to the provision for loan losses. ING Real Estate result declined from EUR (297) million to EUR (1,389) million, driven by negative revaluations on real estate investments and impairments on development projects.
General Lending & PCM
In General Lending & Payments and Cash Management (PCM), underlying result before tax increased 40.6%, or EUR 123 million, to EUR 426 million in 2009 from EUR 303 million in 2008, as the higher addition to the loan loss provision was more than offset by higher income and lower operating expenses. Total income increased by 14.0%, or EUR 152 million, to EUR 1,235 million in 2009 from EUR 1,083 million in 2008, driven by an increase in interest margins and higher commission income. Operating expenses decreased by 11.9%, or EUR 70 million, to EUR 520 million in 2009 from EUR 590 million in 2008. The addition to the provision for loan losses rose to EUR 289 million in 2009 from EUR 190 million in 2008.
Structured Finance
In Structured Finance, underlying result before tax declined by 11.1%, or EUR 36 million, to EUR 287 million in 2009 from EUR 323 million in 2008. Income increased by 17.2% or EUR 165 million, to EUR 1,122 million in 2009 from EUR 957 million in 2008, driven by higher interest margins. Operating expenses decreased by 18.8%, or EUR 67 million, to EUR 290 million in 2009 from EUR 357 million in 2008. The addition to the loan loss provision rose by 96.8% from EUR 277 million in 2008 to EUR 545 million in 2009; excluding the addition to the loan loss provision the underlying result before tax was up 38.7%.
Leasing & Factoring
In Leasing & Factoring, underlying result before tax decreased by 43.7%, or EUR 52 million, to EUR 67 million in 2009 from EUR 119 million in 2008. Total income dropped slightly by 0.7%, or EUR 3 million, to EUR 403 million in 2009 from EUR 406 million in 2008. Operating expenses decreased by 15.9%, or EUR 38 million, to EUR 201 million in 2009 from EUR 239 million in 2008, as a result of the cost containment initiatives and the reorganisation of general lease activities in Germany and France as well as car leasing in Spain. The addition to the loan loss provisions increased from EUR 48 million in 2008 to EUR 135 million in 2009, mainly related to general leasing.
Financial Markets
Underlying result before tax from Financial Markets increased by EUR 3,987 million, from a loss of EUR 3,354 million in 2008 to a profit of EUR 633 million in 2009. Total income increased by EUR 3,911 million, to EUR

68


Table of Contents

1,267 million in 2009 from EUR (2,644) million in 2008, largely due to EUR 3,614 million higher fair value changes on derivatives for which no hedge accounting is applied under IFRS-IASB. Furthermore interest result increased by 4.7% or EUR 66 million, investment income improved by EUR 143 million, commission income improved by EUR 98 million and operating expenses decreased by 10.7%, or EUR 76 million.
Other Products
Underlying result before tax from the Other Products turned into a profit of EUR 14 million in 2009 from a loss of EUR 195 million in 2008. Income increased by EUR 86 million supported by positive revaluations on participations in ING Investment Management in the US and on equity swap positions. Operating expenses declined by EUR 116 million due to cost containment initiatives and EUR 30 million of restructuring costs taken in 2008.
ING Real Estate
Underlying result before tax of ING Real Estate decreased by EUR 1,092 million, to a loss of EUR 1,389 million in 2009 from a loss of EUR 297 million in 2008, mainly due to higher negative revaluations and impairments. Total income declined by 160%, or EUR 678 million, to EUR (253) million in 2009 from EUR 425 million in 2008, mainly due to negative revaluations caused by declining property values. Operating expenses increased by 39.7%, or EUR 255 million, to EUR 897 million from EUR 642 million in 2008, mainly driven by higher impairments on development projects. Result before tax of the Investment Management activities decreased by 8.8%, or EUR 7 million to EUR 73 million in 2009, due to lower fee income. The Investment Portfolio posted a loss of EUR 1,173 million in 2009 compared to a loss of EUR 695 million in 2008, reflecting higher negative revaluations. Result before tax at the Finance activities decreased by 24.6% to EUR 181 million in 2009, as higher margins could not compensate for the drop in volumes and higher additions to the loan loss provision. Result from Development turned from a profit of EUR 78 million in 2008 to a loss of EUR 470 million in 2009, mainly attributable to impairments on real estate projects.
Year ended December 31, 2008 compared to year ended December 31, 2007
Income
Total income decreased by 92.5%, or EUR 4,914 million, to EUR 398 million in 2008 from EUR 5,312 million in 2007. The total interest result increased by 85.4%, or EUR 1,492 million, to EUR 3,240 million in 2008 from EUR 1,748 million in 2007, due to both higher margins and increased volumes. Commission income declined 1.8%, or EUR 22 million, to EUR 1,213 million in 2008 from EUR 1,235 million in 2007. Investment and other income declined by EUR 6,384 million, to a loss of EUR 4,055 million in 2008 from a profit of EUR 2,329 million in 2007. ING Real Estate contributed EUR 947 million to this decrease, of which EUR 450 million lower fair value changes in the direct real estate investments and EUR 415 million lower result from associates. Investment and other income at Financial Markets was EUR 5,016 million lower, driven by EUR 4,940 million lower fair value changes on derivatives for which no hedge accounting is applied under IFRS-IASB; net trading income was EUR 259 million higher, but investment income EUR 298 million lower. The interest result of Financial Markets increased by EUR 901 million to EUR 1,396 million.
Expenses
Operating expenses decreased by EUR 76 million, or 2.6%, to EUR 2,902 million in 2008 from EUR 2,978 million in 2007. Excluding EUR 94 million in special items in 2007, operating expenses rose by EUR 18 million or 0.6% from EUR 2,884 million in 2007. This increase can be attributed to ING Real Estate whose expenses increased by EUR 72 million, or 12.6%, driven by impairments on development projects. The EUR 94 million in special items related to provisions for initiatives started in 2007 to stimulate growth and reduce operating expenses, including EUR 45 million for the reduction of 300 full-time functions across Commercial Banking and EUR 49 million to reinforce its Financial Markets business in selected developing markets. Including the EU IAS 39 hedge accounting carve-out, the cost/income ratio deteriorated to 70.7% in 2008 compared with 62.0% in 2007. Also excluding the impact of special items, the underlying cost/income ratio deteriorated from 60.1% in 2007 to 70.7% in 2008.
The net addition to the provision for loan losses was EUR 596 million in 2008 compared with a net release of EUR 142 million in 2007, reflecting the worsening of the economic conditions. The net addition in 2008 equalled 41 basis points of average credit-risk-weighted assets.
Result before tax
Result before tax decreased by EUR 5,576 million, or 225.2%, to EUR (3,100) million in 2008 from EUR 2,476 million in 2007. Special items in 2007 (provisions for initiatives to stimulate growth and reduce operating expenses) had a negative impact of EUR 94 million.

69


Table of Contents

Underlying result before tax
Underlying result before tax from Commercial Banking declined by 220.6%, or EUR 5,670 million, to EUR (3,100) million in 2008 from EUR 2,570 million in 2007. Lower underlying results before tax were recorded in all product lines, especially in Financial Markets (fully due to lower fair value changes on derivatives for which no hedge accounting is applied under IFRS-IASB). The results of General Lending & PCM and Structured Finance declined despite strong income growth due to higher additions to the provision for loan losses. Leasing & Factoring was down due to lower results in car leasing and higher risk costs in general leasing. ING Real Estate turned into a loss driven by negative revaluations on real estate investments and impairments on development projects.
General Lending & PCM
In General Lending & Payments and Cash Management (PCM), underlying result before tax declined 39.9%, or EUR 201 million, to EUR 303 million in 2008 from EUR 504 million in 2007, fully due to higher additions to the provision for loan losses. Total income increased by 24.5%, or EUR 214 million, to EUR 1,083 million in 2008 from EUR 870 million in 2007, driven by an increase in interest margins and growth in volumes. Operating expenses increased by 7.5%, or EUR 41 million, to EUR 590 million in 2008 from EUR 549 million in 2007. The addition to the provision for loan losses rose to EUR 190 million in 2008 from a net release of EUR 183 million in 2007.
Structured Finance
In Structured Finance, underlying result before tax declined by 18.2%, or EUR 72 million, to EUR 323 million in 2008 from EUR 395 million in 2007. Income increased by 30.2%, or EUR 222 million, to EUR 957 million in 2008 from EUR 735 million in 2007, mainly in the product lines Natural Resources and International Trade & Export Finance. Operating expenses increased by 5.6%, or EUR 19 million, to EUR 357 million in 2008 from EUR 338 million in 2007. The addition to the loan loss provision rose from EUR 2 million in 2007 to EUR 277 million in 2008, largely attributable to Leveraged Finance and Trade & Commodity Finance.
Leasing & Factoring
In Leasing & Factoring, underlying result before tax decreased by 22.2%, or EUR 34 million, to EUR 119 million in 2008 from EUR 153 million in 2007. Total income rose by 2.0%, or EUR 8 million, to EUR 406 million in 2008 from EUR 398 million in 2007, driven by growth in general leasing and factoring, partly offset by lower income in car leasing due to deterioration in the used vehicle market. Operating expenses increased by 8.6%, or EUR 19 million, to EUR 239 million in 2008 from EUR 220 million in 2007, due to investments to grow the business, including the impact of the acquisition of Citileasing in Hungary. The addition to the loan loss provisions increased from EUR 25 million in 2007 to EUR 48 million in 2008, mainly related to general leasing.
Financial Markets
Underlying result before tax from Financial Markets decreased by EUR 4,164 million, to EUR (3,354) million in 2008 from EUR 811 million in 2007. Total income decreased by EUR 4,138 million, to EUR (2,644) million in 2008 from EUR 1,494 million in 2007, largely due to EUR 4,940 million lower fair value changes on derivatives for which no hedge accounting is applied under IFRS-IASB. Interest result increased by 82% or EUR 901 million, especially at Asset & Liability Management and the client-related business within Financial Markets. This was partially offset by EUR 400 million of impairments and credit-related markdowns in 2008 compared with EUR 118 million in 2007. Operating expenses increased by 4.1%, or EUR 28 million, to EUR 707 million in 2008 from EUR 679 million in 2007. The addition to the loan loss provisions in 2008 was only EUR 2 million.
Other Products
Underlying result before tax from the Other Products turned into a loss of EUR 195 million in 2008 from a profit of EUR 43 million in 2007. The decrease is mainly caused by lower results from the Asset Management and Equity Markets business as well as lower capital gains not allocated to the product groups.
ING Real Estate
Underlying result before tax of ING Real Estate decreased by EUR 961 million, to a loss of EUR 297 million in 2008 from a profit of EUR 664 million in 2007. Total income declined by 65.6%, or EUR 810 million, to EUR 425 million in 2008 from EUR 1,235 million in 2007, mainly due to negative revaluations caused by declining property values. Operating expenses increased by 12.6%, or EUR 72 million, to EUR 642 million from EUR 570 million in 2007, driven by impairments on development projects and EUR 18 million one-off restructuring costs. Result before tax of the Investment Management activities decreased by 48.7%, or EUR 76 million to EUR 80 million in 2008, due to lower fee income and restructuring costs. The result of the Investment Portfolio turned into a loss of EUR 695 million in 2008 reflecting negative revaluations on investments. Result at the Finance activities increased by 12.1% to EUR 240 million in 2008, driven by growth in the lending portfolio. Result from Development increased to EUR 78 million in 2008 from EUR 33 million in 2007, supported by EUR 60 million of positive fair value changes from a reclassification of some land positions in Spain from projects under

70


Table of Contents

construction to “available for sale” and higher gains on the sale of completed projects, which more than offset the impairments on development projects.
INSURANCE EUROPE
                         
    Insurance Europe
    2009   2008   2007
    (EUR millions)
Premium income
    9,750       10,194       10,616  
Commission income
    494       491       477  
Investment and Other income
    2,383       3,804       5,169  
 
                       
Total income
    12,627       14,489       16,262  
 
                       
Underwriting expenditure
    10,324       11,559       11,595  
Other interest expenses
    318       513       591  
Operating expenses
    1,713       1,764       1,774  
Other impairments
            2       1  
 
                       
Total expenditure
    12,355       13,838       13,962  
 
                       
Result before tax
    272       651       2,300  
Gains/losses on divestments
    168               (460 )
Result before tax from divested units
                       
Special items
    210                  
 
                       
Underlying result before tax
    650       651       1,840  
 
                       
Year ended December 31, 2009 compared to year ended December 31, 2008
Income
Total premium income decreased by EUR 444 million to EUR 9,750 million from EUR 10,194 million in 2008. Life premiums decreased EUR 480 million to EUR 8,025 million and non-life premiums increased by EUR 36 million to EUR 1,725 million, in line with moderate inflation. The decrease in life premiums was caused by the Netherlands (EUR 247 million) and Central Europe (EUR 451 million), whereas Belgium and Luxembourg showed a growth in life premiums (EUR 217 million). In the Netherlands, premiums declined despite the one-time favourable impact of EUR 127 million from a change in group pension premium recognition, due to lower salary indexation on group contracts and fierce competition on the market for retail immediate annuities. The decrease in Central Europe was mainly concentrated in Spain, Hungary and Poland and was partly explained by the lower exchange rates of Central European currencies (EUR 147 million) as well as a large group contract signed in Spain in 2008 (EUR 70 million). Premium income in Belgium and Luxembourg showed an increase due to the sales of the recently introduced VA products.
Expenses
Operating expenses decreased by EUR 51 million to EUR 1,713 million in 2009 from EUR 1,764 million in 2008. In 2009, significant expenses related to restructuring initiatives were made (EUR 210 million) to bring the cost structure more in line with the new economic circumstances. Excluding these restructuring expenses, operating expenses decreased EUR 261 million partly helped by the depreciation from Central European currencies against the euro (EUR 25 million) as well as changes in the allocation of group overhead expenses. In 2009, an internal staff reduction of 1,429 full-time equivalents was achieved.
Result before tax
The result before tax decreased by EUR 379 million to EUR 272 million in 2009 from EUR 651 million in 2008. In 2009, the result before tax was impacted by the divestment of the so-called industry pension fund portfolio of Nationale-Nederlanden (EUR 160 million loss). In line with ING’s Back to Basics strategy, ING sold the life pension business in Russia as well as the non-life operations in Greece (EUR 8 million loss). Also the life business in Russia was put into liquidation.
Underlying result before tax
Insurance Europe’s underlying profit before tax in 2009 slightly decreased to EUR 650 million from EUR 651 million in 2008, despite the recovery of the financial markets in the course of the year. Positive 2009 result items were EUR 444 million higher private equity revaluations, a EUR 190 million improvement in the change in the provision for guarantees on separate account pension contracts (net of hedging) and EUR 250 million lower

71


Table of Contents

underlying operating expenses. These positive elements were offset by EUR 499 million lower public equity income due to lower corporate profits as well as ING’s de-risking policy through equity securities divestments. Also profit sharing for policyholders increased by EUR 102 million, the result on equity index options that hedge equity investments fell by EUR 68 million, negative currency impact (EUR 35 million) and the non-life underwriting result decreased EUR 97 million.
The Netherlands
Underlying result before tax in the Netherlands increased to EUR 304 million from 242 million in 2008. Positive 2009 result items were EUR 420 million higher private equity revaluations, a EUR 190 million improvement in the change in the provision for guarantees on separate account pension contracts (net of hedging) and lower underlying operating expenses (EUR 217 million). These positive elements were offset by EUR 479 million lower public equity income due to lower corporate profits as well as ING’s de-risking policy through equity securities divestments. Also, the profit sharing for policyholders in the Netherlands increased by EUR 99 million, the result on equity index options that hedge equity investments fell by EUR 68 million, and the non-life underwriting result decreased EUR 93 million.
The underlying result before tax for life insurance increased to EUR 97 million from EUR -50 million last year. Income from private equity increased with EUR 362 million. Also there was a EUR 190 million improvement in the change in the provision for guarantees on separate account pension contracts (net of hedging) and lower operating expenses (EUR 128 million). These positive elements were offset by EUR 357 million lower public equity income due to lower corporate profits as well as ING’s de-risking policy through equity securities divestments. Also, the profit sharing for policyholders in the Netherlands increased by EUR 99 million and the result on equity index options that hedge equity investments fell by EUR 68 million.
The underlying result before tax for non-life insurance decreased to EUR 207 million from EUR 292 million last year. This is mainly due to the non-life underwriting result which decreased by EUR 93 million.
Belgium
Underlying result before tax in Belgium increased to EUR 1 million in 2009 from EUR 78 million in 2008 mainly due to EUR 70 million capital losses and impairments on debt securities. Premium income increased EUR 73 million due to the newly introduced variable annuity product.
Central and Rest of Europe
Central Europe’s underlying profit before tax declined to EUR 319 million from EUR 329 million in 2008, as EUR 63 million lower underlying operating expenses were more than offset by EUR 25 million higher losses and impairments on fixed income securities and EUR 50 million lower revaluations of non-trading derivatives.
Year ended December 31, 2008 compared to year ended December 31, 2007
Income
Total premium income decreased by EUR 422 million to EUR 10,194 million in 2008 from EUR 10,616 million in 2007, primarily due to the impact from the divestment of the Belgian broker and employee benefits business in September 2007 (EUR 363 million). Excluding this impact, premium income decreased EUR 59 million as sales from investment products suffered across Europe due to volatile equity markets and increased competition from bank deposits. Non-life premium income was flat despite fierce competition as market share was maintained. In Central and Rest of Europe, premium income increased to EUR 2,486 million from EUR 2,436 million, mainly due to growth in Poland as a result of higher sales of traditional products.
Expenses
Operating expenses decreased by EUR 10 million to EUR 1,764 million in 2008 from EUR 1,774 million in 2007. Excluding the divestment of the Belgian broker and employee benefits business, operating expenses increased by EUR 38 million, of which EUR 23 million came from Belgium and Luxembourg and EUR 29 million came from Central and Rest of Europe, offset by the Netherlands where operating expenses decreased by EUR 15 million due to lower reorganization expenses. In Belgium and Luxembourg, the expense increase was partly related to the legal transfer of ING’s investment management operations in Brussels from ING Bank to ING Insurance. The increase in operating expenses in Central and Rest of Europe reflected business growth as well as investments for a multi-year operational efficiency program that started in 2008.
Result before tax
Result before tax decreased by EUR 1,649 million to EUR 651 million in 2008 from EUR 2,300 million in 2007, primarily due to lower investment income across most asset classes. There were no material divestments in 2008. However, the sale of the of Belgian broker and employee benefits business led to a gain of EUR 418 million in 2007.

72


Table of Contents

Underlying result before tax
Underlying result before tax for Insurance Europe declined by EUR 1,189 million to EUR 651 million in 2008 from EUR 1,840 million in 2007 due to lower investment income across most asset classes. Income from real estate of EUR (278) million decreased from EUR 371 million a year ago due to negative revaluations of properties in the United Kingdom and continental Europe. Income from private equity of EUR (296) million compares to EUR 160 million in 2007. Financial market distress also led to EUR 80 million impairment on fixed income funds. In Central and Rest of Europe, underlying profit declined marginally to EUR 329 million in 2008 from EUR 332 million in 2007. Despite market turmoil, Poland, which accounts for about half the region’s result, was able to increase its profit by EUR 23 million. However, this was offset by lower profit contributions by Spain (EUR (10) million) and Hungary (EUR (11) million).
The Netherlands
Underlying result before tax in the Netherlands decreased to EUR 242 million in 2008 from EUR 1,444 million in 2007 due to investment losses across most asset classes. Income from real estate dropped to EUR (278) million from EUR 371 million in 2007 due to negative revaluations of properties in the United Kingdom and continental Europe. Negative revaluations and impairments on private equity investments resulted in income of EUR (296) million in 2008, down from EUR 160 million in 2007. Furthermore, the capital upstream of EUR 5.0 billion to the Corporate Line Insurance in 2007 contributed to lower investment income in 2008.
The underlying result before tax for life insurance decreased to EUR (49) million in 2008 from EUR 1,029 million in 2007. Income from real estate dropped to EUR (258) million from EUR 345 million in 2007 due to negative revaluations of properties in the United Kingdom and continental Europe. In November, ING’s Dutch insurance subsidiaries reached an agreement in principle with consumer organizations regarding individual unit-linked life policies that were sold in the Netherlands. This agreement is non-binding for individual policyholders. There was no material P&L impact as adequate provisions had already been established. Capital gains on debt securities and fixed income funds decreased to EUR (79) million in 2008 compared to EUR 20 million in 2007. Life premium income stayed flat at EUR 1,590 in 2008 versus EUR 1,587 million in 2007 despite the weak investment climate. Termination of low-return group contracts and cessation of the sale of traditional unit-linked products were offset by higher sales of group life products through indexation, as well as higher sales due to single premium fixed annuities in the Netherlands.
Underlying result before tax for non-life insurance decreased to EUR 292 million in 2008 from EUR 415 million in 2007 primarily due to negative revaluations of real estate and private equity investments. The combined investment income from real estate and private equity declined EUR 111 million year over year. Furthermore, higher releases of technical provisions in 2007 than in 2008 contributed to lower results in 2008. Non-life premium income was flat at EUR 1,590 million in 2008 versus EUR 1,587 million in 2007 as market share was maintained despite fierce competition due to new entrants and an increasing number of insurers offering their services through the internet.
Belgium
Underlying result before tax in Belgium increased to EUR 77 million in 2008 from EUR 54 million in 2007 due to lower profit-sharing for the Optima product which added EUR 10 million to the underlying result, as well as a higher release of EUR 10 million in technical provisions in 2008. Premium income from life insurance decreased to EUR 1,064 million in 2008 from EUR 1,160 million in 2007 due to the weak investment climate and competition from banks for retail savings.
Central and Rest of Europe
Underlying result before tax declined marginally to EUR 329 million in 2008 from EUR 332 million in 2007. Underlying pre-tax profit was down in Spain to EUR 35 million from EUR 44 million in 2007, and in Hungary to EUR 68 million from EUR 79 million in 2007, which was offset by Poland where pre-tax profit increased to EUR 158 million in 2008 from EUR 135 million in 2007. Results in Hungary and Spain were impacted by impairments on fixed income securities and equity hedge losses. Life premium income increased to EUR 2,446 million from EUR 2,394 as higher premiums in Poland were partially offset by lower premiums in Hungary and Spain. Premium income in Spain and Hungary was impacted by lower sales of unit linked products and variable annuities amidst unfavorable market conditions. The successful introduction of a single premium investment product in Poland generated EUR 542 million in sales, which were not reflected in gross premiums.

73


Table of Contents

INSURANCE AMERICAS
                         
    Insurance Americas
    2009   2008   2007
    (EUR millions)
Premium income
    14,056       22,549       23,537  
Commission
    1,193       1,254       1,036  
Investment and Other income
    1,004       3,935       5,108  
 
                       
Total income
    16,253       27,738       29,681  
 
                       
Underwriting expenditure
    14,503       25,319       24,682  
Other interest expenses
    225       222       328  
Operating expenses
    1,771       2,574       2,519  
Other impairments
            212          
 
                       
Total expenditure
    16,499       28,327       27,529  
 
                       
Result before tax
    (246 )     (589 )     2,152  
Gains/losses on divestments
    111       (237 )     (560 )
Result before tax from divested units
    1       (224 )     (35 )
Special items
    196       93          
 
                       
Underlying result before tax
    61       (958 )     1,556  
 
                       
Year ended December 31, 2009 compared to year ended December 31, 2008.
Income
Total premium income decreased by 37.7%, or EUR 8,493 million, to EUR 14,056 million in 2009. Underlying premium income decreased 26.2%, or 30.6% excluding currency impacts, to EUR 13,973 million, primarily due to a decline in variable annuity sales in the US. Underlying investment and other income decreased 62.2%, or EUR 1,807 million to EUR 1,096 million in 2008 due to a combination of lower investment yields from de-risking actions and unfavourable results from non-trading derivatives, including the funding capital hedge entered into in late 2008. Lower impairments and favourable revaluations on alternative asset investments partially offset the decline.
Expenses
Operating expenses declined 31.2%, or EUR 803 million, to EUR 1,771 million in 2009. Underlying expenses declined 8.1%, or 7.6% excluding currency impacts, to EUR 1,611 million in 2009. In the US, expenses declined due to lower staff cost and lower sales-related expenses.
Result before tax
Results before tax includes total losses on divestments of EUR 111 million, which includes losses associated with the divestment of Canada’s non-life business, Chile’s annuity, mortgage and consumer credit businesses and the US independent retail broker dealer units. In addition, the special items in 2009 mainly reflect restructuring charges in the US, integration expenses for CitiStreet in the US and cost related to the Alt-A transaction with the Dutch state.
Underlying results before tax
Insurance Americas’ returned to profitability in 2009, posting underlying results before tax of EUR 61 million, up EUR 1,019 million from the loss reported in 2008. Underlying loss before tax in the US improved EUR 898 million to a loss of EUR 219 million in 2009, mainly due to lower negative DAC unlocking, lower investment losses and impairments, and lower operating expenses. Losses on the capital hedge, lower fee income and lower investment margins partially offset the improvement. In Latin America, underlying profit before tax improved 75.8% to EUR 280 million, led by strong results in the pension businesses.
At year-end 2009, IFRS reserve adequacy for Insurance Americas deteriorated compared with year-end 2008. The net liability provisions for Insurance Americas became insufficient by EUR 1.6 billion at the 90% confidence level, which is significantly more conservative than using the best estimate reserve adequacy approach commonly employed, particularly among US companies. The net liability provisions remain sufficient by EUR 1.8 billion at the 50% confidence level.
United States
Premium income decreased 26.3% to EUR 13,812 million in 2009. The decrease was mainly due to lower variable annuity sales, where sales were intentionally reduced by increasing charges and reducing benefit guarantees. Operating expenses declined 7.0%, or 7.4% excluding currency impacts, due to lower staff cost, reflecting 12% reduction in FTEs since year-end 2008, and lower sales-related expenses. Underlying loss before tax was EUR 219 million in 2009, representing a substantial improvement from the EUR 1,117 million loss

74


Table of Contents

reported in 2008. Lower negative DAC unlocking, lower investment losses and impairments, and lower operating expenses led the recovery. Losses on the capital hedge, a decline in AUM-based fee income and lower investment margins from de-risking actions partially offset the improvement.
Latin America
Premium income decreased 19.2% to EUR 161 million as Chile exited the disability and survivorship market during 2009 due to regulatory change. Operating expenses declined 16.3%, or 10.1% excluding currency impacts, mainly due to lower staff-related costs, including incentive compensation, and professional fees. Underlying profit before tax improved EUR 121 million to EUR 280 million, as recovery of equity markets through the region led to an improvement on the legally-required investment in the pension business. Additionally, higher pension fee income and lower operating expenses also contributed to the profit improvement.
Year ended December 31, 2008 compared to year ended December 31, 2007
Income
Total premium income decreased by 4.2%, or EUR 988 million, from EUR 23,537 million in 2007 to EUR 22,549 million in 2008. Underlying premiums decreased by 1.2% to EUR 18,935 million. The decline was concentrated in Latin America, due to the sale of the health business in Chile in the first quarter of 2008.
Commission income increased by 21.0%, or EUR 218 million to EUR 1,254 million in 2008 from EUR 1,036 million in 2007, primarily due to the acquisitions of the annuity and pension business from Santander in Latin America at the end of 2007. Investment and Other income decreased 23.0% or EUR 1,173 million from EUR 5,108 million in 2007 to EUR 3,935 million in 2008 due to credit related losses and impairments, unfavorable results on non-trading derivatives and losses from limited partnerships.
Expenses
Operating expenses increased by 2.2%, or EUR 55 million from EUR 2,519 million in 2007 to EUR 2,574 million in 2008. Underlying expenses increased 2.8%, mainly due to integration and operating expenses triggered by the acquisition of CitiStreet in the US and the acquisition of pension business from Santander in Latin America.
Result before tax
Result before tax in 2008 included a gain of EUR 55 million, which resulted from the divestment of Chile health business in the first quarter of 2008 and a gain of EUR 182 million which resulted from the divestment of Mexico insurance business in the third quarter of 2008. In addition, the result before tax in 2008 included the results from the divested business in Mexico, Argentina (nationalization of the pension business), Chile, and Canada. The special items in 2008 related to integration expenses for CitiStreet in the US (EUR 90 million before tax), and restructuring charges in several countries in Latin America (EUR 3 million before tax).
Underlying result before tax
Underlying result before tax from Insurance Americas decreased to a loss of EUR 958 million in 2008 from a profit of EUR 1,556 million in 2007. Underlying result before tax in the US decreased by EUR 2,473 million from a profit of EUR 1,356 million in 2007 to a loss of EUR 1,117 in 2008, primarily due to net investment losses and negative impact from deferred acquisition costs unlocking. In Latin America underlying profit before tax decreased by 20.5%, or EUR 41 million to EUR 159 million in 2008 from EUR 200 million in 2007.
United States
Underlying premium income increased by 0.3%, or 8.4% excluding currency impact to EUR 18,736 million in 2008 from EUR 18,677 million in 2007. This increase was mainly due to higher sales of retirement services, variable annuities and fixed annuities. Operating expenses increased 2.3%, or 10.1% excluding currency impact to EUR 1,531 million due to the acquisition of CitiStreet in the second quarter of 2008, partly offset by lower personnel-related expenses. Underlying result before tax decreased to a loss of EUR 1,117 million from a profit of EUR 1,356 million in 2007. The negative result before tax in 2008 included investment losses (pre-DAC) of EUR 965 million. In addition, deferred acquisition costs unlocking had a negative impact of EUR 1,180 million in 2008, compared with a positive impact of EUR 14 million in 2007. The further decrease of underlying result was due to lower fee income in 2008 from lower assets under management in retirement services, higher cost of guaranteed benefits in 2008 in variable annuities, negative limited partnerships result in 2008, and lower result from private equity investments.

75


Table of Contents

Latin America
Premium income decreased EUR 280 million to EUR 199 million primarily due to the sale of the health business in Chile in the first quarter of 2008. Operating expenses increased 7.2%, mainly due the acquisition of pension business from Santander. Underlying profit before tax declined EUR 41 million to EUR 159 million due to lower investment gains (especially in Mexico), lower investment results on the legally-required capital in the pension businesses (especially in Chile and Peru), and higher non-life results in Brazil, including a tax reserve release of EUR 24 million.
INSURANCE ASIA/PACIFIC
                         
    Insurance Asia/Pacific
    2009   2008   2007
    (EUR millions)
Premium income
    6,653       11,040       12,632  
Commission
    242       319       382  
Investment and Other income
    1,455       2,800       1,369  
 
                       
Total income
    8,350       14,159       14,383  
 
                       
Underwriting expenditure
    6,124       12,611       12,517  
Other interest expenses
    926       720       175  
Operating expenses
    756       1,040       1,115  
Other impairments
    1       0       0  
 
                       
Total expenditure
    7,806       14,372       13,807  
 
                       
Result before tax
    543       (213 )     576  
Gains/losses on divestments
    (337 )     214          
Result before tax from divested units
    (26 )     (2 )     (148 )
Special items
    40                  
 
                       
Underlying result before tax
    220       (1 )     428  
 
                       
Year ended December 31, 2009 compared to year ended December 31, 2008
Total underlying income
Gross premium income declined 39.7% or EUR 4,387 million to EUR 6,653 million in 2009 from EUR 11,040 million in 2008. The decrease was mainly due to the 40.8% lower premium income in Japan, as a result of the cessation of the SPVA business as of July 31, 2009. Excluding the discontinued SPVA business in Japan, premium income fell 32.2%, due to the drop in new sales in South Korea on an overall weaker demand for investment-linked products in 2009, partly offset by higher premium income from robust new business growth in Malaysia, Hong Kong and Thailand. Total underlying income was down by 41.0% from EUR 14,159 Million to EUR 8,350 million, primarily due to the SPVA business in Japan, where fair value changes on derivatives used to hedge Japan’s guaranteed variable annuity benefits are reflected in “Total investment and other income,” offset by a reduced increase in benefit reserves reflected in the underwriting expenditure.
Operating expenses
Operating expenses were down 27.3% or EUR 284 million to EUR 756 million from a year earlier driven by ongoing regional and business unit cost containment initiatives and efforts. In particular, operating expenses in South Korea and Japan declined 25.3% and 19.2%, respectively, as structural, i.e. administrative expenses, shrank, on lower fixed personnel costs due to ongoing staff rationalization and business and organizational restructuring. Operating expenses excluding divested units in Australia, New Zealand (2009) and Taiwan (2008) and currency effects decreased 15.9% to EUR 599 million.
Result before tax
On 30 November 2009, ING closed the sale of its stakes in its life insurance and wealth management businesses in Australia and New Zealand. The transaction generated net profit of EUR 339 million. The results of the divested units are excluded from the underlying results in both periods. The result before tax was EUR 543 million, up EUR 756 million in 2009 from a loss of EUR 213 million in 2008.

76


Table of Contents

Underlying result before tax
The underlying result before tax was EUR 220 million in 2009 compared with EUR (1) million in 2008. Excluding the discontinued SPVA business In Japan, the underlying result before tax was EUR 374 million in 2009 compared with EUR 237 million in 2008 on improved investment income as the drag on earnings due to volatile market conditions subsided, coupled with cost containment efforts throughout the year.
South Korea
In South Korea, underlying result before tax increased by 40.5%, or 54.7% excluding currency effects, to EUR 229 million in 2009 from EUR 163 million in 2008 on recovering markets across the region. 2008 results were mainly affected by market related impacts, comprising negative revaluations on an equity derivative fund and credit linked securities and impairments on fixed income securities. Premium income decreased by 17.0% to EUR 2,731 million in 2009 from EUR 3,291 million in 2008 due to a decline in new sales that was partly offset by favorable in-force persistency. Operating expenses decreased by 25.3%, on restructuring and other cost containment measures implemented throughout the year.
Japan
In Japan, the underlying loss before tax was EUR 46 million in 2009 from a loss of EUR 167 million in 2008. SPVA business posted a loss of EUR 154 million in 2009 compared to a loss of EUR 238 million in 2008. The current year result was negatively impacted by an EUR 191.3 million adjustment on technical reserves in the fourth quarter due to changes in variable annuity lapse assumptions. Excluding the SPVA business, the underlying profit before tax for Corporate Owned Life Insurance (COLI) business rose 52.1% to EUR 108 million from EUR 71 million in 2008 on higher premium income, up 5.3% from a year ago, as well as improved investment results. Operating expenses fell 19.2% on a 28% decline in operating expenses for SPVA business. Operating expenses for COLI business declined by 9.6% compared with a year ago.
Malaysia
In Malaysia, the underlying result before tax rose 10.3%, or 14.3% excluding currency effects, to EUR 64 million in 2009 compared with EUR 58 million in 2008. The increase in profits was driven by improvement of investment results, up 115.2%, as well as higher premium income, which rose 6.5% to EUR 586 million in 2009 compared with EUR 550 in 2008 on continued new business growth, particularly through its bank distribution partner Public Bank. Operating expenses declined 2.0% despite strong new sales growth, on strict cost control.
Rest of Asia
In Rest of Asia, the underlying loss before tax was EUR 27 million in 2009 compared with a loss of EUR 54 million in 2008. All major business units contributed to this growth. In 2009, Thailand broke even with an underlying result before tax of EUR 1 million, compared with a loss of EUR 12 million in 2008 on strong new business growth which led to 26.2% higher premium income coupled with strict expense control. In China and India and Hong Kong, the underlying results before tax rose on improved investment results and lower expenses.
Year ended December 31, 2008 compared to year ended December 31, 2007
Income
Premium income decreased by 12.6%, or EUR 1,592 million to EUR 11,040 million in 2008 from EUR 12,632 million in 2007. Excluding Taiwan, premiums fell 7.7%. Double digit growth was recorded in local terms in Australia, Korea and Rest of Asia. However, this was more than offset by a sharp decline in single premium variable annuity premiums in Japan. Commission income decreased by 16.5%, or EUR 63 million to EUR 319 million in 2008 from EUR 382 million in 2007, mainly due to negative market performance and currency impact in Australia.
Expenses
Operating expenses decreased by 6.7%, or EUR 75 million to EUR 1,040 million in 2008 from EUR 1,115 million in 2007. Excluding Taiwan and currency effects, operating expenses increased 7.0% as cost containment helped to offset most of the increased expenses from a higher in-force base in some countries and continued investment in greenfield operations, to support the growth in premium income in these markets.
Result before tax
On October 20, 2008, ING reached an agreement with Fubon Financial Holding Co. Ltd. to sell ING Life Taiwan for a consideration of USD 600 million (EUR 447 million). The transaction closed on February 11, 2009, and the total loss before tax of the transaction, comprising of the loss on divestment (EUR 214 million) and negative results from the divested unit related to impairments (EUR 115 million), was EUR 329 million (EUR 292 million after tax). As a consequence of the sale, Taiwan was separately reported from Insurance Asia/Pacific’s results beginning with the fourth quarter of 2008. Including the loss on the divestments and the result from the divested

77


Table of Contents

units, result before tax decreased by 137.0%, or EUR 789 million to a loss of EUR 213 million in 2008 from a profit of EUR 576 million in 2007.
Underlying result before tax
Underlying result before tax decreased by 100.2% or EUR 429 million to a loss of EUR 1 million in 2008 from a profit of EUR 428 million in 2007. Japan recorded a loss of EUR 167 million in 2008 compared to a profit of EUR 24 million in 2007, driven by losses on the variable annuity business as a consequence of extreme market volatility. Turmoil in the global financial markets led to negative revaluations on credit and equity linked securities, and impairments on fixed income investments, which further contributed to the decrease in the underlying result. The underlying result in 2008 and 2007 is adjusted for the result for divested units in Australia and New Zealand.
Australia and New Zealand
The 2008 and 2007 the underlying result before tax was adjusted for the result from divested units in Australia and New Zealand (divestments date from 4Q 2009) by EUR 117 million and EUR 148 million respectively.
South Korea
In South Korea, underlying result before tax decreased by 45.7%, or 33.3% excluding currency effects, to EUR 163 million in 2008 from EUR 300 million in 2007. The decline was mainly due to market related impacts, comprising negative revaluations on an equity derivative fund and credit linked securities and impairments on fixed income securities. Results in 2007 had also been supported by the one-off recognition of EUR 10 million in dividend income from the consolidation of equity funds. Premium income decreased by 8.8%, but was up 13.8% excluding currency effects, to EUR 3,291 million in 2008 from EUR 3,607 million in 2007 due to favorable retention and stable new sales. Operating expenses decreased by 9.5%, but were up 13.6% excluding currency effects, to EUR 229 million in 2008 from EUR 253 million in 2007 to support business growth.
Taiwan
ING Life Taiwan was sold to Fubon Financial Holding Co. Ltd in February 2009. ING recorded zero underlying result before tax for Taiwan in 2008, as in 2007, due to strengthening of reserves in a low interest rate environment.
Japan
In Japan, underlying result before tax decreased by EUR 191 million to a loss of EUR 167 million in 2008 from a profit of EUR 24 million in 2007. The swing was primarily driven by adverse hedge results on the variable annuities business due to extraordinary market volatility, especially in the month of October. This was partially offset by an increase in profits on the Corporate Owned Life Insurance (COLI) business on an increased premium base and improved investment results. The turbulent financial market environment severely impacted single premium variable annuity (SPVA) sales. As a result, premium income declined 14.2% to EUR 4,026 million from EUR 4,693 million in 2007. Despite this decrease, ING is a top 3 player in the COLI segment and a top 4 player in the SPVA segment.

78


Table of Contents

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
ING Groep N.V. is a holding company whose principal assets are its investments in the capital stock of its primary insurance and banking subsidiaries. The liquidity and capital resource considerations for ING Groep N.V., ING Insurance and ING Bank vary in light of the business conducted by each, as well as the insurance and bank regulatory requirements applicable to the Group in the Netherlands and the other countries in which it does business. ING Groep N.V. has no employees and substantially all of ING Groep N.V.’s operating expenses are allocated to and paid by its operating companies.
As a holding company, ING Groep N.V.’s principal sources of funds are funds that may be raised from time to time from the issuance of debt or equity securities and bank or other borrowings, as well as cash dividends received from its subsidiaries. ING Groep N.V.’s total debt and capital securities outstanding to third parties at December 31, 2009 was EUR 17,684 million, at December 31, 2008, EUR 18,841 million and at December 31, 2007, EUR 14,709. The EUR 17,684 million of debt and capital securities outstanding at December 31, 2009, consisted of subordinated loans of EUR 11,139 million and debenture loans of EUR 6,545 million, both specified below :
                     
                Balance sheet
Interest rate (%)   Year of issue   Due date   value
(EUR millions)
9.000     2008     Perpetual   10  
8.500     2008     Perpetual   1,357  
8.000     2008     Perpetual   1,479  
7.375     2007     Perpetual   1,022  
6.375     2007     Perpetual   713  
5.140     2006     Perpetual   670  
5.775     2005     Perpetual   690  
6.125     2005     Perpetual   472  
4.176     2005     Perpetual   498  
Variable     2004     Perpetual   999  
6.200     2003     Perpetual   337  
Variable     2003     Perpetual   731  
7.200     2002     Perpetual   656  
7.050     2002     Perpetual   465  
8.439     2000     December 31, 2030   1,040  
 
                   
 
                11,139  
                     
                Balance sheet
Interest rate (%)   Year of issue   Due date value
(EUR millions)
5.625     2008     September 3, 2013   1,073  
4.699     2007     June 1, 2035   117  
4.75     2007     May 31, 2017   1,864  
Variable     2006     June 28, 2011   749  
Variable     2006     April 11, 2016   997  
4.125     2006     April 11, 2016   745  
6.125     2000     January 4, 2011   1,000  
 
                   
 
                6,545  
At December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, ING Groep N.V. also owed EUR 800 million, EUR 1,319 million and EUR 174 million, respectively, to ING Group companies pursuant to intercompany lending arrangements. Of the EUR 800 million owed by ING Groep N.V. to ING Group companies at December 31, 2009, EUR 7 million was owed to ING Insurance companies, EUR 793 million was owed to ING Bank companies and EUR 0 million was owed to direct subsidiaries of ING Group companies, as a result of normal intercompany transactions.
In October 2008 ING issued Core Tier 1 Securities to the Dutch State for a total consideration of EUR 10,000 million. This capital injection qualifies as Core Tier 1 capital for regulatory purposes. Such securities were not issued in the years before. In December 2009 ING repurchased EUR 5,000 million of the non-voting equity securities to the Dutch State.

79


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, ING Groep N.V. had EUR 183 million, EUR 33 million and EUR 162 million of cash, respectively. Dividends paid to the Company by its subsidiaries amounted to EUR 350 million, EUR 7,050 million and EUR 5,900 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, in each case representing dividends declared and paid with respect to the reporting calendar year and the prior calendar year. Of the amounts paid to the Company, EUR 350 million, EUR 2,800 million and EUR 4,600 million were received from ING Insurance in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively; EUR 0 million, EUR 4,250 million and EUR 1,300 million were received from ING Bank in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. On the other hand, the Company injected EUR 700 million, EUR 12,720 million and EUR 2,200 million into its direct subsidiaries during the reporting year 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Of the amounts injected by the Company, EUR 550 million, EUR 5,450 million and EUR 0 million were injected into ING Insurance in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively; EUR 150 million, EUR 7,200 million and EUR 2,200 million were injected into ING Bank in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. ING and its Dutch subsidiaries are subject to legal restrictions on the amount of dividends they can pay to their shareholders. The Dutch Civil Code provides that dividends can only be paid by Dutch companies up to an amount equal to the excess of a company’s shareholders’ equity over the sum of (1) paid-up capital and (2) shareholders’ reserves required by law. Further, certain of the Group companies are subject to restrictions on the amount of funds they may transfer in the form of cash dividends or otherwise to ING Groep N.V.
In addition to the restrictions in respect of minimum capital and capital base requirements that are imposed by insurance, banking and other regulators in the countries in which the Group’s subsidiaries operate, other limitations exist in certain countries. For example, the operations of the Group’s insurance company subsidiaries located in the United States are subject to limitations on the payment of dividends to their parent company under applicable state insurance laws. Dividends paid in excess of these limitations generally require prior approval of the Insurance Commissioner of the state of domicile.
ING Group Consolidated Cash Flows
ING’s Risk Management, including liquidity, is discussed in Risk Management of Note 2.1 to the consolidated financial statements.
Year ended December 31, 2009 compared to year ended December 31, 2008
Net cash flow from operating activities amounted to EUR (27,400) million for the year ended December 31, 2009, a decrease of 314% compared with EUR 12,823 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. This decrease was mainly due trading assets/trading liabilities and banks, loans and funds entrusted. The cash flow generated through the customer deposits and other funds on deposit and loans and advances was EUR 21,073 million and EUR 11,552 million respectively, offset by lower banks (amounts due from/to banks not available on demand). The cash flow employed in lending increased from a cash outflow of EUR 76,215 million in 2008 to a cash inflow of EUR 11,552 million in 2009.
Net cash flow from investment activities in 2009 was EUR 3,239 million, compared to EUR (10,003) million in 2008. The increase was mainly caused by higher disposals and redemptions of group companies, available-for-sale investments and investments for risk of policyholders.
Net cash flow from financing activities was EUR 13,853 million in 2009, compared to EUR 45,726 million in 2008. The decrease of EUR 31,873 million in net cash flow from financing activities is mainly due to lower repayments/proceeds of borrowed funds and debt securities and the issuance/repayment of non-voting equity securities.
The operating, investing and financing activities described above resulted in net cash and cash equivalents at year-end 2009 of EUR 20,959 million, compared with EUR 31,271 million at year-end 2008, a decrease of EUR 10,312 million from 2008 levels
                 
    2009   2008
    (EUR millions)
Treasury bills and other eligible bills
    3,182       7,009  
Amounts due from/to banks
    2,387       2,217  
Cash and balances with central banks
    15,390       22,045  
 
               
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
    20,959       31,271  
 
               

80


Table of Contents

Year ended December 31, 2008 compared to year ended December 31, 2007
Net cash provided by operating activities amounted to EUR 12,823 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, an increase of 9.5% compared to EUR 11,708 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. This increase was mainly due to trading assets/trading liabilities and offset by a lower cash flow from customer deposits and other funds on deposit. The cash flow generated through the customer deposits and other funds on deposit of the banking operations was EUR 6,831 million, offset by other financial liabilities/assets at fair value through profit and loss. The cash outflow employed in lending increased from a cash flow of EUR 75,501 million in 2007 to a cash outflow of EUR 76,215 million in 2008.
Net cash used in investment activities in 2008 was EUR (10,003) million, compared to EUR (13,933) million in 2007. The increase was mainly caused by higher disposals and redemptions of available-for-sale investments.
Net cash flow from financing activities was EUR 45,726 million in 2008, compared to EUR (12,831) million in 2007. The increase of EUR 58,557 million in net cash flow from financing activities is mainly due to higher repayments/proceeds of borrowed funds and debt securities.
The operating, investing and financing activities described above resulted in net cash and cash equivalents at year-end 2008 of EUR 31,271 million, compared to EUR (16,811) million at year-end 2007, an increase of EUR 48,082 million from 2007 levels
                 
    2008   2007
    (EUR millions)
Treasury bills and other eligible bills
    7,009       4,130  
Amounts due from/to banks
    2,217       (33,347 )
Cash and balances with central banks
    22,045       12,406  
 
               
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
    31,271       (16,811 )
 
               
ING Bank Cash Flows
The principal sources of funds for ING Bank’s operations are growth of the retail funding, which mainly consists of current accounts, savings and retail deposits, repayments of loans, disposals and redemptions of investment securities (mainly bonds), sales of trading portfolio securities, interest income and commission income. The major uses of funds are advances of loans and other credits, investments, purchases of investment securities, funding of trading portfolios, interest expense and administrative expenses (see Item 11, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure of Market Risk”).
Year ended December 31, 2009 compared to year ended December 31, 2008
At December 31, 2009 and 2008, ING Bank had EUR 18,170 million and EUR 27,395 million, respectively, of cash and cash equivalents. The decrease in Cash and Cash Equivalents is mainly attributable to the current account position with Central and Short dated Government paper.
Specification of cash position (EUR millions):
                 
    2009   2008
    (EUR millions)
Cash
    12,602       18,169  
Short dated government paper
    3,181       7,009  
Banks on demand
    2,387       2,217  
 
               
Cash balance and cash equivalents
    18,170       27,395  
 
               
The EUR 47,975 million decrease in ING Bank’s operating activities, consist of EUR 35,720 million cash outflow for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to EUR 12,255 million cash inflow for the year ended December 31, 2008.
The cash flow from operating activities was largely affected by cash flows from Trading (cash outflow in 2009 of EUR 6,473 million compared to cash inflow in 2008 of EUR 36,836 million), from Amounts due to and from Banks

81


Table of Contents

(cash outflow of EUR 58,799 million compared to a cash inflow in 2008 of EUR 20,372 million) and offset by a cash inflow of loans and advances to customers of EUR 9,489 million (cash outflow in 2008 of EUR 76,154).
Net cash flow for investment activities was EUR 4,819 cash inflow and EUR 4,101 million cash outflow in 2009 and 2008, respectively. Investment in interest-earning securities was EUR 58,424 million and EUR 95,036 million in 2009 and 2008, respectively. Dispositions and redemptions of interest-earning securities was EUR 62,669 million and EUR 94,976 million in 2009 and 2008, respectively.
Net cash inflow from financing activities in 2009 amounted to EUR 21,681 compared to a cash inflow in 2008 amounted to EUR 39,048 million and is mainly attributable to less on balance cash inflow from debt securities in issue.
The operating, investment and financing activities described above resulted in a negative cash flow of EUR 9,220 in 2009 compared to a positive net cash flow of EUR 47,202 million in 2008.
Year ended December 31, 2008 compared to year ended December 31, 2007
At December 31, 2008 and 2007, ING Bank had EUR 27,395 million and EUR (19,389) million, respectively, of cash and cash equivalents. The increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents is mainly attributable to the overnight deposit and current account position with Central and Commercial Banks.
The EUR 21,462 million increase in ING Bank’s cash flow from operating activities, consist of EUR 12,255 million cash inflow for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to EUR 9,207 million cash outflow for the year ended December 31, 2007. The improved cash flow from operating activities was largely due to improved cash flow from Trading (cash inflow in 2008 of EUR 36,836 million compared to cash inflow in 2007 of EUR 22,673 million), from Amounts due to and from Banks (cash inflow in 2008 of EUR 20,372 million compared to cash inflow in 2007 of EUR 6,724 million) and offset by a decrease in cash inflow from Customer deposits (cash inflow in 2008 of EUR 18,750 compared to cash inflow in 2007 of EUR 32,748 million).
Specification of cash position (EUR millions):
                 
    2008   2007
    (EUR millions)
Cash
    18,169       9,829  
Short dated government paper
    7,009       4,130  
Banks on demand
    2,217       (33,348 )
 
               
Cash balance and cash equivalents
    27,395       (19,389 )
 
               
Net cash flow for investment activities was EUR 4,101 million cash outflow and EUR 1,526 million cash inflow in 2008 and 2007, respectively. Investment in interest-earning securities was EUR 95,036 million and EUR 95,546 million in 2008 and 2007, respectively. Dispositions and redemptions of interest-earning securities was EUR 94,976 million and EUR 100,297 million in 2008 and 2007, respectively.
Net cash inflow from financing activities in 2008 amounted to EUR 39,048 million compared to a cash outflow of EUR 7,403 million in 2007, as ING started the Commercial Paper Funding Facility program in October 2008. The cash outflow of 2007 was related to the ‘buy back program’ of the own issued debt securities of Mane, Mont Blanc and Simba Funding Corporation, which was due to the financial crisis and the implementation of Basel 2 in 2007.
The operating, investment and financing activities described above resulted in a positive net cash flow of EUR 47,202 million in 2008 and a negative net cash flow of EUR 15,084 million in 2007.
Capital Adequacy
Capital adequacy and the use of capital are monitored by ING Bank and its subsidiaries, employing techniques based on the guidelines developed by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and implemented by the EU and the Dutch Central Bank for supervisory purposes. See “Item 4, Information on the Company”. Qualifying capital is based on IFRS-EU, as primary accounting basis, which is also the basis for statutory and regulatory reporting.

82


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the capital position of ING Bank N.V. as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.
Capital position of ING Bank
                         
    2009   2008   2007
    In EUR millions
Shareholders’ equity (parent)
    27,480       20,635       26,021  
Difference IFRS-IASB and IFRS-EU
    2,742       2,254       (510 )
Minority interests
    960       1,198       1,168  
Subordinated loans qualifying as Tier 1 capital (1)
    8,057       7,085       6,397  
Goodwill and intangibles deductible from Tier 1
    (1,636 )     (1,636 )     (1,428 )
Deductions Tier 1
    (1,073 )     (1,040 )     (93 )
Revaluation reserve (2)
    (2,516 )     3,523       (2,283 )
 
                       
Available capital — Tier 1
    34,015       32,019       29,722  
 
                       
 
                       
Supplementary capital — Tier-2 (3)
    11,789       12,910       14,199  
Available Tier-3 funds
                       
Deductions
    (1,073 )     (1,040 )     (2,407 )
 
                       
BIS capital
    44,731       43,889       41,564  
 
                       
 
                       
Risk-weighted assets
    332,375       343,388       293,013  
 
                       
Tier 1 ratio
    10.23 %     9.32 %     7.39 %
BIS ratio
    13.46 %     12.78 %     10.32 %
 
                       
Required capital based on Basel I floor (4)
    28,709       34,369       32,218  
BIS ratio based on Basel I floor (4)
    12.46 %     10.22 %     10.32 %
 
(1)   Subordinated loans qualifying as Tier 1 capital have been placed by ING Groep N.V. with ING Bank N.V.
 
(2)   Includes revaluation debt securities, revaluation reserve cash flow hedge and revaluation reserves equity and real estate
 
(3)   Includes eligible lower Tier-2 loans and revaluation reserves equity and real estate revaluations removed from Tier 1 capital.
 
(4)   Using 80% and 90% of Basel I Risk Weighted Assets in 2009 and 2008 respectively.
 
(5)   Capital measures exclude the difference between IFRS-EU and IFRS-IASB as capital measures are based on IFRS-EU as primary accounting basis for statutory and regulatory reporting.
ING Group’s management believes that working capital is sufficient to meet the current and reasonably foreseeable needs of the Company.
ING Insurance Cash Flows
The principal sources of funds for ING Insurance are premiums, net investment income and proceeds from sales or maturity of investments, while the major uses of these funds are to provide life policy benefits, pay surrenders and profit sharing for life policyholders, pay non-life claims and related claims expenses, and pay other operating costs. ING Insurance generates a substantial cash flow from operations as a result of most premiums being received in advance of the time when claim payments or policy benefits are required. These positive operating cash flows, along with that portion of the investment portfolio that is held in cash and highly liquid securities, have historically met the liquidity requirements of ING Insurance’s operations, as evidenced by the growth in investments. See “Risk Management” of Note 2.1 to the consolidated financial statements.
Year ended December 31, 2009 compared to year ended December 31, 2008
Premium income and Investment and Other income totaled EUR 30,492 million and EUR 3,363 million in 2009, and EUR 43,812 million and EUR 8,970 million in 2008. Uses of funds by ING Insurance include underwriting expenditures (reinsurance premiums, benefits, surrenders, claims and profit sharing by life policyholders) and employee and other operating expenses, as well as interest expense on outstanding borrowings. Underwriting expenditures, employee and other operating expenses and interest expense for ING Insurance totaled EUR 30,984 million, EUR 4,381 million and EUR 1,052 million in 2009 and EUR 49,485 million, EUR 5,422 million and EUR 1,269 million in 2008.
ING Insurance’s liquidity requirements are met on both a short- and long-term basis by funds provided from insurance premiums collected, investment income and collected reinsurance receivables, and from the sale and

83


Table of Contents

maturity of investments. ING Insurance also has access to commercial paper, medium-term note and other credit facilities. ING Insurance’s balance of cash and cash equivalents was EUR 9,425 million at December 31, 2009 and EUR 14,440 million at December 31, 2008.
                 
    2009   2008
    (EUR millions)
Cash and bank balances
    3,752       4,389  
Short term deposits
    5,673       10,051  
 
               
Total
    9,425       14,440  
 
               
Net cash provided by operating activities was EUR 3,876 million in 2009 and EUR 13,129 million in 2008.
Net cash used by ING Insurance in investment activities was EUR (1,589) million in 2009 and EUR (8,034) million in 2008.
Cash provided by ING Insurance’s financing activities amounted to EUR (7,303) million and EUR 6,275 million in 2009 and 2008, respectively.
Year ended December 31, 2008 compared to year ended December 31, 2007
Premium income and Investment and Other income totaled EUR 43,812 million and EUR 8,970 million in 2008, and EUR 46,818 million and EUR 13,488 million in 2007. Uses of funds by ING Insurance include underwriting expenditures (reinsurance premiums, benefits, surrenders, claims and profit sharing by life policyholders) and employee and other operating expenses, as well as interest expense on outstanding borrowings. Underwriting expenditures, employee and other operating expenses and interest expense for ING Insurance totaled EUR 49,485 million, EUR 5,422 million and EUR 1,269 million in 2008 and EUR 48,833 million, EUR 5,515 million and EUR 1,326 million in 2007.
ING Insurance’s liquidity requirements are met on both a short- and long-term basis by funds provided from insurance premiums collected, investment income and collected reinsurance receivables, and from the sale and maturity of investments. ING Insurance also has access to commercial paper, medium-term note and other credit facilities. ING Insurance’s balance of cash and cash equivalents was EUR 14,440 million at December 31, 2008 and EUR 3,115 million at December 31, 2007.
                 
    2008   2007
    (EUR millions)
Cash and bank balances
    4,389       2,648  
Short term deposits
    10,051       467  
 
               
Total
    14,440       3,115  
 
               
Net cash provided by operating activities was EUR 13,129 million in 2008 and EUR 23,118 million in 2007.
Net cash used by ING Insurance in investment activities was EUR (8,034) million in 2008 and EUR (15,072) million in 2007.
Cash provided by ING Insurance’s financing activities amounted to EUR 6,275 million and EUR (7,941) million in 2008 and 2007, respectively.
Capital Base Margins and Capital Requirements
In the United States, since 1993, insurers, including the companies comprising ING Insurance U.S. operations, have been subject to risk-based capital (“RBC”) guidelines. (See Item 4, “Information on the Company — Regulation and Supervision — Insurance — Americas.”)
Adjusted Equity
ING calculates certain capital ratios on the basis of “adjusted equity”. Adjusted equity differs from Shareholders’ equity in the consolidated balance sheet. The main differences are that adjusted equity excludes unrealized gains and losses on debt securities, goodwill and the cash flow hedge reserve and includes hybrid capital and the Core Tier 1 Securities. Adjusted equity also excludes the difference between IFRS-EU and IFRS-IASB, as capital ratios

84


Table of Contents

are based on IFRS-EU as primary accounting basis, which is also the basis for statutory and regulatory reporting. Adjusted equity for 2009 and 2008 is reconciled to shareholders’ equity as follows:
                 
    2009   2008
    (EUR millions)
Shareholders’ equity
    31,121       15,080  
Difference between IFRS-IASB and IFRS-EU
    2,742       2,254  
Core Tier 1 Securities
    5,000       10,000  
Group hybrid capital
    11,478       11,655  
Revaluation reserves debt securities and other
    (1,291 )     6,769  
 
               
Adjusted equity
    49,050       45,758  
 
               
“Group hybrid capital” comprises subordinated loans and preference shares issued by ING Group, which qualify as (Tier 1) capital for regulatory purposes, but are classified as liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet.
“Revaluation reserves debt securities and other” includes unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale debt securities and revaluation reserve crediting to policyholders of EUR 2,325 million in 2009, EUR 11,221 million in 2008 and EUR 1,895 million in 2007, the cash flow hedge reserve of EUR (372) million in 2009, EUR (1,177) million in 2008 and EUR (431) million in 2007 and capitalized goodwill of EUR (3,244) million in 2009, EUR (3,275) million in 2008 and EUR (2,420) million in 2007.
ING uses adjusted equity in calculating its debt/equity ratio, which is a key measure in ING’s capital management process. The debt/equity ratio based on adjusted equity is used to measure the leverage of ING Group and ING Insurance. The target and actual debt/equity ratio based on adjusted equity are communicated internally to key management and externally to investors, analysts and rating agencies on a quarterly basis. ING uses adjusted equity for these purposes instead of Shareholders’ equity presented in the balance sheet principally for the following reasons:
  adjusted equity is calculated using criteria that are similar to the capital model that is used by Standard and Poor’s to measure, compare and analyze capital adequacy and leverage for insurance groups, and the level of our adjusted equity may thus have an impact on the S&P ratings for the Company and its operating insurance subsidiaries;
  ING believes its Standard and Poor’s financial strength and other ratings are one of the most significant factors looked at by our clients and brokers, and accordingly are important to the operations and prospects of our insurance operating subsidiaries, and a major distinguishing factor vis-à-vis our competitors and peers.
To the extent our debt/equity ratio (based on adjusted equity) increases or the components thereof change significantly period over period, we believe that rating agencies and regulators would all view this as material information relevant to our financial health and solvency. On the basis of adjusted equity, the debt/equity ratio of ING increased to 12.4% in 2009 from 13.5% in 2008. The debt/equity ratio of ING Group between December 31, 2002 and December 31, 2007 has been in the range of 19.9% to 9.0% and has declined consistently during this period as a result of capital management action and favorable equity markets. Although rating agencies take many factors into account in the ratings process and any of those factors alone or together with other factors may affect our rating, we believe that an increase of our debt/equity ratio in a significant way, and for an extended period of time, could result in actions from rating agencies including a possible downgrade of the financial strength ratings of our operating subsidiaries. Similarly, although regulatory authorities do not currently set any explicit leverage requirements for ING Group, such an increase of our debt/equity ratio could also likely result in greater scrutiny by regulatory authorities. Over the last year, ING has targeted a 15% debt/equity ratio for ING Group currently, but management aims to reduce the Group debt/equity ratio to 10% in the near term. In addition ING stated in its Restructuring Plan as presented on 26 October 2009 that in the coming years, as insurance units are divested, ING wants to reduce its Core Debt to zero, thereby eliminating the double leverage. These targets are reviewed at least once a year and approved by the Executive Board. During the yearly review many factors are taken into account to establish this target, such as rating agency guidance, regulatory guidance, peer review, risk profile and strategic objectives. During the year, the ratio is managed by regular reporting, forecasting and capital management actions. Management has full discretion to change the target ratio if circumstances change.

85


Table of Contents

Off-Balance-Sheet-Arrangements
See Note 27 of Note 2.1 to the consolidated financial statements.
                                                 
                                     
            Less   More           Less   More
            than   than       than   than
    Total   one   one   Total   one   one
    2009   year   year   2008   year   year
    (EUR millions)
Insurance operations
                                               
Commitments concerning investments in land and buildings
    17       17               10       10          
Commitments concerning
fixed-interest securities
    634       609       25       2,724       2,673       51  
Guarantees
    3,463       1,784       1,679       2,460               2,460  
Other
    995       726       269       1,486       945       541  
 
                                               
Banking operations
                                               
Contingent liabilities in respect of:
                                               
- discounted bills
    1       1               1       1          
- guarantees
    21,545       15,912       5,633       22,391       13,344       9,047  
- irrevocable letters of credit
    12,352       11,063       1,289       10,458       8,019       2,439  
- other
    202       190       12       453       406       47  
 
Irrevocable facilities
    85,835       62,174       23,661       89,081       38,568       50,513  
 
                                               
Total
    125,044       92,476       32,568       129,064       63,966       65,098  
 
                                               
Contractual obligations
The table below shows the cash payment requirements from specified contractual obligations outstanding as of December 31, 2009:
                                         
            Payment due by period    
            Less           More
            than 1   1-3   3-5   than 5
2009   Total   year   years   years   years
    (EUR millions)
Operating lease obligations
    1,079       209       350       388       132  
Subordinated loans of Group companies
    14,430       1,107       5,241       762       7,320  
Preference shares of Group companies
    1,040                               1,040  
Debenture loans
    119,981       74,443       16,900       17,228       11,410  
Loans contracted
    4,695       2,985               74       1,636  
Loans from credit institutions
    2,986       2,046       233       53       654  
Insurance provisions (1)
    148,901       11,808       15,906       17,164       104,023  
 
                                       
Total
    293,112       92,598       38,630       35,669       126,215  
 
                                       
 
(1)   Amounts included in the table reflect best estimates of cash payments to be made to policyholders. Such best estimate cash outflows reflect mortality, retirement, and other appropriate factors, but are undiscounted with respect to interest. As a result, the sum of the cash outflows shown for all years in the table differs from the corresponding liability included in our consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2009.
Furthermore, the table does not include insurance or investment contracts for risk of policyholders, as these are products where the policyholder bears the investment risk. Reference is made to Note 21 Other liabilities in Note 2.1 for information about future payments in relation to pension benefit liabilities.

86


Table of Contents

Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees
SUPERVISORY BOARD
Appointment and dismissal
Members of the Supervisory Board are appointed by the General Meeting from a binding list to be drawn up by the Supervisory Board. Pursuant to the Dutch Civil Code, this list is to mention at least two candidates for each vacancy, and if not, the list will be non-binding. With respect to the second candidate, ING Group’s policy is to propose retired senior managers or other high ranking officers who, in view of the forthcoming abolition of this requirement, do not have to meet the independence requirements of the Corporate Governance Code or the requirements of the Supervisory Board Profile. The list will also be non-binding pursuant to a resolution to that effect of the General Meeting adopted by an absolute majority of the votes cast which majority represents more than one-third of the issued share capital. Candidates for appointment to the Supervisory Board must comply with the reliability requirements set out in the Dutch Financial Supervision Act.
Members of the Supervisory Board may be suspended or dismissed at any time by the General Meeting. A resolution to suspend or dismiss members of the Supervisory Board which has not been brought forward by the Supervisory Board may only be adopted by the General Meeting by an absolute majority of the votes cast which majority represents at least one-third of the issued share capital.
In connection with the issue of the Core Tier 1 Securities to the Dutch State, ING Group and the Dutch State agreed that the Dutch State may recommend candidates for appointment to the Supervisory Board in such a way that upon appointment of all recommended candidates by the General Meeting, the Supervisory Board would comprise two State Nominees among its members. The Dutch State may recommend a Supervisory Board member already in office. The recommendation right of the Dutch State is subject to applicable law and to corporate governance practices, generally accepted under stock listing regimes applicable to ING Group and continues as long as the Dutch State holds at least 250 million Core Tier 1 Securities, as long as the IABF continues or any of the Bonds is outstanding. Should the holding of the Dutch State decrease below 250 million Core Tier 1 Securities, and both the IABF and the Bonds have expired, the State Nominees will remain in office and complete their term of appointment.
Candidates recommended by the Dutch State will be nominated, by way of a binding nomination, for appointment, unless one or more specified situations would occur. These include that:
  the candidate is not fit and proper to discharge his duties as a Supervisory Board member;
 
  upon appointment the composition of the Supervisory Board would not be appropriate and/or not be in accordance with the Supervisory Board Profile;
  appointment would be incompatible with any provision of ING Group’s Articles of Association (“Articles of Association”), the Supervisory Board Charter, any principle or best-practice provision of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code as applied by ING Group and/or any other generally accepted corporate governance practice or requirement which is applicable to ING Group as an internationally listed company;
  the relevant candidate has a structural conflict of interest with ING Group; and
 
  the Dutch central bank refuses to issue a statement of ‘no objection’ against the appointment of the relevant candidate.
The Dutch State recommended Lodewijk de Waal and Tineke Bahlmann for appointment to the Supervisory Board, who were both appointed by the General Meeting on April 27, 2009.
Function of the Supervisory Board
The function of the Supervisory Board is to supervise the policy of the Executive Board and the general course of events of ING Group and its business, as well as to provide advice to the Executive Board. In line with Dutch company law, the Corporate Governance Code and the Articles of Association, the Supervisory Board Charter requires all members of the Supervisory Board, including the State Nominees, to act in accordance with the interests of ING Group and the business connected with it, taking into account the relevant interests of all the stakeholders of ING Group, to perform their duties without mandate and independent of any interest in the business of ING Group, and to refrain from supporting one interest without regard to the other interests involved.
As part of its supervisory role, certain resolutions of the Executive Board specified in the Articles of Association of ING Group and in the Supervisory Board Charter are subject to the approval of the Supervisory Board.
Pursuant to the agreements concerning the transactions with the Dutch State mentioned above, certain resolutions of the Supervisory Board are subject to the condition that no State Nominee voted against the proposal. These

87


Table of Contents

rights have become effective as from the 2009 annual General Meeting. These resolutions relate to the following matters:
a.   the issue or acquisition of its own shares by ING Group (other than related to or in connection with the Core Tier 1 Securities issue — including, for the avoidance of doubt, for the purpose of conversion or financing of a repurchase of Core Tier 1 Securities — and other than as part of regular hedging operations and the issuing of shares according to employment schemes);
b.   the cooperation by ING Group in the issue of depositary receipts for shares;
 
c.   the application for listing on or removal from the price list of any stock exchange of the securities referred to in a. or b.;
 
d.   the entry into or termination of lasting cooperation between ING Group or a dependent company and another legal entity or partnership or as general partner in a limited partnership or general partnership where such cooperation or termination thereof has material significance for ING Group, i.e. amounting to one-quarter or more of ING’s issued capital and reserves as disclosed in its balance sheet and notes thereto;
 
e.   the acquisition by ING Group or a dependent company of a participating interest in the capital of another company amounting to one-quarter or more of ING Group’s issued capital and reserves as disclosed in its balance sheet and notes thereto or a material increase or decrease in the magnitude of such a participating interest;
 
f.   investments involving an amount equal to one-quarter or more of ING Group’s issued capital and reserves as disclosed in its balance sheet and notes thereto;
 
g.   a proposal to wind up ING Group;
 
h.   filing of a petition for bankruptcy or moratorium of ING Group;
 
i.   a proposal to reduce the issued capital of ING Group (other than related to the Core Tier 1 Securities issue);
 
j.   a proposal for merger, split-off or dissolution of ING Group;
 
k.   a proposal to the General Meeting to change ING Group’s remuneration policy; and
 
l.   appointment of the chief executive officer of the Executive Board.
Profile of members of the Supervisory Board
The Supervisory Board has drawn up a profile to be used as a basis for its composition. The profile was submitted for discussion to the General Meeting in 2005. It is available on the website of ING Group (www.ing.com) and at the ING Group head office.
In view of their experience and the valuable contribution that former members of the Executive Board can make to the Supervisory Board, it has been decided, taking into account the size of the Supervisory Board and ING’s wide range of activities, that such individuals may become members of the Supervisory Board of ING Group. There is, however, a restriction in that only one in every five other members of the Supervisory Board may be a former member of the Executive Board. In addition, this member must wait at least one year after resigning from the Executive Board before becoming eligible for appointment to the Supervisory Board. Former members of the Executive Board are not eligible for appointment to the position of chairman of the Supervisory Board.
After being appointed to the Supervisory Board, a former member of the Executive Board may also be appointed to one of the Supervisory Board’s committees. However, appointment to the position of chairman of a committee is only possible if the individual in question resigned from the Executive Board at least four years prior to such appointment.
Term of appointment of members of the Supervisory Board
A member of the Supervisory Board retires no later than at the end of the first general meeting held four years after his or her last appointment or reappointment. In accordance with the Corporate Governance Code, members of the Supervisory Board may as a general rule be reappointed for two additional four-year terms. Under special circumstances however, the Supervisory Board may deviate from this general rule, among others in order to maintain a balanced composition of the Supervisory Board and/or to preserve valuable expertise and experience. As a general rule, members of the Supervisory Board shall also resign at the end of the annual general meeting in the year in which they attain the age of 70 and shall not be reappointed. The schedule for resignation by rotation is available on the website of ING Group (www.ing.com).
Ancillary positions/Conflicting interests
Members of the Supervisory Board are asked to provide details on any other directorships, paid positions and ancillary positions they may hold. Such positions may not conflict with the interests of ING Group. It is the responsibility of the individual member of the Supervisory Board and the Corporate Governance Committee to ensure that the directorship duties are performed properly and are not affected by any other positions that the individual may hold outside the group.
In accordance with the Corporate Governance Code, members of the Supervisory Board are to disclose material conflicts of interest and potential conflicts of interest and to provide all information relevant thereto. Thereupon the Supervisory Board — without the member concerned taking part - decides whether a conflict of interest exists. In

88


Table of Contents

special circumstances, the Supervisory Board may deviate from this rule and decide that, notwithstanding the fact that the matter would entail a conflict of interest according to the Corporate Governance Code, a conflict of interest does not exist. This concerns in particular situations in which the conflict of interest is based on a marriage that exists no longer, to allow for situations where there is no material family relation. In case of a conflict of interest, members of the Supervisory Board are in accordance with the Corporate Governance Code to abstain from the discussions and decision-making on the topic or the transaction in which he has a conflict of interest.
Transactions involving actual or potential conflicts of interest
In accordance with the Corporate Governance Code, transactions with members of the Supervisory Board in which there are significant conflicting interests will be disclosed in the Annual Report. In deviation of the Corporate Governance Code however, this does however not apply if (i) disclosure would be against the law, (ii) the confidential, share-price sensitive or competition-sensitive character of the transaction prevents disclosure and/or (iii) the information is so competition-sensitive that disclosure could damage the competitive position of ING Group.
Significant conflicting interests are considered to be absent in case of a relationship that a member of the Supervisory Board may have with ING Group subsidiaries as an ordinary, private individual, with the exception of any loans that may have been granted
Independence
Annually, the members of the Supervisory Board are requested to assess whether the criteria of dependence set out in the Corporate Governance Code do not apply to them and to confirm this in writing. On the basis of these criteria, all members of the Supervisory Board are to be regarded as independent on December 31, 2009, except Piet Hoogendoorn, because of his position with Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu until June 1, 2007 and considering the important business relationship of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu with ING at that time. Members of the Supervisory Board to whom the independence criteria of the Corporate Governance Code do not apply, and members of the Supervisory Board to whom the criteria do apply but who can explain why this does not undermine their independence, are deemed to be independent.
Company secretary
ING Group’s company secretary is Jan-Willem Vink, general counsel of ING Group.
Committees of the Supervisory Board
As of December 31, 2009, the Supervisory Board had five standing committees: the Audit Committee, the Risk Committee (as of June 1, 2009), the Remuneration Committee, the Nomination Committee (created from the split of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee on January 1, 2009) and the Corporate Governance Committee.
The organisation, powers and modus operandi of the Supervisory Board are detailed in the Supervisory Board Charter. Separate charters have been drawn up for the Audit Committee, Risk Committee, the Remuneration Committee, the Nomination Committee and the Corporate Governance Committee. These charters are available on the website of ING Group (www.ing.com). A short description of the duties for the five Committees follows below.
The Audit Committee assists the Supervisory Board in monitoring the integrity of the financial statements of ING Group, ING Verzekeringen N.V. and ING Bank N.V., in monitoring the compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and in monitoring the independence and performance of ING’s internal and external auditors. On December 31, 2009, the members of the Audit Committee were: Jackson Tai (chairman), Tineke Bahlmann, Henk Breukink, Piet Hoogendoorn, Godfried van der Lugt and Jeroen van der Veer. The Supervisory Board has determined that the following members of the Audit Committee are financial experts as referred to in the Corporate Governance Code: Piet Hoogendoorn, Godfried van der Lugt and Jackson Tai. Piet Hoogendoorn has gathered his expertise in the auditing profession, whereas Godfried van der Lugt and Jackson Tai have gathered their experience by serving as executive officers and on the boards of international conglomerates: Piet Hoogendoorn serving as chairman of the Board of Directors of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu, Godfried van der Lugt serving as CEO of ING Group and Jackson Tai serving as CEO of DSB Bank (Development Bank of Singapore) and managing director in the Investment Banking Division of JP Morgan.
The Risk Committee assists and advises the Supervisory Board in monitoring the risk profile of ING Group as well as the structure and operation of the internal risk management and control systems. On December 31, 2009, the members of the Risk Committee were: Peter Elverding (chairman), Tineke Bahlmann, Claus Dieter Hoffmann, Piet Klaver, Godfried van der Lugt and Jackson Tai.
The Remuneration Committee advises the Supervisory Board, among other things, on the terms and conditions of employment (including remuneration) of the members of the Executive Board and on the policies and general

89


Table of Contents

principles on which the terms and conditions of employment of the members of the Executive Board and of senior managers of ING and its subsidiaries are based. On December 31, 2009, the members of the Remuneration Committee were: Jeroen van der Veer (chairman), Peter Elverding, Piet Klaver, Joan Spero, Karel Vuursteen and Lodewijk de Waal.
The Nomination Committee advises the Supervisory Board, among other things, on the composition of the Supervisory Board and Executive Board. On December 31, 2009, the members of the Nomination Committee were: Peter Elverding (chairman), Piet Klaver, Joan Spero, Jeroen van der Veer, Karel Vuursteen and Lodewijk de Waal.
The Corporate Governance Committee assists the Supervisory Board in monitoring and evaluating the corporate governance of ING as a whole and the reporting thereon in the Annual Report and to the General Meeting, and advises the Supervisory Board on improvements. On December 31, 2009, the members of the Corporate Governance Committee were: Peter Elverding (chairman), Henk Breukink, Claus Dieter Hoffmann, Harish Manwani, Aman Mehta and Lodewijk de Waal.
Remuneration and share ownership
The remuneration of the members of the Supervisory Board is determined by the General Meeting and is not dependent on the results of ING Group. Members of the Supervisory Board are permitted to hold shares and depositary receipts for shares in ING Group for long-term investment purposes. Transactions by members of the Supervisory Board in ING Group shares and depositary receipts for shares are subject to the ING regulations for insiders. These regulations are available on the website of ING Group (www.ing.com).
MEMBERS OF THE SUPERVISORY BOARD OF ING GROEP N.V.
Peter A.F.W. Elverding (chairman from April 27, 2009)
(Born 1948, Dutch nationality, male; appointed in 2007, term expires in 2011)
Former chairman of the Managing Board of Directors of Koninklijke DSM N.V. Former vice-chairman of the Supervisory Board of De Nederlandsche Bank N.V. (Dutch Central Bank). Other business activities: chairman of the Supervisory Board of Océ N.V. (listed company). Member of the Supervisory Board of SHV Holdings N.V. Vice-chairman of the Supervisory Board of Q-Park N.V. Member of the Supervisory Board of Koninklijke FrieslandCampina N.V. Chairman of the Supervisory Board of Oostwegel Holding BV. Member of the Board of Stichting Instituut GAK.
Jeroen van der Veer (vice-chairman from October 1, 2009)
(Born 1947, Dutch nationality, male; appointed in 2009, term expires in 2013)
Former chief executive officer of Royal Dutch Shell plc. Other business activities: vice-chairman and senior independent director of Unilever N.V., non-executive director of Royal Dutch Shell plc and member of the Supervisory Board of Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. (listed companies). Vice- chairman of a NATO Expert Group to work on NATO’s new strategic concept. Member of the Supervisory Board of Het Concertgebouw N.V.
Tineke (J.) P. Bahlmann
(Born 1950, Dutch nationality, female; appointed in 2009, term expires in 2013)
Professor in Business Economics, University of Utrecht. Chairman of the Dutch Media Authority. Other business activities: vice-chairman of the Supervisory Board of N.V. Nederlandsche Apparatenfabriek ‘Nedap’ (listed company). Member of the Board of Maatschappelijk Verantwoord Ondernemen Nederland (CSR). Chairman of Stichting Max Havelaar. Member of the Board of De Baak Management Centre VNO-NCW. Member of the Board of Trustees of Canisius-Wilhelmina Ziekenhuis (hospital). Member of the Board of Toneelgroep Amsterdam (theatre).
Henk W. Breukink
(Born 1950, Dutch nationality, male; appointed in 2007, term expires in 2011)
Former managing director of F&C and country head for F&C Netherlands (asset management firm). Other business activities: non-executive/vice-chairman of VastNed Offices/Industrial (real estate fund) and non-executive director of F&C hedge funds, Ireland (listed companies). Non-executive director of Heembouw Holding B.V. Chairman of the Supervisory Board of Modulus VastGoed Ontwikkelingen. Member of the Supervisory Board of Omring (health care institution) and HaagWonen (housing corporation). Associated as coach with TEC (Top Executive Coaching).
Claus Dieter Hoffmann
(Born 1942, German nationality, male; appointed in 2003, term expires in 2011)
Former chief financial officer of Robert Bosch GmbH. Managing partner of H+H Senior Advisors, Stuttgart. Other business activities: chairman of the Supervisory Board of EnBW AG (listed company). Member of the Supervisory Board of de Boer Structures Holding B.V. Member of the Supervisory Board of C.A. Leuze GmbH & Co. KG. Chairman of the Charlottenklinik Foundation (hospital). Chairman of the Board of Trustees (Vereinigung der Freunde) of Stuttgart University.

90


Table of Contents

Piet Hoogendoorn (until 27 April 2010)
(Born 1945, Dutch nationality, male; appointed in 2007, retirement in 2010)
Former chairman of the Board of Directors of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu and former chief executive officer of Deloitte in the Netherlands. Former chairman of Koninklijke NIVRA (Netherlands Institute of Chartered Accountants). Other business activities: member of the Supervisory Board of Conquaestor Holding B.V. Member of the Supervisory Board of Bodegraven B.V. Chairman of the Supervisory Board of De Zevenster (nursing and care). Member of the Supervisory Board of Groene Hart Ziekenhuis Gouda (hospital).
Piet C. Klaver
(Born 1945, Dutch nationality, male; appointed in 2006, term expires in 2010)
Former chairman of the Executive Board of SHV Holdings N.V. Other business activities: chairman of the Supervisory Board of TNT N.V. (listed company). Chairman of the Supervisory Board of each of Dekker Hout Groep B.V., Jaarbeurs Holding B.V. and Credit Yard Financial Services B.V. Member of the Supervisory Board of SHV Holdings N.V. and of Dura Vermeer Groep N.V. Member of the African Parks Foundation. Chairman of the Supervisory Board of Utrecht School of the Arts.
Godfried J.A. van der Lugt
(Born 1940, Dutch nationality, male; appointed in 2001, term expires in 2012)
Former chairman of the Executive Board of ING Group (retired in May 2000). Other business activities: chairman of the Supervisory Board of Stadsherstel Amsterdam N.V. Chairman of the Advisory Board of Kasteel De Haar and R.C. Oude Armenkantoor. Member of Investment Advisory Committee of Stichting Instituut GAK.
Harish Manwani (until 27 April 2010)
(Born 1953, Indian nationality, male; appointed in 2008, retirement in 2010)
President Unilever Asia, Africa, Central & Eastern Europe. Other business activities: non-executive chairman of Hindustan Unilever Ltd. Member of the Executive Board of Indian School of Business.
Aman Mehta
(Born 1946, Indian nationality, male; appointed in 2008, term expires in 2012)
Former chief executive officer of Hong Kong & Shanghai Banking Corporation (HSBC) in Hong Kong. Other business activities: non-executive director of each of Tata Consultancy Services, Jet Airways Ltd., PCCW Ltd., Vedanta Resources Plc, Wockhardt Ltd., Godrej Consumer Products Ltd., Cairn India Ltd., Emaar MGF Land Ltd. and Max India Ltd. Member of the governing board of Indian School of Business. Member of the International Advisory Council of INSEAD.
Joan E. Spero
(Born 1944, American nationality, female; appointed in 2008, term expires in 2012)
Former executive vice-president Corporate Affairs and Communications of American Express Company. Former Under Secretary Economic Business & Agricultural Affairs, US State Department. Former president Doris Duke Charitable Foundation. Other business activities: non-executive director of IBM Corporation. Trustee of Columbia University, Council on Foreign Relations. Trustee of Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation.
Jackson P. Tai
(Born 1950, American nationality, male; appointed in 2008, term expires in 2012)
Former vice-chairman and chief executive officer of DBS Group Holdings. Former managing director in the Investment Banking Division of JP Morgan. Other business activities: non-executive director of each of MasterCard Incorporated, CapitaLand and Cassis International. Non-executive chairman of the Board of Directors of Brookstone, Inc. Member of the Bloomberg Asia Pacific Advisory Board. Trustee of Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.
Karel Vuursteen (until 27 April 2010)
(Born 1941, Dutch nationality, male; appointed in 2002, retirement in 2010)
Former chairman of the Executive Board of Heineken N.V. Other business activities: chairman of the Supervisory Board of Akzo Nobel N.V. and of TomTom N.V. and member of the Supervisory Board of Henkel KGaA (listed companies). Member of the Board of Directors of Heineken Holding N.V. Chairman of the Concertgebouw Fund Foundation. Member of the Supervisory Board of Nyenrode Foundation.
Lodewijk J. de Waal
(Born 1950, Dutch nationality, male; appointed in 2009, term expires in 2013)
General manager of Humanitas. Other business activities: member of the Supervisory Board of PGGM N.V. Member of the Advisory Board of Zorgverzekeraars Nederland. Chairman of the Supervisory Council of SNV. Member of the Advisory Board of Stichting Nationaal Fonds Kunstbezit. President of the Hay Group Vision Society.

91


Table of Contents

Changes in the composition
In April 2009 the General Meeting appointed Tineke Bahlmann, Jeroen van der Veer and Lodewijk de Waal to the Supervisory Board. Tineke Bahlmann and Lodewijk de Waal were recommended as State Nominees. Their appointments became effective on 27 April 2009. The appointment of Jeroen van der Veer became effective as of July 1, 2009. As a State Nominee, Tineke Bahlmann replaced Peter Elverding who succeeded Jan Hommen as chairman of the Supervisory Board. In addition, Eric Bourdais de Charbonnière and Wim Kok retired from the Supervisory Board, reaching or having reached the age of 70.
Piet Hoogendoorn, Harish Manwani and Karel Vuursteen have decided to retire from the Supervisory Board at the end of the 2010 annual General Meeting. At the same meeting, Piet Klaver is expected to be nominated for reappointment.
More information can be found in the convocation for the 2010 annual General Meeting, available on the website of ING Group (www.ing.com).
EXECUTIVE BOARD
Appointment and dismissal
Members of the Executive Board are appointed by the General Meeting from a binding list to be drawn up by the Supervisory Board. Pursuant to the Dutch Civil Code, this list is to mention at least two candidates for each vacancy, and if not, the list will be non-binding. With respect to the second candidate, ING Group’s policy is to propose retired senior managers or other high ranking officers who, in view of the forthcoming abolition of this requirement, do not have to meet the requirements of the Executive Board Profile. The list will be non-binding pursuant to a resolution of the General Meeting adopted by an absolute majority of the votes cast which majority represents more than one-third of the issued share capital.
Candidates for appointment to the Executive Board must comply with the expertise and reliability requirements set out in the Dutch Financial Supervision Act.
Members of the Executive Board may be suspended or dismissed at any time by a majority resolution at the general meeting. A resolution to suspend or dismiss members of the Executive Board that has not been brought forward by the Supervisory Board may only be adopted by the General Meeting by a majority of the votes cast which majority represents more than one-third of the issued share capital.
Function of the Executive Board
The Executive Board is charged with the management of ING Group, which means, among other things, that it is responsible for the setting and achieving of the company’s objectives, strategy and policies, as well as the ensuing delivery of results. It also includes the day-to-day management of ING Group and its business lines (Insurance Europe, Insurance Americas, Insurance Asia/Pacific, Commercial Banking, Retail Banking and ING Direct). The Executive Board is accountable for the performance of these duties to the Supervisory Board and the General Meeting. The responsibility for the management of ING Group is vested in the Executive Board collectively. The organisation, powers and modus operandi of the Executive Board are detailed in the Executive Board Charter, which was approved by the Supervisory Board. The Executive Board Charter is available on the website of ING Group (www.ing.com).
Profile of members of the Executive Board
The Supervisory Board has drawn up a profile to be used as a basis for selecting members of the Executive Board. This Executive Board profile was submitted for discussion to the General Meeting in 2005. It is available on the website of ING Group (www.ing.com) and at the ING Group head office.
Remuneration and share ownership
Members of the Executive Board are permitted to hold shares and depositary receipts for shares in the share capital of ING Group for long-term investment purposes. Transactions in these shares are subject to the ING regulations for insiders. These regulations are available on the website of ING Group (www.ing.com).
Ancillary positions/Conflicting interests
No member of the Executive Board has corporate directorships at listed companies outside ING. This is in accordance with ING Group’s policy to avoid conflicts of interest.
Transactions involving actual or potential conflicts of interest
In accordance with the Corporate Governance Code, transactions with members of the Executive Board in which there are significant conflicting interests will be disclosed in the Annual Report. In deviation of the Corporate

92


Table of Contents

Governance Code, this does however not apply if (i) disclosure would conflict with the law, (ii) the confidential, share-price sensitive or competition-sensitive character of the transaction prevents disclosure and/or (iii) the information is so competition-sensitive that the disclosure could damage the competitive position of ING Group.
Significant conflicting interests are considered to be absent and are not reported if a member of the Executive Board obtains financial products and services, other than loans, which are provided by ING Group subsidiaries in the ordinary course of their business on terms that apply to all employees. In connection with the foregoing, “loans” does not include financial products in which the granting of credit is of a subordinated nature, e.g. creditcards and overdrafts in current account, because of a lack of materiality.
MEMBERS OF THE EXECUTIVE BOARD OF ING GROEP N.V.
Jan H.M. Hommen, chairman (from April 27, 2009)
(Born 1943, Dutch nationality, male; appointed in 2009, term expires in 2013)
Jan Hommen graduated with a master’s degree in Business Economics from Tilburg University. He was appointed a member of the Executive Board on April 27, 2009. He is also chairman of the Management Board of ING Bank N.V. and the Management Board of ING Verzekeringen N.V. Jan Hommen was a member of the Supervisory Board of ING Group as of June 1, 2005 and became chairman of the Supervisory Board of ING Group in January 2008. Until May 1, 2005, he was vice-chairman and chief financial officer of Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. From 1975 to 1997, he worked for Alcoa Inc. From 1978, he worked at the Alcoa head office in the United States, becoming chief financial officer in 1991. Jan Hommen is a member of the board of Royal Concertgebouw Orchestra. Six Group staff departments report directly to Jan Hommen: Corporate Legal Department, Corporate Human Resources, Corporate Development, Corporate Communications & Affairs, Public & Government Affairs and Corporate Audit Services.
Patrick G. Flynn, chief financial officer
(Born 1960, Irish nationality, male; appointed in 2009, term expires in 2013)
Patrick Flynn is a Chartered Accountant and a member of the Association of Corporate Treasurers in the United Kingdom. He also holds a bachelor’s degree in Business Studies from Trinity College Dublin. He was appointed a member of the Executive Board of ING Group on April 27, 2009. From 2007 to 2009, he was the chief financial officer of HSBC Insurance Holdings Ltd. Patrick Flynn is responsible for ING’s finance departments.
Koos (J.) V. Timmermans, chief risk officer
(Born 1960, Dutch nationality, male; appointed in 2007, term expires in 2011)
Koos Timmermans graduated from Erasmus University Rotterdam with a master’s degree in economics. Until 1991 he worked at ABN AMRO in the field of derivatives and for IBM’s European treasury he was stationed in Ireland. Koos Timmermans joined ING in 1996. He performed various roles: head of Treasury ING Insurance, head of Corporate Market Risk Management and from 2006 to 2007 he was deputy chief risk officer of ING Group, until his appointment to the Executive Board. Koos Timmermans is responsible for ING’s risk departments including compliance.
Changes in the composition
Michel Tilmant stepped down from the Executive Board on January 26, 2009. He has been succeeded as chairman of the Executive Board by Jan Hommen, who was appointed to the Executive Board on April 27, 2009. In the intervening months, Eric Boyer de la Giroday was acting chairman of the Executive Board.
John Hele left ING on March 31, 2009. He has been succeeded as chief financial officer by Patrick Flynn, who was appointed to the Executive Board on April 27, 2009.
The intended separation of the banking and insurance operations has led to changes in the structure and composition of the Executive Board. Eric Boyer de la Giroday, Dick Harryvan, Eli Leenaars, Tom McInerney, Hans van der Noordaa and Jacques de Vaucleroy stepped down from the Executive Board as per June 1, 2009, but retained their position as a member of the Management Board of ING Bank N.V. or the Management Board of ING Verzekeringen N.V. Dick Harryvan decided to take early retirement as CEO of ING Direct and member of the Management Board of ING Bank N.V. as of January 1, 2010. Jacques de Vaucleroy decided to leave ING on October 26, 2009. He stepped down from the Management Board of ING Verzekeringen N.V., but remained an advisor to the Management Board of this company until January 1, 2010 to ensure a smooth transition.

93


Table of Contents

REMUNERATION REPORT
This section sets out the remuneration for the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board. The first part of the Remuneration report provides information on the remuneration paid for 2009. In addition, information is included on loans and advances to the Executive Board and Supervisory Board members as well as ING depositary receipts for shares held by members of both Boards. In 2009, the Remuneration Committee of the Supervisory Board undertook a comprehensive review of the remuneration policy for the Executive Board. The Remuneration Committee proposed a new remuneration policy, which was adopted by the full Supervisory Board. The final part of this Remuneration report explains the proposed new remuneration policy to be effective from 1 January 2010, which will be submitted for shareholder approval at the annual General Meeting on 27 April 2010. The Remuneration report also provides an outline of how the Remuneration Committee is applying the new policy in 2010.
CURRENT GENERAL POLICY SENIOR-MANAGEMENT REMUNERATION
Background
The prime objective of the remuneration policy is to enable the company to recruit and retain qualified and expert leaders. The remuneration package supports a performance-driven culture for excellence that aligns ING’s objectives with those of its stakeholders. ING rewards performance on the basis of previously determined, challenging, measurable and influenceable short-term and long-term targets. ING’s remuneration policy is based on five key principles that apply throughout ING. These principles are:
§   Total compensation levels are benchmarked against relevant markets in which ING competes for talent.
 
§   ING aims for total compensation at the median level in the relevant market, allowing only for above-median compensation in the event of outstanding performance.
 
§   The remuneration package includes variable-pay components (short-term and long-term incentives) to ensure that executive remuneration is linked to ING’s short-term and long-term business performance.
 
§   To enhance the effectiveness of the short-term incentive plan, clear, measurable and challenging targets are set at the beginning of each year.
 
§   Long-term incentives ensure a focus on longer-term strategic targets and create alignment of management with the interests of shareholders. A broad selection of ING’s senior leaders participates in the plan to ensure a common focus on ING’s overall performance.
Remuneration structure
Total compensation throughout ING consists of three basic components:
§   Fixed or base salary which represents the total guaranteed annual income.
 
§   Short-term incentive (STI) in cash, which compensates for past performance measured over one year.
 
§   Long-term incentive (LTI) in stock options and/or performance shares, which compensates for performance measured over multiple years and is forward-looking.
In addition to the base salary and incentive plan participation, senior management and Executive Board members enjoy benefits similar to most other comparable employees of ING Group. These include benefits such as the use of company cars, contributions to company savings plans and, if applicable, expatriate allowances.
REMUNERATION EXECUTIVE BOARD 2009
With regard to the remuneration for 2009, the Supervisory Board continued to build upon the remuneration policy initiated in 2003. In January 2009, ING and the Dutch State reached an agreement on the IABF. Under the terms of this agreement members of the Executive Board will not receive any bonuses until a review of the remuneration policy has been completed.
As a consequence of the ‘Back to Basics’ strategy and the organizational simplification resulting from it, certain Board members no longer serve on the Executive Board of ING Groep N.V. as of June 1, 2009. However, their current employment contracts with ING Groep N.V. continued to remain in effect in 2009.
Executive Board base salary 2009
The base salary of all Executive Board members has been frozen for 2009.
Executive Board short-term incentive plan 2009
Under the terms of the agreement reached with the Dutch State on the IABF, the individual Executive Board members will not receive a 2009 STI payout.

94


Table of Contents

Executive Board long-term incentive plan 2009
Under the terms of the agreement reached with the Dutch State on the IABF, the individual Executive Board members will not receive a 2009 LTI grant.
Tom McInerney is entitled to receive a conditional share award on the same grant date as the other long-term incentive awards. The conditional share award would 100% vest four years after the grant date with the condition being an active employment contract at the date of vesting. This award is part of Tom McInerney’s employment contract to align his total remuneration with the market practice of senior executives in the United States. Tom McInerney will not be awarded a conditional share award in 2010 for the 2009 performance year.
Patrick Flynn received a ‘buyout’ for the loss of compensation which he would have received at his previous employer had he not resigned. This buyout consists of a conditional grant of restricted stock to a maximum of 100,000 shares. A number of 30,000 shares will vest at the annual General Meeting in 2010, another 30,000 shares will vest at the annual General Meeting in 2011 and the remaining 40,000 shares will vest at the annual General Meeting in 2012, subject to satisfactory performance. The cumulative value of the conditional share award is capped at EUR 1.3 million. ING has amended the number of shares to adjust for the effects of the rights issue, while maintaining the cumulative value cap at EUR 1.3 million. The first vesting in the amount of 39,069 shares (30,000 adjusted for the effects of the rights issue) will occur on April 27, 2010.
Long-term incentives awarded in previous years
The long-term incentive plan (LTIP) at ING includes both stock options and performance shares. The ING stock options have a total term of ten years and a vesting period of three years after which they can be exercised for the remaining seven years.
Performance shares are conditionally granted. The number of ING depositary receipts that is ultimately granted at the end of a three-year performance period depends on ING’s Total Shareholder Return (TSR) performance over three years (return in the form of capital gains and reinvested dividends that shareholders receive in that period) relative to the TSR performance of a pre-defined peer group.
ING’s TSR ranking within this group of companies determines the final number of performance shares that vest at the end of the three-year performance period. The performance shares granted in 2007 had a three-year performance period of 2007 — 2009 and will vest in 2010. The actual results of 43% are based upon ING’s TSR ranking of fifteenth within the designated peer group. The results were determined by an independent third party. ING’s external auditor has reviewed the calculations performed. For members of the Executive Board who received an award as an Executive Board member in 2007, such award will vest in the final number of performance shares in May 2010. For the other senior leaders who participated in the 2007 — 2009 performance share award, such award vested in March 2010.
The Executive Board members are not allowed to sell depositary receipts obtained through performance shares under the plan within a period of five years from the grant date. They are only allowed to sell part of their depositary receipts at the date of vesting to pay tax over the vested performance-share award. Depositary receipts obtained from exercised stock options may only be sold within a period of five years from the grant date of the options to pay tax over the exercised award.
Compensation in cash of the individual members of the Executive Board
                         
    2009   2008   2007
    (EUR thousands)
Jan Hommen
                       
Base salary (1)
                       
Short-term performance-related bonus
    0                  
 
                 
Total cash compensation
                       
 
                       
Patrick Flynn (2)
                       
Base salary
    454                  
Short-term performance-related bonus
    0                  
 
                 
Total cash compensation
    454                  
 
                       
Koos Timmermans (3)
                       
Base salary
    665       665       423  
Short-term performance-related bonus
    0       0       637  
 
                 
Total cash compensation
    665       665       1,060  

95


Table of Contents

                         
    2009   2008   2007
    (EUR thousands)
Eric Boyer de la Giroday (4)
                       
Base salary
       372       892       850  
Short-term performance-related bonus
    0       0       1,319  
 
                 
Total cash compensation
    372       892       2,169  
 
                       
Dick Harryvan (4)
                       
Base salary
    277       665       634  
Short-term performance -related bonus
    0       0       842  
 
                 
Total cash compensation
    277       665       1,476  
 
                       
Eli Leenaars (4)
                       
Base salary
    277       665       634  
Short-term performance-related bonus
    0       0       956  
 
                 
Total cash compensation
    277       665       1,590  
 
                       
Tom McInerney (4) 5)
                       
Base salary
    404       879       946  
Short-term performance-related bonus
    0       0       1,425  
 
                 
Total cash compensation
    404       879       2,371  
 
                       
Hans van der Noordaa (4)
                       
Base salary
    277       665       634  
Short-term performance-related bonus
    0       0       956  
 
                 
Total cash compensation
    277       665       1,590  
 
                       
Jacques de Vaucleroy (4)
                       
Base salary
    277       665       634  
Short-term performance-related bonus
    0       0       956  
 
                 
Total cash compensation
    277       665       1,590  
 
                       
Michel Tilmant (6)
                       
Base salary
    789       1,353       1,289  
Short-term performance-related bonus
    0       0       2,001  
 
                 
Total cash compensation
    789       1,353       3,290  
 
                       
John Hele (3) 5) 7)
                       
Base salary
    169       603       412  
Short-term performance-related bonus
    0       0       621  
 
                 
Total cash compensation
    169       603       1,033  
 
(1)   Jan Hommen was appointed to the Executive Board on April 27, 2009. Jan Hommen shall be remunerated as of April 27, 2009 in accordance with the ‘new’ remuneration policy to be adopted by the General Meeting in 2010. The annual fixed salary will be determined in accordance with this policy. An amount, based on an annual base salary of EUR 1,353,500, has been accrued in 2009 in anticipation of adoption of the ‘new’ remuneration policy by the General Meeting. Jan Hommen will not receive a short-term cash bonus or long-term incentive for 2009.
 
(2)   Patrick Flynn was appointed to the Executive Board on April 27, 2009. The figure for this member reflects compensation earned in the capacity as Executive Board member. Thus, the figure for 2009 reflects the partial year as Executive Board member.
 
(3)   Koos Timmermans and John Hele were appointed to the Executive Board on April 24, 2007. The figures for these members reflect compensation earned in their capacity as Executive Board members. Thus, the figures for 2007 reflect the partial year as Executive Board members.
 
(4)   Eric Boyer de la Giroday, Dick Harryvan, Eli Leenaars, Tom McInerney, Hans van der Noordaa and Jacques de Vaucleroy no longer serve on the Executive Board of ING Groep N.V. as of June 1, 2009. The figures for these members reflect compensation earned in their capacity as Executive Board members. Thus, the figures for 2009 reflect the partial year as Executive Board members.
 
(5)   Tom McInerney and John Hele receive their compensation in US dollars. For each year the compensation in US dollars was converted to euros at the average exchange rate for that year.
 
(6)   Michel Tilmant stepped down from his position on the Executive Board on January 26, 2009 and retired on August 1, 2009. The figures for this member reflect compensation earned until August 1, 2009. In addition to his base salary, Michel Tilmant received early retirement benefits calculated on the basis of one year’s base salary.
 
(7)   John Hele stepped down from his position on the Executive Board on March 31, 2009. The figures for this member reflect compensation earned until the last day of employment. Thus, the figures for 2009 reflect the partial year.
Compensation in cash of former members of the Executive Board who are not included in the above table amounted to nil in 2009 and 2008, and to EUR 729,000 in 2007.

96


Table of Contents

The following tables reflect the number of options (and adjusted strike prices of these options) and the number of performance shares, adjusted for the effects of the rights issue.
Long-term incentives of the individual members of the Executive Board 1) 2)
fair market value at grant
                         
    2009   2008   2007
    (EUR thousands)          
Jan Hommen
                       
Number of options
    0                  
Number of performance shares
    0                  
Fair market value of long term incentive 3)
    0                  
 
                       
Patrick Flynn 4)
                       
Number of options
    0                  
Number of performance shares
    0                  
Fair market value of long term incentive 3)
    0                  
 
                       
Koos Timmermans 5)
                       
Number of options
    0       0       56,405  
Number of performance shares
    0       0       13,367  
Fair market value of long term incentive 3)
    0       0       499  
 
                       
Eric Boyer de la Giroday
                       
Number of options
    0       0       113,385  
Number of performance shares
    0       0       26,869  
Fair market value of long term incentive 3)
    0       0       1,003  
 
                       
Dick Harryvan
                       
Number of options
    0       0       84,606  
Number of performance shares
    0       0       20,050  
Fair market value of long term incentive 3)
    0       0       748  
 
                       
Eli Leenaars
                       
Number of options
    0       0       84,606  
Number of performance shares
    0       0       20,050  
Fair market value of long term incentive 3)
    0       0       748  
 
                       
Tom McInerney 6)
                       
Number of options
    0       0       126,159  
Number of performance shares
    0       0       29,897  
Number of conditional shares
    0       0       70,730  
Fair market value of long term incentive 3)
    0       0       2,571  
 
                       
Hans van der Noordaa
                       
Number of options
    0       0       84,606  
Number of performance shares
    0       0       20,050  
Fair market value of long term incentive 3)
    0       0       748  
 
                       
Jacques de Vaucleroy
                       
Number of options
    0       0       84,606  
Number of performance shares
    0       0       20,050  
Fair market value of long term incentive 3)
    0       0       748  
 
                       
Michel Tilmant
                       
Number of options
    0       0       171,973  
Number of performance shares
    0       0       40,753  
Fair market value of long term incentive 3)
    0       0       1,521  
 
                       
John Hele 5)
                       
Number of options
    0       0       54,993  
Number of performance shares
    0       0       13,032  
Fair market value of long term incentive 3)
    0       0       486  

97


Table of Contents

 
(1)   Long-term incentives are granted in the year following the reporting year. The long-term incentive plan provides for a combination of share options and provisional performance shares based on a 50/50 split in value. The ratio of options to performance shares varies each year as a result of the fair value calculation and the 50/50 split in value. The fair value calculation for the performance year 2009 resulted in a ratio of options to performance shares of 2.55:1 (2008: 2.36 : 1, 2007: 4.22 : 1).
 
(2)   The number of options and performance shares awarded reflect adjustments for the effects of the rights issue of December 2009.
 
(3)   The fair market value of a long-term incentive award reflects the estimated fair market value of the long-term incentive award based on a fair value calculation. The valuation is calculated on the last trading day of the year for grants made to the Executive Board members for performance over the specified year and is not updated for current market values.
 
(4)   Patrick Flynn received a ‘buyout’ for the loss of compensation which he would have received at his previous employer had he not resigned. This buyout consists of a conditional grant of restricted stock to a maximum of 100,000 shares. A number of 30,000 shares will vest at the annual General Meeting in 2010, another 30,000 shares will vest at the annual General Meeting in 2011 and the remaining 40,000 shares will vest at the annual General Meeting in 2012, subject to satisfactory performance. The cumulative value of the conditional share award is capped at EUR 1.3 million. ING has amended the number of shares to adjust for the effects of the rights offering, while maintaining the cumulative value cap at EUR 1.3 million.
 
(5)   Koos Timmermans and John Hele were appointed to the Executive Board on April 24, 2007. The figures for these members reflect compensation earned in their capacity as Executive Board members.
 
(6)   Tom McInerney is entitled to receive conditional shares on the same grant date as the other long-term incentive awards. The conditional shares will be 100% vested four years after the grant date with the condition being an active employment contract. The conditional shares are provided to align Tom McInerney’s total remuneration with US market practice. Tom McInerney will not receive his conditional share award for the 2009 performance year.
The fair market value of long-term incentive awards of former members of the Executive Board who are not included in the above table amounted to nil in 2009, 2008 and 2007.
Information on the options outstanding and the movements during the financial year of options held by the members of the Executive Board as at December 31, 2009 1)
                                                                 
    Outstanding as at     Granted             Waived or expired     Outstanding as at     Exercise     Exercise price in        
number of options   31 December 2008     in 2009     Exercised in 2009     in 2009 (1)     31 December 2009     price in euros     US dollars     Expiry date
Jan Hommen
            0       0       0 (2)     0                          
Patrick Flynn
            0       0       0       0                          
Koos Timmermans
    13,674       0       0       0       13,674       22.57             Mar 11, 2012
 
    7,814       0       0       0       7,814       14.37             Mar 15, 2014
 
    11,460       0       0       0       11,460       17.88             Mar 30, 2015
 
    8,504       0       0       0       8,504       25.16             Mar 23, 2016
 
    46,157       0       0       0       46,157       24.72             Mar 22, 2017
 
    56,405       0       0       0       56,405       19.53             May 15, 2018
 
    20,675       0       0       0       20,675       14.36             Sept. 17, 2018
 
(1)   The number of options and the strike prices of these options reflect the number and strike prices adjusted for the effects of the rights issue of December 2009.
 
(2)   Waived at vesting date or expired at expiry date.
Pension costs
Pension costs of the individual members of the Executive Board 1)
                         
    2009   2008   2007
    (EUR thousands)
Jan Hommen 2)
    0                  
Patrick Flynn 3)
    78                  
Koos Timmermans 4)
    115       247       166  
Eric Boyer de la Giroday 5)
    100       639       566  
Dick Harryvan 5)
    74       374       324  
Eli Leenaars 5)
    48       313       348  
Tom McInerney 5) 6)
    193       285       286  
Hans van der Noordaa 5)
    48       313       267  
Jacques de Vaucleroy 5)
    48       313       267  
Michel Tilmant 7)
    213       971       874  
John Hele 4) 6) 8)
    18       125       72  

98


Table of Contents

 
(1)   For reasons of comparison, the company pension expenses are recalculated under IAS 19 with general assumption setting for 2007 to 2009.
 
(2)   Jan Hommen does not participate in the pension plan.
 
(3)   Patrick Flynn was appointed to the Executive Board on April 27, 2009. The 2009 pension costs for this member reflect the partial year as Executive Board member.
 
(4)   Koos Timmermans and John Hele were appointed to the Executive Board on April 24, 2007. The figures for these members reflect pension costs in their capacity as Executive Board members. Thus, the figures for 2007 reflect the partial year as Executive Board members.
 
(5)   Eric Boyer de la Giroday, Dick Harryvan, Eli Leenaars, Tom McInerney, Hans van der Noordaa and Jacques de Vaucleroy no longer serve on the Executive Board of ING Groep N.V. as of June 1, 2009. The figures for these members reflect pension costs in their capacity as Executive Board members. Thus, the figures for 2009 reflect the partial year as Executive Board members.
 
(6)   Tom McInerney’s and John Hele’s pension costs have been translated from US dollars to euros at the average exchange rate for that year.
 
(7)   Michel Tilmant stepped down from his position on the Executive Board on January 26, 2009 and retired on August 1, 2009. The figure for this member reflects pension costs until July 31, 2009.
 
(8)   John Hele stepped down from his position on the Executive Board on March 31, 2009. The figure for this member reflects pension costs until the last day of employment. Thus, the figure for 2009 reflects the partial year.
Pension costs of former members of the Executive Board who are not included in the above table amounted to nil in 2009 and 2008, and to EUR 1,386,000 2007.
Loans and advances to Executive Board members
The table below presents the loans and advances provided to Executive Board members and outstanding on December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007. These loans were concluded in the normal course of business and on terms generally applicable to Company personnel as a whole and were approved by the Supervisory Board.
                                                                         
          Average                 Average                 Average        
    Amount     Interest             Amount     Interest             Amount     Interest          
    outstanding     rate     Repayments     outstanding     rate     Repayments     outstanding     rate     Repayments  
    (EUR thousands)  
    December 31, 2009     December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
Koos Timmermans
    380       4.6 %             380       4.6 %             380       4.6 %        
ING depositary receipts for shares held by Executive Board members
Executive Board members are permitted to hold ING depositary receipts for shares as a long-term investment. The table below shows the holdings by members of the Executive Board.
                         
    Number of (depositary receipts for) shares  
    2009     2008     2007  
Jan Hommen
    46,426                  
Patrick Flynn
                       
Koos Timmermans
    14,457       2,546       2,000  
REMUNERATION SUPERVISORY BOARD
Remuneration
The annual remuneration of the Supervisory Board members amounts to: chairman EUR 75,000, vice-chairman EUR 65,000, other members EUR 45,000. In addition to the remuneration each member receives an expense allowance. For the chairman and vice-chairman the annual amount is EUR 6,810. For the other members the amount is EUR 2,270.
The remuneration for the membership of committees is as follows: chairman of the Audit Committee EUR 8,000, members of the Audit Committee EUR 6,000, chairmen of other Supervisory Board committees EUR 7,500 and members of other Supervisory Board committees EUR 5,000. In addition to the fixed remuneration, committee members receive a fee for each meeting they attend. For the Audit Committee chairman this fee is EUR 2,000 per meeting and for its members EUR 1,500. For the chairman and members of other committees the attendance fee amounts to EUR 450 per meeting. The remuneration and the attendance fee for the membership of a committee are not applicable to the chairman and vice-chairman of the Supervisory Board if they are on one of the committees.

99


Table of Contents

Supervisory Board members receive an additional fee of EUR 2,000 per attended Supervisory Board or Committee meeting in the event the meeting is held outside the country of residence of the Supervisory Board member, or an additional amount of EUR 7,500 per attended Supervisory Board or Committee meeting if intercontinental travel is required for attending the meeting.
The table below shows the remuneration, expense allowances and attendance fees per Supervisory Board member for 2009 and previous years.
Compensation of the members of the Supervisory Board
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
    (EUR thousands)  
Peter Elverding 1)
    79       68       20  
Jeroen van der Veer 2)
    35                  
Tineke Bahlmann 3)
    46                  
Henk Breukink 4)
    61       61       35  
Claus Dieter Hoffmann
    78       67       62  
Piet Hoogendoorn 5)
    64       70       28  
Piet Klaver
    65       62       47  
Godfried van der Lugt
    67       70       62  
Harish Manwani 6)
    69       51          
Aman Mehta 6)
    113       62          
Joan Spero 6)
    105       55          
Jackson Tai 6)
    152       89          
Karel Vuursteen
    61       62       56  
Lodewijk de Waal 7)
    50                  
Jan Hommen 8)
    27       89       67  
Eric Bourdais de Charbonnière 9)
    30       89       72  
Wim Kok 10)
    26       75       62  
 
(1)   Peter Elverding is a member of the Supervisory Board as of August 2007. The compensation figure for 2007 reflects the partial year as member of the Supervisory Board. Peter Elverding has been chairman of the Supervisory Board since April 2009.
 
(2)   Jeroen van der Veer is a member of the Supervisory Board as of July 2009. The compensation figure for 2009 reflects the partial year as member of the Supervisory Board. Jeroen van der Veer has been vice-chairman of the Supervisory Board since October 2009.
 
(3)   Tineke Bahlmann is a member of the Supervisory Board as of April 2009. The compensation figure for 2009 reflects the partial year as member of the Supervisory Board.
 
(4)   Henk Breukink is a member of the Supervisory Board as of April 2007. The compensation figure for 2007 reflects the partial year as member of the Supervisory Board.
 
(5)   Piet Hoogendoorn is a member of the Supervisory Board as of June 2007. The compensation figure for 2007 reflects the partial year as member of the Supervisory Board.
 
(6)   Harish Manwani, Aman Mehta, Joan Spero and Jackson Tai are members of the Supervisory Board as of April 2008. The compensation figures for 2008 reflect the partial year as members of the Supervisory Board.
 
(7)   Lodewijk de Waal is a member of the Supervisory Board as of April 2009. He has been acting as an observer in the Supervisory Board as of November 2008. The compensation figure for 2009 reflects the partial year as member of the Supervisory Board. Up to the appointment date Lodewijk de Waal has received remuneration, expense allowances and attendance fees in line with the Remuneration policy of the Supervisory Board.
 
(8)   Jan Hommen was a member of the Supervisory Board as of June 2005 and chairman as of January 2008. He stepped down from the Supervisory Board as of April 2009. The compensation figure for 2009 reflects the partial year as member of the Supervisory Board.
 
(9)   Eric Bourdais de Charbonnière retired in April 2009. He was vice-chairman as of February 2005. The compensation figure for 2009 reflects the partial year as member of the Supervisory Board.
 
(10)   Wim Kok retired in April 2009. The compensation figure for 2009 reflects the partial year as member of the Supervisory Board.
Compensation of former members of the Supervisory Board who are not included in the above table amounted to nil in 2009, EUR 16,000 in 2008, and to EUR 162,000 in 2007.

100


Table of Contents

Loans and advances to Supervisory Board members
Supervisory Board members may obtain banking and insurance services from ING Group subsidiaries in the ordinary course of their business and on terms that are customary in the sector. The table below presents the loans and advances provided to Supervisory Board members and outstanding on December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.
                                                                         
          Average                 Average                 Average        
    Amount     Interest             Amount     Interest             Amount     Interest          
    outstanding     rate     Repayments     outstanding     rate     Repayments     outstanding     rate     Repayments  
    (EUR thousands)  
    December 31, 2009     December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
Jeroen van der Veer (1)
    282       8.6 %                                                        
 
(1)   The amount reflects a housing mortgage loan granted in 1992, well before Jeroen van der Veer’s appointment to the Supervisory Board (effectiveas of July 1, 2009).
ING depositary receipts for shares and options held by Supervisory Board members 1)
Supervisory Board members are permitted to hold ING depositary receipts for shares as a long-term investment. The table below shows the holdings by members of the Supervisory Board. Supervisory Board members did not hold ING options at year-end 2009.
                         
    ING depositary receipts for shares held by  
    members of the Supervisory Board(1)  
    2009     2008     2007  
Piet Klaver
    13,796       7,430       7,430  
Godfried van der Lugt
    24,142                  
Jeroen van der Veer 2)
    99,469                  
Karel Vuursteen
    2,800       1,510       1,510  
 
1)   The numbers of depositary receipts for shares reflect the shares held by the member of the Supervisory Board and their partners.
 
2)   Jeroen van der Veer is a member of the Supervisory Board as of July 2009.
PROPOSED NEW REMUNERATION
In the public debate on the causes of the financial crisis, a lot of attention is given to remuneration practices in the financial sector. Regulators and financial authorities worldwide responded by issuing a significant number of guidelines on remuneration. In the Netherlands, the banking sector itself, including ING, played a proactive role in this respect by developing the new Dutch Banking Code. The Dutch Banking Code contains, amongst other things, principles on remuneration. It is of utmost importance that the remuneration policy of ING strikes a balance between interests of its customers, employees, shareholders and society at large, and supports the long-term objectives of the company. This is all the more true in the present day environment, as the financial crisis has shifted the focus on these interests, drawing even more focus to the public utility function of financial institutions and their responsibilities towards their stakeholders. ING is well aware of the pivotal role that banks and insurance companies play in society. The globally changing views on remuneration policies have amplified the call upon financial institutions to develop more moderate remuneration policies with an increased emphasis on long-term value creation and performance measurement based on non-financial indicators. Against this backdrop, we considered it our responsibility to evaluate our remuneration policy. Based on this evaluation and taking into account the principles of the Dutch Banking Code, we have developed a new remuneration policy for the Executive Board and senior management. Along this process, both national and international standards with respect to remuneration were taken into account and various relevant stakeholders, including the Central Works Council, Dutch trade unions and the Dutch government, were consulted. The new remuneration policy for the Executive Board will be put forward for adoption at the 2010 annual General Meeting. If adopted, it will become effective as of compensation year 2010. The general principles underlying the adjustments to the remuneration policy for the Executive Board will also be applied in the remuneration of members of the Management Boards and other senior managers throughout the organization.
A comparison of the (application of the) current Executive Board remuneration policy versus the (application of the) proposed new Executive Board remuneration policy is further described on pages 108 and 109.

101


Table of Contents

General principles of new remuneration structure
Even though ING traditionally has had a conservative approach with regard to the remuneration of its management and employees, as evidenced by the fact that it has always aimed for compensation levels at the median level in the relevant markets, the new remuneration structure provides for a number amendments. The general principles which underlie the proposed amendments are as follows:
  Create a more balanced compensation mix;
 
  Reduce emphasis on variable compensation;
 
  Further enhance long-term value creation;
 
  Further improve the alignment of risk and reward;
 
  Place a more significant weighting on non-financial, sustainable performance indicators; and
 
  Include claw-back arrangements.
The primary objective of the remuneration structure is to enable ING to retain and recruit qualified and expert leaders who have a drive for excellence in serving the interests of the company’s various stakeholders. ING endeavours to match compensation of the company’s leadership appropriately against a variety of factors, such as the complexity of functions, the scope of responsibilities, the alignment of risks and rewards, and the long-term objectives of the company and its stakeholders, which is all the more important given the changing international standards regarding responsible remuneration. These factors differ for each role, line of business and country. This is especially the case for ING with its operations in over 40 countries and 107,000 employees of which around 80,000 are based outside the Netherlands (60% of senior management is non-Dutch). As much as possible for a global financial institution of this size, ING aims to take account of all these differences and also of the standards applied within similar financial institutions in the various countries in which it operates.
PROPOSED NEW REMUNERATION POLICY FOR THE EXECUTIVE BOARD
The remuneration of the Executive Board will consist of a combination of fixed compensation (base salary) and variable compensation (together “total direct compensation”), pension arrangements and benefits as described below.
Total direct compensation: moderation and reduced emphasis on variable remuneration
Total direct compensation levels will be based on market data that include peers both inside and outside the financial sector in the international context in which ING operates. Total direct compensation will be benchmarked against a peer group of companies that, in the opinion of the Supervisory Board, are comparable with ING in terms of size and scope. In line with the foregoing, the Supervisory Board has determined that the peer group consists of the companies in the Dow Jones EURO STOXX 50 index. These are 50 companies, in a range of financial and nonfinancial industries, that are based in countries within the economic and monetary union of the European Union. In accordance with the Dutch Banking Code, ING’s new remuneration policy for the Executive Board now aims for total direct compensation levels slightly below market median levels for comparable positions in the relevant markets. In addition, the new remuneration policy provides for a more balanced mix between fixed and variable compensation. Variable compensation will not exceed 100% of fixed salary at the time of allocation. Fixed compensation (i.e. the base salary levels) will be determined in line with the relevant market environment as an integral part of total direct compensation, and will be reviewed from time to time by the Supervisory Board. The new policy provides for an at target variable compensation of 40% in cash and 40% in stock (in total 80%) of base salary if performance criteria are met. If performance criteria (as pre-determined by the Supervisory Board) are exceeded, the variable component can be increased from target to maximum not exceeding 100% of base salary at the time of allocation.
Increased emphasis on long-term value creation
The new remuneration policy for the Executive Board simplifies the variable compensation element by combining the short and long-term variable components into one structure. This structure intends to support both long-term value creation and short-term company objectives. The emphasis on long-term performance indicators within the variable component of the compensation package will be increased by means of deferral, a reasonableness test and claw back mechanisms. The allocation of variable compensation will be conditional on the achievement of a number of performance objectives. The short term component, at maximum 50% of total variable compensation, is paid in cash the year following the performance year. The other 50% of the total variable compensation will be deferred. This long-term component is allocated in stock in order to ensure alignment of the Executive Board’s interests with the interests of shareholders. It also intends to serve the objective of retaining the members of the Executive Board for a longer period of time. The value of the stock award will be determined such that total variable compensation at the time of grant stays within the 100% limit. The stock awards will vest on the third anniversary of the grant date, subject to a reasonableness test by the

102


Table of Contents

Supervisory Board to determine whether application of the predetermined criteria results in undesired outcomes. Adjustments to the number of shares will only be considered in extraordinary circumstances. Executive Board members are not allowed to sell depositary receipts obtained within a period of five years from the grant date. However, they are allowed to sell part of their depositary receipts at the date of vesting to pay tax over the vested share award.
Increased focus on risk and non-financial performance
Variable compensation will increasingly be linked to risk and non-financial performance and will take into consideration both individual and company performance criteria. Performance measurement will increasingly account for estimated risks and costs of capital. In addition to financial indicators, performance will also be assessed based on non-financial drivers, by means of a number of targets regarding economic, environmental, customer satisfaction and social criteria.
Pensions Executive Board members
As part of the new remuneration policy for Executive Board members two new pension plans will be offered: a new plan similar to the plan applicable to staff covered under the Dutch Collective Labour Agreement (N.B. this plan will only be introduced following a positive outcome of the pension study, which is currently taking place) and a new individual defined contribution plan. Both these pension plans provide for a lower contribution by ING than the existing Executive Board pension plan. Any person who will be appointed as a member of the Executive Board of ING after January 1, 2010 and who is working on a Dutch employment contract, will be given the choice to participate in one of the two new pension plans. Individual board members participating in the existing pension plan will be given the choice to keep their existing pension arrangement. The existing pension arrangement, approved by the 2006 General Meeting, is based on a defined contribution plan. Alternatively, they can also switch to one of the two new arrangements. Members of the Executive Board will be required to pay a contribution to their pension premium in line with the contributions under ING’s Collective Labour Agreement in the Netherlands. Members of the Executive Board working on a non-Dutch employment contract, will be offered pensions in line with local practices.
Benefits
Executive Board members will continue to be eligible for a range of additional benefits (e.g. the use of company cars, contributions to company savings plans and, if applicable, expatriate allowances). Executive Board members may obtain banking and insurance services from ING Group subsidiaries in the ordinary course of their business and on terms that apply to most other comparable employees of ING. In addition, tax and financial planning services will be provided to ensure compliance with the relevant legislative requirements.
Employment contracts
The contract of employment for Executive Board members provides for an appointment for a period of four years and allows for reappointment by the General Meeting. In the case of an involuntary exit, Executive Board members are entitled to an exit arrangement limited to one-year base salary.
Other items for Supervisory Board discretion
Claw back and adjustments
The Supervisory Board will have the authority to reclaim variable remuneration allocated to a member of the Executive Board based on inaccurate data and/or behaviour that led to significant harm to the company. The Supervisory Board will also have the authority to adjust variable remuneration if application of the predetermined performance criteria results in undesired outcomes. Accordingly, the Supervisory Board will have decision authority in situations not addressed in the policy.
Special employment conditions
Special employment conditions, such as commitments made to secure the recruitment of new executives, may be used in exceptional circumstances subject to strict control by the Supervisory Board.
Supervisory Board discretion to review the policy and the remuneration paid
ING as a company is expected to undergo significant changes during the next two years. Moreover, the relevant international employment market is very much in flux. In order to ensure that ING can adapt to these two uncertain factors, the Supervisory Board will evaluate in 2012 whether the new remuneration policy (adopted in 2010) is in line with the long term objectives of the company, the relevant international context, as well as the societal perception of ING as a company. Should it become clear, after such evaluation, that the new remuneration policy has led to an unintended or inequitable outcome, the Supervisory Board, including its state-nominated members, will have the discretion to correct the previously allocated variable remuneration. However, it is understood that any such correction could not lead to a deviation from the requirement that variable compensation cannot exceed 100% of base salary during any year, as required under the Dutch Banking Code. The proposed remuneration policy is leading in the international financial markets in terms of

103


Table of Contents

moderation of pay. The Supervisory Board and the Executive Board also have an obligation to safeguard the continuity of the company. The Supervisory Board will therefore evaluate from time to time how these two responsibilities relate to each other. If and when appropriate, it can make adjustments.
EXECUTIVE BOARD REMUNERATION STRUCTURE 2010
Executive Board base salary 2010
An important objective of the new remuneration policy is to design a more balanced and moderate compensation package for the future. Immediate implementation of some of the amendments proposed to achieve this would however lead to a conflicting outcome. The proposed change of the ratio between fixed and variable compensation would require a significant increase in the fixed component (of more than 50%) in 2010 in order for total compensation levels for the Executive Board to be slightly below market median, in line with the new policy. Under the current circumstances, the Supervisory Board does not deem such an increase of the base salary appropriate. It has thus determined that for the year 2010 the increase of base salary levels should be limited to 13% for the members of the Executive Board with the exception of the CEO position. This 13% increase is in accordance with the cumulative increases received by employees subject to ING’s Collective Labour Agreement in the Netherlands over the last seven years minus the modest rate of increase that has applied to the base salaries of ING’s Executive Board members over the same period (only 5%). For the CEO position it was decided not to increase the base salary at all. The 2010 base salary for members of the Executive Board amounts to EUR 750,000 and for the CEO EUR 1,353,500.
Executive Board variable compensation 2010
The target variable compensation is set at 80% of base salary. The actual payout may vary between 0% and 125% of the target level (i.e. between 0% and 100% of base salary). In connection herewith, the Supervisory Board performed an analysis of various scenarios which were considered relevant. Financial and non-financial performance indicators will be individually set for each Executive Board member and agreed by the Supervisory Board. There will be financial parameters for each Executive Board member to measure the performance at Group, Bank and Insurance levels. These financial parameters are underlying net result ING Group, ROE ING Group, Core Tier 1 for ING Bank, debt/ equity ratio ING Insurance, underlying cost/income ratio ING Bank and administration costs ING Insurance. The quantative elements of the targets are considered stock price sensitive and competition sensitive; accordingly these are not disclosed.
For 2010, at least 40% of total variable compensation will be based on pre-defined non-financial performance indicators. The incorporation of non-financial indicators in the overall assessment is particularly aimed at improving business performances within ING. These indicators depend on the specific responsibilities of the individual Executive Board member. For each Executive Board member a number of performance objectives are formulated relating to customer satisfaction, improve sustainable business practices, the diversity of the workforce, employee engagement and corporate responsibility. Variable compensation for members of the Executive Board and the CEO will only be awarded as long as ING Group has a positive net underlying profit in 2010. The Supervisory Board will review the remuneration paid over time, in line with the policy.
Comparison current and proposed 2010 compensation
The total remuneration of ING’s Executive Board members and its CEO in 2010 is outlined in the following two tables.
Comparison of current and new 2010 remuneration chief executive officer (CEO)
                                         
in EUR           Current             New policy     Change  
Base salary 1)
            1,353,500               1,353,500       0 %
Variable remuneration — at target
    200 %     2,707,000       80 %     1,082,800       (60 )%
Variable remuneration — at maximum
    350 %     4,737,250       100 %     1,353,500       (71 )%
Total remuneration — at target
            4,060,500               2,436,300       (40 )%
Total remuneration — at maximum
            6,090,750               2,707,000       (56 )%
 
                                       
Type of variable compensation
    cash + shares/options       cash + shares          
Allows for discretionary adjustment of variable remuneration
          no             yes          
Allows for ‘claw back’ of variable remuneration
          no             yes          
Maximum severance payment
    one-year base salary       one-year base salary (2)          
 
(1)   The current base salary is listed as the previous CEO’s last base salary before departure. Jan Hommen’s base salary applies from his appointment date in 2009.
 
(2)   Jan Hommen is not contractually entitled to a severance payment.

104


Table of Contents

Comparison of current and new 2010 remuneration other Executive Board members
                                         
in EUR           Current             New policy     Change  
Base salary
            665,500               750,000       13 %
Variable remuneration — at target
    200 %     1,331,000       80 %     600,000       (55 )%
Variable remuneration — at maximum
    350 %     2,329,250       100 %     750,000       (68 )%
Total remuneration — at target
            1,996,500               1,350,000       (32 )%
Total remuneration — at maximum
            2,994,750               1,500,000       (50 )%
 
                                       
Type of variable compensation
    cash + shares/options       cash + shares          
Allows for discretionary adjustment of variable remuneration
          no             yes          
Allows for ‘claw back’ of variable remuneration
          no             yes          
Maximum severance payment
    one-year base salary       one-year base salary          
The tables below compare the new remuneration for ING with the market median of the Dow Jones EURO STOXX 50. They indicate that ING’s new total remuneration for 2010 is significantly below the market median
Comparison of target 2010 remuneration with median of the peer group
                         
                    ING compared to  
in EUR   ING 2010     Market median     market median  
CEO
                       
Base salary
    1,353,500       1,100,000       23 %
Variable remuneration — at target
    1,082,800       2,970,000       (64 )%
Total remuneration — at target
    2,436,300       4,070,000       (40 )%
 
                       
Other Executive Board members
                       
Base salary
    750,000       670,000       12 %
 
                   
Variable remuneration — at target
    600,000       1,373,500       (56 )%
 
                   
Total remuneration — at target
    1,350,000       2,045,500       (34 )%
Comparison of maximum 2010 remuneration with median of the peer group
                         
            Market     ING compared to  
in EUR   ING 2010     median     market median  
CEO
                       
Base salary
    1,353,000       1,100,000       23 %
Variable remuneration — at maximum
    1,353,500       4,455,000       (70 )%
 
                   
Total remuneration — at maximum
    2,707,000       5,555,000       (51 )%
 
                       
Other Executive Board members
                       
Base salary
    750,000       670,000       12 %
Variable remuneration — at maximum
    750,000       2,060,250       (63 )%
 
                   
Total remuneration — at maximum
    1,500,000       2,730,250       (45 )%
PROPOSED NEW REMUNERATION POLICY FOR SENIOR MANAGEMENT
As much as possible for a global financial institution of this size, ING aims to take account of all the differences and standards applied within similar financial institutions in the various countries in which it operates. The remuneration of members of the Management Boards and senior management will be in line with the general principles of the new remuneration structure for the Executive Board, taking into account international and local practices.
Total direct compensation
Total direct compensation levels will be based on benchmark data in the international context in which we operate. We aim for compensation levels to be set at market median levels. Total compensation levels will be determined in line with the relevant market.

105


Table of Contents

Increased focus on long-term value creation, risk and non-financial performance
Variable compensation will increasingly be linked to long term value creation and risk. It will be determined based on individual, business and company performance criteria. Performance measurement will increasingly account for estimated risks and costs of capital. There will be increased emphasis on long term value creation by means of long term incentives, deferral and claw back mechanisms. Furthermore, and in addition to financial indicators, performance will also be assessed based on non-financial drivers. The incorporation of non-financial indicators in the overall assessment is particularly aimed at further improving sustainable business practices within ING. Therefore, a number of action targets are being formulated regarding ING’s performance in the area of e.g. workforce diversity, customer satisfaction, stakeholder engagement and sustainable product development.
SENIOR MANAGEMENT REMUNERATION STRUCTURE 2010
Given the differences in the regulatory requirements for banking and insurance and the upcoming separation of ING’s banking and insurance activities, the remuneration structures for senior management in ING’s banking and insurance operations were determined separately. The remuneration policy for the Executive Board will apply in full to members of the Management Board Banking. For senior management in Banking, there will be a gradual shift over the next three years to a more balanced mix between fixed salary and variable pay in line with the remuneration policy for the Executive Board. Exceptions may exist for high value specialists and senior management working in certain divisions and/or geographical areas. For the Management Board Insurance and senior management in our insurance operations, adjustments will be made in line with the general principles of the new remuneration policy for the Executive Board. However, changes in the mix between fixed salary and variable pay will need to be weighted in light of the different regulatory requirements for insurance and the upcoming separation of ING’s banking and insurance activities. Moreover, compensation packages related to control functions (such as risk management functions) will be structured such that they provide for a reduced emphasis on variable compensation. To ensure the autonomy of the individual, financial performance metrics will depend on objectives determined at the divisional level (i.e. not at the level of the relevant business unit). In addition, performance assessments will not only be determined by business unit management, but also by the functional line.
EMPLOYEES
The number of staff employed on a full time equivalent basis of ING Group averaged 110,325 in 2009, of which 27,912 or 25.3%, were employed in the Netherlands. The geographical distribution of employees with respect to the Group’s insurance operations and banking operations over 2009 was as follows (average full time equivalents):
                                                                         
    Insurance operations     Banking operations     Total  
    2009     2008     2007     2009     2008     2007     2009     2008     2007  
The Netherlands
    8,284       9,300       9,462       19,678       20,326       21,585       27,912       29,626       31,047  
Belgium
    321       301       228       10,479       10,647       10,983       10,800       10,948       11,211  
Rest of Europe
    3,823       3,972       3,899       26,900       26,298       18,581       30,723       30,270       22,480  
North America
    10,322       16,368       15,194       4,125       4,239       3,625       14,447       20,607       18,819  
Latin America
    6,776       10,806       16,074       280       352       373       7,056       11,158       16,447  
Asia
    6,759       9,494       8,451       10,050       10,498       9,115       16,809       19,992       17,566  
Australia
    1,456       1,574       1,703       1,066       1,056       929       2,522       2,630       2,632  
Other
    57       53       76                       4       57       53       80  
 
                                                       
Total
    37,748       51,868       55,087       72,577       73,417       65,195       110,325       125,285       120,282  
 
                                                     
In addition, the number of staff employed by joint ventures included in the Group’s consolidated accounts averaged 2,691 in 2009, 3,703 in 2008 and 1,942 in 2007. The Group does not employ significant numbers of temporary workers. The percentage of the Group’s employees allocated to the six business lines was as follows for each of the years 2009, 2008 and 2007:

106


Table of Contents

                         
    2009     2008     2007  
     
Retail Banking
    44 %     40 %     30 %
ING Direct
    9       8       6  
Commercial Banking
    13       12       16  
Insurance Europe
    12       12       12  
Insurance Americas
    15       21       27  
Insurance Asia/Pacific
    6       7       9  
 
                 
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %
Substantially all of the Group’s Dutch employees are subject to collective labor agreements covering the banking and insurance industries. The Group believes that its employee relations are generally good.
Further information is provided in Note 45 of Note 2.1 to the consolidated financial statements.

107


Table of Contents

Item 7. Major shareholders and related party transactions
As of December 31, 2009, Stichting ING Aandelen (the “Trust”) held 3,830,613,744 ordinary shares of ING Groep N.V., which represents over 99.9% of the ordinary shares outstanding. These holdings give the Trust voting control of ING Groep N.V. subject to the right of holders of bearer depositary receipts to vote according to their own discretion on the basis of a proxy as set out below under “Voting of the ordinary Shares by holders of bearer receipts as a proxy of the Trust”. The following is a description of the material provisions of the Articles of Association (Statuten) and the related Trust Conditions (Administratievoorwaarden) (together the “Trust Agreement”), which governs the Trust, and the applicable provisions of Netherlands law. This description does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Trust Agreement and the applicable provisions of Netherlands law referred to in such description.
As of December 31, 2009, there were 143,990,823 American Depositary Shares or ADSs outstanding, representing an equal number of bearer receipts. The ADSs were held by 873 record holders. Because certain of the ADSs were held by brokers or other nominees and the depositary receipts are held in bearer form and due to the impracticability of obtaining accurate residence information for all such holders, the number of holders of record or registered holders in the United States is not representative of the number of beneficial holders or of the residence of the beneficial holders.
Bearer depositary receipts, which are negotiable instruments under Netherlands law, are issuable by the Trust pursuant to the terms of the Trust Agreement. Each bearer depositary receipt represents financial interests in one ordinary share held by the Trust, as described herein. Holders of bearer depositary receipts (including those bearer depositary receipts for which ADSs have been issued) do not have any voting rights with respect to the ordinary shares underlying the bearer depositary receipts owned by the Trust. Such rights belong only to the Trust and will be exercised by the Trust pursuant to the terms of the Trust Agreement as described in more detail below.
All bearer depositary receipts are embodied in one or more global depositary receipts which are held in custody by Euroclear Nederland (the Central securities Depositary (CSD) of the Netherlands, formerly known as “NECIGEF”) in exchange for which every bearer depositary receipt holder is credited in the books of the participants of Euroclear Nederland pursuant to the Netherlands Act on Book-Entry Transactions (Wet giraal effectenverkeer). Each holder of bearer depositary receipts shall nominate a Euroclear Nederland participant, through which the global depositary receipts are to be held in custody on his behalf. Return of the global depositary receipts to a party other than the Trust shall not be permitted without the Trust’s consent. Administration of the global depositary receipts is assigned to Euroclear Nederland which is authorized to perform any necessary act on behalf of the holder(s) of bearer receipts in respect of the relevant depositary receipts, including acceptance and transfer, and to cooperate in making additions to and deletions from the relevant global depositary receipt in accordance with the provisions of the Act on Book Entry Transactions.
Transfer of title in the bearer depositary receipts is effected by book-entry through the facilities of Euroclear Nederland and its participants pursuant to the Netherlands Act on Book-Entry Transactions. Holders of bearer depositary receipts participate in the Euroclear Nederland system by maintaining accounts with Euroclear Nederland participants. There is no limitation under Netherlands law on the ability of non-Dutch citizens or residents to maintain such accounts that are obtainable through Dutch banks.
Voting of the ordinary shares by holders of bearer depositary receipts as a proxy of the Trust
Holders of bearer depositary receipts are entitled to attend and speak at general meetings of ING Groep N.V. but do not have any voting rights. However, the Trust will, subject to certain restrictions, grant a proxy to a holder of bearer depositary receipts to the effect that such holder may, in the name of the Trust, exercise the voting rights attached to the number of its ordinary shares that corresponds to the number of bearer depositary receipts held by such holder of bearer depositary receipts.
On the basis of such a proxy, the holder of bearer depositary receipts may vote according to his or her own discretion. The requirements with respect to the use of the voting rights on the ordinary shares that apply for the Trust (set out below) do not apply for the holder of bearer depositary receipts voting on the basis of such a proxy.
The restrictions under which the Trust will grant a voting proxy to holders of bearer depositary receipts are:
  the relevant holder of bearer depositary receipts must have announced his intention to attend the general meeting observing the provisions laid down in the Articles of Association of ING Groep N.V.;
 
  the relevant holder of bearer depositary receipts may delegate the powers conferred upon him by means of the

108


Table of Contents

    voting proxy, provided that the relevant holder of bearer depositary receipts has announced his intention to do so to the Trust observing a term before the commencement of the general meeting, which term will be determined by the Trust.
Voting instructions of holders of bearer depositary receipts of ordinary shares to the Trust
Holders of bearer depositary receipts are entitled to give binding instructions to the Trust, concerning the Trust’s exercise of the voting rights attached to its ordinary shares. The Trust will follow such instructions for a number of ordinary shares equal to the number of bearer depositary receipts held by the relevant holder of bearer depositary receipts.
Voting of the ordinary shares by the Trust
The Trust will only determine its vote with respect to the ordinary shares of ING Groep N.V., held by the Trust, that correspond with bearer depositary receipts:
  the holder of which does not, either in person or by proxy, attend the general meeting;
 
  the holder of which, did not give a voting instruction to the Trust.
The Trust has discretion to vote in respect of shares for which it has not issued voting proxies to holders of bearer depositary receipts and has not received any voting instructions. Under the Trust Agreement, the Trust is required to promote the interests of all holders of bearer depositary receipts, irrespective of whether they attend the general meetings, also taking into account the interests of ING Groep N.V., the businesses of ING Groep N.V. and its group companies and all other ING Groep N.V. stakeholders in voting such shares, so as to ensure that all these interests are given as much consideration and protection as possible.
Shareholder participation and position of the Trust
ING Groep N.V. indicated earlier that the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board would consider the position of the Trust and bearer depositary receipts once the number of votes cast on ordinary shares and depositary receipts for ordinary shares at a general meeting, including proxies and excluding the votes which are at the discretion of the Trust, was at least 35% of the total votes that may be cast for three consecutive years. In 2006, 28% of the total votes were thus cast, in 2007, the figure was 36.7%, in 2008, the figure was 38.7% and in 2009, the figures were 35.6% (annual General Meeting) and 31.1% (extraordinary General Meeting), so that in the 2009 annual General Meeting, the 35% threshold was exceeded for the third time in succession
With a view to the above, the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board announced in the 2009 annual General Meeting that they would consider the steps to be taken with respect to the position of the Trust. In connection therewith, it was communicated that, in particular against the backdrop of the financial crisis, more time is needed to consider the position of the Trust, as the trust structure can be important to proper decision making in the near future and also to the long-term interest of ING Groep N.V.. In accordance with this announcement, the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board considered the position of theTrust in the build-up to the 2010 annual General Meeting. In connection therewith, they have taken the following into consideration:
The Executive Board and the Supervisory Board have established that a number of fundamental changes was set in motion by the financial crisis. In general, the balance between the various interests which are involved in financial institutions have been re-evaluated. This concerns not only the balance between long-term interests and short-term interests, but also the balance between shareholders’ interests and the interests of other stakeholders. It is unmistakable and indisputable that, according to prevalent opinion, “good governance” with financial institutions entails that the long-term interests and the interests of the other stakeholders are emphasized more than in the past. In addition, ING Groep N.V. proceeded to a radical change of strategy and structure as a consequence of the financial crisis. This will be brought to completion in the future by means of the divestment of the insurance operations (including asset management).
Furthermore, the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board have established that the bearer depositary receipts structure as applied by ING Groep N.V., supports “good governance”. Although the Trust, when determining its voting, puts the interests of shareholders and holders of bearer depositary receipts first, it also takes into account the interests of other stakeholders. In this way it ensures a balanced decision-making. The bearer depositary receipts structure also ensures consistency in ING Groep N.V.’s decision making as it prevents that the General Meeting will be unduly influenced by a minority. This consistency is indispensable, in particular in times of fundamental changes.
The bearer depositary receipts structure thus provides the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board the room which is necessary to do justice to the long-term interests and the interests of the other stakeholders. In view of

109


Table of Contents

the importance of the balance between the long-term interests and the short-term interests and between the interests of shareholders and other stakeholders, as well as the importance of consistency in ING Groep N.V.’s decision making, within the current legal framework the bearer depositary receipts structure, in the opinion of the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board, is still the most appropriate means to achieve this. In view of the foregoing, the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board are of the opinion that abolishing the bearer depositary receipts structure cannot be justified at this moment. There will be a natural moment to evaluate ING Groep N.V.’s governance in its entirety as soon as the current restructuring and the forthcoming divestments are completed. The depositary receipts structure will form part of that evaluation.
Administration of the Trust
The Board of the Trust will determine the number of its members itself, subject to the restriction that there may be no more members than seven and no less than three. Members of the Board of the Trust will be appointed by the Board of the Trust itself without any approval from ING Groep N.V. or any of its corporate bodies being required. Members of any corporate body of ING Groep N.V. are not eligible for appointment as a member of the Board of the Trust. Members of the Board of the Trust are appointed for a term of maximum four years and may be re-appointed for two terms without any requirement for approval by ING Groep N.V.
Valid resolutions may be passed only if all members of the Board of the Trust have been duly notified, except that in a case where there is no such notification valid resolutions may nevertheless be passed by unanimous consent at a meeting at which all members of the Board of the Trust are present or represented. A member of the Board of the Trust may be represented only by a fellow Board member who is authorized in writing. All resolutions of the Board of the Trust shall be passed by an absolute majority of the votes.
The legal relationship between holders of bearer depositary receipts and the Trust is governed entirely by Netherlands law.
Termination of the Trust
Should the Trust be dissolved or wish to terminate its function under the Trust Agreement, or should ING Groep N.V. wish to have such function terminated, ING Groep N.V. shall, in consultation with the Trust and with the approval of the meeting of holders of bearer depositary receipts, appoint a successor to whom the administration can be transferred. The successor shall have to take over all commitments under the Trust Agreement. Within two months of the decision to dissolve or terminate the Trust, the Trust shall have the shares which it holds for administration transferred into its successor’s name. For a period of two months following notification of succession of the administration, holders of bearer depositary receipts may elect to obtain free of charge, shares. In no case shall the administration be terminated without ING Groep N.V.’s approval.
Holders of bearer depositary receipts with a stake of 5% or more
To the best of our knowledge, as of December 31, 2009, no holder of depositary receipts held more than 5% of all bearer depositary receipts outstanding.
On December 31, 2009, ING Groep N.V. and its subsidiaries held 47,047,225 bearer receipts, representing 1.23% of the bearer depositary receipts and underlying ordinary shares outstanding. These bearer depositary receipts were acquired, among others, pursuant to ING Groep N.V.’s delta hedging activities in respect of its employee option. ING Groep N.V. does not have voting rights in respect of shares and bearer depositary receipts it holds or which are held by its subsidiaries.
The voting rights of the majority of ordinary shares are held by the Trust. Pursuant to section 5.3 of the Dutch Financial Supervision Act, shareholders and holders of depositary receipts are only required to provide updated information on their holdings once they cross threshold levels of 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 75% and 95%. As a result, other than information that may be ascertained from public filings available under the applicable laws of any other jurisdiction, ING Groep N.V. is not, nor would it likely to be, aware of any changes in the ownership of bearer depositary receipts between the threshold levels mentioned in the previous sentence.
Information available to ING Groep N.V. showed that as of December 31, 2009, institutional holders in the Netherlands held approximately 142 million bearer depositary receipts, or 3.7% of the total number of bearer depositary receipts then outstanding and institutional holders in the United States held approximately 738 million bearer depositary receipts (including ADSs), or 19.3% of the total number of bearer depositary receipts then outstanding.
On December 31, 2009, other than the Trust, no other person is known to ING Groep N.V. to be the owner of more than 10% of the ordinary shares or bearer depositary receipts. As of December 31, 2009, members of the

110


Table of Contents

Supervisory Board and their related third parties held 140,207 bearer receipts. If members of the Supervisory Board hold ING options that were granted in their former capacity as member of the Executive Board, these options are part of the ING Stock option plan described in Note 2.1 to the consolidated financial statements.
On December 31, 2009 ING Groep N.V. is not a party to any material agreement, that becomes effective, or is amended or terminated subject to the condition of a change of control of ING Groep N.V. following a public bid as defined in the Dutch Financial Supervision Act (Wet op het financieel toezicht). ING Groep N.V. subsidiaries have customary change of control arrangements included in contracts related to various business activities, such as joint venture agreements, letters of credit and other credit facilities, reinsurance contracts and futures and option trading contracts. Following a change of control of ING Groep N.V. (whether or not as the result of a public bid or otherwise), such contracts may be amended or terminated, leading, for example, to an obligatory transfer of the interest in the joint venture, early repayment of amounts due, loss of credit facilities or reinsurance cover and liquidation of outstanding futures and option trading positions.
Related Party Transactions
As of December 31, 2009, the amount outstanding in respect of loans and advances, mostly mortgages, made to members of the Supervisory Board was EUR 0,3 million at an average interest rate of 8,6%. The amount outstanding in respect of loans and advances, mostly mortgages, to members of the Executive Board and Management Boards was EUR 0,6 million at an average interest rate of 4,2%. The largest aggregate amount of loans and advances outstanding to the members of the Supervisory Board, the Executive Board and Management Boards during 2009 was EUR 1,8 million.
The loans and advances mentioned in the preceding paragraph (1) were made in the ordinary course of business, (2) were granted on conditions that are comparable to those of loans and advances granted to people in peer groups and (3) did not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features. For members of the Executive Board this means that the conditions have been set according to the prevailing conditions for ING personnel.
As described under “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees,” some members of the Supervisory Board are current or former senior executives of leading multi-national corporations based primarily in the Netherlands. ING Group may at any time have lending, investment banking or other financial relationships with one or more of these corporations in the ordinary course of business on terms which we believe are no less favorable to ING than those reached with unaffiliated parties of comparable creditworthiness.
In addition, ING Group has entered into transactions with the Dutch State. For more information, see “Item 4. Information on the Company—Recent Developments” and note 33 to the consolidated annual accounts.

111


Table of Contents

Item 8. Financial information
Legal Proceedings, Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information
See Note 31 of Note 2.1 to the consolidated financial statements.
Legal Proceedings
ING Group companies are involved in litigation and arbitration proceedings in the Netherlands and in a number of foreign jurisdictions, including the United States, involving claims by and against them which arise in the ordinary course of their businesses, including in connection with their activities as insurers, lenders, employers, investors and taxpayers. In certain of such proceedings, very large or indeterminate amounts are sought, including punitive and other damages. While it is not feasible to predict or determine the ultimate outcome of all pending or threatened legal and regulatory proceedings, the Company’s management is of the opinion that neither it nor any of its subsidiaries is aware of any governmental, legal or arbitration proceedings (including any such proceedings which are pending or threatened of which the Company is aware) in the 12 months preceding the date of this document which may have or have in such period had a significant effect on the financial position or profitability of the Company.
These proceedings include complaints and lawsuits concerning the performance of certain interest sensitive products that were sold by a former subsidiary of ING in Mexico. Further, purported class litigation has been filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York alleging violations of the federal securities laws with respect to disclosures made in connection with the 2007 and 2008 offerings of ING’s Perpetual Hybrid Capital Securities. The challenged disclosures primarily relate to ING Group’s investments in certain residential mortgage-backed securities. Additional purported class litigation challenges the operation of the ING Americas Savings Plan and ESOP and the ING 401(k) Plan for ILIAC Agents Litigation also includes a case involving the interest crediting methodology that is used in connection with annuity products, and disclosures about the methodology, in which a state court of appeals has determined that the case can be maintained as a nation-wide class action. A higher appellate court has been asked to review and reverse this decision. These matters are being defended vigorously; however, at this time, ING is unable to assess their final outcome.
In November 2006, the issue of amongst others the transparency of unit-linked products (commonly referred to as ‘beleggingsverzekeringen’) has received attention both in the Dutch public media and from the Dutch regulator for the insurance industry and consumer protection organizations. In mid-November 2008 ING reached an outline agreement with consumer organizations in the Netherlands to resolve a dispute regarding individual unit-linked products sold to customers in the Netherlands by ING’s Dutch insurance subsidiaries. It was agreed that ING’s Dutch insurance subsidiaries would offer compensation to policyholders where individual unit-linked policies have a cost charge in excess of an agreed maximum. The costs of the settlement have been valued at EUR 365 million. ING’s Dutch insurance subsidiaries are in negotiations with the relevant consumer organizations in order to work out the agreement more in detail. Although the agreement is not binding for policyholders, ING believes a significant step was made towards resolving the issue.
Like many other companies in the mutual funds, brokerage, investment, and insurance industries, several of ING’s companies have received informal and formal requests for information from various governmental and self-regulatory agencies or have otherwise identified issues arising in connection with fund trading, compensation, conflicts of interest, anti-competitive practices, insurance risk transfer, suitability, contract administration and interpretation, and sales practices. ING is responding to the requests and working to resolve issues with regulators. ING believes that any issues that have been identified thus far do not represent a systemic problem in the ING businesses involved and in addition that the outcome of the investigations will not have a material effect on ING Group.
Because of the geographic spread of its business, ING may be subject to tax audits in numerous jurisdictions at any point in time. Although ING believes that it has adequately provided for all its tax positions, the ultimate resolution of these audits may result in liabilities which are different from the amounts recognized.
On January 28, 2010 ING lodged an appeal with the General Court of the European Union against specific elements of the European Commission’s decision regarding ING’s restructuring plan. In its appeal, ING contests the way the Commission has calculated the amount of state aid ING received and the disproportionality of the price leadership restrictions specifically and the disproportionality of restructuring requirements in general.

112


Table of Contents

Dividends
ING Group’s profit retention and distribution policy is determined by its internal financing requirements and its growth opportunities as well as the dividend expectations of capital providers. On the one hand, ING Group’s internal funding needs are determined partly by statutory solvency requirements and capital ratios, compliance with which is essential to its existence. Credit ratings are similarly important to ING Group, because they directly affect the company’s financing costs and as a result profitability. On the other hand, the capital providers expect a dividend which reflects ING Group’s financial results and is relatively predictable.
It is ING’s policy to pay dividends in relation to the long-term underlying development of cash earnings. Dividends can only be declared by shareholders when the Executive Board considers such dividends appropriate, taking into consideration the financial conditions then prevailing and the longer-term outlook. Given the uncertain financial environment, ING will not pay a dividend over 2009. In case a dividend is paid, the coupon on the Core Tier 1 Securities is also payable, subject to approval by DNB (the Dutch central bank).
The Executive Board decides, subject to the approval of the Supervisory Board of ING Groep N.V., which part of the annual results (after payment of dividends on Cumulative Preference shares) will be added to the reserves of ING Groep N.V. The part of the annual results that remains after this addition to the reserves and after payment of dividends on Cumulative Preference shares is at the disposal of the General Meeting, which may declare dividends there from and/or add additional amounts to the reserves of ING Groep N.V. A proposal of the Executive Board with respect thereto is submitted to the General Meeting.
Cash distributions on ING Groep N.V.’s Ordinary shares and bearer depositary receipts are generally paid in euros. However, the Executive Board may decide, with the approval of the Supervisory Board, to declare dividends in the currency of a country other than the Netherlands in which the bearer depositary receipts are trading. Amounts payable to holders of ADSs that are paid to the Depositary in a currency other than dollars will be converted to dollars and subjected to a charge by the Depositary for any expenses incurred by it in such conversion. The right to cash dividends and distributions in respect of the Ordinary shares will lapse if such dividends or distributions are not claimed within five years following the day after the date on which they were made available.
If a distribution by ING Groep N.V. consists of a dividend in Ordinary shares, such Ordinary shares will be held by the Trust, and the Trust will distribute to the holders of the outstanding bearer depositary receipts, in proportion to their holdings, additional bearer receipts issued for the Ordinary shares received by the Trust as such dividend. In the event the Trust receives any distribution with respect to Ordinary shares held by the Trust other than in the form of cash or additional shares, the Trust will adopt such method as it may deem legal, equitable and practicable to effect such distribution.
If ING Groep N.V. offers or causes to be offered to the holders of Ordinary shares the right to subscribe for additional shares, the Trust, subject to applicable law, will offer to each holder of bearer depositary receipts the right to subscribe for additional bearer depositary receipts of such shares on the same basis.
If the Trust has the option to receive such distribution either in cash or shares, the Trust will give notice of such option by advertisement and give holders of bearer depositary receipts the opportunity to choose between cash and shares until the fourth day before the day on which the Trust must have made such choice. In the absence of such choice by holders of depositary receipts, the Trust will make the choice as it sees fit in the interests of the holders of depositary receipts concerned. Holders of bearer receipts may receive an equal nominal amount in Ordinary shares.
There are no legislative or other legal provisions currently in force in the Netherlands or arising under ING Groep N.V.’s Articles of Association restricting the remittance of dividends to holders of Ordinary shares, bearer depositary receipts or ADSs not resident in the Netherlands. Insofar as the laws of the Netherlands are concerned, cash dividends paid in Euro may be transferred from the Netherlands and converted into any other currency, except that for statistical purposes such payments and transactions must be reported by ING Groep N.V. to the Dutch Central Bank (De Nederlandsche Bank N.V.) and, further, no payments, including dividend payments, may be made to jurisdictions or persons, that are subject to certain sanctions, adopted by the Government of the Netherlands, implementing resolutions of the Security Council of the United Nations, or adopted by the European Union. Dividends are subject to withholding taxes in the Netherlands as described under Item 10, “Additional Information — Taxation — Netherlands Taxation”.
Since December 31, 2009, until the filing of this report, no significant changes have occurred in the financial statements of the Group included in Item 18, “ Financial Statements” of this document.

113


Table of Contents

Item 9. The offer and listing
Bearer receipts representing Ordinary shares (nominal value EUR 0.24 per share) are traded on Euronext Amsterdam by NYSE Euronext, the principal trading market for the bearer receipts. The bearer receipts are also listed on the stock exchange of Euronext Brussels. In February 2009, ING Group voluntarily delisted from the Paris, Frankfurt and Swiss stock exchanges. ING Bank is one of the principal market makers for the bearer receipts on Euronext Amsterdam by NYSE Euronext.
Since June 13, 1997, ADSs, each representing one bearer receipt in respect of one Ordinary share, have traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ING”, and are the principal form in which the bearer receipts are traded in the United States. Prior to June 13, 1997, there was no active trading market for the ADSs. The ADSs are issued by JP Morgan Chase Bank, as Depositary, pursuant to an Amended and Restated Deposit Agreement dated March 6, 2004, among the Company, The Trust (Stichting ING Aandelen), as trustee, such Depositary and the holders of ADSs from time to time. The Trust holds all voting rights over the Ordinary shares, and pursuant to the Trust Agreement, the Trust will grant proxies to holders of the bearer receipts. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions”. Under the Amended and Restated Deposit Agreement holders of ADSs may instruct the Depositary as to the exercise of proxy voting rights associated with the ADSs. As of December 31, 2009, there were 143,990,823 ADSs outstanding, representing an equal number of bearer receipts. The ADSs were held by 873 record holders. Because certain of the ADSs were held by brokers or other nominees and the bearer receipts are held in bearer form and due to the impracticability of obtaining accurate residence information for all such shareholders, the number of holders of record or registered holders in the United States is not representative of the number of beneficial holders or of the residence of the beneficial holders. As of December 31, 2009, approximately 34% of the bearer receipts were held by Dutch investors, approximately 17% by investors in the U.K. and approximately 24% by investors in the United States and Canada (including as represented by ADSs).
The following are the high and low sales prices of the bearer receipts on the Euronext Amsterdam Stock Exchange, and the ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange, for the period 2005 — January 29, 2010:
                                                 
                    Trading                     Trading  
                    volume                     volume  
                    in millions                     in millions  
    Euronext Amsterdam     of bearer     New York     of  
    Stock Exchange (EUR)     receipts     Stock Exchange (USD)     ADS  
Calendar period   High     Low           High     Low        
2005
    29.75       20.99       2,131.7       35.40       26.94       113.2  
2006
    35.96       27.82       2,319.4       45.35       33.61       107.6  
2007
    34.69       24.38       3,266.9       47.18       36.41       177.7  
 
                                               
2008
                                               
First quarter
    26.21       20.17       1,407.6       39.24       28.57       118.0  
Second quarter
    25.81       20.25       930.2       40.67       31.54       73.6  
Third quarter
    24.19       14.35       1,275.5       34.92       19.94       100.0  
Fourth quarter
    18.00       5.21       1,291.5       25.45       6.37       144.7  
 
                                               
2009
                                               
First quarter
    8.58       2.50       1,209.1       11.73       3.02       129.3  
Second quarter
    8.40       4.51       1,190.9       11.60       5.46       110.9  
Third quarter
    12.20       6.39       1,040.2       18.04       8.81       103.8  
Fourth quarter
    12.56       5.61       2,243.1       18.89       8.26       282.5  
 
                                               
2009 and 2010
                                               
September 2009
    12.20       9.75       358.0       18.04       13.70       41.7  
October 2009
    12.56       8.54       607.4       18.89       12.34       65.9  
November 2009
    10.18       6.20       456.4       15.45       9.26       99.0  
December 2009
    7.07       5.61       1,179.2       10.24       8.26       117.5  
January 2010
    7.77       6.68       561.8       11.27       9.27       59.3  

114


Table of Contents

Item 10. Additional information
Articles of Association
ING Groep N.V. is a holding company organized under the laws of the Netherlands. Its object and purpose, as set forth in article 3 of its Articles of Association, is to participate in, manage, finance, furnish personal or real security for the obligations of and provide services to other enterprises and institutions of any kind, but in particular enterprises and institutions which are active in the field of insurance, lending, investment and/or other financial services, and to engage in any activity which may be related or conducive to the foregoing. ING Groep N.V. is registered under file number 33231073 with the Trade Register of the Chamber of Commerce and the Articles of Association are available there.
Certain Powers of Directors
The Supervisory Board determines the compensation of the members of the Executive Board within the framework of the remuneration policy adopted by the General Meeting and the compensation of members of the Supervisory Board is determined by the General Meeting. Without prejudice to their voting rights they might have if they are a shareholder of ING Groep N.V., neither members of the Executive Board nor members of the Supervisory Board will vote on compensation for themselves or any other member of their body.
During their office, members of the Supervisory Board are not allowed to borrow or to accept guarantees from ING Groep N.V. or any of its subsidiaries. Loans that already exist upon appointment as a member of the Supervisory Board however, may be continued. Subsidiaries of ING Groep N.V. however, may in the normal course of their business and on terms that are customary in the sector, provide other banking and insurance services to members of the Supervisory Board. These may include services in which the granting of credit is of a subordinate nature, e.g. credit cards and overdrafts in current accounts. Members of the Executive Board are empowered to exercise all the powers of ING Groep N.V. to borrow money, subject to regulatory restrictions (if any) and, in the case of the issuance of debt securities, to the approval of the Supervisory Board.
The Articles of Association do not contain any age limits for retirement of the members of the Executive Board and members of the Supervisory Board. The retirement age under the (Dutch) pension plan is the first day of the month that the individual reaches the age of 65. In recent years however, we have seen a practice for Executive Board members to retire at an earlier age depending on their individual circumstances.
Members of the Executive Board appointed in 2004 and later have been and will be appointed by the General Meeting for a term of four years and may be reappointed. Members of the Supervisory Board are appointed for a term of four years and may be reappointed for two terms subject to the requirement in the charter of the Supervisory Board that a member of the Supervisory Board retires from the Board in the year in which he or she turns 70 (provided that the Supervisory Board does not decide otherwise taking into account specific circumstances). Both members of the Executive Board and members of the Supervisory Board are appointed from a binding nomination by the Supervisory Board. The General Meeting may declare the nomination non-binding by a resolution passed by an absolute majority of the votes cast, which majority represents more than one-third of the issued share capital.
Members of the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board are not required to hold any shares of ING Groep N.V. to qualify as such.
Capital structure, shares
The authorised capital of ING Groep N.V. consists of ordinary shares and cumulative preference shares. Currently, only ordinary shares are issued, while a right to acquire up to 4.5 billion cumulative preference shares has been granted to Stichting Continuiteit ING (ING Continuity Foundation) pursuant to a call option issued by ING Groep N.V. The acquisition of cumulative preference shares pursuant to the call option is subject to the restriction that, immediately after the issue of cumulative preference shares, the total amount of cumulative preference shares may not exceed one-third of the total issued share capital of ING Groep N.V. The purpose of the cumulative preference shares is to protect the independence, the continuity and the identity of ING Groep N.V. against influences which are contrary to the interests of ING Groep N.V., its enterprises and the enterprises of its subsidiaries and all stakeholders (including hostile take-overs), while the ordinary shares are used solely for funding purposes. These shares, which are all registered shares, are not listed on a stock exchange.
Description of Shares
A description of the securities, and other information with respect to shareholders, annual general meetings, changes in capital and limitations on changes in control can be found in our registration statements filed with the Commission on Form F-1 on June 12, 1997 and in this Annual Report under the heading “Item 7 — Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions”.

115


Table of Contents

Material contracts
There have been no material contracts (outside the ordinary course of business, such as intercompany financing) to which ING Groep N.V. is a party in the last two years, except for the Core Tier 1 Securities transaction and the IABF which ING Groep N.V. concluded with the Dutch State, as further described in “Item 4. “Information on the Company — Corporate Governance - Transactions with the Dutch State” and as announced by ING Groep N.V. in its press releases dated October 19, 2008, January 26, 2009 and October 26, 2009 and the restructuring requirements pursuant to these transactions with the Dutch State as announced by ING Groep N.V. in its press release dated November 18, 2009.
Documents on Display
ING Groep N.V. is subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. In accordance with these requirements, ING Groep N.V. files reports and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). These materials, including this Annual Report and its exhibits, may be inspected and copied at the SEC’s public reference room located at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549 or on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for more information about the public reference room and the copy charges. You may also inspect ING Groep N.V.’s SEC reports and other information located at the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., 20 Broad Street, New York, New York 10005, or on the website of ING Groep N.V. (www.ing.com).
Exchange controls
Cash distributions, if any, payable in euros on ordinary shares, bearer depositary receipts and ADSs may be officially transferred from the Netherlands and converted into any other currency without violating Dutch law, except that for statistical purposes such payments and transactions must be reported by ING Groep N.V. to the Dutch Central Bank and, further, no payments, including dividend payments, may be made to jurisdictions or persons subject to certain sanctions, adopted by the government of the Netherlands, implementing resolutions of the Security Council of the United Nations or adopted by the European Union.
Restrictions on voting
The ADSs represent interests in bearer depositary receipts for ordinary shares in the share capital of ING Groep N.V. issued by the Trust, which holds the ordinary shares for which such bearer depositary receipts are issued. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions”. The Trust is the holder of all ordinary shares underlying the bearer depositary receipts. Only holders of shares (including the Trust) may vote at general meetings.
Holders of bearer depositary receipts are entitled to attend and speak at general meetings of the ING Groep N.V. However holders of bearer depositary receipts (including the Depositary on behalf of the holders of ADSs) as such are not entitled to vote at such meetings. However, as set out in “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions”, the Trust will grant a proxy to the effect that such holder of bearer depositary receipts may, in the name of the Trust, exercise the voting rights attached to a number of its ordinary shares that corresponds to the number of bearer depositary receipts held by him. On the basis of such a proxy the holder of bearer depositary receipts may vote according to its own discretion.
Holders of bearer depositary receipts may surrender the bearer depositary receipts in exchange for ordinary shares. The Trust charges a fee for exchanging bearer depositary receipts for ordinary shares of one eurocent (EUR 0.01) per bearer depositary receipt, with a minimum of twenty-five euro’s (EUR 25.00) per exchange transaction.
Obligations of shareholders to disclose holdings
Section 5.3 of the Dutch Financial Supervision Act (the “Major Holdings Rules”) applies to any person who, directly or indirectly, acquires or disposes of an interest in the voting rights and/or the capital of (in short) a public limited company incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands with an official listing on a stock exchange within the European Economic Area, as a result of which acquisition or disposal the percentage of voting rights or capital interest acquired or disposed of reaches, exceeds or falls below 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 75% or 95%. With respect to ING Groep N.V., the Major Holdings Rules would require any person whose interest in the voting rights and/or capital of ING Groep N.V. reached, exceeded or fell below those percentage interests, whether through ownership of bearer depositary receipts, ordinary shares, ADSs, options or warrants, to notify in writing the Dutch Authority for the Financial Markets (Autoriteit Financiële Markten) immediately after the acquisition or disposal of the triggering interest in ING Groep N.V.’s share capital.
The notification will be recorded in the register which is held by the Authority for the Financial Markets for that purpose, which register is available for public inspection.

116


Table of Contents

Noncompliance with the obligations of the Major Holdings Rules can lead to criminal prosecution or administrative-law sanctions. In addition, a civil court can issue orders against any person who fails to notify or incorrectly notifies the Authority for the Financial Markets, in accordance with the Major Holdings Rules, including suspension of the voting right in respect of such person’s ordinary shares.
Frequency, notice and agenda of general meetings
General meetings are normally held each year in April or May, to discuss the course of business in the preceding financial year on the basis of the reports prepared by the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board, and to decide on the distribution of dividends or other distributions, the appointment and/or reappointment of members of the Executive Board and Supervisory Board (if any), other items requiring shareholder approval under Dutch law, and any other matters proposed by the Supervisory Board, the Executive Board or shareholders or holders of bearer depositary receipts in accordance with the Articles of Association.
Meetings are convened by public notice. As of the date of convening a general meeting, all information relevant for shareholders and holders of bearer depositary receipts, is made available to them on ING Group’s website (www.ing.com) and at ING Group’s head office, mentioned in the notice.
This information includes the notice to the general meeting, the agenda, the verbatim text of the proposals with an explanation and instructions on how to participate in the meeting (either in person or by proxy vote), as well as the reports of the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board. More complex proposals such as amendments to the Articles of Association normally are not included in the notice but are made available separately on ING Group’s website and at ING Group’s head office.
Proposals by shareholders and holders of bearer depositary receipts
In view of the size and market value of ING Groep N.V., proposals to put items on the agenda of the general meeting can be made by shareholders and holders of bearer depositary receipts representing a joint total of 1 per mille of the issued share capital or representing together, on the basis of the stock prices on Euronext Amsterdam, a share value of at least EUR 50 million. Given the periods of notice required for proxy voting, proposals have to be submitted in writing at least 50 days before the date of the meeting. Properly submitted proposals will be included on the agenda for the general meeting, unless the Supervisory Board and the Executive Board consider there to be compelling reasons in the interest of ING Groep N.V. to exclude them from the agenda.
Record date
It is standard practice with ING Groep N.V. to set a record date for attending a general meeting and voting on the proposals in that general meeting. Shareholders and holders of bearer depositary receipts who hold shares and/or bearer depositary receipts at the record date are entitled to attend the general meeting and to exercise other rights related to the general meeting in question on the basis of their holding at the record date, notwithstanding a subsequent sale or purchase of shares or bearer depositary receipts. The record date is published in the notice to the general meeting. In accordance with US requirements the Depositary sets a record date for the ADSs, which date determines which holders of ADSs are entitled to give voting instructions. This record date can differ from the record date set by ING Groep N.V. for the shareholders and the holders of bearer depositary receipts.
Attending general meetings
For logistical reasons, attendance at a general meeting by shareholders and holders of bearer depositary receipts, either in person or by proxy, is subject to the requirement that ING Groep N.V. be notified in advance. Instructions to that effect are included in the notice to the general meeting.
Shareholders and holders of bearer depositary receipts who do not attend the general meeting, may nevertheless follow the course of affairs in the meeting by internet webcast.
Voting rights
Each ordinary share entitles the holder to cast one vote at the general meeting. The Articles of Association do not restrict the voting rights on any class of shares of ING Groep N.V. ING Groep N.V. is not aware of any contract under which voting rights on any class of its shares are restricted. By Dutch law, voting rights are proportional to the nominal value of the shares.
On the basis of the closing price of the shares on December 31, 2009, the ratio of market price to voting rights on bearer depositary receipts for ordinary shares was EUR 6.90 : 1.
Issue of shares
ING Groep N.V.’s authorized capital is the maximum amount of capital allowed to be issued under the terms of its Articles of Association. New shares in excess of this amount can only be issued if the Articles of Association

117


Table of Contents

are amended. The General Meeting is authorized to resolve to amend the Articles of Association, provided that the resolution is adopted on a proposal of the Executive Board which has been approved by the Supervisory Board. Such a resolution of the General Meeting requires a majority of at least two-thirds of the votes cast at a general meeting at which at least two-thirds of the issued share capital is represented. An amendment of the Articles of Association has to be passed by notarial deed if it is to become effective, and this in turn requires a declaration of no objection to be issued by the Minister of Justice. For reasons of flexibility, ING Group seeks to set the authorised capital in the Articles of Association at the highest level permitted by law again in the future.
Share issues have to be approved by the General Meeting, which may also delegate its authority. Each year, the General Meeting is asked to delegate authority to the Executive Board to issue new ordinary shares or to grant rights to subscribe for new ordinary shares, both with and without pre-emptive rights for existing shareholders. The powers thus delegated to the Executive Board are limited:
-   in time: powers are delegated for a period of 18 months;
 
-   by number: ordinary shares may be issued up to a maximum of 10% of the issued capital, or 20% in the event of a merger or takeover;
 
-   in terms of control: resolutions by the Executive Board to issue shares require the approval of the Supervisory Board.
Approval by the General Meeting would be required for any share issues exceeding these limits.
Shareholders’ structure
See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions” for a description of the bearer depository receipts held by ING Groep N.V. and for details of investors who have reported their interest in ING Groep N.V. pursuant to the Financial Supervision Act (or the predecessor of this legislation).
Under the terms of the Dutch Financial Supervision Act, a declaration of no objection from the Dutch Minister of Finance is to be obtained by anyone wishing to obtain or hold a participating interest of at least 10% in ING Groep N.V. and to exercise control attached to such a participating interest. Similarly, on the basis of indirect change of control statutes in the various jurisdictions where subsidiaries of ING Groep N.V. are operating, permission from or notification to local regulatory authorities may be required for the acquisition of a substantial interest in ING Groep N.V. ING Groep N.V. is not aware of investors with an interest of 10% or more in ING Groep N.V.

118


Table of Contents

TAXATION
The following is a summary of certain Netherlands tax consequences, and the United States federal income tax consequences, of the ownership of our bearer receipts or American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”) by U.S. Shareholders (as defined below) who hold bearer receipts or ADSs as capital assets. For purposes of this summary a “U.S. Shareholder” is a beneficial owner of bearer receipts or ADSs that is:
  an individual citizen or resident of the United States,
 
  a corporation organized under the laws of the United States or of any state of the United States,
 
  an estate, the income of which is subject to United States federal income tax without regard to its source, or
 
  a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust.
This summary is based on the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, its legislative history, existing and proposed regulations, published rulings and court decisions, the laws of the Netherlands, and the income tax treaty between the Netherlands and the United States (the “Treaty”), all as of the date hereof. These laws are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. The information provided below is neither intended as tax advice nor purports to describe all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to investors and prospective investors. It should not be read as extending to matters not specifically discussed, and investors should consult their own advisors as to the tax consequences of their ownership and disposal of bearer receipts or ADSs. In particular, the summary does not take into account the specific circumstances of particular investors (such as tax-exempt organizations, banks, insurance companies, dealers in securities, traders in securities that elect to mark-to-market their securities holdings, investors liable for alternative minimum tax, investors whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, investors that actually or constructively own 10% or more of the voting stock of ING Groep N.V., investors that hold bearer receipts or ADSs as part of a straddle or a hedging or conversion transaction, or investors that own bearer receipts or ADSs through a partnership), some of which may be subject to special rules.
Moreover, if the holder of bearer receipts or ADSs:
1. holds a substantial interest in ING Groep N.V.; or
2. in case such holder is an individual, receives income or capital gains derived from the bearer receipts and ADSs and this income received or capital gains derived are attributable to the past, present or future employment activities of such holder, the Dutch tax position is not discussed in this summary. Generally speaking, for Dutch tax purposes, an interest in the share capital of ING Groep N.V., should not be considered a substantial interest if the holder of such interest, and, in case of an individual, his or her spouse, registered partner, certain other relatives or certain persons sharing the holder’s household, alone or together, does or do not hold, either directly or indirectly, the ownership of, or certain rights over, shares or rights resembling shares representing 5% or more of the total issued and outstanding capital, or the issued and outstanding capital of any class of shares, of ING Groep N.V.
The summary is based in part upon the representations of the Depositary and the assumption that each obligation in the Deposit Agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms. In general, for United States federal income tax and Netherlands tax purposes, holders of bearer receipts or ADSs will be treated as the owners of the Ordinary shares underlying the bearer receipts or ADSs, and exchanges of Ordinary shares for bearer receipts and then for ADSs, and exchanges of ADSs for bearer receipts and then for Ordinary shares, will not be subject to United States federal income tax or Netherlands income tax.
It is assumed, for purposes of this summary, that a U.S. Shareholder is eligible for the benefits of the Treaty and that a U.S. Shareholder’s eligibility is not limited by the limitation on benefits provisions of the Treaty.
NETHERLANDS TAXATION
Withholding tax on dividends
The Netherlands imposes a withholding tax on a distribution of a dividend at the rate of 15%. Stock dividends paid out of ING Groep N.V.’s paid-in share premium recognized for Netherlands tax purposes as such are not subject to the above withholding tax.

119


Table of Contents

The Treaty provides for a complete exemption from withholding for dividends received by exempt pension trusts and other exempt organizations, as defined in the Treaty. Qualifying exempt pension trusts may claim the benefits of a reduced withholding tax rate pursuant to article 35 of the Treaty. Qualifying exempt pension trusts normally remain subject to withholding at the rate of 15% and are required to file for a refund of the tax withheld. Only if certain conditions are fulfilled, such pension trusts may be eligible for relief at source upon payment of the dividend. Qualifying exempt organizations (other than qualifying exempt pension trusts) are subject to withholding at the rate of 15% and can only file for a refund of the tax withheld.
On August 29, 2002 dividend-stripping rules were introduced in Netherlands tax law. These rules have retroactive effect as of April 27, 2001. The rules provide that in the case of dividend-stripping, the 15% dividend withholding tax cannot be reduced or refunded. Dividend-stripping is deemed to be present if the recipient of a dividend is, different from what has been assumed above, not the beneficial owner thereof and is entitled to a larger credit, reduction or refund of dividend withholding tax than the beneficial owner of the dividends. Under these rules, a recipient of dividends will not be considered the beneficial owner thereof if as a consequence of a combination of transactions a person other than the recipient wholly or partly benefits form the dividends, whereby such person retains, whether directly or indirectly, an interest in the share on which the dividends were paid.
Currently ING Groep N.V. may, with respect to certain dividends received from qualifying non-Netherlands subsidiaries, credit taxes withheld from those dividends against the Netherlands withholding tax imposed on certain qualifying dividends that are redistributed by ING Groep N.V., up to a maximum of the lesser of
  3% of the amount of qualifying dividends redistributed by ING Groep N.V. and
 
  3% of the gross amount of certain qualifying dividends received by ING Groep N.V.
The reduction is applied to the Dutch dividend withholding tax that ING Groep N.V. must pay to the Dutch tax authorities and not to the Dutch dividend withholding tax that ING Groep N.V. must withhold.
Both the European Free Trade Association Court of Justice as well as the European Court of Justice (ECJ) issued judgments concerning outbound dividend payments to foreign shareholders. According to both courts, it could be in breach with the European freedom of capital and the freedom of establishment to treat outbound dividend payments less favorably than dividend payments to domestic shareholders. As of January 1, 2007, in general, dividend payments to certain qualifying EU resident corporate shareholders are treated the same as dividend payments to certain qualifying Dutch resident corporate shareholders. Dividend payments to corporate shareholders residing outside the EU are treated still less favorably as opposed to dividend payments to certain qualifying Dutch resident corporate shareholders. Furthermore, subject to certain conditions, a legal entity resident in the Netherlands that is not subject to Dutch corporate income tax is entitled to a refund of the Dutch dividend withholding tax withheld. In addition, subject to certain conditions as well, an entity resident in a member state of the European Union or certain member states of the European Economic Area, that is not subject to a result based tax in that member state, and, should that entity be a resident in the Netherlands, would not be subject to Dutch corporate income tax, is also entitled to a refund of the Dutch dividend withholding tax withheld. Such entities that are not a resident of the Netherlands, the European Union or certain European Economic Area countries, are not entitled to a refund of Dutch dividend withholding tax. The above stated court cases may have significant implications for certain non-EU resident shareholders that receive dividends that are subject to Netherlands dividend withholding tax (i.e. the aforementioned different treatment may be a breach of the European freedom of capital).
Although the freedom of capital generally also applies to capital movements to and from third countries, such as the United States, it cannot be ruled out that the freedom of capital movements to and from third countries must be interpreted more stringent as opposed to the freedom of capital movements to EU member states. Furthermore, the freedom of capital movements to and from third countries is generally subject to grandfathering (stand-still) provisions in the EC-Treaty (i.e. the restriction of the freedom of capital movements is allowed if these stand-still provisions apply). However, based on case law of the ECJ it may be held that these stand-still provisions do not apply in the specific case of claiming a refund of the Netherlands dividend withholding tax by a shareholder who did not acquire the shares in ING Groep N.V. with a view to establishing or maintaining lasting and direct economic links between the shareholder and ING Groep N.V. which allow the shareholder to participate effectively in the management of the company or in its control.
Especially the following non-EU resident shareholders may be affected and may as a result be entitled to a (partial) refund of Netherlands dividend withholding tax.
-   Legal entities that could have invoked the participation exemption with respect to the dividends received in case they would have been a resident of the Netherlands for tax purposes. In general, the participation

120


Table of Contents

    exemption applies in case of shareholdings of 5% or more. In case of legal entities resident in the Netherlands, in effect no Dutch dividend withholding tax is due with respect to dividends on shareholdings that apply for the participation exemption.
-   Individuals if the shares do not belong to the assets of a business enterprise or do not belong to a substantial interest. In case such a natural person would have been a resident of the Netherlands, the dividend as such would not be subject to individual income tax. In stead, the individual would be taxed on a deemed income, calculated at 4% of his net equity, whereas the dividend tax withheld would have been credited in full against the individual income tax due.
 
-   Legal entities that, if they had been based in the Netherlands, would not have been subject to corporate income tax (such as a pension fund), or would have qualified as an investment institution for the purposes of this tax, and that would, because of this, be eligible for a refund of dividend withholding tax withheld at their expense.
Taxes on income and capital gains
A U.S. Shareholder will not be subject to Netherlands income tax or corporation tax, other than the withholding tax described above, or capital gains tax, provided that:
§   such shareholder is not a resident or deemed resident and, in the case of an individual, has not elected to be treated as a resident of the Netherlands;
 
§   such shareholder does not have an enterprise or an interest in an enterprise, which in its entirety or in part carries on business in the Netherlands through a permanent establishment or a permanent representative or deemed permanent establishment to which or to whom the bearer receipts or ADSs are attributable; and
 
§   such shareholder is an individual, and income from a bearer receipt or ADS is not attributable to certain activities in the Netherlands performed by such shareholder other than business activities (for example, by the use of that individual’s special knowledge or activities performed by that individual with respect to the bearer receipts or ADSs as a result of which such individual can make a return on the bearer receipt or ADS that is in excess of the return on normal passive portfolio management).
Gift, estate or inheritance tax
No Netherlands gift, estate or inheritance tax will be imposed on the acquisition of bearer receipts or ADSs by gift or inheritance from a holder of bearer receipts or ADSs who is neither resident nor deemed resident in the Netherlands, provided that the ADSs or bearer receipts are not attributable to an enterprise which in its entirety or in part is carried on through a permanent establishment or a permanent representative in the Netherlands. Furthermore, Dutch gift and inheritance tax is due if the holder of bearer receipts or ADSs dies within 180 days of making the gift, and at the time of death is a resident or deemed resident of the Netherlands. A non-resident Netherlands citizen, however, is still treated as a resident of the Netherlands for gift and inheritance tax purposes for ten years after leaving the Netherlands. An individual with a non-Dutch nationality is deemed to be a resident of the Netherlands for the purposes of Dutch gift tax if he or she has been resident in the Netherlands at any time during the 12 months preceding the date of the gift.
UNITED STATES TAXATION
Taxes on dividends
Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, for United States federal income tax purposes, a U.S. Shareholder will be required to include in gross income the full amount of a cash dividend (including any Netherlands withholding tax withheld) as ordinary income when the dividend is actually or constructively received by the Trust in the case of bearer receipts or by the Depositary in the case of ADSs. For this purpose, a “dividend” will include any distribution paid by ING Groep N.V. with respect to the bearer receipts or ADSs, but only to the extent such distribution is not in excess of ING Groep N.V.’s current and accumulated earnings and profits as determined for United States federal income tax purposes. Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for United States federal income tax purposes, will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of a U.S. Shareholder’s basis in the bearer receipts or ADSs and thereafter as capital gain. Because ING Groep N.V. does not keep account of its earnings and profits, as determined for United States federal income tax purposes, any distribution should generally be treated as a dividend for US federal income tax purposes.
For foreign tax credit purposes, dividends will generally be income from sources outside the United States and will, depending on the circumstances of the U.S. Shareholder, be either “passive” or “general” income for purposes of computing the foreign tax credit allowable to the shareholder. A dividend will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction generally allowed to U.S. corporations in respect of dividends received from other

121


Table of Contents

United States corporations. Dividends paid to a non-corporate U.S. Shareholder in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011 that are qualified dividend income will be taxable to the shareholder at a maximum tax rate of 15% provided that the shareholder holds the bearer receipts or ADSs for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date and meet other holding period requirements. Dividends paid by ING Groep N.V. with respect to the bearer receipts or ADSs generally will be qualified dividend income.
Subject to certain limitations, a U.S. Shareholder may generally deduct from income, or credit against its United States federal income tax liability, the amount of any Netherlands withholding taxes under the Treaty. The Netherlands withholding tax will likely not be creditable against the U.S. Shareholder’s United States tax liability, however, to the extent that ING Groep N.V. is allowed to reduce the amount of dividend withholding tax paid over to the Netherlands Tax Administration by crediting withholding tax imposed on certain dividends paid to ING Groep N.V. In addition, special rules apply in determining the foreign tax credit limitation with respect to dividends that are subject to the maximum 15% tax rate.
Since payments of dividends with respect to bearer receipts and ADSs will be made in euros, a U.S. Shareholder will generally be required to determine the amount of dividend income by translating the euro into United States dollars at the “spot rate” on the date the dividend distribution is includable in the income of the U.S. Shareholder. Generally, any gain or loss resulting from currency exchange fluctuations during the period from the date the dividend distribution is includable in the income of the U.S. Shareholder to the date such payment is converted into U.S. dollars will be treated as ordinary income or loss and will not be eligible for the special tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income. Such gain or loss will generally be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.
Taxes on capital gains
Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, gain or loss on a sale or exchange of bearer receipts or ADSs by a U.S. Shareholder will generally be a capital gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes. If such U.S. Shareholder has held the bearer receipts or ADSs for more than one year, such gain or loss will generally be long term capital gain or loss. Long term capital gain of a non-corporate U.S. Shareholder that is recognized in a taxable year beginning before January 1, 2011 will generally be subject to a maximum tax rate of 15%. In general, gain or loss from a sale or exchange of bearer receipts or ADSs by a U.S. Shareholder will be treated as United States source income or loss for United States foreign tax credit limitation purposes.
Passive foreign investment company
ING Groep N.V. believes it is not a passive foreign investment company (a “PFIC”) for United States federal income tax purposes. This is a factual determination that must be made annually and thus may change.
If ING Groep N.V. were to be treated as a PFIC, unless a U.S. Shareholder made an effective election to be taxed annually on a mark-to-market basis with respect to the bearer receipts or ADSs, any gain from the sale or disposition of bearer receipts or ADSs by a U.S. Shareholder would be allocated ratably to each year in the holder’s holding period and would be treated as ordinary income. Tax would be imposed on the amount allocated to each year prior to the year of disposition at the highest rate in effect for that year, and interest would be charged at the rate applicable to underpayments on the tax payable in respect of the amount so allocated. The same rules would apply to “excess distributions”, defined generally as distributions in a single taxable year exceeding 125% of the average annual distribution made by ING Groep N.V. over the shorter of the holder’s holding period or the three preceding years. Dividends received by a U.S. Shareholder will not be eligible for the special tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income if ING Groep N.V. were to be treated as a PFIC with respect to the shareholder either in the taxable year of the distribution or the preceding taxable year, but instead will be taxable at rates applicable to ordinary income.
A U.S. Shareholder who owns bearer receipts or ADSs during any year that ING Groep N.V. is a PFIC would be required to file Internal Revenue Service Form 8621.
Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure of Market Risk
See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects – Factors Affecting Results of Operations” and “Risk Management” of Note 2.1 to the consolidated financial statements for these disclosures, including disclosures relating to operational, compliance and other non market-related risks.

122


Table of Contents

Item 12. Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities
Fees and Charges Payable by a Holder of ADSs
JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as ADR depositary, collects fees for delivery and surrender of ADSs directly from investors, or from intermediaries acting for them, depositing ordinary shares or surrendering ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal . The ADR depositary collects fees for making distributions to investors by deducting those fees from the amounts distributed or by selling a portion of the distributable property to pay the fees.
The charges of the ADR depositary payable by investors are as follows:
         
Type of Service   ADR Depositary Actions   Fee
ADR depositary or substituting the
underlying shares
  Issuance of ADSs against the deposit of ordinary shares, including deposits and issuances in respect of:
    Share distributions, stock splits, rights, merger
    Exchange of securities or other transactions or event or other distribution affecting the ADSs or deposited securities
  $5.00 or less per 100 ADSs (or portion thereof) evidenced by the new ADSs delivered
 
       
Receiving or distributing cash
dividends
  Distribution of cash dividends   No fee
 
       
Selling or exercising rights
  Distribution or sale of securities, the fee being in an amount equal to the fee for the execution and delivery of ADSs which would have been charged as a result of the deposit of such securities   $5.00 or less per each 100 ADSs (or portion thereof)
 
       
Withdrawing an underlying ordinary share
  Acceptance of ADSs surrendered for withdrawal of deposited ordinary shares   $5.00 or less for each 100 ADSs (or portion thereof) evidenced by the ADSs surrendered
 
       
General depositary services,
particularly those charged on an annual basis
  Other services performed by
the ADS depositary in
administering the ADS program
  No fee
 
       
Expenses of the ADR depositary
  Expenses incurred on behalf of Holders in connection with:
    Taxes and other governmental charges
    Cable, telex and facsimile transmission/delivery
    Transfer or registration fees, if applicable, for the registration of transfers or underlying ordinary shares
    Expenses of the Depositary in connection with the conversion of foreign currency into US dollars (which are paid out of such foreign currency)
    Any other charge payable by ADR depositary or its agents
  Expenses payable at the sole discretion of the ADR depositary by billing Holders or by deducting charges from one or more cash dividends or other cash distributions
Fees and Payments made by the ADR depositary to ING
The ADR depositary has agreed to reimburse certain ING expenses related to ING’s ADR program and incurred by ING in connection with the program. In the year ended December 31, 2009, the ADR depositary reimbursed to ING, or paid amounts on its behalf to third parties, a total sum of $3,658,664.00

123


Table of Contents

The table below sets forth the types of expenses that the ADR depositary has agreed to reimburse and the amounts reimbursed in the year ended December 31, 2009:
         
    Amount Reimbursed for the year ended  
Category of expense reimbursed to ING   December 31, 2009  
Investor relations, including upfront contribution
  $ 3,658,664.00  
 
 
     
Total
  $ 3,658,664.00  
 
     
The ADR depositary has paid certain expenses directly to third parties on behalf of ING.
The table below sets forth those expenses that the ADR depositary paid directly to third parties in the year ended December 31, 2009.
         
    Amount paid in the year ended  
Category of expense paid directly to third parties   December 31, 2009  
Third-party expenses paid directly
  $ 0  
Fees waived
  $ 350,000  
 
       
Total
  $ 350,000  
Under certain circumstances, including removal of the ADR depositary or termination of the ADR program by ING, ING is required to repay the ADR depositary certain amounts reimbursed and/or expenses paid to or on behalf of ING.

124


Table of Contents

PART II.
Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies
None.
Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds
None.
Item 15. Controls and Procedures
On February 4, 2010 an evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures. Based on that evaluation, the Company’s management, including the CEO and CFO, concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report. There have been no significant changes in the Company’s internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls over financial reporting subsequent to February 4, 2010.
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. ING’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of our principal executive and principal financial officers to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:
-   pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of ING;
 
-   provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and
 
-   provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of 31 December 2009. In making this assessment, Management performed tests based on the criteria of the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control - Integrated Framework. Based on Management’s assessment and those criteria, Management concluded that the company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective as of December 31, 2009.
Our independent registered public accounting firm has audited and issued their report on ING’s internal control over financial reporting.

125


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Shareholders, the Supervisory Board and Executive Board of ING Groep N.V.
We have audited ING Groep N.V.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). ING Groep N.V.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, ING Groep N.V. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on the COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of ING Groep N.V. as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated profit and loss accounts, consolidated statements of comprehensive income, consolidated statements of cash flows and consolidated statements of changes in equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 and our report dated March 15, 2010 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Amsterdam, the Netherlands
March 15, 2010
Ernst & Young Accountants LLP

126


Table of Contents

Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert
ING Group’s Supervisory Board has determined that ING Group has at least three audit committee financial experts serving on its Audit Committee: Piet Hoogendoorn, Godfried van der Lugt and Jackson Tai. Piet Hoogendoorn has gathered his expertise in the auditing profession, whereas Godfried van der Lugt and Jackson Tai have gathered their experience by serving as executive officers and on the boards of international conglomerates: Piet Hoogendoorn serving as chairman of the Board of Directors of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu, Godfried van der Lugt serving as CEO of ING Group and Jackson Tai serving as CEO of DSB Bank (Development Bank of Singapore) and managing director in the Investment Banking Division of JP Morgan. These three audit committee financial experts are independent in accordance with the relevant Sarbanes-Oxley regulations, however Mr. Hoogendoorn does not meet the independence criteria for Supervisory Board members as set out in the Dutch Corporate Governance Code.
Item 16B. Code of Ethics
ING Group has adopted a code of ethics, called the ING’s Business Principles, which apply to all our employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. These Business Principles have undergone minor changes to adapt them to the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 as a code of ethics for certain officers. The Business Principles are posted on ING Group’s website at www.ing.com, under the heading “Corporate Responsibility” followed by “Principles and Policies”. During the most recently completed fiscal year no waivers, explicit or implicit, from these Business Principles have been granted to any of the officers described above.
Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services (Ernst & Young )
As at December 31, 2009, Ernst & Young Accountants (Ernst & Young) was the appointed auditor of ING. Ernst & Young was responsible for auditing the financial statements of ING Group, ING Verzekeringen N.V. and ING Bank N.V.
At the General Meeting on April 22, 2008, Ernst & Young was appointed external auditor to audit the financial statements of ING Group for the financial years 2008 to 2011 inclusive, to report on the outcome of these audits to the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board and to provide an audit opinion on the financial statements of ING Group. Furthermore, Ernst & Young also audited and reported on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009.
The external auditor attended the meetings of the Audit Committee and the 2009 annual General Meeting.
After a maximum period of five years of performing the financial audit of ING Group or ING Verzekeringen N.V. or ING Bank N.V., the lead audit partners of the external audit firm and the audit partners responsible for reviewing the audits, have to be replaced by other partners of the external audit firm. The Audit Committee provides recommendations to the Supervisory Board regarding these replacements, based on, among other things, on an annual evaluation of the provided services. In line with this requirement, the lead audit partner of Ernst & Young was succeeded after the year-end audit 2006. The rotation of other partners involved with the audit of the financial statements of ING is subject to applicable independence legislation.
The external auditor may be questioned at the annual General Meeting in relation to their audit opinion on the annual accounts. The external auditor will therefore attend and be entitled to address this meeting.
The external auditor may only provide audit and non audit services to ING Group and its subsidiaries with the permission of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee generally pre-approves certain types of audit, audit-related, tax and non-audit services to be provided by the external auditor on an annual basis. Services that have not been generally pre-approved by the Audit Committee should not be provided by the external auditor unless they are specifically pre-approved by the Audit Committee at the recommendation of local management.
The Audit Committee also sets the maximum annual amount that may be spent for pre-approved services. Throughout the year the external auditor and ING monitor the amounts paid versus the pre-approved amounts. The external auditor provides the Audit Committee with a full overview of all services provided to ING, including

127


Table of Contents

related fees, supported by sufficiently detailed information. This overview is periodically evaluated by the Audit Committee during the year.
Audit fees
Audit fees were paid for professional services rendered by the auditors for the audit of the consolidated financial statements of ING Group and statutory financial statements of ING’s subsidiaries or services provided in connection with the audit of Form 20-F and other filings for regulatory and supervisory purposes as well as the review on interim financial statements.
Audit-related fees
Audit-related fees were paid for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of the consolidated financial statements and are not reported under the audit fee item above. These services consisted primarily of IT audits, work performed relating to comfort letters issued in connection with prospectuses, reviews of SEC product filings and advice on accounting.
Tax fees
Tax fees were paid for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning professional services. These services consisted of: tax compliance including the review of original and amended tax returns, assistance with questions regarding tax audits, the preparation of employee tax returns under the ING’s expatriate tax services program and tax planning and advisory services relating to common forms of domestic and international taxation (i.e., income tax, capital tax and value added tax).
All other fees
Fees disclosed in Note 47 of Note 2.1 to the consolidated financial statements under “all other fees” were paid for products and services other than the audit fees, audit-related fees and tax fees described above, and consisted primarily of non-recurring support and advisory services.
More details on ING’s policy regarding external auditor’s independence are available on the website of ING Group (www. ing.com).
Reference is made to Note 47 of Note 2.1 to the consolidated financial statements for audit, audit-related, tax and all other fees paid to the external auditors in 2008 and 2009.

128


Table of Contents

Item 16E. Purchases of Registered Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
                                         
                                    Maximum
                            Purchased as part of   number of Shares
            Number   Average   Publicly Announced   that may be
            x 1000   price in Euros   Plans or Programs1)   purchased
Purchases
                                       
January
    1/1/09 – 1/31/09                                  
February
    2/1/09 – 2/28/09                                  
March
    3/1/09 – 31/3/09       7,839       4.31                  
April
    4/1/09 – 30/4/09                                  
May
    5/1/09 – 5/31/09       272       6.58                  
June
    6/1/09 – 6/30/09       153       6.30                  
July
    7/1/09 – 7/31/09       3       6.35                  
August
    8/1/09 – 8/31/09       50       6.30                  
September
    9/1/09 – 9/30/09       10       10.71                  
October
    10/1/09 – 10/31/09       252       6.30                  
November
    11/1/09 – 11/30/09       901       6.32                  
December
    12/1/09 – 12/31/09       11,189       6.53                  
 
                                       
 
                                       
Total 2)
            20,669       5.68                  
 
                                       
 
                                       
January
    1/1/08 – 1/31/08       31,151       23.51       31,053          
February
    2/1/08 – 2/28/08       11,995       21.29       11,960          
March
    3/1/08 – 31/3/08       22,389       21.57       21,170          
April
    4/1/08 – 30/4/08       17,943       24.60       17,678          
May
    5/1/08 – 5/31/08       10,918       24.99       10,576          
June
    6/1/08 – 6/30/08       3,173       22.52                  
July
    7/1/08 – 7/31/08       25       19.71                  
August
    8/1/08 – 8/31/08       65       21.62                  
September
    9/1/08 – 9/30/08       3,026       15.13                  
October
    10/1/08 – 10/31/08       4,764       15.83                  
November
    11/1/08 – 11/30/08                                  
December
    12/1/08 – 12/31/08                                  
 
                                       
Total 2)
            105,449       22.56       92,437          
 
                                       
 
(1)   In May 2007, ING announced a plan to adopt a share buyback program approved for a total of EUR five (5) billion over a period of approximately12 months starting from June 2007. The share buyback program was completed in May 2008.
 
(2   This table excludes market-making and related hedging purchases by ING Group. The table also (i) excludes ING Group shares purchased by investments funds managed by ING Group for clients in accordance with specified investment strategies that are established by each individual fund manager acting independently of ING Group, and (ii) includes share purchases under ING Group’s delta hedging activities in respect of its employee option plans.
Item 16G. Corporate Governance
In conformity with regulation from the US Securities and Exchange Commission, ING Groep N.V. as a foreign private issuer, whose securities are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (‘NYSE’) must disclose in this Annual Report on Form 20-F any significant differences between its corporate governance practices and those applicable to US domestic companies under the NYSE listing standards.
ING Groep N.V. believes the following to be the significant differences between its corporate governance practices and NYSE corporate governance rules applicable to US companies:
  ING Groep N.V. has a two-tier board structure, in contrast to the one-tier board structure used by most US companies. In the Netherlands, a public limited liability company (naamloze vennootschap) has an Executive Board as its management body and a Supervisory Board which advises and supervises the Executive Board. In general, members of the Executive Board are employees of the company while members of the Supervisory Board are often former state or business leaders and sometimes former members of the Executive Board. Members of the Executive Board and other officers and employees cannot simultaneously be a member of the

129


Table of Contents

    Supervisory Board. The Supervisory Board must approve specified decisions of the Executive Board. Under the Corporate Governance Code, all members of the Supervisory Board with the exception of not more than one person, must be independent. The present members of ING Groep N.V.’s Supervisory Board with the exception of one member, are independent within the meaning of the Corporate Governance Code. The definitions of independence under the Corporate Governance Code, however, differ in their details from the definitions of independence under the NYSE listing standards. In some cases the Dutch requirements are stricter and in other cases the NYSE listing standards are the stricter of the two. The Audit Committee, Risk Committee, Remuneration Committee, Nomination Committee and Corporate Governance Committee of ING Groep N.V. are comprised of members of the Supervisory Board.
 
  In contrast to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Corporate Governance Code contains an ‘apply-or-explain’ principle, offering the possibility to deviate from the Corporate Governance Code as long as any such deviations are explained. To the extent that such deviations are approved by the general meeting, the company is deemed to be in full compliance with the Corporate Governance Code.
 
  Dutch law requires that the company’s external auditors be appointed at the general meeting and not by the Audit Committee.
 
  The articles of association of ING Groep N.V. provide that there are no quorum requirements to hold a general meeting, although certain shareholder actions and certain resolutions may require a quorum.
 
  The shareholder approval requirements for equity compensation plans under Dutch law and the Corporate Governance Code differ from those applicable to US companies which are subject to the NYSE’s listing rules. Under Dutch company law and the Corporate Governance Code, shareholder approval is only required for equity compensation plans (or changes thereto) for members of the Executive Board and Supervisory Board, and not for equity compensation plans for other groups of employees.
PART III.
Item 18. Financial Statements
See pages F-1 to F-198 and the Schedules on F-209 to F-212
Item 19. Exhibits
The following exhibits are filed as part of this Annual Report:
     
Exhibit 1.1
  Amended and Restated Articles of Association of ING Groep N.V., dated October 8, 2008
 
   
Exhibit 1.2
  Amended and Restated Trust Agreement (English Translation), dated October 8, 2008
 
   
Exhibit 2.1
  Subordinated Indenture, dated July 18, 2002, between the Company and The Bank of New York, (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of ING Groep N.V.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2002, File No. 1-14642 filed on March 27, 2003)
 
   
Exhibit 2.2
  First Supplemental Indenture, dated July 18, 2002, between the Company and The Bank of New York (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 of ING Groep N.V.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2003, File No. 1-14642 filed on March 30, 2004)
 
   
Exhibit 2.3
  Second Supplemental Indenture, dated December 12, 2002, between the Company and The Bank of New York (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.3 of ING Groep N.V.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2003, File No. 1-14642 filed on March 30, 2004)
 
   
Exhibit 2.4
  Third Supplemental Indenture, dated October 28, 2003, between the Company and The Bank of New York (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.4 of ING Groep N.V.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2003, File No. 1-14642 filed on March 30, 2004)
 
   
Exhibit 2.5
  Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated September 26, 2005, between the Company and The Bank of New York (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of ING Groep N.V.’s Report on Form 6-k filed on September 23, 2005)
 
   
Exhibit 2.6
  Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated December 8, 2005, between the Company and The Bank of New York (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of ING Groep N.V.’s Report on Form 6-k filed on December 7, 2005)

130


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit 2.7
  Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated June 13, 2007, between the Company and The Bank of New York (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of ING Groep N.V.’s Report on Form 6-K filed on June 12, 2007)
 
   
Exhibit 2.8
  Seventh Supplemental Indenture, dated October 4, 2007, between the Company and The Bank of New York (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of ING Groep N.V.’s Report on Form 6-K filed on October 3, 2007)
 
   
Exhibit 2.9
  Eight Supplemental Indenture, dated June 17, 2008, between the Company and The Bank of New York (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of ING Groep N.V.’s Report on Form 6-K filed on June 17, 2008)
 
   
Exhibit 2.10
  Terms and Conditions of the Core Tier 1 Securities Ranking Pari Passu with Ordinary Shares (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.10 of ING Groep N.V.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2008, File No. 1-14642 filed on March 19, 2009)
 
   
Exhibit 2.11
  Term Sheet regarding Core Tier 1 Securities Ranking Pari Passu with Ordinary Shares (incorporated by reference to ING Groep N.V.’s Report on Form 6-K filed on February 4, 2009)
 
   
Exhibit 7
  Statement regarding Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
 
   
Exhibit 8
  List of Subsidiaries of ING Groep N.V.
 
   
Exhibit 12.1
  Certification of the Registrant’s Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes- Oxley Act of 2002
 
   
Exhibit 12.2
  Certification of the Registrant’s Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes- Oxley Act of 2002
 
   
Exhibit 13.1
  Certification of the Registrant’s Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
   
Exhibit 13.2
  Certification of the Registrant’s Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
   
Exhibit 15.1
  Consent of Ernst & Young Accountants
 
   
Exhibit 15.2
  Consent of KPMG Accountants
 
   
Exhibit 15.3
  Consent of Ernst & Young Reviseurs d’Entrerprises SCCRL

131


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf
             
    ING Groep N.V.
(Registrant)
   
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ P. Flynn
 
P. Flynn
   
 
      Chief Financial Officer    
Date: March 15, 2010

132


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
SELECTED STATISTICAL INFORMATION ON BANKING OPERATIONS
The information in this section sets forth selected statistical information regarding the Group’s banking operations. Information for 2009, 2008 and 2007 is set forth under IFRS-IASB. Unless otherwise indicated, average balances, when used, are calculated from monthly data and the distinction between domestic and foreign is based on the location of the office where the assets and liabilities are booked, as opposed to the domicile of the customer. However, the Company believes that the presentation of these amounts based upon the domicile of the customer would not result in material differences in the amounts presented below.
                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2009   2008   2007
Return on equity of the banking operations
    (1.0 )%     1.8 %     16.7 %
Return on equity of ING Group
    (2.1 )%     (2.1 )%     24.2 %
Dividend pay-out ratio of ING Group
    n.a.       n.a.       34.3 %
Return on assets of ING Group
    (0.1 )%     (0.1 )%     0.7 %
Equity to assets of ING Group
    3.1 %     1.3 %     2.8 %
Net interest margin of the banking operations
    1.3 %     1.1 %     0.9 %
AVERAGE BALANCES AND INTEREST RATES
The following tables show the banking operations, average interest-earning assets and average interest-bearing liabilities, together with average rates, for the periods indicated. The interest income, interest expense and average yield figures do not reflect interest income and expense on derivatives and other interest income and expense not considered to be directly related to interest-bearing assets and liabilities. These items are reflected in the corresponding interest income, interest expense and net interest result figures in the consolidated financial statements. A reconciliation of the interest income, interest expense and net interest result figures to the corresponding line items in the consolidated financial statements is provided hereunder.

133


Table of Contents

ASSETS
                                                                         
                            Interest-earning assets    
    2009   2008   2007
    Average   Interest   Average   Average   Interest   Average   Average   Interest   Average
    balance   income   yield   balance   income   yield   balance   income   yield
    (EUR millions)   %   (EUR millions)   %   (EUR millions)   %
Time deposits with banks
                                                                       
domestic
    12,306       200       1.6       22,685       895       3.9       25,730       960       3.7  
foreign
    23,429       420       1.8       40,557       1,764       4.3       61,531       2,381       3.9  
Loans and advances
                                                                       
domestic
    264,472       10,120       3.8       308,796       12,926       4.2       270,588       11,290       4.2  
foreign
    362,637       14,364       4.0       339,812       17,577       5.2       296,055       17,044       5.8  
Interest-earning securities(1)
                                                                       
domestic
    29,790       1,082       3.6       30,398       1,234       4.1       34,993       1,295       3.7  
foreign
    106,673       4,807       4.5       158,844       8,747       5.5       173,248       8,660       5.0  
Other interest-earning assets
                                                                       
domestic
    11,014       168       1.5       13,713       547       4.0       8,208       514       6.3  
foreign
    22,572       222       1.0       14,844       540       3.6       11,520       517       4.5  
 
                                                                       
Total
    832,893       31,383       3.8       929,649       44,230       4.8       881,873       42,661       4.8  
Non-interest earning assets
    60,073                       73,994                       57,980                  
 
                                                                       
Derivatives assets
    66,750                       49,042                       33,025                  
 
                                                                       
 
                                                                       
Total assets(1)
    959,716                       1,052,685                       972,878                  
 
                                                                       
 
                                                                       
Percentage of assets applicable to foreign operations
            61.8 %                     59.7 %                     61.1 %        
Interest income on derivatives
            48,828                       53,037                       33,622          
other
            935                       933                       576          
 
                                                                       
Total interest income
            81,146                       98,200                       76,858          
 
                                                                       
 
(1)   Substantially all interest-earning securities held by the banking operations of the Company are taxable securities.

134


Table of Contents

LIABILITIES
                                                                         
                            Interest-bearing liabilities    
    2009   2008   2007
    Average   Interest   Average   Average   Interest   Average   Average   Interest   Average
    balance   expense   yield   balance   expense   yield   balance   expense   yield
    (EUR millions)   %   (EUR millions)   %   (EUR millions)   %
Time deposits from banks
                                                                       
domestic
    32,892       596       1.8       49,198       2,020       4.1       40,487       1,801       4.4  
foreign
    27,716       634       2.3       43,046       2,176       5.1       37,583       1,991       5.3  
Demand deposits(5)
                                                                       
domestic
    64,220       117       0.2       115,827       1,574       1.4       106,597       1,682       1.6  
foreign
    50,236       599       1.2       46,832       766       1.6       40,173       1,060       2.6  
Time deposits(5)
                                                                       
domestic
    32,101       619       1.9       35,048       1,449       4.1       28,535       1,388       4.9  
foreign
    26,848       694       2.6       33,303       1,671       5.0       35,281       1,338       3.8  
Savings deposits(5)
                                                                       
domestic
    64,817       1,835       2.8       57,537       1,630       2.8       63,109       1,475       2.3  
foreign
    243,080       6,047       2.5       229,149       9,070       3.9       228,030       8,603       3.8  
Short term debt
                                                                       
domestic
    14,791       208       1.4       11,511       558       4.8       5,557       285       5.1  
foreign
    48,246       732       1.5       40,760       1,927       4.7       46,548       2,685       5.8  
Long term debt
                                                                       
domestic
    33,657       1,465       4.4       20,379       1,110       5.4       12,903       813       6.3  
foreign
    23,682       999       4.2       23,325       1,277       5.5       21,155       1,063       5.0  
Subordinated liabilities
                                                                       
domestic
    21,558       999       4.6       20,238       1,124       5.6       18,938       1,079       5.7  
foreign
    1,113       59       5.3       1,293       61       4.7       1,574       82       5.2  
Other interest-bearing liabilities
                                                                       
domestic
    51,811       642       1.2       92,042       3,174       3.4       77,426       3,220       4.2  
foreign
    64,863       793       1.2       100,179       3,527       3.5       90,157       5,131       5.7  
 
                                                                       
Total
    801,631       17,038       2.1       919,667       33,114       3.6       854,053       33,696       3.9  
Non-interest bearing liabilities
    57,913                       62,947                       64,768                  
Derivatives liabilities
    73,694                       48,243                       30,591                  
Total Liabilities
    933,238                       1,030,858                       949,412                  
Group Capital
    26,478                       21,828                       23,466                  
 
                                                                       
Total liabilities and capital
    959,716                       1,052,685                       972,878                  
 
                                                                       
 
                                                                       
Percentage of liabilities applicable to foreign operations
            60.6 %             57.0 %                             59.2 %        
Other interest expense:
                                                                       
interest expenses on derivatives
            50,334                       52,790                       33,298          
other
            1,235                       1,211                       828          
 
                                                                       
Total interest expense
            68,607                       87,115                       67,822          
 
                                                                       
 
                                                                       
Total net interest result
            12,539                       11,085                       9,037          
 
                                                                       
 
(5)   These captions do not include deposits from banks.

135


Table of Contents

ANALYSIS OF CHANGES IN NET INTEREST INCOME
The following table allocates changes in the Group’s interest income and expense and net interest result between changes in average balances and rates for the periods indicated. Changes due to a combination of volume and rate have been allocated to changes in average volume. The net changes in interest income, interest expense and net interest result, as calculated in this table, have been reconciled to the changes in interest income, interest expense and net interest result in the consolidated financial statements. See introduction to “Average Balances and Interest Rates” for a discussion of the differences between interest income, interest expense and net interest result as calculated in the following table and as set forth in the consolidated financial statements.
                                                 
    2009 over 2008   2008 over 2007
    Increase (decrease)   Increase (decrease)
    due to changes in   due to changes in
    Average   Average   Net   Average   Average   Net
    volume   rate   change   volume   rate   change
    (EUR millions)   (EUR millions)
Interest-earning assets
                                               
Time deposits to banks
                                               
domestic
    (410 )     (285 )     (695 )     (114 )     49       (65 )
foreign
    (745 )     (599 )     (1,344 )     (812 )     195       (617 )
Loans and advances
                                               
domestic
    (1,757 )     (1,049 )     (2,806 )     1,664       (28 )     1,636  
foreign
    1,181       (4,394 )     (3,213 )     2,519       (1,986 )     533  
Interest-earning securities
                                               
Domestic
    (25 )     (127 )     (152 )     (170 )     109       (61 )
foreign
    (2,873 )     (1,067 )     (3,940 )     (720 )     807       87  
Other interest-earning assets
                                               
domestic
    (108 )     (271 )     (379 )     345       (312 )     33  
foreign
    281       (599 )     (318 )     149       (126 )     23  
Interest income
                                               
domestic
    (2,300 )     (1,732 )     (4,032 )     1,725       (182 )     1,543  
foreign
    (2,156 )     (6,659 )     (8,815 )     1,136       (1,110 )     26  
 
                                               
Total
    (4,456 )     (8,391 )     (12,847 )     2,861       (1,292 )     1,569  
 
                                               
Other interest income
                    (4,207 )                     19,773  
 
                                               
Total interest income
                    (17,054 )                     21,342  
 
                                               
The following table shows the interest spread and net interest margin for the past two years.
                 
    2009   2008
    Average rate   Average rate
    %   %
Interest spread
               
Domestic
    1.6       1.0  
Foreign
    1.7       1.2  
Total
    1.6       1.2  
 
               
Net interest margin
               
Domestic
    1.6       0.8  
Foreign
    1.8       1.5  
Total
    1.7       1.2  

136


Table of Contents

                                                 
    2009 over 2008   2008 over 2007
    Increase (decrease)   Increase (decrease)
    due to changes in   due to changes in
    Average   Average   Net   Average   Average   Net
    volume   rate   change   volume   rate   change
    (EUR millions)   (EUR millions)
Interest-bearing liabilities
                                               
Time deposits from banks
                                               
domestic
    (669 )     (755 )     (1,424 )     388       (169 )     219  
foreign
    (775 )     (767 )     (1,542 )     289       (104 )     185  
Demand deposits
                                               
domestic
    (702 )     (755 )     (1,457 )     146       (254 )     (108 )
foreign
    56       (223 )     (167 )     176       (470 )     (294 )
Time deposits
                                               
domestic
    (122 )     (708 )     (830 )     317       (256 )     61  
foreign
    (323 )     (654 )     (977 )     (75 )     408       333  
Savings deposits
                                               
domestic
    206       (1 )     205       (130 )     285       155  
foreign
    552       (3,575 )     (3,023 )     42       425       467  
Short term debt
                                               
domestic
    159       (509 )     (350 )     305       (32 )     273  
foreign
    354       (1,549 )     (1,195 )     (334 )     (424 )     (758 )
Long term debt
                                               
domestic
    723       (368 )     355       471       (174 )     297  
foreign
    20       (298 )     (278 )     109       105       214  
Subordinated liabilities
                                               
domestic
    73       (198 )     (125 )     74       (29 )     45  
foreign
    (9 )     7       (2 )     (15 )     (6 )     (21 )
Other interest-bearing liabilities
                                               
domestic
    (1,388 )     (1,144 )     (2,532 )     608       (654 )     (46 )
foreign
    (1,243 )     (1,491 )     (2,734 )     570       (2,174 )     (1,604 )
Interest expense
                                               
domestic
    (1,720 )     (4,438 )     (6,158 )     2,179       (1,283 )     896  
foreign
    (1,368 )     (8,550 )     (9,918 )     762       (2,240 )     (1,478 )
 
                                               
Total
    (3,088 )     (12,988 )     (16,076 )     2,941       (3,523 )     (582 )
 
                                               
 
                                               
Other interest expense
                    (2,432 )                     19,875  
 
                                               
Total interest expense
                    (18,508 )                     19,293  
 
                                               
Net interest
                                               
domestic
    (580 )     2,706       2,126       (454 )     1,101       647  
Foreign
    (788 )     1,891       1,103       374       1,130       1,504  
 
                                               
Net interest
    (1,368 )     4,597       3,229       (80 )     2,231       2,151  
 
                                               
Other net interest result
                    (1,775 )                     102  
 
                                               
Net interest result
                    1,454                       2,049  
 
                                               

137


Table of Contents

INVESTMENTS OF THE GROUP’S BANKING OPERATIONS
The following table shows the balance sheet value under IFRS-IASB of the investments of the Group’s banking operations.
                         
    Year ended December 31
    2009   2008   2007
    (EUR millions)
Debt securities available for sale
                       
Dutch government
    3,796       6,726       4,741  
German government
    5,230       5,789       5,960  
Central banks
    332       219       331  
Belgian government
    7,814       8,198       11,017  
Other governments
    28,402       29,435       26,090  
Corporate debt securities
                       
Banks and financial institutions
    27,200       37,486       36,860  
Other corporate debt securities
    859       1,417       2,145  
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies
    575       56       163  
Other debt securities
    14,292       42,176       52,699  
 
                       
Total debt securities available for sale
    88,500       131,502       140,006  
 
                       
Debt securities held to maturity
                       
Dutch government
                       
German government
    585       787       789  
Other governments
    701       819       969  
Banks and financial institutions
    11,963       12,929       14,249  
Other corporate debt securities
            39       39  
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies
            36       102  
Other debt securities
    1,160       830       605  
 
                       
Total debt securities held to maturity
    14,409       15,440       16,753  
 
                       
Shares and convertible debentures
    3,682       1,863       3,626  
Land and buildings (1)
    3,647       4,331       4,997  
 
                       
Total
    110,238       153,136       165,382  
 
                       
 
(1)   Including commuted ground rents
Banking investment strategy
ING’s investment strategy for its investment portfolio related to the banking activities is formulated by the Asset and Liability Committee (“ALCO”). The exposures of the investments to market rate movements are managed by modifying the asset and liability mix, either directly or through the use of derivative financial products including interest rate swaps, futures, forwards and purchased option positions such as interest rate caps, floors and collars. See “Item 11. Quantative and Qualitative Disclosure of Market Risk”.
The investment portfolio related to the banking activities primarily consists of fixed-interest securities. Approximately 37% of the land and buildings owned by ING Bank are wholly or partially in use by Group companies.

138


Table of Contents

Portfolio maturity description
                                                 
    1 year or less   Between 1 and 5 years   Between 5 and 10 years
    Book value   Yield(1)   Book value   Yield(1)   Book value   Yield(1)
    (EUR   %   (EUR   %   (EUR   %
    millions)           millions)           millions)        
Debt securities available for sale
                                               
Dutch government
    21               3,290               485          
German government
    191               3,667               1,372          
Belgian government
    1,274               4,847               1,619          
Central banks
    332                                          
Other governments
    2,860               13,389               9,611          
Banks and financial institutions
    6,972               16,742               3,116          
Corporate debt securities
    385               353               94          
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies
    29               546                          
Other debt securities
    630               2,361               2,594          
 
                                               
Total debt securities available for sale
    12,694       3.4       45,195       4.2       18,891       3.7  
 
                                               
                         
    Over 10 years     Total  
    Book           Book  
    value     Yield(1)     value  
    (EUR     %     (EUR  
    millions)             millions)  
Debt securities available for sale
                       
Dutch government
                    3,796  
German government
                    5,230  
Belgian government
    74               7,814  
Central banks
                    332  
Other governments
    2,542               28,402  
Banks and financial institutions
    370               27,200  
Corporate debt securities
    27               859  
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies
                    575  
Other debt securities
    8,707               14,292  
 
                       
Total debt securities available for sale
    11,720       4.1       88,500  
 
                       
 
(1)   Since substantially all investment securities held by the banking operations of the Company are taxable securities, the yields are on a tax-equivalent basis.

139


Table of Contents

                                                 
    1 year or less   Between 1 and 5 years   Between 5 and 10 years
    Book value   Yield(1)   Book value   Yield(1)   Book value   Yield(1)
    (EUR   %   (EUR   %   (EUR   %
    millions)           millions)           millions)        
Debt securities held to maturity
                                               
Dutch government
                                               
German government
                    585                          
Belgian government
                                               
Central banks
                                               
Other governments
                    701                          
Banks and financial institutions
    2,293               8,091               1,579          
Corporate debt securities
                                               
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies
                                               
Other debt securities
    193               960               7          
 
                                               
Total debt securities held to maturity
    2,486       4.0       10,337       4.3       1,586       4.1  
 
                                               
                         
    Over 10 years   Total
    Book       Book
    value   Yield(1)   value
    (EUR   %   (EUR
    millions)           millions)
Debt securities held to maturity
                       
Dutch government
                       
German government
                    585  
Belgian government
                       
Central banks
                       
Other governments
                    701  
Banks and financial institutions
                    11,963  
Corporate debt securities
                       
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies
                       
Other debt securities
                    1,160  
 
                       
Total debt securities held to maturity
                    14,409  
 
                       
 
(1)   Since substantially all investment securities held by the banking operations of the Company are taxable securities, the yields are on a tax-equivalent basis.
On December 31, 2009, ING Group also held the following securities for the banking operations that exceeded 10% of shareholders’ equity:
                 
    2009
    Book value   Market value
    (EUR millions)
Belgian government
    7,814       7,814  
German government
    5,815       5,831  
LOAN PORTFOLIO
Loans and advances to banks and customers
Loans and advances to banks include all receivables from credit institutions, except for cash, current accounts and deposits with other banks (including central banks). Lending facilities to corporate and private customers encompass among others, loans, overdrafts and finance lease receivables. The following table sets forth the gross loans and advances to banks and customers as of December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, 2006 and 2005 under IFRS-IASB.

140


Table of Contents

Loans and Loan loss provisions
See Note 5 of Note 2.1 to the consolidated financial statements.
                 
Loans and Loan loss provisions   2009   2008
    (EUR millions)
Loans past due 90 days
    8,307       5,433  
Other impaired loans
    2,849       2,056  
 
               
Total impaired loans (loans with a loan loss provision)
    11,156       7,489  
Potential problem loans
    10,873       4,439  
 
               
Total Impaired loans and potential problem loans
    22,029       11,928  
Loans neither impaired nor potential problem loans
    573,077       630,011  
 
               
Total
    595,106       641,939  
 
               
This amount is presented in the balance sheet as:
               
Amounts due from Banks
    39,742       40,790  
Loans and advances to customers
    555,364       601,149  
 
               
Total
    595,106       641,939  
 
               
Loan loss provisions included in:
               
Amounts due from Banks
    46       85  
Loans and advances to customers
    4,353       2,526  
 
               
Total loan loss provisions
    4,399       2,611  
 
               
                 
Loans and advances by customer type:   2009   2008
Loans secured by public authorities
    51,082       26,387  
Loans secured by mortgages
    302,855       300,936  
Loans guaranteed by credit institutions
    10,229       5,901  
Personal lending
    19,960       30,268  
Mortgage backed securities
    17,814       9,055  
Corporate loans
    153,424       228,602  
 
               
Total
    555,364       601,149  
 
               
                 
Loan loss provisions by customer type:   2009   2008
Loans secured by public authorities
    3       2  
Loans secured by mortgages
    1,356       592  
Loans guaranteed by credit institutions
    47       85  
Personal lending
    690       653  
Mortgage backed securities
    15          
Corporate loans
    2,288       1,279  
 
               
Total
    4,399       2,611  
 
               
                 
Increase in Loan loss provision by customer type:   2009   2008
Loans secured by public authorities
    1       1  
Loans secured by mortgages
    764       293  
Loans guaranteed by credit institutions
    (38 )     72  
Personal lending
    37       98  
Mortgage backed securities
    15          
Corporate loans
    1,009       146  
 
               
Total
    1,788       610  
 
               
 
               
The net increase in Loan loss provision includes:
               
Increase in loan loss provision (P&L)
    2,973       1,280  
Write-offs and other
    (1,185 )     (670 )
 
               
Total
    1,788       610  
 
               

141


Table of Contents

IFRS-IASB
                                         
    Year ended December 31
    2009   2008   2007   2006   2005
    (EUR millions)
By domestic offices:
                                       
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
    28,149       16,288       14,679       16,450       13,907  
Loans secured by mortgages
    164,111       158,861       141,314       120,753       111,257  
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    9,569       15,528       16,347       6,747       4,573  
Other private lending
    4,972       7,158       6,975       6,484       9,943  
Other corporate lending
    45,096       123,758       105,808       90,182       80,540  
 
                                       
Total domestic offices
    251,897       321,593       285,123       240,616       220,220  
 
                                       
 
                                       
By foreign offices:
                                       
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
    22,933       10,099       8,961       9,503       17,535  
Loans secured by mortgages
    142,415       145,090       132,614       87,457       69,855  
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    40,402       25,810       31,929       32,072       23,721  
Other private lending
    14,988       20,389       17,784       16,422       15,200  
Mortgage backed securities
    17,814       9,055       12,364                  
Other corporate lending
    104,657       109,903       88,237       89,547       84,355  
 
                                       
Total foreign offices
    343,209       320,346       291,889       235,001       210,666  
 
                                       
Total gross loans and advances to banks and customers
    595,106       641,939       577,012       475,617       430,886  
 
                                       
Maturities and sensitivity of loans to changes in interest rates
The following table analyzes loans and advances to banks and customers by time remaining until maturity as of December 31, 2009.
                                 
    1 year   1 year   After    
    or less   to 5 years   5 years   Total
    (EUR millions)
By domestic offices:
                               
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
    1,161       15,260       11,728       28,149  
Loans secured by mortgages
    10,881       16,665       136,565       164,111  
Loans guaranteed by credit institutions
    8,175       1,309       85       9,569  
Other private lending
    2,999       510       1,463       4,972  
Mortgage backed securities
                               
Other corporate lending
    23,788       15,633       5,675       45,096  
 
                               
Total domestic offices
    47,004       49,377       155,516       251,897  
 
                               
 
                               
By foreign offices:
                               
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
    10,479       3,125       9,329       22,933  
Loans secured by mortgages
    12,067       25,079       105,269       142,415  
Loans guaranteed by credit institutions
    21,938       11,920       6,544       40,402  
Other private lending
    7,924       4,433       2,631       14,988  
Mortgage backed securities
    924       13,260       3,630       17,814  
Other corporate lending
    39,420       38,914       26,323       104,657  
 
                               
Total foreign offices
    92,752       96,731       153,726       343,209  
 
                               
Total gross loans and advances to banks and customers
    139,756       146,108       309,242       595,106  
 
                               

142


Table of Contents

The following table analyzes loans and advances to banks and customers by interest rate sensitivity by maturity as of December 31, 2009.
                         
    1 year or   Over 1    
    less   year   Total
    (EUR millions)
Non-interest earning
    3,379       1,059       4,438  
Fixed interest rate
    63,973       142,352       206,325  
Semi-fixed interest rate(1)
    5,468       176,415       181,883  
Variable interest rate
    68,428       134,032       202,460  
 
                       
Total
    141,248       453,858       595,106  
 
                       
 
(1)   Loans that have an interest rate that remains fixed for more than one year and which can then be changed are classified as “semi-fixed”
Loan concentration
The following industry concentrations were in excess of 10% of total loans as of December 31, 2009:
         
    Total outstanding  
Private Individuals
    38.2 %
Commercial Banks
    12.0 %
Non-Bank Financial Institutions
    11.8 %
Risk elements
Loans Past Due 90 days and Still Accruing Interest
Loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest are loans that are contractually past due 90 days or more as to principal or interest on which we continue to recognize interest income on an accrual basis in accordance with IFRS-IASB. Once a loan has been written down as a result of an impairment loss, interest income is recognized using the rate of interest used to discount the future cash flows for the purpose of measuring the impairment loss. As all loans continue to accrue interest under IFRS-IASB, the non-accrual loan status is no longer used to identify ING Group’s risk elements. No loans are reported as non-accrual and there is an increase in the amount of loans reported as Loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest, compared to the prior years reported, due to the interest accrual on impaired loans. The following table sets forth the outstanding balance of the loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest and non-accrual loans for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, 2006 and 2005 under IFRS-IASB.
                                         
    Year ended December 31  
    2009     2008     2007     2006     2005  
IFRS-IASB   (EUR millions)  
Loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest
                                       
Domestic
    3,865       2,799       1,159       1,317       1,664  
Foreign
    4,793       2,634       1,892       2,426       2,112  
 
                             
Total loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest
    8,658       5,433       3,051       3,743       3,776  
 
                             
As of December 31, 2009, EUR 8,658 million of the loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest have a loan loss provision. Total loans with a loan loss provision, including those loans classified as past due 90 days and still accruing interest with a provision and troubled debt restructurings with a provision, amounts to EUR 12,039 million as of December 31, 2009.
Troubled Debt Restructurings
Troubled debt restructurings are loans that we have restructured due to deterioration in the borrower’s financial position and in relation to which, for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower’s deteriorated financial position, we have granted a concession to the borrower that we would not have otherwise granted.
The following table sets forth the outstanding balances of the troubled debt restructurings as of December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, 2006 and 2005 under IFRS-IASB.

143


Table of Contents

                                         
    Year ended December 31
IFRS-IASB   2009   2008   2007   2006   2005
    (EUR millions)
Troubled debt restructurings:
                                       
Domestic
    782       51       45       163       495  
Foreign
    1,271       354       47       199       582  
 
                                       
Total troubled debt restructurings
    2,053       405       92       362       1,077  
 
                                       
Interest Income on Troubled Debt Restructurings
The following table sets forth the gross interest income that would have been recorded during the year ended December 31, 2009 on troubled debt restructurings had such loans been current in accordance with their original contractual terms and interest income on such loans that was actually included in interest income during the year ended December 31, 2009.
                         
    Year ended December 31, 2009
    (EUR millions)
    Domestic   Foreign    
    Offices   Offices   Total
Interest income that would have been recognized under the original contractual terms
    18       37       55  
Interest income recognized in the profit and loss account
    18       28       46  
Potential Problem Loans
Potential problem loans are loans that are not classified as loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest or troubled debt restructurings and amounted to EUR 10,873 million as of December 31, 2009. Of this total, EUR 7,645 million relates to domestic loans and EUR 3,228 million relates to foreign loans. These loans are considered potential problem loans as there is known information about possible credit problems causing us to have serious doubts as to the ability of the borrower to comply with the present loan repayment terms and which may result in classifying the loans as loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest or as troubled debt restructurings. Appropriate provisions, following ING Group’s credit risk rating system, have been established for these loans.
Cross-border outstandings
Cross-border outstandings are defined as loans (including accrued interest), acceptances, interest-earning deposits with other banks, other interest-earning investments and any other monetary assets that are denominated in euro or other non-local currency. To the extent that material local currency outstandings are not hedged or are not funded by local currency borrowings, such amounts are included in cross-border outstandings.
Commitments such as irrevocable letters of credit are not considered as cross border outstanding. Total outstandings are in line with Dutch Central Bank requirements. On December 31, 2009, there were no outstandings exceeding 1% of total assets in any country where current conditions give rise to liquidity problems which are expected to have a material impact on the timely repayment of interest or principal.
The following tables analyze cross-border outstandings as of the end of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 stating the name of the country and the aggregate amount of cross-border outstandings to borrowers in each foreign country where such outstandings exceed 1% of total assets, by the following categories.

144


Table of Contents

                                                 
    Year ended December 31, 2009
            Banks &                        
    Government   other                        
    & official   financial   Commercial                   Cross-border
    institutions   Institutions   & industrial   Other   Total   Commitments
    (EUR millions)
United Kingdom
    125       12,285       22,023       1,599       36,032       4,292  
United States
    46       2,245       9,132       7,405       18,828       10,153  
France
    7,758       9,541       4,178       1,955       23,432       2,184  
Germany
    5,736       5,533       4,399       3,459       19,127       7,347  
Italy
    11,211       4,812       3,360       934       20,317       1,890  
Spain
    2,289       8,010       5,583       106       15,988       1,404  
Belgium
    1,916       5,959       7,197       2,383       17,455       15,411  
                                                 
    Year ended December 31, 2008
            Banks &                        
    Government   other                        
    & official   financial   Commercial                   Cross-border
    institutions   Institutions   & industrial   Other   Total   Commitments
    (EUR millions)
United Kingdom
    143       12,228       29,094       1,159       42,624       4,698  
United States
    83       3,065       12,170       15,427       30,745       10,787  
France
    7,636       10,396       6,137       2,449       26,617       1,964  
Germany
    5,671       6,338       4,298       3,327       19,634       7,882  
Italy
    8,974       5,082       3,625       1,019       18,701       1,534  
Spain
    2,573       7,940       5,967       96       16,576       3,134  
Belgium
    1,987       7,163       7,851       2,277       19,278       17,161  
                                                 
    Year ended December 31, 2007
            Banks &                        
    Government   other                        
    & official   financial   Commercial                   Cross-border
    institutions   Institutions   & industrial   Other   Total   Commitments
    (EUR millions)
United Kingdom
    144       27,501       44,621       1,403       73,669       6,018  
United States
    33       4,035       26,821       14,852       45,741       13,050  
France
    5,777       17,811       6,864       4,474       34,926       2,295  
Germany
    4,839       10,361       4,499       4,428       24,127       9,500  
Italy
    10,381       4,642       4,378       1,117       20,518       1,318  
Spain
    2,375       7,749       6,183       685       16,992       2,139  
Belgium
    2,638       5,782       3,607       1,683       13,710       14,999  
There were no cross-border outstandings between 0.75% and 1% of total assets, at year-end 2009 and 2008.
Summary of Loan Loss Experience
For further explanation on loan loss provision see “Loan Loss Provisions” in Note 2.1 to the consolidated financial statements.
The application of the IFRS-IASB methodology has reduced the amount of the unallocated provision for loan losses that ING Group provided in prior years to adequately capture various subjective and judgmental aspects of the credit risk assessment which were not considered on an individual basis.
The following table presents the movements in allocation of the provision for loan losses on loans accounted for as loans and advances to banks and customers for 2009, 2008, 2007, 2006 and 2005 under IFRS-IASB.

145


Table of Contents

                                         
    Calendar period
IFRS-IASB   2009   2008   2007   2006   2005
    (EUR millions)
Balance on January 1
    2,611       2,001       2,642       3,313       4,262  
Implementation IAS 32 and IAS 39 (1)
                                    (398 )
Change in the composition of the Group
    (3 )     1       98       (101 )     (4 )
Charge-offs:
                                       
Domestic:
                                       
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
                                       
Loans secured by mortgages
    (79 )     (34 )     (22 )     (32 )     (8 )
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    (55 )     (36 )     (11 )     (11 )     (12 )
Other private lending
    (140 )     (126 )     (115 )     (108 )     (107 )
Other corporate lending
    (229 )     (133 )     (189 )     (136 )     (164 )
Foreign:
                                       
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
    (12 )     (16 )     (25 )             (9 )
Loans secured by mortgages
    (5 )     (6 )     (11 )     (26 )     (23 )
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    (1 )             (2 )     (5 )     (4 )
Other private lending
    (259 )     (114 )     (104 )     (70 )     (78 )
Other corporate lending
    (437 )     (263 )     (473 )     (303 )     (437 )
 
                                       
Total charge-offs
    (1,217 )     (728 )     (952 )     (691 )     (842 )
 
                                       
Recoveries:
                                       
Domestic:
                                       
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
                                       
Loans secured by mortgages
    2                                  
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
                    2       4          
Other private lending
    101       36       3       11       6  
Other corporate lending
    4                       1          
Foreign:
                                       
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
                                       
Loans secured by mortgages
                    1                  
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
                                       
Other private lending
    24       27       30       49       39  
Other corporate lending
    17       27       23       21       16  
 
                                       
Total recoveries
    148       90       59       86       61  
 
                                       
Net charge-offs
    (1,069 )     (638 )     (893 )     (605 )     (781 )
 
                                       
Additions and other adjustments (included in value Adjustments to receivables of the Banking operations)
    2,860       1,247       154       35       234  
 
                                       
 
                                       
Balance on December 31
    4,399       2,611       2,001       2,642       3,313  
 
                                       
 
                                       
Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans and advances to banks and customers
    0.17 %     0.10 %     0.16 %     0.12 %     0.17 %
 
(1)   Consists of release of unallocated provision for loan losses of EUR (592) million and reclassification from other assets for provision for interest on impaired loans of EUR 194 million.
Additions to the provision for loan losses presented in the table above were influenced by developments in general economic conditions as well as certain individual exposures.
The following table shows the allocation of the provision for loan losses on loans accounted for as loans and advances to banks and customers for 2009, 2008, 2007, 2006 and 2005 under IFRS-IASB.

146


Table of Contents

                                                                                 
    Year ended December 31
IFRS-IASB   2009   2008   2007   2006   2005
    EUR   %(1)   EUR   %(1)   EUR   %(1)                   EUR   %(1)
    (EUR millions)
Domestic:
                                                                               
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
            4.72               2.54               2.56               3.46       1       3.23  
Loans secured by mortgages
    290       27.54       167       24.76       96       24.62       96       25.40       93       25.82  
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
            1.61       68       2.42       11       2.85               1.42               1.06  
Other private lending
    254       0.83       120       1.12       181       1.21       357       1.36       230       2.31  
Other corporate lending
    917       7.70       474       19.24       377       17.91       280       18.93       594       18.69  
 
                                                                               
Total domestic
    1,461       42.4       829       50.08       665       49.15       733       50.57       918       51.11  
Foreign:
                                                                               
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
    3       3.85       2       1.57       1       1.56       2       2.00       2       4.07  
Loans secured by mortgages
    1,066       23.90       425       22.61       203       23.10       177       18.40       273       16.20  
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    47       6.78       17       4.02       3       5.56       6       6.75       13       5.51  
Other private lending
    436       2.52       533       3.18       374       3.10       408       3.45       408       3.53  
Mortgage backed securities
    15       2.99                                                                  
Other corporate lending
    1,371       17.56       805       18.54       755       17.53       1,316       18.83       1,699       19.58  
 
                                                                               
Total foreign
    2,938       57.60       1,782       49.92       1,336       50.85       1,909       49.43       2,395       48.89  
 
                                                                               
Total
    4,399       100.00       2,611       100.00       2,001       100.00       2,642       100.00       3,313       100.00  
 
                                                                               
 
(1)   The percentages represent the loans in each category as a percentage of the total loan portfolio for loans and advances to banks and customers.

147


Table of Contents

DEPOSITS
The aggregate average balance of all the Group’s interest-bearing deposits (from banks and customer accounts) increased by 13.2% to EUR 591,814 million for 2009, compared to 2008. Interest rates paid reflect market conditions. The effect on net interest income depends upon competitive pricing and the level of interest income that can be generated through the use of funds. Deposits by banks are primarily time deposits, the majority of which are raised by the Group’s Amsterdam based money market operations in the world’s major financial markets. Certificates of deposit represent 42% of the category ‘Debt securities’ (44% at the end of 2008). These instruments are issued as part of liquidity management with maturities generally of less than three months. The following table includes the average deposit balance by category of deposit and the related average rate.
                                                 
    2009   2008   2007
    Average   Average   Average   Average   Average   Average
    deposit   rate   deposit   rate   deposit   rate
    (EUR millions)   %   (EUR millions)   %   (EUR millions)   %
Deposits by banks
                                               
In domestic offices:
                                               
Demand —non-interest bearing
    6,006               9,797               4,278          
—interest bearing
    5,556       1.0       11,821       3.8       20,909       5.3  
Time
    32,941       1.8       49,147       3.7       58,601       3.1  
Other
    10,869       1.7       12,213       3.6       1,900       4.1  
 
                                               
Total domestic offices
    55,372               82,978               85,688          
In foreign offices:
                                               
Demand —non-interest bearing
    1,599               3,374               2,149          
—interest bearing
    5,553       1.4       12,175       3.9       7,295       5.8  
Time
    26,532       2.3       40,425       5.1       35,679       5.3  
Other
    26,455       4.3       31,121       4.8       31,975       4.7  
 
                                               
Total foreign offices
    60,139               87,095               77,098          
 
                                               
Total deposits by banks
    115,511               170,073               162,786          
 
                                               
 
                                               
Customer accounts
                                               
In domestic offices:
                                               
Demand —non-interest bearing
    12,005               15,041               16,702          
—interest bearing
    57,162       0.3       108,589       1.7       100,618       2.1  
Savings
    64,731       2.8       57,475       2.8       63,001       2.3  
Time
    31,867       1.9       34,856       4.1       35,767       3.9  
Other
    6,965       1.3       7,202       3.6       1,578       4.8  
 
                                               
Total domestic offices
    172,730               223,163               217,666          
In foreign offices:
                                               
Demand —non-interest bearing
    6,160               4,581               4,887          
—interest bearing
    50,956       1.2       52,089       2.8       41,519       3.5  
Savings
    243,080       2.5       229,149       3.9       228,030       3.8  
Time
    26,529       2.6       33,018       5.0       34,987       3.8  
Other
    2,618       5.9       2,486       4.9       4,672       3.6  
 
                                               
Total foreign offices
    329,343               321,323               314,095          
 
                                               
Total customers accounts
    502,073               544,486               531,761          
 
                                               
 
                                               
Debt securities
                                               
In domestic offices:
                                               
Debentures
    27,705       3.4       13,379       4.8       5,054       5.0  
Certificates of deposit
    10,406       1.2       8,887       4.6       3,441       4.7  
Other
    4,449       1.8       2,691       5.4       2,216       5.7  
 
                                               
Total domestic offices
    42,560               24,957               10,711          
In foreign offices:
                                               
Debentures
    8,343       3.5       8,552       6.0       8,609       5.8  
Certificates of deposit
    33,322       1.8       25,665       5.4       17,815       5.9  
Other
    19,263       1.6       18,611       3.5       32,008       5.3  
 
                                               
Total foreign offices
    60,928               52.828               58,432          
 
                                               
Total debt securities
    103,488               77,785               69,143          
 
                                               

148


Table of Contents

For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the aggregate amount of deposits by foreign depositors in domestic offices was EUR 47,229 million, EUR 77,958 million and EUR 78,227 million, respectively.
On December 31, 2009, the maturity of domestic time certificates of deposit and other time deposits, exceeding EUR 20,000, was:
                                 
    Time certificates of    
    deposit   Other time deposits
    (EUR   %   (EUR   %
    millions)           millions)        
3 months or less
    8,451       68.8       46,846       83.0  
6 months or less but over 3 months
    3,549       28.9       4,276       7.6  
12 months or less but over 6 months
    197       1.6       3,519       6.2  
Over 12 months
    82       0.7       1,825       3.2  
 
                               
Total
    12,279       100       56,466       100  
 
                               
The following table shows the amount outstanding for time certificates of deposit and other time deposits exceeding EUR 20,000 issued by foreign offices on December 31, 2009.
         
    (EUR millions)
Time certificates of deposit
    36,404  
Other time deposits
    67,516  
 
       
Total
    103,920  
 
       
Short-term Borrowings
Short-term borrowings are borrowings with an original maturity of one year or less. Commercial paper and securities sold under repurchase agreements are the only significant categories of short-term borrowings within our banking operations.
The following table sets forth certain information relating to the categories of our short-term borrowings.
                         
    Year ended December 31
    2009   2008   2007
    (EUR millions,
IFRS-IASB   except % data)
Commercial paper:
                       
Balance at the end of the year
    18,225       18,444       14,393  
Monthly average balance outstanding during the year
    19,264       17,949       30,403  
Maximum balance outstanding at any period end during the year
    22,531       19,319       37,304  
Weighted average interest rate during the year
    1.07 %     3.80 %     5.80 %
Weighted average interest rate on balance at the end of the year
    1.13 %     3.70 %     6.02 %
 
                       
Securities sold under repurchase agreements:
                       
Balance at the end of the year
    67,193       110,202       127,111  
Monthly average balance outstanding during the year
    92,523       148,613       124,723  
Maximum balance outstanding at any period end during the year
    138,528       178,185       142,753  
Weighted average interest rate during the year
    1.30 %     3.17 %     4.66 %
Weighted average interest rate on balance at the end of the year
    1.80 %     4.27 %     4.57 %

149


 

INDEX TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
     
  F – 2
  F – 3
  F – 4
  F – 5
  F – 6
  F – 8
  F – 10
  F – 29
  F – 29
  F – 65
  F – 97
  F – 111
  F – 116
  F – 117
  F – 175
  F – 182
  F – 196
  F – 197
  F – 199
  F – 209
  F – 210
  F – 211
  F – 212

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Shareholders, the Supervisory Board and the Executive Board of ING Groep N.V.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of ING Groep N.V. (‘ING Group’), as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated profit and loss accounts, consolidated statements of comprehensive income, consolidated statements of cash flows and consolidated statements of changes in equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009. Our audits also included the financial statement schedules listed in the Index at Item 18. These financial statements and schedules are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedules based on our audits. We did not audit the consolidated financial statements of ING Bank N.V., a wholly owned subsidiary, for the year ended December 31, 2007. In our position we did not audit net profit constituting 29% in 2007 of the related consolidated totals of ING Groep N.V. These data were reported on by other auditors whose report has been furnished to us, and our opinion insofar as it relates to data included for ING Bank N.V. is based solely on the report of the other auditors.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts (including the conversion of the financial statements of ING Bank N.V. to International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board for the year ended December 31, 2007) and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, based on our audits and the report of other auditors, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the ING Groep N.V. as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the consolidated results of its operations, and it cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedules, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of ING Groep N.V.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 15, 2010 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Amsterdam, the Netherlands
March 15, 2010
Ernst & Young Accountants LLP

F-2


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET OF ING GROUP AS AT DECEMBER 31,
Before profit appropriation
                 
    Amounts in millions of euros  
    2009     2008  
ASSETS
               
Cash and balances with central banks 1)
    15,390       22,045  
Amounts due from banks 2)
    43,397       48,447  
Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss 3)
               
- trading assets
    111,444       160,378  
- investments for risk of policyholders
    104,597       95,366  
- non-trading derivatives
    11,632       16,484  
- designated as at fair value through profit and loss
    5,517       8,277  
Investments: 4)
               
- available-for-sale
    197,703       242,852  
- held-to-maturity
    14,409       15,440  
Loans and advances to customers 5)
    575,275       616,776  
Reinsurance contracts 17)
    5,480       5,797  
Investments in associates 6)
    3,699       4,355  
Real estate investments 7)
    3,638       4,300  
Property and equipment 8)
    6,119       6,396  
Intangible assets 9)
    6,021       6,915  
Deferred acquisition costs 10)
    11,398       11,843  
Assets held for sale 11)
    5,024       15,312  
Other assets 12)
    39,229       47,665  
     
Total assets
    1,159,972       1,328,648  
     
 
EQUITY
               
Shareholders’ equity (parent) 13)
    31,121       15,080  
Non-voting equity securities 13)
    5,000       10,000  
     
 
    36,121       25,080  
Minority interests
    915       1,594  
     
Total equity
    37,036       26,674  
     
 
LIABILITIES
               
Subordinated loans 14)
    10,099       10,281  
Debt securities in issue 15)
    119,981       96,488  
Other borrowed funds 16)
    23,151       31,198  
Insurance and investment contracts 17)
    240,858       240,790  
Amounts due to banks 18)
    84,235       152,265  
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit 19)
    469,508       522,783  
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss 20)
               
- trading liabilities
    98,245       152,616  
- non-trading derivatives
    20,070       21,773  
- designated as at fair value through profit and loss
    11,474       14,009  
Liabilities held for sale 11)
    4,890       15,020  
Other liabilities 21)
    40,425       44,751  
     
Total liabilities
    1,122,936       1,301,974  
     
 
Total equity and liabilities
    1,159,972       1,328,648  
     
References relate to the notes starting on page 29. These form an integral part of the consolidated annual accounts.

F-3


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT OF ING GROUP
For the years ended December 31,
                                                 
                            Amounts in millions of euros  
    2009     2009     2008     2008     2007     2007  
Interest income banking operations
    79,850               97,011               76,749          
Interest expense banking operations
    (67,475 )             (85,969 )             (67,773 )        
 
                                         
Interest result banking operations 35)
            12,375               11,042               8,976  
Gross premium income 36)
            30,492               43,812               46,818  
Investment income 37)
            3,342               4,664               13,352  
Net result on disposals of group companies 38)
            264               17               430  
Gross commission income
    6,790               7,504               7,693          
Commission expense
    (2,177 )             (2,539 )             (2,866 )        
 
                                         
Commission income 39)
            4,613               4,965               4,827  
Valuation results on non-trading derivatives 40)
            (5,332 )             (1,409 )             (50 )
Net trading income 41)
            1,125               (749 )             1,119  
Share of profit from associates 6)
            (461 )             (404 )             740  
Other income 42)
            691               644               885  
 
                                         
Total income
            47,109               62,582               77,097  
 
Gross underwriting expenditure 43)
    50,440               18,831               51,818          
Investment result for risk of policyholders
    (17,742 )             32,408               (1,079 )        
Reinsurance recoveries
    (1,714 )             (1,754 )             (1,906 )        
 
                                         
Underwriting expenditure 43)
            30,984               49,485               48,833  
Addition to loan loss provisions 5)
            2,973               1,280               125  
Intangible amortization and other impairments 44)
            568               464               15  
Staff expenses 45)
            7,338               8,764               8,261  
Other interest expenses 46)
            716               978               1,102  
Other operating expenses 47)
            6,711               6,807               7,207  
             
Total expenses
            49,290               67,778               65,543  
             
Result before tax
            (2,181 )             (5,196 )             11,554  
 
Taxation 48)
            (640 )             (1,667 )             1,665  
             
Net result (before minority interests)
            (1,541 )             (3,529 )             9,889  
             
 
Attributable to:
                                               
Equityholders of the parent
            (1,423 )             (3,492 )             9,622  
Minority interests
            (118 )             (37 )             267  
             
 
            (1,541 )             (3,529 )             9,889  
             
                         
            Amounts in euros  
    2008     2007     2006  
Net result per ordinary share 49)
    (0.68 )     (1.71 )     4.49  
Basic earnings per ordinary share 49)
    (0.76 )     (1.31 )     3.45  
Diluted earnings per ordinary share 49)
    (0.75 )     (1.31 )     3.43  
Dividend per ordinary share 50)
    0.00       0.74       1.48  
References relate to the notes starting on page 97. These form an integral part of the consolidated annual accounts.

F-4


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME OF ING GROUP
For the years ended December 31,
                         
    Amounts in millions of euros  
    2009     2008     2007  
Net result
    (1,541 )     (3,529 )     9,889  
 
                       
Unrealized revaluations after taxation
    11,867       (18,485 )     (1,244 )
Realized gains/losses transferred to profit and loss
    1,554       2,476       (3,186 )
Changes in cash flow hedge reserve
    (805 )     746       (925 )
Transfer to insurance liabilities/DAC
    (2,079 )     2,193       1,137  
Exchange rate differences
    59       (1,086 )     (1,358 )
Other revaluations
    (9 )     (23 )     31  
     
Total amount recognized directly in equity (other comprehensive income)
    10,587       (14,179 )     (5,545 )
 
                       
Total comprehensive income
    9,046       (17,708 )     4,344  
     
 
                       
Comprehensive income attributable to:
                       
Equity-holders of the parent
    9,177       (17,466 )     4,127  
Minority interests
    (131 )     (242 )     217  
     
 
    9,046       (17,708 )     4,344  
     
The Unrealized revaluations after taxation comprises EUR 15 million (2008: EUR 218 million; 2007: EUR (183) million) related to the share of other comprehensive income of associates.
The Exchange rate differences comprises EUR 131 million (2008: EUR (214) million; 2007: EUR (112) million) related to the share of other comprehensive income of associates.
Reference is made to Note 21 ‘Other liabilities’ for the disclosure on the income tax effects on each component of the comprehensive income except for the component Net result which is disclosed in the Consolidated profit and loss account.

F-5


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS OF ING GROUP
For the years ended December 31,
                         
    Amounts in millions of euros  
    2009     2008     2007  
Result before tax
    (2,181 )     (5,196 )     11,554  
Adjusted for:
                       
- depreciation
    1,701       1,492       1,382  
- deferred acquisition costs and value of business acquired
    (1,131 )     (444 )     (1,338 )
- increase in provisions for insurance and investment contracts
    3,829       16,363       26,494  
- addition to loan loss provisions
    2,973       1,280       125  
- other
    6,015       6,955       (3,897 )
Taxation paid
    (412 )     (49 )     (1,347 )
Changes in:
                       
- amounts due from banks, not available on demand
    8,611       7,162       (8,690 )
- trading assets
    47,963       32,386       2,997  
- non-trading derivatives
    864       (2,020 )     261  
- other financial assets at fair value through profit and loss
    2,196       3,174       (4,878 )
- loans and advances to customers
    12,208       (72,506 )     (76,012 )
- other assets
    6,948       (11,847 )     (6,534 )
- amounts due to banks, not payable on demand
    (67,410 )     13,210       15,414  
- customer deposits and other funds on deposit
    21,073       6,831       28,640  
- trading liabilities
    (54,366 )     3,501       20,916  
- other financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss
    (5,798 )     13,016       44  
- other liabilities
    (10,483 )     (485 )     6,577  
     
Net cash flow from operating activities
    (27,400 )     12,823       11,708  
 
                       
Investments and advances:
                       
- group companies
    (5 )     (1,725 )     (3,215 )
- associates
    (181 )     (1,034 )     (1,221 )
- available-for-sale investments
    (165,771 )     (228,291 )     (284,006 )
- held-to-maturity investments
            (314 )        
- real estate investments
    (130 )     (905 )     (876 )
- property and equipment
    (640 )     (708 )     (575 )
- assets subject to operating leases
    (1,034 )     (1,401 )     (1,393 )
- investments for risk of policyholders
    (65,362 )     (64,735 )     (54,438 )
- other investments
    (338 )     (881 )     (316 )
Disposals and redemptions:
                       
- group companies
    2,643       1,590       1,012  
- associates
    294       972       1,049  
- available-for-sale investments
    167,075       225,539       281,198  
- held-to-maturity investments
    1,675       1,640       822  
- real estate investments
    656       415       309  
- property and equipment
    82       137       151  
- assets subject to operating leases
    93       428       417  
- investments for risk of policyholders
    64,158       59,251       47,136  
- other investments
    24       19       13  
     
Net cash flow from investing activities 53)
    3,239       (10,003 )     (13,933 )
 
                       
Proceeds from issuance of subordinated loans
            2,721       1,764  
Proceeds from borrowed funds and debt securities
    437,772       391,915       455,629  
Repayments of borrowed funds and debt securities
    (425,182 )     (354,015 )     (464,982 )
Issuance of ordinary shares
    7,276       448       397  
Issuance of non-voting equity securities
            10,000          
Repayment of non-voting equity securities
    (5,000 )                
Payments to acquire treasury shares
    (101 )     (2,388 )     (3,446 )
Sales of treasury shares
    118       252       846  
Dividends paid (1)
    (1,030 )     (3,207 )     (3,039 )
     
Net cash flow from financing activities
    13,853       45,726       (12,831 )
 
                       
Net cash flow 54)
    (10,308 )     48,546       (15,056 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    31,271       (16,811 )     (1,795 )
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
    (4 )     (464 )     40  
     
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 55)
    20,959       31,271       (16,811 )
     
 
(1)   2007 and 2008 include dividends paid on ordinary shares. 2009 includes payments on non-voting equity securities (payment of the 2008 coupon of EUR 425 million, the repayment premium of EUR 346 million and the coupon in the repayment of EUR 259 million).

F-6


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS OF ING GROUP
For the years ended December 31,
As at December 31, 2009 Cash and cash equivalents includes cash and balances with central banks of EUR 15,390 million (2008: EUR 22,045 million; 2007: EUR 12,406 million). Reference is made to Note 55 ‘Cash and Cash equivalents’.
References relate to the notes starting on page 116. These form an integral part of the consolidated annual accounts.

F-7


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY OF ING GROUP
For the years ended December 31,
                                                         
    Amounts in millions of euros  
                                    Non-              
                            Total     voting              
    Share     Share             shareholders’     equity     Minority     Total  
    capital     premium     Reserves     equity (parent)     securities     interests     equity  
Balance as at January 1, 2007
    530       8,348       29,517       38,395               2,949       41,344  
Unrealized revaluations after taxation
                    (1,135 )     (1,135 )             (109 )     (1,244 )
Realized gains/losses transferred to profit and loss
                    (3,186 )     (3,186 )                     (3,186 )
Changes in cash flow hedge reserve
                    (925 )     (925 )                     (925 )
Transfer to insurance liabilities/DAC
                    1,132       1,132               5       1,137  
Exchange rate differences (1)
                    (1,381 )     (1,381 )             23       (1,358 )
Other revaluations
                                            31       31  
     
Total amount recognized directly in equity
                    (5,495 )     (5,495 )             (50 )     (5,545 )
 
                                                       
Net result
                    9,622       9,622               267       9,889  
     
 
                    4,127       4,127               217       4,344  
 
                                                       
Employee stock option and share plans
                    104       104                       104  
Changes in the composition of the group
                                            (745 )     (745 )
Dividends (2)
                    (2,999 )     (2,999 )             (40 )     (3,039 )
Purchase/sale of treasury shares
                    (2,304 )     (2,304 )                     (2,304 )
Exercise of warrants and options
    4       391               395                       395  
Change in minority interest shareholdings
                                            (58 )     (58 )
     
Balance as at December 31, 2007
    534       8,739       28,445       37,718               2,323       40,041  
 
                                                       
Unrealized revaluations after taxation
                    (18,437 )     (18,437 )             (48 )     (18,485 )
Realized gains/losses transferred to profit and loss
                    2,476       2,476                       2,476  
Changes in cash flow hedge reserve
                    746       746                       746  
Transfer to insurance liabilities/DAC
                    2,193       2,193                       2,193  
Exchange rate differences
                    (952 )     (952 )             (134 )     (1,086 )
Other revaluations
                                            (23 )     (23 )
     
Total amount recognized directly in equity
                    (13,974 )     (13,974 )             (205 )     (14,179 )
 
                                                       
Net result
                    (3,493 )     (3,493 )             (37 )     (3,530 )
     
 
                    (17,467 )     (17,467 )             (242 )     (17,709 )
 
                                                       
Issuance costs incurred
                    (20 )     (20 )                     (20 )
Employee stock option and share plans
                    31       31                       31  
Issue of non-voting equity securities
                                    10,000               10,000  
Changes in the composition of the group
                                            (455 )     (455 )
Dividends (3)
                    (3,600 )     (3,600 )             (32 )     (3,632 )
Purchase/sale of treasury shares
    (44 )             (1,986 )     (2,030 )                     (2,030 )
Exercise of warrants and options
    5       443               448                       448  
     
Balance as at December 31, 2008
    495       9,182       5,403       15,080       10,000       1,594       26,674  
 
                                                       
Unrealized revaluations after taxation
                    11,874       11,874               (7 )     11,867  
Realized gains/losses transferred to profit and loss
                    1,554       1,554                       1,554  
Changes in cash flow hedge reserve
                    (805 )     (805 )                     (805 )
Transfer to insurance liabilities/DAC
                    (2,079 )     (2,079 )                     (2,079 )
Exchange rate differences
                    56       56               3       59  
Other revaluations
                                            (9 )     (9 )
     
Total amount recognized directly in equity
                    10,600       10,600               (13 )     10,587  
 
                                                       
Net result
                    (1,423 )     (1,423 )             (118 )     (1,541 )
     
 
                    9,177       9,177               (131 )     9,046  
 
                                                       
Issuance costs incurred
            (222 )             (222 )                     (222 )
Employee stock option and share plans
                    64       64                       64  

F-8


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY OF ING GROUP
For the years ended December 31,
                                                         
    Amounts in millions of euros  
                            Total     Non-              
                            sharehol-     voting              
    Share     Share             ders’     equity     Minority     Total  
    capital     premium     Reserves     equity (parent)     securities     interests     equity  
Repayment of non-voting equity securities
                                    (5,000 )             (5,000 )
Changes in the composition of the group
                                            (546 )     (546 )
Dividend and repayment premium (4)
                    (605 )     (605 )             (2 )     (607 )
Proceeds from rights issue
    424       7,074               7,498                       7,498  
Purchase/sale of treasury shares
                    129       129                       129  
     
Balance as at December 31, 2009
    919       16,034       14,168       31,121       5,000       915       37,036  
     
 
(1)   In 2007 Exchange rate differences include Exchange rate differences for the year of EUR (1,153) million and Realized gains/losses transferred to profit and loss of EUR (228) million. Reference is made to Note 13 ‘Shareholders’ equity (parent)/non-voting equity securities’.
 
(2)   2006 final dividend of EUR 0.73 per ordinary share and 2007 interim dividend of EUR 0.66 per ordinary share.
 
(3)   2007 final dividend of EUR 0.82 per ordinary share, 2008 interim dividend of EUR 0.74 per ordinary share and final dividend of EUR 0.425 per non-voting equity security.
 
(4)   The 2009 amount of EUR 605 million includes the coupon (EUR 259 million) and repayment premium (EUR 346 million) on the repayment of EUR 5 billion non-voting equity securities.
In 2009, deferred taxes for the year with regard to unrealized revaluations amounted to EUR (3,520) million (2008: EUR 5,381 million; 2007: EUR 1,451 million). For details on deferred tax see Note 21 ‘Other liabilities’.
Reserves include Revaluation reserve of EUR 2,466 million (2008: EUR (8,502) million; 2007: EUR 4,937 million), Currency translation reserve of EUR (2,008) million (2008: EUR (1,918) million; 2007: EUR (1,354) million) and Other reserves of EUR 13,710 million (2008: EUR 15,823 million; 2007: EUR 24,862 million). Changes in individual components are presented in Note 13 ‘Shareholders’ equity (parent)/non-voting equity securities’.

F-9


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2.1. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2.1.1.   ACCOUNTING POLICIES FOR THE CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET AND PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT OF ING GROUP
AUTHORIZATION OF ANNUAL ACCOUNTS
The consolidated annual accounts of ING Groep N.V. (‘ING Group’) for the year ended December 31, 2009 were authorized for issue in accordance with a resolution of the Executive Board on March 15, 2010. ING Groep N.V. is incorporated and domiciled in Amsterdam, the Netherlands. The principal activities of ING Group are described in Item 4 ‘Information on the Company’
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
ING Group prepares financial information in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS-IASB”) for purposes of reporting with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), including financial information contained in this Annual Report on Form 20-F. ING Group’s accounting policies and its use of various options under IFRS-IASB are described under ‘Principles of valuation and determination of results’ in the consolidated financial statements. In this document the term “IFRS-IASB” is used to refer to IFRS-IASB as applied by ING Group.
The following new or revized standards, interpretations and amendments to standards and interpretations became effective in 2009:
  Amendment to IFRS 2 ‘Share-based Payments — Vesting Conditions and Cancellations’
  IFRS 8 ‘Operating Segments’;
  IAS 1 ‘Presentation of Financial Statements’;
  IAS 23 ‘Borrowing Costs’;
  Amendments to IAS 32 ‘Financial Instruments: Presentation’ and IAS 1 ‘Presentation of Financial Statements — Puttable Financial Instruments and Obligations Arising on Liquidation’;
  Amendments to IFRS 1 ‘First-time Adoption of IFRS’ and IAS 27 ‘Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements — Determining the cost of an Investment in the Separate Financial Statements’;
  IFRIC 13 ‘Customer Loyalty Programmes’;
  IFRIC 15 ‘Agreements for the Construction of Real Estate’;
  IFRIC 16 ‘Hedges of a Net Investment in a Foreign Operation’;
  2008 Annual Improvements to IFRS;
  Amendment to IFRS 7 ‘Improving Disclosures about Financial Instruments’;
  Amendments to IFRIC 9 and IAS 39 — ‘Embedded Derivatives’.
None of these recently issued or amended standards and interpretations has had a material effect on equity or result for the year. The implementation of the Amendment to IFRS 7 ‘Improving Disclosures about Financial Instruments’ had a significant impact on the disclosure of ‘Methods applied in determining fair values of financial assets and liabilities’ (the three-level fair value hierarchy). Further information is provided in Note 34 ‘Fair value of financial assets and liabilities’.
The following new or revized standards and interpretations were issued by the IASB, which become effective for ING Group as of 2010 (unless otherwise indicated):
  Amendment to IFRS 1 ‘First-time adoption of IFRS’;
  IFRS 3 ‘Business Combinations’ (revized) and IAS 27 ‘Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements’ (amended);
 
  Amendment to IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement — Eligible Hedged Items’;
  IFRIC 17 ‘Distributions of Non-cash Assets to Owners’;
  IFRIC 18 ‘Transfers of Assets from Customers’;
  2009 Annual improvements to IFRS;
  Amendment to IFRS 2 ‘Group Cash-settled Share-based Payment Transactions’;
  Amendments to IFRS 1 ‘Additional Exemptions for First-time Adopters’;
  Classification of Rights Issues (Amendment to IAS 32), effective as of 2011;
  Amendment to IAS 24 ‘Related Party Disclosures’, effective as of 2011;
  Amendment to IFRIC 14 ‘Prepayments of a Minimum Funding Requirement’, effective as of 2011;
  IFRIC 19 ‘Extinguishing Financial Liabilities with Equity Instruments’, effective as of 2011.
  Amendment to IFRS 1 ‘Limited Exemption from Comparative IFRS 7 Disclosure for First-time Adopters’, effective as of 2011.
ING Group does not expect the adoption of these new or revized standards and interpretations to have a significant effect on the consolidated financial statements.

F-10


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Furthermore, in 2009 IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ was issued, which is effective as of 2013. Implementation of IFRS 9 may have a significant impact on equity and/or result of ING Group.
The presentation of, and certain terms used in, the consolidated balance sheet, the consolidated profit and loss account, consolidated statement of cash flows, consolidated statement of changes in equity and certain notes has been changed to provide additional and more relevant information.
The published 2009 Annual Accounts of ING Group are prepared in accordance with IFRS-EU.IFRS-EU refers to International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”)as adopted by the European Union (“EU”), including the decisions ING Group made with regard to the options available under IFRS as adopted by the EU. IFRS-EU differs from IFRS-IASB in respect of certain paragraphs in IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’ regarding hedge accounting for portfolio hedges of interest rate risk.
Under IFRS-EU, ING Group applies fair value hedge accounting for portfolio hedges of interest rate risk (fair value macro hedges) in accordance with the EU ‘carve out’ version of IAS 39. Under the EU ‘IAS 39 carve-out’, hedge accounting may be applied, in respect of fair value macro hedges, to core deposits and hedge ineffectiveness is only recognized when the revized estimate of the amount of cash flows in scheduled time buckets falls below the original designated amount of that bucket and is not recognized when the revized amount of cash flows in scheduled time buckets is more than the original designated amount. Under IFRS-IASB, hedge accounting for fair value macro hedges can not be applied to core deposits and ineffectiveness arises whenever the revized estimate of the amount of cash flows in scheduled time buckets is either more or less than the original designated amount of that bucket.
This information is prepared by reversing the hedge accounting impacts that are applied under the EU ‘carve out’ version of IAS 39. Financial information under IFRS-IASB accordingly does not take account of the possibility that had ING Group applied IFRS-IASB as its primary accounting framework it might have applied alternative hedge strategies where those alternative hedge strategies could have qualified for IFRS-IASB compliant hedge accounting. These decisions could have resulted in different shareholders’ equity and net result amounts compared to those indicated in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.
Other than for SEC reporting, ING Group intends to continue to prepare its Annual Accounts under IFRS-EU.
A reconciliation between IFRS-EU and IFRS-IASB is included below.
Both IFRS-EU and IFRS-IASB differ in several areas from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”).
Reconciliation shareholders’ equity and net result under IFRS-IASB and IFRS-EU:
                                                 
    Shareholders’ equity     Net result  
    2009     2008     2007     2009     2008     2007  
 
                                               
In accordance with IFRS-IASB
    36,121       25,080       37,718       (1,423 )     (3,492 )     9,622  
Adjustment of the EU ‘IAS 39’ carve-out
    3,671       3,015       (694 )     656       3,709       (511 )
Tax effect of the adjustment
    (929 )     (761 )     184       (168 )     (946 )     130  
     
Effect of adjustment after tax
    2,742       2,254       (510 )     488       2,763       (381 )
 
                                               
     
In accordance with IFRS-EU
    38,863       27,334       37,208       (935 )     (729 )     9,241  
     
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
ING Group has identified the accounting policies that are most critical to its business operations and to the understanding of its results. These critical accounting policies are those which involve the most complex or subjective decisions or assessments, and relate to insurance provisions and deferred acquisition costs, the loan loss provision, the determination of the fair values of real estate and financial assets and liabilities, impairments and employee benefits. In each case, the determination of these items is fundamental to the financial condition and results of operations, and requires management to make complex judgements based on information and financial data that may change in future periods. As a result, determinations regarding these items necessarily involve the use of assumptions and subjective judgements as to future events and are subject to change, as the use of different assumptions or data could produce materially different results. For a further discussion of the application of these accounting policies, reference is made to the applicable notes to the consolidated financial statements and the information below under ‘Principles of valuation and determination of results’.

F-11


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Insurance provision, Deferred Acquisition costs (DAC) and Value of business acquired (VOBA)
The establishment of insurance provisions, DAC and VOBA is an inherently uncertain process, involving assumptions about factors such as court decisions, changes in laws, social, economic and demographic trends, inflation, investment returns, policyholder behaviour and other factors, and, in the life insurance business, assumptions concerning mortality and morbidity trends. Specifically, significant assumptions related to these items that could have a material impact on financial results include interest rates, mortality, morbidity, property and casualty claims, investment yields on equity and real estate, foreign currency exchange rates and reserve adequacy assumptions.
The use of different assumptions about these factors could have a material effect on insurance provisions and underwriting expenditure. Changes in assumptions may lead to changes in the insurance provisions over time. Furthermore, some of these assumptions can be volatile.
In addition, the adequacy of insurance provisions, net of DAC and VOBA, is evaluated regularly. The test involves comparing the established insurance provision with current best estimate assumptions about factors such as court decisions, changes in laws, social, economic and demographic trends, inflation, investment returns, policyholder behaviour, mortality and morbidity trends and other factors. The use of different assumptions in this test could lead to a different outcome.
Insurance provisions also include the impact of minimum guarantees which are contained within certain variable annuity products. This impact is dependent upon the difference between the potential minimum benefits payable and the total account balance, expected mortality and surrender rates. The determination of the potential minimum benefits payable also involves the use of assumptions about factors such as inflation, investment returns, policyholder behaviour, and mortality and morbidity trends. The use of different assumptions about these factors could have a material effect on insurance provisions and underwriting expenditure.
The process of defining methodologies and assumptions for insurance provisions, DAC and VOBA is governed by ING Insurance risk management as described in the ‘Risk management’ section.
Reference is made to the ‘Risk management’ section for a sensitivity analysis of net result and shareholders’ equity to insurance, interest rate, equity, foreign currency and real estate risks. These sensitivities are based on changes in assumptions that management considers reasonably likely at the balance sheet date.
Loan loss provisions
Loan loss provisions are recognized based on an incurred loss model. Considerable judgement is exercized in determining the extent of the loan loss provision (impairment) and is based on the management’s evaluation of the risk in the portfolio, current economic conditions, loss experience in recent years and credit, industry and geographical concentration trends. Changes in such judgements and analyses may lead to changes in the loan loss provisions over time.
The identification of impairment and the determination of the recoverable amount are an inherently uncertain process involving various assumptions and factors including the financial condition of the counterparty, expected future cash flows, observable market prices and expected net selling prices.
Future cash flows in a portfolio of financial assets that are collectively evaluated for impairment are estimated on the basis of the contractual cash flows of the assets in the portfolio and historical loss experience for assets with credit risk characteristics similar to those in the portfolio. Historical loss experience is adjusted on the basis of current observable data to reflect the effects of current conditions that did not affect the period on which the historical loss experience is based and to remove the effects of conditions in the historical period that do not exist currently. Current observable data may include changes in unemployment rates, property prices and commodity prices. The methodology and assumptions used for estimating future cash flows are reviewed regularly to reduce any differences between loss estimates and actual loss experience.
Fair value of real estate
Real estate investments are reported at fair value; all changes in fair value are recognized directly in the profit and loss account. The fair value of real estate investments is based on regular appraisals by independent qualified valuers. The fair values represent the estimated amount for which the property could be exchanged on the date of valuation between a willing buyer and willing seller in an at-arm’s-length transaction after proper marketing wherein the parties each acted knowledgeably, prudently and without compulsion. The valuations are based on the assumption that the properties are let and sold to third

F-12


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
parties based on the actual letting status. The valuations are based on a discounted cash flow analysis of each property. The discounted cash flow analyses are based on calculations of the future rental income in accordance with the terms in existing leases and estimations of the rental values when leases expire.
For each reporting period every property is valued either by an independent valuer or internally. Indexation is used when a property is valued internally. The index is based on the results of the independent valuations carried out in that period. Market transactions and disposals are monitored as part of the procedures to back test the indexation methodology. Valuations performed earlier in the year are updated if necessary to reflect the situation at year end.
The valuation of real estate involves various assumptions and techniques. The use of different assumptions and techniques could produce significantly different revaluations.
Fair values of financial assets and liabilities
Fair values of financial assets and liabilities are determined using quoted market prices where available. Such quoted market prices are primarily obtained from exchange prices for listed instruments. Where an exchange price is not available, market prices may be obtained from independent market vendors, brokers or market makers. In general, positions are valued taking the bid price for a long position and the offer price for a short position. In some cases where positions are marked at mid-market prices, a fair value adjustment is calculated.
In certain markets that have become significantly less liquid or illiquid, the range of prices for the same security from different price sources can be significant. Selecting the most appropriate price within this range requires judgement. The choice of different prices could produce materially different estimates of fair value.
For certain financial assets and liabilities quoted market prices are not available. For these financial assets and liabilities, fair value is determined using valuation techniques. These valuation techniques range from discounting of cash flows to valuation models, where relevant pricing factors including the market price of underlying reference instruments, market parameters (volatilities, correlations, credit ratings) and customer behaviour are taken into account. All valuation techniques used are subject to internal review and approval. Most data used in these valuation techniques are validated on a daily basis.
Valuation techniques are subjective in nature and significant judgement is involved in establishing fair values for certain financial assets and liabilities. Valuation techniques involve various assumptions regarding pricing factors. The use of different valuation techniques and assumptions could produce materially different estimates of fair value.
Price testing is performed to assess whether the process of valuation has led to an appropriate fair value of the position and to an appropriate reflection of these valuations in the profit and loss account. Price testing is performed to minimise the potential risks for economic losses due to materially incorrect or misused models.
Reference is made to Note 34 ‘Fair value of financial assets and liabilities’ for the basis of the determination of the fair value of financial instruments and related sensitivities.
Impairments
Impairment evaluation is a complex process that inherently involves significant judgements and uncertainties that may have a material impact on ING Group’s consolidated financial statements. Impairments are especially relevant in two areas: Available-for-sale debt and equity securities and Goodwill/Intangible assets.
All debt and equity securities (other than those carried at fair value through profit and loss) are subject to impairment testing every reporting period. The carrying value is reviewed in order to determine whether an impairment loss has been incurred. Evaluation for impairment includes both quantitative and qualitative considerations. For debt securities, such considerations include actual and estimated incurred credit losses indicated by payment default, market data on (estimated) incurred losses and other current evidence that the issuer may be unlikely to pay amounts when due. Equity securities are impaired when management believes that, based on (the combination of) a significant or prolonged decline of fair value below the acquisition price, there is sufficient reason to believe that the acquisition cost may not be recovered. ‘Significant’ and ‘prolonged’ are interpreted on a case-by-case basis for specific equity securities; generally 25% and 6 months are used as triggers.

F-13


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Upon impairment, the full difference between amortized cost and fair value is removed from equity and recognized in net profit or loss. Impairments on debt securities may be reversed if there is a decrease in the amount of the impairment which can be objectively related to an observable event. Impairments on equity securities may not be reversed.
Impairments on other debt instruments (Loans and held-to-maturity investments) are part of the loan loss provision as described above.
Impairment reviews with respect to goodwill and intangible assets are performed at least annually and more frequently if events indicate that impairment may have occurred. Goodwill is tested for impairment by comparing the book value (including goodwill) to the best estimate of the fair value less cost to sell of the reporting unit to which the goodwill has been allocated. A reporting unit is the lowest level at which goodwill is monitored. Intangible assets are tested for impairment by comparing its book value with the best estimate of its recoverable amount.
The identification of impairment is an inherently uncertain process involving various assumptions and factors, including financial condition of the counterparty, expected future cash flows, statistical loss data, discount rates, observable market prices, etc. Estimates and assumptions are based on management’s judgement and other information available prior to the issuance of the financial statements. Materially different results can occur as circumstances change and additional information becomes known.
Employee benefits
Group companies operate various defined benefit retirement plans covering a significant number of ING’s employees.
The liability recognized in the balance sheet in respect of the defined benefit pension plans is the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the balance sheet date less the fair value of the plan assets, together with adjustments for unrecognized actuarial gains and losses, and unrecognized past service costs.
The determination of the defined benefit plan liability is based on internal and external actuarial models and calculations. The defined benefit obligation is calculated using the projected unit credit method. Inherent in these actuarial models are assumptions including discount rates, rates of increase in future salary and benefit levels, mortality rates, trend rates in health care costs, consumer price index, and the expected return on plan assets. The assumptions are based on available market data and the historical performance of plan assets, and are updated annually.
The actuarial assumptions may differ significantly from the actual results due to changes in market conditions, economic and mortality trends, and other assumptions. Any changes in these assumptions could have a significant impact on the defined benefit plan liabilities and future pension costs. The effects of changes in actuarial assumptions and experience adjustments are not recognized in the profit and loss account unless the accumulated changes exceed 10% of the greater of the defined benefit obligation and the fair value of the plan assets. If such is the case the excess is then amortized over the employees’ expected average remaining working lives. Reference is made to Note 21 ‘Other liabilities’ for the weighted averages of basic actuarial assumptions in connection with pension and other post-employment benefits.
PRINCIPLES OF VALUATION AND DETERMINATION OF RESULTS
Consolidation
ING Group (‘the Group’) comprises ING Groep N.V. (‘the Company’), ING Verzekeringen N.V., ING Bank N.V. and all other subsidiaries. The consolidated financial statements of ING Group comprise the accounts of ING Groep N.V. and all entities in which it either owns, directly or indirectly, more than half of the voting power or over which it has control of their operating and financial policies through situations including, but not limited to:
  Ability to appoint or remove the majority of the board of directors;
  Power to govern such policies under statute or agreement; and
  Power over more than half of the voting rights through an agreement with other investors.
A list of principal subsidiaries is included in Note 29 ‘Principal subsidiaries’.
The existence and effect of potential voting rights that are currently exercisable or convertible are considered in assessing whether the Group controls another entity. For interests in investment vehicles the existence of control is determined taking into account both ING Group’s financial interests for own risk and its role as investment manager.

F-14


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
The results of the operations and the net assets of subsidiaries are included in the profit and loss account and the balance sheet from the date control is obtained until the date control is lost. On disposal, the difference between the sales proceeds, net of directly attributable transaction costs, and the net assets is included in net result.
A subsidiary which ING Group has agreed to sell but is still legally owned by ING Group may still be controlled by ING Group at the balance sheet date and, therefore, still be included in the consolidation. Such a subsidiary may be presented as a held for sale disposal group if certain conditions are met. Disposal groups (and Non-current assets) are classified as held for sale if their carrying amount will be recovered principally through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use. This condition is regarded as met only when the sale is highly probable and the disposal group (or asset) is available for immediate sale in its present condition; management must be committed to the sale, which should be expected to occur within one year from the date of classification as held for sale.
All intercompany transactions, balances and unrealized surpluses and deficits on transactions between group companies have been eliminated. Where necessary, the accounting policies used by subsidiaries have been changed to ensure consistency with group policies. In general, the reporting dates of subsidiaries are the same as the reporting date of ING Groep N.V.
ING Group’s interests in jointly controlled entities are accounted for using proportionate consolidation. ING Group proportionately consolidates its share of the joint ventures’ individual income and expenses, assets and liabilities, and cash flows on a line-by-line basis with similar items in ING Group’s financial statements. ING Group recognises the portion of gains or losses on the sale of assets to the joint venture that is attributable to the other venturers. ING Group does not recognise its share of profits or losses from the joint venture that results from the purchase of assets by ING Group from the joint venture until it resells the assets to an independent party. However, if a loss on the transaction provides evidence of a reduction in the net realisable value of current assets or an impairment loss, the loss is recognized immediately.
Use of estimates and assumptions
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements necessitates the use of estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of the assets and liabilities and the amounts of the contingent liabilities at the balance sheet date, as well as reported income and expenses for the year. The actual outcome may differ from these estimates.
The process of setting assumptions is subject to internal control procedures and approvals, and takes into account internal and external studies, industry statistics, environmental factors and trends, and regulatory requirements.
Segment reporting
An operating segment is a distinguishable component of the Group engaged in providing products or services that is subject to risks and returns that are different from those of other operating segments. A geographical area is a distinguishable component of the Group engaged in providing products or services within a particular economic environment that is subject to risks and returns that are different from those of segments operating in other economic environments. The geographical analyses are based on the location of the office from which the transactions are originated.
Analysis of insurance business
Where amounts in respect of insurance business are analysed into ‘life’ and ‘non-life’, health and disability insurance business which is similar in nature to life insurance business is included in ‘life’.
Foreign currency translation
Functional and presentation currency
Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (‘the functional currency’). The consolidated financial statements are presented in euros, which is the ING Group’s functional and presentation currency.
Transactions and balances
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. Exchange rate differences resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year-end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognized in the profit and loss account, except when deferred in equity as part of qualifying cash flow hedges or qualifying net investment hedges.

F-15


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Exchange rate differences on non-monetary items, measured at fair value through profit and loss, are reported as part of the fair value gain or loss. Non-monetary items are retranslated at the date fair value is determined. Exchange rate differences on non-monetary items measured at fair value through the revaluation reserve are included in the revaluation reserve in equity.
Exchange rate differences in the profit and loss account are generally included in Net trading income. Reference is made to Note 41 ‘Net trading income’, which discloses the amounts included in the profit and loss account. Exchange rate differences relating to the disposal of Available-for-sale debt and equity securities are considered to be an inherent part of the capital gains and losses recognized in Investment income. As mentioned in Group companies below any exchange rate differences deferred in equity are recognized in the profit and loss account in Net result on disposals of group companies. Reference is also made to Note 13 ‘Shareholders’ equity (parent)/non-voting equity securities’, which discloses the amounts included in the profit and loss account.
Group companies
The results and financial position of all group companies that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated into the presentation currency as follows:
  Assets and liabilities included in each balance sheet are translated at the closing rate at the date of that balance sheet;
  Income and expenses included in each profit and loss account are translated at average exchange rates (unless this average is not a reasonable approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case income and expenses are translated at the dates of the transactions); and
  All resulting exchange rate differences are recognized in a separate component of equity.
On consolidation, exchange rate differences arising from the translation of a monetary item that forms part of the net investment in a foreign operation, and of borrowings and other instruments designated as hedges of such investments, are taken to shareholders’ equity. When a foreign operation is sold, these exchange rate differences are recognized in the profit and loss account as part of the gain or loss on sale.
Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising from the acquisition of a foreign operation are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign operation and translated at the exchange rate prevailing at the balance sheet date.
Fair values of financial assets and liabilities
The fair values of financial instruments are based on quoted market prices at the balance sheet date where available. The quoted market price used for financial assets held by the Group is the current bid price; the quoted market price used for financial liabilities is the current ask price.
The fair values of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market are determined using valuation techniques. The Group uses a variety of methods and makes assumptions that are based on market conditions existing at each balance sheet date.
Reference is made to Note 34 ‘Fair value of financial assets and liabilities’ for the basis of the determination of the fair value of financial instruments.
Financial assets
Recognition of financial assets
All purchases and sales of financial assets classified as fair value through profit and loss, held-to-maturity and available-for-sale that require delivery within the time frame established by regulation or market convention (‘regular way’ purchases and sales) are recognized at trade date, which is the date on which the Group commits to purchase or sell the asset. Loans and receivables are recognized at settlement date, which is the date on which the Group receives or delivers the asset.
Derecognition of financial assets
Financial assets are derecognized when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or where the Group has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership. If the Group neither transfers nor retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of a financial asset, it derecognises the financial asset if it no longer has control over the asset. In transfers where control over the asset is retained, the Group continues to recognise the asset to the extent of its continuing involvement. The extent of continuing involvement is determined by the extent to which the Group is exposed to changes in the value of the asset.

F-16


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Realized gains and losses on investments
Realized gains and losses on investments are determined as the difference between the sale proceeds and (amortized) cost. For equity securities, the cost is determined using a weighted average per portfolio. For debt securities, the cost is determined by specific identification.
Classification of financial instruments
Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss
Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss include equity securities, debt securities, derivatives, loans and receivables and other, and comprise the following sub-categories: trading assets, non-trading derivatives, financial assets designated at fair value through profit and loss by management and investments for risk of policyholders.
A financial asset is classified as at fair value through profit and loss if acquired principally for the purpose of selling in the short term or if so designated by management. Management will make this designation only if this eliminates a measurement inconsistency or if the related assets and liabilities are managed on a fair value basis.
Investments for risk of policyholders are investments against insurance liabilities for which all changes in fair value of invested assets are offset by similar changes in insurance liabilities. Transaction costs on initial recognition are expensed as incurred. Interest income from debt securities and loans and receivables classified as at fair value through profit and loss is recognized in Interest income from banking operations and Investment income in the profit and loss account, using the effective interest method.
Dividend income from equity instruments classified as at fair value through profit and loss is generally recognized in Investment income in the profit and loss account when dividend has been declared. Investment result from investments for risk of policyholders is recognized in investment result for risk of policyholders. For derivatives reference is made to the ‘Derivatives and hedge accounting’ section. For all other financial assets classified as at fair value through profit and loss changes in fair value are recognized in Net trading income.
Investments
Investments (including loans quoted in active markets) are classified either as held-to-maturity or available-for-sale and are initially recognized at fair value plus transaction costs. Investment securities and loans quoted in active markets with fixed maturity where management has both the intent and the ability to hold to maturity are classified as held-to-maturity. Investment securities and actively traded loans intended to be held for an indefinite period of time, which may be sold in response to needs for liquidity or changes in interest rates, exchange rates or equity prices, are classified as available-for-sale.
Available-for-sale financial assets
Available-for-sale financial assets include available-for-sale debt securities and available-for-sale equity securities. Available-for-sale financial assets are initially recognized at fair value plus transaction costs. For available-for-sale debt securities, the difference between cost and redemption value is amortized. Interest income is recognized using the effective interest method. Available-for-sale financial assets are measured at fair value. Interest income from debt securities classified as available-for-sale is recognized in Interest income from banking operations and Investment income in the profit and loss account using the effective interest method. Dividend income from equity instruments classified as available-for-sale is generally recognized in Investment income in the profit and loss account when the dividend has been declared. Unrealized gains and losses arising from changes in the fair value are recognized in equity. When the securities are disposed of, the related accumulated fair value adjustments are included in the profit and loss account as investment income. For impairments of available-for-sale financial assets reference is made to the section ‘Impairments of other financial assets’. Investments in prepayment sensitive securities such as Interest-Only and Principal-Only strips are generally classified as available-for-sale.
Held-to-maturity investments
Non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments and fixed maturity for which the Group has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity and which are designated as held-to-maturity assets are initially recognized at fair value plus transaction costs. Subsequently, they are carried at amortized cost using the effective interest method less any impairment losses. Interest income from debt securities classified as held-to-maturity is recognized in Interest income in the profit and loss account using the effective interest method. Held-to-maturity investments include only debt securities.
Loans and receivables
Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. They are initially recognized at fair value plus transaction costs. Subsequently,

F-17


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
they are carried at amortized cost using the effective interest method less any impairment losses. Loans and receivables include: Cash and balances with central banks, Amounts due from banks, Loans and advances to customers and Other assets and are reflected in these balance sheet lines. Interest income from loans and receivables is recognized in Interest income and Investment income in the profit and loss account using the effective interest method.
Credit risk management classification
Credit risk management disclosures are provided in the section ‘Risk management’. The relationship between credit risk classifications in that section and the consolidated balance sheet classifications above is explained below:
  Lending risk arises when ING Group grants a loan to a customer, or issues guarantees on behalf of a customer and mainly relates to the balance sheet classification Loans and advances to customers and off balance sheet items e.g. obligations under financial guarantees and letters of credit;
  Investment risk comprises the credit default and migration risk that is associated with ING Group’s investment portfolio and mainly relates to the balance sheet classification Investments (available-for-sale and held-to-maturity);
  Money market risk arises when ING Group places short term deposits with a counterparty in order to manage excess liquidity and among others relates to the balance sheet classifications Amounts due from banks and Loans and advances to customers;
  Pre-settlement risk arises when a counterparty defaults on a transaction before settlement and ING Group has to replace the contract by a trade with another counterparty at the then prevailing (possibly unfavourable) market price. The pre-settlement risk classification mainly relates to the balance sheet classification Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss (trading assets and non-trading derivatives) and to securities financing;
  Settlement risk arises when there is an exchange of value (funds, instruments or commodities) for the same or different value dates and receipt is not verified or expected until ING Group has paid or delivered its side of the trade. Settlement risk mainly relates to the risk arising on disposal of financial instruments that are classified in the balance sheet as Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss (trading assets and non-trading derivatives) and Investments (available-for-sale and held-to-maturity).
Derivatives and hedge accounting
Derivatives are initially recognized at fair value on the date on which a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured at fair value. Fair values are obtained from quoted market prices in active markets, including recent market transactions, and valuation techniques (such as discounted cash flow models and option pricing models), as appropriate. All derivatives are carried as assets when their fair value is positive and as liabilities when their fair values are negative.
Some credit protection contracts that take the legal form of a derivative, such as certain credit default swaps, are accounted for as financial guarantees.
Certain derivatives embedded in other contracts are measured as separate derivatives when their economic characteristics and risks are not closely related to those of the host contract, the host contract is not carried at fair value through profit and loss, and if a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative would meet the definition of a derivative. These embedded derivatives are measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in the profit and loss account. An assessment is carried out when the Group first becomes party to the contract. A subsequent reassessment is carried out only when there is a change in the terms of the contract that significantly modifies the expected cash flows.
The method of recognising the resulting fair value gain or loss depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument and, if so, the nature of the item being hedged. The Group designates certain derivatives as hedges of the fair value of recognized assets or liabilities or firm commitments (fair value hedge), hedges of highly probable future cash flows attributable to a recognized asset or liability or a forecast transaction (cash flow hedge), or hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation. Hedge accounting is used for derivatives designated in this way provided certain criteria are met.
At the inception of the transaction ING Group documents the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, its risk management objective, together with the methods selected to assess hedge effectiveness. The Group also documents its assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged items.

F-18


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Fair value hedges
Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as fair value hedges are recognized in the profit and loss account, together with fair value adjustments to the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk. If the hedge relationship no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, the cumulative adjustment of the hedged item is, in the case of interest bearing instruments, amortized through the profit and loss account over the remaining term of the original hedge or recognized directly when the hedged item is derecognized. For non-interest bearing instruments, the cumulative adjustment of the hedged item is recognized in the profit and loss account only when the hedged item is derecognized.
Cash flow hedges
The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges are recognized in equity. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognized immediately in the profit and loss account. Amounts accumulated in equity are recycled to the profit and loss account in the periods in which the hedged item affects net result. When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognized when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognized in the profit and loss account. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in equity is transferred immediately to the profit and loss account.
Net investment hedges
Hedges of net investments in foreign operations are accounted for in a similar way to cash flow hedges. Any gain or loss on the hedging instrument relating to the effective portion of the hedge is recognized in equity and the gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognized immediately in the profit and loss account. Gains and losses accumulated in equity are included in the profit and loss account when the foreign operation is disposed of.
Non-trading derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting
Derivative instruments that are used by the Group as part of its risk management strategies, but which do not qualify for hedge accounting under ING Group’s accounting policies, are presented as non-trading derivatives. Non-trading derivatives are measured at fair value with changes in the fair value taken to the profit and loss account.
Offsetting of financial assets and financial liabilities
Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset, and the net amount reported, in the balance sheet when the Group has a legally enforceable right to set off the recognized amounts and intends to either settle on a net basis or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.
Repurchase transactions and reverse repurchase transactions
Securities sold subject to repurchase agreements (‘repos’) are retained in the consolidated financial statements. The counterparty liability is included in Amounts due to banks, Other borrowed funds or Customer deposits and other funds on deposit, as appropriate.
Securities purchased under agreements to resell (‘reverse repos’) are recognized as Loans and advances to customers or Amounts due from banks, as appropriate. The difference between the sale and repurchase price is treated as interest and amortized over the life of the agreement using the effective interest method.
Impairment of loans and advances to customers (loan loss provisions)
ING Group assesses periodically and at each balance sheet date whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or group of financial assets is impaired. A financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired and impairment losses are incurred if, and only if, there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the asset, but before the balance sheet date, (a ‘loss event’) and that loss event (or events) has an impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset or group of financial assets that can be reliably estimated. The following circumstances, among others, are considered objective evidence that a financial asset or group of assets is impaired:
  The borrower has sought or has been placed in bankruptcy or similar protection and this leads to the avoidance of or delays in repayment of the financial asset;
  The borrower has failed in the repayment of principal, interest or fees and the payment failure has remained unsolved for a certain period;
  The borrower has demonstrated significant financial difficulty, to the extent that it will have a negative impact on the expected future cash flows of the financial asset;

F-19


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
  The credit obligation has been restructured for non-commercial reasons. ING Group has granted concessions, for economic or legal reasons relating to the borrower’s financial difficulty, the effect of which is a reduction in the expected future cash flows of the financial asset; and
 
  Historical experience, updated for current events where necessary, provides evidence that a proportion of a group of assets is impaired although the related events that represent impairment triggers are not yet captured by the Group’s credit risk systems.
The Group does not consider events that may be expected to occur in the future as objective evidence, and consequently they are not used as a basis for concluding that a financial asset or group of assets is impaired.
In determining the impairment, expected future cash flows are estimated on the basis of the contractual cash flows of the assets in the portfolio and historical loss experience for assets with credit risk characteristics similar to those in the portfolio. Historical loss experience is adjusted on the basis of current observable data to reflect the effects of current conditions that did not affect the period on which the historical loss experience is based and to remove the effects of conditions in the historical period that do not currently exist. Losses expected as a result of future events, no matter how likely, are not recognized.
The Group first assesses whether objective evidence of impairment exists individually for financial assets that are individually significant, and then individually or collectively for financial assets that are not individually significant. If the Group determines that no objective evidence of impairment exists for an individually assessed financial asset, whether significant or not, it includes the asset in a group of financial assets with similar credit risk characteristics and collectively assesses them for impairment. Assets that are individually assessed for impairment and for which an impairment loss is or continues to be recognized are not included in a collective assessment of impairment.
If there is objective evidence that an impairment loss on an asset carried at amortized cost has been incurred, the amount of the loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows (excluding future credit losses that have not been incurred) discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate. The carrying amount of the asset is reduced through the use of an allowance account (‘Loan loss provision’) and the amount of the loss is recognized in the profit and loss account under ‘Addition to loan loss provision’. If the asset has a variable interest rate, the discount rate for measuring any impairment loss is the current effective interest rate determined under the contract.
For the purposes of a collective evaluation of impairment, financial assets are grouped on the basis of similar credit risk characteristics. Those characteristics are relevant to the estimation of future cash flows for groups of such assets by being indicative of the debtors’ ability to pay all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the assets being evaluated. The collective evaluation of impairment includes the application of a ‘loss confirmation period’ to default probabilities. The loss confirmation period is a concept which recognizes that there is a period of time between the emergence of impairment triggers and the point-in-time at which those events are captured by the Group’s credit risk systems. Accordingly, the application of the loss confirmation period ensures that impairments that are incurred but not yet identified are adequately reflected in the Group’s loan loss provision. Although the loss confirmation periods are inherently uncertain, the Group applies estimates to sub-portfolios (e.g. large corporations, small and medium size enterprises and retail portfolios) that reflect factors such as the frequency with which customers in the sub-portfolio disclose credit risk sensitive information and the frequency with which they are subject to review by the Group’s account managers. Generally, the frequency increases in relation to the size of the borrower. Loss confirmation periods are based on historical experience and are validated, and revized where necessary, through regular back-testing to ensure that they reflect recent experience and current events.
If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment was recognized (such as an improvement in the debtor’s credit rating), the previously recognized impairment loss is reversed by adjusting the provision. The amount of the reversal is recognized in the profit and loss account.
When a loan is uncollectible, it is written off against the related loan loss provision. Such loans are written off after all the necessary procedures have been completed and the amount of the loss has been determined. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are recognized in the profit and loss account.

F-20


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Impairment of other financial assets
At each balance sheet date, the Group assesses whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired. In the specific case of equity investments classified as available-for-sale, a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the security below its cost is considered in determining whether the assets are impaired. ‘Significant’ and ‘prolonged’ are interpreted on a case-by-case basis for specific equity securities; generally 25% and 6 months are used as triggers. If any objective evidence exists for available-for-sale debt and equity investments, the cumulative loss — measured as the difference between the acquisition cost and the current fair value, less any impairment loss on that financial asset previously recognized in net result — is removed from equity and recognized in the profit and loss account. Impairment losses recognized on equity instruments can never be reversed. If, in a subsequent period, the fair value of a debt instrument classified as available-for-sale increases and the increase can be objectively related to an event occurring after the impairment loss was recognized in the profit and loss account, the impairment loss is reversed through the profit and loss account.
Investments in associates
Associates are all entities over which the Group has significant influence but not control. Significant influence generally results from a shareholding of between 20% and 50% of the voting rights, but also is the ability to participate in the financial and operating policies through situations including, but not limited to one or more of the following:
  Representation on the board of directors;
  Participation in the policymaking process; and
  Interchange of managerial personnel.
Investments in associates are initially recognized at cost and subsequently accounted for using the equity method of accounting.
The Group’s investment in associates (net of any accumulated impairment loss) includes goodwill identified on acquisition. The Group’s share of its associates’ post-acquisition profits or losses is recognized in the profit and loss account, and its share of post-acquisition changes in reserves is recognized in equity. The cumulative post-acquisition changes are adjusted against the carrying amount of the investment. When the Group’s share of losses in an associate equals or exceeds its interest in the associate, including any other unsecured receivables, the Group does not recognize further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate.
Unrealized gains on transactions between the Group and its associates are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the associates. Unrealized losses are also eliminated unless they provide evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred. Accounting policies of associates have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group. The reporting dates of all material associates are consistent with the reporting date of the Group.
For interests in investment vehicles the existence of significant influence is determined taking into account both the Group’s financial interests for own risk and its role as investment manager.
Real estate investments
Real estate investments are stated at fair value at the balance sheet date. Changes in the carrying amount resulting from revaluations are recognized in the profit and loss account. On disposal the difference between the sale proceeds and book value is recognized in the profit and loss account.
The fair value of real estate investments is based on regular appraisals by independent qualified valuers. Each year every property is valued either by an independent valuer or internally. Indexation is used when a property is valued internally. The index is based on the results of the independent valuations carried out in that period. Market transactions, and disposals made by the Group, are monitored as part of the procedures to back test the indexation methodology. All properties are valued independently at least every five years.
Property and equipments
Property in own use
Land and buildings held for own use are stated at fair value at the balance sheet date. Increases in the carrying amount arising on revaluation of land and buildings held for own use are credited to the revaluation reserve in shareholders’ equity. Decreases that offset previous increases of the same asset are charged against the revaluation reserve directly in equity; all other decreases are charged to the profit and loss account. Increases that reverse a revaluation decrease on the same asset previously recognized in net result are recognized in the profit and loss account. Depreciation is recognized based on the fair

F-21


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
value and the estimated useful life (in general 20—50 years). Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis. On disposal the related revaluation reserve is transferred to retained earnings.
The fair values of land and buildings are based on regular appraisals by independent qualified valuers. Subsequent expenditure is included in the asset’s carrying amount when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably.
Property obtained from foreclosures
Property obtained from foreclosures is stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less applicable variable selling expenses. Property obtained from foreclosures is included in Other assets — Property held for sale.
Property under development
Property developed and under development for which ING Group has the intention to sell the property after its completion is included in Other assets — Property held for sale.
Property under development for which ING Group has the intention to sell the property under development after its completion and where there is not yet a specifically negotiated contract is measured at direct construction cost incurred up to the balance sheet date, including borrowing costs incurred during construction and ING Group’s own directly attributable development and supervision expenses less any impairment losses. Profit is recognized using the completed contract method (on sale date of the property). Impairment is recognized if the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less applicable variable selling expenses is lower than bookvalue.
Property under development for which ING Group has the intention to sell the property under development after its completion and where there is a specifically negotiated contract is valued using the percentage of completion method (pro rata profit recognition). The stage of completion is measured by reference to costs incurred to date as percentage of total estimated costs for each contract.
Property under development is stated at fair value (with changes in fair value recognized in profit and loss) if ING Group has the intention to recognize the property under development after completion as real estate investments.
Equipment
Equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any impairment losses. The cost of the assets is depreciated on a straight line basis over their estimated useful lives, which are generally as follows: for data processing equipment two to five years, and four to ten years for fixtures and fittings. Expenditure incurred on maintenance and repairs is charged to the profit and loss account as incurred. Expenditure incurred on major improvements is capitalized and depreciated.
Assets under operating leases
Assets leased out under operating leases in which ING Group is the lessor are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any impairment losses. The cost of the assets is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Reference is made to the section ‘Leases’.
Disposals
The difference between the proceeds on disposal and net book value is recognized in the profit and loss account.
Borrowing costs
Borrowing costs incurred for the construction of any qualifying asset are capitalized during the period of time that is required to complete and prepare the asset for its intended use. Borrowing costs are determined at the weighted average cost of capital of the project.
Leases
The determination of whether an arrangement is or contains a lease is based on the substance of the arrangement at inception date.
The Group as the lessee
The leases entered into by ING Group are primarily operating leases. The total payments made under operating leases are charged to the profit and loss account on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease.

F-22


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
When an operating lease is terminated before the lease period has expired, any payment required to be made to the lessor by way of penalty is recognized as an expense in the period in which termination takes place.
The Group as the lessor
When assets are held subject to a finance lease, the present value of the lease payments is recognized as a receivable under Loans and advances to customers or Amounts due from banks. The difference between the gross receivable and the present value of the receivable is unearned lease finance income. Lease income is recognized over the term of the lease using the net investment method (before tax), which reflects a constant periodic rate of return. When assets are held subject to an operating lease, the assets are included under Assets under operating leases.
Purchase accounting, goodwill and other intangible assets
Goodwill
ING Group’s acquisitions are accounted for under the purchase method of accounting, whereby the cost of the acquisitions is allocated to the fair value of the assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired. The initial accounting for the fair value of the net assets of the companies acquired during the year may be determined only provisionally as the determination of the fair value could be complex and the time between the acquisition and the preparation of the Annual Accounts could be limited. The initial accounting shall be completed within a year of acquisition. Goodwill, being the difference between the cost of the acquisition (including assumed debt) and the Group’s interest in the fair value of the acquired assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities as at the date of acquisition, is capitalized as an intangible asset. The results of the operations of the acquired companies are included in the profit and loss account from the date control is obtained.
Goodwill is only capitalized on acquisitions after the implementation date of IFRS-IASB (January 1, 2004). Accounting for acquisitions before that date has not been restated; goodwill and internally generated intangibles on these acquisitions were charged directly to shareholders’ equity. Goodwill is allocated to reporting units for the purpose of impairment testing. These reporting units represent the lowest level at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. This test is performed annually or more frequently if there are indicators of impairment. Under the impairment tests, the carrying value of the reporting units (including goodwill) is compared to its recoverable amount which is the higher of its fair value less costs to sell and its value in use.
Adjustments to the fair value as at the date of acquisition of acquired assets and liabilities that are identified within one year after acquisition are recognized as an adjustment to goodwill; any subsequent adjustment is recognized as income or expense. However, recognition of deferred tax assets after the acquisition date is recognized as an adjustment to goodwill, even after the first year. On disposal of group companies, the difference between the sale proceeds and book value (including goodwill) and the unrealized results (including the currency translation reserve in equity) is included in the profit and loss account.
Computer software
Computer software that has been purchased or generated internally for own use is stated at cost less amortization and any impairment losses. Amortization is calculated on a straight-line basis over its useful life. This period will generally not exceed three years. Amortization is included in Other operating expenses.
Value of business acquired (VOBA)
VOBA is an asset that reflects the present value of estimated net cash flows embedded in the insurance contracts of an acquired company, which existed at the time the company was acquired. It represents the difference between the fair value of insurance liabilities and their book value. VOBA is amortized in a similar manner to the amortization of deferred acquisition costs as described in the section ‘Deferred acquisition costs’.
Other intangible assets
Other intangible assets are capitalized and amortized over their expected economic life, which is generally between three and ten years. Intangible assets with an indefinite life are not amortized.
Deferred acquisition costs
Deferred acquisition costs (DAC) are an asset and represent costs of acquiring insurance and investment contracts that are deferred and amortized. The deferred costs, all of which vary with (and are primarily related to) the production of new and renewal business, consist principally of commissions, certain underwriting and contract issuance expenses, and certain agency expenses.

F-23


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
For traditional life insurance contracts, certain types of flexible life insurance contracts, and non-life contracts, DAC is amortized over the premium payment period in proportion to the premium revenue recognized.
For other types of flexible life insurance contracts DAC is amortized over the lives of the policies in relation to the emergence of estimated gross profits. Amortization is adjusted when estimates of current or future gross profits, to be realized from a group of products, are revized. The estimates and the assumptions are reassessed at the end of each reporting period. For DAC on flexible insurance contracts the approach is that in determining the estimate of future gross profits ING Group assumes the short-term and long-term separate account growth rate assumption to be the same. Higher/lower expected profits (e.g. reflecting stock market performance or a change in the level of assets under management) may cause a lower/higher balance of DAC due to the catch-up of amortization in previous and future years. This process is known as DAC unlocking. The impact of the DAC unlocking is recognized in the profit and loss account of the period in which the unlocking occurs.
DAC is evaluated for recoverability at issue. Subsequently it is tested on a regular basis together with the provision for life insurance liabilities and VOBA. The test for recoverability is described in the section ‘Insurance, Investment and Reinsurance Contracts’.
For certain products DAC is adjusted for the impact of unrealized results on allocated investments through equity.
Taxation
Income tax on the net result for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax is recognized in the profit and loss account but it is charged or credited directly to equity if the tax relates to items that are credited or charged directly to equity.
Deferred income tax
Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantially enacted by the balance sheet date and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realized or the deferred income tax liability is settled. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are not discounted.
Deferred tax assets are recognized where it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilized. Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences arising from investments in subsidiaries and associates, except where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference is controlled by the Group and it is probable that the difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. The tax effects of income tax losses available for carry forward are recognized as an asset where it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which these losses can be utilized.
Deferred tax related to fair value remeasurement of available-for-sale investments and cash flow hedges, which are charged or credited directly to equity, is also credited or charged directly to equity and is subsequently recognized in the profit and loss account together with the deferred gain or loss.
Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities at amortized cost
Financial liabilities at amortized cost include the following sub-categories: preference shares, other borrowed funds, debt securities in issue, subordinated loans, amounts due to banks and customer deposits and other funds on deposit.
Borrowings are recognized initially at their issue proceeds (fair value of consideration received) net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently stated at amortized cost; any difference between proceeds, net of transaction costs, and the redemption value is recognized in the profit and loss account over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method.
If the Group purchases its own debt, it is removed from the balance sheet, and the difference between the carrying amount of the liability and the consideration paid is included in the profit and loss account.

F-24


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss comprise the following sub-categories: trading liabilities, non-trading derivatives and other financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit and loss by management. Trading liabilities include equity securities, debt securities, funds on deposit and derivatives. Designation by management will take place only if it eliminates a measurement inconsistency or if the related assets and liabilities are managed on a fair value basis. ING Group has designated an insignificant part of the issued debt, related to market-making activities, at fair value through profit and loss. This issued debt consists mainly of own bonds. The designation as fair value through profit and loss eliminates the inconsistency in the timing of the recognition of gains and losses. All other financial liabilities are measured at amortized cost.
Financial guarantee contracts
Financial guarantee contracts are contracts that require the issuer to make specified payments to reimburse the holder for a loss it incurs because a specified debtor fails to make payments when due, in accordance with the terms of a debt instrument. Such financial guarantees are initially recognized at fair value and subsequently measured at the higher of the discounted best estimate of the obligation under the guarantee and the amount initially recognized less cumulative amortization to reflect revenue recognition principles.
Insurance, investment and reinsurance contracts
Insurance contracts
Insurance policies which bear significant insurance risk and/or contain discretionary participation features are presented as insurance contracts. Provisions for liabilities under insurance contracts represent estimates of future payouts that will be required for life and non-life insurance claims, including expenses relating to such claims. For some insurance contracts the measurement reflects current market assumptions.
Provision for life insurance
The Provision for life insurance is calculated on the basis of a prudent prospective actuarial method, taking into account the conditions for current insurance contracts. Specific methodologies may differ between business units as they may reflect local regulatory requirements and local practices for specific product features in the local markets.
Insurance provisions on traditional life policies are calculated using various assumptions, including assumptions on mortality, morbidity, expenses, investment returns and surrenders. Assumptions for insurance provisions on traditional life insurance contracts, including traditional whole life and term life insurance contracts, are based on best estimate assumptions including margins for adverse deviations. The assumptions are set initially at the policy issue date and remain constant throughout the life of the policy, except in the case of loss recognition.
Insurance provisions for universal life, variable life and annuity contracts, unit-linked contracts, etc. are generally set equal to the balance that accrues to the benefit of the policyholders. Certain variable annuity products contain minimum guarantees on the amounts payable upon death and/or maturity. The insurance provisions include the impact of these minimum guarantees, taking into account the difference between the potential minimum benefit payable and the total account balance, expected mortality and surrender rates.
The as yet unamortized interest rate rebates on periodic and single premium contracts are deducted from the Provision for life insurance. Interest rate rebates granted during the year are capitalized and amortized in conformity with the anticipated recovery pattern and are recognized in the profit and loss account.
In 2009 the methodology for determining the liability for insurance contracts in Japan was revized. The liability for certain guarantees is now measured at the fair value. The impact of this change in accounting policy (at January 1, 2009 and on prior comperatives) was not material to shareholders’ equity and the net result of ING Group.
Provision for unearned premiums and unexpired insurance risks
The provision is calculated in proportion to the unexpired periods of risk. For insurance policies covering a risk increasing during the term of the policy at premium rates independent of age, this risk is taken into account when determining the provision. Further provisions are made to cover claims under unexpired insurance contracts, which may exceed the unearned premiums and the premiums due in respect of these contracts.

F-25


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Claims provision
The Claims provision is calculated either on a case-by-case basis or by approximation on the basis of experience. Provisions have also been made for claims incurred but not reported (IBNR) and for future claims handling expenses. The adequacy of the Claims provision is evaluated each year using standard actuarial techniques. In addition, IBNR reserves are set to recognize the estimated cost of losses that have occurred but which have not yet been notified to the Group.
Deferred profit sharing
For insurance contracts with discretionary participation features a deferred profit sharing amount is recognized for the full amount of the unrealized revaluation on allocated investments. Upon realization, the profit sharing on unrealized revaluation is reversed and a deferred profit sharing amount is recognized for the share of realized results on allocated investments that is expected to be shared with policyholders. The deferred profit sharing amount is reduced by the actual allocation of profit sharing to individual policyholders.
Provisions for life insurance for risk of policyholders
The Provisions for life insurance for risk of policyholder are calculated on the same basis as the Provision for life insurance. For insurance contracts for risk of policyholders the provisions are generally shown at the balance sheet value of the associated investments.
Reinsurance contracts
Reinsurance premiums, commissions and claim settlements, as well as the reinsurance element of technical provisions are accounted for in the same way as the original contracts for which the reinsurance was concluded. If the reinsurers are unable to meet their obligations, the Group remains liable to its policyholders for the portion reinsured. Consequently, provisions are made for receivables on reinsurance contracts which are deemed uncollectible.
Adequacy test
The adequacy of the Provision for life insurance, net of unamortized interest rate rebates, DAC and VOBA (the net insurance liabilities), is evaluated regularly by each business unit. The test considers current estimates of all contractual and related cash flows, and future developments. It includes investment income on the same basis as it is included in the profit and loss account.
If, for any business unit, it is determined, using a best estimate (50%) confidence level, that a shortfall exists, and there are no offsetting amounts within other business units in the Business Line, the shortfall is recognized immediately in the profit and loss account.
If, for any business unit, the net insurance liabilities are not adequate using a prudent (90%) confidence level, but there are offsetting amounts within other Group business units, then the business unit is allowed to take measures to strengthen the net insurance liabilities over a period no longer than the expected life of the policies. To the extent that there are no offsetting amounts within other Group business units, any shortfall at the 90% confidence level is recognized immediately in the profit and loss account.
If the net insurance liabilities are determined to be adequate at above the 90% confidence level, no reduction in the net insurance liabilities is recognized.
Investment contracts
Insurance policies without discretionary participation features which do not bear significant insurance risk are presented as Investment contracts. Provisions for liabilities under investment contracts are determined either at amortized cost, using the effective interest method (including certain initial acquisition expenses) or at fair value.
Other liabilities
Employee benefits — pension obligations
Group companies operate various pension schemes. The schemes are generally funded through payments to insurance companies or trustee-administered funds, determined by periodic actuarial calculations. The Group has both defined benefit and defined contribution plans.
A defined benefit plan is a pension plan that defines an amount of pension benefit that an employee will receive on retirement, usually dependent on one or more factors such as age, years of service and compensation.
The liability recognized in the balance sheet in respect of defined benefit pension plans is the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the balance sheet date less the fair value of plan assets, together

F-26


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
with adjustments for unrecognized actuarial gains and losses, and unrecognized past service costs. The defined benefit obligation is calculated annually by internal and external actuaries using the projected unit credit method.
The expected value of the assets is calculated using the expected rate of return on plan assets. Differences between the expected return and the actual return on these plan assets and actuarial changes in the deferred benefit obligation are not recognized in the profit and loss account, unless the accumulated differences and changes exceed 10% of the greater of the defined benefit obligation and the fair value of the plan assets. The excess is charged or credited to the profit and loss account over employees’ remaining working lives. The corridor was reset to nil at the date of transition to IFRS-IASB.
For defined contribution plans, the Group pays contributions to publicly or privately administered pension insurance plans on a mandatory, contractual or voluntary basis. The Group has no further payment obligations once the contributions have been paid. The contributions are recognized as staff expenses when they are due. Prepaid contributions are recognized as an asset to the extent that a cash refund or a reduction in the future payments is available.
Other post-employment obligations
Some group companies provide post-employment healthcare and other benefits to certain employees and former employees. The entitlement to these benefits is usually conditional on the employee remaining in service up to retirement age and the completion of a minimum service period. The expected costs of these benefits are accrued over the period of employment using an accounting methodology similar to that for defined benefit pension plans.
Other provisions
A provision involves a present obligation arising from past events, the settlement of which is expected to result in an outflow from the company of resources embodying economic benefits, however the timing or the amount is uncertain. Provisions are discounted when the effect of the time value of money is material using a pre-tax discount rate. The determination of provisions is an inherently uncertain process involving estimates regarding amounts and timing of cash flows.
Reorganization provisions include employee termination benefits when the Group is demonstrably committed to either terminating the employment of current employees according to a detailed formal plan without possibility of withdrawal, or providing termination benefits as a result of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy.
Income recognition
Gross premium income
Premiums from life insurance policies are recognized as income when due from the policyholder. For non-life insurance policies, gross premium income is recognized on a pro-rata basis over the term of the related policy coverage. Receipts under investment contracts are not recognized as gross premium income.
Interest
Interest income and expense are recognized in the profit and loss account using the effective interest method. The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortized cost of a financial asset or a financial liability and of allocating the interest income or interest expense over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments or receipts through the expected life of the financial instrument or, when appropriate, a shorter period to the net carrying amount of the financial asset or financial liability. When calculating the effective interest rate, the Group estimates cash flows considering all contractual terms of the financial instrument (for example, prepayment options) but does not consider future credit losses. The calculation includes all fees and points paid or received between parties to the contract that are an integral part of the effective interest rate, transaction costs and all other premiums or discounts. Once a financial asset or a group of similar financial assets has been written down as a result of an impairment loss, interest income is recognized using the rate of interest used to discount the future cash flows for the purpose of measuring the impairment loss.
All interest income and expenses from trading positions and non-trading derivatives are classified as interest income and interest expenses in the profit and loss account. Changes in the ‘clean fair value’ are included in Net trading income and Valuation results on non-trading derivatives.
Fees and commissions
Fees and commissions are generally recognized as the service is provided. Loan commitment fees for loans that are likely to be drawn down are deferred (together with related direct costs) and recognized as an adjustment to the effective interest rate on the loan. Loan syndication fees are recognized as income

F-27


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
when the syndication has been completed and the Group has retained no part of the loan package for itself or has retained a part at the same effective interest rate as the other participants. Commission and fees arising from negotiating, or participating in the negotiation of, a transaction for a third party — such as the arrangement of the acquisition of shares or other securities or the purchase or sale of businesses — are recognized on completion of the underlying transaction. Portfolio and other management advisory and service fees are recognized based on the applicable service contracts as the service is provided. Asset management fees related to investment funds and investment contract fees are recognized on a pro-rata basis over the period the service is provided. The same principle is applied for wealth management, financial planning and custody services that are continuously provided over an extended period of time. Fees received and paid between banks for payment services are classified as commission income and expenses.
Lease income
The proceeds from leasing out assets under operating leases are recognized on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease agreement. Lease payments received in respect of finance leases when ING Group is the lessor are divided into an interest component (recognized as interest income) and a repayment component.
Expense recognition
Expenses are recognized in the profit and loss account as incurred or when a decrease in future economic benefits related to a decrease in an asset or an increase in a liability has arisen that can be measured reliably.
Share-based payments
Share-based payment expenses are recognized as the employees provide the service. A corresponding increase in equity is recognized if the services are received in an equity-settled share-based payment transaction. A liability is recognized if the services are acquired in a cash-settled share-based payment transaction. The cost of acquiring the services is expensed as a staff expense. Prior to 2007, ING Group generally provided equity-settled share-based payment transactions. However, since 2007, ING Group has generally provided cash-settled share-based payment transactions. The fair value of equity-settled share-based payment transactions is measured at the grant date and the fair value of cash-settled share-based payment transactions is measured at each balance sheet date.
Government grants
Government grants are recognized where there is reasonable assurance that the grant will be received and all attached conditions will be complied with. When the grant relates to an expense item, the grant is recognized over the period necessary to match the grant on a systematic basis to the expense that it is intended to compensate. In such case, the grant is deducted from the related expense in the profit and loss account.
Earnings per ordinary share
Earnings per ordinary share is calculated on the basis of the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding. In calculating the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding:
  Own shares held by group companies are deducted from the total number of ordinary shares in issue;
  The computation is based on daily averages;
  In case of exercized warrants, the exercise date is taken into consideration.
The non-voting equity securities are not ordinary shares, because their terms and conditions (especially with regard to coupons and voting rights) are significantly different. Therefore, the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period is not impacted by the non-voting equity securities.
Due to the rights issue in 2009, the 2008 and 2007 earnings per share figures have been restated. Reference is made to Note 49 ‘Earnings per ordinary share’ for a further explanation on the nature and the effect of this restatement.
Diluted earnings per share data are computed as if all convertible instruments outstanding at year-end were exercized at the beginning of the period. It is also assumed that ING Group uses the assumed proceeds thus received to buy its own shares against the average market price in the financial year. The net increase in the number of shares resulting from the exercise is added to the average number of shares used to calculate diluted earnings per share.
Share options with fixed or determinable terms are treated as options in the calculation of diluted earnings per share, even though they may be contingent on vesting. They are treated as outstanding on the grant

F-28


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
date. Performance-based employee share options are treated as contingently issuable shares because their issue is contingent upon satisfying specified conditions in addition to the passage of time.
Fiduciary activities
The Group commonly acts as trustee and in other fiduciary capacities that result in the holding or placing of assets on behalf of individuals, trusts, retirement benefit plans and other institutions. These assets and income arising thereon are excluded from these financial statements, as they are not assets of the Group.
2.1.2.   ACCOUNTING POLICIES FOR THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS OF ING GROUP
The statement of cash flows has been drawn up in accordance with the indirect method, classifying cash flows as cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities. In the net cash flow from operating activities, the result before tax is adjusted for those items in the profit and loss account, and changes in balance sheet items, which do not result in actual cash flows during the year.
For the purposes of the statement of cash flows, Cash and cash equivalents comprise balances with less than three months’ maturity from the date of acquisition, including cash and non-restricted balances with central banks, treasury bills and other eligible bills, amounts due from other banks and amounts due to banks. Investments qualify as a cash equivalent if they are readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.
Cash flows arising from foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates at the date of the cash flows.
The net cash flow shown in respect of Loans and advances to customers relates only to transactions involving actual payments or receipts. The Addition to loan loss provision which is deducted from the item Loans and advances to customers in the balance sheet has been adjusted accordingly from the result before tax and is shown separately in the statement of cash flows.
The difference between the net cash flow in accordance with the statement of cash flows and the change in Cash and cash equivalents in the balance sheet is due to exchange rate differences and is accounted for separately as part of the reconciliation of the net cash flow and the balance sheet change in Cash and cash equivalents.
2.1.3.   NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET OF ING GROUP
ASSETS
1 Cash and balances with central banks
                 
    2009     2008  
Amounts held at central banks
    10,989       16,432  
Cash and bank balances
    3,965       5,052  
Short term deposits insurance operations
    436       561  
     
 
    15,390       22,045  
     
2 Amounts due from banks
                                                 
    Netherlands     International     Total  
    2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008  
Loans and advances to banks
    9,101       15,234       30,641       25,556       39,742       40,790  
Cash advances, overdrafts and other balances
    2,550       4,800       1,151       2,942       3,701       7,742  
     
 
    11,651       20,034       31,792       28,498       43,443       48,532  
 
                                               
Loan loss provision
                    (46 )     (85 )     (46 )     (85 )
     
 
    11,651       20,034       31,746       28,413       43,397       48,447  
     
As at December 31, 2009, Amounts due from banks included receivables with regard to securities which have been acquired in reverse repurchase transactions amounting to EUR 2,458 million (2008: EUR 3,005 million) and receivables related to finance lease contracts amounting to EUR 64 million (2008: EUR 100 million).

F-29


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
As at December 31, 2009, the non-subordinated receivables amounted to EUR 43,396 million (2008: EUR 48,443 million) and the subordinated receivables amounted to EUR 1 million (2008: EUR 4 million).
No individual amount due from banks has terms and conditions that materially affect the amount, timing or certainty of consolidated cash flows of the Group. For details on significant concentrations see ‘Risk management’ section.
3 Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss
                 
    2009     2008  
Trading assets
    111,444       160,378  
Investments for risk of policyholders
    104,597       95,366  
Non-trading derivatives
    11,632       16,484  
Designated as at fair value through profit and loss
    5,517       8,277  
     
 
    233,190       280,505  
     
Trading assets by type:
                 
    2009     2008  
Equity securities
    2,732       2,352  
Debt securities
    25,287       26,652  
Derivatives
    41,450       71,925  
Loans and receivables
    41,975       59,449  
     
 
    111,444       160,378  
     
As at December 31, 2009, the balance sheet value included equity securities which were lent or sold in repurchase transactions amounting to EUR 175 million (2008: EUR 1 million) and nil (2008: nil), respectively. As at December 31, 2009, the balance sheet value included debt securities which were lent or sold in repurchase transactions amounting to EUR 325 million (2008: EUR 28 million) and EUR 353 million (2008: EUR 1,904 million), respectively.
As at December 31, 2009, Trading assets included receivables of EUR 40,940 million (2008: EUR 57,968 million) with regard to reverse repurchase transactions.
Investments for risk of policyholders by type:
                 
    2009     2008  
Equity securities
    93,268       83,208  
Debt securities
    8,215       7,729  
Loans and receivables
    3,114       4,429  
     
 
    104,597       95,366  
     
The change in the fair value of the loans and receivables included in Investments for risk of policyholders attributable to changes in the credit risk of the financial assets during 2009 was nil (2008: nil) and nil (2008: nil) on a cumulative basis.
The fair value of credit derivatives included in investments for risk of policyholders and held to mitigate exposure to credit risk was nil (2008: EUR (12) million), and the change in their fair value in the period was nil (2008: EUR (5) million).
The cost of investments for risk of policyholders as at December 31, 2009 was EUR 106,904 million (2008: EUR 115,929 million).
Investments in investment funds (with underlying investments in debt, equity securities, real estate and derivatives) are included under equity securities.
Non-trading derivatives by type:
                 
    2009     2008  
Derivatives used in:
               
- fair value hedges
    2,727       3,862  
- cash flow hedges
    5,521       5,771  
- hedges of net investments in foreign operations
    38       670  
Other non-trading derivatives
    3,346       6,181  
     
 
    11,632       16,484  
     

F-30


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
The fair value of credit derivatives included in non-trading derivatives and held to mitigate exposure to credit risk was EUR 60 million (2008: nil), and the change in their fair value in the period was EUR (121) million (2008: nil).
Other non-trading derivatives include mainly interest rate swaps for which no hedge accounting is applied.
Designated as at fair value through profit and loss by type:
                 
    2009     2008  
Equity securities
    392       313  
Debt securities
    3,478       5,445  
Loans and receivables
    524       637  
Other
    1,123       1,882  
     
 
    5,517       8,277  
     
The change in the fair value of the loans and receivables designated as at fair value through profit and loss attributable to changes in the credit risk of the financial assets during 2009 was nil (2008: nil),and nil (2008: nil) on a cumulative basis.
Other includes investments in private equity funds, hedge funds, other non-traditional investment vehicles and limited partnerships.
4 Investments
Investments by type:
                 
    2009     2008  
Available-for-sale
               
- equity securities
    8,853       8,822  
- debt securities
    188,850       234,030  
     
 
    197,703       242,852  
 
               
Held-to-maturity
               
- debt securities
    14,409       15,440  
     
 
    14,409       15,440  
 
               
     
 
    212,112       258,292  
     
The fair value of the securities classified as held to maturity amounts to EUR 14,809 million as at December 31, 2009 (2008: EUR 15,566 million).
Changes in investments — available-for-sale and held-to-maturity:
                                                                 
    Available-for-sale     Available-for-sale                      
    equity securities     debt securities     Held-to-maturity             Total  
    2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008  
Opening balance
    8,822       19,947       234,030       255,950       15,440       16,753       258,292       292,650  
Additions
    1,590       4,503       161,312       225,703               315       162,902       230,521  
Amortization
                    84       (48 )     (30 )     (33 )     54       (81 )
Transfers and reclassifications
    19       154       (29,651 )     (1,594 )     689               (28,943 )     (1,440 )
Changes in the composition of the group and other
    (1,354 )     (748 )     (4,223 )     (11,670 )                     (5,577 )     (12,418 )
Changes in unrealized revaluations
    3,151       (4,621 )     14,994       (14,877 )                     18,145       (19,498 )
Impairments and reversals
    (409 )     (1,916 )     (2,075 )     (2,904 )                     (2,484 )     (4,820 )
Disposals and redemptions
    (3,052 )     (8,320 )     (186,968 )     (217,239 )     (1,675 )     (1,640 )     (191,695 )     (227,199 )
Exchange rate differences
    86       (177 )     1,347       709       (15 )     45       1,418       577  
     
Closing balance
    8,853       8,822       188,850       234,030       14,409       15,440       212,112       258,292  
     

F-31


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Included in transfers and reclassifications of available-for-sale and held-to-maturity investments:
                                                                 
    Available-for-sale     Available-for-sale                      
    equity securities     debt securities     Held-to-maturity             Total  
    2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008  
To/from held-to-maturity
                    (689 )                             (689 )        
To/from available-for-sale
                                    689               689          
To/from loans and advances to customers / amounts due from banks
    10               (28,962 )     (1,594 )                     (28,952 )     (1,594 )
To/from Investment in associates
    9       154                                       9       154  
     
 
    19       154       (29,651 )     (1,594 )     689               (28,943 )     (1,440 )
     
Reclassifications to investments held to maturity
In 2009 ING Group reclassified EUR 0.7 billion of available-for-sale investments to held-to-maturity. The reclassification resulted from reduction in market liquidity for these assets; ING Group has the intent and ability to hold these assets until maturity.
Reclassifications to Loans and advances to customers and Amounts due from banks
Reclassifications out of available-for-sale investments to loans and receivables are allowed under IFRS as of the third quarter of 2008. At the beginning of the first and second quarter of 2009 and in the fourth quarter of 2008 ING Group reclassified certain financial assets from Investments available-for-sale to Loans and advances to customers and Amounts due from banks. In 2009 EUR 23,355 million (2008: EUR 1,594 million) was reclassified to Loans and advances to customers and EUR 5,608 million was reclassified to Amounts due from banks. The Group identified assets, eligible for reclassification, for which at the reclassification date it had an intent to hold for the foreseeable future.

F-32


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Reclassifications to Loans and advances to customers and Amounts due from banks:
                         
    Q2 2009     Q1 2009     Q4 2008  
As per reclassification date
                       
Fair value
    6,135       22,828       1,594  
 
                       
Effective interest rate (weighted average)
    1.4% - 24.8 %     2.1% - 11.7 %     4.1% - 21 %
Expected recoverable cash flows
    7,118       24,052       1,646  
Unrealized fair value losses in shareholders’ equity (before tax)
    (896 )     (1,224 )     (69 )
Recognized fair value gains (losses) in shareholders’ equity (before tax) between the beginning of the year in which the reclassification took place and the reclassification date
    173     nil       (79 )
Recognized impairment (before tax) between the beginning of the year in which the reclassification took place and the reclassification date
  nil     nil     nil  
 
                       
2009
                       
Carrying value as at December 31
    6,147       20,551       1,189  
Fair value as at December 31
    6,472       20,175       1,184  
Unrealized fair value losses in shareholders’ equity (before tax) as at December 31
    (734 )     (902 )     (67 )
Effect on shareholders’ equity (before tax) if reclassification had not been made
    325       (376 )     (5 )
Effect on result (before tax) if reclassification had not been made
  nil     nil     nil  
Effect on result (before tax) after the reclassification till 31 December (mainly interest income)
    54       629       47  
Recognized impairments (before tax)
  nil     nil     nil  
Recognized provision for credit losses (before tax)
  nil     nil     nil  
 
                       
2008
                       
Carrying value as at December 31
                    1,592  
Fair value as at December 31
                    1,565  
Unrealized fair value losses recognized in shareholders’ equity (before tax) during the year
    (971 )     (192 )     (79 )
Effect on shareholders’ equity (before tax) if reclassification had not been made
    n/a       n/a       (28 )
Effect on result (before tax) if reclassification had not been made
    n/a       n/a     nil  
Effect on result (before tax) after the reclassification till December 31 (mainly interest income)
    n/a       n/a       9  
Recognized impairments (before tax)
  nil     nil     nil  
Recognized provision for credit losses (before tax)
    n/a       n/a     nil  
 
                       
2007
                       
Unrealized fair value losses recognized in shareholders’ equity (before tax) during the year
                    (20 )
Recognized impairments (before tax)
                  nil  
Derecognition of Available-for-sale debt securities — Transaction with the Dutch State
ING Group and the Dutch government (‘State’) reached an agreement on an Illiquid Assets Back-Up Facility (‘IABF’) on January 26, 2009; the transaction closed on March 31, 2009. Under the IABF, ING has transferred 80% of the economic ownership of its Alt-A portfolio to the Dutch State. This portfolio was included in Available-for-sale debt securities. Reference is made to Note 33 ‘Related parties’ for more details.

F-33


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Available-for-sale equity securities by banking and insurance operations:
                                                 
            Listed             Unlisted             Total  
    2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008  
Banking operations
    3,209       1,418       473       445       3,682       1,863  
Insurance operations
    3,257       5,083       1,914       1,876       5,171       6,959  
     
 
    6,466       6,501       2,387       2,321       8,853       8,822  
     
Debt securities by banking and insurance operations:
                                                 
    Available-for-sale     Held-to-maturity             Total  
    2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008  
Banking operations
    88,500       131,502       14,409       15,440       102,909       146,942  
Insurance operations
    100,350       102,528                       100,350       102,528  
     
 
    188,850       234,030       14,409       15,440       203,259       249,470  
     
As at December 31, 2009, the balance sheet value included equity securities which were lent or sold in repurchase transactions amounting to nil (2008: EUR 182 million) and nil (2008: nil), respectively, and debt securities which were lent or sold in repurchase transactions amounting to EUR 6,853 million (2008: EUR 9,822 million) and EUR 20,900 million (2008: EUR 35,795 million), respectively.
Borrowed equity securities and convertible bonds are not recognized in the balance sheet and amounted to nil as at December 31, 2009 (2008: nil).
Borrowed debt securities are not recognized in the balance sheet and amounted to EUR 1,842 million as at December 31, 2009 (2008: EUR 166 million).
Investments in connection with the insurance operations with a combined carrying value of EUR 26 million (2008: EUR 47 million) were non-income-producing for the year ended December 31, 2009.
5 Loans and advances to customers
Loans and advances to customers by banking and insurance operations:
                 
    2009     2008  
Banking operations
    551,011       598,623  
Insurance operations
    29,060       25,681  
     
 
    580,071       624,304  
Eliminations
    (4,796 )     (7,528 )
     
 
    575,275       616,776  
     
Loans and advances to customers by type — banking operations:
                                                 
    Netherlands     International             Total  
    2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008  
Loans to, or guaranteed by, public authorities
    28,149       16,288       22,933       10,099       51,082       26,387  
Loans secured by mortgages
    160,440       155,846       142,415       145,090       302,855       300,936  
Loans guaranteed by credit institutions
    468       295       9,761       5,606       10,229       5,901  
Personal lending
    4,972       7,158       14,988       23,110       19,960       30,268  
Mortgage backed securities
                    17,814       9,055       17,814       9,055  
Corporate loans
    48,767       126,772       104,657       101,830       153,424       228,602  
     
 
    242,796       306,359       312,568       294,790       555,364       601,149  
 
                                               
Loan loss provisions
    (1,461 )     (761 )     (2,892 )     (1,765 )     (4,353 )     (2,526 )
     
 
    241,335       305,598       309,676       293,025       551,011       598,623  
     
Loans and advances to customers analyzed by subordination — banking operations:
                 
    2009     2008  
Non-subordinated
    550,596       598,419  
Subordinated
    415       204  
 
           
 
    551,011       598,623  
 
           

F-34


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
During 2009, certain product features and internal procedures for current accounts were amended. As a result thereof, the balances on these current accounts meet the criteria under IFRS for netting of positive and negative balances per client in the balance sheet. This additional netting resulted in a decrease in Loans and advances to customers (banking operations) and a similar decrease in Customer deposits and other funds on deposit of approximately EUR 73.9 billion.
Loans and advances to customers by type — insurance operations:
                                                 
    Netherlands             International             Total  
    2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008  
Policy loans
    50       52       2,853       2,908       2,903       2,960  
Loans secured by mortgages
    6,700       6,804       7,368       8,789       14,068       15,593  
Unsecured loans
    4,030       3,210       2,072       2,058       6,102       5,268  
Mortgage backed securities
    4,336                               4,336          
Other
    427       309       1,335       1,610       1,762       1,919  
     
 
    15,543       10,375       13,628       15,365       29,171       25,740  
 
                                               
Loan loss provisions
    (52 )     (27 )     (59 )     (32 )     (111 )     (59 )
     
 
    15,491       10,348       13,569       15,333       29,060       25,681  
     
As at December 31, 2009, Loans and advances to customers included receivables with regard to securities which have been acquired in reverse repurchase transactions related to the banking operations amounting to EUR 2,409 million (2008: EUR 964 million).
No individual loan or advance has terms and conditions that materially affect the amount, timing or certainty of the consolidated cash flows of the Group. For details on significant concentrations see ‘Risk management’ section.
Loans and advances to customers and Amounts due from banks include finance lease receivables, are detailed as follows:
Finance lease receivables:
                 
    2009     2008  
Maturities of gross investment in finance lease receivables
               
- within 1 year
    5,163       6,363  
- more than 1 year but less than 5 years
    9,739       9,766  
- more than 5 years
    6,041       4,836  
     
 
    20,943       20,965  
 
               
Unearned future finance income on finance leases
    (3,783 )     (3,614 )
     
Net investment in finance leases
    17,160       17,351  
     
 
               
Maturities of net investment in finance lease receivables
               
- within 1 year
    4,365       5,157  
- more than 1 year but less than 5 years
    8,088       7,955  
- more than 5 years
    4,707       4,239  
     
 
    17,160       17,351  
     
 
               
Included in Amounts due from banks
    64       100  
Included in Loans and advances to customers
    17,096       17,251  
     
      17,160       17,351  
     
The allowance for uncollectible finance lease receivables included in the loan loss provisions amounted to EUR 161 million as at December 31, 2009 (2008: EUR 88 million).
No individual finance lease receivable has terms and conditions that materially affect the amount, timing or certainty of the consolidated cash flows of the Group.

F-35


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Loan loss provisions analyzed by type — banking operations:
                                                 
    Netherlands             International             Total  
    2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008  
Loans secured by public authorities
                    3       2       3       2  
Loans secured by mortgages
    290       167       1,066       425       1,356       592  
Loans guaranteed by credit institutions
                    47       85       47       85  
Personal lending
    254       120       436       533       690       653  
Mortgage backed securities
                    15               15          
Other corporate loans
    917       474       1,371       805       2,288       1,279  
     
 
    1,461       761       2,938       1,850       4,399       2,611  
     
 
                                               
The closing balance is included in
                                               
- Amounts due from banks
                    46       85       46       85  
- Loans and advances to customers
    1,461       761       2,892       1,765       4,353       2,526  
     
 
    1,461       761       2,938       1,850       4,399       2,611  
     
Changes in loan loss provisions:
                                                 
    Banking operations     Insurance operations             Total  
    2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008  
Opening balance
    2,611       2,001       59       30       2,670       2,031  
Changes in the composition of the group
    (3 )     2       (3 )     (4 )     (6 )     (2 )
Write-offs
    (1,217 )     (728 )     (13 )     (6 )     (1,230 )     (734 )
Recoveries
    148       91       1       2       149       93  
Increase in loan loss provisions
    2,973       1,280       67       38       3,040       1,318  
Exchange rate differences
    (47 )     (50 )             (1 )     (47 )     (51 )
Other changes
    (66 )     15                       (66 )     15  
     
Closing balance
    4,399       2,611       111       59       4,510       2,670  
     
Changes in loan loss provisions relating to insurance operations are presented under Investment income. Changes in the loan loss provisions relating to banking operations are presented on the face of the profit and loss account.

F-36


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
6 Investments in associates
                                                         
                    Balance                          
    Interest     Fair value of     sheet     Total     Total     Total     Total  
2009   held (%)     listed investment     value     assets     liabilities     income     expenses  
TMB Public Company Limited
    30       338       457       11,474       10,503       309       281  
Sul America S.A.
    36               288       931       121       3,360       3,138  
ING Winkels Basisfonds
    16               210       1,642       310       56       37  
ING Dutch Office Master Fund C.V.
    16               201       1,527       285       (12 )     30  
Lionbrook Property Partnership
    33               151       572       148       27       20  
Property Fund Iberica
    30               140       1,635       1,156       (51 )     50  
ING Woningen Basisfonds
    13               111       1,019       194       (34 )     22  
ING Retail Property Fund Australia
    29               107       886       479       20       65  
Dutch Office Fund II
    16               104       775       129       31       27  
ING Real Estate Asia Retail Fund
    28               99       723       417       (46 )     140  
ING Vastgoed Kantoren C.V.
    10               89       952       44       10       33  
ING Vastgoed Winkels C.V.
    10               87       870       5       53       19  
ING Industrial Fund Australia
    8       61       78       2,265       1,343       344       387  
Lion Industrial Trust
    10               72       2,374       1,640       (174 )     729  
Retail Property Fund France Belgium (RPFFB)
    15               71       1,381       909       2       87  
ING Re French Residential Fund
    45               67       233       83       (1 )     8  
Property Fund Central Europe
    25               67       806       540       (25 )     52  
ING REI Investment DOF BV
    3               66       2,402       514       (215 )     266  
Dutch Residential Fund II
    13               65       626       141       (25 )     26  
Lion Properties Fund
    5               65       2,766       1,506       (226 )     1,167  
ING Re Nordic Property Fund
    16               56       940       588       (7 )     52  
Steadfast Capital Fund II LP
    68               56       83               2       6  
ING Retail Property Partnership Southern Europe
    21               55       1,001       745       (27 )     69  
ING Logistics Property Fund Europe
    25               51       467       263       (22 )     23  
Other investments in associates
                    886                                  
 
                                                     
 
                    3,699                                  
 
                                                     
Other investments in associates represents a large number of associates with an individual balance sheet value of less than EUR 50 million.
Accumulated impairments of EUR 59 million (2008: EUR 50 million) have been recognized.
For the above associates in which the interest held is below 20%, significant influence exists based on the combination of ING Group’s financial interest for own risk and its role as investment manager.
The values presented in the table above could differ from the values presented in the individual annual accounts of the associates, due to the fact that the individual values have been brought in line with ING Group’s accounting principles.
In general, the reporting dates of all material associates are consistent with the reporting date of the Group. However, for practical reasons, the reporting dates of certain associates differ slightly from with the reporting date of the Group, but, in any case, the difference between the reporting date of the associates and that of the Group is no more than three months.
Where the listed fair value is lower than the balance sheet value, an impairment review and an evaluation of the going concern basis has been performed.

F-37


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
                                                         
                    Balance                          
    Interest     Fair value of     sheet     Total     Total     Total     Total  
2008   held (%)     listed investment     value     assets     liabilities     income     expenses  
TMB Public Company Limited
    30       171       443       12,247       11,246       812       589  
ING Dutch Office Master Fund C.V.
    16               219       1,624       258       63       75  
ING Winkels Basisfonds
    16               218       1,736       346       119       51  
Sul America S.A.
    36               168       557       91       2,663       2,348  
ING Industrial Fund Australia
    18       14       164       2,377       1,033       166       147  
Property Fund Iberica
    30               157       1,835       1,301       (2 )     96  
Lionbrook Property Partnership
    29               145       626       126       (283 )     15  
Lion Industrial Trust
    10               133       2,898       1,528       98       207  
Lion Properties Fund
    5               125       4,135       1,757       313       771  
ING Woningen Basisfonds
    13               122       1,064       155       58       45  
ING Real Estate Asia Retail Fund
    28               121       850       412       57       72  
Dutch Office Fund II
    16               109       817       136       50       58  
ING Retail Property Fund Australia
    29               109       790       412       13       7  
ING Vastgoed Kantoren C.V.
    10               98       1,006       22       101       93  
ING Vastgoed Winkels C.V.
    10               88       898       22       83       22  
Property Fund Central Europe
    25               83       880       546       69       37  
Retail Property Fund France Belgium (RPFFB)
    15               79       1,602       1,075       71       57  
Dutch Residential Fund II
    13               74       602       51       62       127  
ING Retail Property Partnership Southern Europe
    21               73       1,218       879       6       67  
ING REI Investment DOF BV
    4               71       2,679       383       197       212  
ING European Infrastructure Fund
    25               70       662       409               2  
Lion Value Fund
    22               68       442       139       7       56  
ING Logistics Property Fund Europe
    25               65       530       269       (5 )     21  
ING Re Nordic Property Fund
    16               64       979       579       16       62  
ING Property Fund Central and Eastern Europe
    20               55       791       519       32       60  
ING Vastgoed Woningen C.V.
    10               53       528       1       36       25  
ING Re French Residential Fund
    45               50       182       69       3       4  
Other investments in associates
                    1,131                                  
 
                                                     
 
                    4,355                                  
 
                                                     
Changes in Investments in associates:
                 
    2009     2008  
Opening balance
    4,355       5,014  
Additions
    180       1,034  
Changes in the composition of the group
    (96 )     46  
Transfers to and from Investments
    (9 )     (154 )
Revaluations
    19       217  
Share of results
    (458 )     (375 )
Dividends received
    (126 )     (212 )
Disposals
    (294 )     (972 )
Impairments
    (3 )     (29 )
Exchange rate differences
    131       (214 )
     
Closing balance
    3,699       4,355  
     
In 2009, share of results of EUR (458) million (2008: EUR (375) million) and impairments of EUR (3) million (2008: EUR (29) million) are presented in the profit and loss account in Share of profit from associates for EUR (461) million (2008: EUR (404) million).

F-38


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
7 Real estate investments
Changes in real estate investments:
                 
    2009     2008  
Opening balance
    4,300       4,829  
Additions
    130       905  
Changes in the composition of the group
    (54 )     (296 )
Transfers to and from Property in own use
    58       (38 )
Transfers to and from Other assets
    322       117  
Fair value gains/(losses)
    (713 )     (400 )
Disposals
    (656 )     (415 )
Exchange rate differences
    251       (402 )
     
Closing balance
    3,638       4,300  
     
ING Group’s exposure to real estate is included in the following balance sheet lines:
Real estate exposure:
                 
    2009     2008  
Real estate investments
    3,638       4,300  
Investments in associates
    2,580       3,200  
Other assets — property held for sale
    2,515       3,143  
Property and equipment — property in own use
    1,686       1,841  
Investments — available-for-sale
    689       663  
     
 
    11,108       13,147  
     
Furthermore, the exposure is impacted by third party interests, leverage in funds and off-balance commitments, resulting in an overall exposure of EUR 13.1 billion (2008: EUR 15.5 billion). Reference is made to the section ‘Risk management’.
Real estate investments by banking and insurance operations
                 
    2009     2008  
Banking operations
    2,569       3,182  
Insurance operations
    1,069       1,118  
     
 
    3,638       4,300  
     
The total amount of rental income recognized in the profit and loss account for the year ended December 31, 2009 was EUR 345 million (2008: EUR 361 million). The total amount of contingent rent recognized in the profit and loss account for the year ended December 31, 2009 was EUR 8 million (2008: EUR 17 million).
The total amount of direct operating expenses (including repairs and maintenance) arising from Real estate investments that generated rental income for the year ended December 31, 2009 was EUR 87 million (2008: EUR 71 million). The total amount of direct operating expenses (including repairs and maintenance) arising from Real estate investments that did not generate rental income for the year ended December 31, 2009 was EUR 46 million (2008: EUR 36 million).
Real estate investments by year of most recent appraisal by independently qualified valuers (in percentages):
         
    2009  
Most recent appraisal in 2009
    98  
Most recent appraisal in 2008
    1  
Most recent appraisal in 2005
    1  
 
     
 
    100  
 
     
8 Property and equipment
Property and equipment by type:
                 
    2009     2008  
Property in own use
    1,686       1,841  
Equipment
    1,442       1,407  
Assets under operating leases
    2,991       3,148  
     
 
    6,119       6,396  
     

F-39


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Property in own use by banking and insurance operations:
                 
    2009     2008  
Banking operations
    1,364       1,447  
Insurance operations
    322       394  
 
           
 
    1,686       1,841  
 
           
 
               
Changes in property in own use:
               
                 
    2009     2008  
Opening balance
    1,841       2,069  
Additions
    46       85  
Changes in the composition of the group
    (2 )     (150 )
Transfers to and from Real estate investments
    (58 )     38  
Transfers to and from Other assets
    (24 )     5  
Depreciation
    (33 )     (39 )
Revaluations
    (51 )     (5 )
Impairments
    (8 )     (1 )
Reversal of impairments
    12          
Disposals
    (37 )     (114 )
Exchange rate differences
    (1 )     (47 )
Other changes
    1          
 
             
Closing balance
    1,686       1,841  
 
           
 
               
Gross carrying amount as at December 31,
    2,574       2,701  
Accumulated depreciation as at December 31,
    (764 )     (755 )
Accumulated impairments as at December 31,
    (124 )     (105 )
 
           
Net book value
    1,686       1,841  
 
           
 
               
Revaluation surplus
               
Opening balance
    606       633  
Revaluation in year
    (3 )     (48 )
Released in year
    (72 )     21  
 
           
Closing balance
    531       606  
 
           
The cost or the purchase price amounted to EUR 2,043 million (2008: EUR 2,087 million). Cost less accumulated depreciation and impairments would have been EUR 1,155 million (2008: EUR 1,226 million).
Property in own use by year of most recent appraisal by independently qualified valuers (in percentages)
         
    2009  
Most recent appraisal in 2009
    39  
Most recent appraisal in 2008
    28  
Most recent appraisal in 2007
    18  
Most recent appraisal in 2006
    7  
Most recent appraisal in 2005
    8  
 
     
 
    100  
 
     

F-40


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Changes in equipment:
                                                 
    Data processing     Fixtures and fittings              
            equipment     and other equipment           Total  
    2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008  
Opening balance
    320       281       1,087       989       1,407       1,270  
Additions
    189       227       407       396       596       623  
Changes in the composition of the group
    (9 )     (4 )     (88 )     10       (97 )     6  
Disposals
    (13 )     (2 )     (32 )     (20 )     (45 )     (22 )
Depreciation
    (155 )     (146 )     (261 )     (263 )     (416 )     (409 )
Impairments
            (9 )             (9 )             (18 )
Exchange rate differences
    6       (13 )     4       (28 )     10       (41 )
Other changes
    6       (14 )     (19 )     12       (13 )     (2 )
 
                                   
Closing balance
    344       320       1,098       1,087       1,442       1,407  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Gross carrying amount as at December 31,
    1,582       1,562       3,084       2,935       4,666       4,497  
Accumulated depreciation as at December 31,
    (1,238 )     (1,231 )     (1,986 )     (1,840 )     (3,224 )     (3,071 )
Accumulated impairments as at December 31,
            (11 )             (8 )             (19 )
 
                                         
Net book value
    344       320       1,098       1,087       1,442       1,407  
 
                                   
Changes in assets under operating leases:
                                                 
                Other leased-out              
            Cars             assets           Total  
    2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008  
Opening balance
    3,140       2,886       8       12       3,148       2,898  
Additions
    1,034       1,401                       1,034       1,401  
Changes in the composition of the group
            172               (2 )             170  
Disposals
    (93 )     (123 )                     (93 )     (123 )
Depreciation
    (789 )     (764 )     (3 )     (2 )     (792 )     (766 )
Impairments
            (3 )                             (3 )
Exchange rate differences
    28       (116 )                     28       (116 )
Transfer and other changes
    (334 )     (313 )                     (334 )     (313 )
 
                                   
Closing balance
    2,986       3,140       5       8       2,991       3,148  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Gross carrying amount as at December 31,
    4,516       4,466       27       28       4,543       4,494  
Accumulated depreciation as at December 31,
    (1,530 )     (1,324 )     (22 )     (20 )     (1,552 )     (1,344 )
Accumulated impairments as at December 31,
            (2 )                             (2 )
 
                                   
Net book value
    2,986       3,140       5       8       2,991       3,148  
 
                                   
Transfer and other changes relates mainly to the transfer of cars under operating lease to Other assets due to the expiration of the lease contract.
Depreciation of assets under operating leases is included in the profit and loss account in Other income as a deduction from operating lease income.
No individual operating lease has terms and conditions that materially affect the amount, timing or certainty of the consolidated cash flows of the Group.
The Group leases assets to third parties under operating leases as lessor. The future minimum lease payments to be received under non—cancellable operating leases are as follows:

F - 41


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Future minimum lease payments by maturity:
                 
    2009     2008  
Within 1 year
    1,094       1,072  
More than 1 year but less than 5 years
    1,893       2,072  
More than 5 years
    4       4  
 
           
 
    2,991       3,148  
 
           
9 Intangible assets
Changes in intangible assets:
                                                                                 
            Value of                                                          
            business                                                          
            acquired             Goodwill             Software             Other             Total  
    2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008  
Opening balance
    2,084       2,301       3,070       2,245       881       472       880       722       6,915       5,740  
Additions (bought)
                    39       1,329       188       213       3       244       230       1,786  
Capitalized expenses
    79       98                       132       420                       211       518  
Amortization and unlocking
    (120 )     (298 )                     (342 )     (173 )     (120 )     (157 )     (582 )     (628 )
Impairments
                            (155 )             (27 )     (9 )     (44 )     (9       (226 )
Effect of unrealized revaluations in equity
    (482 )     555                                                       (482 )     555  
Changes in the composition of the group
    (11 )     (730 )     (94 )     (3 )     (62 )     5       (143 )     229       (310 )     (499 )
Exchange rate differences
    (48 )     158       62       (340 )     10       (17 )     36       (113 )     60       (312 )
Disposals
                    (6 )     (6 )     (4 )     (12 )     (2 )     (1 )     (12 )     (19 )
 
                                                           
Closing balance
    1,502       2,084       3,071       3,070       803       881       645       880       6,021       6,915  
 
                                                           
 
                                                                               
Gross carrying amount as at December 31,
    2,518       2,980       3,136       3,225       2,217       1,988       1,007       1,125       8,878       9,318  
Accumulated amortization as at December 31,
    (1,016 )     (896 )                     (1,393 )     (1,051 )     (308 )     (200 )     (2,717 )     (2,147 )
Accumulated impairments as at December 31,
                    (65 )     (155 )     (21 )     (56 )     (54 )     (45 )     (140 )     (256 )
 
                                                           
Net book value
    1,502       2,084       3,071       3,070       803       881       645       880       6,021       6,915  
 
                                                           
Amortization of software and other intangible assets is included in the profit and loss account in Other operating expenses and Intangible amortization and other impairments. Amortization of VOBA is included in Underwriting expenditure.
Additions to Goodwill in 2009 mainly relate to the consolidation of 3W Holding B.V. (EUR 26 million) and to the extension of ING Group’s Interhyp AG share of EUR 7 million.

F-42


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Goodwill is tested for impairment at the lowest level at which it is monitored for internal management purposes (so called ‘reporting units’). Goodwill is allocated to reporting units as follows:
Goodwill allocation to reporting units:
                 
    2009     2008  
Retail Banking — Central Europe
    834       839  
Retail Banking — South West Europe
    49       49  
Retail Banking — Netherlands
    1       1  
ING Direct
    460       456  
Commercial Banking Leasing & Factoring
    66       61  
Commercial Banking Real Estate
    39       11  
Commercial Banking Other
    14       15  
Insurance Europe — Benelux
    48       49  
Insurance Europe — Rest of Europe
    122       124  
Insurance Americas — Latin America
    591       543  
Insurance Americas — United States
    483       501  
Insurance Americas — Canada
            71  
Insurance Asia/Pacific — South Korea
    171       164  
Insurance Asia/Pacific — Rest of Asia
    193       186  
 
           
 
    3,071       3,070  
 
           
In 2008, as a result of the nationalization of AFJP Pension in Argentina goodwill of EUR 155 million was written off.
Goodwill is tested for impairment by comparing the book value of the reporting unit (including goodwill) to the best estimate of the fair value of the reporting unit. As a first step the best estimate of the fair value is determined based on a Sum of the Parts valuation (SOP). If the outcome of the SOP indicates that there is not a significant margin between fair value and book value, a more thorough analysis of the fair value will be performed. The main assumptions in the SOP valuation include forecast results, business growth, discount rates, value of new business, market value surplus, etc. For listed companies the relevant market price is used. The more detailed analysis uses valuation models similar to those of the original valuation of an acquisition, embedded value, peer reviews, etc. The valuation models are validated and include development of the business following the acquisition, the latest management forecasts of income and expenditure and updates of future projections, review of discount rates and terminal growth rates, etc. Peer reviews include analysis of Price/Earnings and Price/Book multiples of comparable listed companies. Assumptions are generally based on past experience, management’s best estimate of future developments and, where available, relevant external information. The goodwill impairment test as at December 31, 2009, using best estimate assumptions and reasonable likely changes therein, have not resulted in impairment (2008: nil).
10 Deferred acquisition costs
Changes in deferred acquisition costs:
                                                                 
            Investment                      
            contracts     Life insurance     Non-life insurance             Total  
    2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008  
Opening balance
    89       101       11,489       10,183       265       408       11,843       10,692  
Capitalized
    9       50       1,609       2,495       12       126       1,630       2,671  
Amortization and unlocking
    (11 )     (12 )     (435 )     (1,884 )     (12 )     (130 )     (458 )     (2,026 )
Effect of unrealized revaluations in equity
                    (1,140 )     1,523                       (1,140 )     1,523  
Changes in the composition of the group
    (104 )     (34 )     58       (1,289 )     (231 )     (104 )     (277 )     (1,427 )
Exchange rate differences
    17       (16 )     (227 )     461       9       (35 )     (201 )     410  
Disposal of portfolios
                    1                               1          
 
                                               
Closing balance
    0       89       11,355       11,489       43       265       11,398       11,843  
 
                                               
For flexible life insurance contracts the growth rate assumption used to calculate the amortization of the deferred acquisition costs for 2009 is 8.2% gross and 5.6% net of investment management fees (2008: 6.4% gross and 5.6% net of investment management fees).

F-43


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
In 2008, Changes in the composition of the group related for EUR 1,164 million to the sale of ING Life Taiwan.
11 Assets and liabilities held for sale
Assets and liabilities held for sale include disposal groups whose carrying amount will be recovered principally through a sale transaction rather than through continuing operations. This relates to businesses for which sale is agreed or highly probable at balance sheet date but for which the transaction has not yet fully closed. For December 31, 2009 this relates mainly to the Swiss and Asian Private Banking business, Pacific Antai Life Insurance Company Ltd. (PALIC), and three U.S. independent retail broker-dealer units and for 31 December 2008 this relates to ING Life Taiwan. Reference is made to Note 30 ‘Companies acquired and companies disposed’ for more details.
Assets held for sale:
                 
    2009     2008  
Cash and balances with central banks
    264       80  
Amounts due from banks
    474          
Financial assets at fair value though profit and loss
    389       1,552  
Available-for-sale investments
    458       9,801  
Loans and advances to customers
    3,242       1,341  
Reinsurance contracts
    3          
Property and equipment
    37       41  
Intangible assets
    3       671  
Deferred acquisition costs
    35       1,164  
Other assets
    119       662  
 
           
 
    5,024       15,312  
 
           
Liabilities held for sale:
                 
    2009     2008  
Insurance and investments contracts
    191       14,294  
Amounts due to banks
    31          
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit
    4,480          
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss
    36       126  
Other liabilities
    152       600  
 
           
 
    4,890       15,020  
 
           
Cumulative other comprehensive income includes EUR 13 million (2008: EUR 94 million) related to Assets held for sale.
12 Other assets
Other assets by type:
                 
    2009     2008  
Reinsurance and insurance receivables
    2,125       3,683  
Deferred tax assets
    3,969       8,034  
Property held for sale
    2,515       3,143  
Income tax receivable
    836       776  
Accrued interest and rents
    18,306       20,156  
Other accrued assets
    1,635       1,758  
Pension assets
    3,143       1,781  
Other receivables
    6,700       8,334  
 
           
 
    39,229       47,665  
 
           
Disclosures in respect of deferred tax assets and pension assets are provided in Note 21 ‘Other liabilities’.
Accrued interest and rents includes EUR 6,956 million (2008: EUR 7,980 million) accrued interest on assets measured at amortized cost under the IAS 39 classification Loans and receivables.
The total amount of borrowing costs relating to Property held for sale, capitalized in 2009 is EUR 98 million (2008: EUR 115 million).

F-44


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Reinsurance and insurance receivables:
                 
    2009     2008  
 
               
Receivables on account of direct insurance from:
               
— policyholders
    1,443       2,750  
— intermediaries
    113       191  
Reinsurance receivables
    569       742  
     
 
    2,125       3,683  
     
Property held for sale:
                 
    2009     2008  
 
               
Property developed for sale
    917       640  
Property obtained from foreclosures
    160       91  
Property under development
    1,438       2,412  
     
 
    2,515       3,143  
     
 
               
Gross carrying amount as at December 31,
    3,228       3,276  
Accumulated impairments as at December 31,
    (713 )     (133 )
     
Net book value
    2,515       3,143  
     
EQUITY
13 Shareholders’ equity (parent) / Non-voting equity securities
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
Share capital
    919       495       534  
Share premium
    16,034       9,182       8,739  
Revaluation reserve
    2,466       (8,502 )     4,937  
Currency translation reserve
    (2,008 )     (1,918 )     (1,354 )
Other reserves
    13,710       15,823       24,862  
     
Shareholders’ equity (parent)
    31,121       15,080       37,718  
     
The Revaluation reserve, Share of associates reserve (included in Other reserves) and Currency translation reserve cannot be freely distributed.
As at December 31, 2009, Other reserves included an amount of EUR 645 million (2008: EUR 566 million; 2007: EUR 566 million) related to the former Stichting Regio Bank that cannot be freely distributed.
Share capital:
                                                 
                    Ordinary shares (par value EUR 0.24)  
                    Number x1,000                     Amount  
    2009     2008     2007     2009     2008     2007  
Authorized share capital
    4,500,000       4,500,000       3,000,000       1,080       1,080       720  
Unissued share capital
    668,439       2,436,852       773,555       161       585       186  
     
Issued share capital
    3,831,561       2,063,148       2,226,445       919       495       534  
     

F-45


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Changes in issued share capital:
                 
    Ordinary shares  
    (par value EUR 0.24)  
    Number        
    x1,000     Amount  
Issued share capital as at January 1, 2007
    2,205,093       530  
Issue of shares
    5,569       1  
Exercise of B warrants and options
    15,783       3  
     
Issued share capital as at December 31, 2007
    2,226,445       534  
     
 
               
Issue of shares
    1,848          
Buy-back of shares
    (183,158 )     (44 )
Exercise of B warrants
    18,013       5  
     
Issued share capital as at December 31, 2008
    2,063,148       495  
     
 
               
Issue of shares
    1,768,413       424  
     
Issued share capital as at December 31, 2009
    3,831,561       919  
     
Share premium
Changes in Share premium are disclosed in the Consolidated statement of changes in equity of ING Group.
Rights issue
On November 27, 2009 existing holders of (depositary receipts for) ordinary shares were offered rights entitling to subscribe for new (depositary receipts for) ordinary shares subject to applicable securities laws. Eligible rights holders could subscribe for 6 new (depositary receipts for) ordinary shares in relation to every 7 subscription rights that they hold. The issue price was set at EUR 4.24 per share. This represented a discount of 37.3% to the Theoretical Ex-Rights Price (TERP), based on the closing price of EUR 8.92 of ING Groep N.V.’s, (depositary receipts for) shares on Euronext Amsterdam and on Euronext Brussels on November 26, 2009.
A total of 1,768,412,544 (depositary receipts for) ordinary shares were offered and sold, of which approximately 97% through the exercise of rights and the remainder through placements to institutional investors. As a result, ING received approximately EUR 7.3 billion in proceeds, net of fees and expenses.
Share buy-back programme (2007/2008)
In May 2007, ING Group announced a plan to adopt a buy-back programme under which it planned to purchase (depositary receipts for) ordinary shares with a total value of EUR 5 billion over a period of 12 months, beginning in June 2007. On May 23, 2008 this programme was terminated as ING Group had almost reached the legal limit then in force for the acquisition of its own shares (10% of the issued share capital). In total, 183.2 million (depositary receipts for) ordinary shares were repurchased under this programme at an average price of EUR 26.77 and a total consideration of EUR 4.9 billion (98% of the total amount of the share buy back programme as announced). Repurchased ordinary shares and depositary receipts are included in the table ‘Changes in treasury shares’.
These ordinary shares repurchased, were cancelled in two blocks, effective on June 25, 2008 and October 7, 2008 respectively. These now form part of the unissued share capital.
Ordinary shares
All ordinary shares are in registered form. No share certificates have been issued. Ordinary shares may be transferred by means of a deed of transfer. A transfer of ordinary shares requires written acknowledgement by ING Groep N.V. The par value of ordinary shares is EUR 0.24. The authorized ordinary share capital of ING Groep N.V. currently consists of 4,500 million ordinary shares; it increased in 2008 from 3,000 million shares to 4,500 million shares as a result from an amendment made to the Articles of Association on October 8, 2008. As at December 31, 2009, 3,832 million of ordinary shares were issued and fully paid.

F-46


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Depositary receipts for ordinary shares
More than 99.9% of the ordinary shares issued by ING Groep N.V. are held by Stichting ING Aandelen (ING Trust Office). In exchange for these shares, ING Trust Office has issued depositary receipts in bearer form for these shares. The depositary receipts are listed on various stock exchanges. Depositary receipts can be exchanged upon request of the holders of depositary receipts for (non-listed) ordinary shares without any restriction, other than payment of an administrative fee of EUR 0.01 per depositary receipt with a minimum of EUR 25 per exchange transaction.
The holder of a depositary receipt is entitled to receive from ING Trust Office payment of dividends and distributions corresponding to the dividends and distributions received by ING Trust Office on an ordinary share.
In addition, the holder of a depositary receipt is entitled to attend and to speak at the General Meeting of Shareholders of ING Groep N.V. either in person or by proxy. A holder of a depositary receipt, who thus attends the General Meeting of Shareholders, is entitled to vote as a proxy of ING Trust Office but entirely at his own discretion for a number of shares equal to the number of his depositary receipts.
A holder of depositary receipts who does not attend the General Meeting of Shareholders in person or by proxy is entitled to give a binding voting instruction to ING Trust Office for a number of shares equal to the number of his depositary receipts.
Depositary receipts for ordinary shares held by ING Group (Treasury shares)
As at December 31, 2009, 47.0 million (2008: 36.5 million; 2007: 126.8 million) depositary receipts for ordinary shares ING Groep N.V. with a par value of EUR 0.24 were held by ING Groep N.V. or its subsidiaries. These depositary receipts for ordinary shares were purchased to hedge option rights granted to the Executive Board members and other employees.
Restrictions with respect to dividend and repayment of capital
ING Groep N.V. is subject to legal restrictions regarding the amount of dividends it can pay to the holders of its ordinary shares. Pursuant to the Dutch Civil Code, dividends can only be paid up to an amount equal to the excess of the company’s own funds over the sum of the paid-up capital, and reserves required by law.
Moreover, ING Groep N.V.’s ability to pay dividends is dependent on the dividend payment ability of its subsidiaries and associates. ING Groep N.V. is legally required to create a non-distributable reserve insofar profits of its subsidiaries and associates are subject to dividend payment restrictions which apply to those subsidiaries and associates themselves. Such restrictions may among others be of a similar nature as the restrictions which apply to ING Groep N.V. Furthermore there can be restrictions as a result of minimum capital requirements that are imposed by industry regulators in the countries in which the subsidiaries operate, or other limitations which may exist in certain countries.
Without prejudice to the authority of the Executive Board to allocate profits to reserves and to the fact that the ordinary shares are the most junior securities issued by ING Groep N.V., no specific dividend payment restrictions with respect to ordinary shares exist.
Furthermore, ING Groep N.V. is subject to legal restrictions with respect to repayment of capital to holders of ordinary shares. Capital may be repaid to the holders of ordinary shares pursuant to an amendment of ING Groep N.V.’s Articles of Association whereby the ordinary shares are written down.
Pursuant to the Dutch Civil Code, capital may only be repaid if none of ING Groep N.V.’s creditors opposes such a repayment within two months following the announcement of a resolution to that effect.
On a distribution of a dividend ING Groep N.V. is in principle required to withhold an income tax on dividends at a rate of 15%.
B warrants (2007/2008)
In 1998, ING Groep N.V. authorized the issue of a maximum of 17,317,132 B warrants, of which 17,220,200 were issued. On January 5, 2008 of the remaining 9,266,097 warrants, 259,484 warrants expired and 9,006,613 were exercized. Accordingly no B warrants were outstanding as at December 31, 2009 (2008: nil; 2007: 9,266,097). B warrant holders were entitled to obtain from ING Groep N.V., for a fixed price, depositary receipts for ordinary shares in the proportion of one B warrant to two depositary receipts. B warrant holders could exercise their rights at their own discretion but no later than January 5, 2008.

F-47


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
The closing date for exercising warrants B was January 5, 2008. The exercise price of warrants B was EUR 49.92 for two depositary receipts.
Changes in revaluation reserve:
                                 
    Property     Available-for-sale     Cash flow hedge        
2009   revaluation reserve     reserve     reserve     Total  
 
                               
Opening balance
    461       (10,140 )     1,177       (8,502 )
Unrealized revaluations after taxation
    (50 )     12,496               12,446  
Realized gains/losses transferred to profit and loss
            1,406               1,406  
Changes in cash flow hedge reserve
                    (805 )     (805 )
Transfer to insurance liabilities/DAC
            (2,079 )             (2,079 )
     
Closing balance
    411       1,683       372       2,466  
     
Changes in revaluation reserve:
                                 
    Property     Available-for-sale     Cash flow hedge        
2008   revaluation reserve     reserve     reserve     Total  
 
                               
Opening balance
    439       4,067       431       4,937  
Unrealized revaluations after taxation
    22       (18,876 )             (18,854 )
Realized gains/losses transferred to profit and loss
            2,476               2,476  
Changes in cash flow hedge reserve
                    746       746  
Transfer to insurance liabilities/DAC
            2,193               2,193  
     
Closing balance
    461       (10,140 )     1,177       (8,502 )
     
Changes in revaluation reserve:
                                 
    Property     Available- for-sale     Cash flow hedge        
2007   revaluation reserve     reserve     reserve     Total  
 
                               
Opening balance
    468       7,629       1,356       9,453  
Unrealized revaluations after taxation
    (29 )     (1,508 )             (1,537 )
Realized gains/losses transferred to profit and loss
            (3,186 )             (3,186 )
Changes in cash flow hedge reserve
                    (925 )     (925 )
Transfer to insurance liabilities/DAC
            1,132               1,132  
     
Closing balance
    439       4,067       431       4,937  
     
Transfer to insurance liabilities/DAC includes the change in the deferred profit sharing liability (net of deferred tax). Reference is made to Note 17 ‘Insurance and investment contracts, reinsurance contracts’.
Changes in currency translation reserve:
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
Opening balance
    (1,918 )     (1,354 )     (473 )
Unrealized revaluations after taxation
    (294 )     388       500  
Realized gains/losses transferred to profit and loss
    148       156       (228 )
Exchange rate differences
    56       (1,108 )     (1,153 )
     
Closing balance
    (2,008 )     (1,918 )     (1,354 )
     
The unrealized revaluations after taxation relate to changes in the value of hedging instruments that are designated as net investment hedges.
Changes in other reserves:
                                         
    Retained     Share of associates                    
2009   earnings     reserve     Treasury shares     Other reserves     Total  
Opening balance
    20,978       726       (866 )     (5,015 )     15,823  
Result for the year
    (1,423 )                             (1,423 )
Unrealized revaluations after taxation
    (273 )     (5 )                     (278 )
Changes in treasury shares
                    129               129  
Transfer to share of associates reserve
    76       (76 )                        
Dividend and repayment premium
    (259 )                     (346 )     (605 )
Employee stock options and share plans
    64                               64  
     
Closing balance
    19,163       645       (737 )     (5,361 )     13,710  
     

F-48


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Dividend and repayment premium includes the coupon (EUR 259 million) and repayment premium (EUR 346 million) on the repayment of EUR 5 billion non-voting equity securities.
Changes in other reserves:
                                         
    Retained     Share of associates                    
2008   earnings     reserve     Treasury shares     Other reserves     Total  
Opening balance
    27,535       1,202       (3,740 )     (135 )     24,862  
Result for the year
    (3,124 )     (369 )                     (3,493 )
Unrealized revaluations after taxation
    (77 )     106                       29  
Changes in treasury shares
                    (2,030 )             (2,030 )
Dividend
    (3,387 )     (213 )                     (3,600 )
Employee stock options and share plans
    31                               31  
Issuance costs incurred
                            (20 )     (20 )
Cancellation of shares
                    4,904       (4,860 )     44  
     
Closing balance
    20,978       726       (866 )     (5,015 )     15,823  
     
Changes in other reserves:
                                         
    Retained     Share of associates                    
2007   earnings     reserve     Treasury shares     Other reserves     Total  
Opening balance
    20,829       1,181       (1,436 )     (37 )     20,537  
Result for the year
    9,275       347                       9,622  
Unrealized revaluations after taxation
                            (98 )     (98 )
Changes in treasury shares
                    (2,304 )             (2,304 )
Dividend
    (2,826 )     (173 )                     (2,999 )
Employee stock options and share plans
    104                               104  
Other
    153       (153 )                        
     
Closing balance
    27,535       1,202       (3,740 )     (135 )     24,862  
     
Changes in treasury shares:
                                                 
    Amount     Number  
    2009     2008     2007     2009     2008     2007  
Opening balance
    866       3,740       1,436       36,457,118       126,759,829       53,859,235  
Purchased/sold
    47       2,159       2,505       11,648,765       94,105,700       79,652,109  
Rights issue
    (64 )                                        
Cancelled
            (4,904 )                     (183,158,017 )        
Share-based payments
    (27 )     (22 )     (201 )     (1,058,658 )     (1,250,394 )     (6,751,515 )
Other
    (85 )     (107 )                                
     
Closing balance
    737       866       3,740       47,047,225       36,457,118       126,759,829  
     
Non-voting equity securities (Core Tier 1 securities)
On November 12, 2008, ING Groep N.V. issued one billion non-voting equity securities to the Dutch State at EUR 10 per non-voting equity security, resulting in an increase of ING Group’s core Tier 1 capital of EUR 10 billion. The nominal value of each security is EUR 0.24. The non-voting equity securities do not form part of ING Group’s share capital; accordingly they do not carry voting rights in the General Meeting.
These non-voting equity securities are deeply subordinated and rank pari-passu with ordinary shares in a winding up of ING Group.
On these non-voting equity securities a coupon is payable of the higher of:
  EUR 0.85 per security, payable annually in arrears, with a first coupon of EUR 0.425 per security paid on May 12, 2009; and
  110% of the dividend paid on each ordinary share over 2009 (payable in 2010)
  120% of the dividend paid on each ordinary share over 2010 (payable in 2011)
  125% of the dividend paid on each ordinary share over 2011 onwards (payable in 2012 onwards).
Since ING Groep N.V. had already paid an interim dividend of EUR 0.74 per ordinary share in August 2008, ING recognized a coupon payable of EUR 425 million to the Dutch State as of December 31, 2008. This coupon was paid out on May 12, 2009.

F-49


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Further coupons are to be paid on May 12 of each year (the coupon date) in cash if the dividend on ordinary shares is paid in cash or to be paid in scrip securities in the event of a scrip dividend on ordinary shares. Coupons are only due and payable, on a non-cumulative basis and if a dividend is paid on ordinary shares over the financial year preceding the coupon date, either on an interim or a final dividend basis, provided that ING Group’s capital adequacy position is and remains satisfactory both before and after payment in the opinion of the Dutch central bank.
ING announced on October 26, 2009 that it reached an agreement with the Dutch State to alter the repayment terms of the non-voting equity securities issued in November 2008, in order to facilitate early repayment. Under the agreement, ING repurchased on December 21, 2009, EUR 5 billion of the securities, representing half of the non-voting equity securities, at the issue price (EUR 10) plus the accrued coupon and a repayment premium. The 8.5% coupon payment was EUR 259 million at the time of repayment and the repayment premium was EUR 346 million. The total payment amounted to EUR 5,605 million. The terms for the remaining non-voting equity securities, including restrictions on remuneration and corporate governance, remain unchanged. Reference is made to Note 33 ‘Related parties’.
Cumulative preference shares
Pursuant to the Articles of Association of ING Groep N.V. as amended on October 8, 2008, the authorized cumulative preference share capital consists of 4.5 billion cumulative preference shares, of which none have been issued. The par value of these cumulative preference shares is EUR 0.24.
The cumulative preference shares rank before the ordinary shares in entitlement to dividend and to distributions upon liquidation of ING Groep N.V.
The dividend on the cumulative preference shares will be equal to a percentage, calculated on the amount compulsorily paid up or yet to be paid up. This percentage shall be equal to the average of the Euro OverNight Index Average (EONIA) as calculated by the European Central Bank. During the financial year for which the distribution is made, this percentage is weighted on the basis of the number of days for which it applies, increased by 2.5 percentage points.
If and to the extent that the profit available for distribution is not sufficient to pay the dividend referred to above in full, the shortfall will be made up from the reserves insofar as possible. If, and to the extent that, the dividend distribution cannot be made from the reserves, the profits earned in subsequent years shall first be used to make up the shortfall before any distribution may be made on shares of any other category.
ING Groep N.V.’s Articles of Association make provision for the cancellation of cumulative preference shares. Upon cancellation of cumulative preference shares and upon liquidation of ING Groep N.V., the amount paid up on the cumulative preference shares will be repaid together with the dividend shortfall in preceding years, insofar as this shortfall has not yet been made up.
Cumulative preference shares — Restrictions with respect to dividend and repayment of capital
ING Groep N.V. is subject to legal restrictions regarding the amount of dividends it can pay to the holders of its cumulative preference shares, when issued. Pursuant to the Dutch Civil Code, dividends can only be paid up to an amount equal to the excess of the company’s own funds over the sum of the paid-up capital, and reserves required by law.
Moreover, ING Groep N.V.’s ability to pay dividends is dependent on the dividend payment ability of its subsidiaries. ING Groep N.V. is legally required to create a non-distributable reserve insofar profits of its subsidiaries are subject to dividend payment restrictions which apply to those subsidiaries themselves. Such restrictions may among others be of a similar nature as the restrictions which apply to ING Groep N.V. or may be the result of minimum capital requirements that are imposed by industry regulators in the countries in which the subsidiaries operate, or other limitations which may exist in certain countries.
Without prejudice to the fact that the cumulative preference shares, when issued, will be junior securities of ING Groep N.V., no specific dividend payment restrictions with respect to the cumulative preference shares exist.

F-50


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Furthermore, ING Groep N.V. is subject to legal restrictions with respect to repayment of capital to holders of cumulative preference shares. Capital may be repaid to the holders of cumulative preference shares pursuant to (i) an amendment of ING Groep N.V.’s articles of association whereby the cumulative preference shares are written down or (ii) a resolution to redeem and cancel the cumulative preference shares.
Pursuant to the Dutch Civil Code, capital may only be repaid if none of ING Groep N.V.’s creditors opposes such a repayment within two months following the announcement of a resolution to that effect.
LIABILITIES
14 Subordinated loans
Subordinated loans:
                                                 
                    Notional amount in     Balance sheet value  
Interest rate   Year of Issue     Due date   original currency     2009     2008  
 
                                               
9.000%
    2008     Perpetual   EUR     10       10       10  
8.500%
    2008     Perpetual   USD     2,000       1,357       1,393  
8.000%
    2008     Perpetual   EUR     1,500       1,479       1,474  
7.375%
    2007     Perpetual   USD     1,500       1,022       1,048  
6.375%
    2007     Perpetual   USD     1,045       713       731  
5.140%
    2006     Perpetual   GBP     600       670       623  
5.775%
    2005     Perpetual   USD     1,000       690       711  
6.125%
    2005     Perpetual   USD     700       472       487  
4.176%
    2005     Perpetual   EUR     500       498       497  
Variable
    2004     Perpetual   EUR     1,000       999       939  
6.200%
    2003     Perpetual   USD     500       337       348  
Variable
    2003     Perpetual   EUR     750       731       684  
7.200%
    2002     Perpetual   USD     1,100       656       773  
7.050%
    2002     Perpetual   USD     800       465       563  
                                     
 
                                    10,099       10,281  
                                     
Subordinated loans consist of perpetual subordinated bonds issued by ING Groep N.V. These bonds have been issued to raise hybrid capital for ING Verzekeringen N.V. and Tier 1 capital for ING Bank N.V. Under IFRS-IASB these bonds are classified as liabilities. They are considered capital for regulatory purposes.
Except for the 9% 2008 perpetual of EUR 10 million (a private placement), these loans have been subsequently provided as subordinated loans by ING Groep N.V. to ING Verzekeringen N.V. and ING Bank N.V. under the same conditions as the original bonds as follows:
Subordinated loans provided by ING Groep N.V. to ING Bank N.V. and ING Verzekeringen N.V.:
                 
    2009     2008  
ING Bank N.V.
    6,822       5,800  
ING Verzekeringen N.V.
    3,267       4,471  
     
 
    10,089       10,271  
     
15 Debt securities in issue
Debt securities in issue relate to debentures and other issued debt securities with either fixed interest rates or interest rates based on floating interest rate levels, such as certificates of deposit and accepted bills issued by ING Group, except for subordinated items. Debt securities in issue do not include debt securities presented as Financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss. ING Group does not have debt securities that are issued on terms other than those available in the normal course of business. The maturities of the debt securities are as follows:

F-51


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Debt securities in issue — maturities:
                 
    2009     2008  
Fixed rate debt securities
               
Within 1 year
    64,994       50,994  
More than 1 year but less than 2 years
    2,376       2,448  
More than 2 years but less than 3 years
    6,551       2,410  
More than 3 years but less than 4 years
    4,938       2,429  
More than 4 years but less than 5 years
    9,542       4,332  
More than 5 years
    8,151       6,290  
     
Total fixed rate debt securities
    96,552       68,903  
 
               
Floating rate debt securities
               
Within 1 year
    10,021       11,858  
More than 1 year but less than 2 years
    6,545       5,325  
More than 2 years but less than 3 years
    1,164       5,189  
More than 3 years but less than 4 years
    1,375       1,423  
More than 4 years but less than 5 years
    1,478       28  
More than 5 years
    2,846       3,762  
     
Total floating rate debt securities
    23,429       27,585  
 
               
     
Total debt securities
    119,981       96,488  
     
As of December 31, 2009, ING Group had unused lines of credit available including the payment of commercial paper borrowings relating to debt securities in issue of EUR 7,029 million (2008: EUR 5,649 million).
ING Bank issued 3 year government guaranteed senior unsecured bonds amounting to USD 6 billion in January 2009. USD 5 billion of the issue was priced at a fixed rate of 80 basis points over mid-swaps. USD 1 billion was priced at a variable rate of 80 basis points over 3 month LIBOR.
ING Bank issued a 5 year EUR 4 billion fixed rate government guaranteed senior unsecured bond in February 2009. The issue was priced at a fixed rate of 3.375%, 75 basis points over mid-swaps.
ING Bank issued a 5 year USD 2 billion fixed rate government guaranteed senior unsecured bond in March 2009. The issue was priced at a fixed coupon of 3.90%, 145 basis points over USD mid-swaps.
All were issued under the Credit Guarantee Scheme of the State of the Netherlands and are part of ING Group’s regular medium-term funding operations. ING Group pays a fee of 84 basis points over the issued bonds to the Dutch State to participate in the Credit Guarantee Scheme.
16 Other borrowed funds
Other borrowed funds by remaining term:
                                                         
                                                 
2009   2010     2011     2012     2013     2014     There
after
    Total  
Subordinated loans of group companies
    1,107       3,570       1,671       681       81       7,320       14,430  
Preference shares of group companies
                                            1,040       1,040  
Loans contracted
    2,985                               74       1,636       4,695  
Loans from credit institutions
    2,046       201       32       29       24       654       2,986  
     
 
    6,138       3,771       1,703       710       179       10,650       23,151  
     
Other borrowed funds by remaining term:
                                                         
                                            There        
2008   2009     2010     2011     2012     2013     after     Total  
Subordinated loans of group companies
    553       1,058       1,502       1,706       652       10,398       15,869  
Preference shares of group companies
                                            1,071       1,071  
Loans contracted
    5,590       1,126                               1,756       8,472  
Loans from credit institutions
    4,580       279       180       1               746       5,786  
     
 
    10,723       2,463       1,682       1,707       652       13,971       31,198  
     

F-52


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Subordinated loans of group companies relate to capital debentures and private loans which are subordinated to all current and future liabilities of ING Bank N.V.
Preference shares of group companies comprise non-cumulative guaranteed Trust Preference Securities which are issued by wholly owned subsidiaries of ING Groep N.V. These securities have a liquidation preference of a certain amount plus any accrued interest and unpaid dividend. Dividends with regard to these preference securities are presented as an interest expense in the profit and loss account. These trust preference securities have no voting rights.
17 Insurance and investment contracts, Reinsurance contracts
The provisions for insurance and investment contracts, net of reinsurance (i.e. the provision for ING Group’s own account) is presented in the balance sheet gross under ‘Insurance and investment contracts’ and ‘Reinsurance contracts’.
Insurance and investment contracts, reinsurance contracts:
                                                 
                                    Insurance  
    Provision                     and investment  
    net of reinsurance     Reinsurance contracts     contracts  
    2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008  
Provision for non-participating life policy liabilities
    69,641       67,120       4,798       4,822       74,439       71,942  
Provision for participating life policy liabilities
    50,102       55,266       200       217       50,302       55,483  
Provision for (deferred) profit sharing and rebates
    1,600       147       3       2       1,603       149  
Provision for life insurance for risk of policyholders
    99,299       84,279       374       541       99,673       84,820  
     
Life insurance provisions
    220,642       206,812       5,375       5,582       226,017       212,394  
 
                                               
Provision for unearned premiums and unexpired risks
    361       1,756       4       13       365       1,769  
 
                                               
Reported claims provision
    2,580       3,995       96       202       2,676       4,197  
Claims incurred but not reported (IBNR)
    493       1,345       5               498       1,345  
     
Claims provisions
    3,073       5,340       101       202       3,174       5,542  
 
                                               
     
Total provisions for insurance contracts
    224,076       213,908       5,480       5,797       229,556       219,705  
 
                                               
Investment contracts for risk of company
    5,896       9,804                       5,896       9,804  
Investment contracts for risk of policyholders
    5,406       11,281                       5,406       11,281  
     
Total provisions for investment contracts
    11,302       21,085                       11,302       21,085  
 
                                               
     
Total
    235,378       234,993       5,480       5,797       240,858       240,790  
     
For insurance contracts with discretionary participation features a deferred profit sharing amount is recognized for the full amount of the unrealized revaluation on allocated investments. Upon realization, the profit sharing on unrealized revaluation is reversed and a deferred profit sharing amount is recognized for the share of realized results on allocated investments that is expected to be shared with policyholders. The deferred profit sharing amount is reduced by the actual allocation of profit sharing to individual policyholders. The change in the deferred profit sharing amount on unrealized revaluation (net of deferred tax) is recognized in equity in the Revaluation reserve. The deferred profit sharing amount on unrealized revaluation is included in Provision for (deferred) profit sharing and rebates and amounts to EUR 313 million as at December 31, 2009 (2008: EUR (1,174) million).

F-53


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Changes in life insurance provisions:
                                                 
                                    Insurance  
    Provision     Reinsurance     and investment  
    net of reinsurance     contracts     contracts  
    2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008  
Opening balance
    206,812       227,400       5,582       5,300       212,394       232,700  
Changes in the composition of the group
    (2,864 )     (15,050 )     (65 )     (25 )     (2,929 )     (15,075 )
     
 
    203,948       212,350       5,517       5,275       209,465       217,625  
 
                                               
Current year provisions
    21,598       33,078       574       884       22,172       33,962  
 
                                               
Change in deferred profit sharing liability
    1,476       (1,169 )                     1,476       (1,169 )
 
                                               
Prior year provisions:
                                               
- benefit payments to policyholders
    (21,191 )     (24,626 )     (452 )     (719 )     (21,643 )     (25,345 )
- interest accrual
    4,311       4,059       39       (15 )     4,350       4,044  
- valuation changes for risk of policyholders
    16,652       (32,408 )                     16,652       (32,408 )
- effect of changes in discount rate assumptions
    (2 )     (1 )                     (2 )     (1 )
- effect of changes in other assumptions
    97       (32 )     (2 )             95       (32 )
     
 
    (133 )     (53,008 )     (415 )     (734 )     (548 )     (53,742 )
 
                                               
Exchange rate differences
    (3,275 )     9,918       (124 )     259       (3,399 )     10,177  
Other changes
    (2,972 )     5,643       (177 )     (102 )     (3,149 )     5,541  
     
Closing balance
    220,642       206,812       5,375       5,582       226,017       212,394  
     
Changes in the composition of the group in 2009 relate mainly to the sale of the annuity and mortgage business of Chile. In 2008 it relates mainly to the sale of ING Life Taiwan. Reference is made to Note 30 ‘Companies acquired and companies disposed’.
Where discounting is used in the calculation of life insurance provisions, the rate is within the range 2.8% to 5.8% (2008: 3.1% to 6.0%) based on weighted averages.
Insurance provisions include a provision for the estimated cost of the agreement with regard to unit-linked policies. For more information reference is made to Note 31 ‘Legal proceedings’.
ING transferred part of its life insurance business to Scottish Re in 2004 by means of a co-insurance contract. This business continues to be included in Life insurance provisions. The related asset from the co-insurance contract is recognized under Reinsurance contracts. On January 23, 2009, Hannover Re and Scottish Re announced that Hannover Re has agreed to assume the ING individual life reinsurance business originally transferred to Scottish Re in 2004.
To the extent that the assuming reinsurers are unable to meet their obligations, the Group remains liable to its policyholders for the portion reinsured. Consequently, provisions are made for receivables on reinsurance contracts which are deemed uncollectible. The life reinsurance market is highly concentrated and, therefore, diversification of exposure is inherently difficult. To minimise its exposure to significant losses from reinsurer insolvencies, the Group evaluates the financial condition of its reinsurers, monitors concentrations of credit risk arising from similar geographical regions, activities or economic characteristics of the reinsurer and maintains collateral. Reference is also made to the ‘Risk management’ section.
As at December 31, 2009, the total Reinsurance exposure, including Reinsurance contracts and Receivables from reinsurers (presented in Other assets) amounted to EUR 6,049 million (2008: EUR 6,539 million) after the provision for uncollectible reinsurance of EUR 1 million (2008: nil).

F-54


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Changes in provision for unearned premiums and unexpired risks:
                                                 
    Provision                     Insurance  
    net of reinsurance     Reinsurance contracts     and investment contracts  
    2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008  
Opening balance
    1,756       2,614       13       99       1,769       2,713  
Changes in the composition of the group
    (1,454 )     (643 )     (11 )     (93 )     (1,465 )     (736 )
     
 
    302       1,971       2       6       304       1,977  
 
                                               
Premiums written
    1,702       4,747       70       196       1,772       4,943  
Premiums earned during the year
    (1,704 )     (4,719 )     (68 )     (190 )     (1,772 )     (4,909 )
Exchange rate differences
    58       (231 )             (1 )     58       (232 )
Other changes
    3       (12 )             2       3       (10 )
     
Closing balance
    361       1,756       4       13       365       1,769  
     
Changes in the composition of the group in 2009 relate mainly to the sale of ING Canada. Reference is made to Note 30 ‘Companies acquired and companies disposed’.
Changes in claims provisions:
                                                 
    Provision     Reinsurance     Insurance  
    net of reinsurance     contracts     and investment contracts  
    2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008  
Opening balance
    5,340       6,172       202       475       5,542       6,647  
Changes in the composition of the group
    (2,366 )     (401 )     (110 )     (135 )     (2,476 )     (536 )
     
 
    2,974       5,771       92       340       3,066       6,111  
 
                                               
Additions
                                               
- for the current year
    1,111       2,934       21       (93 )     1,132       2,841  
- for prior years
    (361 )     (583 )     (6 )     (12 )     (367 )     (595 )
- interest accrual of provision
    277       291                       277       291  
     
 
    1,027       2,642       15       (105 )     1,042       2,537  
 
                                               
Claim settlements and claim settlement costs
                                               
- for the current year
    485       1,399       2       8       487       1,407  
- for prior years
    574       1,209       10       18       584       1,227  
     
 
    1,059       2,608       12       26       1,071       2,634  
 
                                               
Exchange rate differences
    95       (407 )     4       (26 )     99       (433 )
Other changes
    36       (58 )     2       19       38       (39 )
     
Closing balance
    3,073       5,340       101       202       3,174       5,542  
     
Changes in the composition of the group in 2009 relate mainly to the sale of ING Canada. Reference is made to Note 30 ‘Companies acquired and companies disposed’.
ING Group had an outstanding balance of EUR 42 million as at December 31, 2009 (2008: EUR 52 million) relating to environmental and asbestos claims of the insurance operations. In establishing the liability for unpaid claims and claims adjustment expenses related to asbestos related illness and toxic waste clean-up, the management of ING Group considers facts currently known and current legislation and coverage litigation. Liabilities are recognized for IBNR claims and for known claims (including the costs of related litigation) when sufficient information has been obtained to indicate the involvement of a specific insurance policy, and management can reasonably estimate its liability. In addition, liabilities are reviewed and updated regularly.
Where discounting is used in the calculation of the claims provisions, based on weighted averages, the rate is within the range of 3.0% to 4.0% (2008: 3.0% to 4.0%).

F-55


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Changes in investment contracts liabilities:
                 
    2009     2008  
Opening balance
    21,085       23,652  
Changes in the composition of the group
    (8,208 )     (548 )
     
 
    12,877       23,104  
 
               
Current year liabilities
    5,573       8,635  
 
               
Prior year provisions:
               
- payments to contract holders
    (9,711 )     (8,472 )
- interest accrual
    122       268  
- valuation changes investments
    1,089       (1,535 )
     
 
    (8,500 )     (9,739 )
 
               
Exchange rate differences
    981       (1,111 )
Other changes
    371       196  
     
Closing balance
    11,302       21,085  
     
Changes in the composition of the group in 2009 relate mainly to the sale of ING Australia. Reference is made to Note 30 ‘Companies acquired and companies disposed’.
Gross claims development table:
                                                         
                                    Underwriting year        
    2004     2005     2006     2007     2008     2009     Total  
Estimate of cumulative claims:
                                                       
At the end of underwriting year
    1,234       1,126       1,118       1,038       1,088       1,184          
1 year later
    1,101       1,055       1,085       954       1,078                  
2 years later
    947       953       996       890                          
3 years later
    924       924       984                                  
4 years later
    924       909                                          
5 years later
    915                                                  
     
Estimate of cumulative claims
    915       909       984       890       1,078       1,184       5,960  
 
                                                       
Cumulative payments
    (752 )     (697 )     (746 )     (566 )     (644 )     (487 )     (3,892 )
     
 
    163       212       238       324       434       697       2,068  
Effect of discounting
    (21 )     (29 )     (29 )     (40 )     (44 )     (52 )     (215 )
     
Liability recognized
    142       183       209       284       390       645       1,853  
 
                                                       
Liability relating to prior underwriting years
                                                    1,321  
 
                                                     
Total amount recognized in the balance sheet
                                                    3,174  
 
                                                     
The Group applies the exemption provided for in IFRS-IASB not to present Gross claims development for annual periods beginning before January 1, 2004 (the date of transition to IFRS-IASB) as it is impracticable to obtain such information.
18 Amounts due to banks
Amounts due to banks include non-subordinated debt due to banks, other than amounts in the form of debt securities. As at December 31, 2009, liabilities concerning securities sold in repurchase transactions amounted to EUR 17,991 million (2008: EUR 41,336 million).
Amounts due to banks by type:
                                                 
    Netherlands     International             Total  
    2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008  
Non-interest bearing
    1,615       1,108       669       2,482       2,284       3,590  
Interest bearing
    35,681       74,580       46,270       74,095       81,951       148,675  
     
 
    37,296       75,688       46,939       76,577       84,235       152,265  
     

F-56


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
19 Customer deposits and other funds on deposit
                 
    2009     2008  
Savings accounts
    304,104       263,637  
Credit balances on customer accounts
    110,087       174,141  
Customer deposits
    53,272       80,230  
Other
    2,045       4,775  
     
 
    469,508       522,783  
     
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit by type:
                                                 
    Netherlands     International             Total  
    2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008  
Non-interest bearing
    13,541       14,220       5,936       5,330       19,477       19,550  
Interest bearing
    124,488       195,727       325,543       307,506       450,031       503,233  
     
 
    138,029       209,947       331,479       312,836       469,508       522,783  
     
No funds have been entrusted to the Group by customers on terms other than those prevailing in the normal course of business. As at December 31, 2009, Customer deposits and other funds on deposit included liabilities with regard to securities sold in repurchase transactions amounting to EUR 7,326 million (2008: EUR 5,759 million).
Savings accounts relate to the balances on savings accounts, savings books, savings deposits and time deposits of personal customers. The interest payable on savings accounts, which is contractually added to the accounts, is also included.
During 2009, certain product features and internal procedures for current accounts were amended. As a result thereof, the balances on these current accounts meet the criteria under IFRS for netting of positive and negative balances per client in the balance sheet. This additional netting resulted in a decrease in Loans and advances to customers (banking operations) and a similar decrease in Customer deposits and other funds on deposit of approximately EUR 73.9 billion.
20 Financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss
                 
    2009     2008  
Trading liabilities
    98,245       152,616  
Non-trading derivatives
    20,070       21,773  
Designated as at fair value through profit and loss
    11,474       14,009  
     
 
    129,789       188,398  
     
Trading liabilities by type:
                 
    2009     2008  
Equity securities
    3,052       3,338  
Debt securities
    12,457       12,448  
Funds on deposit
    42,505       64,463  
Derivatives
    40,231       72,367  
     
 
    98,245       152,616  
     
As at December 31, 2009, the Funds on deposit include amounts payable of EUR 41,876 million (2008: EUR 63,107 million) with regard to repurchase transactions.
Non-trading derivatives by type:
                 
    2009     2008  
Derivatives used in:
               
- fair value hedges
    5,195       5,897  
- cash flow hedges
    6,468       6,089  
- hedges of net investments in foreign operations
    316       370  
Other non-trading derivatives
    8,091       9,417  
     
 
    20,070       21,773  
     

F-57


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Designated as at fair value through profit and loss by type:
                 
    2009     2008  
Debt securities
    9,396       9,963  
Funds entrusted
    560       1,972  
Subordinated liabilities
    1,518       1,733  
Other
            341  
     
 
    11,474       14,009  
     
The change in the fair value of financial liabilities designated as at fair value through profit and loss attributable to changes in the credit risk of that liability during 2009 was EUR (191) million (2008: EUR 230 million) and EUR 39 million (2008: EUR 208 million) on a cumulative basis. This change has been determined as the amount of change in fair value of the financial liability that is not attributable to changes in market conditions that gave rise to market risk (i.e. mainly interest rate risk based on yield curves). At December 31, 2009 the fair value of financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit and loss includes EUR 39 million (2008: EUR 230 million) attributable to own credit risk.
The amount that ING Group is contractually required to pay at maturity to the holders of financial liabilities designated as at fair value through profit and loss is EUR 11,444 million (2008: EUR 14,336 million).
21 Other liabilities
Other liabilities by type:
                 
    2009     2008  
Deferred tax liabilities
    1,470       2,841  
Income tax payable
    1,225       940  
Pension benefits
    589       609  
Post-employment benefits
    175       219  
Other staff-related liabilities
    484       342  
Other taxation and social security contributions
    1,001       1,104  
Deposits from reinsurers
    870       909  
Accrued interest
    16,789       17,552  
Costs payable
    2,654       3,764  
Amounts payable to brokers
    200       89  
Amounts payable to policyholders
    2,182       2,231  
Reorganization provision
    644       583  
Other provisions
    747       969  
Share-based payment plan liabilities
    24       11  
Prepayments received under property under development
    120       175  
Amounts to be settled
    2,930       3,753  
Dividend payable
            425  
Other
    8,321       8,235  
     
 
    40,425       44,751  
     
Other staff-related liabilities include vacation leave provisions, jubilee provisions and disability/illness provisions.
Other mainly relates to year-end accruals in the normal course of business, none of which are individually material.
Deferred taxes are calculated on all temporary differences under the liability method using tax rates applicable to the jurisdictions in which the Group is liable to taxation.

F-58


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Changes in deferred tax:
                                                         
                            Changes                      
    Net     Change     Change     in the     Exchange             Net  
    liability     through     through     composition     rate             liability  
    2008     equity     net result     of the group     differences     Other     2009  
Investments
    (5,418 )     5,330       341       17       (114 )     53       209  
Financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit and loss
    28       (1 )     (324 )     (21 )     10       (4 )     (312 )
Deferred acquisition costs and VOBA
    3,481       (568 )     169       (12 )     (174 )     71       2,967  
Fiscal reserve
                    (48 )                     48          
Depreciation
    15               (4 )                     1       12  
Insurance provisions
    (494 )     (483 )     (467 )     55       (1 )     (56 )     (1,446 )
Cash flow hedges
    277       (197 )                     (2 )     (9 )     69  
Pension and post-employment benefits
    374               326                               700  
Other provisions
    (1,422 )     2       360       4       116       (72 )     (1,012 )
Receivables
    (61 )             (72 )             (5 )     (11 )     (149 )
Loans and advances to customers
    (201 )             (32 )     (28 )     1       45       (215 )
Unused tax losses carried forward
    (1,653 )             (951 )     7       82       7       (2,508 )
Other
    (119 )     (70 )     (695 )     (34 )     19       85       (814 )
     
 
    (5,193 )     4,013       (1,397 )     (12 )     (68 )     158       (2,499 )
     
 
                                                       
Comprising:
                                                       
- deferred tax liabilities
    2,841                                               1,470  
- deferred tax assets
    (8,034 )                                             (3,969 )
 
                                                   
 
    (5,193 )                                             (2,499 )
 
                                                   
The Change through net result — Other relates mainly to the tax effect on the additional Illiquid Assets Back-Up Facility payments as part of the overall agreement with the European Commission of EUR 1.3 billion and on tax losses of foreign branches carried forward.
The Change through equity relating to Investments of EUR 5,330 million (2008: EUR (5,409) million) consists of a deferred tax component of EUR 4,836 million (2008: EUR (6,832) million) relating to Unrealized revaluations and a deferred tax component of EUR 494 million (2008: EUR 1,423 million) relating to Realized gains/losses transferred to profit and loss.

F-59


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Changes in deferred tax:
                                                         
                            Changes                      
    Net     Change     Change     in the     Exchange             Net  
    liability     through     through     composition     rate             liability  
    2007     equity     net result     of the group     differences     Other     2008  
Investments
    258       (5,409 )     (463 )     114       (268 )     350       (5,418 )
Financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit and loss
    156       (2 )     (303 )     17       (10 )     170       28  
Deferred acquisition costs and VOBA
    3,047       778       36       (632 )     266       (14 )     3,481  
Fiscal reserve
    15               (3 )     (1 )             (11 )        
Depreciation
    (11 )     1       3       22       (4 )     4       15  
Insurance provisions
    (871 )     450       (104 )     571       (56 )     (484 )     (494 )
Cash flow hedges
    43       154       (10 )             12       78       277  
Other provisions
    (1,146 )     19       (255 )     41       (70 )     (11 )     (1,422 )
Receivables
    100               (41 )     (12 )     (1 )     (107 )     (61 )
Loans and advances to customers
    280               (451 )     (1 )     (4 )     (25 )     (201 )
Unused tax losses carried forward
    (932 )             (633 )     97       (20 )     (165 )     (1,653 )
Other
    (46 )     (52 )     24       41       (77 )     365       255  
     
 
    893       (4,061 )     (2,200 )     257       (232 )     150       (5,193 )
     
 
                                                       
Comprising:
                                                       
- deferred tax liabilities
    3,616                                               2,841  
- deferred tax assets
    (2,723 )                                             (8,034 )
 
                                                   
 
    893                                               (5,193 )
 
                                                   
Deferred tax in connection with unused tax losses carried forward:
                 
    2009     2008  
Total unused tax losses carried forward
    10,073       6,392  
Unused tax losses carried forward not recognized as a deferred tax asset
    (1,779 )     (638 )
     
Unused tax losses carried forward recognized as a deferred tax asset
    8,294       5,754  
     
 
               
Average tax rate
    30.2 %     28.7 %
Deferred tax asset
    2,508       1,653  
The following tax loss carry forwards and tax credits will expire as follows as at 31 December:
Total unused tax losses carried forward analyzed by expiry terms:
                                 
    No deferred tax     Deferred tax  
      asset recognized       asset recognized  
    2009     2008     2009     2008  
Within 1 year
    54       2       79       56  
More than 1 year but less than 5 years
    510       68       381       425  
More than 5 years but less than 10 years
    177       219       3,199       2,802  
More than 10 years but less than 20 years
    962       298       3,960       1,540  
Unlimited
    76       51       675       931  
     
 
    1,779       638       8,294       5,754  
     
Deferred tax assets are recognized for temporary deductible differences, for tax loss carry forwards and unused tax credits only to the extent that realization of the related tax benefit is probable.
The deferred tax asset includes balances for which the utilization is dependent on future taxable profits whilst the related entities have incurred losses in either the current year or the preceding year. The aggregate amount for the most significant entities where this applies is EUR 1,754 million. Recognition is based on the fact that it is probable that the entity will have taxable profits and /or can utilise tax planning opportunities before expiration of the deferred tax assets. Changes in circumstances in future periods may adversely impact the assessment of the recoverability. The uncertainty of the recoverability is taken into account in establishing the deferred tax assets.

F-60


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
As of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, ING Group had no significant temporary differences associated with the its parent company’s investments in subsidiaries, branches and associates and interest in joint ventures as any economic benefit from those investments will not be taxable at parent company level.
Changes in reorganization provision:
                 
    2009     2008  
Opening balance
    583       619  
Changes in the composition of the group
            (22 )
Additions
    686       162  
Interest
    11       15  
Releases
    (89 )     (18 )
Charges
    (604 )     (169 )
Exchange rate differences
    (2 )     (6 )
Other changes
    59       2  
     
Closing balance
    644       583
     
As at December 31, the provision for reorganization, of which EUR 433 million relates to termination benefits, mainly related to the reorganization of Postbank, Postkantoren, Nationale Nederlanden, RVS and Insurance Americas.
The provision for reorganization as at December 31, 2008 includes EUR 360 million for the restructuring of the retail business of Postbank and ING Bank.
Changes in other provisions:
                                                 
    Litigation             Other             Total  
    2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008  
Opening balance
    371       229       598       552       969       781  
Changes in the composition of the group
    7       (1 )     (35 )     8       (28 )     7  
Additions
    24       202       247       313       271       515  
Releases
    (3 )             (11 )     (6 )     (14 )     (6 )
Charges
    (109 )     (28 )     (347 )     (279 )     (456 )     (307 )
Exchange rate differences
    1       (6 )     6       (15 )     7       (21 )
Other changes
    16       (25 )     (18 )     25       (2 )        
     
Closing balance
    307       371       440       598       747       969  
     
In 2009 Other provisions includes the provision for the industry-wide deposit guarantee scheme in the Netherlands due to the bankruptcy of DSB Bank.
Included in Other provisions in 2008 is a provision for a loss of EUR 292 million relating to the agreed disposal of ING Life Taiwan as disclosed in Note 30 ‘Companies acquired and companies disposed’.
In general, Reorganization and Other provisions are of a short-term nature.
The amounts included in other provisions are based on best estimates with regard to amounts and timing of cash flows required to settle the obligation.
Pension and post-employment benefits
Summary of pension benefits:
                                         
    2009     2008     2007     2006     2005  
Defined benefit obligation
    14,209       14,271       14,499       15,758       15,782  
Fair value of plan assets
    15,310       13,366       14,708       14,361       12,937  
     
 
    (1,101 )     905       (209 )     1,397       2,845  
 
                                       
Unrecognized past service costs
    (3 )     (5 )     (3 )                
Unrecognized actuarial gains/(losses)
    (1,450 )     (2,072 )     198       (687 )     (1,778 )
     
 
    (2,554 )     (1,172 )     (14 )     710       1,067  
     
 
                                       
Presented as:
                                       
- Other liabilities
    589       609       425       961       1,067  
- Other assets
    (3,143 )     (1,781 )     (439 )     (251 )        
     
 
    (2,554 )     (1,172 )     (14 )     710       1,067  
     

F-61


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Summary of post-employment benefits:
                                         
    2009     2008     2007     2006     2005  
Defined benefit obligation
    156       210       220       239       441  
     
 
    156       210       220       239       441  
 
                                       
Unrecognized past service costs
    8       2       4       10       (6 )
Unrecognized actuarial gains/(losses)
    11       7       8       (2 )     (27 )
     
 
    175       219       232       247       408  
     
Presented as:
                                       
- Other liabilities
    175       219       232       247       408  
     
 
    175       219       232       247       408  
     
The Group maintains defined benefit retirement plans in its major countries of operation. These plans generally cover all employees and provide benefits that are related to the remuneration and service of employees upon retirement. The benefits in some of these plans are subject to various forms of indexation. The indexation is, in some cases, at the discretion of management; in other cases it is dependent upon the sufficiency of plan assets.
Annual contributions are paid to the funds at a rate necessary to adequately finance the accrued liabilities of the plans calculated in accordance with local legal requirements. Plans in all countries comply with applicable local regulations governing investments and funding levels.
The Group provides other post-employment employee benefits to certain employees and former employees. These are primarily post-employment healthcare benefits and discounts on ING products provided to employees and former employees.
Certain group companies sponsor defined contribution pension plans. The assets of all ING Group’s defined contribution plans are held in independently administered funds. Contributions are generally determined as a percentage of pay. These plans do not give rise to balance sheet provisions, other than relating to short-term timing differences included in current liabilities. The amount incurred in 2009 was EUR 81 million (2008: EUR 68 million).
Actuarial gains and losses related to pensions and post-employment benefits for the year ended December 31, 2009 include EUR 387 million (2008: EUR (2,647) million; 2007: EUR (789) million; 2006: EUR (180) million; 2005: EUR 873 million) experience gain adjustments for assets and EUR 172 million (2008: EUR (70) million; 2007: EUR 83 million; 2006: EUR (163) million; 2005 EUR 116 million) experience gain adjustments for liabilities.
Changes in defined benefit obligations:
                                 
                    Post-employment  
                    benefits other than  
    Pension benefits     pensions  
    2009     2008     2009     2008  
Opening balance
    14,271       14,499       210       220  
Current service cost
    320       356       (8 )     (1 )
Interest cost
    778       787       10       12  
Employer’s contribution
                            2  
Participants contributions
    3       7                  
Benefits paid
    (640 )     (601 )     (6 )     (8 )
Actuarial gains and losses
    (100 )     (369 )     (10 )     1  
Past service cost
    18       79       (27 )     1  
Changes in the composition of the group and other changes
    (372 )     (169 )     (10 )     (18 )
Effect of curtailment or settlement
    (96 )     (135 )                
Exchange rate differences
    27       (183 )     (3 )     1  
     
Closing balance
    14,209       14,271       156       210  
     
 
                               
Relating to:
                               
- funded plans
    14,160       14,219                  
- unfunded plans
    49       52       156       210  
     
 
    14,209       14,271       156       210  
     

F-62


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
The estimated unrecognized past services cost and unrecognized actuarial gains and losses for the defined benefit plans to be amortized to pension and other staff related liability costs during 2010 are nil and EUR 16 million, respectively.
Changes in fair value of plan assets:
                 
    Pension benefits  
    2009     2008  
Opening balance
    13,366       14,708  
Expected return on plan assets
    842       886  
Employer’s contribution
    1,632       1,366  
Participants contributions
    3       7  
Benefits paid
    (600 )     (584 )
Actuarial gains and losses
    387       (2,647 )
Changes in the composition of the group and other changes
    (374 )     (127 )
Exchange rate differences
    54       (243 )
 
           
Closing balance
    15,310       13,366  
 
           
The actual return on the plan assets amounted to EUR 1,229 million
(2008: EUR (1,761) million).
No plan assets are expected to be returned to ING Group during 2010.
Pension investment strategy
The primary financial objective of ING Employee Benefit Plans (the Plans) is to secure participant retirement benefits. As such, the key objective in the Plans’ financial management is to promote stability and, where appropriate, growth in funded status (i.e. the ratio of market value of assets to liabilities). The investment strategy for the Plans’ portfolios of assets (the Funds) balances the requirement to generate returns with the need to control risk. The asset mix is recognized as the primary mechanism to influence the reward and risk structure of the Funds in an effort to accomplish the Plans’ funding objectives. Desirable target allocations amongst identified asset classes are set and within each asset class, careful consideration is given to balancing the portfolios among industry sectors, geographical areas, interest rate sensitivity, dependence on economic growth, currency and other factors affecting investment returns. The assets are managed by professional investment firms. They are bound by precise mandates and are measured against specific benchmarks. Factors considered by the fund managers include balancing security concentration, investment style, and reliance on particular active investment strategies. The asset mixes of the Funds are reviewed on a regular basis. Generally, the Funds’ asset mixes will be rebalanced to the target mixes as individual portfolios approach their minimum or maximum levels.
Categories of plan assets in percentages:
                                         
                            Weighted  
    Target                     average expected  
    allocation     Percentage of plan assets     long term rate of return  
    2010     2009     2008     2009     2008  
Equity securities
    44       40       33       7.8       8.1  
Debt securities
    45       48       53       4.8       4.7  
Other
    11       12       14       6.3       6.5  
     
 
    100       100       100       6.0       6.2  
     
Equity securities include ING Group ordinary shares of EUR 3 million (0.02% of total plan assets) as at December 31, 2009 (2008: EUR 4 million, 0.03% of total plan assets). Other includes mainly real estate. Real estate occupied by ING Group as at December 31, 2009 which is included in Other includes nil (0.0% of total plan assets) (2008: nil, 0.0% of total plan assets).
Determination of expected return on assets
An important aspect of financial reporting is the assumption used for return on assets (ROA). The ROA is updated at least annually, taking into consideration the Plans’ asset allocations, historical returns on the types of assets held in the Funds, and the current economic environment. Based on these factors, it is expected that the Funds’ assets will earn an average annual percentage in the long term. This estimate takes into account a reduction for administrative expenses and non-ING investment manager fees paid from the Funds. For estimation purposes, it is assumed that the long term asset mixes will be consistent with the current mixes. Changes in the asset mixes could have an impact on the amount of recognized pension income or expense, the funded status of the Plans, and the need for future cash contributions.

F-63


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Weighted averages of basic actuarial assumptions in annual % as at December 31,:
                                 
                    Post-employment  
                    benefits other than  
    Pension benefits     pensions  
    2009     2008     2009     2008  
Discount rates
    5.70       5.70       5.30       5.50  
Mortality rates
    1.30       1.60       1.30       1.60  
Expected rates of salary increases (excluding promotion increases)
    2.80       2.70       3.10       3.20  
Medical cost trend rates
                    6.10       6.60  
Consumer price inflation
    2.00       2.10       2.10       2.10  
The assumptions above are weighted by defined benefit obligations. The rates used for salary developments, interest discount factors and other adjustments reflect specific country conditions.
The presented discount rate is the weighted average of the discount rates that are applied in different countries. These rates are based on AA corporate bond yields of the specific countries with durations matching the pension liabilities.
An increase of 1% in the assumed medical cost trend rate for each future year would have resulted in an additional accumulated defined benefit obligation of EUR 4 million as at December 31, 2009 (2008: EUR 4 million) and EUR 2 million increase in the charge for the year (2008: nil). A decrease of 1% in the medical cost trend rate for each future year would have resulted in lower defined benefit obligation of EUR 3 million as at December 31, 2009 (2008: EUR 4 million) and EUR 1 million decrease in the charge for the year (2008: nil).
Expected cash flows
During 2010 the expected contributions to pension plans are EUR 1,193 million.
The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service as appropriate, are expected to be paid by the plan:
Benefit payments:
                 
            Post-employment  
            benefits other  
    Pension benefits     than pensions  
2010
    611       15  
2011
    589       14  
2012
    543       14  
2013
    583       14  
2014
    594       13  
Years 2015 - 2019
    3,183       44  

F-64


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2.1.4. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO THE CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET OF ING GROUP
22 Assets and liabilities by contractual maturity
Assets by contractual maturity:
                                                         
    Less than 1     1-3     3-12     1-5             Maturity not        
2009   month     months     months     years     Over 5 years     applicable     Total  
Cash and balances with central banks
    15,390                                               15,390  
Amounts due from banks
    25,598       2,649       4,448       7,733       2,969               43,397  
Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss
                                                       
- trading assets
    39,844       8,316       12,827       28,014       22,443               111,444  
- investments for risk of policyholders (1)
                                            104,597       104,597  
- non-trading derivatives
    320       205       668       4,843       5,596               11,632  
- designated as at fair value through profit and loss
    412       169       626       1,244       1,577       1,489       5,517  
Investments
                                                       
- available-for-sale
    3,129       6,716       15,449       67,065       83,655       21,689       197,703  
- held-to-maturity
    172       475       1,840       10,336       1,586               14,409  
Loans and advances to customers
    61,973       14,357       32,322       141,482       320,954       4,187       575,275  
Reinsurance contracts
    13       27       122       626       2,591       2,101       5,480  
Intangible assets
    3       7       254       705       317       4,735       6,021  
Deferred acquisition costs
    28       20       128       451       2,752       8,019       11,398  
Assets held for sale
    4,524       218       282                               5,024  
Other assets
    15,564       3,621       7,451       6,385       5,594       614       39,229  
Remaining assets (where maturities are not applicable) (2)
                                            13,456       13,456  
     
Total assets
    166,970       36,780       76,417       268,884       450,034       160,887       1,159,972  
     
 
(1)   Investments for risk of policyholders are managed on behalf of policyholders on a fair value basis. Although individual instruments may (or may not) have a maturity depending on their nature, this does not impact the liquidity position of ING.
 
(2)   Included in remaining assets where maturities are not applicable are property and equipment, real estate investments and investments in associates. Due to their nature remaining assets consist mainly of assets expected to be recovered after more than 12 months.
Amounts presented in this table by contractual maturity are the amounts as presented in the balance sheet.

F-65


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Assets by contractual maturity:
                                                         
    Less than 1     1-3     3-12     1-5             Maturity not        
2008   month     months     months     years     Over 5 years     applicable     Total  
Cash and balances with central banks
    22,045                                               22,045  
Amounts due from banks
    32,620       3,086       5,019       6,299       1,423               48,447  
Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss
                                                       
- trading assets
    52,759       13,871       22,061       36,396       34,784       507       160,378  
- investments for risk of policyholders (1)
                                            95,366       95,366  
- non-trading derivatives
    2,456       1,024       1,521       3,907       7,531       45       16,484  
- designated as at fair value through profit and loss
    703       232       829       2,057       2,154       2,302       8,277  
Investments
                                                       
- available-for-sale
    4,508       10,485       14,589       77,844       101,595       33,831       242,852  
- held-to-maturity
    74       139       1,109       10,758       3,360               15,440  
Loans and advances to customers
    145,911       16,390       30,279       111,262       311,843       1,091       616,776  
Reinsurance contracts
    30       46       204       886       1,148       3,483       5,797  
Intangible assets
    3       7       315       810       2,268       3,512       6,915  
Deferred acquisition costs
    11       110       247       390       2,637       8,448       11,843  
Assets held for sale
            15,312                                       15,312  
Other assets
    15,446       4,669       9,526       7,075       8,254       2,695       47,665  
Remaining assets (where maturities are not applicable) (2)
                                            15,051       15,051  
     
Total assets
    276,566       65,371       85,699       257,684       476,997       166,331       1,328,648  
     
23 Liabilities by contractual maturity
As a result of amendments made to IFRS 7 the disclosure on the contractual maturity has been revized for 2009. The amendments affect the disclosure of financial liabilities by contractual maturity for 2009 only as the amendment to IFRS 7 do not require presentation of comparatives. The table below includes all financial liabilities by maturity based on contractual, undiscounted cash flows. Furthermore, the undiscounted future coupon interest on financial liabilities payable is included in a separate line and in the relevant maturity bucket. Derivative liabilities are included on a net basis if cash flows are settled net. For other derivative liabilities the contractual gross cash flow payable is included. Reference is made to the liquidity risk paragraph in the ‘Risk Management’ section for a description on how liquidity risk is managed.
The amounts presented in the column Adjustment reconcile the contractual maturity amounts to the balance sheet value.

F-66


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Liabilities by contractual maturity:
                                                                 
    Less                                     Maturity              
    than 1     1-3     3-12     1-5     Over 5     not              
2009   month     months     months     years     years     applicable     Adjustment     Total  
Subordinated loans
                                            10,099               10,099  
Debt securities in issue
    18,851       36,436       19,717       34,563       11,143               (729 )     119,981  
Other borrowed funds
    2,692       528       2,923       4,109       12,332       1,040       (473 )     23,151  
Amounts due to banks
    45,326       15,044       10,131       9,768       3,966                       84,235  
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit
    410,522       26,092       21,819       9,418       1,657                       469,508  
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss
                                                               
- other trading liabilities
    41,942       1,891       3,243       7,022       4,376               (460 )     58,014  
- trading derivatives
    2,725       3,419       11,235       27,908       12,258               (17,314 )     40,231  
- non-trading derivatives
    1,459       2,369       6,696       24,150       9,755       677       (25,036 )     20,070  
- designated as at fair value through profit and loss
    218       616       1,715       5,220       4,047               (342 )     11,474  
     
Financial liabilities
    523,735       86,395       77,479       122,158       59,534       11,816       (44,354 )     836,763  
 
                                                               
Insurance and investment contracts
    1,618       1,830       7,300       33,723       90,322       106,065               240,858  
Liabilities held for sale
    4,630       77       183                                       4,890  
Other liabilities
    15,567       3,059       12,256       5,586       3,390       567               40,425  
     
Total liabilities
    545,550       91,361       97,218       161,467       153,246       118,448       (44,354 )     1,122,936  
     
 
                                                               
Coupon interest due on financial liabilities
    4,163       1,578       5,654       15,371       55,681                       82,447  
The amounts presented in the column Adjustment reconcile the contractual maturity amounts to the balance sheet value.
Liabilities by contractual maturity:
                                                         
                                            Maturity        
    Less than 1     1-3     3-12     1-5     Over 5     not        
2008   month     months     months     years     years     applicable     Total  
Subordinated loans
                                            10,281       10,281  
Debt securities in issue
    25,666       24,299       11,886       24,585       10,052               96,488  
Other borrowed funds
    3,354       4,700       2,668       6,505       13,971               31,198  
Insurance and investment contracts
    2,345       2,485       9,289       33,569       93,538       99,564       240,790  
Amounts due to banks
    83,456       38,600       17,626       9,454       3,129               152,265  
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit
    438,451       18,801       49,951       12,843       2,737               522,783  
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss
                                                       
- trading liabilities
    62,251       13,121       16,632       31,011       29,598       3       152,616  
- non-trading derivatives
    1,316       882       1,134       7,831       10,575       35       21,773  
- designated as at fair value through profit and loss
    573       833       2,429       5,935       4,239               14,009  
Liabilities held for sale
            15,020                                       15,020  
Other liabilities
    17,053       5,782       9,540       7,855       2,954       1,567       44,751  
     
Total liabilities
    634,465       124,523       121,155       139,588       170,793       111,450       1,301,974  
     

F-67


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
24 DERIVATIVES AND HEDGE ACCOUNTING
Use of derivatives and hedge accounting
As described in the ‘Risk management’ section, ING Group uses derivatives (principally interest rate swaps and cross currency interest rate swaps) for economic hedging purposes in the management of its asset and liability portfolios and structural positions. The objective of economic hedging is to enter into positions with an opposite risk profile to an identified exposure to reduce that exposure. The impact of ING Group’s hedging activities is to optimise the overall cost to the Group of accessing debt capital markets and to mitigate the market risk which would otherwise arise from structural imbalances in the duration and other profiles of its assets and liabilities. In addition, hedging activities are undertaken to hedge against the interest rate risk in the mortgage offer period in relation to retail mortgages and to lock-in the interest margin in relation to interest bearing assets and the related funding.
The accounting treatment of hedge transactions varies according to the nature of the instrument hedged and whether the hedge qualifies under the IFRS-IASB hedge accounting rules. Derivatives that qualify for hedge accounting under IFRS-IASB are classified and accounted for according to the nature of the instrument hedged and the type of IFRS-IASB hedge model that is applicable. The three models applicable under IFRS-IASB are: fair value hedge accounting, cash flow hedge accounting and net investment hedge accounting. These are described under the relevant headings below. The company’s detailed accounting policies for these three hedge models are set out in section ‘Principles of valuation and determination of results’.
To qualify for hedge accounting under IFRS-IASB, strict criteria must be met. Certain hedges that are economically effective from a risk management perspective do not qualify for hedge accounting under IFRS-IASB. The fair value changes of derivatives relating to such non qualifying hedges are taken to the profit and loss account. However, in certain cases, the Group mitigates the resultant profit and loss account volatility by designating hedged assets and liabilities at fair value through profit and loss. If hedge accounting is applied under IFRS-IASB, it is possible that during the hedge a hedge relationship no longer qualifies for hedge accounting and hedge accounting cannot be continued, even if the hedge remains economically effective. As a result, the volatility arising from undertaking economic hedging in the profit and loss account may be higher than would be expected from an economic point of view.
With respect to exchange rate and interest rate derivative contracts, the notional or contractual amounts of these instruments is indicative of the nominal value of transactions outstanding at the balance sheet date; however they do not represent amounts at risk. ING Group uses credit derivatives to manage its exposure to credit risk, including total return swaps and credit default swaps, to sell or buy protection for credit risk exposures in the loan, investment and trading portfolios. Hedge accounting is not applied in relation to credit derivatives.
Fair value hedge accounting
ING Group’s fair value hedges principally consist of interest rate swaps and cross-currency interest rate swaps that are used to protect against changes in the fair value of fixed-rate instruments due to movements in market interest rates.
Gains and losses on derivatives designated under fair value hedge accounting are recognized in the profit and loss account. The effective portion of the fair value change on the hedged item is also recognized in the profit and loss account. As a result, only the net accounting ineffectiveness has an impact on the net result.
For the year ended December 31, 2009, ING Group recognized EUR (474) million (2008: EUR (1,783) million) of fair value changes on derivatives designated under fair value hedge accounting in the profit and loss account. This amount was partly offset by EUR 319 million (2008: EUR 1,988 million) fair value changes recognized on hedged items. This resulted in EUR (155) million (2008: EUR 205 million) net accounting ineffectiveness recognized in the profit and loss account. As at December 31, 2009, the fair values of outstanding derivatives designated under fair value hedge accounting was EUR (2,468) million (2008: EUR (2,035) million), presented in the balance sheet as EUR 2,727 million (2008: EUR 3,862 million) positive fair values under assets and EUR 5,195 million (2008: EUR 5,897 million) negative fair values under liabilities.

F-68


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Cash flow hedge accounting
ING Group’s cash flow hedges principally consist of (forward) interest rate swaps and cross-currency interest rate swaps that are used to protect against its exposure to variability in future interest cash flows on non-trading assets and liabilities that bear interest at variable rates or are expected to be refunded or reinvested in the future. The amounts and timing of future cash flows, representing both principal and interest flows, are projected for each portfolio of financial assets and liabilities, based on contractual terms and other relevant factors including estimates of prepayments and defaults. The aggregate principal balances and interest cash flows for the respective portfolios form the basis for identifying the notional amount subject to interest rate risk that is designated under cash flow hedge accounting.
Gains and losses on the effective portions of derivatives designated under cash flow hedge accounting are recognized in Shareholders’ equity. Interest cash flows on these derivatives are recognized in the profit and loss account in interest income consistent with the manner in which the forecast cash flows affect net result. The gains and losses on ineffective portions of such derivatives are recognized immediately in the profit and loss account.
For the year ended December 31, 2009, ING Group recognized EUR (805) million (2008: EUR 746 million) after tax in equity as effective fair value changes on derivatives under cash flow hedge accounting. As a consequence, the balance of the cash flow hedge reserve in equity as at December 31, 2009 was EUR 442 million (2008: EUR 1,457 million) gross and EUR 372 million (2008: EUR 1,177 million) after deferred tax. This cash flow hedge reserve will fluctuate with the fair value changes of the underlying derivatives and will be reflected in the profit and loss account under Interest income/expense over the remaining term of the underlying hedged items. The cash flow hedge reserve relates to a large number of derivatives and hedged items with varying maturities, up to 44 years for insurance operations and 50 years for banking operations, with the largest concentrations in the range of 4 to 9 years for insurance operations and 1 to 13 years for banking operations. Accounting ineffectiveness on derivatives designated under cash flow hedge accounting of EUR (10) million (2008: EUR 22 million) was recognized in the profit and loss account.
As at December 31, 2009, the fair values of outstanding derivatives designated under cash flow hedge accounting was EUR (947) million (2008: EUR (318) million), presented in the balance sheet as EUR 5,521 million (2008: EUR 5,771 million) positive fair values under assets and EUR 6,468 million (2008: EUR 6,089 million) negative fair values under liabilities.
As at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, there were no non-derivatives designated as hedging instruments for cash flow hedge accounting purposes.
Included in Interest income and interest expense on non-trading derivatives is EUR 2,159 million (2008: EUR 3,082 million) and EUR 1,964 million (2008: EUR 2,744 million), respectively, relating to derivatives used in cash flow hedges.
Hedges of net investments in foreign operations
ING Group’s net investment hedges principally consist of derivatives (including currency forwards and swaps) and non-derivative financial instruments such as foreign currency denominated funding that are used to protect against foreign currency exposures on foreign subsidiaries.
Gains and losses on the effective portions of derivatives designated under net investment hedge accounting are recognized in Shareholders’ equity. The balance in equity is recognized in the profit and loss account when the related foreign subsidiary is disposed. The gains and losses on ineffective portions are recognized immediately in the profit and loss account.
As at December 31, 2009, the fair values of outstanding derivatives designated under net investment hedge accounting was EUR (278) million (2008: EUR 300 million), presented in the balance sheet as EUR 38 million (2008: EUR 670 million) positive fair values under assets and EUR 316 million (2008: EUR 370 million) negative fair values under liabilities.
As at December 31, 2009, the fair values of outstanding non-derivatives designated under net investment hedge accounting was EUR 555 million, presented in the balance sheet as positive fair values under assets (2008: EUR (881) million presented as negative fair value under liabilities). Non-derivatives designated as hedging instruments consist mainly of loan agreements.

F-69


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Accounting ineffectiveness recognized in the profit and loss account for the year ended December 31, 2009 on derivatives and non-derivatives designated under net investment hedge accounting was EUR 1 million (2008: EUR (6) million).
25 Maximum credit exposure
ING’s maximum credit exposure as at December 31, 2009 and 2008 is represented as follows:
                 
    2009     2008  
Cash and balances with central banks
    15,390       22,045  
Amounts due from banks
               
- loans and advances to banks
    39,696       40,705  
- cash advances, overdrafts and other balances
    3,701       7,742  
Trading assets
               
- debt securities
    25,287       26,652  
- loans and receivables
    41,975       59,449  
- derivatives
    41,450       71,925  
Non-trading derivatives
    11,632       16,484  
Designated as at fair value through profit and loss
    5,517       8,277  
Available-for-sale debt securities
    188,850       234,030  
Held-to-maturity debt securities
    14,409       15,440  
Loans and advances to customers
               
- policy loans
    2,903       2,960  
- public authorities
    51,079       26,385  
- secured by mortgages
    315,503       315,902  
- guaranteed by credit institutions
    10,229       5,816  
- unsecured loans
    5,995       2,612  
- other personal lending
    19,270       29,615  
- mortgage backed securities
    22,135       9,055  
- other corporate lending
    147,097       222,533  
- other
    1,062       1,898  
Reinsurance contracts
    5,480       5,797  
Reinsurance and insurance receivables
    2,125       3,683  
Other receivables
    6,700       8,334  
     
Maximum credit exposure on balance sheet
    977,485       1,137,339  
     
 
               
Off-balance sheet credit commitments
               
- discounted bills — Bank
    1       1  
- guarantees — Bank
    21,545       22,391  
- irrevocable letters of credit — Bank
    12,352       10,458  
- other — Bank
    202       453  
- irrevocable facilities
    85,835       89,081  
- commitments — Insurance
    1,646       4,221  
- guarantees — Insurance
    3,463       2,460  
     
Maximum credit exposure off balance sheet
    125,044       129,065  
     
Maximum credit exposure
    1,102,529       1,266,404  
     
The maximum credit exposure for relevant items on the balance sheet is the balance sheet carrying value for the relevant financial assets. For the off-balance sheet items the maximum credit exposure is the maximum amount that could be required to be paid. Collateral received is not taken into account.
The manner in which ING Group manages credit risk and determines credit risk exposures for that purpose is explained in the ‘Risk management’ section.

F-70


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
26 Assets not freely disposable
The assets not freely disposable consist primarily of interest bearing securities pledged to secure deposits from De Nederlandsche Bank (the Dutch central bank) and other banks and serve to secure margin accounts or are used for other purposes required by law. The assets not freely disposable are as follows:
                 
    2009     2008  
Investments
    5,906       6,521  
Loans and advances to customers
    33,053       3,136  
Banks
    7,441       6,889  
Other assets and loans that for liquidity purposes have been pledged collateral in the United States
    6,350       6,438  
     
 
    52,750       22,984  
     
Banks includes Amounts due from banks and balances with central banks. ING Bank N.V. has an obligation to maintain a reserve with an average monthly balance with the Dutch central bank. In December 2009 the required monthly average was EUR 5,620 million (2008: EUR 5,810 million). As at December 31, 2009 the balance on this reserve was EUR 354 million (2008: EUR 3,529 million).
Loans and advances to customers, not freely disposable, includes the loan to the Dutch State in connection with the Illiquid Assets Back-Up Facility agreement as disclosed in Note 33 ‘Related parties’ and loans that for liquidity purposes have been pledged collateral in the United States of EUR 7 billion and Germany of EUR 5 billion.
There are no material terms and conditions relating to the collateral represented in the above table which are individually significant.
27 Contingent liabilities and commitments
In the normal course of business the Group is a party to activities whose risks are not reflected in whole or part in the consolidated financial statements. In response to the needs of its customers, the Group offers financial products related to loans. These products include traditional off-balance sheet credit-related financial instruments.
                                                                 
    Less                                     Maturity              
    than 1     1-3     3-12     1-5     Over 5     not     2009     2008  
    month     months     months     years     years     applicable     Total     Total  
Banking operations
                                                               
Contingent liabilities in respect of:
                                                               
- discounted bills
            1                                       1       1  
- guarantees
    14,492       403       1,017       2,359       3,274               21,545       22,391  
- irrevocable letters of credit
    5,413       4,460       1,190       757       532               12,352       10,458  
- other
    112       36       42       12                       202       453  
     
 
    20,017       4,900       2,249       3,128       3,806               34,100       33,303  
 
                                                               
Insurance operations
                                                               
Commitments
    1,218       8       83       292       2       43       1,646       4,221  
Guarantees
                    826               1,679       958       3,463       2,460  
     
 
    1,218       8       909       292       1,681       1,001       5,109       6,681  
 
                                                               
Irrevocable facilities
    36,284       17,539       8,351       20,130       3,531               85,835       89,081  
     
 
    57,519       22,447       11,509       23,550       9,018       1,001       125,044       129,065  
     
Guarantees relate both to credit and non-credit substitute guarantees. Credit substitute guarantees are guarantees given by ING Group in respect of credit granted to customers by a third party. Many of them are expected to expire without being drawn on and therefore do not necessarily represent future cash outflows. In addition to the items included in contingent liabilities, ING Group has issued guarantees as a participant in collective arrangements of national industry bodies and as a participant in government required collective guarantee schemes which apply in different countries.
Irrevocable letters of credit mainly secure payments to third parties for a customer’s foreign and domestic trade transactions in order to finance a shipment of goods. ING Group’s credit risk in these transactions is limited since these transactions are collateralized by the commodity shipped and are of a short duration.

F-71


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Other contingent liabilities include acceptances of bills and are of a short-term nature. Other contingent liabilities also include contingent liabilities resulting from the normal operations of the Real Estate business including obligations under development and construction contracts. None of the items included in Other contingent liabilities are individually significant.
Irrevocable facilities mainly constitute unused portions of irrevocable credit facilities granted to corporate clients. Many of these facilities are for a fixed duration and bear interest at a floating rate. ING Group’s credit risk and interest rate risk in these transactions is limited. Most of the unused portion of irrevocable credit facilities is secured by customers’ assets or counter-guarantees by the central governments and exempted bodies under the regulatory requirements. Irrevocable facilities also include commitments made to purchase securities to be issued by governments and private issuers.
         
Future rental commitments for operating lease contracts:
       
2010
    209  
2011
    170  
2012
    180  
2013
    231  
2014
    157  
Years after 2014
    132  
28 Special purpose entities and securitization
Securitization
ING as originator
ING Group enters into synthetic securitization programmes in order to reduce credit risk on certain assets. In synthetic securitizations, ING Group enters into a credit default swap with securitization Special Purpose Entities (SPEs), in relation to which ING Group purchases credit protection in respect of residential mortgage loans and loans to small and medium-sized enterprises. The SPEs have in turn hedged their exposure with investors through the issue of credit linked notes or credit linked commercial paper. As a result of these transactions, ING Group has transferred a substantial part of the credit risk related to these loan portfolios to third-party investors. In general, the third-party investors in securities issued by the SPE have recourse only to the assets of the SPE and not to ING Group.
After securitization of these assets ING Group continues to recognise them on its balance sheet under Loans and advances to customers. These transactions are therefore not off-balance sheet arrangements.
Assets under synthetic securitization programmes:
                 
    2009     2008  
Loans to small and medium-sized enterprises
    6,583       8,603  
Mortgages
    6,865       6,101  
     
Total
    13,448       14,704  
     
ING Group as sponsor of multi-seller conduit
In the normal course of business, ING Group structures financing transactions for its clients by assisting them in obtaining sources of liquidity by selling the clients’ receivables or other financial assets to an SPE. The SPE issues asset-backed commercial paper to the market to fund the purchases. ING Group, in its role as administrative agent, facilitates these transactions by providing structuring, accounting, funding and operations services.
ING Group supports the commercial paper programmes by providing the SPE with short-term standby liquidity facilities. These liquidity facilities are intended primarily to cover temporarily disruptions in the commercial paper market. Once drawn these facilities bear normal credit risk. A number of programmes are supported by granting structured liquidity facilities to the SPE, in which ING Group covers at least some of the credit risk incorporated in these programmes itself (in addition to normal liquidity facilities), and might suffer credit losses as a consequence. Furthermore, under a Programme Wide Credit Enhancement ING Group guarantees to a limited amount all remaining losses incorporated in the SPE to the commercial paper investors.
All facilities, which vary in risk profile, are granted to the SPE subject to normal ING Group credit and liquidity risk analysis procedures. The fees received for services provided and for facilities are charged subject to market conditions. The SPE is included in the consolidation of ING Group. This transaction is therefore not an off-balance sheet arrangement.

F-72


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
The normal non-structured standby liquidity facilities and the structured facilities are reported under irrevocable facilities.
Collateralized debt obligations (CDO)-transactions
Within ING Group, SPEs are used for CDO transactions. In a typical CDO transaction an SPE is used to issue structured, rated securities which are backed (or collateralized) by a pool of transferable debt securities. Besides investing in CDOs ING Group often has different roles in these transactions:
  the arranger of the transaction; ING Group structures the SPE, acquires the assets for the SPE and sells the CDOs to investors;
  collateral manager of the assets in the SPE; ING Group manages the assets based on strict conditions of the SPEs charter.
ING Group receives market-rate fees for structuring, asset managing and distributing CDO-securities to investors. The total amount of these fees is not significant.
ING Group as investor
As part of its investment activities, ING Group invests in securitizations by purchasing notes from securitization SPEs. For certain own asset securitization programmes ING Group acts as a market maker and holds limited positions in this capacity.
Non-cash investments are made by ING Group by selling credit protection in the market using credit default swaps.
Other entities
ING Group is also a party to other SPEs used, for example, in structured finance and leasing transactions.
Investment funds
ING Group as fund manager and investor
ING Group sets up investment funds for which it acts as a fund manager and sole investor at the inception of the fund. Subsequently, ING Group will seek third-party investors to invest in the fund, thereby reducing the interest of ING Group. In general, ING Group will maintain a small percentage of interest in these funds. These funds are included in the consolidated financial statements of the Group if and when control exists, taking into account both ING Group’s financial interests for own risk and its role as investment manager.
ING Group as fund manager
ING Group acts as fund manager for several funds. Fees related to these management activities are charged on an at arm’s-length basis. In general, as a fund manager ING Group will hold these funds in a fiduciary capacity. These funds are therefore generally not included in the consolidated financial statements of ING Group.

F-73


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
29 principal subsidiaries
The principal subsidiaries of ING Groep N.V. are as follows:
     
Companies treated as part of the banking operations    
ING Bank N.V.
  The Netherlands
Bank Mendes Gans N.V.
  The Netherlands
ING Lease Holding B.V.
  The Netherlands
ING Corporate Investments B.V.
  The Netherlands
ING Vastgoed Management Holding B.V.
  The Netherlands
InterAdvies N.V.
  The Netherlands
Nationale-Nederlanden Financiële Diensten B.V.
  The Netherlands
ING Commercial Finance B.V.
  The Netherlands
Westland Utrecht Hypotheekbank N.V.
  The Netherlands
ING België N.V.
  Belgium
ING Bank Slaski S.A.
  Poland
ING Bank Deutschland A.G.
  Germany
ING Financial Holdings Corporation
  United States of America
ING Middenbank Curaçao N.V.
  Netherlands Antilles
ING Vysya Bank Ltd.
  India
ING Direct N.V.
  Canada, Germany, Spain, Australia, France, United States of America, Italy, United Kingdom
ING Bank A.S.
  Turkey
 
   
Companies treated as part of the insurance operations
   
ING Verzekeringen N.V.
  The Netherlands
ING Vastgoed Belegging B.V.
  The Netherlands
Nationale-Nederlanden Levensverzekering Maatschappij N.V.
  The Netherlands
Nationale-Nederlanden Schadeverzekering Maatschappij N.V.
  The Netherlands
Parcom Capital B.V.
  The Netherlands
ING Levensverzekering Retail N.V.
  The Netherlands
ING Schadeverzekering Retail N.V.
  The Netherlands
RVS Levensverzekering N.V.
  The Netherlands
RVS Schadeverzekering N.V.
  The Netherlands
Movir N.V.
  The Netherlands
ING Zivotna Poistovna a.s.
  Slovakia
ING Nationale-Nederlanden Polska S.A.
  Poland
ING Nationale-Nederlanden Polska Powszechne
  Poland
Towarzystwo S.A. Emerytaine
   
ING Asigurari de Viata S.A.
  Romania
ING Greek Life Insurance Company S.A.
  Greece
ING Nationale-Nederlanden Magyarorszagi Biztosito Rt.
  Hungary
Nationale-Nederlanden Vida, Compañia de Seguros y Reaseguros S.A.
  Spain
Nationale-Nederlanden Generales,
  Spain
Compañia de Seguros y Reaseguros S.A.
   
ING America Insurance Holdings, Inc.
  United States of America
ING International Insurance Holdings, Inc.
  United States of America
ING Life Insurance and Annuity Company
  United States of America
ING North America Insurance Corporation
  United States of America
Lion Connecticut Holdings Inc.
  United States of America
ReliaStar Life Insurance Company
  United States of America
ReliaStar Life Insurance Company of New York
  United States of America
Security Life of Denver Insurance Company
  United States of America
ING USA Annuity and Life Insurance Company
  United States of America
ING Life Insurance Company (Bermuda) Limited
  Hong Kong
Security Life of Denver International Limited
  Bermuda
ING Seguros de Vida S.A.
  Chile
AFP Capital S.A.
  Chile
ING Insurance Berhad
  Malaysia
ING Afore S.A. de C.V.
  Mexico
ING Life Insurance Company (Japan) Limited
  Japan
ING Life Insurance Company (Korea) Limited
  South Korea
ING Australia Holdings Limited
  Australia
ING Re (Netherlands) N.V.
  The Netherlands

F-74


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
30 Companies acquired and companies disposed
Goodwill recognized in 2009 amounted to EUR 39 million as disclosed in Note 9 ‘Intangible assets’. This includes EUR 26 million in relation to the consolidation of 3W Holding B.V as disclosed below. There were no significant acquisitions in 2009.
In August 2009 ING obtained control of its 50% owned joint venture 3W Holding B.V., a real estate development company. ING obtained a majority representation in the Supervisory Board of 3W Holding B.V. and entered into an option agreement that allows ING to acquire the remaining 50%. As a result of obtaining control, 3W Holding B.V. is fully included in the consolidation as of September 2009. Net assets upon consolidation amounted to EUR (21) million. The estimated consideration payable for obtaining the remaining 50% under the option agreement is approximately EUR 5 million. Therefore, goodwill of EUR 26 million is recognized. This goodwill is mainly attributable to operational synergies arising from obtaining control of the professional network of 3W and the future business potential in the southern Netherlands where 3W is active.
         
    3W Holding B.V.  
General
       
Primary line of business
  Bank  
 
       
Date of full consolidation
  September 1, 2009  
 
       
Estimated purchase consideration payable
    5  
 
       
Assets
       
Miscellaneous other assets
    51  
 
       
Liabilities
       
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit
    21  
Miscellaneous other liabilities
    51  
 
       
 
     
Net assets
    (21 )
 
       
Goodwill recognized
    26  
 
       
Profit since date of full consolidation
    (16 )
Income if fully consolidated at start of year
    (5 )
Profit if fully consolidated at start of year
    (19 )

F-75


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Disposals effective in 2009
Most significant companies disposed in 2009:
                                         
                    Annuity and     Australia/        
                  Mortgage business     New        
    ING Life Taiwan(5)     ING Canada     of Chile     Zealand     Total  
General
                                       
Primary line of business
  Insurance     Insurance     Insurance     Insurance          
 
Sales proceeds
                                       
Cash proceeds (1)
            1,316       217       1,106       2,639  
Non-cash proceeds
    466                               466  
     
Sales proceeds
    466       1,316       217       1,106       3,105  
 
                                       
Assets
                                       
Cash assets
    80       322       2       233       637  
Investments
    9,801       2,350       1,803       385       14,339  
Loans and advances to customers
    1,341       79       413               1,833  
Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss
    1,552       1,075       52       8,370       11,049  
Miscellaneous other assets
    2,538       2,092       74       639       5,343  
 
Liabilities
                                       
Insurance and investment contracts
    14,294       3,761       2,009       8,524       28,588  
Miscellaneous other liabilities
    260       223       95       334       912  
     
Net assets
    758       1,934       240       769       3,701  
% disposed
    100 %     70 %(4)     100 %     100 %        
     
Net assets disposed
    758       1,354       240       769       3,121  
     
 
                                       
Gain/loss on disposal (2)
    (292 )(3)     (38 )     (23 )     337       (16 )
 
(1)   Cash outflow/inflow on group companies in the cash flow statement includes cash outflows/inflows on individually immaterial disposals in addition to the cash flows presented.
 
(2)   The gain/loss on disposal comprises the sales proceed, the net assets disposed, the expenses directly related to the disposal and the realization of unrealized reserves.
 
(3)   The loss was recognized in 2008.
 
(4)   After disposal of the 70% stake ING has no remaining stake in ING Canada.
 
(5)   Assets and liabilities included in this column were presented as assets/liabilities held for sale as at December 31, 2008.
In October 2008 ING reached agreement to sell its entire Taiwanese life insurance business, ING Life Taiwan, to Fubon Financial Holding Co. Ltd. The sale was completed in February 2009 at a final sales price of EUR 466 million (USD 600 million). This differs from the proceeds reported in 2008 of EUR 447 million due to movements in the dollar/euro exchange rate between date of signing the sales agreement and the date of closing. ING was paid in a fixed number of shares with the difference between the fair value of those shares at the closing date and the sale price being paid in subordinated debt securities of the acquirer. This transaction resulted in a loss of EUR 292 million. This loss includes EUR 214 million loss on disposal (recognized in 2008 in ‘Net result on disposal of group companies’ in the profit and loss account) and EUR 78 million operating loss in the period that ING Life Taiwan was held for sale. ING Life Taiwan was previously included in the segment Insurance Asia/Pacific.
In February 2009, ING completed the sale of its 70% stake in ING Canada for net proceeds of EUR 1,316 million. This differs from the proceeds presented in the annual accounts of 2008 of EUR 1,265 million due to movements in the Canadian dollar/euro exchange rate between date of signing the sales agreement and the date of closing. The sale was effected through a private placement and a concurrent ‘bought deal’ public offering in Canada. This transaction resulted in a loss of EUR 38 million. ING Canada was previously included in the segment Insurance Americas.
In July 2009 ING reached an agreement to sell its non-core Annuity and Mortgage businesses in Chile to Corp Group Vida Chile, S.A for EUR 217 million. This sale does not impact ING’s Pension, Life Insurance, and Investment Management businesses in Chile where ING remains committed to developing leadership positions. This sale was completed in November 2009 and resulted in a loss of EUR 23 million. These non-core Annuity and Mortgages businesses were previously included in the segment Insurance Americas.

F-76


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
In September 2009 ING reached an agreement to sell its life insurance and wealth management venture in Australia and New Zealand to ANZ, its joint venture partner. Under the terms of the agreement, ING will sell its 51% equity stakes in ING Australia and ING New Zealand to ANZ for EUR 1,106 million cash proceeds. The transaction is part of ING’s Back to Basics strategy. The sale was complete in November 2009 and resulted in a profit for ING of EUR 337 million. The joint venture was previously included in the segment Insurance Asia/Pacific.
Acquisitions and disposals announced and occurring or expected to occur in 2010
In October 2009 ING reached an agreement to sell its Swiss Private Banking business to Julius Baer for a consideration of EUR 344 million (CHF 520 million) in cash. The transaction generates a profit for ING of approximately EUR 70 million which will be recognized upon completion in 2010. A tax benefit of EUR 83 million related to Private Banking Switzerland was recognized in 2009. At the closing date of the sale of Private Banking Switzerland ING announced a total gain of approximately EUR 150 million. The sale was completed in January 2010. The Swiss Private Banking business is included in the segment Retail Banking.
In October 2009 ING reached an agreement to sell its Asian Private Banking business for a consideration of USD 1,463 million (approximately EUR 1,000 million). The Asia franchise offers private banking services in 11 markets, including Hong Kong, the Philippines and Singapore. The transaction generates a profit for ING of approximately EUR 300 million. The sale was completed in January 2010. The Asian Private Banking business is included in the segment Retail Banking.
In November 2009 ING reached an agreement to sell three of its U.S. independent retail broker-dealer units, which comprise three-quarters of ING Advisors Network, to Lightyear Capital LLC. The transaction concerns Financial Network Investment Corporation, based in El Segundo, California., Multi-Financial Securities Corporation, based in Denver, Colorado., PrimeVest Financial Services, Inc., based in St. Cloud, Minnesota, and ING Brokers Network LLC, the holding company and back-office shared services supporting those broker dealers, which collectively do business as ING Advisors Network. The sale was completed in February 2010. The three U.S. independent retail broker-dealer units are included in the segment Insurance Americas.
In December 2009 ING announced it will sell its entire stake in China’s Pacific Antai Life Insurance Company Ltd. (PALIC) to China Construction Bank. This is the outcome of a strategic review announced in April 2009 as part of ING’s Back to Basics program. The stake in PALIC is included in the segment Insurance Asia/Pacific. The transaction is expected to be closed in the second half of 2010.
All the above described disposals will be deconsolidated in 2010 when ING loses control. They qualify as disposal groups held for sale at December 31, 2009 as ING expects to recover the carrying amount principally through the sale transactions. They are available for sale in their immediate condition subject to terms that are usual and customary for sales of such assets and the sales are highly probable.

F-77


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Most significant companies acquired in 2008:
                                                 
                    Chile Pension                    
            Universal Lease     business of                    
    Interhyp AG     Iberia     Santander     CitiStreet     Oyak Emeklilik     Total  
General
                                               
Primary line of business
  Bank     Bank     Insurance     Insurance     Insurance          
Date of acquisition
  August 1, 2008     October 1, 2008     January 16, 2008     July 1, 2008     December 1, 2008          
Percentage of voting shares acquired
    99 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %        
Purchase price
                                               
Purchase price
    418               397       578       110       1,503  
Costs directly attributable to the acquisition
                    4       5               9  
     
Cash purchase price
    418               401       583       110       1,512  
Cash in company acquired
                            45       35       80  
     
Cash outflow on acquisition (2)
    418               401       538       75       1,432  
 
                                               
Assets
                                               
Cash assets
                            45       35       80  
Investments
                    8                       8  
Loans and advances to customers
                    6                       6  
Amounts due from banks
    43                                       43  
Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss
                    78                       78  
Intangible assets
                    31       73               104  
Miscellaneous other assets
    20       235       2       24       8       289  
 
                                               
Liabilities
                                               
Insurance and investment contracts
                    7                       7  
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit
            224                               224  
Miscellaneous other liabilities
    16       20       6       26       2       70  
     
Net assets
    47       (9 )     112       116       41       307  
Minority interests
                                               
     
Net assets acquired
    47       (9 )     112       116       41       307  
     
 
                                               
Goodwill recognized (1)
    371       9       285       462       69       1,196  
 
                                               
Profit since date of acquisition
    (7 )             3       (7 )             (11 )
Income if acquisition effected at start of year
    61       42       17       275       12       407  
Profit if acquisition effected at start of year
    (20 )     (1 )     1       8               (12 )
 
(1)   Goodwill recognized in 2008 on immaterial acquisitions and real estate portfolios was EUR 133 million, resulting in total Goodwill recognized in 2008 of EUR 1,329 million as disclosed in Note 9 ‘Intangible assets’.
 
(2)   Cash outflow/inflow on group companies in the cash flow statement includes cash outflows/inflows on individually immaterial acquisitions and real estate portfolios in addition to the cash flows presented herein.
Acquisitions effective in 2008
In December 2008, ING acquired 100% of the voluntary pension fund Oyak Emeklilik for a total consideration of EUR 110 million. Goodwill of EUR 69 million was recognized on the acquisition and is mainly attributable to the operational synergies and the future business potential resulting from the acquisition.
In August 2008, ING acquired approximately 97% of Interhyp AG, Germany’s largest independent residential mortgage distributor for a total consideration of EUR 418 million. Goodwill of EUR 371 million was recognized on the acquisition and is mainly attributable to the future potential for enhancing ING’s distribution platforms in Europe resulting from the acquisition.

F-78


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
In July 2008, ING acquired 100% of CitiStreet, a leading retirement plan and benefit service and administration organization in the US defined contribution marketplace for a total consideration of EUR 578 million. Goodwill of EUR 462 million was recognized on the acquisition and is mainly attributable to the operational synergies and the future business potential resulting from the acquisition, making ING one of the largest defined contribution businesses in the US.
In January 2008, ING closed the final transaction to acquire 100% of Banco Santander’s Latin American pension and annuity businesses through the acquisition of the pension business in Chile. See Acquisitions effective in 2007 in this note for full details of the entire deal.
Most significant companies disposed in 2008:
                         
            Mexican non-life        
    NRG     business     Total  
General
                       
Primary line of business
  Insurance       Insurance          
 
Sales proceeds
                       
Sales proceeds
    272       950       1,222  
     
Cash proceeds
    272       950       1,222  
 
                       
Cash in company disposed
    12       26       38  
     
Cash inflow on disposal (1)
    260       924       1,184  
 
                       
Assets
                       
Cash assets
    12       26       38  
Investments
    461       1,146       1,607  
Loans and advances to customers
    137       65       202  
Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss
            41       41  
Miscellaneous other assets
    26       1,261       1,287  
 
                       
Liabilities
                       
Insurance and investment contracts
    210       1,497       1,707  
Miscellaneous other liabilities
    10       274       284  
     
Net assets
    416       768       1,184  
% disposed
    100 %     100 %        
     
Net assets disposed
    416       768       1,184  
     
 
                       
Gain/loss on disposal (2)
    (144 )     182       38  
 
(1)   Cash outflow/inflow on group companies in the cash flow statement includes cash outflows/inflows on individually immaterial disposals in addition to the cash flows presented.
 
(2)   The gain/loss on disposal comprises the sales proceed, the net assets disposed, the expenses directly related to the disposal and the realization of unrealized reserves.
Disposals effective in 2008
In December 2007, ING reached an agreement with Berkshire Hathaway Group to sell its reinsurance unit NRG N.V. for EUR 272 million. The sale resulted in a net loss of EUR 144 million. A loss on disposal of EUR 129 million was reported in 2007. In 2008 EUR 15 million additional losses, predominantly relating to currency exchange rate changes were recognized.
In July 2008, ING completed the sale of part of its Mexican business, Seguros ING SA de CV and subsidiaries, to AXA as announced in February 2008, for a total consideration of EUR 950 million (USD 1.5 billion). The sale resulted in a gain of EUR 182 million.
In January 2008 ING completed the sale of its health business in Chile, ING Salud, to Said Group and Linzor Capital Partners, resulting in a gain on disposal of EUR 55 million.

F-79


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
As mentioned in Acquisitions effective in 2007 ING acquired the AFJP Pension (Origenes AFJP S.A.) company in Argentina as part of the Santander transaction. In November 2008 the Government of Argentina passed legislation to nationalise the private pension system (AFJPs). Under the law, all client balances held by the private pension system had to be transferred to the Argentina Government and AFJP’s pension business was terminated. The law became effective in December 2008 when the Argentine Social Security Administration (ANSES) took ownership over the affiliate accounts. The nationalization impacted the pension assets only, thus leaving ING responsible for the ongoing operating costs and liabilities including severance obligations. This resulted in a loss of EUR 188 million being recognized in 2008.
Most significant companies acquired in 2007:
                                         
                            Latin American        
            Sharebuilder             Pension business of        
    Oyak Bank     Corporation     Landmark     Santander     Total  
General
                                       
Primary line of business
  Bank   Bank   Insurance   Insurance        
 
                                       
Date of acquisition
  December 31, 2007     November 15, 2007       July 31, 2007     December 4,
2007
         
Percentage of voting shares acquired
    100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %        
Purchase price
                                       
Purchase price
    1,903       152       255       692       3,002  
Costs directly attributable to the acquisition
    2       1       2       8       13  
     
Cash purchase price
    1,905       153       257       700       3,015  
 
                                       
Cash in company acquired
    75       12       29       28       144  
     
Cash outflow on acquisition (2)
    1,830       141       228       672       2,871  
 
                                       
Assets
                                       
Cash assets
    75       12       29       28       144  
Investments
    1,332                       86       1,418  
Loans and advances to customers
    4,824       15                       4,839  
Amounts due from banks
    508                               508  
Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss
    41       2               520       563  
Intangible assets
    236                       154       390  
Miscellaneous other assets
    474       80       18       85       657  
 
                                       
Liabilities
                                       
Insurance and investment contracts
                            500       500  
Amounts due to banks
    632                               632  
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit
    5,369                               5,369  
Miscellaneous other liabilities
    601       51               182       834  
     
Net assets
    888       58       47       191       1,184  
Minority interests
                                       
     
Total net assets acquired
    888       58       47       191       1,184  
     
 
                                       
Goodwill recognized (1)
    1,015       94       208       501       1,818  
 
                                       
Profit since date of acquisition
            (1 )     1       8       8  
Income if acquisition effected at start of year
            38       15       209       262  
Profit if acquisition effected at start of year (3)
    80       (2 )     4       46       128  
 
(1)   Goodwill recognized in 2007 on immaterial acquisitions and real estate portfolios was EUR 222 million, resulting in total Goodwill recognized in 2007 of EUR 2,040 million as disclosed in Note 9 ‘Intangible assets’.
 
(2)   Cash outflow/inflow on group companies in the cash flow statement includes cash outflows/inflows on individually immaterial acquisitions and real estate portfolios in addition to the cash flows presented herein.
 
(3)   Estimate of full year profit of acquired company based on local accounting principles.

F-80


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Acquisitions effective in 2007
In September 2007, ING paid EUR 20 million to increase its shareholding in ING Piraeus Life (the joint venture between ING and Piraeus Bank) from 50 to 100%.
In April 2007, ING acquired 100% of AZL, an independent Dutch provider of pension fund management services, for EUR 65 million.
In July 2007, ING announced that it had reached agreement to acquire full ownership of Landmark Investment Co Ltd, the twelfth largest asset manager in South Korea. The purchase price paid for Landmark was EUR 255 million. Goodwill of approximately EUR 208 million was recognized on acquisition and is mainly attributable to the operational synergies and to the future business potential resulting from the acquisition. There was no significant difference in the carrying values of the net assets acquired immediately before the acquisition and their fair values. All significant intangibles were recognized separately from goodwill and are included in Intangible assets. No significant adjustments were made in 2008 to amounts recognized provisionally in 2007.
In November 2007, ING acquired 100% of Sharebuilder Corporation, a Seattle-based brokerage company for EUR 152 million, to extend its retail investment products range and geographical spread in the United States. Goodwill of approximately EUR 94 million was recognized on acquisition and is mainly attributable to the operational synergies and to the future business potential resulting from the acquisition. There was no significant difference in the carrying values of the net assets acquired immediately before the acquisition and their fair values. All significant intangibles were recognized separately from goodwill and are included in Intangible assets. No significant adjustments were made in 2008 to amounts recognized provisionally in 2007.
In November and December 2007, ING acquired the Latin American pension businesses of Banco Santander in Mexico for EUR 349 million, in Columbia for EUR 88 million, in Uruguay for EUR 20 million and in Argentina for EUR 235 million. As mentioned in Acquisitions effective in 2008, the pension business in Chile was acquired in January 2008 for EUR 450 million. The total costs of the entire deal were approximately EUR 1,142 million. Goodwill of approximately EUR 786 million was recognized on acquisition and is mainly attributable to the operational synergies and to the future business potential resulting from the acquisition. The Latin American pension businesses acquired represented the acquisition of leading positions in retirement services in high growth emerging markets, giving ING a sustainable, scalable platform in Latin America. There was no significant difference in the carrying values of the net assets acquired immediately before the acquisition and their fair values. All significant intangibles were recognized separately from goodwill and are included in Intangible assets. Except for the effect of the nationalization of the Argentinean pension business as disclosed in Disposals announced and expected to occur in 2009 above, no significant adjustments were made in 2008 to amounts recognized provisionally in 2007.
In December 2007, ING announced the completion of the acquisition of 100% of the shares in Oyak Bank for an amount of EUR 1,903 million. Oyak Bank is a leading bank in the Turkish market, offering a full range of banking services with a focus on retail banking. Goodwill of EUR 1,015 million was recognized on acquisition and is mainly attributable to the future business potential resulting from the acquisition, as Oyak is a major bank, also offering a platform to distribute insurance, asset management and retirement products, in one of Europe’s fastest growing economies. There was no significant difference in the carrying values of the net assets acquired immediately before the acquisition and their fair values. All significant intangibles were recognized separately from goodwill and are included in Intangible assets. The profit for the year (before amortization of the intangibles recognized on purchase accounting) was approximately EUR 80 million, but no profit or loss was included in the ING Group net result over 2007.

F-81


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Most significant companies disposed in 2007:
                                 
                    Belgian Broker &        
    ING Trust     ING Regio B.V.     employee benefits     Total  
General
                               
Primary line of business
  Bank   Bank   Insurance        
Sales proceeds
                               
Sales proceeds
    25       51       777       853  
     
Cash proceeds
    25       51       777       853  
 
                               
Cash in company disposed
                    11       11  
     
Cash inflow on disposal (1)
    25       51       766       842  
 
                               
Assets
                               
Cash assets
                    11       11  
Investments
                    4,622       4,622  
Loans and advances to customers
    4       1,156       301       1,461  
Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss
                    350       350  
Miscellaneous other assets
    10       110       463       583  
 
                               
Liabilities
                               
Insurance and investment contracts
                    5,075       5,075  
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit
            2,052               2,052  
Miscellaneous other liabilities
    (4 )     (811 )     178       (637 )
 
                               
     
Net assets
    18       25       494       537  
% disposed
    100 %     100 %     100 %        
     
Net assets disposed
    18       25       494       537  
     
 
                               
Gain/loss on disposal (2)
    7       26       418       451  
 
(1)   Cash outflow/inflow on group companies in the cash flow statement includes cash outflows/inflows on individually immaterial disposals in addition to the cash flows presented.
 
(2)   The gain/loss on disposal comprises the sales proceed, the net assets disposed, the expenses directly related to the disposal and the realization of unrealized reserves.
Disposals effective in 2007
In June 2007, ING sold its investment in Nationale Borg, a specialist provider of guarantee insurance, to HAL Investments BV and Egeria.
In July 2007, ING sold ING Trust to management and Foreman Capital, an independent investment company based in the Netherlands. The sale is part of ING’s strategy to focus on its investment, life insurance and retirement services.
In July 2007, ING sold its entire shareholding in ING Regio B.V., a subsidiary of Regio Bank N.V. to SNS REAAL for EUR 50.5 million, resulting in a gain of EUR 26 million. This entity conducts most of the business of Regio Bank. The legal entity Regio Bank N.V. itself was not part of the transaction.
In September 2007, ING sold its Belgian broker and employee benefits insurance business to P&V Verzekeringen for EUR 777 million, resulting in a gain of EUR 418 million.
31   Legal proceedings
ING Group companies are involved in litigation and arbitration proceedings in the Netherlands and in a number of foreign jurisdictions, including the United States, involving claims by and against them which arise in the ordinary course of their businesses, including in connection with their activities as insurers, lenders, employers, investors and taxpayers. In certain of such proceedings, very large or indeterminate amounts are sought, including punitive and other damages. While it is not feasible to predict or determine the ultimate outcome of all pending or threatened legal and regulatory proceedings, the Company’s management is of the opinion that neither it nor any of its subsidiaries is aware of any governmental, legal or arbitration proceedings (including any such proceedings which are pending or threatened of which the Company is aware) in the 12 months preceding the date of this document which may have or have in such period had a significant effect on the financial position or profitability of the Company.

F-82


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
These proceedings include complaints and lawsuits concerning the performance of certain interest sensitive products that were sold by a former subsidiary of ING in Mexico. Further, purported class litigation has been filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York alleging violations of the federal securities laws with respect to disclosures made in connection with the 2007 and 2008 offerings of ING’s Perpetual Hybrid Capital Securities. The challenged disclosures primarily relate to ING Group’s investments in certain residential mortgage-backed securities. Additional purported class litigation challenges the operation of the ING Americas Savings Plan and ESOP and the ING 401(k) Plan for ILIAC Agents. Litigation also includes a case involving the interest crediting methodology that is used in connection with annuity products, and disclosures about the methodology, in which a state court of appeals has determined that the case can be maintained as a nation-wide class action. A higher appellate court has been asked to review and reverse this decision. These matters are being defended vigorously; however, at this time, ING is unable to assess their final outcome.
In November 2006, the issue of amongst others the transparency of unit-linked products (commonly referred to as ‘beleggingsverzekeringen’) has received attention both in the Dutch public media and from the Dutch regulator for the insurance industry and consumer protection organizations. In mid-November 2008 ING reached an outline agreement with consumer organizations in the Netherlands to resolve a dispute regarding individual unit-linked products sold to customers in the Netherlands by ING’s Dutch insurance subsidiaries. It was agreed that ING’s Dutch insurance subsidiaries would offer compensation to policyholders where individual unit-linked policies have a cost charge in excess of an agreed maximum. The costs of the settlement have been valued at EUR 365 million. ING’s Dutch insurance subsidiaries are in negotiations with the relevant consumer organizations in order to work out the agreement more in detail. Although the agreement is not binding for policyholders, ING believes a significant step was made towards resolving the issue.
Like many other companies in the mutual funds, brokerage, investment, and insurance industries, several of ING’s companies have received informal and formal requests for information from various governmental and self-regulatory agencies or have otherwise identified issues arising in connection with fund trading, compensation, conflicts of interest, anti-competitive practices, insurance risk transfer, suitability, contract administration and interpretation, and sales practices. ING is responding to the requests and working to resolve issues with regulators. ING believes that any issues that have been identified thus far do not represent a systemic problem in the ING Businesses involved and in addition that the outcome of the investigations will not have a material effect on ING Group.
Because of the geographic spread of its business, ING may be subject to tax audits in numerous jurisdictions at any point in time. Although ING believes that it has adequately provided for all its tax positions, the ultimate resolution of these audits may result in liabilities which are different from the amounts recognized.
On January 28, 2010 ING lodged an appeal with the General Court of the European Union against specific elements of the European Commission’s decision regarding ING’s restructuring plan. In its appeal, ING contests the way the Commission has calculated the amount of state aid ING received and the disproportionality of the price leadership restrictions specifically and the disproportionality of restructuring requirements in general.
32 Joint ventures
Joint ventures are included proportionally in the consolidated financial statements as follows:
Most significant joint ventures:
                                         
    Interest                          
2009   held (%)     Assets     Liabilities     Income     Expenses  
Postkantoren B.V.
    50       147       152       143       141  
KB Life Insurance Company
    49       748       702       281       277  
ING Capital Life Insurance Company Ltd
    50       236       214       57       59  
ING Vysya Life Insurance Company Ltd (1)
    26       342       329       112       122  
             
Total
            1,473       1,397       593       599  
             
 
(1)   Accounted for as joint venture because of joint control.

F-83


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Most significant joint ventures:
                                         
    Interest                          
2008   held (%)     Assets     Liabilities     Income     Expenses  
ING Australia Ltd
    51       6,690       6,218       406       317  
Postkantoren B.V.
    50       161       169       226       266  
KB Life Insurance Company
    49       498       462       254       257  
ING (NZ) Holdings Ltd
    51       95       3       38       34  
ING Capital Life Insurance Company Ltd
    50       200       186       94       105  
ING Vysya Life Insurance Company Ltd (1)
    26       193       186       112       132  
             
Total
            7,837       7,224       1,130       1,111  
             
 
(1)   Accounted for as joint venture because of joint control.
33 Related parties
In the normal course of business, ING Group enters into various transactions with related companies. Parties are considered to be related if one party has the ability to control or exercise significant influence over the other party in making financial or operating decisions. Transactions have taken place on an arm’s length basis and include rendering or receiving of services, leases, transfers under finance arrangements and provisions of guarantees or collateral.
Transactions with joint ventures and associates:
                                 
    Joint ventures             Associates  
    2009     2008     2009     2008  
Receivables
    432       204       648       389  
Liabilities
    187       122       6       164  
 
                               
Income received
    103       35       115       158  
Expenses paid
    136       82               31  
Transactions with ING Bank N.V. and ING Verzekeringen N.V.:
                                 
    ING Bank N.V.     ING Verzekeringen N.V.  
    2009     2008     2009     2008  
Receivables
    9,154       8,764       3,412       4,564  
Liabilities
    793       1,317       7       2  
 
                               
Income received
    725       675       299       248  
Expenses paid
    237       226                  
Receivables on ING Bank N.V. and ING Verzekeringen N.V. mainly include long term funding. Liabilities to ING Bank N.V. mainly include short term deposits.
Transactions with key management personnel (Executive Board and Supervisory Board) and post-employment benefit plans are transactions with related parties. These transactions are disclosed in more detail in the remuneration report in the annual report. For the post-employment benefit plans see Note 21 ‘Other liabilities’.
As a result of the change in strategy of ING Groep N.V. the Executive Board of ING Groep N.V. was reduced from eight to three members during 2009. The effective date of this change was June 1, 2009. At the same time the Executive Board of ING Bank N.V. and ING Verzekeringen N.V. were transformed into Management Boards for ING Bank N.V. and ING Verzekeringen N.V. The former Executive Board members of ING Groep N.V. became Management Board members of ING Bank N.V and ING Verzekeringen N.V. Furthermore, the three members of the Executive Board of ING Groep N.V. are also member of both Management Boards.

F-84


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Key management personnel compensation (Executive Board and Management Board):
                                 
            Management              
            Boards of              
    Executive     ING Bank N.V.              
    Board of     and ING              
    ING Groep     Verzekeringen     Total     Total  
    N.V.(1)     N.V.(2)     2009     2008  
Base-salary and short term bonus(3)
    4,936       2,933       7,869       7,052  
Pension costs
    935       772       1,707       3,580  
Termination benefit
            665       665          
Retirement benefit
    1,353       1,200       2,553          
     
Total compensation
    7,224       5,570       12,794       10,632  
     
 
(1)   Comprising eight members from January 1, 2009 to May 31, 2009 and 3 members from June 1, 2009 to December 31, 2009.
 
(2)   As of June 1, 2009, excluding three members that are also members of the Executive Board of ING Groep N.V.
 
(3)   Increase in 2009 due to change in composition.
Key management personnel compensation (Supervisory Board):
                 
    Supervisory Board  
    2009     2008  
Base-salary and short term bonus
    1,128       986  
     
Total compensation
    1,128       986  
     
Loans and advances to key management personnel:
Amounts in thousands of euros
                                                 
    Amount outstanding              
    December 31,     Average interest rate     Repayments  
    2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008  
Executive Board members
    380       999       4.6 %     4.8 %             16  
Management Boards members of ING Bank N.V. and ING Verzekeringen N.V.
    244       1,342       3.6 %     4.4 %     933       19  
Supervisory Board members
    282               8.6 %                        
     
Total
    906       2,341                       933       35  
                         
The total number of stock options on ING Groep N.V. shares held by the Executive Board members of ING Group N.V. amounted to 164,689 as at December 31, 2009 (2008: 896,934) and total number of stock options on ING Groep N.V. shares held by Management Board members of ING Bank N.V. and ING Verzekeringen N.V. amounted to 2,718,765 as at December 31, 2009 (2008: 2,539,649). As at December 31, 2009, members of the Executive Board held 60,883 ING Groep N.V. shares (2008: 39,456) and members of the Management Boards of ING Bank N.V. and ING Verzekeringen N.V. held 266,239 ING Groep N.V. shares (2008: 209,131). As at December 31, 2009, members of the Supervisory Board held 140,207 ING Groep N.V. shares (2008: 8,940).
There are no significant provisions for doubtful debts or individually significant bad debt expenses recognized on outstanding balances with related parties.
Transactions with the Dutch State
Illiquid Assets Back-up Facility
ING Group and the Dutch State reached an agreement on an Illiquid Assets Back-Up Facility (‘IABF’) on January 26, 2009. The transaction closed on March 31, 2009. The IABF covers the Alt-A portfolios of both ING Direct US and ING Insurance Americas, with a par value of approximately EUR 30 billion. Under the IABF, ING transferred 80% of the economic ownership of its Alt-A portfolio to the Dutch State. As a result, an undivided 80% interest in the risk and rewards on the portfolio was transferred to the Dutch State. ING retained 100% of the legal ownership of its Alt-A portfolio. The transaction price was 90% of the par value with respect to the 80% proportion of the portfolio of which the Dutch State has become the economic owner. The transaction price remains payable by the Dutch State to ING and will be redeemed over the remaining life. Furthermore, under the IABF ING pays a guarantee fee to the State and receives a funding fee and a management fee. As a result of the transaction ING derecognized 80% of the Alt-A portfolio from its balance sheet and recognized a receivable from the Dutch State. The transferred Alt-A portfolio was previously included in Available-for-sale debt securities. The Dutch State also acquired certain consent rights with respect to the sale or transfer of the 20% proportion of the Alt-A portfolio that is retained by ING.

F-85


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Under the terms of the transaction as agreed on January 26, 2009, the overall sales proceeds amounted to EUR 22.4 billion. The amortized cost (after prior impairments) at the date of the transaction was also approximately EUR 22.4 billion. The transaction resulted in a loss in the first quarter of 2009 of EUR 109 million after tax (the difference between the sales proceeds and the amortized cost). The fair value under IFRS at the date of the transaction was EUR 15.2 billion.
In order to obtain approval from the European Commission on ING Group’s Restructuring Plan (see below), ING agreed to make additional Illiquid Assets Back-up Facility payments as part of the overall agreement with the European Commission to the Dutch State corresponding to an adjustment of the fees for the Illiquid Assets Back-up Facility. In total, these additional Illiquid Assets Back-up Facility payments as part of the overall agreement with the European Commission amounted to a net present value of EUR 1.3 billion pre-tax, which was recognized as a one-off charge in the fourth quarter of 2009. The remainder of the IABF as agreed in January 2009, including the transfer price of the securities of 90%, remains unaltered.
The difference between the total sales proceeds of EUR 21.1 billion (EUR 22.4 billion -/- adjustment of EUR 1.3 billion) and the fair value under IFRS-IASB of EUR 15.2 billion represents a ‘Government grant’ under IAS 20. This government grant is considered to be an integral part of the transaction and is therefore accounted for as part of the result on the transaction.
The transaction resulted in a reduction of the negative revaluation -and therefore an increase in equity- of EUR 4.6 billion (after tax).
The valuation method of the 20% Alt-A securities in the IFRS balance sheet is not impacted by the IABF. The methodology used to determine the fair value for these assets in the balance sheet under IFRS-IASB is disclosed in Note 34 ‘Fair value of financial assets and liabilities’.
Non-voting equity securities (Core Tier 1 securities)
On November 12, 2008, ING Groep N.V. issued one billion non-voting equity securities to the Dutch State at EUR 10 per non-voting equity security, resulting in an increase of ING Group’s core Tier 1 capital of EUR 10 billion. The nominal value of each security is EUR 0.24. The non-voting equity securities do not form part of ING Group’s share capital; accordingly they do not carry voting rights in the General Meeting of Shareholders.
The non-voting equity securities are deeply subordinated and rank pari-passu with ordinary shares in a winding up of ING Group.
On these non-voting equity securities a coupon is payable of the higher of:
  EUR 0.85 per security, payable annually in arrears, with a first coupon of EUR 0.425 per security paid on May 12, 2009; and
  110% of the dividend paid on each ordinary share over 2009 (payable in 2010)
  120% of the dividend paid on each ordinary share over 2010 (payable in 2011)
  125% of the dividend paid on each ordinary share over 2011 onwards (payable in 2012 onwards).
Since ING Groep N.V. had already paid an interim dividend of EUR 0.74 in August 2008, ING recognized a coupon payable of EUR 425 million to the Dutch State as of December 31, 2008. This coupon was paid on May 12, 2009.
Further coupons are to be paid on May 12, of each year (the coupon date) in cash if dividend on ordinary shares is paid in cash or to be paid in scrip securities in the event of a scrip dividend on ordinary shares. Coupons are only due and payable, on a non-cumulative basis and if a dividend is paid on ordinary shares over the financial year preceding the coupon date, either on an interim or a final dividend basis, provided that ING Groep N.V.’s capital adequacy position is and remains satisfactory both before and immediately after payment in the opinion of the Dutch Central Bank.
ING Groep N.V. has the right to repurchase all or some of the non-voting equity securities at EUR 15 per security at any time, together with the pro-rata coupon, if due, accrued to such date. ING Groep N.V. and the Dutch State have agreed in October 2009 that up to EUR 5 billion of the EUR 10 billion core Tier 1 securities may be repurchased at any time until January 31, 2010 at the original issue price of EUR 10 per non-voting equity security, plus a repurchase premium and accrued interest.

F-86


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
ING Groep N.V. also has the right to convert all or some of the non-voting equity securities into ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis from three years after the issue date onwards, subject to certain conditions. The Dutch State in that case has the right to demand a redemption payment of EUR 10 per non-voting equity security, together with the pro-rata coupon, if due, accrued to such date.
Both repurchase and conversion of the securities must be approved by the Dutch Central Bank.
Repayment non-voting equity shares
ING Groep N.V. announced on October 26, 2009 that it reached an agreement with the Dutch State to alter the repayment terms of the non-voting equity securities issued in November 2008, in order to facilitate early repayment. This early repayment option was valid until the end of January 2010. ING Groep N.V. repurchased EUR 5 billion of the non-voting equity securities on December 21, 2009.
Under the agreement, ING repurchased EUR 5 billion of the securities, representing half of the non-voting equity securities, at the issue price (EUR 10) plus the accrued coupon and a repayment premium. The 8.5% coupon payment was approximately EUR 259 million at the time of repayment and the repayment premium was EUR 346 million. The total payment amounted to EUR 5,605 million. The terms of the remaining non-voting equity securities, including restrictions on remuneration and corporate governance, remain unchanged.
In order to finance the repayment of the non-voting equity securities and the associated expenses as well as to mitigate the capital impact of the additional Illiquid Assets Back-Up Facility payments as part of the overall agreement with the European Commission, ING launched a capital increase with preferential subscription rights for holders of (depositary receipts for) ordinary shares of up to EUR 7.5 billion. The rights issue, as disclosed in Note 13 ‘Shareholders’ equity (parent)/non-voting equity securities’ was authorized by the Extraordinary General Meeting of Shareholders on November 25, 2009. Proceeds of the issue in excess of the above amounts were used to strengthen ING’s capital position.
European Commission Restructuring Plan
In 2009, ING Groep N.V. submitted a Restructuring Plan to the European Commission as part of the process to receive approval for the government support measures. The Restructuring Plan has formally been approved by the European Commission. The main elements of the Restructuring Plan as announced on October 26, 2009 are as follows:
  ING will eliminate double leverage and significantly reduce its balance sheet;
  ING will divest all Insurance and Investment Management activities;
  that in order to receive approval from the European Commission ING needs to divest ING Direct USA by the end of 2013;
  ING will create a new company in the Dutch retail market composed of Interadvies (including Westland Utrecht and the mortgage activities of Nationale-Nederlanden) and the existing consumer lending portfolio of ING Retail in the Netherlands. This business, once separated, will be divested;
  ING will create a new company in the Dutch retail market composed of Interadvies (including Westland Utrecht and the mortgage activities of Nationale-Nederlanden) and the existing consumer lending portfolio of ING Retail in the Netherlands. This business, once separated, will be divested;
  that ING has agreed not to be a price leader in any EU country for certain retail and SME banking products and will refrain from the acquisition of financial institutions or other businesses that would delay the repayment of the non-voting equity securities. These restrictions will apply for the shorter period of three years or until the non-voting equity securities have been repaid in full to the Dutch State;
  that ING has agreed with the Dutch State to alter the repayment terms of 50% of the non-voting equity securities;
  that EUR 5 billion of the non-voting equity securities issued to the Dutch State in November 2008 will be repurchased;
  that additional Illiquid Assets Back-Up Facility payments as part of the overall agreement with the European Commission are to be made to the Dutch State in the form of fee adjustments relating to the Illiquid Assets Back-Up Facility which resulted in a one-off pre-tax charge to ING of EUR 1.3 billion in the fourth quarter of 2009; and
  that ING launched a EUR 7.5 billion rights issue, in order to finance the repayment of 50% of the non-voting equity securities and to mitigate the capital impact of the additional Illiquid Assets Back-Up Facility payment as part of the overall agreement with the European Commission to the Dutch State of EUR 1.3 billion.
  ING will execute the Restructuring Plan before the end of 2013.

F-87


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
On January 28, 2010, ING lodged an appeal against specific elements of the European Commission’s decision.
Credit Guarantee Scheme
As part of the measures adopted to protect the financial sector, the Dutch State introduced a EUR 200 billion credit guarantee scheme for the issuance of medium term debt instruments by banks (the Credit Guarantee Scheme). ING Bank N.V. issued government guaranteed debt instruments under this Credit Guarantee Scheme (“Government Guaranteed Bonds”) as part of its regular medium-term funding operations. The relevant Rules of the Credit Guarantee Scheme promulgate the rules applicable to any issues under the Credit Guarantee Scheme and include information such as scope, denomination, tenor and fees payable by the banks. ING Group pays a fee of 84 basis points over the issued bonds to the Dutch State to participate in the Credit Guarantee Scheme. Reference is made to Note 15 ‘Debt securities in issue’.
Other
Following the transactions as disclosed in this note, the Dutch State is a related party of ING Group. All other transactions between ING Group and the Dutch State are of a normal business nature and at arm’s length.
In the framework of the transactions with the Dutch State disclosed in this note, certain arrangements with respect to corporate governance and executive remuneration were agreed with the Dutch State which will remain in place as long as the Dutch State owns at least 250 million non-voting equity securities, as long as the Illiquid Assets Back-Up Facility is in place or any of the Government Guaranteed Bonds is outstanding (whichever expires last). These arrangements entail that:
  the Dutch State may recommend two candidates (the “State Nominees”) for appointment to the Supervisory Board. Certain decisions of the Supervisory Board require approval of the State Supervisory Board members;
  ING Group will develop a sustainable remuneration policy for the Executive Board and Senior Management that is aligned to new international standards and submit this to its General Meeting for adoption. This remuneration policy shall include incentive schemes which are linked to long-term value creation, thereby taking account of risk and restricting the potential for ‘rewards for failure’. The new remuneration policy will, amongst others, include objectives relating to corporate and social responsibility;
  members of the Executive Board will not receive any performance-related payment - either in cash, options, shares or bearer depositary receipts - for the years 2008, 2009 and subsequent years until the adoption of the new remuneration policy mentioned above;
  severance payments to Executive Board members will be limited to a maximum of one year’s fixed salary, in line with the Tabaksblat Code;
  ING has undertaken to support the growth of the lending to corporates and consumers (including mortgages) for an amount of EUR 25 billion, on market conforming terms;
  ING agreed to pro-actively use EUR 10 billion of the Dutch Guarantee Scheme over 2009;
  ING has committed itself to maintaining the Dutch payment system PIN on its payment debit cards as long as other market participants, representing a substantial market share, are still making use of this payment system; and
  Appointment of the Chief Executive Officer of the Executive Board requires approval of the State Nominees.

F-88


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
34 Fair value of financial assets and liabilities
The following table presents the estimated fair values of ING Group’s financial assets and liabilities. Certain balance sheet items are not included in the table, as they do not meet the definition of a financial asset or liability. The aggregation of the fair values presented below does not represent, and should not be construed as representing, the underlying value of ING Group.
Fair value of financial assets and liabilities:
                                 
    Estimated fair value     Balance sheet value  
    2009     2008     2009     2008  
Financial assets
                               
Cash and balances with central banks
    15,390       22,045       15,390       22,045  
Amounts due from banks
    43,506       48,308       43,397       48,447  
Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss:
                               
- trading assets
    111,444       160,378       111,444       160,378  
- investments for risk of policyholders
    104,597       95,366       104,597       95,366  
- non-trading derivatives
    11,632       16,484       11,632       16,484  
- designated as at fair value through profit and loss
    5,517       8,277       5,517       8,277  
Investments:
                               
- available-for-sale
    197,703       242,852       197,703       242,852  
- held-to-maturity
    14,809       15,566       14,409       15,440  
Loans and advances to customers
    578,488       622,641       575,275       616,776  
Other assets (1)
    28,764       33,931       28,764       33,931  
     
 
    1,111,850       1,265,848       1,108,128       1,259,996  
     
 
                               
Financial liabilities
                               
Subordinated loans
    7,478       6,277       10,099       10,281  
Debt securities in issue
    118,950       93,536       119,981       96,488  
Other borrowed funds
    22,261       26,544       23,151       31,198  
Investment contracts for risk of company
    5,896       9,804       5,896       9,804  
Investment contracts for risk of policyholders
    5,406       11,281       5,406       11,281  
Amounts due to banks
    84,968       153,368       84,235       152,265  
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit
    466,822       522,693       469,508       522,783  
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss:
                               
- trading liabilities
    98,245       152,616       98,245       152,616  
- non-trading derivatives
    20,070       21,773       20,070       21,773  
- designated as at fair value through profit and loss
    11,474       14,009       11,474       14,009  
Other liabilities (2)
    33,946       36,533       33,946       36,533  
     
 
    875,516       1,048,434       822,011       1,059,031  
     
 
(1)   Other assets do not include (deferred) tax assets, property held for sale, pension assets and, deferred charges.
 
(2)   Other liabilities do not include (deferred) tax liabilities, pension liabilities, insurance provisions, prepayments received under property under development, share-based payment plans, other provisions and other taxation and social security contributions.
The estimated fair values correspond to the amounts at which the financial instruments at our best estimate could have been traded at the balance sheet date between knowledgeable, willing parties in arm’s length transactions. The fair value of financial assets and liabilities is based on quoted market prices, where available. Such quoted market prices are primarily obtained from exchange prices for listed instruments. Where an exchange price is not available, market prices are obtained from independent market vendors, brokers or market makers. Because substantial trading markets do not exist for all financial instruments various techniques have been developed to estimate the approximate fair values of financial assets and liabilities that are not actively traded. These techniques are subjective in nature and involve various assumptions about the relevant pricing factors, especially for inputs that are not readily available in the market (such as credit spreads for own-originated loans and advances to customers). Changes in these assumptions could significantly affect the estimated fair values. Consequently, the fair values presented may not be indicative of the net realisable value. In addition, the calculation of the estimated fair value is based on market conditions at a specific point in time and may not be indicative of future fair values.

F-89


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
The following methods and assumptions were used by ING Group to estimate the fair value of the financial instruments:
Financial assets
Cash and balances with central banks
The carrying amount of cash approximates its fair value.
Amounts due from banks
The fair values of receivables from banks are generally based on quoted market prices or, if unquoted, on estimates based on discounting future cash flows using available market interest rates offered for receivables with similar characteristics, similar to Loans and advances to customers described below.
Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss and Investments
Derivatives
Derivatives contracts can either be exchange traded or over the counter (OTC). The fair value of exchange-traded derivatives is determined using quoted market prices in an active market and those derivatives are classified in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. For those instruments not actively traded, fair values are estimated based on valuation techniques. OTC derivatives and derivatives trading in an inactive market are valued using valuation techniques because quoted market prices in an active market are not available for such instruments. The valuation techniques and inputs depend on the type of derivative and the nature of the underlying instruments. The principle techniques used to value these instruments are based on discounted cash flows, Black-Scholes option models and Monte Carlo simulation. These valuation models calculate the present value of expected future cash flows, based upon ‘no-arbitrage’ principles. These models are commonly used in the banking industry. Inputs to valuation models are determined from observable market data wherever possible. Certain inputs may not be observable in the market directly, but can be determined from observable prices via valuation model calibration procedures. The inputs used include prices available from exchanges, dealers, brokers or providers of consensus pricing, yield curves, credit spreads, default rates, recovery rates, dividend rates, volatility of underlying interest rates, equity prices and foreign currency exchange rates. These inputs are determined with reference to quoted prices, recently executed trades, independent market quotes and consensus data, where available.
Equity securities
The fair values of public equity securities are based on quoted market prices when available. Where no quoted market prices are available, fair value is determined based on quoted prices for similar securities or other valuation techniques.
The fair value of private equity is based on quoted market prices, if available. In the absence of quoted prices in an active market, fair value is estimated on the basis of an analysis of the investee’s financial position and results, risk profile, prospects, price, earnings comparisons and revenue multiples and by reference to market valuations for similar entities quoted in an active market.
Debt securities
Fair values for debt securities are based on quoted market prices, where available. Quoted market prices may be obtained from an exchange, dealer, broker, industry group, pricing service or regulatory service. If quoted prices in an active market are not available, fair value is determined by management based on an analysis of available market inputs, which may include values obtained from one or more pricing services or by a valuation technique that discounts expected future cash flows using a market interest rate curves, referenced credit spreads, maturity of the investment and estimated prepayment rates where applicable.
Certain asset backed securities in the United States are valued using external price sources that are obtained from third party pricing services and brokers. During 2008 the markets for these assets became inactive and as a result, the dispersion between different prices for the same security became significant. Management applies additional processes to select the most appropriate external price, including an internally developed price validation matrix and a process to challenge the price source. The valuation of these portfolios could have been significantly different had different prices been selected.
In order to determine which independent price in the range of prices obtained best represents fair value under IAS 39, ING applies a discounted cash flow model to calculate an indicative fair value. The key input to this model is a discount rate derived from an internal matrix that is used to construct the discount rate per security by applying credit and liquidity spreads relevant to the characteristics of such asset class. The main assumptions in this matrix include:
  a base spread;
  a liquidity risk premium;

F-90


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
  an additional credit spread, based on:
    seniority in the capital structure — an adjustment is applied to each security based on its position in the capital structure;
 
    vintage — an adjustment is applied for underwriting guidelines deteriorating from 2004 to 2007 in combination with differences in home price developments for these vintages.
The spreads are expressed in basis points and reflect the current market characteristics for credit and liquidity.
The indicative fair value obtained through the discounted cash flow model is then used to select the independently obtained price that is closest to the indicative price. In addition, judgment is applied in the event that the resulting indicative fair value is closest to the highest obtained vendor price and that price is a significant outlier compared to other obtained vendor prices. In such cases, the second highest obtained vendor price is deemed the most representative of fair value. The indicative price is not itself used for valuing the security; rather, it is used to select the most appropriate price obtained from independent external sources. As a result, each security in the portfolio is priced based on an external price, without modification by ING Group.
Loans and receivables
Reference is made to Loans and advances to customers below.
Loans and advances to customers
For loans and advances that are repriced frequently and have had no significant changes in credit risk, carrying amounts represent a reasonable estimate of fair values. The fair values of other loans are estimated by discounting expected future cash flows using interest rates offered for similar loans to borrowers with similar credit ratings.
The fair values of mortgage loans are estimated by taking into account prepayment behaviour and discounting future cash flows using interest rates currently being offered for similar loans to borrowers with similar credit ratings. The fair values of fixed-rate policy loans are estimated by discounting cash flows at the interest rates charged on policy loans of similar policies currently being issued. Loans with similar characteristics are aggregated for calculations purposes. The carrying values of variable rate policy loans approximate their fair value.
Other assets
The carrying amount of other assets is not materially different from their fair value.
Financial liabilities
Subordinated loans
The fair value of the subordinated loans is estimated using discounted cash flows based on interest rates and credit spreads that apply to similar instruments.
Investment contracts
For investment contracts for risk of company the fair values have been estimated using a discounted cash flow approach based on interest rates currently being offered for similar contracts with maturities consistent with those remaining for the contracts being valued. For investment contracts for risk of policyholder the fair value generally equals the fair value of the underlying assets.
Amounts due to banks
The fair values of payables to banks are generally based on quoted market prices or, if not available, on estimates based on discounting future cash flows using available market interest rates and credit spreads for payables to banks with similar characteristics.
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit
The carrying values of customer deposits and other funds on deposit with no stated maturity approximate their fair values. The fair values of deposits with stated maturities have been estimated based on discounting future cash flows using the interest rates currently applicable to deposits of similar maturities.

F-91


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss
The fair values of securities in the trading portfolio and other liabilities at fair value through profit and loss are based on quoted market prices, where available. For those securities not actively traded, fair values are estimated based on internal discounted cash flow valuation techniques using interest rates and credit spreads that apply to similar instruments. Reference is made to Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss above.
Debt securities in issue and other borrowed funds
The fair value of debt securities in issue and other borrowed funds is generally based on quoted market prices or, if not available, on estimated prices by discounting expected future cash flows using a current market interest rate and credit spreads applicable to the yield, credit quality and maturity.
Other liabilities
The other liabilities are stated at their book value which is not materially different than fair value.
Fair value hierarchy
ING Group has categorized its financial instruments that are measured in the balance sheet at fair value into a three level hierarchy based on the priority of the inputs to the valuation. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to valuation techniques based on unobservable inputs. An active market for the asset or liability is a market in which transactions for the asset or liability occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide reliable pricing information on an ongoing basis. The fair value hierarchy consists of three levels, depending upon whether fair values were determined based upon quoted prices in an active market (Level 1), valuation techniques with observable parameters (Level 2) or valuation techniques that incorporate inputs which are unobservable and which have a more than insignificant impact on the fair value of the instrument (Level 3). Financial assets in Level 3 include for example illiquid debt securities, complex OTC and credit derivatives, certain complex loans (for which current market information about similar assets to use as observable, corroborated data for all significant inputs into a valuation model is not available) and asset backed securities for which there is no active market and a wide dispersion in quoted prices.
Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources. Unobservable inputs are inputs which are based on the Group’s own assumptions about the factors that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability, developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. Unobservable inputs may include volatility, correlation, spreads to discount rates, default rates and recovery rates, prepayment rates and certain credit spreads.
The fair values of the financial instruments carried at fair value were determined as follows:
Methods applied in determining fair values of financial assets and liabilities:
                                 
2009   Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
Assets
                               
Trading assets
    40,357       70,872       215       111,444  
Investments for risk of policyholders
    100,541       4,002       54       104,597  
Non-trading derivatives
    308       11,110       214       11,632  
Financial assets designated at fair value through profit and loss
    1,469       2,477       1,571       5,517  
Available-for-sale investments
    113,913       76,827       6,963       197,703  
     
 
    256,588       165,288       9,017       430,893  
 
                               
Liabilities
                               
Trading liabilities
    27,234       70,956       55       98,245  
Non-trading derivatives
    444       18,739       887       20,070  
Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit and loss
    3,955       7,184       335       11,474  
Investment contracts (for contracts carried at fair value)
    3,040       2,327       39       5,406  
     
 
    34,673       99,206       1,316       135,195  
     

F-92


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Methods applied in determining fair values of financial assets and liabilities:
                                 
2008   Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
Assets
                               
Trading assets
    72,139       87,027       1,212       160,378  
Investments for risk of policyholders
    92,340       2,723       303       95,366  
Non-trading derivatives
    2,651       13,830       3       16,484  
Financial assets designated at fair value through profit and loss
    2,930       3,474       1,873       8,277  
Available-for-sale investments
    121,437       94,054       27,361       242,852  
     
 
    291,497       201,108       30,752       523,357  
 
                               
Liabilities
                               
Trading liabilities
    69,853       82,406       357       152,616  
Non-trading derivatives
    3,313       18,435       25       21,773  
Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit and loss
    5,591       8,354       64       14,009  
Investment contracts (for contracts carried at fair value)
    9,352       1,830       99       11,281  
     
 
    88,109       111,025       545       199,679  
     
Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets
This category includes financial instruments whose fair value is determined directly by reference to published quotes in an active market. A financial instrument is regarded as quoted in an active market if quoted prices are readily and regularly available from an exchange, dealer, broker, industry group, pricing service or regulatory agency, and those prices represent actual and regularly occurring market transactions on an arm’s length basis.
Level 2 — Valuation technique supported by observable inputs
This category includes financial instruments whose fair value is determined using a valuation technique (e.g. a model), where inputs in the model are taken from an active market or are observable. If certain inputs in the model are unobservable, the instrument is still classified in this category, provided that the impact of those unobservable inputs on the overall valuation is insignificant. Included in this category are items whose value is derived from quoted prices of similar instruments, but for which the prices are modified based on other market observable external data.
Level 3 — Valuation technique supported by unobservable inputs
This category includes financial instruments whose fair value is determined using a valuation technique (e.g. a model) for which more than an insignificant part of the inputs in terms of the overall valuation are not market observable. This category also includes financial assets and liabilities whose fair value is determined by reference to price quotes but for which the market is considered inactive. Level 3 Available-for-sale investments include mainly asset backed securities in the US as described above under ‘Debt securities’. Level 3 Trading assets, Non-trading derivatives and Assets designated at fair value through profit and loss account and Level 3 Financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss include financial instruments with different characteristics and nature, which are valued on the basis of valuation techniques that feature one or more significant inputs that are unobservable. An instrument in its entirety is classified as valued using significant unobservable inputs if a significant portion of the instrument’s fair value is driven by unobservable inputs. Unobservable in this context means that there is little or no current market data available from which the price at which an arm’s length transaction would be likely to occur can be derived. More details on the determination of the fair value of these instruments is included above under ‘Derivatives’, ‘Debt securities’ and ‘Loans and advances to customers’.
Revized IFRS 7 (effective 2009)
IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’ was revized in March 2009 when the IASB published the amendment: ‘Improving Disclosures about Financial Instruments’. The revized IFRS 7 is applicable as of the 2009 Annual Accounts and requires a disclosure of assets and liabilities at fair value in a three-level hierarchy. ING Group already provided a disclosure of a three-level hierarchy in its previous years’ financial statements as of 2007. Although ING Group’s previous disclosure is conceptually in line with the new requirements in IFRS 7, the specific requirements of IFRS 7 result in a number of differences. As a result, certain financial instruments that were previously classified in the category ‘Reference to published price quotations in active markets’ (the equivalent of Level 1 in IFRS 7) are classified in Level 2 as of 2009. The 2008 comparatives have been adjusted accordingly, resulting in a reclassification in the 2008 comparatives from Level 1 to Level 2. This mainly relates to derivatives (trading and non-trading) for EUR 38.6 billion (assets) and EUR 38.0 billion (liabilities) and to debt securities (available-for-sale investments,

F-93


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
designated at fair value through profit and loss and investments /liabilities for risk of policyholders) for EUR 28.9 billion (assets) and EUR 1.8 billion (liabilities).
Derivatives
In previous years, certain non-listed derivatives whose fair value is determined using market-quoted rates in a valuation technique (which qualifies as a quoted price under IAS 39) were classified in the category ‘Reference to published price quotations in active markets’. This included derivatives for which it is market convention to price these based on a single published reference rate (e.g. a published yield curve in the case of plain vanilla interest rate swaps). Under the revized IFRS 7, only derivatives for which quoted prices are directly available (mainly exchange traded derivatives) are classified in Level 1. Other derivatives are classified in Level 2 or 3.
Debt Securities
In previous years, certain debt securities whose fair value is determined using prices from brokers, dealers and/or pricing services (which qualifies as a quoted price under IAS 39) were classified in the category ‘Reference to published price quotations in active markets’ if the market for those securities was actively trading. Under the revized IFRS 7, these securities are only classified in Level 1 if it can be demonstrated by ING on an individual security-by-security basis that these are quoted in an active market, i.e. that the price quotes obtained are representative of actual trades in the market (e.g. through obtaining binding quotes or through corroboration to published market prices). Otherwise, these are now classified in Level 2.
Other changes (2009 compared to 2008)
As a result of changes in portfolios and/or markets during 2009, the following main changes in the fair value hierarchy occurred:
  Decrease in Level 1 and Level 2 — reclassifications from Available-for-sale investments to Loans and advances and Amounts due from banks:
 
    The reclassification in the first quarter from Available-for-sale investments to Loans and advances (EUR 17.2 billion) and Amounts due from banks (EUR 5.6 billion) resulted in a reduction in Level 2 of approximately EUR 22.8 billion. Furthermore, certain asset backed securities (approximately EUR 6.1 billion) were reclassified from Level 2 to Level 3 during the first quarter because the relevant markets had become inactive; subsequently these were reclassified to Loans and advances during the second quarter. After reclassification to Loans and advances and Amounts due from banks these are no longer recorded at fair value and therefore no longer subject to disclosure in the fair value hierarchy;
  Decrease in Level 3 — derecognition of asset backed securities in the United States:
 
    The Illiquid Assets Back-up Facility agreed with the Dutch State resulted in the derecognition of asset backed securities in the United States that were classified in Level 3. As a result of this transaction, financial assets in Level 3 (Available-for-sale investments) decreased by approximately EUR 15.2 billion. This decrease includes the sale proceeds of EUR 22.4 billion and revaluation recognized in equity of EUR 7.2 billion.
  Decrease in Level 3 — reclassification of asset backed securities in the US and certain private equities to Level 2:
 
    During 2009, the pricing transparency and the level of trading activity in the secondary markets for asset backed securities in the United States increased and the price of the securities as provided by the external pricing services converged . Accordingly, in the fourth quarter of 2009, investments in asset backed securities in the United States of approximately EUR 2.8 billion were transferred from Level 3 to Level 2. These assets were transferred into Level 3 during 2008, when the market became inactive and the dispersion between prices for the same security from different prices sources increased significantly. Furthermore approximately EUR 0.7 billion of equity securities in the private equity business (included in Trading and Available-for-sale) were transferred from Level 3 to Level 2 as pricing inputs became market observable;
  Other:
 
    Amounts in each of the levels are impacted by changes in the amount and composition of the relevant balance sheet items during the year.

F-94


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Changes in Level 3 Assets:
                                                 
                            Financial              
                            assets              
                            designated              
            Invest-             at fair              
            ment for             value     Available-        
            risk of     Non-     through     for-sale        
    Trading     policy-     trading     profit and     invest-        
2009   assets     holders     derivatives     loss     ments     Total  
Assets
                                               
Opening balance
    1,212       303       3       1,873       27,361       30,752  
Amounts recognized in profit or loss during the year
    (69 )     2       (133 )     (90 )     (1,512 )     (1,802 )
Revaluation recognized in equity during the year
                                    7,344       7,344  
Purchase of assets
    164       65       6       718       997       1,950  
Sale of assets
    (112 )     (113 )     94       (569 )     (22,204 )     (22,904 )
Maturity/settlement
    (41 )     (68 )     (4 )     (171 )     (3,103 )     (3,387 )
Reclassifications
    (43 )                     (67 )     (5,994 )     (6,104 )
Transfers into Level 3
            8       243       123       7,095       7,469  
Transfers out of Level 3
    (896 )     (123 )             (76 )     (3,641 )     (4,736 )
Exchange rate differences
            (20 )     5       (78 )     698       605  
Changes in the composition of the group
                            (92 )     (78 )     (170 )
     
Closing balance
    215       54       214       1,571       6,963       9,017  
     
Changes in Level 3 Liabilities:
                                         
                    Financial              
                    liabilities     Invest-        
                    designated     ment        
                    at fair     contracts        
                    value     (for        
            Non-     through     contracts        
    Trading     trading     profit and     carried at        
2009   liabilities     derivatives     loss     fair value)     Total  
Assets
                                       
Opening balance
    357       25       64       99       545  
Amounts recognized in profit or loss during the year
    (64 )     (87 )     124       2       (25 )
Issue of liabilities
    57       541       539       22       1,159  
Early repayment of liabilities
    (110 )     (26 )     (155 )     (72 )     (363 )
Maturity/settlement
    (173 )             (121 )             (294 )
Transfers into Level 3
    30       417       174       8       629  
Transfers out of Level 3
    (42 )             (290 )     (10 )     (342 )
Exchange rate differences
            18               (10 )     8  
Changes in the composition of the group
            (1 )                     (1 )
     
Closing balance
    55       887       335       39       1,316  
     

F-95


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Amounts recognized in profit and loss during the year (Level 3):
                         
    Held at     Derecog-        
    balance     nized        
    sheet     during the        
2009   date     year     Total  
Assets
                       
Trading assets
    (69 )             (69 )
Investments for risk of policyholders
            2       2  
Non-trading derivatives
    (133 )             (133 )
Financial assets designated at fair value through profit and loss
    (104 )     14       (90 )
Available-for-sale investments
    (1,523 )     11       (1,512 )
     
 
    (1,829 )     27       (1,802 )
 
                       
Liabilities
                       
Trading liabilities
    (64 )             (64 )
Non-trading derivatives
    (154 )     67       (87 )
Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit and loss
    124               124  
Investment contracts (for contracts carried at fair value)
            2       2  
     
 
    (94 )     69       (25 )
     
Sensitivities of fair values in Level 3
Reasonably likely changes in the non observable assumptions used in the valuation of Level 3 assets and liabilities would not have a significant impact on equity and net result, other than explained below for investments in asset backed securities in the United States.
Asset backed securities in the United States
Level 3 assets include EUR 6.4 billion at December 31, 2009 and EUR 25.2 billion at December 31, 2008 for investments in asset backed securities in the United States. The decrease mainly relates to the transfer of Alt-A securities to the Dutch State as part of the Illiquid Asset Back-Up Facility and a transfer to Level 2 as described above. These assets are valued using external price sources that are obtained from third party pricing services and brokers.
During 2008, the trading volumes in the relevant markets reduced significantly and the market became inactive. The dispersion between prices for the same security from different price sources increased significantly. In order to ensure that the most accurate and relevant sources available are used in determining the fair value of these securities, the valuation process was further enhanced during 2008 by using information from additional pricing sources and enhancing the process of selecting the most appropriate price.
Generally up to four different pricing services are utilized. Management carefully reviews the prices obtained in conjunction with other information available, including, where relevant, trades in the market, quotes from brokers and internal evaluations. If the dispersion between different prices for the same securities is limited, a hierarchy exists that ensures consistent selection of the most appropriate price. If the dispersion between different prices for the same security is significant, additional processes are applied to select the most appropriate price, including an internally developed price validation matrix and a process to challenge the external price source.
Valuation for these securities is inherently complex and subjective. Although each security in the portfolio is priced based on an external price, without modification by ING Group, and management is confident that it has selected the most appropriate price in the current market circumstances, the valuation of these portfolios would have been different had different prices been selected. The sensitivity of the valuation in this respect is illustrated as follows:
  had the valuation been based on the highest available market price for each security in these portfolios, the overall valuation would have been approximately 2.8% higher than the valuation applied by ING Group (December 31, 2008: approximately 7.6% higher);
 
  had the valuation been based on the lowest available market price for each security in these portfolios, the overall valuation would have been approximately 1.6% lower than the valuation applied by ING Group (December 31, 2008: approximately 18.3% lower);
 
  had the valuation been based on the weighted average available market price for these portfolios, the overall valuation would have been approximately 0.6% higher than the valuation applied by ING Group (December 31, 2008: approximately 6.3% lower).

F-96


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
These are indicators of sensitivity and not alternatives for fair value under IFRS-IASB. These sensitivities mainly relate to the banking operations.
Reference is made to the ‘Risk management’ section with regard to the exposure of these asset backed securities as at December 31, 2009 and 2008 and the impact from these asset backed securities on net result in 2009 and 2008.
Furthermore, the ‘Risk management’ section provides under Impact of financial crisis a breakdown of the methods applied in determining fair values of pressurized assets.
2.1.5. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT OF ING GROUP
35 Interest result banking operations
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
Interest income on loans
    24,983       31,174       26,390  
Interest income on impaired loans
    24       (24 )     (26 )
     
Total interest income on loans
    25,007       31,150       26,364  
 
                       
Interest income on available-for-sale securities
    3,923       7,449       7,397  
Interest income on held-to-maturity securities
    612       669       736  
Interest income on trading portfolio
    40,844       45,510       32,443  
Interest income on non-trading derivatives
    3,936       7,076       6,190  
Other interest income
    5,528       5,157       3,619  
     
Interest income banking operations
    79,850       97,011       76,749  
 
                       
Interest expense on deposits by banks
    1,266       4,856       5,131  
Interest expense on customer deposits and other funds on deposit
    10,976       19,594       18,563  
Interest expense on debt securities
    2,657       4,109       3,648  
Interest expense on subordinated loans
    1,784       1,784       1,167  
Interest on trading liabilities
    40,023       44,093       29,383  
Interest on non-trading derivatives
    4,483       7,391       6,115  
Other interest expense
    6,286       4,142       3,766  
     
Interest expense banking operations
    67,475       85,969       67,773  
 
                       
     
Interest result banking operations
    12,375       11,042       8,976  
     
Interest margin:
                         
            In percentages  
    2009     2008     2007  
Interest margin
    1.34       1.07       0.94  
In 2009, the decline in average total assets led to a decrease of the interest result amounting to EUR 929 million (in 2008 the growth in average assets led to an increase of the interest result of EUR 811 million; in 2007 the growth in average assets led to an increase of the interest result of EUR 753 million). The increase of the interest margin by 25 basis points led to an increase of the interest result with EUR 2,406 million (in 2008 the increase of the interest margin by 13 basis points led to a increase of the interest result with EUR 1,440 million; in 2007 the decrease of the interest margin by 12 basis points led to a decrease of the interest result with EUR 1,051 million).
36 Gross Premium income
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
Gross premium income from life insurance policies
    28,720       38,869       40,732  
Gross premium income from non-life insurance policies
    1,772       4,943       6,086  
     
 
    30,492       43,812       46,818  
     
Gross premium income decreased as a result of the divestments as disclosed in Note 30 ‘Company acquired and disposed’, including the divestment of ING Life Taiwan, ING Canada, Annuity and Mortgage business of Chile and Australia/New Zealand. Furthermore, gross premium income declined due to ING’s decision to limit variable annuity sales in the United States and to cease variable annuity sales in Japan, as well as a lower appetite for investment-linked products.

F-97


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Gross premium income has been presented before deduction of reinsurance and retrocession premiums granted. Gross premium income excludes premium received for investment contracts, for which deposit accounting is applied.
Effect of reinsurance on premiums written:
                                                                         
    Non-life     Life                     Total  
    2009     2008     2007     2009     2008     2007     2009     2008     2007  
Direct gross premiums written
    1,746       4,920       6,062       27,421       37,487       39,170       29,167       42,407       45,232  
Reinsurance assumed gross premiums written
    26       23       24       1,299       1,382       1,562       1,325       1,405       1,586  
     
Total gross premiums written
    1,772       4,943       6,086       28,720       38,869       40,732       30,492       43,812       46,818  
Reinsurance ceded
    (70 )     (196 )     (306 )     (1,867 )     (1,802 )     (1,968 )     (1,937 )     (1,998 )     (2,274 )
     
 
    1,702       4,747       5,780       26,853       37,067       38,764       28,555       41,814       44,544  
     
Effect of reinsurance on non-life premiums earned:
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
Direct gross premiums earned
    1,746       4,889       6,003  
Reinsurance assumed gross premiums earned
    26       20       24  
     
Total gross premiums earned
    1,772       4,909       6,027  
 
                       
Reinsurance ceded
    (68 )     (190 )     (326 )
     
 
    1,704       4,719       5,701  
     
See Note 43 ‘Underwriting expenditure’ for disclosure on reinsurance ceded.

F-98


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
37 Investment income
Investment income by banking and insurance operations
                                                                         
    Banking operations     Insurance operations                     Total  
    2009     2008     2007     2009     2008     2007     2009     2008     2007  
Income from real estate investments
    157       196       252       63       75       80       220       271       332  
Dividend income
    46       84       70       172       646       750       218       730       820  
     
 
    203       280       322       235       721       830       438       1,001       1,152  
 
                                                                       
Income from investments in debt securities
                            5,429       6,535       6,857       5,429       6,535       6,857  
Income from loans:
                                                                       
- unsecured loans
                            223       209       76       223       209       76  
- mortgage loans
                            856       1,044       1,313       856       1,044       1,313  
- policy loans
                            177       200       215       177       200       215  
- other
                            101       92       323       101       92       323  
     
Income from investments in debt securities and loans
                            6,786       8,080       8,784       6,786       8,080       8,784  
 
                                                                       
Realized gains/losses on disposal of debt securities
    (945 )     40       138       (168 )     48       (9 )     (1,113 )     88       129  
Impairments of available-for-sale debt securities
    (1,491 )     (2,127 )     (57 )     (584 )     (777 )     (76 )     (2,075 )     (2,904 )     (133 )
     
Realized gains/losses and impairments of debt securities
    (2,436 )     (2,087 )     81       (752 )     (729 )     (85 )     (3,188 )     (2,816 )     (4 )
 
                                                                       
Realized gains/losses on disposal of equity securities
    24       30       330       404       685       2,975       428       715       3,305  
Impairments of available-for-sale equity securities
    (49 )     (331 )     (17 )     (360 )     (1,585 )     (36 )     (409 )     (1,916 )     (53 )
     
Realized gains/losses and impairments of equity securities
    (25 )     (301 )     313       44       (900 )     2,939       19       (1,201 )     3,252  
 
                                                                       
Change in fair value of real estate investments
    (588 )     (350 )     93       (125 )     (50 )     75       (713 )     (400 )     168  
     
Investment income
    (2,846 )     (2,458 )     809       6,188       7,122       12,543       3,342       4,664       13,352  
     
Reference is made to the ‘Risk management’ section for further information on impairments.
38 Net result on disposals of group companies
Net result on disposals of group companies in 2009:
         
    2009  
ING Australia and New Zealand
    337  
ING Canada
    (38 )
Annuity and Mortgage business in Chile
    (23 )
Other
    (12 )
 
     
 
    264  
 
     
Other relates to net result on disposals of minor group companies that are individually insignificant.

F-99


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Net result on disposals of group companies in 2008:
         
    2008  
ING Salud, Chile
    55  
Seguros ING, Mexico
    182  
NRG
    (15 )
ING Life Taiwan
    (214 )
Other
    9  
 
     
 
    17  
 
     
Reference is made to Note 30 ‘Companies acquired and companies disposed’ for more details.
39 Commission income
Gross fee and commission income:
                                                                         
    Banking operations     Insurance operations                     Total  
    2009     2008     2007     2009     2008     2007     2009     2008     2007  
Funds transfer
    859       888       746                               859       888       746  
Securities business
    780       891       1,049                               780       891       1,049  
Insurance broking
    188       175       180       241       87       124       429       262       304  
Asset management fees
    584       934       1,140       1,874       2,129       2,025       2,458       3,063       3,165  
Brokerage and advisory fees
    317       256       233       582       763       1,014       899       1,019       1,247  
Other
    825       850       818       540       531       364       1,365       1,381       1,182  
     
 
    3,553       3,994       4,166       3,237       3,510       3,527       6,790       7,504       7,693  
     
Asset management fees related to the management of investments held for the risk of policyholders of EUR 825 million (2008: EUR 1,174 million; 2007: EUR 1,261 million) are included in Commission income.
Other include commission fees of EUR 18 million (2008: EUR 21 million; 2007: EUR 26 million) in respect of underwriting syndication loans.
Fee and commission expenses:
                                                                         
    Banking operations     Insurance operations                     Total  
    2009     2008     2007     2009     2008     2007     2009     2008     2007  
Funds transfer
    200       185       144                               200       185       144  
Securities business
    159       268       370                               159       268       370  
Insurance broking
            (4 )             332       574       686       332       570       686  
Management fees
    24       169       230       241       217       182       265       386       412  
Brokerage and advisory fees
    43       5       5       496       573       673       539       578       678  
Other
    449       476       491       233       76       85       682       552       576  
     
 
    875       1,099       1,240       1,302       1,440       1,626       2,177       2,539       2,866  
     

F-100


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
40 Valuation results on non-trading derivatives
Valuation results on non-trading derivatives:
                                                                         
    Banking operations     Insurance operations                     Total  
    2009     2008     2007     2009     2008     2007     2009     2008     2007  
Change in fair value of derivatives relating to:
                                                                       
— fair value hedges
    (665 )     (1,590 )     413       191       (193 )     (227 )     (474 )     (1,783 )     186  
— cash-flow hedges (ineffective portion)
    (2 )             (4 )     (8 )     22       (5 )     (10 )     22       (9 )
— hedges of net investment in foreign entities (ineffective portion)
                            1       (6 )     (14 )     1       (6 )     (14 )
— other non-trading derivatives
    (893 )     (3,737 )     547       (3,722 )     2,412       (753 )     (4,615 )     (1,325 )     (206 )
     
Net result on non-trading derivatives
    (1,560 )     (5,327 )     956       (3,538 )     2,235       (999 )     (5,098 )     (3,092 )     (43 )
 
                                                                       
Change in fair value of assets and liabilities (hedged items)
    545       1,824       (375 )     (226 )     164       223       319       1,988       (152 )
Valuation results on assets and liabilities designated as at fair value through profit and loss (excluding trading)
    (557 )     127       56       4       (432 )     89       (553 )     (305 )     145  
     
Net valuation results
    (1,572 )     (3,376 )     637       (3,760 )     1,967       (687 )     (5,332 )     (1,409 )     (50 )
     
Valuation results on non-trading derivatives is mainly a result of negative fair value changes on derivatives used to hedge direct and indirect equity exposures without applying hedge accounting. Indirect equity exposures relate to certain guaranteed benefits in insurance liabilities in the US, Japan, and the Netherlands. In 2009 the fair value changes on these derivatives were negative, as stock market returns became positive. The fair value changes on the derivatives related to the indirect equity exposures are generally offset by an opposite amount in underwriting expenditure (reference is made to Note 43 ‘Underwriting expenditure’).
The Valuation results on assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit and loss are mainly a result of changes in fair value of financial liabilities, designated at fair value through profit and loss, due to market circumstances; it includes fair value changes on issued debt securities, designated at fair value through profit and loss, including fair value changes attributable to changes in own credit risk as disclosed in Note 20 ‘Financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss’.
41 Net trading income
                                                                         
    Banking operations     Insurance operations                     Total  
    2009     2008     2007     2009     2008     2007     2009     2008     2007  
Securities trading results
    331       130       (2,147 )     155       (239 )     246       486       (109 )     (1,901 )
Foreign exchange transactions results
    (158 )     274       401       167       (90 )     174       9       184       575  
Derivatives trading results
    815       (766 )     2,469               79       30       815       (687 )     2,499  
Other
    (185 )     (43 )     26               (94 )     (80 )     (185 )     (137 )     (54 )
     
 
    803       (405 )     749       322       (344 )     370       1,125       (749 )     1,119  
     
Securities trading results includes the results of making markets in instruments such as government securities, equity securities, corporate debt securities, money-market instruments, and interest rate derivatives such as swaps, options, futures and forward contracts. Foreign exchange transactions results include gains and losses from spot and forward contracts, options, futures, and translated foreign currency assets and liabilities.
The portion of trading gains and losses for the year ended December 31, 2009 relating to trading securities still held as at December 31, amounted to EUR 105 million (2008: EUR (246) million; 2007: EUR (60) million).
The majority of the risks involved in security and currency trading is economically hedged with derivatives. The securities trading results are partly offset by results on these derivatives. The result of these

F-101


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
derivatives is included in Derivatives trading results.
42 Other income
                                                                         
    Banking operations     Insurance operations                     Total  
    2009     2008     2007     2009     2008     2007     2009     2008     2007  
Net operating lease income
    175       195       79                               175       195       79  
Income from real estate development projects
    59       124       95                               59       124       95  
Income post office
    99       144       148                               99       144       148  
Other
    123       28       258       235       153       305       358       181       563  
     
 
    456       491       580       235       153       305       691       644       885  
     
Net operating lease income comprises income of EUR 967 million (2008: EUR 961 million; 2007: EUR 803 million), depreciation of EUR 792 million (2008: EUR 766 million; 2007: EUR 724 million) and other expenses of nil (2008: nil; 2007: nil).
43 Underwriting expenditure
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
 
                       
Gross underwriting expenditure:
                       
- before effect of investment result for risk of policyholders
    32,698       51,239       50,739  
- effect of investment result risk of policyholders
    17,742       (32,408 )     1,079  
     
 
    50,440       18,831       51,818  
Investment result for risk of policyholders
    (17,742 )     32,408       (1,079 )
Reinsurance recoveries
    (1,714 )     (1,754 )     (1,906 )
     
Underwriting expenditure
    30,984       49,485       48,833  
     
The investment income and valuation results regarding investment result for risk of policyholders of EUR 17,742 million (2008: EUR (32,408) million; 2007: EUR 1,079 million) have not been recognized in Investment income and valuation results on assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit and loss but are recognized in Underwriting expenditure together with the equal amount of change in insurance provisions for risk of policyholders.

F-102


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Underwriting expenditure by class:
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
Expenditure from life underwriting
                       
Reinsurance and retrocession premiums
    1,867       1,802       1,968  
Gross benefits
    24,044       27,159       28,877  
Reinsurance recoveries
    (1,708 )     (1,662 )     (1,749 )
Change in life insurance provisions for risk of company
    2,692       17,407       11,979  
Costs of acquiring insurance business
    350       1,877       1,098  
Other underwriting expenditure
    460       462       457  
Profit sharing and rebates
    1,029       (416 )     424  
     
 
    28,734       46,629       43,054  
 
                       
Expenditure from non-life underwriting
                       
Reinsurance and retrocession premiums
    70       196       306  
Gross claims
    1,012       2,846       3,589  
Reinsurance recoveries
    (6 )     (92 )     (157 )
Change in provision for unearned premiums
    (2 )     28       79  
Change in claims provision
    (23 )     54       13  
Costs of acquiring insurance business
    290       742       979  
Other underwriting expenditure
    (4 )     (22 )     (50 )
     
 
    1,337       3,752       4,759  
 
                       
Expenditure from investment contracts
                       
Costs of acquiring investment contracts
    3       9       19  
Profit sharing and rebates
    11               16  
Other changes in investment contract liabilities
    899       (905 )     985  
     
 
    913       (896 )     1,020  
 
                       
     
 
    30,984       49,485       48,833  
     
Profit sharing and rebates:
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
Distributions on account of interest or underwriting results
    682       (576 )     (133 )
Bonuses added to policies
    289       131       411  
Deferred profit sharing expense
    58       29       146  
     
 
    1,029       (416 )     424  
     
The total Cost of acquiring insurance business (life and non-life) and investment contracts amounted to EUR 643 million (2008: EUR 2,628 million; 2007: EUR 2,096 million). This includes amortization and unlocking of DAC of EUR 458 million (2008: EUR 2,026 million; 2007: EUR 1,552 million) and the net amount of commissions paid of EUR 1,815 million (2008: EUR 3,273 million; 2007 EUR 3,598 million) and commissions capitalized in DAC of EUR 1,630 million (2008: EUR 2,671 million; 2007 EUR 3,054 million)
The total amount of commission paid and payable with regard to the insurance operations amounted to EUR 2,483 million (2008: EUR 3,804 million; 2007: EUR 4,275 million). This includes the commissions recognized in Cost of acquiring insurance business of EUR 1,815 million (2008: EUR 3,273 million; 2007 EUR 3,598 million) referred to above and commissions recognized in Other underwriting expenditure of EUR 668 million (2008: EUR 531 million; 2007: EUR 677 million). Other underwriting expenditure also includes reinsurance commissions received of EUR 255 million (2008: EUR 306 million; 2007: EUR 350 million).
The Change in life insurance provisions for risk of company includes an amount related to variable annuity assumption changes in the United States and Japan of approximately EUR 343 million in 2009. These assumptions were updated to reflect lower-than-expected surrenders on policies where the value of the benefit guarantees is significant.
The Change in life insurance provisions for risk of company includes an amount of nil in 2009 (2008: EUR 136 million; 2007: EUR 110 million) in relation to reserve strengthening for Insurance Asia/Pacific as described in further detail under Segment reporting. The 2009 amount is nil following the disposal of ING Life Taiwan.
ING Group transferred part of its life insurance business to Scottish Re in 2004 by means of a co-insurance contract. A loss amounting to EUR 160 million was recognized in Underwriting expenditure in 2004 on this transaction. This loss represented the reduction of the related deferred acquisition costs. In

F-103


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
addition, an amount of EUR 240 million is being amortized over the life of the underlying business, starting in 2005 and gradually decreasing in subsequent years as the business tails off. The amount amortized in 2009 was EUR 13 million (2008: EUR 12 million; 2007: EUR 15 million). The cumulative amortization as at December 31, 2009 was EUR 107 million (2008: EUR 96 million; 2007: EUR 81 million). On January 23, 2009, Hannover Re and Scottish Re announced that Hannover Re has agreed to assume the ING individual life reinsurance business originally transferred to Scottish Re in 2004.
44 Intangible amortization and other impairments
Intangible amortization and (reversals of) impairments:
                                                                         
    Impairment losses     Reversals of impairments                     Total  
    2009     2008     2007     2009     2008     2007     2009     2008     2007  
Property and equipment
    8       19       2       (12 )             (14 )     (4 )     19       (12 )
Property held for sale (development projects)
    450       93       41       (7 )     (31 )     (43 )     443       62       (2 )
Goodwill
            155                                               155          
Software and other intangible assets
    9       71       15                               9       71       15  
Other
                                            (4 )                     (4 )
     
(Reversals of) other impairments
    467       338       58       (19 )     (31 )     (61 )     448       307       (3 )
Amortization of other intangible assets
                                                    120       157       18  
                                                     
 
                                                    568       464       15  
                                                     
Impairments on Loans and advances to customers are presented under Addition to loan loss provision. Impairments on investments are presented under Investment income. Reference is made to the ‘Risk management’ section for further information on impairments.
The impairments on Property held for sale (development projects) are recognized on a large number of Real Estate development projects in Europe, Australia (Waterfront City project) and the US. Circumstances that have led to these impairments are unfavourable economic circumstances in all regions that have resulted into lower expected sales prices, changes in strategy of ING Real Estate Development whereby certain projects are not developed further and operational inefficiencies in a limited number of projects.
Amortization of intangible assets relates to intangible assets recognized as part of companies acquired. Until 2007, these were classified in Other operating expenses. The comparatives for 2007 have been amended to reflect the revized presentation. There is no impact on Total expenses.
45 Staff expenses
                                                                         
    Banking operations     Insurance operations                     Total  
    2009     2008     2007     2009     2008     2007     2009     2008     2007  
Salaries
    3,555       3,816       3,646       1,521       2,069       2,050       5,076       5,885       5,696  
Pension and other staff-related benefit costs
    178       104       159       142       140       48       320       244       207  
Social security costs
    510       516       466       161       205       201       671       721       667  
Share-based compenzation arrangements
    58       75       73       38       49       54       96       124       127  
External employees
    660       1,056       668       96       160       160       756       1,216       828  
Education
    57       105       81       8       11               65       116       81  
Other staff costs
    195       252       331       159       206       324       354       458       655  
     
 
    5,213       5,924       5,424       2,125       2,840       2,837       7,338       8,764       8,261  
     
Share-based compensation arrangements includes EUR 65 million (2008: EUR 98 million; 2007: EUR 110 million) relating to equity-settled share-based payment arrangements and EUR 31 million (2008: EUR 26 million; 2007: EUR 17 million) relating to cash-settled share-based payment arrangements.

F-104


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Pension and other staff-related benefits costs:
                                                                                                 
    Pension benefits     Post-employment benefits other than pensions                     Other                     Total  
    2009     2008     2007     2009     2008     2007     2009     2008     2007     2009     2008     2007  
Current service cost
    320       356       408       (8 )     (2 )     11       (38 )     5       (13 )     274       359       406  
Past service cost
    20       77       (86 )     (21 )                                     (1 )     (1 )     77       (87 )
Interest cost
    778       787       739       10       11       13       9       4       9       797       802       761  
Expected return on assets
    (842 )     (886 )     (869 )                             1                       (841 )     (886 )     (869 )
Amortization of unrecognized past service cost
                            (1 )     (1 )     (5 )                             (1 )     (1 )     (5 )
Amortization of unrecognized actuarial (gains)/losses
    106       (23 )     29       (5 )                     5               4       106       (23 )     33  
Effect of curtailment or settlement
    (96 )     (140 )     (32 )                                                     (96 )     (140 )     (32 )
Other
    (14 )     (18 )     (62 )                     (7 )     15       6       1       1       (12 )     (68 )
     
Defined benefit plans
    272       153       127       (25 )     8       12       (8 )     15               239       176       139  
Defined contribution plans
                                                                            81       68       68  
                                                                             
 
                                                                            320       244       207  
                                                                             
Remuneration of senior management, Executive Board and Supervisory Board
Reference is made to Note 33 ‘Related parties’.
Stock option and share plans
ING Group has granted option rights on ING Group shares and conditional rights on depositary receipts (share awards) for ING shares to a number of senior executives (members of the Executive Board, general managers and other officers nominated by the Executive Board), and to a considerable number of employees of ING Group. The purpose of the option and share schemes, apart from promoting a lasting growth of ING Group, is to attract, retain and motivate senior executives and staff.
ING Group holds its own shares in order to fulfil its obligations with regard to the existing stock option plan and to hedge the position risk of the options concerned (so-called delta hedge). As at December 31, 2009, 35,178,086 own shares (2008: 32,367,870; 2007: 36,028,881) were held in connection with the option plan compared to 122,334,486 options outstanding (2008: 87,263,381; 2007: 76,888,553). As a result the granted option rights were (delta) hedged, taking into account the following parameters: strike price, opening price, zero coupon interest rate, dividend yield, expected volatility and employee behaviour. The hedge is rebalanced regularly at predetermined points in time.
In December 2009 ING Groep N.V. completed a rights issue of EUR 7.5 billion. Outstanding stock options and share awards have been amended to reflect the impact of the rights issue through an adjustment factor that reflects the fact that the exercise price of the rights issue was less than the fair value of the shares. As a result, exercise prices and outstanding share options and share awards have been amended through an adjustment factor of approximately 1.3.
Exposure arising out of the share plan is not hedged. The obligations with regard to these plans will in the future be funded either by cash or shares from the delta hedge portfolio at the discretion of the holder. On March 31, 2008, 1,786,762 own shares were issued in relation to the vesting of share plans.
ING Groep N.V. has bought 7,260,000 (depositary receipts for) ordinary shares for its delta hedge portfolio, which is used to hedge employee options. The shares were bought on the open market between March 19 and March 23, 2009 at an average price of EUR 4.24 per share.
ING Groep N.V. has sold 5,230,000 (depositary receipts for) ordinary shares for its delta hedge portfolio, which is used to hedge employee options. The shares were sold on the open market between June 2 and June 5, 2009 at an average price of EUR 7.80 per share.
ING Groep N.V. has sold 1,450,000 (depositary receipts for) ordinary shares for its delta hedge portfolio, which is used to hedge employee options. The shares were sold on the open market on September 1 and

F-105


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
September 2, 2009 at an average price of EUR 10.53 per share.
In connection with the rights issue, ING has sold 34.3 million rights it received on (depositary receipts for) shares held in the delta hedge portfolio, which is used to hedge employee options. The rights were sold through private placements at an average price of EUR 1.85 per right. ING used the proceeds to partially fund the purchase of 10.4 million (depositary receipts for) shares at a price of EUR 6.55 per share. These transactions were executed in order to maintain ING’s economic position in the delta hedge book.
The option rights are valid for a period of five or ten years. Option rights that are not exercized within this period lapse. Option rights granted will remain valid until the expiry date, even if the option scheme is discontinued. The option rights are subject to certain conditions, including a certain continuous period of service. The exercise prices of the options are the same as the quoted prices of ING Group shares at the date on which the options are granted.
The entitlement to the share awards is granted conditionally. If the participant remains in employment for an uninterrupted period of three years from the grant date, the entitlement becomes unconditional. In 2009, no shares (2008: 211,049; 2007: 139,113) have been granted to the members of the Executive Board of ING Group, Management Boards of ING Bank and ING Insurance and 6,273,467 shares (2008: 3,380,706; 2007: 2,415,649) have been granted to senior management and other employees remaining in the service of ING Group.
Every year, the ING Group Executive Board will decide whether the option and share schemes are to be continued and, if so, to what extent.
Changes in option rights outstanding (1):
                                                 
            Options outstanding     Weighted average exercise  
                    (in numbers)     price (in euros)  
    2009     2008     2007     2009     2008     2007  
Opening balance
    87,263,381       76,888,553       74,175,909       25.93       26.66       25.99  
Granted
    14,803,109       14,905,232       12,139,472       3.93       21.85       32.13  
Exercized
    (22,757 )     (1,225,856 )     (7,163,332 )     5.33       18.09       19.73  
Forfeited
    (5,974,275 )     (3,304,548 )     (2,263,496 )     26.30       28.87       27.68  
Rights issue
    28,395,811                                          
Expired
    (2,130,783 )                     32.11                  
     
Closing balance
    122,334,486       87,263,381       76,888,553       17.31       25.93       26.66  
     
 
(1)   2008 and 2007 reflect original numbers and amounts, not restated for the rights issue adjustment factor.
As per December 31, 2009 total options outstanding consists of 103,523,988 options (2008: 73,826,891) relating to equity-settled share-based payment arrangements and 18,810,498 options (2008: 13,436,490) relating to cash-settled share-based payment arrangements.
The weighted average share price at the date of exercise for options exercized during 2009 is EUR 8.57 (2008: EUR 24.07).
Changes in option rights non-vested (1):
                                                 
                            Weighted average grant date  
                                    fair value  
    Options non-vested (in numbers)             (in euros)  
    2009     2008     2007     2009     2008     2007  
Opening balance
    37,867,732       38,405,158       38,551,921       6.03       5.83       4.57  
Granted
    14,803,109       14,905,232       12,139,472       2.52       5.28       6.52  
Vested
    (11,100,675 )     (13,173,224 )     (10,112,348 )     6.48       3.49       6.14  
Forfeited
    (2,931,533 )     (2,269,434 )     (2,173,887 )     5.67       5.64       5.46  
Rights issue
    11,678,032                                          
     
Closing balance
    50,316,665       37,867,732       38,405,158       3.52       6.03       5.83  
     
 
(1)   2008 and 2007 reflect original numbers and amounts, not restated for the rights issue adjustment factor.

F-106


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Summary of stock options outstanding and exercisable:
2009
                                                 
    Options     Weighted             Options     Weighted        
    outstanding     average     Weighted     exercisable     average     Weighted  
    as at     remaining     average     as at     remaining     average  
    December     contractual     exercise     December     contractual     exercise  
Range of exercise price in euros   31, 2009     life     price     31, 2009     life     price  
0.00 — 15.00
    18,394,697       3.57       2.88                          
5.00 — 10.00
    7,257,362       8.76       9.17       6,826,298       3.18       9.20  
10.00 — 15.00
    11,132,430       3.51       14.20       10,802,627       3.35       14.20  
15.00 — 20.00
    35,095,363       6.19       17.29       17,396,930       4.50       17.77  
20.00 — 25.00
    28,576,153       4.02       23.38       15,861,602       1.73       22.38  
25.00 — 30.00
    21,878,481       4.50       25.82       21,130,364       4.40       25.83  
 
                                           
 
    122,334,486                       72,017,821                  
 
                                           
Summary of stock options outstanding and exercisable (1):
2008
                                                 
    Options     Weighted             Options     Weighted        
    outstanding     average     Weighted     exercisable     average     Weighted  
    as at     remaining     average     as at     remaining     average  
    December     contractual     exercise     December     contractual     exercise  
Range of exercise price in euros   31, 2008     life     price     31, 2008     life     price  
0.00 — 15.00
    5,772,054       4.19       12.11       5,772,054       4.19       12.11  
15.00 — 20.00
    9,425,787       4.70       18.69       9,149,037       4.55       18.69  
20.00 — 25.00
    28,055,499       7.49       22.49       14,212,102       5.83       23.22  
25.00 — 30.00
    15,390,859       2.74       28.57       14,729,456       2.44       28.71  
30.00 — 35.00
    23,157,582       7.71       32.46       71,400       2.57       33.06  
35.00 — 40.00
    5,461,600       2.13       35.51       5,461,600       2.13       35.51  
 
                                           
 
    87,263,381                       49,395,649                  
 
                                           
 
(1)   2008 reflects original numbers and amounts, not restated for the rights issue adjustment factor.
Summary of stock options outstanding and exercisable (1):
2007
                                                 
    Options     Weighted             Options     Weighted        
    outstanding     average     Weighted     exercisable     average     Weighted  
    as at     remaining     average     as at     remaining     average  
    December     contractual     exercise     December     contractual     exercise  
Range of exercise price in euros   31, 2007     life     price     31, 2007     life     price  
0.00 — 15.00
    6,236,710       5.19       12.02       6,236,710       5.19       12.02  
15.00 — 20.00
    9,773,356       5.55       18.47       9,773,356       5.55       18.47  
20.00 — 25.00
    15,180,545       6.84       23.10       1,556,832       3.21       21.83  
25.00 — 30.00
    15,338,397       3.46       28.72       15,206,363       3.42       28.74  
30.00 — 35.00
    24,726,711       8.69       32.47       77,300       3.59       33.08  
35.00 — 40.00
    5,632,834       3.14       35.51       5,632,834       3.14       35.51  
 
                                           
 
    76,888,553                       38,483,395                  
 
                                           
 
(1)   2007 reflects original numbers and amounts, not restated for the rights issue adjustment factor.
The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding and exercisable as at December 31, 2009 was EUR 74 million and nil, respectively.
As at December 31, 2009 total unrecognized compensation costs related to stock options amounted to EUR 62 million (2008: EUR 94 million; 2007: EUR 69 million). These costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.6 years (2008: 1.8 years; 2007: 1.7 years). Cash received from stock option exercises for the year ended December 31, 2009 was nil (2008: EUR 22 million; 2007: EUR 131 million).
The fair value of options granted is recognized as an expense under staff expenses and is allocated over the vesting period of the options. The fair values of the option awards have been determined by using a Monte Carlo simulation. This model takes the risk free interest rate into account (2.64% to 4.62%), as well as the expected life of the options granted (5 year to 8 years), the exercise price, the current share price (EUR 2.90 — EUR 26.05), the expected volatility of the certificates of ING Group shares (25% — 84%) and the expected dividends yield (0.94% to 8.99%). The source for implied volatilities used for the valuation of the stock options is ING’s trading system. The implied volatilities in this system are determined by ING’s

F-107


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
traders and are based on market data implied volatilities not on historical volatilities.
Due to timing differences in granting option rights and buying shares to hedge them, an equity difference can occur if shares are purchased at a different price than the exercise price of the options. However, ING Group does not intentionally create a position and occurring positions are closed as soon as possible. If option rights expire, the results on the (sale of) shares which were bought to hedge these option rights are recognized in Shareholders’ equity.
Changes in share awards (1):
                                                 
            Share awards     Weighted average grant date  
            (in numbers)     fair value (in euros)  
    2009     2008     2007     2009     2008     2007  
Opening balance
    7,792,009       7,133,714       8,373,146       22.60       27.52       24.90  
Granted
    6,273,467       3,591,755       2,554,762       3.29       16.74       19.74  
Performance effect
    (1,085,987 )     (451,070 )     2,463,058       32.52       27.44       19.35  
Vested
    (1,228,764 )     (1,945,092 )     (5,569,061 )     32.63       27.51       19.35  
Forfeited
    (498,553 )     (537,298 )     (688,191 )     24.01       25.92       26.39  
Rights issue
    3,401,501                                          
     
Closing balance
    14,653,673       7,792,009       7,133,714       7.53       22.60       27.52  
     
 
(1)   2008 and 2007 reflect original numbers and amounts, not restated for the rights issue adjustment factor.
As per December 31, 2009 the share awards consists of 10,810,687 share awards (2008: 5,719,281) relating to equity-settled share-based payment arrangements and 3,842,986 share awards (2008: 2,072,728) relating to cash-settled share-based payment arrangements.
The fair value of share awards granted is recognized as an expense under staff expenses and is allocated over the vesting period of the share awards. The fair values of share awards have been determined by using a Monte Carlo simulation based valuation model. The model takes into account the risk free interest rate, the current stock prices, expected volatilities and current divided yields of the performance peer group used to determine ING’s Total Shareholder Return (TSR) ranking.
As at December 31, 2009 total unrecognized compensation costs related to share awards amounted to EUR 41 million (2008: EUR 56 million; 2007: EUR 53 million). These costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.8 years (2008: 1.8 years; 2007: 1.7 years).
46 Other interest expenses
Other interest expenses mainly consist of interest in connection with the insurance operations, including interest on the perpetual subordinated loans.
Other interest expenses include nil and EUR 86 million dividends paid on preference shares and trust preferred securities (2008: EUR 1 million and EUR 94 million; 2007: EUR 7 million and EUR 92 million).
Total interest income and total interest expense for items not valued at fair value through profit and loss for 2009 were EUR 41,856 million (2008: EUR 52,505 million; 2007: EUR 46,900 million) and EUR 22,253 million (2008: EUR 33,507 million; 2007: EUR 31,173 million) respectively. Net interest income of EUR 18,445 million is presented in the following lines in the profit and loss account.
Net interest income:
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
Interest result bank 35)
    12,375       11,042       8,976  
Investment income — insurance 37)
    6,786       8,080       8,784  
Interest expense
    (716 )     (978 )     (1,102 )
     
 
    18,445       18,144       16,658  
     

F-108


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
47 Other operating expenses
                                                                         
    Banking operations     Insurance operations                     Total  
    2009     2008     2007     2009     2008     2007     2009     2008     2007  
Depreciation of property and equipment
    365       353       321       84       95       98       449       448       419  
Amortization of software
    282       103       117       60       70       104       342       173       221  
Computer costs
    637       733       561       270       297       289       907       1,030       850  
Office expenses
    679       687       628       476       599       660       1,155       1,286       1,288  
Travel and accommodation expenses
    99       163       153       66       101       102       165       264       255  
Advertising and public relations
    539       833       759       90       204       258       629       1,037       1,017  
External advisory fees
    401       459       491       289       373       455       690       832       946  
Postal charges
    111       130       113                               111       130       113  
Addition/(releases) of provision for reorganizations and relocations
    339       136       434       258       8       11       597       144       445  
Other
    1,003       627       969       663       836       684       1,666       1,463       1,653  
     
 
    4,455       4,224       4,546       2,256       2,583       2,661       6,711       6,807       7,207  
     
Other operating expenses include lease and sublease payments in respect of operating leases of EUR 169 million (2008: EUR 172 million; 2007: EUR 156 million) in which ING Group is the lessee. In 2009 other operating expenses also include EUR 22 million related to integration costs of CitiStreet, EUR 21 million related to the sale of ING Advisors Network and EUR 59 million related to premium taxes. Other operating expenses also includes the expenses related to the industry-wide deposit guarantee scheme in the Netherlands due to the bankruptcy of DSB Bank and premiums for deposit guarantee schemes in other countries.
For Addition/(releases) of provision for reorganizations and relocations reference is made to the disclosure on the reorganization provision in Note 21 ‘Other liabilities’.
No individual operating lease has terms and conditions that materially affect the amount, timing and certainty of the consolidated cash flows of the Group.
The External advisory fees include fees for audit services and non-audit services provided by the Group’s auditors.
Fees of Group’s auditors:
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
Audit fees
    35       46       61  
Audit related fees
    6       3       7  
Tax fees
    2       3       5  
All other fees
    2       7       2  
     
Total
    45       59       75  
     
48 Taxation
Taxation by type:
                                                                         
            Netherlands     International                     Total  
    2009     2008     2007     2009     2008     2007     2009     2008     2007  
Current taxation
    159       (297 )     6       598       830       1,069       757       533       1,075  
Deferred taxation
    (1,219 )     (1,142 )     263       (178 )     (1,058 )     327       (1,397 )     (2,200 )     590  
     
 
    (1,060 )     (1,439 )     269       420       (228 )     1,396       (640 )     (1,667 )     1,665  
     

F-109


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Reconciliation of the weighted average statutory income tax rate to ING Group’s effective income tax rate:
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
Result before taxation
    (2,181 )     (5,196 )     11,554  
Weighted average statutory tax rate
    33.1 %     32.5 %     28.6 %
     
Weighted average statutory tax amount
    (722 )     (1,688 )     3,299  
 
                       
Associates exemption
    (135 )     69       (814 )
Other income not subject to tax
    (227 )     (210 )     (577 )
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
    47       106       93  
Impact on deferred tax from change in tax rates
            (25 )     (9 )
Deferred tax benefit from previously unrecognized amounts
    (32 )             (64 )
Current tax benefit from previously unrecognized amounts
                    (222 )
Write down/reversal of deferred tax assets
    546       360       8  
Adjustment to prior periods
    (117 )     (279 )     (49 )
     
Effective tax amount
    (640 )     (1,667 )     1,665  
     
 
                       
Effective tax rate
    29.3 %     32.1 %     14.4 %
The weighted average statutory tax rate decreased in 2009 compared to 2008 mainly caused by the fact that a smaller part of the losses was incurred in high tax jurisdictions than in 2008.
The weighted average statutory tax rate increased significantly in 2008 compared to 2007 caused by the fact that most of the losses in 2008 were incurred in high tax jurisdictions.
The effective tax rate in 2009 was lower than the weighted average statutory tax rate, resulting in a lower tax benefit for the pre-tax loss. This is caused by the fact that a reduction of the carrying value of deferred tax assets and non-deductible expenses exceeded tax exempt income and releases from tax provisions.
The effective tax rate in 2008 was slightly lower than the weighted average statutory tax. Main reasons for this are tax exempt income and releases of tax provisions, partly offset by non deductible expenses and a reduction of the deferred tax assets.
49 Earnings per ordinary share
                                                                         
                                    Weighted average        
                            number of ordinary shares        
                            outstanding during the        
            Amount             period     Per ordinary share  
    (in millions of euros)             (in millions)             (in euros)  
    2009     2008     2007     2009     2008     2007     2009     2008     2007  
Net result
    (1,423 )     (3,492 )     9,622       2,102.9       2,042.7       2,141.1       (0.68 )     (1.71 )     4.49  
Attribution to non-voting equity securities (1)
    (605 )                                                                
Impact of rights issue (2)
                            583.1       617.5       647.2                          
     
Basic earnings
    (2,028 )     (3,492 )     9,622       2,686.0       2,660.2       2,788.3       (0.76 )     (1.31 )     3.45  
 
                                                                       
Effect of dilutive securities:
                                                                       
Warrants
                                            4.2                          
Stock option and share plans
                            5.7       1.0       16.0                          
                                                     
 
                            5.7       1.0       20.2                          
 
                                                                       
     
Diluted earnings
    (2,028 )     (3,492 )     9,622       2,691.7       2,661.2       2,808.5       (0.75 )     (1.31 )     3.43  
     
 
(1)   The 2009 amount of EUR 605 million includes the coupon (EUR 259 million) and repayment premium (EUR 346 million) on the repayment of EUR 5 billion non-voting equity securities. The 2008 coupon of EUR 425 million paid on the non-voting securities did not impact basic earnings.
 
(2)   The rights issue, which was finalized on December 15, 2009 has an effect on the basic earnings per share and the diluted earnings per share, as defined in IFRS. All weighted average number of shares outstanding before the rights issue are restated with an adjustment factor of approximately 1.3 that reflects the fact that the exercise price of the rights issue was less than the fair value of the shares. The effect of dilutive securities is adjusted as well.
Diluted earnings per share data are computed as if the stock options and warrants outstanding at year-end had been exercized at the beginning of the period. It is also assumed that ING Group uses the cash received from exercized stock options and warrants or non-voting equity securities converted to buy its own shares against the average market price in the financial year. The net increase in the number of shares resulting from exercising warrants and stock options or converting non-voting equity securities is

F-110


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
added to the average number of shares used for the calculation of diluted earnings per share. The potential conversion of the non-voting equity securities has an antidilutive effect on the earnings per share calculation in 2008 and 2009 (the diluted earnings per share becoming less negative than the basic earnings per share). Therefore, the potential conversion is not taken into account in determining the weighted average number of shares for the calculation of diluted earnings per share for these years.
50 Dividend per ordinary share
                         
    2009(1)     2008     2007  
Per ordinary share (in euros)
    0.00       0.74       1.48  
Total amount of dividend declared (in millions of euros)
    0       1,500       3,180  
 
(1)   The Executive Board, with the approval of the Supervisory Board, has proposed, subject to the ratification by the General Meeting of Shareholders, a cash dividend of EUR 0.00 per share for the year 2009.
In 2009 a dividend to the Dutch State of EUR 259 million was paid as part of the repayment of EUR 5 billion non-voting equity securities.
In 2008 dividend was payable to the Dutch State per non-voting equity security of EUR 0.425, provided that ING Group’s capital adequacy position was and remained satisfactory both before and after payment in the opinion of the Dutch central bank. The full amount of EUR 425 million was recognized as a liability as at December 31, 2008. The amount was paid on May 12, 2009.
2.1.6. SEGMENT REPORTING
51 Operating segments
ING Group has adopted IFRS 8 Operating Segments with effect from January 1, 2009. IFRS 8 requires operating segments to be identified on the basis of internal reports about components of ING Group that are regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker in order to allocate resources to the segment and to assess its performance. In contrast, the predecessor Standard (IAS 14 Segment Reporting) required an entity to identify two sets of segments (business and geographical), using a risks and rewards approach, with the entity’s system of internal financial reporting to key management personnel serving only as the starting point for the identification of such segments. The identification of ING Group’s reportable segments has not changed as a result of the adoption of IFRS 8.
ING Group’s operating segments relate to the internal segmentation by business lines. These include the business lines: Retail Banking, ING Direct, Commercial Banking, Insurance Europe, Insurance Americas and Insurance Asia/Pacific. Until 2008, the operating segment Commercial Banking was named Wholesale Banking. The content of this segment remained unchanged. Other mainly includes items not directly attributable to the business lines.
The Executive Board sets the performance targets and approves and monitors the budgets prepared by the business lines. Business lines formulate strategic, commercial and financial policies in conformity with the strategy and performance targets set by the Executive Board.
The accounting policies of the operating segments are the same as those described under Accounting policies for the consolidated balance sheet and profit and loss account. Transfer prices for inter-segment transactions are set at arm’s length. Corporate expenses are allocated to business lines based on time spent by head office personnel, the relative number of staff, or on the basis of income and/or assets of the segment.
The Corporate Line Banking and the Corporate Line Insurance are both included in Other. These are not separate reportable segments as they do not qualify as an operating segment that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenue and incur expenses.
Corporate Line Banking is a reflection of capital management activities and certain expenses that are not allocated to the banking businesses. ING Group applies a system of capital charging for its banking operations in order to create a comparable basis for the results of business units globally, irrespective of the business units’ book equity and the currency they operate in. ING Group’s policy is that equity held locally must be invested notionally at the local risk-free rate. The Corporate Line charges business units for the income they make on the book equity invested. Business units receive a benefit equivalent to the risk free euro rate on the economic capital they employ. Consequently, the results of the businesses as disclosed are the local results after Group overhead charges, while the investment returns on equity are

F-111


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
based on the risk free euro rate on economic capital.
The Corporate Line Insurance includes items related to capital management, capital gains on public equities (net of impairments) and run-off portfolios. All capital gains and losses on public equities net of equity impairments realized in the business units are transferred to the Corporate Line. In return, a 3% notional return on those equities is transferred back to the business units. The remainder is presented on the Corporate Line.
ING Group evaluates the results of its operating segments using a financial performance measure called underlying result. The information presented in this note is in line with the information presented to the Executive Board. Underlying result is defined as result under IFRS excluding the impact of divestments and special items.
The following table specifies the main sources of income of each of the segments.
Specification of the main sources of income of each of the segments:
     
Segment
  Main source of income
 
   
Retail Banking
  Income from retail and private banking activities. The main products offered are savings accounts and mortgages.
 
   
ING Direct
  Income from direct retail banking activities. The main products offered are savings accounts and mortgages.
 
   
Commercial Banking
  Income from wholesale banking activities. A full range of products is offered, from cash management to corporate finance. Commercial Banking also includes ING Real Estate.
 
   
Insurance Europe
  Income from life insurance, non-life insurance, investment management, asset management and retirement services in Europe.
 
   
Insurance Americas
  Income from life insurance, investment management, asset management and retirement services in the US and Latin America.
 
   
Insurance Asia/Pacific
  Income from life insurance, investment management, asset management and retirement services in Asia/Pacific.
This note does not provide information on the revenue specified to each product or service as this is not reported internally and is therefore not readily available.

F-112


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
                                                                                 
                    Com-             Insu-     Insu-                            
    Retail             mercial     Insu-     rance     rance                            
    Ban-     ING     Ban-     rance     Ameri-     Asia/             Total     Elimi-        
2009   king     Direct     king     Europe     cas     Pacific     Other     segments     nations     Total  
Underlying income:
                                                                               
- Gross premium income
                            9,750       13,973       6,422       34       30,179               30,179  
- Net interest result — banking operations
    5,737       3,136       3,821                               (155 )     12,539       (164 )     12,375  
- Commission income
    1,332       167       1,185       494       1,194       107               4,479               4,479  
- Total investment and other income
    170       (1,541 )     (974 )     2,390       1,095       1,089       1,436       3,665       (3,161 )     504  
     
Total underlying income
    7,239       1,762       4,032       12,634       16,262       7,618       1,315       50,862       (3,325 )     47,537  
     
 
                                                                               
Underlying expenditure:
                                                                               
- Underwriting expenditure
                            10,163       14,365       5,877       33       30,438               30,438  
- Operating expenses
    4,708       1,663       2,350       1,503       1,611       599       358       12,792               12,792  
- Other interest expenses
                            318       225       922       2,576       4,041       (3,325 )     716  
- Additions to loan loss provision
    997       765       1,211                                       2,973               2,973  
- Other impairments
                    433                               132       565               565  
     
Total underlying expenses
    5,705       2,428       3,994       11,984       16,201       7,398       3,099       50,809       (3,325 )     47,484  
     
 
                                                                               
     
Underlying result before taxation
    1,534       (666 )     38       650       61       220       (1,784 )     53               53  
Taxation
    328       (252 )     18       135       146       80       (544 )     (89 )             (89 )
Minority interest
    17               (158 )     27       6       2       (12 )     (118 )             (118 )
     
Underlying net result
    1,189       (414 )     178       488       (91 )     138       (1,228 )     260               260  
     
While the reserves for the segment Insurance Americas are adequate at the 50% confidence level, a net reserve inadequacy exists using a prudent (90%) confidence level. In line with Group Policy, Insurance Americas is taking measures to improve adequacy in that region. This inadequacy was offset by reserve adequacies in other segments, such that at the Group level there is a net adequacy at the prudent (90%) confidence level.
Reconciliation between IFRS and Underlying income, expenses and net result:
                         
2009   Income     Expenses     Net result  
Underlying
    47,537       47,484       260  
 
                       
Divestments
    840       754       76  
Special items
    (1,268 )     1,052       (1,759 )
     
IFRS as applied by ING Group
    47,109       49,290       (1,423 )
     
Divestments in 2009 mainly include the net impact of the sale of ING’s 70% stake in ING Canada, the Nationale Nederlanden Industry Pension fund portfolio, the Annuity and Mortgage businesses in Chile, three U.S. independent retail broker-dealer units (three quarters of ING Advisors Network) and ING Australia Pty Limited.
Special items in 2009 reflects mainly the net impact of transaction result on the Illiquid Asset Back-up Facility, including the additional Illiquid Assets Back-up Facility payments as part of the overall agreement with the European Commission of EUR 1.3 billion (EUR 930 million after tax), and restructuring costs.

F-113


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Impairments on investments are presented within Investment income, which is part of Total income. In 2009, total impairments of EUR 2,485 million are included in the following segments: EUR 0 million in Retail Banking, EUR 1,393 million in ING Direct, and EUR 130 million in Commercial Banking, EUR 244 million in Insurance Europe, EUR 501 million in Insurance Americas, EUR 12 million in Insurance Asia Pacific and EUR 205 million in Other.
                                                                                 
                    Com-             Insu-     Insu-                            
    Retail             mercial     Insu-     rance     rance                            
    Ban-     ING     Ban-     rance     Ameri-     Asia/             Total     Elimi-        
2008   king     Direct     king     Europe     cas     Pacific     Other     segments     nations     Total  
Underlying income:
                                                                               
- Gross premium income
                            10,194       18,935       8,591       40       37,760               37,760  
- Net interest result — banking operations
    5,556       2,517       3,240                               (228 )     11,085       (43 )     11,042  
- Commission income
    1,535       150       1,213       491       1,201       116       3       4,709               4,709  
- Total investment and other income
    308       (1,790 )     (4,055 )     3,804       2,903       2,730       1,028       4,928       (2,861 )     2,067  
     
Total underlying income
    7,399       877       398       14,489       23,039       11,437       843       58,482       (2,904 )     55,578  
     
 
                                                                               
Underlying expenditure:
                                                                               
- Underwriting expenditure
                            11,559       22,022       10,017       6       43,604               43,604  
- Operating expenses
    5,307       1,719       2,840       1,764       1,753       702       73       14,158               14,158  
- Other interest expenses
                            513       222       719       2,428       3,882       (2,904 )     978  
- Additions to loan loss provision
    401       283       596                                       1,280               1,280  
- Other impairments
                    62       2                       134       198               198  
     
Total underlying expenses
    5,708       2,002       3,498       13,838       23,997       11,438       2,641       63,122       (2,904 )     60,218  
     
 
                                                                               
     
Underlying result before taxation
    1,691       (1,125 )     (3,100 )     651       (958 )     (1 )     (1,798 )     (4,640 )             (4,640 )
Taxation
    355       (394 )     (753 )     159       (240 )     20       (658 )     (1,511 )             (1,511 )
Minority interest
    36       2       (107 )     (6 )     5       19       (11 )     (62 )             (62 )
     
Underlying net result
    1,300       (733 )     (2,240 )     498       (723 )     (40 )     (1,129 )     (3,067 )             (3,067 )
     
Reconciliation between IFRS and Underlying income, expenses and net result:
                         
2008   Income     Expenses     Net result  
Underlying
    55,578       60,218       (3,067 )
 
                       
Divestments
    7,004       7,167       (97 )
Special items
            393       (328 )
     
IFRS as applied by ING Group
    62,582       67,778       –3,492  
     
Divestments in 2008 mainly relate to the sale of Chile Health business (ING Salud), part of the Mexican business (ING Seguros SA) and the Taiwanese life insurance business (ING Life Taiwan).
Special items in 2008 relate to the nationalization of the annuity business in Argentina, the combining of ING Bank and Postbank and the unwinding of Postkantoren.
Impairments on investments are presented within Investment income, which is part of Total income. In 2008, total impairments of EUR 4,820 million are included in the following segments: EUR 4 million in Retail Banking, EUR 1,891 million in ING Direct and EUR 267 million in Commercial Banking,

F-114


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
EUR 241 million in Insurance Europe, EUR 692 million in Insurance Americas, EUR 223 million in Insurance Asia Pacific and EUR 1,502 million in Other.
                                                                                 
                    Com-             Insu-     Insu-                            
    Retail             mercial     Insu-     rance     rance                            
    Ban-     ING     Ban-     rance     Ameri-     Asia/             Total     Elimi-        
2007   king     Direct     king     Europe     cas     Pacific     Other     segments     nations     Total  
Underlying income:
                                                                               
- Gross premium income
                            10,253       19,156       9,347       46       38,802               38,802  
- Net interest result — banking operations
    5,378       1,932       1,748                               3       9,061       (60 )     9,001  
- Commission income
    1,591       98       1,235       476       978       120       9       4,507               4,507  
- Total investment and other income
    486       166       2,329       4,626       4,280       1,007       3,804       16,698       (1,838 )     14,860  
     
Total underlying income
    7,455       2,196       5,312       15,355       24,414       10,474       3,862       69,068       (1,898 )     67,170  
     
 
                                                                               
Underlying expenditure:
                                                                               
- Underwriting expenditure
                            11,205       20,825       9,181       53       41,264               41,264  
- Operating expenses
    4,855       1,598       2,884       1,726       1,705       690       292       13,750               13,750  
- Other interest expenses
                            582       327       175       1,910       2,994       (1,898 )     1,096  
- Additions to loan loss provision
    198       68       (142 )                             1       125               125  
- Other impairments
                            2                       (5 )     (3 )             (3 )
     
Total underlying expenses
    5,053       1,666       2,742       13,515       22,857       10,046       2,251       58,130       (1,898 )     56,232  
 
                                                                               
     
Underlying result before taxation
    2,402       530       2,570       1,840       1,557       428       1,611       10,938               10,938  
Taxation
    532       105       392       252       410       120       (229 )     1,582               1,582  
Minority interest
    44               68       16       8       44       (21 )     159               159  
     
Underlying net result
    1,826       425       2,110       1,572       1,139       264       1,861       9,197               9,197  
     
As at December 31, 2007, the segment Insurance Asia/Pacific had a net reserve inadequacy using a prudent (90%) confidence level. This inadequacy was offset by reserve adequacies in other segments, so that at Group level there is a net adequacy at the prudent (90%) confidence level. Following the agreement to sell ING Life Taiwan the inadequacy in Insurance Asia/Pacific has disappeared as at December 31, 2008.
Reconciliation between IFRS and Underlying income, expenses and net result:
                         
2007   Income     Expenses     Net result  
Underlying
    67,170       56,232       9,197  
 
                       
Divestments
    9,971       8,865       795  
Special items
    (44 )     446       (370 )
     
IFRS as applied by ING Group
    77,097       65,543       9,622  
     
Divestments in 2007 mainly relate to the sale of NRG and the sale of the Belgium broker business.
Special items in 2007 relate to the restructuring of Oyak Bank and the combining of ING Bank and Postbank.

F-115


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Interest income (external) and interest expense (external) breakdown by business line:
                                                                 
                                            Insu-              
                    Com-     Insu-     Insu-     rance              
    Retail             mercial     rance     rance     Asia/              
2009   Banking     ING Direct     Banking     Europe     Americas     Pacific     Other     Total  
Interest income
    16,412       10,532       52,051       2,443       3,579       658       1,458       87,133  
Interest expense
    8,903       7,451       48,743       43       284       3       3,261       68,688  
     
 
    7,509       3,081       3,308       2,400       3,295       655       (1,803 )     18,445  
     
Interest income (external) and interest expense (external) breakdown by business line:
                                                                 
                                            Insu-              
                    Com-     Insu-     Insu-     rance              
    Retail             mercial     rance     rance     Asia/              
2008   Banking     ING Direct     Banking     Europe     Americas     Pacific     Other     Total  
Interest income
    15,754       13,293       67,834       2,543       4,311       912       444       105,091  
Interest expense
    12,792       10,501       60,855       87       333       4       2,375       86,947  
     
 
    2,962       2,792       6,979       2,456       3,978       908       (1,931 )     18,144  
     
Interest income (external) and interest expense (external) breakdown by business line:
                                                                 
                                            Insu-              
                    Com-     Insu-     Insu-     rance              
    Retail             mercial     rance     rance     Asia/              
2007   Banking     ING Direct     Banking     Europe     Americas     Pacific     Other     Total  
Interest income
    15,068       12,040       49,753       3,026       4,603       975       68       85,533  
Interest expense
    12,442       9,963       43,583       85       376       4       2,422       68,875  
     
 
    2,626       2,077       6,170       2,941       4,227       971       (2,354 )     16,658  
     
52 Information on geographical areas
ING Group’s six business lines operate in seven main geographical areas: the Netherlands, Belgium, Rest of Europe, North America, Latin America, Asia and Australia. The Netherlands is ING Group’s country of domicile. Geographical distribution of income is based on the origin of revenue. A geographical area is a distinguishable component of the Group engaged in providing products or services within a particular economic environment that is subject to risks and returns that are different from those of segments operating in other economic environments. The geographical analyses are based on the location of the office from which the transactions are originated.
                                                                                 
    Nether-             Rest of     North     Latin             Aus-             Elimi-        
2009   lands     Belgium     Europe     America     America     Asia     tralia     Other     nations     Total  
Total income
    12,509       4,569       7,658       15,222       1,210       8,322       838       (150 )     (3,069 )     47,109  
Total assets
    522,577       156,059       317,312       291,658       15,671       80,594       33,889       28,871       (286,659 )     1,159,972  
                                                                                 
    Nether-             Rest of     North     Latin             Aus-             Elimi-        
2008   lands     Belgium     Europe     America     America     Asia     tralia     Other     nations     Total  
Total income
    10,179       4,070       7,942       24,958       2,498       14,224       786       (513 )     (1,562 )     62,582  
Total assets
    737,421       173,064       428,722       290,340       25,199       108,074       37,124       45,139       (516,435 )     1,328,648  
                                                                                 
    Nether-             Rest of     North     Latin             Aus-             Elimi-        
2007   lands     Belgium     Europe     America     America     Asia     tralia     Other     nations     Total  
Total income
    16,774       5,149       7,151       27,777       3,364       14,303       1,025       3,526       (1,972 )     77,097  
Total assets
    677,370       177,716       363,178       313,263       23,631       89,079       40,915       36,243       (408,191 )     1,313,204  
2.1.7. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS OF ING GROUP
53 Net cash flow from investing activities
Information on the impact of companies acquired or disposed of is presented in Note 30 ‘Companies acquired and companies disposed’.

F-116


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
54 Interest and dividend included in net cash flow
Interest and dividend received and paid:
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
Interest received
    89,229       103,534       82,707  
Interest paid
    (69,274 )     (84,061 )     (66,463 )
     
 
    19,955       19,473       16,244  
     
 
                       
Dividend received
    218       730       820  
Dividend paid
    (1,030 )     (3,207 )     (3,039 )
55 Cash and cash equivalents
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
Treasury bills and other eligible bills
    3,182       7,009       4,130  
Amounts due from/to banks
    2,387       2,217       (33,347 )
Cash and balances with central banks
    15,390       22,045       12,406  
     
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
    20,959       31,271       (16,811 )
     
Treasury bills and other eligible bills included in cash and cash equivalents:
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
Treasury bills and other eligible bills included in trading assets
    2,284       2,770       1,806  
Treasury bills and other eligible bills included in available-for-sale investments
    898       4,239       2,324  
     
 
    3,182       7,009       4,130  
     
Amounts due to/from banks
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
Included in cash and cash equivalents:
                       
- amounts due to banks
    (12,334 )     (13,738 )     (42,154 )
- amounts due from banks
    14,721       15,955       8,807  
     
 
    2,387       2,217       (33,347 )
     
 
                       
Not included in cash and cash: equivalents
                       
- amounts due to banks
    (71,901 )     (138,527 )     (124,818 )
- amounts due from banks
    28,676       32,492       40,068  
     
 
    (43,225 )     (106,035 )     (84,750 )
     
 
                       
Included in balance sheet:
                       
- amounts due to banks
    (84,235 )     (152,265 )     (166,972 )
- amounts due from banks
    43,397       48,447       48,875  
     
 
    (40,838 )     (103,818 )     (118,097 )
     
Cash and cash equivalents include amounts due to/from banks with a term of less than three months from the date on which they were acquired.
ING Group’s risk management (including liquidity) is explained in the ‘Risk management’ section.
2.2.1. RISK MANAGEMENT
Structure of risk management section
— Risk Management in 2009
— ING Group
          Risk Governance
          ING Group Risk Profile
— ING Bank
          ING Bank Risk Profile
          ING Bank — Credit risks
          ING Bank — Market risks
          ING Bank — Liquidity risk
— ING Insurance
          ING Insurance Risk Profile
          ING Insurance — Market risks
          ING Insurance — Insurance risks
          ING Insurance — Credit risks

F-117


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
— ING Group — Non-financial Risks
          Operational risks
          Compliance risk
— Model Disclosures
Risk management in 2009
Taking measured risks is part of ING Group’s business. As a financial services company active in banking, investments, life insurance and retirement services ING Group is naturally exposed to a variety of risks. To ensure measured risk-taking ING Group has integrated risk management in its daily business activities and strategic planning. Risk Management assists with the formulation of risk appetite, strategies, policies and limits and provides a review, oversight and support function throughout the Group on risk-related issues. The main financial risks ING Group is exposed to are credit risk (including transfer risk), market risk (including interest rate, equity, real estate, and foreign exchange risks), insurance risk and liquidity risk. In addition, ING Group is exposed to non-financial risks, e.g. operational and compliance risks. The way ING Group manages these risks on a day-to-day basis is described in this risk management section.
During 2009 the focus remained on risk mitigation and de-leveraging. However, a number of upgrades to methodologies were realized as well, and based on the experiences from the past two years more effort was put in stress testing. Besides the regularly performed stress tests, stress testing was also used for the mid-term planning. Furthermore, the economic capital model for credit risk is being updated to bring it more in line with the regulatory capital framework, which excludes diversification benefits. The updated model will be implemented in 2010. The risk appetite framework was revized as well and better aligned with the capital management targets for the capital ratios. Lastly, the most notable change in terms of risk governance during 2009 was the creation of the Risk Committee. The Risk Committee is a sub-committee of the Supervisory Board, dedicated to risk governance, risk policies and risk appetite setting.
Market developments 2009
After the turmoil on the financial markets during 2008, the financial markets improved considerably during 2009, with the exception of direct and indirect Real Estate investments. The volatility levels came down sharply, with volatility levels at year end 2009 similar to the levels in the first half of 2008. Throughout the world the prices of most major asset classes recovered strongly. Equity markets went up significantly: year on year the S&P 500 increased 23% and the Dutch Amsterdam Exchange Index (AEX) increased 36%. Real Estate prices remained under pressure, however. At December 31, 2009 the S&P Case-Shiller Index, the most prominent Real Estate index in the United States, was 3% lower than at the end of 2008. In December 2009, the price index of Dutch owner-occupied residential real estate, as reported by Statistics Netherlands (CBS) and the Dutch Land Registry Office (‘Kadaster’), was 5.3% lower than in December 2008. This decline pertained to all types of residential real estate and to all Dutch provinces. Furthermore, after the credit spread widening during 2008, the credit spreads in the financial and corporate sector narrowed in 2009, both in the US and in Europe. Both in the US and Europe short term interest rates decreased further during 2009, with the exception of the 3 month T-bill which remained at a near zero level. Long term interest rates increased in the US, but in Europe they decreased slightly compared to year end 2008.
Risk mitigation
Anticipating a further downturn in the markets in 2009, ING took additional actions to reduce risk across major asset classes. First, the de-risking activities that started in 2008, were continued and increased during 2009. Second, de-leveraging helped reduce risk via reduction of the bank balance sheet. Finally, the Back to Basics initiative further reduced risk through the sale of businesses in order to focus more on ING’s core activities and markets.
The activities for the bank balance sheet reduction were already started in 2008 (EUR 41 billion), but during 2009 the bank balance sheet was further reduced by EUR 153 billion, and as such the reduction target of EUR 108 billion was reached. Balance sheet reduction was also notable in the Available-for-Sale (AFS) portfolio which was reduced by EUR 45 billion in 2009. The reduction was realized through maturing bonds and pre-payments, but also reclassifications out of this category to loans and receivables. For ING Bank EUR 22.8 billion of AFS exposure was reclassified to loans and receivables. EUR 13.3 billion of this reclassification is related to ABS securities, and EUR 9.5 billion relates to covered bond exposures. This reclassification was done in January 2009. In January 2009 ING entered into an Illiquid Assets Back-Up Facility with the Dutch State. This agreement resulted in a de-recognition of AFS exposure of EUR 15.2 billion. At the beginning of the second quarter ING Insurance reclassified EUR 6.1 billion of AFS exposure to loans and advances. This reclassification is related to ABS securities.

F-118


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
In ING Direct the investment portfolio was reduced and more emphasis was placed on own originated assets. Next to the fact that ING’s revaluation reserve improved significantly during 2009, ING is now also less sensitive for revaluation reserve changes. The combination of a reduced balance sheet and improved IFRS equity made the Bank asset leverage improve from 35.3 at December 31, 2008 to 27.8 at December 31, 2009.
Focus during the year was also on containment of risk weighted assets (RWA). Credit migration due to downgrades of counterparties resulted in higher risk weights for assets, leading to higher required capital. In order to mitigate the RWA increase several de-risking steps were taken. The first major step was taken at the start of the year when ING and the Dutch state entered into the Illiquid Asset Back-Up Facility (IABF) term sheet. The IABF covers ING’s Alt-A residential mortgage backed securities (RMBS) portfolio. Through this transaction the Dutch State became the economic owner of 80% of the Alt-A RMBS portfolio. This transaction was concluded at 90% of the par value per year end 2008. Par value of the portfolio was approximately EUR 30 billion at that point in time. ING remains exposed to 20% of the result of the Alt-A RMBS portfolios, as well as the legal owner of 100% of the securities. As such the transaction significantly reduced the uncertainty regarding the impact on ING of any future losses in the portfolio. In addition, as a result of the IABF, 80% of the Alt-A RMBS portfolios was derecognized from ING’s balance sheet under IFRS. Therefore, 80% of the negative revaluation reserve on the securities was reversed, resulting in an increase of EUR 4.6 billion in Shareholders’ equity. The transaction also reduced ING’s risk weighted assets by approximately EUR 13 billion.
Second, additional mitigation of the RWA migration was done by further reducing the RMBS portfolio, for example via the sale of US Prime RMBS trades during the fourth quarter. ING Direct sold 27 US prime RMBS securities with an amortized cost value of EUR 0.8 billion. The sale resulted in a pre-tax loss of EUR 83 million. The remaining US prime RMBS portfolio within ING Direct has a market value of EUR 0.9 billion and is fully investment grade rated. These and other management actions resulted in a RWA reduction during 2009 of EUR 11 billion, reducing them from EUR 343 billion at year end 2008 to EUR 332 billion at year end 2009.
During 2009, ING lowered, in its new production of Dutch mortgage loans, the share of mortgages with non-standard debt capacity calculations or high Loan to Value (LTV) ratios.
ING continued to de-risk its product offering in 2009. This was accomplished through the redesign of products, and by removing products from our product range in line with the Back to Basics strategy. The re-design of products mainly relates to US and European Variable Annuity products, and was done in stages, based on lower risk and more sustainable product design. The Single Premium Variable Annuity product is no longer part of the product range in Japan.
ING also hedged the listed equity exposure of ING Insurance via put options on the Eurostoxx 50. The nominal hedged amount was EUR 3.0 billion at December 31, 2009, partly via a collar structure.
A more detailed disclosure of outstanding risk factors facing ING and the financial industry is given in the Risk Factor section in the Additional Information part of the Annual Report.
Impact of financial crisis
Impact on pressurized asset classes
As a result of the fact that some markets remained distressed throughout 2009 ING Group incurred negative revaluations on its investment portfolio, which impacted shareholders’ equity. Furthermore, ING Group incurred impairments, fair value changes and trading losses, which impacted its profit and loss account (P&L).
The table below shows the exposures and negative revaluations and losses taken on US sub-prime and US Alt-A residential mortgage backed securities (RMBS), Collateralized Debt Obligations (CDOs) and Collateralized Loan Obligations (CLOs) and Commercial Mortgage Backed Securities (CMBS) during 2009.

F-119


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
US Subprime RMBS, US Alt-A RMBS, CDOs/CLOs, CMBS exposures, revaluations and losses:
                                                 
            Change in 2009                     December 31, 2008  
            Revaluation through     Write-downs through                     Reval-uations  
    December 31, 2009     Equity     P&L                     through Equity  
    Fair Value     (pre-tax)     (pre-tax)     Other changes     Fair value     (pre-tax)  
US Subprime RMBS
    1,428       335       (350 )     (335 )     1,778       (1,146 )
US Alt-A RMBS
    2,964       7,235       (1,405 )     (21,713 )     18,847       (7,474 )
CDOs/CLOs
    4,087       225       133       260       3,469       (352 )
CMBS
    7,711       1,176       (25 )     (1,179 )     7,739       (3,010 )
     
Total
    16,190       8,971       (1,647 )     (22,967 )     31,833       (11,982 )
     
  ING Group’s total EUR 1.4 billion exposure to US sub-prime assets relates to non originated loans acquired as investments in RMBS and represents 0.1% of total assets. At December 31, 2009 approximately 50% of ING’s US sub-prime portfolio was rated A or higher. ING Group does not originate sub-prime mortgages. (Residential) mortgages that are not classified as sub-prime are the vast majority of the total mortgage backed securities (MBS).
  ING Group’s total US Alt-A RMBS exposure at December 31, 2009 was EUR 3.0 billion. About 32% of this portfolio was A rated or higher. ING’s Available-for-Sale Alt-A investments are measured at fair value in the balance sheet. The significant reduction in exposure as indicated by “Other changes” is primarily due to the Illiquid Asset Back-Up Facility. The substantial amount of the negative pre-tax revaluation reserve in equity is mainly a result of the decline of market prices in illiquid markets. Under applicable accounting standards, impairments on debt securities are triggered by credit events only. Upon impairment, the full unrealized revaluation on the impaired security (including the amount attributable to market illiquidity) is recognized in the profit and loss account. The amount of impairments recognized in the profit and loss statement is principally a reflection of an illiquid market and occurred credit events.
  Net investments in CDOs/CLOs at December 31, 2009 were 0.4% of total assets. The vast majority of the CDOs/CLOs has investment grade corporate credit as underlying assets. Other changes includes purchases and sales of CDOs/CLOs, as well as foreign currency effects.
  The CMBS portfolio had a market value of EUR 7.7 billion at December 31, 2009. The current fair value is 81% of original purchase price. Improvements in the portfolio were mainly visible in the super senior and AAA tranches; however, ING still had to book EUR 25 million of impairments on the CMBS portfolio during 2009.
Of the EUR 16.2 billion exposure on US Subprime RMBS, US Alt-A RMBS, CDOs/CLOs and CMBS EUR 12.6 billion is measured at fair value (with the revaluation recognized in equity, except impairments on these trades going through P&L). At December 31, 2009 the fair value of US Subprime RMBS, US Alt-A RMBS, CDOs/CLOs and CMBS was as provided in the tables below, where the following split is made:
Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets
Level 2 — Valuation technique supported by observable inputs
Level 3 — Valuation technique supported by unobservable inputs
An analysis of the method applied in determining the fair values of financial assets and liabilities is provided in Note 34 ‘Fair value of financial assets and liabilities’.
Fair value of US subprime RMBS, US Alt-A RMBS, CDOs/CLOs and CMBS:
                                 
2009   Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
US Subprime RMBS
            16       1,412       1,428  
US Alt-A RMBS
            2,308       656       2,964  
CDOs/CLOs
    2,509       454       54       3,017  
CMBS
    123       5,074       18       5,215  
     
Total
    2,632       7,852       2,140       12,624  
     
Fair value of US subprime RMBS, US Alt-A RMBS, CDOs/CLOs and CMBS:
                                 
2008   Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
US Subprime RMBS
    20       26       1,732       1,778  
US Alt-A RMBS
            244       18,244       18,488  
CDOs/CLOs
    3,273       162       34       3,469  
CMBS
    5,020       2,050       42       7,112  
     
Total
    8,313       2,482       20,052       30,847  
     

F-120


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Impact on Real Estate
By the end of 2009 ING Group’s total exposure to Real Estate was EUR 13.1 billion (2008: EUR 15.5 billion) of which EUR 7.7 billion (2008: 9.8 billion) is in the accounting class fair value through profit and loss. In 2009, ING recorded EUR 2,156 million pre-tax negative revaluations and impairments. ING’s Real Estate portfolio has high occupancy rates and is diversified over sectors and regions, but is clearly affected by the ongoing negative Real Estate markets throughout the world.
Impact on Equity securities — available for sale
Direct equity exposure at December 31, 2009 was EUR 6.5 billion (listed) and EUR 2.4 billion (non-listed). During 2009 ING recognized EUR 409 million of pre-tax impairments on equity exposure. ING generally decides to impair a listed equity security based on two broad guidelines: when the fair value of the security is below 75% of the cost price or when the market price of the security is below the cost price for longer than six months.
Impact on counterparty risk
The impact on counterparties for 2009 is limited mainly to the collapse of the DSB Bank in the Netherlands. The DSB Bank was covered by the Dutch Deposit Guarantee scheme, and as such ING Group as a participant in the scheme is obliged to contribute to cover the claims from deposit holders. Under the scheme deposits upto an amount of EUR 100,000 per person, meeting definitions of the scheme, are guaranteed.
Impact on monolines
ING has an exposure of EUR 1.1 billion to monolines at the end of 2009 (2008: EUR 2.2 billion). This position decreased during the year primarily due to sales.
Impact on Liquidity profile
Due to the financial crisis liquidity became scarce and central banks around the world provided funding to prevent the interbank market drying up. Throughout the year ING’s liquidity position remained within internally set limits. ING Bank has a favourable funding profile as the majority of the funding stems from client deposits.
Impact on loan loss provisioning
ING’s loan book consists mainly of corporate loans and mortgages. The loan book continues to perform well despite increases in risk cost over the year. The additions to ING Bank loan loss provisions were EUR 2,973 million or 102 basis points of average credit risk weighted assets (compared to net additions of EUR 1,280 million or 48 basis points in 2008). During the first half of 2009, the larger part of the risk costs were visible in the Commercial Bank; in the Structured Finance and Real Estate portfolios. During the second half of 2009, risk costs in the Commercial Bank came down due to less incidents and closing of several restructurings. The risk costs in the second half of 2009 were negatively impacted, however, by the distress in the Mid Corporate and SME sector in the home markets Netherlands and Belgium. The risk costs in the mortgage portfolio in the home markets were moderate as there were no material increases in arrears and default levels during 2009. ING Direct risk costs were impacted by the US housing market.
Ongoing changes in the regulatory environment
After the turmoil in the financial markets over the last couple of years and the need for governments to provide aid to financial institutions, financial institutions have been under more scrutiny from the public, supervisors and regulators. During 2009 several proposals were made to change regulations governing financial institutions. These revized regulations are intended to make sure that a crisis in the financial system can be avoided in the future. To accomplish this regulations focus primarily at the following issues:
  More stringently aligning risk taking with the capital position of the financial institutions (revized Basel II for Banks). The revized Basel II proposal narrows the definition of core Tier 1 and Tier 1 capital, and introduces a new definition for a leverage ratio that should become part of Pillar 1 of the Basel framework. The Basel Committee has also issued a proposal for new liquidity requirements. Apart from the above mentioned proposals, another aim is to reduce ‘pro-cyclicality’, to avoid that banks would be required to increase their capital in bad times when it is most scarce. Lastly, there is the proposal to introduce additional capital requirements for counterparty credit risk. The Basel II proposals are still in consultation phase, and the benchmarks and limits remain to be specified after a series of quantitative impact studies have been performed.
  Separate from but in line with the revized Basel II proposal, on a country level local regulators are becoming more stringent on the maximum credit risk bank subsidiaries and branches are allowed to run on their parents. This leads to a new phenomenon of so-called trapped pools of liquidity, i.e. excess liquidity in a country can not merely be transferred (unsecured) to a central Treasury in another country.
 
  Solvency II: In 2009 the Solvency II Framework Directive was formally approved by the European Commission and European Parliament, with a specified deadline for implementation of October 2012.

F-121


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
    ING has always been a firm supporter of the Solvency II initiative, being an economic, risk-based solvency system that is based on commonly agreed principles, empirical insights and the economic reality in the financial markets. The detailed legislative implementing measures are currently under development. However industry participants have significant concerns on several aspects of the current proposals, which would be detrimental to consumers, the insurance industry, and the European economy. ING is committed to work actively together with all stakeholders to develop pragmatic solutions that would result in Solvency II meeting its original intent.
The following paragraphs provide a high level overview of the risk management governance and risk profile from an ING Group perspective. This is followed by a more detailed overview, split into the different risk types (credit, market, liquidity, insurance, operational and compliance risk) both for ING Bank and ING Insurance. The section concludes with disclosures on models for Earnings at Risk (EaR), Capital at Risk (CaR) and Economic Capital (EC).
ING GROUP
To ensure measured risk-taking throughout the organization, ING Group operates through a comprehensive risk management framework. This ensures the identification, measurement and control of risks at all levels of the organization so that ING Group’s financial strength is safeguarded.
The mission of ING Group’s risk management function is to build a sustainable competitive advantage by fully integrating risk management into daily business activities and strategic planning. This mission is fully embedded in ING Group’s business processes.
The following principles support this objective:
  Products and portfolios are structured, underwritten, priced, approved and managed appropriately and compliance with internal and external rules and guidelines is monitored;
  ING Group’s risk profile is transparent, managed to avoid surprises, and is consistent with delegated authorities;
  Delegated authorities are consistent with the overall Group strategy and risk appetite;
  Transparent communication to internal and external stakeholders on risk management and value creation.
RISK GOVERNANCE
ING’s risk management framework is based on the ‘three lines of defence’ concept which ensures that risk is managed in line with the risk appetite as defined by the Executive Board (and ratified by the Supervisory Board) and is cascaded throughout the Group. This concept provides a clear allocation of responsibilities for the ownership and management of risk, to avoid overlaps and/or gaps in risk governance. Business line management and the regional and local managers have primary responsibility for the day-to-day management of risk and form the first line of defence. The risk management function, both at corporate and regional/local level, belongs to the second line of defence and has the primary responsibility to align risk taking with strategic planning e.g. in limit setting. Risk managers in the business lines have a functional reporting line to the Corporate Risk General Managers described below. The internal audit function provides an ongoing independent (i.e. outside of the risk organization) and objective assessment of the effectiveness of internal controls, including financial and operational risk management and forms the third line of defence.
Group Risk Management Function
The risk management function is embedded in all levels of the ING Group organization.
Chief Risk Officer
The Chief Risk Officer (CRO), who is a member of the Executive Board, bears primary overall responsibility for the Group risk management function. The CRO is responsible for the management and control of risk on a consolidated level to ensure that ING’s group risk profile is consistent with its financial resources and the risk appetite defined by the Executive Board. The CRO is also responsible for establishing and maintaining a robust organizational basis for the management of risk throughout the ING organization.
Group Risk Organization
The organization chart below illustrates the functional reporting lines within the ING Group risk organization.

F-122


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
(GRAPHIC)
The risk organization is structured independently from the business lines and is organized through five risk departments:
  Corporate Credit Risk Management (CCRM) is responsible for the credit risk management of ING Bank and ING Insurance.
  Corporate Market Risk Management (CMRM) is responsible for the market risk and liquidity risk management of ING Bank.
  Corporate Insurance Risk Management (CIRM) is responsible for the insurance, market and liquidity risk management of ING Insurance.
  Corporate Operational Risk Management (CORM) is responsible for the operational risk management of ING Bank and ING Insurance.
  Group Compliance Risk Management (GCRM) is responsible for (i) identifying, assessing, monitoring and reporting on the compliance risks faced by ING, (ii) supporting and advising management on fulfilling its compliance responsibilities, and (iii) advising employees on their (personal) compliance obligations.
The heads of these departments (Corporate Risk General Managers) report to the CRO and bear direct responsibility for risk (mitigating) decisions at the Group level. The Corporate Risk General Managers and the CRO are responsible for the harmonization and standardization of risk management practices.
In addition two staff departments report to the CRO:
  The Risk Integration and Analytics department is responsible for inter-risk aggregation processes and for providing group-wide risk information to the CRO and Executive Board.
  The Model Validation department. This department carries out periodic model validations of all material risk models used by ING. To ensure independence from the business and the other risk departments, the head of this department reports directly to the CRO.
Group Risk Committees
The Group risk committees described below are also part of the second line of defence. They act within the overall risk policy and delegated authorities granted by the Executive Board and have an advisory role to the CRO. To ensure a close link between the business lines and the risk management function, the business line heads and the respective Corporate Risk General Managers are represented on each committee (except for the Operational and Residual Risk Committee where the business is not represented).
  ING Group Credit Committee — Policy (GCCP): Discusses and approves policies, methodologies and procedures related to credit, country and reputation risks within ING Group. The GCCP meets on a monthly basis.
  ING Group Credit Committee — Transaction Approval (GCCTA): Discusses and approves transactions which entail taking credit risk (including issuer investment risk). The GCCTA meets twice a week
  ING Group Investment Committee (GIC): Discusses and approves investment proposals for ING Real Estate. The GIC meets on a monthly basis.
  Asset and Liability Committee ING Bank (ALCO Bank): Discusses and approves the overall risk profile of all ING Bank’s market risks that occur in its Commercial Banking, Retail Banking and ING Direct activities. ALCO Bank defines the policy regarding funding, liquidity, interest rate mismatch and solvency for ING Bank. ALCO Bank meets on a monthly basis.
  Asset and Liability Committee ING Insurance (ALCO Insurance): Discusses and approves all risks associated with ING’s Insurance activities. This includes volatility (affecting earnings and value), exposure (required capital and market risk) and insurance risks. ALCO Insurance meets ten times a year.
  Operational and Residual Risk Committee (ORRC): Discusses and approves issues related to Methods, Models and Parameters related to Operational risk, Business risk in Banking, inter-risk diversification and consistency across risk types and businesses. The committee meets at least twice a year.

F-123


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
In addition, the Finance and Risk Committee (F&RC) is a platform for the CRO and the CFO, along with their respective direct reports, to discuss and decide on issues that relate to both the finance and risk domains. After the Back to Basics initiative was launched in April 2009, the Finance & Risk Committee was split into a F&RC Bank and F&RC Insurance, in line with the strategy to manage the Bank and Insurance separately. At least on a quarterly basis there is also a F&RC Group meeting, covering specific Group issues.
ING Group uses risk assessment and risk measurement to guide decision making. As a result, the quality of risk models is important. The governance process for approval of risk models, methods and parameters ensures business and regulatory requirements, via a clear assignment of responsibility and accountability.
Board level risk oversight
ING Group has a two-tier board structure consisting of the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board; both tiers play an important role in managing and monitoring the risk management framework. At the highest level of the ING organization, there are board committees which oversee risk taking, and have ultimate approval authority.
  The Executive Board is responsible for managing risks associated with the activities of ING Group. Its responsibilities include ensuring that internal risk management and control systems are effective and that ING Group complies with relevant legislation and regulations. On a regular basis, the Executive Board reports on these issues and discusses the internal risk management and control systems with the Supervisory Board. On a quarterly basis, the Executive Board reports on the Group’s risk profile versus its risk appetite to the Audit Committee, explaining changes in the risk profile.
  The Supervisory Board is responsible for supervising the policy of the Executive Board, the general course of affairs of the Company and its business (including its financial policies and corporate structure). The Supervisory Board has several sub-committees related to specific topics. Of these, two sub-committees are relevant for the risk management organization and risk reporting, which are:
    The Audit Committee, which assists the Supervisory Board in reviewing and assessing ING Group’s major risk exposures and the operation of internal risk management and control systems, as well as policies and procedures regarding compliance with applicable laws and regulations.
 
    The Risk Committee, which assists the Supervisory Board on matters related to risk governance, risk policies and risk appetite setting. The committee was established in 2009. It reports in the Supervisory Board on the main risk issues in the group.
Committee membership is organized such that specific business know-how and expertise relating to the activities of ING and the subject matter of the committees is available. The CRO attends the meetings of the Audit Committee and the Risk Committee.
The CRO makes sure that the boards are well informed and understand ING Group’s risk position at all times. Every quarter the CRO reports to the board committees on ING’s risk appetite levels and on ING Group’s risk profile. In addition the CRO briefs the board committees on developments in internal and external risk related issues and makes sure the board committees understand specific risk concepts.
ING has integrated its risk management into the annual strategic planning process. This process aligns strategic goals, business strategies and resources throughout ING Group. The process is such that the Executive Board issues a Planning Letter which provides the organization with the corporate strategic direction, and addresses key risk issues. Based on this Planning Letter the business lines and business units develop their business plans which align with the Group’s strategic direction. The process includes a qualitative and quantitative assessment of the risks involved in the plans. It is part of the process to explicitly discuss strategic limits and group risk appetite levels. At each level, strategies and metrics are identified to measure success in achieving objectives and to assure adherence to the strategic plan. Based on the business unit and line of business plans, the Executive Board formulates the Group Strategic Plan which is submitted to the Supervisory Board for approval.
Group risk policies
ING has a framework of risk management policies, procedures and standards in place to create consistency throughout the organization, and to define minimum requirements that are binding on all business units. The governance framework of the business units aligns with the Group level framework and meets local (regulatory) requirements. Senior Management is responsible to ensure policies, procedures and standards are implemented and adhered to. Employees globally have access to the Group’s governance framework through an internal website. Policies, procedures and standards are regularly reviewed and updated via the relevant risk committees to reflect changes in markets, products and emerging best practices.

F-124


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
ING GROUP FINANCIAL RISK PROFILE
ING Group uses an integrated risk management approach. The risk dashboard captures the risks in all Banking and Insurance business lines in terms of Earnings at Risk and Capital at Risk, and shows the impact of diversification across the Group. The Executive Board uses the risk dashboard to monitor and manage the actual risk profile in relation to the Group risk appetite. It enables the Executive Board to identify possible risk concentrations and to support strategic decision making. The risk dashboard is reported to the Executive Board on a quarterly basis and is subsequently presented to the Risk Committee.
ING Group’s risk appetite is defined by the Executive Board as part of the strategic planning process. Strict boundaries are established with regard to acceptable risk types and levels. ING’s ‘three lines of defence’ governance framework ensures that risk is managed in line with the risk appetite as defined by the Executive Board. Risk appetite is cascaded throughout the Group, thereby safeguarding controlled risk taking. The role of the business lines is to maximise the value within established risk boundaries. Each quarter, the Executive Board monitors that the financial and non-financial risks are within the boundaries of the risk appetite as set in the strategic planning process.
During 2009 the risk appetite framework for ING Group was revized, and approved by the Executive Board. It now more closely aligns the risk appetite setting with the capital management targets for the capital ratios. This new framework will be implemented in 2010.
ING Group risk metrics in 2009
The Group’s risk appetite is captured in three different metrics which are disclosed below:
  Earnings at Risk: the potential reduction in IFRS earnings over the next year, during a moderate (i.e. ‘1 in 10’) stress scenario. Maintaining a high quality of earnings helps ING to safeguard against being downgraded by the rating agencies.
  Capital at Risk: the potential reduction of the current net asset value (based on fair values) over the next year, during a moderate (i.e. ‘1 in 10’) stress scenario.
  Economic Capital: the amount of capital that is required to absorb unexpected losses in times of a severe (i.e. ‘1 in 2000’) stress scenario given ING Group’s ‘AA’ target rating.
ING Group’s risk metrics cover the most important aspects in terms of different severities (moderate vs. extreme stress) and performance measures where risk can materialise (value vs. earnings). The Earnings and Capital at Risk metrics are important metrics from a shareholder point of view since they provide insight in the level of risk ING takes under ‘moderate stress’ market expectations to generate return. From the debt and policy holder point of view, Economic Capital is more important since it is the buffer against extreme losses.
The main differences and similarities between the risk metrics are illustrated below.
                   
      Earnings at Risk     Capital at Risk     Economic Capital
Confidence interval
    90%     90%     99.95% (based on AA target rating)
Stressed metric
    IFRS earnings     Value     Value
Deviation from
    IFRS earnings before market volatilities and risk costs (over the next year)     Current net asset value based on fair values (over the next year)     Current net asset value based on fair values (over the next year)
Interpretation
    Potential IFRS earnings reduction during a ‘moderate’ stress scenario (i.e. 1 in 10)     Potential value reduction of net value during a ‘moderate’ stress scenario (i.e. 1 in 10)     Potential value reduction of net value during a ‘severe’ stress scenario (i.e. 1 in 2000)
When interpreting the Earnings and Capital at Risk metrics it is important to note that these are not loss estimates of a specific adverse scenario. Further, the metrics do not take into account discretionary management intervention in a specific crisis situation, and are based on instantaneous shock scenarios.
The methodology for the risk metric Earnings at Risk was upgraded during 2009 to more closely align with accounting rules. In particular, the impairment risk component was improved. The methodology now also takes into account potential impairments on goodwill, and better incorporates of impairments on debt securities. The approximate impact of these changes is an increase of EUR 900 million on total EaR level.

F-125


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
The revized risk appetite framework that will be implemented in 2010 will include some new metrics, like for instance Risk Weighted Assets at Risk for ING Bank, and Local Solvency at Risk for ING Insurance. The new metrics combined with the existing metrics will provide a better understanding of the movement in capital ratios in a moderate (i.e. ‘1 in 10’) stress scenario.
Risk types
ING’s financial risk profile measures the following main types of risks that are associated with its business activities:
  Credit risk: the risk of potential loss due to default by ING’s debtors (including bond issuers) or trading counterparties
  Market risk: the risk of potential loss due to adverse movements in market variables, such as equity prices, real estate prices, interest rates and foreign exchange rates. These four market risks cover all market risks identified in ING’s businesses.
  Insurance risk: risks such as mortality, morbidity and property and casualty associated with the claims under insurance policies it issues/underwrites; specifically, the risk that premium rate levels and provisions are not sufficient to cover insurance claims.
  Operational risk is the risk of direct or indirect loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. It includes the risk of reputation loss, as well as legal risk; whereas strategic risks are not included.
  Business risk: the exposure to value loss due to fluctuations in volumes, margins and costs, as well as client behaviour risk. These fluctuations can occur because of internal, industry, or wider market factors. It is the risk inherent to strategy decisions and internal efficiency.
The business risk methodology for ING Bank was revized during 2008 and the first quarter of 2009. The methodology was changed to more closely align with the methodology used for ING Insurance and to make sure that the volumes, margins and cost fluctuations were better reflected than in the previous methodology. The new business risk methodology for Bank consists of three components, (i) volume/margin risk, (ii) expense risk, and (iii) client behaviour risk. The new methodology was implemented during the first quarter of 2009, after approval by the ORRC.
The above risk metrics do not cover liquidity risk: the risk that ING or one of its subsidiaries cannot meet its financial liabilities, at reasonable cost and in a timely manner, when they fall due. ING has a separate liquidity management framework in place to manage this risk. This framework is described below in the Liquidity Risk section of ING Bank and ING Insurance respectively.
A description of the models, underlying assumptions and key principles used by ING for calculating Earnings at Risk, Capital at Risk and Economic Capital is provided in the Model Disclosure section at the end of the risk management section.
Risk measures related to accounting are based on IFRS-EU where relevant, as IFRS-EU is the primary accounting basis, which is also the basis for statutory and regulatory reporting and risk management.
Earnings at Risk
The level of Earnings at Risk (EaR) provides insight into the level of risk ING can absorb relative to its earnings capacity. The below two tables show the EaR figures per risk type, split between Bank and Insurance and combined for ING Group. The levels shown are undiversified levels for ING Bank and ING Insurance, meaning that the diversification between Bank and Insurance is not yet included in these figures. This diversification benefit is shown separately. The row ‘Bank-Insurance diversification %’ shows the benefit of combining the Bank and Insurance EaR figures. For example: the 1% for Credit and Transfer Risk indicates that the Group figure for Credit & Transfer Risk is 1% lower than the Bank and Insurance figures for Credit and Transfer Risk combined. Similarly the column ‘Inter-risk diversification %’ shows the diversification benefit derived from combining the different risk types at the Bank, Insurance or Group level respectively. This presentation format differs from the format in the 2008 annual report and as such the figures are different from those shown last year. Since this is only a different representation the final figure for ING Group has not changed.

F-126


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Earnings at Risk by risk type:
                                                                                 
    Credit and     Market                             Inter-risk        
2009   Transfer     Interest Rate     Equity     Real Estate     FX     Insurance     Business     Operational     diversification %     Total  
ING Bank
    2,117       510       85       454       135       0       1,750       607       38 %     3,505  
ING Insurance
    1,378       259       753       428       224       194       211       260       39 %     2,269  
Bank-Insurance diversification
    1 %     4 %     2 %     6 %     6 %     0 %     7 %     16 %             7 %
     
Total ING Group
    3,471       737       821       825       337       194       1,814       730       40 %     5,371  
     
Earnings at Risk by risk type:
                                                                                 
    Credit and     Market                             Inter-risk        
2008   Transfer     Interest Rate     Equity     Real Estate     FX     Insurance     Business     Operational     diversification %     Total  
ING Bank
    2,519       444       303       476       89       0       357       626       30 %     3,367  
ING Insurance
    320       61       699       525       224       214       223       344       42 %     1,519  
Bank-Insurance diversification %
    5 %     9 %     2 %     6 %     5 %     0 %     20 %     26 %             12 %
     
Total ING Group
    2,699       458       982       936       297       214       466       714       36 %     4,313  
     
Over 2009, the reported Earnings at Risk for ING increased. The increase is not due to additional risk taking, but due to the inclusion of risks which were not yet taken into account in the 2008 figures. Credit risk has increased because specific impairment rules for available for sale debt securities, whereby securities are written down to market value, even if expected credit losses are much smaller, are now better reflected in the dashboard. Furthermore, the business risk figures have gone up significantly due to the inclusion of a) goodwill impairment risk and b) the risk that the business volumes are lower than expected.
Without the model refinements mentioned above, the Earnings at Risk profile of ING Group would have decreased in 2009. For example, Credit risk would have gone down due to large additions to provisions which were made during 2009. The decrease in equity risk is caused by the recovery of the markets: equity investments are now further away from the impairment thresholds.
Capital at Risk
The level of Capital at Risk (CaR) provides understanding as to whether ING can maintain a sound financial position under a ‘moderate’ (i.e. 1 in 10) stress scenario.
The below two tables show the CaR figures per risk type, split over Bank and Insurance and combined for ING Group. The levels shown are undiversified levels for ING Bank and ING Insurance, meaning that the diversification between Bank and Insurance is not yet included in these figures. This diversification benefit is shown separately. The column ‘Inter-risk diversification %’ shows the benefit of combining the CaR figures for all risk types. For example, the 39% for ING Bank indicates that the total Bank figure for all risk types is 39% lower than the sum of the individual CaR figures per risk type. Similarly the row ‘Bank-Insurance diversification %’ shows the diversification benefit derived from combining the Bank and Insurance CaR figures for each risk type into a Group CaR figure for each risk type. This presentation format differs from the format in the 2008 annual report and as such the figures are different from those shown last year. Since this is only a different representation, the final figure for ING Group has not changed.

F-127


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Capital at Risk by risk type:
                                                                                 
    Credit and     Market                                     Inter-risk        
2009   Transfer     Interest Rate     Equity     Real Estate     FX     Insurance     Business     Operational     diversification %     Total  
ING Bank
    3,396       2,128       930       720       210       0       1,367       607       39 %     5,673  
ING Insurance
    1,047       3,287       2,209       401       681       736       1,059       260       42 %     5,609  
Bank-Insurance diversification %
    0 %     45 %     8 %     6 %     5 %     0 %     21 %     16 %             18 %
     
Total ING Group
    4,427       2,970       2,892       1,054       850       736       1,928       730       41 %     9,240  
     
Capital at Risk by risk type:
                                                                                 
    Credit and     Market                                     Inter-risk        
2008   Transfer     Interest Rate     Equity     Real Estate     FX     Insurance     Business     Operational     diversification %     Total  
ING Bank
    2,852       2,169       760       773       416       0       357       626       36 %     5,097  
ING Insurance
    710       2,146       1,641       473       608       758       801       344       44 %     4,226  
Bank-Insurance diversification %
    0 %     24 %     4 %     6 %     6 %     0 %     18 %     26 %             12 %
     
Total ING Group
    3,562       3,294       2,306       1,171       960       758       955       714       40 %     8,223  
     
The Capital at Risk figure substantially increased over 2009 due to higher credit risk, equity risk and business risk.
The increase in credit risk was mainly caused by rating migration. The higher equity risk is primarily due to the recovery of the markets: higher values of equity investments mean higher exposures as well. The increase in business risk for the Bank resulted from the reclassification of client behaviour risk from interest rate risk to business risk. Client behaviour risk is related to retail portfolios; examples are outflow risk from savings portfolios and prepayment model risk for mortgages. Although the reclassification initially led to lower interest rate risk for the bank, that decrease was off-set by the inclusion of the interest rate risk for investments of core equity.
The table below shows the Earnings at Risk and Capital at Risk figures per line of business. The levels shown are undiversified levels for ING Bank and ING Insurance, meaning that the diversification between Bank and Insurance is not yet included in these figures. This diversification benefit is shown separately. The row ‘Bank-Insurance diversification %’ shows the diversification benefit derived from combining the Bank and Insurance CaR figures for each risk type into a Group CaR figure for each risk type. This presentation format differs from the format in the 2008 annual report and as such the figures are different from those shown last year. Since this is only a different representation the final figure for ING Group has not changed.

F-128


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Capital at Risk and Earnings at Risk by Line of Business
                                 
    Earnings at Risk     Capital at Risk  
    2009     2008     2009     2008  
Commercial Banking
    2,186       2,310       2,238       2,752  
Retail Banking
    1,124       788       1,747       1,365  
ING Direct
    565       558       1,575       1,143  
Corporate Line Bank
    120       110       1,240       513  
     
Line of Business diversification % Bank
    12 %     11 %     17 %     12 %
ING Bank
    3,505       3,367       5,673       5,097  
 
                               
Insurance Americas
    1,738       790       3,812       2,467  
Insurance Asia/Pacific
    232       250       678       1,038  
Insurance Europe
    718       655       1,593       1,278  
Corporate Line Insurance
    134       208       768       782  
Line of Business diversification % Insurance
    20 %     20 %     18 %     24 %
     
ING Insurance
    2,269       1,519       5,609       4,226  
 
                               
Bank-Insurance diversification %
    7 %     12 %     18 %     12 %
     
ING Group
    5,371       4,313       9,240       8,223  
     
Bank-Insurance diversification for EaR decreased from 12% to 7% because the credit risk component increased. Credit Risk hardly diversifies between Bank and Insurance.
Bank-Insurance diversification for CaR increased from 12% to 18%. Main driver is the increase in off-setting positions for interest rate risk.
Economic Capital ING Group
Since 1999 ING Bank has been disclosing Economic Capital information externally, whereas ING Insurance disclosed Economic Capital information for the first time in 2007. Although the fundamental principles are the same, ING Bank and ING Insurance Economic Capital information is currently calculated based on (partly) separately developed models (see Model Disclosure section below) that may differ in the calculation and aggregation approach due to different market practices and standards used in the banking and insurance industries.
ING’s Group Economic Capital is determined by applying one common aggregation approach to Bank and Insurance.
The table below shows the build up of ING Group Economic Capital. Please refer to the Bank and Insurance paragraphs below for further explanation on the respective EC numbers.
Group Economic Capital (in EUR billion):
                 
    2009     2008  
ING Bank
    23.1       22.4  
ING Insurance
    18.1       13.7  
Consolidated Benefit
    (6.2 )     (5.4 )
     
Total ING Group
    35.0       30.7  
     
The potential risk capital impact for ING Group of the ING employee pension liability is currently not included in the aggregated group risk metrics. The standalone Economic Capital impact for ING employee pension liabilities is calculated separately, and from a capital management perspective there is currently no need to reserve any additional capital for ING pension liabilities.
ING Group Economic Capital is 15% lower than the sum of the parts (bank and insurance). Three different factors contribute to this consolidation benefit:
1.   Offsetting positions between bank and insurance, especially on the interest rate risk side, where the long duration assets of the bank are offset by the long duration liabilities of Insurance.
 
2.   Diversification between bank and insurance asset classes based on observed correlations; e.g. less than full correlation between insurance equity positions and bank Real Estate positions.
 
3.   Diversification between bank and insurance risk drivers based on expert opinion correlations; e.g. less than perfect correlation between operational risk incidents at the bank and interest rate risk in insurance.

F-129


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
The 15% diversification benefit used for 2009 is supported by calculations done at ING Group level (2008: 15%).
The table below shows the contribution of the different risk drivers to the consolidation benefit:
Contribution to consolidated benefit:
                 
    2009     2008  
Risk Type
               
Interest Rate risk
    70 %     60 %
Equity risk
    7 %     7 %
Foreign Exchange risk
    1 %     1 %
Real Estate risk
    2 %     3 %
Credit risk
    1 %     3 %
Business risk
    13 %     12 %
Operational risk
    6 %     14 %
     
Total
    100 %     100 %
     
Risk measurement ING Bank and ING Insurance
The overall ING Group risk appetite is translated into specific limits which are cascaded down into the organization, e.g.
  Credit risk limits for bank and insurance business.
 
  Market Value at Risk limits for the insurance business.
 
  ALM/Value at Risk limits for bank operations.
 
  Mortality and concentration limits for insurance operations.
The following risk disclosures provide more insight into how the risk measures used by the risk organization are linked to the Group risk dashboard and Group Economic Capital.
ING BANK
ING Bank is engaged in selling a broad range of products. The Bank Management Board is responsible for managing risks associated with the activities of ING Bank. The financial risks that arise from selling these products are managed by the Corporate Credit and Market Risk departments. Operational risks are managed by the Corporate Operational Risk department.
ING BANK RISK PROFILE
Economic Capital ING Bank
One of the main risk management tools for ING Bank is Economic Capital which is used to determine the amount of capital that a transaction or business unit requires to support the economic risks it faces. ING Bank implemented Economic Capital for internal use in 1998. Since 1999 ING Bank has been disclosing Economic Capital information externally. The tables below provide ING Bank’s Economic Capital by risk type and business line.
Economic Capital (Bank diversified only) by risk type
                 
    2009     2008  
Credit risk (including Transfer risk)
    9,991       8,686  
Market risk
    8,435       10,349  
Business risk
    2,581       1,221  
Operational risk
    2,074       2,151  
     
Total banking operations
    23,081       22,407  
     
Economic Capital (Bank diversified only) by Line of Business
                 
    2009     2008  
Commercial Banking
    8,662       9,849  
Retail Banking
    7,166       6,169  
ING Direct
    4,466       4,050  
Corporate Line Bank *
    2,787       2,339  
     
Total banking operations
    23,081       22,407  
     
 
*   Corporate Line includes funding activities at ING Bank level, internal transactions between business units and the Corporate Line, and is managed by Capital Management.

F-130


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Figures shown reflect all diversification effects within ING Bank, including risk reduction between the risk categories. Diversification effects that arise as a result of combining ING Bank and ING Insurance activities are not taken into account. Business risk is to cover unexpected losses that may arise as a result of changes in client behaviour risk and costs.
The ING Bank Economic Capital model is described in more detail in the Model Disclosure section.
Despite de-risking activities, credit deterioration increased the credit risk capital. Starting in 2009, client behaviour risk is captured under business risks instead of market risk. This explains the increase in business risk. The drop in market risk capital is due to de-risking.
The de-risking efforts of Commercial banking have resulted in lower capital. For Retail banking, the increase in value of the strategic equity stakes and deterioration of the retail portfolio explains an increase of economic capital. Credit migrations for securitizations are the main contributor for the higher capital in ING Direct.
Economic capital is a non accounting measure which is inherently subject to dynamic changes and updates as a result of ING’s portfolio mix and general market developments. ING is in the process of recalibrating the underlying assumptions to its economic capital models to bring closer alignment of the economic capital framework with the regulatory capital framework, and to include the effects of the extreme market influences over the last year. As of the first of January 2010, this may have a material impact on the economic capital values for credit risk going forward.
ING BANK — CREDIT RISKS
Credit risk is the risk of loss from default by debtors (including bond issuers) or trading counterparties. Credit risks are split into five principal risk categories: a) lending (including guarantees and letters of credit); b) investments; c) pre-settlement (derivatives, securities financing and foreign exchange trades); d) money markets and e) settlement. Corporate Credit Risk Management (CCRM) is responsible for the measurement and management of credit risk incurred by all ING Group entities, including country-related risks. CCRM is organized along the three business lines of ING Bank (e.g. Retail Banking, Commercial Banking and ING Direct) and ING Insurance. The CCRM General Manager is functionally responsible for the global network of credit risk staff, while the heads of the credit risk management functions for the business lines report directly to him.
Credit risk management is supported by dedicated credit risk information systems and internal credit risk measurement methodologies for debtors, issuers and counterparties. CCRM creates consistency throughout the credit risk organization by providing common credit risk policies, methodologies, manuals and tools across the Group.
ING Group’s credit policy is to maintain an internationally diversified loan and bond portfolio, while avoiding large risk concentrations. The emphasis is on managing business developments within the business lines by means of top-down concentration limits for countries, individual borrowers and borrower groups. The aim within the banking sector is to expand relationship-banking activities, while maintaining stringent internal risk/return guidelines and controls.
Credit analysis is risk/reward-oriented in that the level of credit analysis is a function of the risk amount, tenor, structure (e.g. covers received) of the facility, and the risks entered into. For credit risk management purposes, financial obligations are classified into lending, investments, pre-settlement, money market and settlement. ING Bank applies a Risk Adjusted Return on Capital framework (RAROC) which measures the performance of different activities and links to shareholder value creation. The use of RAROC increases focus on risks versus rewards in the decision making process, and consequently stimulates the use of scarce capital in the most efficient way. More sophisticated RAROC-based tools are used internally to ensure a proper balance of risk and reward within the portfolio and concentration parameters. ING’s credit analysts make use of publicly available information in combination with in-house analysis based on information provided by the customer, peer group comparisons, industry comparisons and other quantitative techniques.
Lending risk
Lending risk arises when ING grants a loan to a customer, or issues guarantees on behalf of a customer. This is the most common risk category, and includes term loans, mortgages, revolving credits, overdrafts, guarantees, letters of credit, etc. The risk is measured at the notional amount of the financial obligation that the customer has to repay to ING, excluding any accrued and unpaid interest, discount/premium amortizations or impairments.

F-131


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Investment risk
Investment risk is the credit default and risk rating migration risk that is associated with ING’s investments in bonds, commercial paper, securitizations, and other similar publicly traded securities. Investment risk arises when ING purchases a (synthetic) bond with the intent to hold the bond for a longer period of time (generally through maturity). Bonds that are purchased with the intent to re-sell in a short period of time are considered to be trading risks, which are measured and monitored by the Corporate Market Risk Management department. For credit risk purposes, Investment risk is measured at original cost (purchase price) less any prepayments or amortizations and excluding any accrued and unpaid interest or the effects of any impairment.
Money market risk
Money market risk arises when ING places short term deposits with a counterparty in order to manage excess liquidity, as such, money market deposits tend to be short term in nature (1-7 days is common). In the event of a counterparty default, ING may lose the deposit placed. Money market risk is therefore measured simply as the notional value of the deposit, excluding any accrued and unpaid interest or the effect of any impairment.
Pre-settlement risk
Pre-settlement risk arises when a counterparty defaults on a transaction before settlement and ING has to replace the contract by a trade with another counterparty at the then prevailing (possibly unfavourable) market price. The pre-settlement risk (potential or expected risk) is the cost of ING replacing a trade in the market. This credit risk category is associated with dealing room products such as options, swaps, and securities financing transactions. Where there is a mutual exchange of value, the amount of credit risk outstanding is generally based on the replacement value (mark-to-market) plus a potential future volatility concept, using an historical 7 year time horizon and a 99% confidence level.
Settlement risk
Settlement risk arises when there is an exchange of value (funds, instruments or commodities) for the same or different value dates and receipt is not verified or expected until ING has paid or delivered its side of the trade. The risk is that ING delivers, but does not receive delivery from the counterparty. Settlement risk can most commonly be contained and reduced by entering into transactions with delivery-versus-payment (DVP) settlement methods, as is common with most clearing houses, or settlement netting agreements.
For those transactions where DVP settlement is not possible, ING establishes settlement limits through the credit approval process. Settlement risk is then monitored and managed by the credit risk management units. Risk is further mitigated by operational procedures requiring trade confirmations to counterparties with all transaction details, and by entering into internationally accepted documentation, such as International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) Master Agreements for derivative transactions. Additionally, ING regularly participates in projects with other financial institutions to improve and develop new clearing systems and clearing mechanisms to further reduce the level of settlement risk. Due to the very short term nature of settlement exposure (daily), settlement risks do not attract economic or regulatory capital and are excluded from risk reporting disclosures.
Country risk
Country risk is the risk specifically attributable to events in a specific country (or group of countries). It can occur within each of the five above described risk categories. All transactions and trading positions generated by ING include country risk which is further divided into economic and transfer risk. Economic risk is the concentration risk relating to any event in the risk country which may affect transactions and any other exposure in that country, regardless of the currency. Transfer risk is the risk incurred through the inability of ING or its counterparties to meet their respective foreign currency obligations due to a specific country event.
In countries where ING is active, the relevant country’s risk profile is regularly evaluated, resulting in a country rating. Country limits are based on this rating and ING’s risk appetite. Exposures derived from lending, investment pre-settlement and money market activities are then measured and reported against these country limits on a daily basis. Country risk limits are assigned for transfer risk mainly for emerging markets.

F-132


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Determination of credit risk outstandings
Figures associated with Money Market and Lending activities are generally the nominal amounts, while amounts associated with Investment activities are based on the original amount invested less repayments. Off-Balance Sheet exposures include the letters of credits and guarantees, which are associated with the Lending Risk Category. Additionally, Off-Balance Sheet exposures include a portion of the unused limits, associated with the statistically expected use of the unused portion of the limit between the moment of measurement and the theoretical moment of statistical default. Collectively, these amounts are called ‘credit risk oustandings’.
Exposures associated with Securitizations (Asset Backed Financing, Commercial/Residential Mortgage Backed Securities and Covered Bonds) are shown separately. These amounts also relate to the amount invested prior to any impairment activity or mark-to-market adjustments. This amount is also considered to be ‘outstandings’.
Collateral policies
As with all financial institutions and banks in particular, ING is in the business of taking credit risks in an informed and measured fashion. As such, the creditworthiness of our customers, trading partners and investments is continually evaluated for their ability to meet their financial obligations to ING. During the assessment process of creating new loans, trading limits, or making investments, as well as reviewing existing loans trading positions and investments, ING determines the amount and type of collateral, if any, that a customer may be required to pledge to ING. Generally, the lower the perceived creditworthiness of a borrower or financial counterparty, the more collateral the customer or counterparty will have to provide. Within counterparty trading activities, ING actively enters into various legal arrangements whereby ING and/or counterparties may have to post collateral to one another to cover market fluctuations of their relative positions. Laws in various jurisdictions also affect the type and amount of collateral that ING can receive or pledge. Additionally, ING will sometimes enter into credit default swaps, and other similar instruments, in order to reduce the perceived credit risk on a given borrower or portfolio. The type of collateral which is held as security is determined by the structure of the loan or position. Consequently, since ING’s portfolio is diversified, the profile of collateral it receives is also diversified in nature and does not reflect any particular collateral type more than others.
ING BANK CREDIT RISK PROFILE
ING Bank’s credit exposure is mainly related to traditional lending to individuals and businesses followed by investments in bonds and other securitized assets. Loans to individuals are mainly mortgage loans secured by residential property. Loans (including guarantees issued) to businesses are often collateralized, but can be unsecured based on internal analysis of the borrowers’ creditworthiness. Bonds in the investment portfolio are generally unsecured. Securitized assets such as Mortgage Backed Securities (MBS) and Asset Backed Securities (ABS) are secured by the pro rata portion of the underlying diversified pool of assets (commercial or residential mortgages, car loans and other assets) held by the issuer of the security. The last major area of credit risk involves pre-settlement credit exposures which arise from trading activities, including derivatives, repurchase transactions and securities lending/borrowing and foreign exchange transactions.
For the banking operations, ING uses various market pricing and measurement techniques to determine the amount of credit risk on pre-settlement activities. These techniques estimate ING’s potential future exposure on individual and portfolios of trades. Master agreements and collateral agreements are frequently entered into to reduce these credit risks.
Problem loans
Renegotiated Loans
ING’s credit restructuring activities focus on managing the client relationships, improving the borrower’s risk profile, maximising collection opportunities and, if possible, avoiding foreclosure or repossession. These activities are pro-actively pursued and primarily relate to Wholesale and Small and Medium Enterprise (SME) borrowers (‘Business’), which are not yet in default. Common actions taken include, but are not limited to, revising or extending repayment arrangements, assisting in financial reorganization and/or turnaround management plans, deferring foreclosure, modifying loan conditions and deferring certain payments pending a change in circumstances. For consumer and residential mortgage loans (‘Consumer’) the approach is more portfolio oriented.

F-133


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Restructuring activities for Business borrowers normally start with a watch list indication. Borrowers on the watch list maintain their rating (1-19). A watch list indication may develop into a restructuring status (18-19) or even a recovery status (20-22). Most borrowers with a watch list indication return to a regular status. For Consumer clients the watch list of ‘potential problem loan’ status is usually caused by payment arrears (more than 1 month) which are subsequently reflected in the risk rating of 18-19 (or comparable status based on an increased probability of default). Following restructuring relationship management is either transferred to the regular commercial banking departments or terminated.
ING’s renegotiated loans that would otherwise be past due or impaired are reflected below:
ING Bank renegotiated loans that would otherwise be past due or impaired (outstandings):
                 
    2009     2008  
 
               
From restructuring (18-19) to regular (1-17) status
    2,737       1,183  
From recovery (20-22) to regular or restructuring status (1-19)
    6,105       3,556  
     
Total of renegotiated loans
    8,842       4,739  
     
This total is broken down by Business and Consumer clients as follows:
Renegotiated business loans that would otherwise be past due or impaired (outstandings):
                 
    2009     2008  
 
               
From restructuring (18-19) to regular (1-17) status
    2,737       1,183  
From recovery (20-22) to regular or restructuring status (1-19)
    2,895       978  
     
Total of renegotiated loans
    5,632       2,161  
     
ING continues to take a proactive approach in working with its Business customers which are experiencing financial difficulties to restructure their loans and help return the companies to economic viability. The large increases in 2009 are a reflection of the larger part of loans eligible for restructuring as a result of the financial crisis.
Renegotiated consumer and mortgage loans that would otherwise be past due or impaired (outstandings):
                 
    2009     2008  
 
               
From recovery (20-22) to regular or restructuring status (1-19)
    3,210       2,578  
Total of renegotiated consumer and mortgages loans (‘Consumer’)
    3,210       2,578  
The increase in the total amount of renegotiated consumer and mortgage loans is a reflection of the growth of the portfolio and of ING’s proactive (portfolio) management approach involving the automation of reminder and warning letters to Consumer borrowers who may otherwise be facing financial difficulties. Consumer borrowers do not have a restructuring status.
Past-due obligations
ING continually measures its portfolio in terms of payment arrears. Particularly the retail portfolios are closely monitored on a monthly basis to determine if there are any significant changes in the level of arrears. Generally, an obligation is considered ‘past-due’ if a payment of interest or principal is more than one day late. In practice, the first 5-7 days after an obligation becomes past due are considered to be operational in nature for the retail loans and small businesses. After this period, letters are sent to the obligor reminding the obligor of its (past due) payment obligations. If the arrear still exists after 90 days, the obligation is transferred to one of the ‘problem loan’ units. In order to reduce the number of arrears, ING banking units encourage their obligors to set up automatic debits from their (current) accounts to ensure timely payments.
Credit quality: ING Bank portfolio, outstandings:
                 
    2009     2008  
Neither past due nor impaired
    790,377       817,069  
Past due but not impaired (1-90 days) (1)
    7,404       7,224  
Impaired
    11,983       8,592  
     
 
    809,764       832,885  
     
 
(1)   Based on lending (consumer loans and residential mortgages only).

F-134


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Aging analysis (past due but not impaired): ING Bank portfolio, outstandings (1) (2)
                 
    2009     2008  
Past due for 1-30 days
    5,967       5,844  
Past due for 31-60 days
    1,281       1,223  
Past due for 61-90 days
    156       157  
     
 
    7,404       7,224  
     
 
(1)   Based on lending (consumer loans and residential mortgages only).
 
(2)   The amount of past due but not impaired financial assets in respect of non-lending activities was not material.
There is no significant concentration of a particular type of loan structure in the past due or the impaired loan portfolio.
ING tracks past due but not impaired loans most closely for the consumer loan and residential mortgage portfolios. Generally, all loans with past due financial obligations of more than 90 days are automatically reclassified as impaired. For the wholesale lending portfolios and securities obligations, there are generally reasons for declaring a loan impaired prior to being 90 days past due. These include, but are not limited to, ING’s assessment of the customer’s perceived inability to meet its financial obligations, or the customer filing for bankruptcy or bankruptcy protection. In some cases, a material breach of financial covenants will also trigger a reclassification of a loan to the impaired category.
Repossession policy
It is ING’s general policy not to take possession of assets of defaulted debtors. Rather, ING attempts to sell the assets from within the legal entity that has pledged these assets to ING, in accordance with the respective collateral or pledge agreements signed with the obligors. In those cases where ING does take possession of the collateral, ING generally attempts to sell the assets as quickly as possible to prospective buyers. Based on internal assessments to determine the highest and quickest return for ING, the sale of repossessed assets could be the sale of the obligor’s business as a whole (or at least all of its assets), or the assets could be sold piecemeal.
Impaired Loans: ING Bank portfolio, outstandings by economic sector:
                 
    2009     2008  
Private Individuals
    4,589       3,718  
Real Estate
    1,528       1,094  
General Industries
    933       1,036  
Food, Beverages & Personal Care
    681       397  
Builders & Contractors
    628       676  
Services
    611       270  
Media
    583       135  
Transportation & Logistics
    415       146  
Other
    2,015       1,120  
     
Total
    11,983       8,592  
     
The table above represents the economic sector breakdown of credit risk outstandings (including impaired amounts) for loans and positions that have been classified as problem loans and for which provisions have been made. Against this portfolio, ING holds specific and collective provisions of EUR 2,115 million and EUR 1,246 million, respectively (2008 EUR 1,067 million and EUR 799 million respectively), representing the difference between the amortized cost of the portfolio and the estimated recoverable amount discounted at the effective rate of interest. In addition, there is EUR 1,005 million in provisions against the performing portfolio.
Provisions
The credit portfolio is under constant review. A formal analysis takes place quarterly to determine the provisions for possible bad debts, using a bottom-up approach. Conclusions are discussed by the ING Provisioning Committee (IPC), which advises the Executive Board on specific provisioning levels. ING Bank identifies as impaired loans those loans for which it is probable, based on current information and events that the principal and interest amounts contractually due will not be collected in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreements.

F-135


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Provisions: ING Bank portfolio:
                                                                 
    Commercial Banking     Retail Banking     ING Direct     Total ING Bank  
    2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008  
Opening balance
    1,024       921       1,070       771       517       309       2,611       2,001  
Changes in the composition of the group
            2       (3 )                             (3 )     2  
Write-offs
    (520 )     (260 )     (493 )     (399 )     (204 )     (69 )     (1,217 )     (728 )
Recoveries
    21       24       125       63       2       4       148       91  
Increase/(decrease) in loan loss provision
    1,211       596       997       401       765       283       2,973       1,280  
Exchange differences
    (28 )     (17 )     (12 )     (36 )     (8 )     3       (48 )     (50 )
Other changes
    (80 )     (242 )     27       270       (12 )     (13 )     (65 )     15  
     
Closing balance
    1,628       1,024       1,711       1,070       1,060       517       4,399       2,611  
     
Following the trend in the global economy, risk costs began to increase in 2008. The trend continued in 2009, albeit at a slower pace in the second half of 2009.
Collateral
As part of its securities financing business, ING entities actively enter into agreements to sell and buy back marketable securities. These transactions can take many legal forms. Repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements, buy/sellback and sell/buyback agreements, and securities borrowing and lending agreements are the most common. The amount of marketable securities that ING held as collateral under these types of agreements was EUR 72.7 billion at December 31, 2009 and EUR 82.1 billion at December 31, 2008. The reduction is commensurate with the overall decline in open securities financing trades at year end 2009 compared to year end 2008. These amounts exclude the cash leg of the respective transactions, as well as any pledges of securities under Tri-Party agreements (as the underlying is not directly pledged to or owned by ING). As a general rule, the marketable securities that have been received under these transactions are eligible to be resold or repledged in other (similar) transactions. ING is obliged to return equivalent securities in such cases.
Risk classes
Risk classes are defined based upon the quality of the exposures in terms of creditworthiness, varying from investment grade to problem grade expressed in S&P equivalents.
Risk classes ING Bank portfolio by business line, as % of total outstandings (1)
                                                                         
            Commercial Banking     Retail Banking     ING Direct(2)     Total ING Bank  
            2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008  
  1    
(AAA)
    3.7 %     9.3 %     0.2 %     1.3 %     19.8 %     27.6 %     7.8 %     12.6 %
  2-4    
(AA)
    18.7 %     19.3 %     3.5 %     5.7 %     17.2 %     17.1 %     13.4 %     14.5 %
  5-7    
(A)
    21.4 %     16.7 %     4.9 %     4.0 %     18.3 %     15.6 %     15.2 %     12.5 %
  8-10    
(BBB)
    20.7 %     23.2 %     37.5 %     34.3 %     25.0 %     22.2 %     27.4 %     26.2 %
  11-13    
(BB)
    22.0 %     23.3 %     40.9 %     42.9 %     11.4 %     14.8 %     24.5 %     26.6 %
  14-16    
(B)
    8.5 %     5.8 %     7.7 %     6.9 %     5.6 %     1.5 %     7.3 %     4.8 %
  17-22    
(CCC & Problem Grade)
    5.0 %     2.4 %     5.3 %     4.9 %     2.7 %     1.2 %     4.4 %     2.8 %
             
       
 
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
             
 
(1)   Based on credit risk measurement contained in lending, pre-settlement, money market and investment activities. The ratings reflect probabilities of default and do not take collateral into consideration.
 
(2)   Covered bonds are presented on the basis of the external credit rating of the issuer in question. Covered bond issues generally possess a better external credit rating than the issuer standalone, given structural features of such covered bonds.
Risk classes ING Bank portfolio, as % of total outstandings (1) :
                                                                                         
            Lending     Investment     Money Market     Pre-settlement     Total ING Bank  
            2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008  
  1    
(AAA)
    0.8 %     1.3 %     36.9 %     49.8 %     1.2 %     7.1 %     5.9 %     8.1 %     7.8 %     12.6 %
  2-4    
(AA)
    7.0 %     4.2 %     29.4 %     28.8 %     45.6 %     57.3 %     26.1 %     48.3 %     13.4 %     14.5 %
  5-7    
(A)
    9.1 %     10.2 %     23.1 %     15.0 %     40.9 %     26.3 %     46.7 %     21.5 %     15.2 %     12.5 %
  8-10    
(BBB)
    35.0 %     36.1 %     6.5 %     3.6 %     7.2 %     4.8 %     11.0 %     11.2 %     27.4 %     26.2 %
  11-13    
(BB)
    32.7 %     37.8 %     1.8 %     1.5 %     4.7 %     4.4 %     7.3 %     7.2 %     24.5 %     26.6 %
  14-16    
(B)
    9.9 %     6.6 %     0.6 %     0.6 %     0.2 %     0.1 %     1.8 %     2.7 %     7.3 %     4.8 %
  17-22    
(CCC & Problem Grade)
    5.5 %     3.8 %     1.7 %     0.7 %     0.2 %             1.2 %     1.0 %     4.4 %     2.8 %
             
       
 
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
             
 
(1)   Based on credit risk measurement contained in lending, pre-settlement, money market and investment activities. The ratings reflect probabilities of default and do not take collateral into consideration.

F-136


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
ING Bank experienced a considerable downward migration in terms of risk classes, largely as a result of continuing downward pressure on external ratings related to securitization tranches held by ING Direct and deteriorating credit worthiness in the general economy. Additionally problem grades also increased during the year, largely related to increasing financial difficulties in the SME markets. This was reinforced by downgrades of financial institutions as visible in Money Market and Pre-Settlement activities.
Risk concentration: ING Bank portfolio, by economic sector (1)(2):
                                                                 
    Commercial Banking     Retail Banking     ING Direct     Total ING Bank  
    2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008  
Private Individuals
    0.2 %     0.2 %     70.5 %     68.4 %     49.7 %     44.1 %     38.2 %     34.5 %
Non-Bank Financial Institutions
    13.0 %     13.5 %     1.9 %     2.0 %     20.0 %     29.9 %     11.8 %     15.0 %
Commercial Banks
    19.5 %     20.4 %     0.8 %     1.2 %     14.4 %     15.4 %     12.0 %     13.1 %
Central Governments
    12.3 %     12.8 %     1.8 %     1.5 %     8.6 %     2.7 %     7.8 %     6.2 %
Real Estate
    13.8 %     12.5 %     4.1 %     3.9 %     0.8 %     0.6 %     6.6 %     6.2 %
Natural Resources
    8.7 %     6.9 %     0.8 %     0.7 %                     3.4 %     2.9 %
Central Banks
    3.7 %     2.4 %     0.3 %     1.6 %     2.8 %     4.5 %     2.3 %     2.8 %
Transportation & Logistics
    5.6 %     5.4 %     1.5 %     1.6 %                     2.5 %     2.6 %
Services
    3.2 %     3.5 %     3.3 %     3.1 %     0.1 %             2.2 %     2.3 %
Other
    20.0 %     22.4 %     15.0 %     16.0 %     3.6 %     2.8 %     13.2 %     14.4 %
     
 
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
     
 
(1)   Based on the total amount of credit risk in the respective column using ING’s internal credit risk measurement methodologies.
 
(2)   Economic sectors below 2% are not shown separately but grouped in Other.
ING Direct continued to increase its diversification into residential mortgages, while proportionally reducing its securitization and bond portfolios. The increased concentration in “Central Governments” at ING Direct was due to the Alt-A transaction with the Dutch government. The following industries fell below the 2.0% threshold during 2009: Food, Beverage and Personal Care (2008: 2.2%), General Industries (2.1%) and Builders and Contractors (2.0%).
Largest economic exposures: ING Bank lending portfolio, by country (1) (2) :
                                                                 
    Commercial Banking     Retail Banking     ING Direct     Total ING Bank  
Amounts in billions of euros   2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008  
Netherlands
    54.8       56.2       187.0       171.9       17.7       1.0       259.5       229.1  
Germany
    11.2       12.5       0.2       0.2       70.3       61.5       81.7       74.2  
Belgium
    26.5       25.6       52.9       52.6       0.9       1.1       80.3       79.3  
United States
    31.3       35.3       0.6       0.2       48.2       63.6       80.1       99.1  
Spain
    12.3       15.2       0.4       0.4       36.4       40.1       49.1       55.7  
Australia
    4.4       4.3       0.1               31.8       23.0       36.3       27.3  
France
    23.0       23.4       0.8       0.7       5.1       4.2       28.9       28.3  
Italy
    13.6       14.7       0.6       0.5       12.2       12.8       26.4       28.0  
United Kingdom
    13.9       15.8       0.2       0.2       12.1       13.5       26.2       29.5  
Canada
    0.7       1.4       0.0       0.0       21.8       17.4       22.5       18.8  
Poland
    9.0       9.7       6.2       2.1                       15.2       11.8  
Turkey
    0.7       0.8       9.0       8.6                       9.7       9.4  
 
(1)   Only covers total exposures in excess of EUR 9 billion, including intercompany exposure with ING Insurance. The selection contains the same countries as in the previous year, albeit in a different order.
 
(2)   Country is based on the country of residence of the obligor.
In line with ING’s de-risking strategy, the portfolio developments in most countries mirrored the developments in the portfolio as a whole. The growth at ING Direct in The Netherlands and the decrease in the United States are the result of the Alt-A transaction with the Dutch government. The increase in Australia is largely driven by exchange rate effects. In Canada, the increase in exposure was principally caused by growth of the Residential Mortgage portfolio.
ING BANK — MARKET RISKS
Market risk is the risk that movements in market variables, such as interest rates, equity prices, foreign exchange rates and real estate prices, negatively impact the bank’s earnings, market value or liquidity position. Market risk either arises through positions in trading books or through the banking book positions. The trading positions are held for the purpose of benefiting from short-term price movements, while the banking book positions are intended to be held in the long term (or until maturity) or for the purpose of hedging other banking book positions.

F-137


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Within ING Bank, market risk (including liquidity risk) falls under the supervision of the ALCO function with ALCO Bank as the highest approval authority. ALCO Bank determines the overall risk appetite for market risk. The ALCO function is regionally organized with the exception of ING Direct, which has a separate ALCO. The business lines Retail Banking and Commercial Banking are represented within the respective regional and local ALCO’s. The ALCO structure within ING Bank facilitates top-down risk management, limit setting and the monitoring and control of market risk. This ensures a correct implementation of the ING Bank risk appetite.
The Corporate Market Risk Management department (CMRM) is the designated independent department that is responsible for the design and execution of the bank’s market risk management functions in support of the ALCO function. The CMRM structure recognises that risk taking and risk management to a large extent occurs at the regional/local level. Bottom-up reporting allows each management level to fully assess the market risk relevant at the respective levels.
CMRM is responsible for determining adequate policies and procedures for managing market risk and for monitoring the compliance with these guidelines. An important element of the market risk management function is the assessment of market risk in new products and businesses. Furthermore CMRM maintains an adequate limit framework in line with ING Bank’s risk appetite. The businesses are responsible for adhering to the limits that ultimately are approved by ALCO Bank. Limit breaches are reported to senior management on a timely basis and the business is required to take the appropriate actions to reduce the risk position.
Market risk in trading books
Organization
Within the trading portfolios, positions are maintained in the professional financial markets for the purpose of benefiting from short term price movements. Market risk arises in the trading portfolios through the exposure to various market risk factors, including interest rates, equity prices and foreign exchange rates.
The Financial Markets Risk Committee (FMRC) is the market risk committee that, within the guidelines set by ALCO Bank, sets market risk limits both on an aggregated level and on a desk level, and approves new products. CMRM advises both the FMRC and ALCO Bank on the market risk appetite of Commercial Banking activities.
For the trading portfolios, CMRM focuses on the management of market risks of Commercial Banking (mainly Financial Markets) as this is the only business line where significant trading activities take place. Trading activities include facilitation of client business, market making and proprietary position taking in cash and derivatives markets. CMRM is responsible for the development and implementation of trading risk policies and risk measurement methodologies, the reporting and monitoring of risk exposures against approved trading limits and the validation of pricing models. CMRM also reviews trading mandates and limits, and performs the gatekeeper role in the product review process. The management of trading market risk is performed at various organizational levels, from CMRM overall down to specific business areas and trading offices.
Measurement
CMRM uses the Value at Risk (VaR) methodology as its primary risk measure. The VaR for market risk quantifies, with a one-sided confidence level of 99%, the maximum overnight loss that could occur due to changes in risk factors (e.g. interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, credit spreads, implied volatilities) if positions remain unchanged for a time period of one day. The impact of historical market movements on today’s portfolio is estimated, based on equally weighted observed market movements of the previous year. ING uses VaR with a 1-day horizon for internal risk measurement, control and backtesting, and VaR with a 10-day horizon for determining regulatory capital. ING’s VaR model has been approved by the De Nederlandsche Bank (DNB: the Dutch Central Bank) to be used for the regulatory capital calculation of its most important trading activities.
Market risk management for the fixed income and equity markets is split into two components: general market risk and specific market risk. The general market risk component estimates the VaR resulting from general market-value movements (e.g. interest rate movements). The specific market risk component estimates the VaR resulting from market-value movements that relate to e.g. the underlying issuer of securities in the portfolios. This specific risk relates to all value movements not related to general market movements.

F-138


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
CMRM has implemented a historical simulation Value at Risk model for consolidated risk reporting for the trading books that has replaced the Variance Covariance method used previously. ING has chosen to use a phased rollout approach and as of January 1, 2009, implemented the first phase after approval from DNB. In this first phase, calculations for linear portfolios and equity derivative positions have changed from variance-covariance to historical simulation. Most of the other non-linear risks and specific risks are still measured by Monte Carlo or variance-covariance methods. In due time, all non-linear and specific risks will be replaced by actual historical simulation results mainly based on full revaluation. The harmonization of VaR methodologies is one of the main targets of CMRM for 2010.
Limitations
VaR as a risk measure has some limitations. VaR uses historical data to forecast future price behaviour. Future price behaviour could differ substantially from past behaviour. Moreover, the use of a one-day holding period (or ten days for regulatory calculations) assumes that all positions in the portfolio can be liquidated or hedged in one day. In periods of illiquidity or market events, this assumption may not hold true. Also, the use of 99% confidence level means that VaR does not take into account any losses that occur beyond this confidence level.
The Basel Committee has proposed to supplement the current VaR regulatory capital framework for trading exposures with e.g. an Incremental Risk Charge (IRC) and Stressed VaR to cover for the shortcomings of the current risk framework. The IRC will ensure that Basel II capital charges will capture certain risks which are not reflected in the current 99%, 10-day VaR model for the trading book such as defaults and credit migrations. The Basel II requirements on the incremental risk charge will come into force from 2011 onwards.
Backtesting
Backtesting is a technique for the ongoing monitoring of the plausibility of the VaR model in use. Although VaR models estimate potential future results, estimates are based on historical market data. In a backtest, the actual daily result is compared with the 1-day VaR. In addition to using actual results for backtesting, ING also uses hypothetical results, which measure results excluding the effect of intraday trading, fees and commissions. When the actual or hypothetical loss exceeds the VaR an ‘occurrence’ has taken place. Based on ING’s one-sided confidence level of 99% an occurrence is expected once in every 100 business days. In 2009, like in 2008, there was no occurrence where a daily trading loss exceeded the daily consolidated VaR of ING Commercial Banking. ING reports the results of this backtesting to DNB on a quarterly basis.
Stress testing
Stress tests are used for the monitoring of market risks under extreme market conditions. Since VaR in general does not produce an estimate of the potential losses that can occur as a result of extreme market movements, ING uses structured stress tests for monitoring the market risk under these extreme conditions. Stress scenarios are based on historical and hypothetical extreme events. The result of the stress testing is an event risk number, which is an estimate of the profit and loss account effect caused by a potential event and its world-wide impact for ING Commercial Banking. The event risk number for the ING Commercial Banking trading activity is generated on a weekly basis. Like VaR, event risk is limited by ALCO Bank. The event-risk policy (and its technical implementation) is specific to ING as there is no event risk calculation method that is generally accepted by other banks and regulators (like the Value at Risk model). ING’s event risk policy basically consists of defined stress parameters per country and per market (fixed income, equity, foreign exchange, credit and related derivative markets). The scenarios and stress parameters are back-tested against extreme market movements that actually occurred in the markets. If and when necessary, ING evaluates specific stress scenarios, as an addition to its structural stress tests. These specific scenarios relate to current concerns, like political instability in certain regions, terrorist attacks or extreme movements in energy prices.
Other trading controls
VaR and event risk limits are the most important limits to control the trading portfolios. Furthermore, ING uses a variety of other limits to supplement VaR and event risk. Position and sensitivity limits are used to prevent large concentrations in specific issuers, sectors or countries. In addition to this, other risk limits are set with respect to the activities in exotic derivatives trading. The market risk of these products is controlled by product specific limits and constraints.

F-139


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Development of market risks
The following chart shows the development of the overnight VaR under a 99% confidence interval and a 1-day horizon. The overnight VaR is presented for the ING Commercial Banking trading portfolio which was risk managed by CMRM Trading during 2008 and 2009. Several banking books are governed by the trading risk process and are therefore excluded from the non-trading risk table and included in the trading risk graph and table below.
(PERFORMANCE GRAPH)
During 2009 the overnight VaR for the ING Commercial Banking trading portfolio ranged from EUR 25 million to EUR 60 million. One minor limit excess was observed in 2009. On January 16, 2009, the EUR 60 million VaR limit was exceeded by EUR 50.000
The average VaR over 2009 was substantially lower than 2008 (average VaR 2009: EUR 39 million and average VaR 2008: EUR 53 million). After the extreme market volatility in Q4 2008 following the failure of several financial institutions and the gloomy economic outlook, the VaR decreased to EUR 27 million in Q4 2009. This decrease is to a large extent related to the de-risking strategy of ING and the decrease of volatility in the different financial markets.
More details on the VaR of the ING Commercial Banking trading portfolio for 2009 and 2008 are provided in the table below.
Consolidated VaR trading books: ING Commercial Bank:
                                                                 
    Minimum     Maximum     Average     Year-end  
    2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008  
Foreign exchange
    1       4       11       9       5       5       3       7  
Equities
    4       5       11       13       7       8       5       7  
Interest rate / Credit spread
    20       33       54       58       33       45       24       43  
Diversification (1)
                                    (6 )     (5 )     (5 )     (3 )
     
Total VaR
    24       42       60       72       39       53       27       54  
     
 
(1)   The total VaR for the columns Minimum and Maximum can not be calculated by taking the sum of the individual components since the observations for both the individual markets as well as total VaR may occur on different dates. Note: the above categories are consistent with those used for internal risk management purposes and do not relate to financial statement captions.
In general, the level of the trading VaR was lower in 2009, and also showed a decreasing trend after February 2009. The interest rate market, which includes both the general interest rate and credit spread exposures, provided the largest contribution to the trading VaR.

F-140


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
The following tables show the largest trading foreign exchange positions and interest rate and corporate credit spread sensitivities. The corporate credit spread sensitivities are furthermore split in different risk classes and sectors.
Most important foreign exchange positions trading books (year-end 2009):
                     
    2009         2008  
Foreign exchange
          Foreign exchange        
US dollar
    (266 )   Singapore dollar     (91 )
Chinese yuan
    208     Mexican peso     69  
Bulgarian lev
    37     South Korean won     (68 )
Polish zloty
    31     US dollar     55  
South Korean won
    20     Chinese yuan     46  
Most important interest rate and credit spread sensitivities trading books (year-end 2009):
                     
In EUR thousands   2009         2008  
Interest Rate (BPV (1))
          Interest Rate (BPV (1))        
Eurozone
    (1,175 )   Eurozone     (1,272 )
United States
    (359 )   Mexico     (289 )
Mexico
    (153 )   United States     241  
UK
    (109 )   South Korea     (111 )
Japan
    107     Taiwan     60  
 
                   
Credit Spread (BPV (1))
          Credit Spread (BPV (1))        
United States
    (115 )   Eurozone     (247 )
Eurozone
    (86 )   United States     (187 )
Mexico
    (57 )   Mexico     (97 )
Japan
    (17 )   Japan     (56 )
Russia
    (13 )   United Kingdom     (32 )
 
(1)   Bpv (or basis point value) refers to profit and loss account sensitivity per 1bp increase in the interest rate or credit spread.
Credit spread sensitivities per risk class and sector trading books (year-end 2008) :
                                         
                    2009             2008  
                    Financial             Financial  
In EUR thousands     Corporate     Institutions     Corporate     Institutions  
Credit Spread (BPV (1))                
Risk classes                
  1    
(AAA)
    (18 )     (145 )     (20 )     (40 )
  2-4    
(AA)
    (18 )     (34 )     (19 )     (115 )
  5-7    
(A)
    83       (100 )     4       (88 )
  8-10    
(BBB)
    16       14       (75 )     (103 )
  11-13    
(BB)
    (12 )     (20 )     (37 )     (54 )
  14-16    
(B)
    (21 )     20       (6 )     (18 )
  17-22    
(CCC and Problem Grade)
    (47 )     (11 )     (21 )     (2 )
No rating  
 
    15       (16 )     (19 )     (28 )
             
Total  
 
    (2 )     (292 )     (193 )     (448 )
             
 
(1)   BPV (or basis point value) refers to profit and loss account sensitivity per 1bp increase in the credit spread.
Market risk in banking books
Organization
Within ING Bank, positions are either labelled as trading or non-trading (banking book) positions. The most important aspect in segregating the banking from the trading books is the intent of the positions held in these books. The banking book positions are intended to be held for the long-term (or until maturity) or for the purpose of hedging other banking positions emerging from commercial business, as for instance in the mortgage book.

F-141


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Interest rate risk in banking books
The interest rate risk of the banking books is the risk that ING Bank’s earnings or market value resulting from the non-trading positions is negatively impacted by movements in interest rates. To assign clear responsibilities for risk and return within the banking book structure an Asset and Liability Management (ALM) framework has been implemented by ALCO Bank. This framework enables a clear separation of three types of activities: the investment of own capital, the commercial business and the management of the bank’s strategic interest rate risk position in the designated ALM books. The figure below presents the ALM framework of ING Bank within which the interest rate risk is measured and monitored:
(GRAPHIC)
ING Bank’s capital management positions, i.e. the own funds (core capital) and the investments of these own funds, are isolated in the ING Bank Corporate Line. ALCO Bank determines the target maturity profile over which ING Bank’s own funds must be invested. This maturity profile reflects the long term nature of the rate of return required by ING Bank’s investors and aims for both earnings maximization and stabilization. ALCO Bank considers a well balanced portfolio of long-dated fixed income investments as the risk neutral position in its internal risk transfer framework.
The risk transfer principle forms the basis of ING Bank’s ALM framework. This refers to the principle whereby the outright interest rate risk resulting from the commercial business is transferred to the ALM books. The interest rate risk from the commercial business arises from the fact that own originated assets and liabilities do not reprice simultaneously with respect to interest rate characteristics. The transfer of the outright interest rate risk is to a large degree based on modelling client behaviour. Within CMRM, extensive research is being done in order to optimise this modelling. For this purpose, several methods are in place to replicate the interest rate risk, taking into account both the contractual and behavioural characteristics of demand deposits, saving accounts and mortgages. All models and assumptions are back-tested regularly and results are presented to the designated ALCO.
For the determination of the interest rate sensitivity of savings accounts and current accounts, several methods depending on the focus of the risk analysis have been developed, e.g. historical simulation, Earnings Sensitivity analysis and valuation models. Pricing strategies, outstanding volumes and the level and shape of the yield curve are taken into account in these models. Based on these analyses, investment rules are determined for the various portfolios.
The hedging of the embedded prepayment options within mortgage portfolios is based on prepayment prediction models. These models include the incentive for clients to prepay. The parameters of these models are based on historical data and are regularly updated. The interest sensitivity of the embedded offered rate options for the mortgage portfolio is determined as well and a hedging process is in place to minimise the resulting interest rate risk.
After transferring the outright interest rate risk position to the ALM books, the residual interest rate risk that remains in the commercial banking books is caused by basis risk and optionality. The commercial business units bear responsibility for these residual interest rate risks that result from banking products of which future cash flows depend on client behaviour (e.g. optionality in mortgages) and from banking products of which the client rate earned and paid imperfectly correlate with the changing market rates (basis risk). Examples of products in which these risks are inherent are current accounts, saving accounts and mortgages.

F-142


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Within ING Direct the interest rate risk is managed and measured at the level of the local ING Direct entities. The interest rate risk that remains in the ING Direct entities also largely results from basis risk and optionality as the outright interest rate risk is to a large extent hedged.
The ALM books are managed within ING Commercial Banking and contain the strategic interest rate risk position of ING Bank. The main objective is to maximise the economic value of the book and to generate adequate and stable yearly earnings within the risk appetite boundaries of ING Bank.
In the following sections, the risk figures for interest rate risk in the banking books are presented. In line with the group risk metrics, ING Bank uses several risk measures to manage interest rate risk both from an earnings and a value perspective. Earnings Sensitivity (ES) is used to provide the earnings perspective and the Net Present Value (NPV)-at-Risk and Basis Point Value (BPV) figures provide the value perspective. Several small banking books are governed by the trading risk process and are therefore excluded from the following banking book risk tables. These are included in the trading risk graph and table under ‘Market Risk in Trading Books’.
Earnings Sensitivity (ES)
ES measures the impact on (pre tax) IFRS earnings resulting from changes of market interest rates over a time period of one year. Management interventions are not incorporated in these calculations; balance sheet dynamics (e.g. new business) only where significant. The ES figures in the table below are determined on the basis of an instantaneous upward 1% parallel shock in market rates. After the shock the market rates are assumed to remain stable for the next 12 months. For the ALM books ES measures the potential loss of earnings due to the structural mismatch in interest rate positions. The calculations for the ALM books capture the ES resulting from the current positions. For the commercial banking books the ES captures the interest rate risks resulting from savings, current accounts and the main mortgage portfolios. The impact of new business is included in the ES calculations for the savings and demand deposits portfolios, as it is most relevant for these portfolios. The ES of the Corporate Line, i.e. the investment of ING Bank’s equity capital, reflects the interest risk profile of the investments only.
Earnings Sensitivity banking books (1% instantaneous upward shock to interest rates):
                 
    2009     2008  
By Business Line
               
ING Commercial Banking
    (44 )     (91 )
ING Retail Banking
    (115 )     (102 )
ING Direct
    (281 )     5  
ING Bank Corporate Line
    5       46  
     
ING Bank Total
    (435 )     (142 )
     
 
               
By Currency
               
Euro
    (262 )     (220 )
US dollar
    (193 )     80  
Pound sterling
    (26 )     5  
Other
    46       (7 )
     
Total
    (435 )     (142 )
     
Note: Compared to ES figures in the group risk dashboard, the above figures exclude diversification with other bank risk types and group/insurance risks
The total ES figure increased from EUR (142) million to EUR (435) million. In 2008 interest rates decreased to exceptionally low levels in the light of substantial rate cuts by central banks. Retail Banking and ING Direct in particular invested in more short term assets. This led to a relatively low level ES figure at the end of 2008.
In the course of 2009 the client coupons on savings accounts were lowered in line with the development of market rates. Simultaneously, client rates became more sensitive to upward rate shocks, leading to a further increase of the ES figure. This effect was magnified by the growth in savings volume. Moreover, the duration of mortgages of ING Direct US increased significantly after the increase of long term interest rates by approx +1% in the course of 2009. Consequently, Earnings Sensitivity further increased. The ES of Commercial Banking decreased following a reduction in the structural interest rate mismatch position in the strategic ALM portfolio.

F-143


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Net Present Value at Risk (NPV)
The Net Present Value (NPV) at Risk figures represent the full value impact (i.e. including convexity) on the banking books resulting from changing interest rates. This full value impact cannot be linked directly to the balance sheet or profit and loss account as the fair value movements in banking books are generally not reported through the profit and loss account or through equity. The largest part, namely the value mutations of the amortized cost balances, is neither recognized in the balance sheet nor directly in the profit and loss account. These mutations would be expected to materialise over time in e.g. the profit and loss account, if interest rates develop according to forward rates throughout the remaining maturity of the portfolio. The NPV at Risk figures in the table below are determined on the basis of an instantaneous upward 1% parallel shock of market rates in line with the ES calculations. For the ALM books the NPV at Risk figures again capture the potential change of value due to the structural mismatch in interest rate positions. For the commercial banking books the NPV at Risk calculations capture the convexity resulting from the optionality in the main mortgage portfolios, e.g. the option for clients to prepay in case of moving house. In these calculations it is assumed that savings and other demand deposits of Retail and Commercial Banking are perfectly represented via the replicating methods and therefore are fully hedged. The NPV at Risk of the Corporate Line again only reflects the interest risk profile of the investments of the bank’s own funds.
NPV-at-Risk banking books (1% instantaneous upward shock to interest rates):
                 
    2009     2008  
By Business Line
               
ING Commercial Banking
    (427 )     (674 )
ING Retail Banking
    (51 )     (100 )
ING Direct
    49       (232 )
ING Bank Corporate Line
    (1,406 )     (1,388 )
     
ING Bank Total
    (1,835 )     (2,394 )
     
 
               
By Currency
               
Euro
    (1,811 )     (2,105 )
US dollar
    (39 )     (238 )
Pound sterling
    (53 )     (40 )
Other
    68       (11 )
     
Total
    (1,835 )     (2,394 )
     
The end-of-year NPV at Risk decreased significantly by EUR 559 million to EUR (1,835) million. This change is mainly driven by ING Direct where shortening of investments at certain units changed the NPV at Risk figure from a negative to a positive value. Within Commercial Banking the structural interest rate mismatch position in the strategic ALM portfolio was reduced, leading to a reduction in NPV at Risk.
Basis Point Value (BPV)
The Basis Point Value (BPV) figures below represent the value impact to the banking books resulting from a change in interest rates of 1 basis point. The BPV figures represent the directional position under a small upward shift in interest rates and do not capture the convexity resulting from the optionality in mortgages under larger interest rate movements.
BPV per currency banking books:
                 
In EUR thousands            
Currency   2009     2008  
Euro
    (15,340 )     (19,176 )
US dollar
    757       337  
Pound sterling
    (684 )     (582 )
Other
    475       (373 )
     
Total
    (14,792 )     (19,794 )
     
The outright interest rate risk that is represented through the BPV positions in the table above is mainly caused by the investments of the Bank’s core capital. The BPV figures are consistent with the NPV-at-Risk figures, showing the reduced exposure to changing interest rates.
Foreign exchange risk in banking books
Foreign exchange (FX) exposures in banking books result from commercial banking business (business units doing business in other currencies than their base currency), FX translation risk on foreign currency investments (including realized results) and strategic equity stakes in foreign currencies. The policy regarding these exposures is briefly explained below.

F-144


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Commercial banking business
Every business unit hedges the FX risk as result of their commercial activities into the base currency of the unit. Consequently assets and liabilities are matched in terms of currency.
FX Translation result
ING’s strategy is to protect the bank’s Tier 1 ratio against unfavourable FX rate fluctuations1. The protection is largely achieved by the issuance of US dollar and Pound sterling denominated hybrid debt that qualifies as Tier 1 capital (‘Tier 1 securities’) and furthermore by taking structural foreign currency positions. The goal of deliberately taking open FX positions is to make the Tier 1 capital and risk-weighted assets evenly sensitive to changing FX rates. The US dollar, Pound sterling, Polish zloty, Australian dollar and Turkish lira are the main currencies in this respect.
The following tables present the currency exposures in the banking books.
Net banking currency exposures banking books:
                                                 
2009   Foreign investments             Hedges     Net Exposure  
    2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008  
 
US dollar
    6,913       9,061       (3,980 )     (4,502 )     2,933       4,559  
Pound sterling
    (1,155 )     (1,132 )     1,220       1,113       65       (19 )
Polish zloty
    1,153       1,027       (486 )     (490 )     667       537  
Australian dollar
    2,186       1,031       (1,423 )     (700 )     763       331  
Turkish lira
    1,752       1,687       (233 )     (193 )     1,519       1,494  
Other currency
    7,321       4,897       (3,549 )     (3,794 )     3,772       1,103  
     
Total
    18,170       16,571       (8,451 )     (8,566 )     9,719       8,005  
     
The US dollar Foreign Investments declined in 2009 due to significant negative results, mainly within ING Direct US. The Australian dollar Foreign investments increased significantly for different reasons: a capital injection in ING Direct Australia, strengthening of the FX rate by 25% and positive realized results. The significantly increased Net Exposure in the category ‘Other currency’ is mainly caused by increased share prices related to strategic equity stakes. For example, the share price of Bank of Beijing increased over 100%, increasing the exposure to the Chinese renminbi.
In order to measure the remaining sensitivity of the Tier 1 ratio against FX rate fluctuations, the Tier 1 ratio at Risk (TaR) measure is used as presented in the following table. It measures the drop in the Tier 1 ratio when stressing a certain FX rate. The stress scenarios for the FX rates that are used for calculating the TaR, are presented in the last two columns. A positive stress scenario means that the foreign currency appreciates against the Euro. For the US dollar this means that at the end of 2009 the Tier 1 ratio would decrease by 0.030% in absolute terms (e.g. from 9.030% to 9.000%) if the US dollar depreciates by 15%.
Tier 1 ratio sensitivity ING Bank:
                                 
            TaR     Stress Scenario  
    2009     2008     2009     2008  
US dollar
    0.030 %     0.041 %     (15 %)     (10 %)
Pound sterling
    0.002 %     0.000 %     (15 %)     +5 %
Polish zloty
    0.006 %     0.001 %     (15 %)     +20 %
Australian dollar
    0.010 %     0.003 %     (20 %)     +5 %
Turkish lira
    0.006 %     0.017 %     (25 %)     (30 %)
     
Total
    n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a  
     
 
1   Recently, the strategy changed and the core Tier 1 ratio, instead of the Tier 1 ratio, will be protected against FX rate fluctuations going forward.

F-145


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Equity price risk in banking books
Equity price risk arises from the possibility that equity security prices will fluctuate, affecting the value of equity securities and other instruments whose price reacts similarly to a particular security, a defined basket of securities, or a securities index. ING Bank maintains a strategic portfolio with substantial equity exposure in its banking books. This equity exposure mainly consists of the investments in associates of EUR 1,396 million (2008: EUR 1,813 million) and equity securities held in the Available-for-Sale portfolio of EUR 3,682 million (2008: EUR 1,863 million). The value of equity securities held in the Available-for-Sale portfolio is directly linked to equity security prices with increases/decreases being recognized (except in the case of impairment) in the revaluation reserve. During the year ended December 31, 2009 the revaluation reserve relating to equity securities held in the Available-for-Sale portfolio fluctuated between a month-end low amount of EUR 1,198 million (2008: EUR 776 million) and a high amount of EUR 2,536 million (2008: EUR 1,969 million). Investments in associates are measured in accordance with the equity method of accounting and the balance sheet value is therefore not directly linked to equity security prices.
Real Estate price risk in banking books
Real estate price risk arises from the possibility that real estate prices will fluctuate affecting both the value of real estate assets and earnings related to real estate activities.
ING Bank has three different categories of real estate exposure on its banking books. First, ING Bank owns buildings it occupies. Second, ING Bank has a Real Estate Development company for which results are dependent on the overall real estate market, although the general policy is to mitigate risk by pre-sale agreements where possible. Third, for various real estate funds, ING Bank has co-invested seed capital and bridge capital to support the launch of new funds. A decrease in real estate prices will cause the value of this seed and bridge capital to decrease and will lower the level of third party assets under management, which in turn will reduce the fee income from this activity.
The crisis in the financial markets could lead to a further slowdown of the world economy in general. These global economic factors could also have future negative consequences for the value of real estate assets.
For the third category mentioned above real estate price shocks will have a direct impact on reported net profit. ING Bank’s real estate exposure (i.e. including leverage and committed purchases) is EUR 7.0 billion of which EUR 3.3 billion is recorded as fair value through P&L and EUR 3.7 billion is not revalued through P&L, but is either booked at cost or is revalued through equity (with impairments going through P&L). In total, Real Estate exposure decreased by EUR 1.9 billion mainly as a result of negative fair value changes (EUR 800 million), impairments (EUR 620 million), net divestments (EUR 900 million) and compensated by FX appreciation (EUR 420 million).
Real Estate Exposure banking books recorded as fair value through P&L:
                                                 
2009   Residential     Office     Retail     Industrial     Other     Total  
Europe
            357       196       94       224       871  
Americas
    146       93       91       1,040       220       1,590  
Australia
    18       24       298       121       32       493  
Asia
    34       24       267                       325  
     
Total
    198       498       852       1,255       476       3,279  
     
Real Estate Exposure banking books recorded as fair value through P&L:
                                                 
2008   Residential     Office     Retail     Industrial     Other     Total  
Europe
    1       893       454       133       98       1,579  
Americas
    237       172       234       1,199       295       2,137  
Australia
    3       93       261       126       51       534  
Asia
    244       99       278       7       19       647  
     
Total
    485       1,257       1,227       1,465       463       4,897  
     

F-146


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
ING Bank’s real estate exposure revalued through P&L has decreased as a result of value declines, outflow of investments in funds and sales. Europe’s real estate exposure recognized EUR 80 million of fair value changes and was not severely impacted compared to other regions. However, sales and outflow within funds of EUR 650 million decreased European real estate exposure. Exposure in the Americas was negatively impacted by fair value changes in the Summit portfolio (EUR 290 million) and other US exposures (EUR 200 million). The sale of Canadian assets (EUR 160 million), partly offset by the Canadian dollar appreciation, contributed to a further decrease in exposure. Exposure in Australia decreased slightly because of negative fair value changes (EUR 160 million) partly offset by the Australian dollar appreciation. Asia’s real estate exposure decreased mainly due to the sale of assets and outflow within funds (EUR 250 million) and negative fair value changes (EUR 70 million).
Real Estate Exposure banking books not revalued through P&L
                                                 
2009   Residential     Office     Retail     Industrial     Other     Total  
Europe
    515       1,392       846       74       463       3,290  
Americas
    95       140                               235  
Australia
    8       15       37               99       159  
     
Total
    618       1,547       883       74       562       3,684  
     
Real Estate Exposure banking books not revalued through P&L
                                                 
2008   Residential     Office     Retail     Industrial     Other     Total  
Europe
    644       1,500       853       81       359       3,437  
Americas
    78       158       7               24       267  
Australia
    22       1       87               147       257  
     
Total
    744       1,659       947       81       530       3,961  
     
ING Bank’s real estate exposure not revalued through P&L has decreased. Main changes as a result of impairments (EUR 620 million) and net investments (EUR 290 million) are observed in Europe and Australia, partly offset by the AUD appreciation.
ING BANK — LIQUIDITY RISK
As with other bank market risks, liquidity risk falls under the supervision of the ALCO function within ING Bank with ALCO Bank as the highest approval authority.
Definition
Liquidity risk is the risk that ING Bank or one of its subsidiaries cannot meet its financial liabilities when they come due, at reasonable cost and in a timely manner. Liquidity risk can materialise both through trading and non-trading positions. Within ING Bank the liquidity risk framework has been determined by ALCO Bank, which bears the overall responsibility for liquidity risk. The liquidity risk framework is further cascaded down the organization under the responsibility of the regional and local ALCOs. The main objective of ING’s liquidity risk framework is to maintain sufficient liquidity in order to ensure safe and sound operations. For this purpose liquidity risk is considered from three different angles namely from a structural, tactical and a contingency point of view.
Structural liquidity risk
Structural liquidity risk is the risk that the structural, long term balance sheet can not be financed timely or at a reasonable cost. In this view of liquidity risk the total on and off balance sheet positions are considered from a structural asset and liability management perspective. For this purpose ALCO Bank established a working group consisting of Corporate Market Risk Management, Capital Management and Financial Markets that focuses on liquidity risk aspects from a going concern perspective. The main objective of the working group is to maintain a sound liquidity profile through:
  Maintaining a well diversified mix of funding sources in terms of instrument types (e.g. unsecured deposits, commercial paper, long term bonds or repurchase agreements), fund providers (e.g. professional money market players, wholesale or retail clients), geographic markets and currencies;
 
  Actively managing access to the capital markets by regularly issuing public debt in all material markets and the maintenance of investor relations;
 
  Holding a broad portfolio of eligible assets that can be used to obtain secured funding, e.g. from repo market or ECB; in this respect the total eligible collateral amounts to EUR 165 billion (nominal);
 
  Maintaining an adequate structural liquidity gap taking into account the asset mix and both the secured and unsecured funding possibilities of ING Bank;
 
  Maintaining a funds transfer pricing methodology in which ING Bank’s cost of liquidity is adequately reflected both under a going concern and a contingency perspective.

F-147


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
With respect to funding sources, ING Bank aims to fund its own originated assets (loans) by an equal amount of own originated liabilities (deposits), meaning a loan-to-deposit-ratio of 1 (ultimo 2009 value equals 1.16). In the table below the actual funding mix is displayed.
ING Bank Funding Mix
                 
    2009     2008  
Funding type
               
Retail deposits
    46 %     36 %
Corporate & other deposits
    17 %     25 %
Interbank (incl. central bank)
    10 %     14 %
Lending / repurchase agreement
    8 %     11 %
Public debt
    16 %     11 %
Subordinated debt
    3 %     3 %
     
Total
    100 %     100 %
     
Note: this table excludes IFRS equity, trading and non-trading liabilities, derivatives and other liabilities.
The funding mix remained favourable and well diversified. Deposits accounted for more than 60% of the total funding base.
Tactical liquidity risk
From a tactical, short-term perspective the liquidity risk resulting from the short term cash and collateral positions is managed. ALCO Bank has delegated day-to-day liquidity management to Financial Markets Amsterdam, which is responsible for managing the overall liquidity risk position of ING Bank, while regional and local Financial Markets departments are responsible for managing liquidity in their respective regions and locations.
Within Financial Markets the focus is mainly on the daily and intraday cash and collateral positions and it is policy to sufficiently spread day-to-day funding requirements. For this purpose the Treasury function monitors all maturing cash flows along with expected changes in core business funding requirements.
The liquidity risk management function is delegated to CMRM, which bears the responsibility for liquidity risk stress testing and for the identification, measurement and monitoring of the liquidity risk position. For the measurement and monitoring of the actual liquidity position the focus is on the daily cash and collateral position. For stress testing purposes the liquidity risk positions are calculated in line with the regulatory reporting requirements for liquidity risk of the Dutch Central Bank. For this purpose ING Bank’s weekly and monthly liquidity positions are stress tested under a scenario that is a mix between a market event and an ING specific event. The resulting liquidity positions are corrected for liquidity surpluses in inconvertible currencies and in locations with restrictions on capital transfer.
Contingency liquidity risk
Contingency liquidity risk relates to the organization and planning for liquidity management in times of stress. Within ING a specific crisis team is responsible for the liquidity management in times of crisis. This crisis team consists of the CRO, the CFO, the Board member responsible for Commercial Banking, the Directors of CMRM and Capital Management and all the main treasurers of both ING Bank and ING Insurance. Within ING it is policy to have adequate and up-to-date contingency funding plans in place throughout the organization. The main objective of ING’s contingency funding plans is to enable senior management to act effectively and efficiently in times of crisis. The contingency funding plans are established for addressing temporary and long-term liquidity disruptions caused by a general event in the market or an ING specific event. These plans ensure that all roles and responsibilities are clearly defined and all necessary management information is in place. The contingency funding plans are regularly tested both on consolidated and local level in order to be best prepared for potential liquidity risk issues.
ING INSURANCE
ING is engaged in selling a broad range of life and non-life insurance products. Risks from these products arise with respect to the adequacy of insurance premium rate levels and provisions for insurance liabilities and capital position, as well as uncertainty as to the future returns on investments of the insurance premiums. Risks are classified as insurance risk (actuarial and underwriting), market risk, liquidity risk, credit risk, business risk and operational risk.

F-148


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
The Insurance Management Board is responsible for managing risks associated with the activities of ING Insurance. The responsibility for measurement and management of credit risk and operational risk resides with Corporate Credit Risk Management (CCRM) and Corporate Operational Risk Management (CORM) respectively. Corporate Insurance Risk Management (CIRM) is responsible for insurance risk (actuarial and underwriting) market risk and liquidity risk measurement and management, business risk measurement, as well as ensuring that investment mandates adequately address credit portfolio risk.
Risk management governance
ING’s Insurance Risk Management (IRM) is organized along a functional line comprising three levels within the organization: the corporate, business line and business unit levels. The General Manager of CIRM, the Chief Insurance Risk Officer, heads the functional line and reports to the Corporate CRO. Each of the business lines and business units has a similar function headed by a Chief Insurance Risk Officer (business line and business unit CIRO). This layered, functional approach ensures consistent application of guidelines and procedures, regular reporting and appropriate communication vertically through the risk management function, as well as providing ongoing support for the business. The scope, roles, responsibilities and authorities of the risk management function at different levels are clearly described in an Insurance Risk Management Governance Framework to which all consolidated business units and business lines must adhere.
The objective of the insurance risk management function is to provide the business a sustainable competitive advantage by fully integrating risk management into the tactical daily business activities as well as ING’s broader business strategy. Insurance Risk Management accomplishes this through four core activities. First, the IRM function ensures that products and portfolios are structured, underwritten, priced, approved and managed appropriately in compliance with internal and external rules and guidelines. Second, IRM ensures that the ING Insurance risk profile is transparent and well understood by management and stays within delegated authorities, with a ‘no surprises’ approach to reporting and monitoring risks. Third, IRM ensures that both risk and reward are adequately considered in the development of business strategy, for example by supporting the planning and allocation of Economic Capital and limits during the strategic planning process. Finally, IRM ensures that these steps are understood by ING’s stakeholders, including shareholders, rating agencies, regulators and policy holders.
Risk management policies and tools
To ensure appropriate risk management, CIRM in close co-operation with the business line CIROs, has developed Standards of Practice guidelines and tools to manage risks. While these standards are principle based, they include mandatory requirements to which the business unit CIROs must adhere.
A critical aspect of risk management is that all new products are designed, underwritten and priced appropriately. This is explicitly covered by the Standard of Practice for the Product Approval and Review Process (PARP). This standard includes requirements related to risk profile, traditional and value-oriented pricing metrics and targets, and documentation. As part of the Back to Basics strategy, Customer Suitability is integral part of the PARP requirements since December 2009. In addition to insurance and market risks, the requirements refer to operational risk, legal and compliance risk, etc. For these risks, the IRM network works closely together with the other relevant risk departments. The PARP also includes requirements to assess sensitivities to changes in financial markets, insurance risk (e.g. mortality and claims development), compliance risks and operational risks, as well as assessment of the administration and accounting aspects of the product.
Other standards prescribe quarterly insurance risk reporting, ALM procedures and reporting, actuarial and economic assumption setting, reserve adequacy testing and embedded value measurement and reporting, amongst others.
ING Insurance has developed an Economic Capital approach similar to that used within ING Bank as one of its core risk measurement tools. More details on the Economic Capital model are described below. In 2007, ING Insurance introduced ECAPS, a new intranet-based Economic Capital reporting system which is based on replicating portfolio techniques. The ECAPS system provides a well controlled and automated basis for Economic Capital and risk reporting, and also provides greatly enhanced market risk analysis tools for the insurance group and corporate reporting purposes. ECAPS relies on an innovative replicating portfolio methodology. CIRM expects this system to be the foundation of its internal fair value and solvency model, including the calculation of capital requirements following the introduction of Solvency II. Through 2009 the system has been enhanced and functionality expanded.

F-149


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
To further manage risk, ING Insurance has implemented several limit structures. Examples include but are not limited to the following:
  Market Value at Risk (MVaR) limits that provide the fundamental framework to manage the market and credit risks resulting from the Insurance operations’ asset / liability mismatch;
 
  Credit risk concentration limits;
 
  Mortality concentration limits;
 
  Catastrophe and mortality exposure retention limits for its insurance risk; and
 
  Investment and derivative guidelines.
More information on some of these limits is included in the sections below.
Reserve adequacy
CIRM instructs and supervises all ING entities to ensure that the total insurance liabilities of ING Insurance (both reserves and capital) are tested for adequacy taking into account the insurance premium rate levels and the uncertainty of future returns on investments. This is done by evaluating insurance liabilities on current best estimate actuarial assumptions plus a risk margin, ensuring that the reserves remain adequate based on current assumptions. The assumed investment earnings are a combination of the run-off of portfolio yields on existing assets and new money and reinvestment rates. For new money and reinvestments long-term best estimate assumptions are taken into account, although current new money rates are used for the short-term reinvestments. For most products stochastic testing is required, taking the 90% point as the testing outcome. In the case where deterministic testing is used the 90% confidence level is achieved by subtracting risk margins of 20% of the best-estimate interest rates or 1%, whichever is higher.
ING’s policy for reserve adequacy testing is disclosed in the ‘Principles of valuation and determination of results’ section. As of December 31, 2009 (and December 31, 2008), reserves for ING’s insurance businesses in aggregate are adequate at a 90% confidence level. All business lines are adequate on a stand alone basis at a 90% confidence level, except business line Americas, that is inadequate by EUR 1.6 billion (0.6 billion adequate as at 31 December 2008). The deterioration in reserve adequacy is largely driven by changes to assumed surrender rates for certain US legacy retail annuity products.
ING INSURANCE RISK PROFILE
Economic Capital ING Insurance
The objective of the ING Insurance Economic Capital framework is to achieve an advanced risk and capital measurement and management structure that:
  Covers all the risks in the business units and is applied consistently across all risks and business units;
 
  Facilitates and encourages adequate risk and capital management, including the proper pricing of products and sound capital allocation decisions.
The ING Insurance Economic Capital model is based on a 99.95% one-year Value at Risk framework. It is important to note that since industry practice relating to Economic Capital is still evolving and moreover Solvency II standards are still under discussion, ING Insurance models are expected to evolve as a result. Solvency II currently calls for a 99.5% Value at Risk standard for internal models which is a lower risk threshold than used in ING’s model.
The ING Insurance Economic Capital model is described in more detail in the Model Disclosure section.
Economic Capital disclosures relating to ING Insurance include diversification benefits that arise within ING Insurance. The following table provides an Economic Capital break down by risk category with diversification benefits proportionally allocated to the risk types:
Economic Capital break-down ING Insurance by risk category (1) (2) :
                 
    2009     2008  
Credit risk (including Transfer risk)
    1,319       891  
Market risk
    11,552       8,455  
Insurance risk
    1,666       1,557  
Other risks (2)
    3,568       2,779  
     
Total insurance operations
    18,105       13,682  
     
 
(1)   The Economic Capital outcomes do not reflect any potential tax benefit resulting from the loss that occurs under the specified circumstances.
 
(2)   Other risk includes operational risk as well as business risk (covering expense risk and lapse risk).
Total diversification across these risk types is 32% for 2009 (34% for 2008).

F-150


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
The Economic Capital for ING Insurance is mostly related to market risks, both hedgeable and non-hedgeable. Overall, Economic Capital and risk profile increased during 2009. The primary change came from increased market risk, relating to a recovery in financial markets in combination with improved modelling of interest rate and credit spread risk exposure. In addition, there were several changes to the risk profile due to selling of business units and increases in business risk due to improved lapse risk modelling.
The following table provides the Economic Capital breakdown by business line with diversification benefits proportionally allocated to the business lines.
Economic Capital break-down by ING Insurance business line:
                 
    2009     2008  
Insurance Americas
    9,705       6,049  
Insurance Asia/Pacific
    2,256       2,817  
Insurance Europe
    3,969       2,985  
Corporate Line Insurance (1)
    2,175       1,831  
     
Total insurance operations
    18,105       13,682  
     
 
(1)   Corporate Line includes funding activities at ING Insurance level, explicit internal transactions between business unit and Corporate Line, managed by Capital Management, and corporate reinsurance. The responsibility (and risk) of free assets located within the business line for which there is no explicit transfer via a Corporate Line transaction remain at the business unit level.
While the figures above are shown by business line, the diversification of risks across ING businesses is calculated across business units. Total diversification between ING Insurance’s business units and the Corporate Line Insurance is 32% for 2009 (39% in 2008).
Insurance Americas is the largest user of Economic Capital. Improved modelling of interest rate guarantees embedded in liabilities and credit spread risk on assets has increased EC exposure. Asia Pacific exposure dropped partially due to divested business units in Australia and New Zealand. Economic Capital in Asia/Pacific and Europe has now an equal balance for financial and non-financial risks, while capital in Americas is still primarily driven by interest rate, credit spread and client fund related equity risk. The Corporate Line risk relates mostly to foreign exchange translation risk related to the potential loss of market value surplus in non-EUR denominated business units.
ING INSURANCE — MARKET RISKS
ING Insurance is exposed to market risk to the extent to which the market value of surplus can be adversely impacted due to movements in financial markets; these include interest rates, equity prices, implied volatilities of options, foreign exchange rates and Real Estate prices. Changes in financial market prices impact the market value of ING’s current asset portfolio and hedging derivatives directly as well as the calculated market value of ING’s insurance liabilities. The following table provides information on Economic Capital split by risk category:
Economic Capital Insurance market risks:
                 
    2009     2008  
Interest rate risk
    4,244       2,739  
Credit spread risk
    1,914       880  
Equity risk
    1,836       1,293  
Real Estate risk
    239       252  
Implied volatility risk
    1,451       1,857  
Foreign exchange risk
    1,868       1,434  
     
Total
    11,552       8,455  
     
Interest rate risks are the largest market risks for ING Insurance. Interest rate risks are most significant in the United States. In general, the primary risk is to falling interest rates. The table shows a notable increase in the interest rate risk during 2009 mainly as a consequence of the improved modelling of interest rate guarantees in US variable annuities.
Credit spread risk relates to potential increases in credit spreads from investments in fixed income securities. Real Estate risk exists mostly in the Netherlands and relates in a large part to direct Real Estate investments. Implied volatility risk is the risk that market values of assets or liabilities change due to movements in market option prices. In general, ING is exposed to increases in implied volatility as the guarantees provided to customers become more expensive. Foreign exchange risk is small in the business units. Hence, most of the exposure relates to the risk of change in the market value surplus of non-EUR businesses.

F-151


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
The equity risk has become more dominant due to unwinding of hedging activities, relating to both direct and indirect exposure and a higher equity value due to the market recovery in 2009. Direct exposure relates to the holding of shares and is most significant for ING in the Netherlands. Indirect exposure relates to the potential loss of fee income from unit linked, variable annuity, and pension fund business across all regions. Direct exposure represents approximately 25% of the equity risk, after taking the hedge positions into account.
The credit spread risk has become more dominant due to higher credit spread shocks applied to our assets and improved risk modelling of structured bond assets.
ING continues to manage the market and credit risks resulting from its global Insurance operations by setting Market Value at Risk (MVaR) limits. On at least an annual basis, ALCO Insurance sets an aggregate MVaR limit for ING Insurance and sub-limits for each of the business lines, which are ultimately allocated to the business units. The MVaR limit is measured in a manner consistent with the Economic Capital measure, i.e. based on a 99.95% confidence level over a one-year horizon.
The MVaR limits are managed by ALCO Insurance at the relevant organizational level. The Group Insurance ALCO determines the aggregate limit and ensures that the Group stays within the limit and allocates the sub-limits to business lines, with similar roles for the business line and business unit ALCOs. Limit breaches by business lines are reported to ALCO Insurance and resolved in accordance with the policy within the next quarter.
CIRM consolidates and monitors the MVaR exposures of the business lines including diversification effects on a quarterly basis. Together with ING Capital Management, MVaR is managed within the limits.
In 2009 there was a breach of the overall ING Insurance MVaR limit, due to breaches in USFS and Corporate Line. Both breaches were waived temporarily to be able to resolve regulatory issues which had a higher priority than economic capital. Actions to reduce interest rate risk would have had an adverse effect on regulatory capital and as such a waiver for the limit breaches was temporarily given.
Real Estate
Real Estate price risk arises from the possibility that the value of Real Estate assets fluctuate because of a change in earnings related to Real Estate activities and/or a change in required investor yield.
ING Insurance has two different categories of Real Estate exposure on its insurance books. First, ING Insurance owns buildings it occupies. Second, ING Insurance has invested capital in several Real Estate funds and direct Real Estate assets. A decrease in Real Estate prices will cause the value of this capital to decrease and as such ING Insurance is exposed to Real Estate price shocks.
The second category can be divided on the one hand in minority stakes in Real Estate assets that are revalued through equity and on the other hand stakes in funds managed by ING and direct Real Estate revalued through P&L. Only for the last category Real Estate price shocks will have a direct impact on reported net profit.
The crisis in the financial markets has led to a further slowdown of the world economy in general. These global economic factors also had negative consequences for the value of Real Estate assets.
As of Q4 2009 ING Insurance has EUR 3.7 billion of Real Estate related investments. ING Insurance’ Real Estate exposure (i.e. including leverage) is EUR 6.1 billion of which EUR 4.4 billion is recognized as fair value through P&L and EUR 1.7 billion is not revalued through P&L, but is either booked at cost or is revalued through equity (with impairments going through P&L). In total, Real Estate exposure decreased by EUR 0.4 billion mainly as a result of negative fair value changes (EUR 396 million), impairments (EUR 77 million) and compensated by net investments (EUR 22 million) and FX appreciation (EUR 42 million).
Real Estate Exposure recorded as fair value through P&L:
                                                 
2009   Residential     Office     Retail     Industrial     Other     Total  
Europe
    379       1,366       1,958       450       83       4,236  
Americas
                                    94       94  
Australia
                                    25       25  
Asia
                                    68       68  
     
Total
    379       1,366       1,958       450       270       4,423  
     

F-152


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Real Estate Exposure recorded as fair value through P&L:
                                                 
2008   Residential     Office     Retail     Industrial     Other     Total  
Europe
    438       1,609       2,207       522       28       4,804  
Americas
                                    93       93  
     
Total
    438       1,609       2,207       522       121       4,897  
     
Real Estate Exposure not revalued through P&L:
                                                 
2009   Residential     Office     Retail     Industrial     Other     Total  
Europe
    747       228       3       5       541       1,524  
Americas
            125                               125  
Asia
            20                               20  
     
Total
    747       373       3       5       541       1,669  
     
Real Estate Exposure not revalued through P&L:
                                                 
2008   Residential     Office     Retail     Industrial     Other     Total  
Europe
    781       250       9       20       469       1,529  
Americas
            149                               149  
Asia
            21                               21  
     
Total
    781       420       9       20       469       1,699  
     
Earnings sensitivities
Complementing Economic Capital, which is based on a market value analysis, ING Insurance also measures risk based on IFRS earnings. More specifically, using scenario analysis, ING Insurance measures the potential sensitivity of realized pre tax earnings of the insurance operations to an increase/decrease in different risk factors over a full year. These earnings sensitivities are used as input into the ING Group Earnings at Risk measure, where these sensitivities are fully diversified with the Bank. Interpretation of the underlying earnings sensitivities must be done individually as ING does not assume that all of the scenarios presented below will happen concurrently.
Earnings sensitivities are defined on a shock scenario at the 90% confidence level on pre-tax IFRS earnings, projected one year forward from the calculation date. Therefore the table below provides earnings sensitivities to an instantaneous shock at the 90% confidence level projected through to December 31, 2010.
Earnings sensitivities for insurance market risks:
                 
    2009     2008  
Interest rate (1% up)
    (222 )     (67 )
Interest rate (1% down)
    270       82  
Equity (25% (US 15%) down)
    (814 )     (795 )
Real Estate (8% down)
    (434 )     (533 )
Foreign Exchange (10% worst case)
    (224 )     (224 )
The table presents figures before diversification between risks and business units. For interest rate risk, the effect of a parallel shock of 1% across all regions is determined and the sum of the shocks is presented. For the Japan business, a shock of 0.5% is applied since this business operates in a lower interest rate environment. Foreign exchange risk includes the sum of both local business currency risk plus translation risk for earnings of non-Euro business units.
The table shows that Real Estate fluctuations can have a relatively large impact on earnings since most price volatility is fully reflected in earnings for Real Estate investments. The impact on earnings of interest rates and equity price changes are normally lower than the economic and shareholder’s equity impact given the fact that current accounting rules are not fully market value based. The sensitivity results reflect the impacts of asymmetric accounting, whereby the hedges must be marked-to-market through earnings while the liability value is not market-to-market through earnings.
Earnings sensitivities provide an indicator of future earnings that are at risk in case markets deteriorate. Earnings can deteriorate significantly when certain thresholds have been reached for impairment and DAC unlocking. At the moment the increase in equity Earnings Sensitivity — despite de-risking — is driven by DAC unlocking and negative revaluations being close to hitting or at impairment triggers. Offset from the hedging programs existing at year end is taken into account.

F-153


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
ING Insurance — Liquidity risk
As with other ING Insurance market risk, liquidity risk falls under the supervision of the ALCO function. Liquidity risk is the risk that ING Insurance or one of its subsidiaries cannot meet its financial liabilities when they come due, at reasonable cost and in a timely manner. ING Insurance monitors structural, tactical and contingency liquidity risk and tests adverse scenarios to measure its resiliency against these risks. The severe economic downturn has caused liquidity risk to increase substantially. To manage these risks, ING Insurance has increased its allocation to liquid assets.
ING INSURANCE — INSURANCE RISKS
General
Actuarial and underwriting risks are risks such as mortality, longevity, morbidity, adverse motor or home claims development, etc., which result from the pricing and acceptance of insurance contracts. In general, these risks cannot be hedged directly in the financial markets and tend to be mitigated by diversification across large portfolios. They are therefore primarily managed at the contract level through standard underwriting policies, product design requirements as set by ING’s IRM function, independent product approval processes and risk limitations related to insurance policy terms and conditions agreed with the client.
Measurement
For portfolio risks which are not mitigated by diversification, the risks are managed primarily through concentration and exposure limits and through reinsurance and/or securitization. Aggregate portfolio level limits and risk tolerance levels are set in reference to potential losses stemming from adverse claims in ING’s insurance portfolios which are reviewed annually by the ING Group Executive Board. ING Group has established actuarial and underwriting risk tolerance levels in specific areas of its insurance operations as described below. For non-life insurance, risk tolerance levels are set by line of business for catastrophic events (e.g. natural perils such as storms, earthquakes and floods) and for individual risks.
For the main non-life units (in the Benelux) the risk tolerance for property and casualty (P&C) business is generally set at 2.5% of the Group’s expected after-tax earnings. For 2009, this translated into an aggregated (pre-tax) risk tolerance level of EUR 190 million for the Benelux (2008: EUR 265 million).
In order to determine how much reinsurance protection is required, these risk tolerance levels are compared to the estimated maximum probable loss resulting from catastrophic events with a 1 in 250 probability of occurrence which is in line with industry practice. The maximum probable loss estimates for Fire business are based on risk assessment models that are widely accepted in the industry.
For the smaller non-life units, the (pre-tax) risk tolerance level for catastrophe related events for 2009 was set at EUR 5 million (2008: EUR 5 million) per event per business unit.
With respect to life business, ING Group’s (pre-tax) risk tolerance level for 2009 was set at EUR 22 million (2008: EUR 22 million) per insured life for mortality risk. While life insurance risks are considered to be naturally diversifiable by virtue of each life being a separate risk, group contracts may result in significant exposures. For potential losses, resulting from significant mortality events (e.g. pandemics or events affecting life insurance contracts involving multiple lives), ING applies a separate risk tolerance level which equalled EUR 1,100 million in 2009 (2008: EUR 1,100 million). The potential impact of pandemics continues to be modelled by ING based on studies published by respected international organizations.
Due to the substantial lower earnings, ING is currently reviewing the way to set risk tolerance levels for insurance risks in the future. ING is considering whether these risk limits should be derived from Economic Capital and Available Financial Resources at Risk.
Overall exposures and concentrations are actively managed within limits and risk tolerance levels through the purchase of external reinsurance from approved reinsurers in accordance with ING’s reinsurance credit risk policy. Particularly for the property and casualty portfolio, ING purchases protection which substantially mitigates ING’s exposure due to natural catastrophes. ING believes that the credit risks to which it is exposed under reinsurance contracts are minor, with exposures being monitored regularly and limited by a reinsurance credit risk policy.

F-154


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
For catastrophic losses arising from events such as terrorism, ING believes that it is not possible to develop models that support inclusion of such events in underwriting in a reliable manner. The very high uncertainty in both the frequency and severity of these events makes them, in ING’s opinion, uninsurable. For the non-life business, losses that result from these events are generally not covered unless required by law. In various countries industry pools have been established to mitigate the terrorism risk to which the individual insurers are nevertheless still exposed. ING participates in such pools.
The following table provides an overview of the Economic Capital for insurance risks, split into mortality risk, morbidity risk and risk related to P&C products:
Economic Capital Insurance risks:
                 
    2009     2008  
Mortality
    981       781  
Morbidity
    505       483  
P&C
    180       293  
     
Total
    1,666       1,557  
     
The mortality risk relates to the potential for increasing deaths (life risk) or decreasing deaths (longevity risk). This risk relates to a potential mortality catastrophe or to changes in long term mortality rates. As noted, ING manages these risks via limits and external reinsurance. Morbidity risk relates to disability products in the Netherlands and some health riders sold in Asia. Finally, property and casualty risk exists primarily in the Benelux.
Through scenario analyses, ING Insurance measures the sensitivity of pre-tax earnings of the insurance operations to an increase/decrease of the insurance risk factors over a one year period. These changes to earnings can relate to realized claims or any other profit item that would be affected by these factors. ING assumes that not all the shifts presented below will happen at the same time.
Earnings sensitivities are defined on a shock scenario at the 90% confidence level on pre-tax IFRS earnings, projected one year forward from the calculation. Therefore the table below provides earnings sensitivities to an instantaneous shock at the 90% confidence level projected through to December 31, 2010.
Earnings sensitivities for Insurance risks:
                 
    2009     2008  
Mortality
    (39 )     (61 )
Morbidity
    (113 )     (105 )
P&C
    (42 )     (49 )
The table above presents figures after diversification between insurance risks and diversification across business units of ING Insurance. The largest earnings sensitivity to P&C claims relates to health and P&C claims in the Netherlands. Earnings sensitivity from Mortality and Morbidity is more evenly spread over the regions.
ING INSURANCE — CREDIT RISKS
The credit risks in the general accounts portfolio within ING Insurance are subject to the same principles, policies, definitions and measurement as those of the banking operations. The credit risks are measured and monitored by Corporate Credit Risk Management (CCRM) as well as local credit risk managers within the various locations where credit risk is taken within ING Insurance and ING Investment Management. Within ING Insurance, the goal is to maintain a low risk, well diversified credit risk portfolio that meets or exceeds market based benchmark returns.
ING Insurance’s credit exposure arises from the investment of insurance premiums in assets subject to credit risk, largely in the form of unsecured bond investments, and smaller amounts of residential mortgages and structured finance products. In addition, credit exposure also arises from derivatives, sell/repurchase transactions, securities lending/borrowing and reinsurance contracts used to hedge the portfolio. ING Insurance has a policy of maintaining a high quality investment grade portfolio.

F-155


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Overall portfolio credit risk limits are established and integrated into investment mandates by ALCO Insurance based on asset or investment category and risk classes. Individual issuer limits are determined based on the obligor’s rating. These limits are managed by the region where the parent company is domiciled but may be sub-allocated to regional or local portfolios. In addition, each Insurance company has one or more investment mandates that may differ by insurance portfolio specify credit risk appetite by issuer type and quality.
The credit risk classification of issuers, debtors and counterparties within the Insurance companies’ credit risk portfolios continues its transition to the methodology used by the banking operations. Similar to ING Bank, ING Insurance uses risk classes which are calibrated to the probability of default of the underlying issuer, debtor or counterparty. These ratings are defined based upon the quality of the issuer in terms of creditworthiness, varying from investment grade to problem grade expressed in S&P equivalents.
Risk classes: ING Insurance portfolio, as % of total outstandings(1)
                                                                 
                                    Insurance             Total  
    Insurance Americas     Insurance Europe     Asia/Pacific             ING Insurance  
    2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008
1 (AAA)
    24.8 %     27.5 %     39.8 %     34.8 %     3.5 %     5.3 %     28.1 %     27.2 %
2-4 (AA)
    13.1 %     19.6 %     16.0 %     20.2 %     21.9 %     29.6 %     15.4 %     21.1 %
5-7 (A)
    22.7 %     18.9 %     22.5 %     23.5 %     56.7 %     43.1 %     26.9 %     23.7 %
8-10 (BBB)
    20.1 %     20.0 %     11.7 %     9.3 %     7.4 %     9.6 %     15.1 %     14.8 %
11-13 (BB)
    8.0 %     5.2 %     7.2 %     10.7 %     0.8 %     0.9 %     6.8 %     6.6 %
14-16 (B)
    5.0 %     5.0 %     1.2 %     1.2 %     7.1 %     9.4 %     3.7 %     4.2 %
17-22 (CCC &
Problem Grade)
    6.3 %     3.8 %     1.6 %     0.3 %     2.6 %     2.1 %     4.0 %     2.4 %
     
 
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
     
 
(1)   Based on credit risk measurement contained in lending, pre-settlement, money market and investment activities. The ratings reflect probabilities of default and do not take collateral into consideration.
ING Insurance risk class distribution deteriorated during 2009, mostly due to downgrades. The increase in the CCC and Problem Grade class was largely due to downgraded securitizations. This category also includes unrated private equity investments. The shift from AA to AAA at Insurance Europe is caused by an increase in outstandings to governments as a result of derisking.
Risk concentration: ING Insurance portfolio, by economic sector(1)(2)
                                                                 
                                            Insurance             Total  
    Insurance Americas     Insurance Europe             Asia/Pacific             ING Insurance  
    2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008  
Non-Bank Financial Institutions
    47.9 %     53.3 %     23.9 %     26.4 %     14.0 %     18.7 %     34.0 %     39.1 %
Central Governments
    12.1 %     3.2 %     42.2 %     33.7 %     39.1 %     22.7 %     27.7 %     16.6 %
Commercial Banks
    3.8 %     6.2 %     10.5 %     12.8 %     15.1 %     23.7 %     7.9 %     10.8 %
Private Individuals
    3.5 %     3.5 %     10.1 %     10.5 %     7.0 %     11.8 %     6.6 %     7.1 %
Real Estate
    9.1 %     8.7 %     0.9 %     1.7 %     1.3 %     2.0 %     4.8 %     5.4 %
Utilities
    4.0 %     4.0 %     1.8 %     1.7 %     4.4 %     4.0 %     3.1 %     3.2 %
Natural Resources
    3.6 %     3.5 %     0.8 %     0.6 %     2.4 %     1.6 %     2.3 %     2.2 %
Other
    16.0 %     17.6 %     9.8 %     12.6 %     16.7 %     15.5 %     13.6 %     15.6 %
     
 
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
     
 
(1)   Based on credit risk measurement contained in lending, pre-settlement, money market and investment activities. The ratings reflect probabilities of default and do not take collateral into consideration.
 
(2)   Economic sectors below 2% are not shown separately but grouped in Other.
Overall risk concentrations within ING Insurance shifted towards Central Governments in 2009, especially in Europe. The relative share of Central Governments in the total portfolio also increased due to drops in other parts of the portfolio, especially mortgage backed securities at Insurance Americas.

F-156


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Largest economic exposures: ING Insurance portfolio, by country (1)
                                                                 
                                            Insurance             Total  
    Insurance Americas     Insurance Europe     Asia/Pacific     ING Insurance  
    2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008  
United States
    54.3       58.6       2.4       2.0       1.2       1.1       57.9       61.7  
Netherlands
    2.6       0.8       14.7       14.6       0.2       0.2       17.5       15.6  
France
    0.3       0.3       8.1       6.8       0.1       0.1       8.5       7.2  
South Korea
    0.1       0.1                       7.4       6.2       7.5       6.3  
Germany
    0.2       0.3       6.0       5.3       0.1       0.1       6.3       5.7  
Italy
    0.3       0.3       5.0       5.9               0.2       5.3       6.4  
United Kingdom
    1.4       1.8       3.2       3.5       0.3       0.4       4.9       5.7  
Japan
    0.2       0.4       0.1               4.3       4.5       4.6       4.9  
 
(1)   Only covers total exposures in excess of EUR 4 billion, including intercompany exposure with ING Bank.
 
(2)   Country is based on the country of residence of the obligor.
The declining portfolio in the United States is primarily the result of the currency depreciation of the US dollar against the Euro, impairments and the Alt-A transaction with the Dutch government. The portfolio in the Netherlands increased due to the IABF Receivable. There were no other significant shifts in the portfolio concentration.
ING GROUP — NON-FINANCIAL RISKS
In addition to the above financial risks (credit, market, insurance and liquidity risk) the next paragraphs describe the non-financial risks, being operational and compliance risks.
GENERAL
Policy implementation
To ensure robust non-financial risk management, ING monitors the full implementation of ING’s risk policies and Minimum Standards. Business units have to demonstrate that the appropriate steps have been taken to control their operational and compliance risk. ING applies scorecards to measure the quality of the internal control within a business unit. Scoring is based on the ability to demonstrate that the required risk management processes are in place and effective within the business units.
Enhancements of the Non-financial Risk Dashboard
The Non Financial Risk Dashboard (NFRD) is a report, that is standard on the agenda for the meetings of the Management Boards Banking and Insurance and the Risk Committee. NFRD provides management at all organizational levels with integrated risk information on Operational, Compliance and Legal Risks. ORM, Compliance Risk Management and Legal work closely together to prepare the NFRD, using a consistent approach and risk language. NFRD gives management an overview of key risks based on their own risk tolerance within their business and a clear description of the risks and responses enabling management to better prioritise and to manage operational, compliance and legal risks.
OPERATIONAL RISKS
Operational Risk
Operational risk is the risk of direct or indirect loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. It includes the related risk of reputation loss, as well as legal risk whereas strategic risks are not included. Effective operational risk management leads to more stable business processes (including IT systems) and lower operational risk costs. Generic mandatory controls are described in the ORM policy house. Most of the policies have been updated in 2009 and are structured in line with the risk areas. Each policy has one or more minimum standards.
ING recognises the following operational risk policy areas:
(GRAPHIC)

F-157


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
  Control risk is the risk of loss due to not complying with controls set through governance procedures and/or project management methods. Control risk deals with, for example, identifying potential flaws in the set-up or structure of the governance process, maintaining a proper control and governance structure, having clear roles and responsibilities, an adequate reporting structure, ensuring good risk response on identification of risks. Control risk events typically deal with a deficiency in the governance framework. Control risks can lead to losses incurred due to non-compliance with controls established in connection with items such as governance procedures, new product approval procedures, and/or project management methods. Control risk can stem from improper or insufficient monitoring of entities or activities;
 
  Unauthorized activity risk is the risk of a loss caused by unauthorized employee activities, including -but not limited to-unauthorized approvals or overstepping of authority;
 
  Processing risk is the risk of losses due to human errors or omissions during (transaction) processing caused by unexpected or unforeseen problems. Processing risk deals with the risk of losses due to failed transaction processing or process management. These events are normally not intentional and usually occur when documenting or completing current business transactions;
 
  Employment practice risk is the risk of loss due to actions which are inconsistent with employment, health or safety laws, or agreements, from payment of personal injury claims or from diversity/discrimination events;
 
  Personal and physical security risk is the risk of criminal and environmental threats that might endanger the security of ING personnel (within and outside ING locations, while travelling or being expatriated) and ING assets or might have an impact on the ING organization;
 
  Information (Technology) risk is the risk of loss due to inadequate information security, resulting in a loss of information confidentiality and/or integrity and/or availability. Aspects of information (technology) risks are user access controls, IT resilience, platform security controls, change management controls, sourcing controls, security monitoring controls and fundamental information security controls;
 
  Continuity risk is the risk of events (e.g. natural disasters, power outages, terrorism) leading to a situation that threatens the continuation of business (including people and assets);
 
  Internal and external fraud risk is the risk of loss due to deliberate abuse of procedures, systems, assets, products and/or services of ING by those who intend to deceitfully or unlawfully benefit themselves or others.
Clear and accessible policies and minimum standards are embedded in ING business processes in all business lines. An infrastructure is in place to enable management to track incidents and operational risk issues. A comprehensive system of internal controls creates an environment of continuous improvement in managing operational risk. ING uses this knowledge (including lessons learned from incidents) to improve the control of key processes.
Organization of Operational Risk Management
The General Manager Corporate Operational Risk Management (CORM) reports directly to the CRO and is responsible for managing operational risks and developing and establishing the Operational Risk Framework within ING Group, ING Bank and ING Insurance. The General Manager Corporate ORM also establishes and approves the policies and minimum standards, and assists and supports the Executive Board in managing ING’s operational risks. The ORM function is organized along functional reporting lines. The Business Line operational risk managers report functionally to the General Manager CORM.
The CORM function consists of functional departments for Operational risks (including policies, systems, SOX testing, capital allocation and reporting), for Information (Technology) risks and for Security & Investigations. The CORM function is responsible for developing and communicating ING’s operational risk framework, policies, minimum standards and guidelines. The corporate function advises the Executive Board and senior management, supports the business line ORM staff, monitors the quality of operational risk management and leads the group-wide reporting of operational risks to the Executive Board.
ORM uses a layered functional approach within business lines to ensure systematic and consistent implementation of the group-wide ORM framework, policies and minimum standards. The local and regional/division ORM Officer has the responsibility to assist local and regional/division management in managing operational risk. The business line ORM officer has a monitoring role in the operational risk management process and manages and supervises all functional activities of the ORM officers in the business line and region/division.
To avoid potential conflicts of interests, it is imperative that the ORM officer is impartial and objective when advising business management on operational risk matters in their business unit or business line. To facilitate this, a strong functional reporting line to the next higher level ORM officer is in place. The functional reporting line has clear accountabilities with regard to objective setting, remuneration, performance management and appointment of new ORM staff.

F-158


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Operational risk framework
ING has developed a comprehensive framework supporting and governing the process of identifying, mitigating, measuring and monitoring operational risks thus reflecting the stages described in the Enterprise Risk Management model of COSO (Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission).
(GRAPHIC)
At all levels in the organization Operational Risk Committees (ORC’s) are established that identify, measure and monitor the operational risks of the region or business unit with appropriate quality of coverage (granularity) and to ensure that appropriate management action is taken by the responsible line managers at the appropriate level of granularity. ORC’s, chaired by the business management, steer the risk management activities of the first and second line of defence in their entities. On a group level the Operational & Residual Risk Committee approves the operational risk capital model.
IT Risk Governance: IT risk management has become more and more important because of increasing dependency on IT and the increase of IT risk due to amongst others cybercrime. In 2009 the Executive Board has established two Executive IT Risk Steering Committees, one for Banking and one for Insurance, to be able to steer and monitor ING’s IT Risk Management process and results more closely.
The operational risk appetite within ING is defined as the acceptable and authorized maximum level of risk, in each of the operational risk areas that must be adhered to in order for ING to achieve its business plan within approved budgets. This risk appetite is monitored quarterly through the Non-Financial Risk Dashboard which reports the key risk exposures.
Processes are in place to identify key threats, vulnerabilities and the associated risks which might cause adverse events. Event identification is performed proactively and precedes a risk assessment. Different techniques for event identification exist within ING, e.g. the structured team approach, scenario analysis, external events inventories, internal incident analysis (e.g. based on information from incident reporting), key risk indicator events and threat scans.
At least once a year business units and departments perform an integrated risk assessment with involvement of other departments such as Operational Risk, Compliance, Legal and Finance.
Based on the results of the risk assessment, response measures must be determined for the identified risks. Risk response actions balance the expected cost for implementing these measures with the expected benefits regarding the risk reduction. Risk response can be achieved through several combinations of mitigation strategies, for example reducing likelihood of occurrence, reducing impact, risk avoidance, risk acceptance or through the transfer of risk. Tracking takes place through a global Action Tracking system.

F-159


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Certain operational risks can best be transferred to the insurance market if risks are high but difficult to mitigate internally. In order to protect ING against financial consequences of uncertain operational events ING has acquired insurance policies issued by third-party insurers with world-wide cover for (Computer) Crime, Professional Liability, Directors and Officers Liability, Employment Practices Liability and Fiduciary Liability. The portion of the risks that ING retains is of a similar magnitude to the risk retained for casualty business-related catastrophe exposures.
Control activities are defined as the control measures that have been implemented and are maintained. Generic mandatory controls are described in the ORM policy house.
Management at all levels in the organization periodically need information on their key operational risks (including compliance and legal risks) and mitigating actions. In order to make it easier for management to access this kind of information, business units periodically report through the Non-Financial Risk Dashboard (NFRD).
The yearly objective setting process for both business management and ORM professionals aims to keep improving the management of operational risk throughout ING to ensure that ING stays in control of its current and future operational risks. ING’s ORM Framework is further maturing towards an integrated controls framework according to pre-agreed requirements and development stages in the individual business units. This development is measured through the scorecard process. The scorecards are an integral part of ING’s operational risk capital model.
The Operational Risk Capital calculation model of ING Bank and ING Insurance calculates the amount of capital that is required to absorb unexpected operational risk losses in times of severe stress. The Operational Risk Capital model of ING is based on a Loss Distribution Approach (LDA). The Loss Distribution is based on both external and internal loss data exceeding EUR 1 million. The model is adjusted for the scorecard results taking into account the specific quality of control in a business line and the occurrence of large incidents (‘bonus/malus’). This provides an incentive to local (operational risk) management to better manage operational risk.
Main developments in 2009
Control risk policy
A new Control Risk policy was developed which now provides overall-policy direction for control-risk related areas from ORM, Finance and Legal, such as governance, new product approval, project management, financial reporting, outsourcing and operational control. This policy integrates the control-risk related standards of the contributing functions and is part of ING’s efforts to work towards a more integrated risk management.
Fraud risks
Based on the Corporate Anti-Fraud policy each business unit had to complete the implementation of anti-fraud key controls for the identified top three fraud risks. Furthermore, fraud patterns and fraud alerts (red flags) had to be identified and communicated to staff. Generic anti-fraud training has been rolled out to ensure that all staff (including management) will be trained. To make the ORM community more streetwise an e-learning training anti-fraud has been developed and rolled out via the ING learning centre.
Information (Technology) risk
ING has fully reviewed and updated its IT risk policy and minimum standards and aligned it with regulatory and (external) international ISO standards. All IT-related staff worldwide were informed about the changes in policy and standards and e-learning is being developed. ING’s quarterly monitoring process through NFRD was also aligned with the new policy and standards.
Continued risk mitigation efforts were made in the IT risk domain worldwide as IT is a key resource and enabler for ING businesses. Managing IT risk is amongst ING’s key management priorities. The Executive IT Risk Steering Committee is chaired by ING’s CEO.
ING developed a Risk Forecasting methodology that shows over time the effects on the risk profile of Business Units from ongoing and intended mitigating actions. In the course of 2009, forecasting has been implemented successfully for the Information (Technology) area.
Continuity risk
A continuity risk forecasting model has been introduced. Through this model, Management can determine if current actions are sufficient to maintain the continuity risks at an acceptable level or if additional mitigation projects are necessary. Furthermore an overall Group value chain ranking list for critical

F-160


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
products and services has been introduced in which management can prioritise supporting activities. Because of the worldwide influenza (H1N1) pandemic outbreak special focus has been put on business continuity planning and crisis management using a realistic scenario of a staff absence of 50%.
COMPLIANCE RISKS
Compliance Risk is defined as the risk of damage to ING’s integrity as a result of failure (or perceived failure) to comply with relevant laws, regulations, internal policies, procedures and ethical standards. In addition to reputational damage, failure to effectively manage Compliance Risk could expose ING to fines, civil and criminal penalties, and payment of damages, court orders and suspension or revocation of licenses, which would adversely impact customers, staff and shareholders of ING.
ING believes that fully embedded Compliance Risk Management preserves and enhances the trust of its customers, shareholders and staff. Being trusted is essential to building sustainable businesses. ING’s Business Principles set the foundation for the high ethical standards ING expects of all our business activities.
ING’s Business Principles require all staff at every level to conduct themselves, not only in compliance with laws and regulations, but also by acting with integrity, being open and clear, respectful, and responsible.
Clear and practical policies and procedures are embedded in ING business processes in all Business Lines. Systems are in place to enable management to track current and emerging Compliance Risk issues, to communicate these to internal and external stakeholders, and to drive continuous improvement. ING understands that good Compliance Risk Management involves understanding and delivering on the expectations of customers and other stakeholders, thereby strengthening the quality of key relationships.
The Scope of the Compliance Risk Management function
The Compliance Risk Management function focuses on managing the risks arising from laws, regulations and standards which are specific to the financial services industry. The Compliance Risk Management function actively educates and supports the business in managing areas including anti-money laundering, preventing terrorist financing, conflicts of interest, proper sales and trading conduct and protection of customer interest.
ING separates Compliance Risk into four conduct-related integrity risk areas. These are shown below with examples of the sub-risks in each risk area:
             
            Financial Services
Client Related   Personal Conduct   Organizational Conduct   Conduct Related
Integrity Risk   Related Integrity Risk   Related Integrity Risk   Integrity Risk
 
Money laundering
Terrorist financing
Political or reputational exposed person
Client engagements or transactions with (ultra) high risk countries
  Market abuse & personal trading
Breaches of the ING Business Principles or local code of conduct
Outside positions by ING officers
Gifts or entertainment given or received; bribery.
External incident reporting
  Organizational conflicts of interest, market abuse and insider trading.
Anti-trust/competition law
New or modified products and services (e.g. customer base, design) and governance changes
Agreed sector /industry standards.
Regulatory registration and reporting requirements
Third party intermediaries as representatives of ING
  Marketing, sales & trading conduct
Conduct of advisory business
Complaint handling
Transparency of product offerings (e.g. costs, disclosures).
 
           
In addition to effective reporting systems, ING has a Whistleblower procedure which encourages staff to speak up if they know of or suspect a breach of external regulations or internal policies or Business Principles.

F-161


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
The Compliance Risk Management function
The Chief Compliance Officer (CCO) reports directly to the Chief Risk Officer who is a member of the Executive Board. The CCO is responsible for developing and establishing the company-wide Compliance Risk Management Charter & Framework, establishes the Minimum Standards for managing Compliance Risks and assists and supports the Executive Board in managing ING’s Compliance Risks.
ING uses a functional approach within Business Lines to ensure systematic and consistent implementation of the company-wide Charter & Framework, policies, Minimum Standards and related procedures. The Local Compliance Officer has the responsibility to assist local management in managing Compliance Risk within that business unit. The regional or division Compliance Officer has a management and supervisory role over all functional activities of the Compliance Officers in the respective region or division. Reporting functionally into the CCO, the Business Line Compliance Officers perform this task for their Business Line and also provide leadership and overall direction to the regional or divisional Compliance Officers.
To avoid potential conflicts of interest, it is imperative that the Compliance Officers are impartial and objective when advising business management on Compliance Risk in their Business Unit, region, division or Business Line. To facilitate this, a strong functional reporting line to the next higher level Compliance Officer is in place. The functional reporting line has clear accountabilities relating to objective setting, remuneration, performance management and the appointment of new Compliance Risk Management staff as well as obligations to veto and escalate.
Compliance Risk Management Policies and Tools
The responsibility of the Compliance Risk Management function is, in accordance with the Charter and Framework, to proactively:
  Identify, assess, monitor and report on the Compliance Risks faced by ING;
 
  Assist, support and advise management in fulfilling its responsibilities to manage Compliance Risks;
 
  Advise any employee or officer with respect to their (personal) obligations to manage Compliance Risks.
The Framework consists of three key components: the Compliance Chart, an Advisory component and the Scorecard as illustrated below
(GRAPHIC)
Compliance Risk Management Framework
1. The Chart
The Chart is an output from five key activities carried out in accordance with the requirements of the Framework:
  A.   Identification of Compliance Risk Obligations;
 
  B.   Risk Assessment;
 
  C.   Compliance Risk Mitigation (includes Training and Education);
 
  D.   Compliance Risk Monitoring (includes Action Tracking);
 
  E.   Compliance Risk Reporting (includes Incident Management).

F-162


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2. Advisory
Compliance Officers proactively advise their CEO, Management, local boards and committees, the next higher level Compliance Officer, and employees on Compliance Risk, responsibilities, obligations and concerns.
The Compliance Risk Management function participates in the Operational Risk Management Scorecard process which measures how the risk management framework including Compliance Risk Management is embedded in each business. Scoring is based on the ability of the business unit to demonstrate that the required policies and procedures are implemented.
3. Scorecard
The Compliance Risk Management function works with the Operational Risk Management Scorecard process to evaluate how well the Compliance Risk Management Framework is embedded in each business. Scoring is based on the ability of the business unit to demonstrate that the required policies and procedures are implemented. The scoring indicates the level of control within the business units and the result is integrated with the Operational Risk Management results into ING’s Dutch Central Bank approved regulatory capital model (AMA).
Extra-territorial regulations
As a result of our frequent evaluation of all businesses from economic, strategic and risk perspectives ING continues to believe that for business reasons doing business involving certain specified countries should be discontinued, which includes that ING has a policy not to enter into new relationships with clients from these countries and processes remain in place to discontinue existing relationships involving these countries. At present these countries include Myanmar, North Korea, Sudan, Syria, Iran and Cuba. ING Bank N.V. has in 2009 liquidated the Netherlands Caribbean Bank, which had been a 100% owned subsidiary since 2007.
ING Bank N.V. has continued discussions with its Dutch bank regulator De Nederlandsche Bank (DNB) related to transactions involving persons in countries subject to sanctions by the EU, the US and other authorities and its earlier review of transactions involving sanctioned parties. In connection with that review and related discussions ING Bank has undertaken to complete the global implementation of enhanced compliance and risk management procedures, and to monitor the implementation of such procedures on an ongoing basis, as instructed by DNB. ING Bank also remains in discussions with authorities in the US and in other jurisdictions concerning these matters, including with respect to ongoing information requests and it is not possible to predict at this time the outcome thereof. Financial institutions continue to experience close scrutiny by regulatory authorities, governmental bodies, shareholders, rating agencies, customers and others to ensure they comply with the relevant laws, regulations, standards and expectations. Bank and insurance regulators and other supervisory authorities in Europe, the US and elsewhere continue to oversee the activities of financial institutions to ensure that they operate with integrity and conduct business in an efficient, orderly and transparent manner. ING seeks to meet the standards and expectations of regulatory authorities and other interested parties through a number of initiatives and activities, including scrutinizing account holder information, payment processing and other transactions to support compliance with regulations governing money-laundering, economic and trade sanctions, bribery and other corrupt practices. The failure or perceived failure by ING to meet applicable standards in these areas could result in, among other things, suspension or revocation of ING’s licenses, cease and desist orders, fines, civil or criminal penalties and other disciplinary action which could materially damage ING’s reputation and financial condition, and accordingly ING’s primary focus is to support good business practice through its Business Principles and group policies.
Main developments in 2009
Building Customer Trust
Group Compliance Risk Management and Corporate Operational Risk Management have worked closely together with the business lines to strengthen ING’s Product Approval and Review Process. This work demonstrates ING’s commitment to treating customers fairly and ensuring alignment with the various regulatory initiatives including the Dutch Banking Code, new FSA regulations in the UK and US President Obama’s white paper on financial regulatory reform.
Regulator relationships
Group Compliance Risk Management continued to invest in pro-active relationships with regulators in the jurisdictions where ING operates, striving for an open approach and cooperation in identifying and mitigating compliance risks for ING.

F-163


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Further embedding of Financial Economic Crime & Extra-Territorial Laws
ING’s commitment to prevent any involvement in criminal activity was reinforced by the review and updating of the Financial Economic Crime and Extra-Territorial policies.
In keeping with our obligation to provide consistent relevant education, a series of specialized face-to-face training sessions were held for over 250 Money Laundering Reporting Officers. These global events not only provided information on the updated policies but also gave a valuable opportunity to share best practices.
Learning
The “Leading Compliance Risk Management in your business” workshop targeted the top four echelons of ING management (Bank and Insurance) worldwide. It helped provide over 12,000 Managers with a deeper understanding of the effective embedding of ING’s Three Lines of Defence model and the strategic value of Compliance Risk Management. Managers also learned in practical steps what actions they can take to strengthen the management of Compliance Risk as well as how to apply the Framework and tools.
Additionally over 700 Compliance Officers world-wide completed a five day face-to-face Compliance Officer training focused on raising technical knowledge and enhancing personal effectiveness.
Compliance risk reporting — Quality Assurance — Challenging Process
The embedding of policies in all ING’s Business Units is vital to the effectiveness of ING’s Compliance Risk Management strategy.
To ensure that ING has clarity on the status of policy embedding and what actions are planned or in place to ensure all policies are operationally effective, all ING Business Units produce quarterly progress reports. To ensure the quality of the policy embedding data, Group Compliance Risk Management has formalized a robust Risk Challenging and verification process. The process is lead by the Chief Compliance Officer and is conducted with members of the Business units and the Group Compliance Reporting and Analytics team.
Communication
Communication in 2009 focused on delivering clear messages and useable knowledge to the Compliance Risk Management community through vehicles such as E-Bulletins, workshops and poster campaigns. The Group Compliance Risk Management intranet site was re-designed to provide all employees with an easier more engaging tool to find reference material, policies and Compliance Risk Management news.
When communicating to all ING’s’ employees, Group Compliance Risk Management embraced all forms of media from high tech intranet to engaging cartoons that convey the key messages on how to apply compliance risk management policies in their work environment.
MODEL DISCLOSURES
The risk profile of ING Group, as described in the risk management section is captured by three key risk metrics:
  Earning at Risk;
 
  Capital at Risk;
 
  Economic Capital.
The analyses set out in the risk management section provide a valuable guide to investors as to the risk profile of ING Group. Users of the information should bear in mind that the analyses provided are forward looking measures that rely on assumptions and estimates of future events, some of which are considered extreme and therefore unlikely to occur. In the normal course of business ING Group continues to develop, recalibrate and refine the various models that support risk metrics, which may result in changes to the risk metrics as disclosed.
This model disclosure section explains the models applied in deriving these three metrics. The methodology to derive the Earnings at Risk and Capital at Risk metrics, as presented in the ING Group risk dashboard, is described first. Thereafter, the methodologies used to determine Economic Capital for ING Bank, ING Insurance and ING Group are described. The risk models used for the ING Bank and Insurance Economic Capital calculations and the ING Group risk dashboard are reviewed on a periodical basis and validated by the internal Model Validation department. The ING Bank Economic Capital calculation is also used as part of the Basel II Pillar 2 Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP) and the Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process (SREP) that is performed regularly by the Dutch Central Bank.
EARNINGS AND CAPITAL RISK
Earnings at Risk
Earnings at Risk (EaR) measures the potential reduction in IFRS earnings over the next year. EaR is measured using a 90% confidence level (i.e. ‘1 in 10’ stress scenario). Discretionary management

F-164


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
interventions are not explicitly modelled unless their measurement can be based on historical performance tracking (e.g. regular or planned actions). It should be noted that the 90% confidence level used for EaR is not an absolute requirement, but regarded as a general guideline. For each major risk type the earnings sensitivities are calculated based on existing best-practice e.g. 1% instantaneous shock to interest rates. To reflect bottom-line IFRS earnings as close as possible in EaR measurement, the amount is compared to the forecasted commercial result (IFRS earnings excluding volatile items) to determine risk appetite levels. The ING Bank credit risk component of EaR bank is adjusted for forecasted risk costs (addition to Loan Loss Provision).
Capital at Risk
The Capital at Risk (CaR) measures the potential reduction of the net asset value (based on fair values) over the next year relative to expected value. CaR is measured using a 90% confidence level (i.e. ‘1 in 10’ stress scenario).
Economic value is defined as the mark-to-market net asset value (assets less liabilities). For each major risk type the value sensitivities are calculated based on the existing Economic Capital methodology, applying the 90% confidence level. CaR risk appetite is measured against Available Financial Resources.
Aggregation model risk dashboard
To derive the Earnings at Risk and Capital at Risk figures at an ING Group level, the underlying risk inputs from the ING Bank and ING Insurance business units are aggregated bottom-up, using a combination of the ‘variance-covariance’ method and Monte Carlo simulation. For aggregation up to Group level, two sets of correlation assumptions are required, namely the Bank-Insurance correlations per risk type and inter-risk correlations.
The basic data input for the group risk dashboard is provided along 13 major risk types (e.g. equity risk Europe; see table below) and diversified within ING Bank or ING Insurance.
The first aggregation step is between ING Bank and ING Insurance for each major risk type. All risk capitals, except for credit risk that is already aggregated for ING Bank and ING Insurance, are delivered on a standalone basis for ING Bank and ING Insurance. These risk capitals are aggregated between ING Bank and ING Insurance using a variance-covariance approach. Depending on the accounting treatment the Bank — Insurance correlation factors used for EaR may differ from CaR correlation factors (e.g. for interest rate risk). The result of this aggregation step are Group diversified EaR and CaR figures for each major risk type.
Major risk types distinguished:
     
Risk type
  Distribution used
Credit and transfer risk (2)
  KMV distribution
Market risk (8)
   
— Interest rate risk Europe, Asia and America
   
— Equity risk Europe, Asia and America
   
— FX risk
   
— Real Estate risk
  Normal distribution
Insurance risk (1)
  Normal distribution
Business risk (1)
  Normal distribution
Operational risk (1)
  Empirical distribution
(Note numbers in parentheses indicate the number of risk types distinguished (total of 13)).
A second aggregation step exists between these major risk types at an ING Group level. The Group diversified EaR and CaR figure for each major risk type are aggregated using a Monte Carlo simulation in combination with an inter-risk correlation matrix to obtain the overall EaR and CaR figures for ING Group. The outcomes of the simulation represent the potential losses arising from the major risk types, which are summed together to derive the aggregate potential losses. The diversified Group EaR or CaR is then calculated as the 90th percentile of the simulated aggregate potential losses.
Principal assumptions of EaR and CaR measurement
CaR and EaR figures should always be viewed in the context of principal assumptions made to enable both comparability and updated measurement of ING Group’s risk profile:
  Risk dynamics are based on historic observation; historical events are used as a proxy for future risk estimates e.g. price changes, defaults, dependencies of markets;

F-165


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
  Point-in-time risk profile of in-force business is presented; in general risk measurement does not include future volumes and margins;
 
  Discretionary management interventions are not explicitly modelled unless their measurement can be based on historical performance tracking (e.g. regular or planned actions);
 
  Correlation factors between risk types used for diversification are based on best estimate assumptions supported by statistical analysis of historical data, ING risk expert judgement, external benchmark studies and common logic;
 
  Behavioural assumptions for clients are included in risk measurement where applicable e.g. variable savings, embedded mortgage options or lapse ratios.
Reporting Framework
All data for each risk type and business line, as well as the empirical Group risk distributions, are uploaded to a web-based risk dashboard program. The aggregation and simulation steps, as described above, are performed in a secure server based environment.
ECONOMIC CAPITAL ING BANK
Economic Capital is defined as the amount of capital that a transaction or business unit requires in order to support the economic risks it originates. In general Economic Capital is measured as the unexpected loss above the expected loss at a given confidence level. Specific measurement by risk type is described in greater detail in the separate risk type sections; i.e. credit and transfer and operational risk as well as market and business risk bank.
This Economic Capital definition is in line with the net market value (or surplus) definition. The process of Economic Capital modelling enables ING Bank to allocate Economic Capital to the business units and support risk-adjusted performance measurement (RAROC).
The following fundamental principles and definitions have been established for the model:
  ING Bank uses a one-sided confidence level of 99.95% — consistent with ING’s target debt rating (AA) — and a one-year time horizon to calculate Economic Capital;
 
  It is assumed that all currently known measurable sources of risk are included;
 
  The best estimate risk assumptions are as objective as possible and based on proper analysis of statistical data. There is one set of best-estimate assumptions for each risk type to be used at ING Bank;
 
  The Economic Capital calculation is based on fair value principles. Where complete and efficient markets exist, fair value is equal to market value;
 
  The Economic Capital calculations reflect known embedded options and the influence of client behaviour in banking products;
 
  The Economic Capital calculations are on a pre-tax basis and do not consider the effect of regulatory accounting and solvency requirements on capital levels;
 
  The framework does not include any franchise value of the business, discretionary management intervention or future business volumes and margins.
Further details are provided in the relevant model descriptions for each risk area.
Aggregation model
The main processes executed in the ING Bank Economic Capital aggregation model are depicted in the flowchart below. The white boxes show the processes performed by the model while the shaded box indicates inputs from other corporate risk departments.
(GRAPHIC)

F-166


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
As a foundation the correlations in the risk dashboard are applied based on a 90% confidence level, i.e. they correspond to the correlations observed in the 10% largest downward movements (a ‘1 in 10’ event). As shown in the flow-chart, these correlation factors are stressed upwards where necessary to account for potential measurement inaccuracy in extreme events due to limited historic data observations. For aggregating other risk (business and operational), expert opinion is used.
The Economic Capital for ING Bank involves the aggregation of the underlying Economic Capitals of five risk types, namely credit, transfer, market, operational and business risks (latter two also referred to as other risks). These risk types are aggregated to provide a total diversified ING Bank Economic Capital by applying the variance-covariance approach with a 5 x 5 inter-risk correlation matrix.
For allocation of Economic Capital to units and products, diversification factors are calculated for each risk type. These factors are applied consistently throughout ING Bank. The level of diversification benefit is dependent on both the inter-risk correlations as well as the relative size of the undiversified Economic Capital exposure for each risk type.
Reporting Framework
For each business unit and product line, the gross Economic Capital for each risk type is delivered to MISRAROC — the financial data warehouse for RAROC and Economic Capital reporting of ING Bank. The net Economic Capital figures are calculated by taking the product of the gross Economic Capital and one minus the diversification factor. Total Economic Capital is calculated as the sum of the net Economic Capital for each risk type at all reporting levels.
CREDIT AND TRANSFER RISK
Economic Capital for credit risk and for transfer risk is the portion of Economic Capital held to withstand unexpected losses inherent in the credit portfolios related to (unexpected) changes in the underlying creditworthiness of debtors or the recovery value of underlying collateral (if any). Credit risk and transfer risk capital are calculated on all portfolios which contain credit or transfer risk, including investment portfolios. The same methodology is used for both the banking and the insurance operations.
Economic Capital for credit risk and for transfer risk are calculated using internally developed models with a 99.95% confidence level and a time horizon of one year, which represents ING’s desired credit rating.
ING uses a series of credit risk models that can be grouped into three principal categories: Probability of Default (PD) models, which measure the standalone creditworthiness of individual debtors; Exposure at Default models (EAD) which estimate the size of the financial obligation at the moment of default in the future; and Loss Given Default Models (LGD), which estimate the recovery value of the underlying collateral or guarantees received (if any) and the unsecured part. Collectively, ING uses over 100 models for credit risk. The various models can be grouped into three categories: statistical, expert and hybrid. Each model is individually reviewed and validated annually by the Model Validation department (MV), in order to determine the continued viability or need to adjust each individual model.
The Economic Capital formula for credit and transfer risks relies on seven different risk drivers. In addition to the PD, EAD, and LGD models mentioned above, the formula also considers the industry and the country of the debtor as well as the remaining term of the respective underlying transactions. Lastly, the formula considers the correlation of the individual transactions to the portfolio as a whole. ING uses Monte Carlo simulation tools to determine certain parameters which are then applied to individual transactions in determining the level of Economic Capital related to credit and transfer risk in a bottom up approach. The correlations, which are updated quarterly, are determined at a business line level, and diversification effects are applied at the transactional level.
The underlying formulas and models that are used for determining Economic Capital for credit and transfer risk are similar to those used for determining the level of regulatory capital that is required under Basel II (Pillar 1). Despite the fact that the same underlying formulas are used, (internal) Economic Capital and regulatory capital are not the same, due to various specific rules imposed by Basel II, such as regulatory caps and floors, and the use of the standardized approach for certain portions of ING’s portfolio. These differences are permitted under the Basel II guidelines.
The table below summarises different capital measures used for different purposes and shows the difference in key elements and purposes.

F-167


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
                         
Credit Risk Capital           Confidence        
Measurements   Methodology   Location   level   Inputs   Purpose
 
Regulatory Capital
  Basel II Formula   Vortex Basel Engine (‘VBE’) in the Central Risk Database     99.90 %   Basel II model outputs   RWA
 
                       
Economic Capital
  Risk Adjusted
Capital (RAC)
Closed Algebraic
Formula
  Vortex Risk Engine (‘VRE’) in the Central Risk Database     99.95 %   Basel II model outputs excluding Basel II caps and floors, maturity, repayment schedules, correlation factors, migration matrix. Some inputs come from EC-MC portfolio calculator but with 99.95% confidence level country and industry.   Pricing, Economic Capital for credit at transactional level and above
 
                       
Capital and earnings at risk
  Monte Carlo simulation based on aggregate portfolio (‘EC-MC portfolio calculator’)   Stand alone tool
using same data
from Central
Datawarehouse as
VRE
    90.00 %   Basel II model outputs excluding Basel II caps and correlation factors, migration matrix country and industry.   Risk Dashboard at Line of Business Level and above
With regard to methodology, the EC-MC Portfolio calculator provides a sophisticated and consistent framework to measure capital numbers for credit risk. Because of its complexity and required calculation time the EC-MC Portfolio calculator is more suited for portfolio calculation, rather than to be implemented in an environment requiring real time reporting at a transactional level for day-to-day management, pricing of new transactions and limit setting. As a result, Economic Capital figures are based on RAC figures that are derived from the EC-MC Portfolio calculator but are not fully equivalent. The main characteristics are:
  RAC is calculated at facility level with closed algebraic formulas rather than from a Monte Carlo Simulation. The RAC algebraic formula includes parameters which incorporate the impact of portfolio dynamics, such as correlations and diversification effects. These parameters are derived through a regression of the outputs of the EC-MC portfolio calculator;
 
  Due to its proprietary nature the inputs in the EC-MC Portfolio calculator are subject to certain technical caps and floors (LGD/EAD is constant and PD migration matrix is capped) which are not applicable in RAC. Also, due to the implemented mathematical routines the EC-MC portfolio calculator is subject to a minimum Probability of default (PD) and maximum tenor, which are not applicable in RAC.
Additionally the banking operations use the RAC model for determining the optimal pricing on (new) lending transactions in order to ensure that ING meets its desired RAROC returns.
During 2009, the Economic Capital levels for credit and transfer risk were calculated on a daily basis for most of the Commercial Bank and ING Direct investment portfolios and for the SME portfolios within the Retail banking operations. For consumer loans, residential mortgages, credit cards, and the insurance portfolios, the calculations are made on a monthly basis. On a quarterly basis, the Economic Capital for credit risk and transfer risk figures are consolidated with the corresponding Economic Capital components from other disciplines.
Governance of Economic Capital for Credit and Transfer Risk
All PD, EAD and LGD models are approved by the Credit Risk Committee (CRC) after thorough review of documentation by the Model Development Steering Committee (MDSG) and MV. In addition, each model is validated on an annual basis by MV. Each model has both a credit risk and a front office co-sponsor. Both the MDSG and the CRC have participation from both credit risk officers as well as the front office to ensure maximum acceptance by the organization.
MARKET RISK BANK
General
Economic Capital for market risk is the Economic Capital necessary to withstand unexpected value movements due to changes market variables, such as interest rates, equity prices, foreign exchange rates and Real Estate prices. Economic Capital for market risk is calculated for exposures both in trading portfolios and non-trading portfolios.

F-168


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Measurement
Economic capital for market risk is calculated using internally developed methodologies with a 99.95% confidence interval and a horizon of one year, which represents extreme events and ING’s target rating. The Economic Capital for market risk for non trading portfolios is calculated for each risk type, while for trading portfolios it is calculated on a portfolio level. The calculations for Economic Capital market risk include Real Estate risk, foreign exchange rate risk, equity price risk, interest rate risk and model risks.
Real Estate price risk includes both the market risks in the investment portfolio and the development risk of ING Real Estate. The Real Estate price risk for ING Real Estate is calculated by stressing the underlying market variables. The stress scenarios at a portfolio level take into account all diversification effects across regions and Real Estate sectors. Also, the leverage of participations in the Real Estate investment funds is taken into account.
For the Real Estate development process, in addition to market sale price risk, the risk drivers of market rent, investor yield and construction delays are taken into account. Furthermore the risk model differs for each development phase (i.e., research, development, and construction) to appropriately reflect the risk taken in each phase. Using correlations, all risk drivers, and stages are used to calculate a possible market value loss representing the Economic Capital for market risk for the development portfolio.
For the direct market risks, the actual VaR (measured at a 99% confidence interval, a one day holding period and under the assumption of an expected value of zero) of the trading and non-trading portfolios is taken as a starting point for the Economic Capital calculations for market risk. To arrive at the Economic Capital for market risk, a simulation based model is used which includes scaling to the required confidence interval and holding period. In determining this scaling factor, several other factors are also taken into account like the occurrence of large market movements (events) and management interventions.
The economic capital for the equity investments is calculated based on the ECAPS system. Using Monte-Carlo simulation, the model generates 20,000 possible ‘states-of-the-world’, by randomly simulating all risk drivers simultaneously. For each state-of-the-world, the market value is recalculated and the 99.95% worst-case change in market value is the Economic Capital level.
Economic Capital for market risk for the mortgage portfolios within ING Retail Banking and ING Commercial Banking is calculated for embedded option risk (e.g. the prepayment option and offered rate option in mortgages). The embedded options are hedged using a delta-hedging methodology, leaving the mortgage portfolio exposed to convexity and volatility risk. The Economic Capital model for market risk is based on the estimated 99% confidence adverse interest rate change.
While aggregating the different Economic Capital market risk figures for the different portfolios, diversification benefits are taken into account as it is not expected that all extreme market movements will appear at the same moment.
The nature of market risk Economic Capital, evaluating the impact of extreme stress with a 99.95% confidence level, can sometimes be difficult to evidence in a statistical sound manner with the available historical data. The Economic Capital figures disclosed by ING Group are a best effort estimate based on available data and expert opinions.
OPERATIONAL RISK
Operational risk is the risk of direct or indirect loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. It includes the risk of reputation loss, as well as legal risk, whereas strategic risks are not included. While operational risk can be limited through management controls and insurance, operational risk incidents may have a substantial impact on the profit and loss account of financial institutions.
The capital model, an actuarial model, consists of a combination of three techniques:
  Loss Distribution approach (LDA), which applies statistical analysis to historical loss data;
 
  Scorecard approach, which focuses on the quality of risk control measures within a specific business unit;
 
  ‘Bonus/Malus’ approach, which focuses on the actual operational incidents of a specific business unit.
Loss Distribution approach
The main objective of the LDA approach is to derive an objective capital amount based on the size and the risk appetite of an institution and its business units. This approach estimates the likely (fat-tailed) distribution of operational risk losses over some future horizon for each combination of business line and loss event type. The main characteristic of the LDA is the explicit derivation of a loss distribution, which is

F-169


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
based on separate distributions for event frequency (Poisson) and severity (Inverse Gaussian). The model uses both external and internal loss data above one million EUR.
The calculation of operational risk capitals for the units follows five basic principles:
  Principle 1: If the world gets riskier, the business units need more Economic Capital;
 
  Principle 2: If a business unit’s size increases, so does its capital;
 
  Principle 3: If the business of a business unit is more complex, it needs more capital;
 
  Principle 4: If the level of control of a business unit is higher, it needs less capital;
 
  Principle 5: If the business units’ losses from internal incidents exceed the level of expected loss accounted for in the first four framework principles, it needs more capital.
The capital calculated according to the first three is ‘generic’: if two business units operate in the same markets and have the same size, the resulting capital will be the same. The specific capital adjustments mentioned below adjust the generic capital of a specific institution to its specific operational risk capital.
Scorecard approach (principle 4)
The scorecard adjustment reflects the level of quality of control in a specific institution. Scorecards aim to measure the quality of key operational risk management processes. The scorecard procedure concerns questions that require quantitative data, qualitative judgements or simple yes/no questions (e.g. indicating compliance with certain group policies). The scorecards are completed by all business units using self-assessment and reviewed by an expert panel who determines the final score. The set of scorecards then leads to an increase or decrease of the capital of the specific institution.
‘Bonus/Malus’ approach (principle 5)
Units are assigned additional capital in case losses from internal incidents exceed the level of expected losses that have been accounted for in the LDA. When the actual loss of a business unit is lower than expected based on a comparison with external losses of peers, the capital of the related business unit is reduced.
BUSINESS RISK BANK
Business Risk for ING Bank has been defined as the exposure to value loss due to fluctuations in volumes, margins and costs, as well as client behaviour risk. It is the risk inherent to strategy decisions and internal efficiency. The calculation of Business Risk Capital is done by calculation of three components, volume/margin risk, (ii) expense risk, and (iii) client behaviour risk.
(i)   Volume/Margin risk relates to volumes and margins developing adversely compared to their expected levels;
 
(ii)   Expense risk relates to the (in)flexibility to adjust expenses, when that is needed;
 
(iii)   Client behaviour risk relates to clients behaving differently than expected and the effect that this behaviour can have on customer deposits and mortgage pre-payments. The client behaviour risk is calculated by stressing the underlying assumptions in the models for behavioural assets and liabilities.
Each of these components is calculated separately, and combined to one business risk figure via the variance-covariance methodology. For the calculation of EaR, CaR and EC the same methodology is used, with two differences. The first difference is the confidence interval used for EaR and CaR is 90%, while for EC this is 99.95%. The second difference is that the Volume/Margin component is used for EaR, but not for CaR and EC.
ECONOMIC CAPITAL ING INSURANCE
Economic Capital, ‘EC’, is defined by ING as the amount of assets that needs to be held in addition to the market value of liabilities to assure a non-negative surplus at a 99.95% level of confidence on a 1 year time horizon. ING measures Economic Capital by quantifying the impact on the market value surplus (MVS) as a result of adverse events that occur with a specified probability related to the AA rating. Therefore ING’s Economic Capital model is based on a ‘Surplus-at-Risk’ concept. The confidence level consistent with an AA rating has been defined as the 99.95% one-sided confidence level over a one-year horizon. The change in market value surplus (MVS) is the combined effect of changes in Market Value of Assets (MVA) minus market value of liabilities (MVL) and an adjustment for illiquidity spreads due to current dislocated asset markets. The MVS is adjusted to correct this asymmetry by applying an illiquidity spread to the insurance liability cash flows.
ING continues to adjust AFR to reflect the illiquidity in its insurance portfolios as reporting AFR with MVLs discounted at the swap rates results in an asymmetry between the assets and liabilities in terms of reflection of illiquidity premiums. In addition to valuing assets at current market values, the Euro

F-170


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
denominated liability illiquidity risk profile has been proxied by applying a Bloomberg composite Euro AAA spread (weighed average of 44 bps over swaps). For the US illiquid liabilities the Bloomberg composite Euro AAA spread is adjusted by the Basis swap curve, which gives a further +20 bps average illiquid premium over USD swaps.
The adjustment of the MVS for the illiquidity of our insurance liabilities impacts the market risk in our Economic Capital model in the following ways:
  Interest Rate Risk: The illiquidity spread applied on our liability cash flows effectively reduces the duration of our liabilities and therefore reduces the duration mismatch between our assets and liabilities resulting in a reduced interest rate risk;
 
  Credit Spread Risk: The Economic Capital model stresses both the asset spreads and the illiquidity spread on our liabilities. The netting of asset spread risk with illiquidity liability spread risk results in a lower credit spread risk.
 
  During 2009 the modelling of the illiquidity spread has been refined and illiquidity spreads have significantly declined resulting in a lower impact on our Economic Capital compared with 2008. Discussions have also started within industry and with regulators to achieve a consistent application of illiquidity across the industry;
 
  Foreign Exchange Risk: The adjustment of the MVS for illiquidity results in a reduced net exposure to foreign currency movements and in particular the US dollar. This results in a lower foreign exchange risk.
The MVL consist of the Financial Component of Liabilities (FCL) and a Market Value Margin (MVM) for non-hedgeable risks (e.g. insurance risk). The MVM is calculated using a Cost-of-Capital approach based on an estimate of required shareholder return on Economic Capital.
The following fundamental principles have been established for the model:
  Economic Capital requirements are calculated to achieve a target AA rating for policyholder liabilities;
 
  All sources of risk should be considered;
 
  The best estimate actuarial assumptions should be as objective as possible and based on a proper analysis of economic, industry, and company-specific statistical data. There is one set of best-estimate assumptions per product to be used for all purposes at ING;
 
  Valuation of assets and liabilities is based on fair value principles. Where complete and efficient markets exist, fair value is equal to market value;
 
  The Economic Capital and valuation calculations should reflect the embedded options in insurance contracts;
 
  The Economic Capital and valuation calculations are on a pre-tax basis and do not consider the effect of local regulatory accounting and solvency requirements on capital levels. Capital is assumed to be fully transferable between legal entities;
 
  The framework does not include any franchise value of the business. It does, however, include the expense risk associated with the possibility of reduced sales volume in the coming year.
ING quantifies the impact of the following types of risk in its Economic Capital model:
  Market risk for ING Insurance is the change in value based on changes in interest rates, equity prices, Real Estate prices, credit spreads, implied volatilities (interest rate and equity), and foreign exchange rates. It occurs when there is less than perfect matching between assets and liabilities. Market risk may exist in the insurance activities as a result of selling products with guarantees or options (guaranteed crediting rates, surrender options, profit sharing, etc.) that cannot be hedged given the assets available in a certain market. Market risk may also occur when there is an intentional mismatch between asset and liability cash flows even when it is possible to match or hedge the cash flows;
 
  Credit risk is the risk of changes in the credit quality of issuers due to defaults or credit migration of securities (in the investment portfolio), counter parties (e.g. on reinsurance contracts, derivative contracts or deposits given) and intermediaries to whom ING has an exposure. In addition to credit risk, ING includes a calculation of transfer risk for the risk of being unable to repatriate funds when required due to government restrictions;
 
  Business risk is defined as the exposure to the possibility that experience differs from expectations with respect to expenses, the runoff of existing business (persistency) and future premium re-rating;
 
  Operational risk is defined as the risk of direct or indirect loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. Operational risk capital is difficult to quantify, since it is driven by infrequent events of high severity, and can be significantly mitigated or exacerbated by the quality of internal controls and guidelines. It may be partially managed through the purchase of insurance;
 
  Life risk relates to deviations in timing and amount of the cash flows (premium payments and benefits) due to the incidence or non-incidence of death. The risk of non-incidence of death is also referred to as longevity risk to distinguish it from the risk associated with death protection products. ING notes risks

F-171


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
    due to uncertainty of best estimate assumptions concerning level and trend of mortality rates, volatility around best estimates, and potential calamities and recognises external reinsurance;
  Morbidity risk is the risk of variations in claims levels and timing due to fluctuations in policyholder morbidity (sickness or disability) recognising external reinsurance. A wide variety of policy classes are subject to morbidity risk, including disability, accidental death and disability, accelerated death benefits, workers compensation, medical insurance, and long-term care insurance;
 
  P&C risk comprises the risk of variability of size, frequency and time to payment of future claims, development of outstanding claims and allocated loss adjustment expenses for P&C product lines recognising external reinsurance.
Strategic business risk has been excluded from the EC calculations of ING Insurance.
Economic Capital Model
The ING Economic Capital calculation is calculated based on a ‘Surplus-at-Risk’ concept. ‘Surplus-at-Risk’ is calculated based on the steps:
  Calculate the complete balance sheet (all assets and liabilities) on a Market Value basis;
 
  Generate Monte-Carlo shock scenarios for all of the relevant risk factors (market and non-market);
 
  Recalculate the complete balance sheet (all assets and liabilities) on a Market Value basis for each shock scenario. For practical purposes, the MVM is not recalculated under shock scenarios;
 
  Calculate the 99.95% worst case decrease in the Market Value Surplus over all the shock scenarios. This value will be the EC. Note that the shock scenario resulting in the Economic Capital will differ by business unit, business line, and at an ING Insurance level.
In 2007, ING Insurance introduced ECAPS as an intranet-based Economic Capital reporting system utilising replicating portfolio techniques. The ECAPS system provides a well controlled and automated basis for Economic Capital and risk measurement. Each business unit enters the risk characteristics of its assets and liabilities into the ECAPS system on a regular basis. These risk characteristics are then translated to a uniform basis in the form of replicating portfolios of standardized financial instruments. Based on the constellation of replicating portfolios (including representations of non-market risks), the ECAPS system then is capable of calculating Economic Capitals at every level of aggregation. The following is a brief description of the model.

F-172


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
         
 
 
     
 
1. Market Data and Scenario Generation
   
   Automated retrieval of all current and historical market data
 
 
     
 
 
   
   500 risk scenarios sent to each business unit to locally develop stochastic asset and liability cash flows
 
 
     
 
 
   
   20,000 Real World Monte-Carlo scenarios for Economic Capital calculation
 
 
     
¯      
 
 
     
 
2. Stochastic Cash flows and Non-market Risk Capital
   
   Actuarial software used to produce the stochastic cash flows by scenario
 
 
   
   Business units upload stochastic asset and liability cash flows for optimized replicating portfolio
 
 
   
   Asset derivatives are directly processed as replicating instruments
 
 
   
   Non-market risk capitals calculated in accordance with ING Standards of Practice submitted to ECAPS for risk aggregation
 
 
     
¯      
 
 
     
 
3. Replicating Portfolio
   
   Capture the risk profile of the financial component of insurance liabilities by mapping onto a small set of standard financial instruments
 
 
   
   Standard instruments contain discount bond, swaption, callable bonds, CMS options, equity forward/option and FX option
 
 
   
   Find a replicating portfolio that matches the present value of cash flows as closely as possible for the 500 risk scenarios
 
 
     
¯      
 
 
     
 
4. Economic Capital Calculation
   
   Replicating portfolio used to capture the risk profile of Insurance assets and liabilities
 
 
   
   EC market shocks and diversification benefits from Monte-Carlo scenarios
 
 
   
   Non-market risk aggregation
 
 
   
   Total diversified EC
 
 
     
Further details on Economic Capital model
Market Data and Scenario Generation
ING Insurance uses ING Bank’s Global Market Database (GMDB) as a provider of market price and risk data for financial risk drivers. All market data is obtained from reputable data providers such as Reuters and Bloomberg. The GMDB operational team then validates the market data and calculates relevant risk parameters. This validated data is then automatically delivered to the ECAPS system.
Since ING Insurance operates in many developing financial markets, extrapolation algorithms are in place for extending beyond observable market data when this is needed for the calculation of the Market Value Liabilities and the Economic Capital. These algorithms are based on comparable data in mature markets.
Based on the market data from GMDB, ING calibrates two economic scenario generators:
  Risk Neutral Economic Scenario Generator (RN ESG): capable of generating multiple equity indices and exchange rates, consistent with a multi-currency dynamic term structure model. Scenarios are used in the cash flow projection to determine replicating portfolios. RN ESG scenarios are consistent with observed market prices of equity, FX and interest options;
 
  Real World Economic Scenario Generator (RW ESG): capable of jointly simulating all risk types, i.e. all market risks, credit risk, business risk, operational risk, life risk, morbidity risk and P&C risk. Diversification between risks is taken into account through a Gaussian copula, allowing for different marginal probability distributions at the risk driver level. RW ESG scenarios are consistent with historical time series of the market risk drivers using 5 years of weekly data observations. The volatilities are

F-173


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
    scaled from weekly to quarterly and the weekly correlations are used directly as estimates of quarterly correlations.
Stochastic Cash Flows and Non-Market Risk Capital
The market risks in assets and liabilities are captured in and represented by stochastic cash flows in 500 scenarios. Business units are responsible for generating these cash flows, the modelling of embedded options and guarantees and a proper mapping of risk drivers in the scenario set to cash flow determinants such as policyholder behaviour and management actions restricted to dynamic hedge programs and setting of crediting rates/profit sharing. To better capture the behaviour in the tails of the distribution, the set of scenarios consist of 300 Risk Neutral scenarios and 200 ‘Risk Volatile’ scenarios with double volatilities. The average of the 300 Risk Neutral scenarios provides a check on the market value of the replicating portfolio. It should be noted that this serves only as a check, and that the actual market value of liabilities is derived directly from the replicating portfolio. The 200 Risk Volatile scenarios ensure that the replicating portfolio is calibrated against enough extreme scenarios such that it can be used safely in Economic Capital calculations.
Non-market risk Economic Capital is calculated by business units, Corporate Credit Risk Management and Corporate Operational, Information and Security Risk Management and inputted into ECAPS at the sub risk level. ECAPS than aggregates 21 sub-risk types (e.g. mortality and trend risk) to 9 non-market risk types using a bottom-up Economic Capital diversification approach based on a matrix of tail correlations. The information inputs relate to 9 sub risk types:
  Credit risk;
 
  Business risk;
 
  Operational risk;
 
  Life risk catastrophe;
 
  Life risk non-catastrophe;
 
  Morbidity risk catastrophe;
 
  Morbidity risk non-catastrophe;
 
  P&C risk catastrophe;
 
  P&C risk non-catastrophe.
The inputs are used to calibrate marginal distributions for these risk types. These distributions, in combination with the Gaussian copula, are then used in the Economic Capital Calculation to measure diversification between market and non-market risks.
Replicating Portfolios
To handle the full complexity of calculating diversification by Monte Carlo simulation, ING maps its assets and liabilities to a set of standard financial instruments. The set of standard instruments consists of zero coupon bonds, market indices, equity forwards, swaptions, callable bonds, FX options and equity options. Assets and the financial components of the liabilities are represented by a portfolio of this standard set of instruments. A user interface allows the selection of different types of replicating instruments for different cash flow types. Then an optimal replicating portfolio is created that matches the risk profile of the stochastically generated cash flows as good as possible. The resulting replicating portfolio is used in the calculation of Economic Capital.
Through the inclusion of equity options, FX options and swaptions in the set of replicating instruments, ING is able to incorporate implied volatility risk in the considered risk types. The same holds for the credit spread risk through the inclusion of credit risk bearing zero coupon bonds in the set of replicating instruments.
The quality of the replicating portfolio is monitored by several statistical criteria including R-squared and benchmarked against market value sensitivities such as duration, convexity, and changes in value for larger interest rate and equity shocks. High quality replicating portfolios are important in several ways. First, they ensure a good reflection of the actual risk profile and an accurate calculation of Economic Capital. Second, they assist business units in hedging strategies and management of Economic Capital. Third, the process of replicating portfolio calculations increases the understanding of the complex nature of insurance liabilities in a market consistent environment.
Replicating portfolios are currently determined from a single factor RN ESG interest rate model. This limits the ability of the replicating portfolios to pick up sensitivity to non-parallel shifts of the term structure of interest rates. Hence RW ESG interest rate scenarios for the Value at Risk calculations are generated using a single factor model as well. However both RN ESG and RW ESG models are consistent with respectively, the RN ESG and RW ESG volatility structure of interest rates.

F-174


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Economic Capital Calculation
ECAPS uses Monte-Carlo simulation to determine diversification benefits for the complete ‘portfolio hierarchy’, from business unit level up to an ING Group level. All diversification calculations are done within ECAPS and are driven by the Gaussian copula of all risk drivers using the underlying distributions applicable for each risk type.
For the calculation of Economic Capital ING uses a one-year time horizon. In practice, the model calculates instantaneous quarterly shocks and then annualises the resulting VaR statistic to determine an annualized EC. The quarterly shock is used to stabilise the results, to ensure the shocks are within a range that can be more credibly valued for assets and liabilities, to better capture the impact of dynamic hedge strategies, to more reasonably use weekly correlations of risk factors, and to get closer to actual risk practices and reporting cycles.
Using Monte-Carlo simulation, ING’s Economic Capital model generates 20,000 possible ‘states-of-the-world’, by randomly simulating all risk drivers — simultaneously. For each state-of-the-world, the market value of assets and liabilities are recalculated and the change in value of the Market Value Surplus (MVS) is stored. All these changes in MVS are then sorted, and the 99.95% worst-case change in MVS is identified, to provide the Economic Capital level for the given level of aggregation.
ECONOMIC CAPITAL GROUP
ING’s Group Economic Capital and Bank-Insurance diversification benefit is determined by applying one common aggregation approach to the banking and insurance businesses. The starting point is the actual reported Economic Capital figures for ING Bank and ING Insurance, excluding inter-risk diversification. In addition an aligned set of best-estimate correlation assumptions is constructed by applying the weighted average of the Bank and Insurance specific inter-risk correlation assumptions for each of the five major risk types i.e. credit, market, insurance, business, and operational (See also Economic Capital model sections of Bank and Insurance).
The group diversification benefit is calculated by applying a ‘Gaussian-copula’ simulation approach. Due to the inherent uncertainties around correlation assumptions and changes in risk exposures the results are put to extensive sensitivity tests.
2.2.2 CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
OBJECTIVES
ING Group Capital Management (Capital Management) is responsible for the sufficient capitalization of ING Group entities at all times in order to manage the risk associated with ING’s business activities. This involves the management, planning and allocation of capital within ING Group. ING’s Corporate Treasury is part of Capital Management. It executes the necessary capital market transactions, term (capital) funding and risk management transactions. Capital Management monitors and plans capital adequacy on a consolidated basis at three levels: ING Group, ING Insurance and ING Bank. The rating objective for these three entities is AA. Capital Management takes into account the metrics and requirements of regulators (EU Solvency, Tier—1 and BIS ratios and limits for hybrid capital), rating agencies (leverage ratios, Adjusted Equity) and internal models such as the economic capital and market value balance sheet approach for ING Insurance including Available Financial Resources (AFR).
ING applies three main capital definitions:
  Adjusted Equity (ING Group and ING Insurance) — This rating agency concept is defined as shareholders’ equity plus core Tier- securities, hybrid capital, prudential filters and an adjustment for Value in Force and Deferred Acquisition Cost. See ‘Capital Base’ disclosures in this section. This capital definition is applied in comparing available capital to core debt (leverage) for ING Group and ING Insurance;
 
  Core Tier—1 capital, Tier—1 capital and total BIS capital (ING Bank) — Tier—1 capital is defined as shareholders’ equity including core Tier—1 securities plus hybrid capital less certain prudential filters and deductible items. Tier 1 and BIS capital divided by risk weighted assets equals the Tier 1 and BIS ratio respectively. Core Tier—1 capital is equal to Tier—1 capital excluding hybrid capital;
 
  AFR (ING Insurance) — This is a market value concept, defined as market value of assets (MVA) less the market value of liabilities (MVL) on the balance sheet. The liabilities do not include perpetual hybrid capital which are included in AFR as equity. The valuation of ING Insurance includes an adjustment for portfolio illiquidity. AFR is used as the measure of available capital in comparison with EC employed. EC, or Economic Capital, is the amount of capital that is required to absorb unexpected losses in times of severe stress given the ‘AA’ target rating of ING Insurance.

F-175


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
In prior years, ING also measured AFR for ING Bank and ING Group. However, during 2009, the management focus shifted mainly to regulatory and rating agency metrics for ING Bank (core Tier—1, Tier—1, BIS) and ING Group (debt/equity). For ING Insurance, AFR continues to be important but is a lower priority than in prior years. For ING Insurance, the main focus is now on ensuring operating entities are adequately capitalized based on local regulatory and rating agency requirements and ensuring that on a consolidated basis, the leverage of ING Insurance (debt/equity) is appropriate.
DEVELOPMENTS
In 2009 Capital Management’s main focus was to strengthen the capital position of ING Group, ING Bank and ING Insurance. To achieve this ING Group did not pay dividend in 2009 and launched a rights issue in November of EUR 7.5 billion. The proceeds of the rights issue were largely used to repay EUR 5 billion of the core Tier—1 securities issued in November 2008 to the Dutch State and to provide for additional pre-tax EUR 1.3 billion future payments to the Dutch State for the Illiquid Assets Back-up Facility (IABF) as agreed with the European Commission.
POLICIES
The activities of Capital Management are executed on the basis of established policies, guidelines and procedures. The main documents that serve as guidelines for capital planning are the Capital Letter (comprising the approved targets and limits for capital), the Capital Planning Policy, the Dividend Policy and the Capital Request Policy. For the Corporate Treasury there are many policies and limits that guide the management of the balance sheets and the execution of capital market transactions.
The above capital definitions and policies have been approved by the ING Group Executive Board or delegated authorities.
PROCESSES FOR MANAGING CAPITAL
In addition to measuring capital adequacy, Capital Management also ensures that sufficient capital is available through setting targets and limits relevant to the above mentioned metrics for ING Bank, ING Insurance and ING Group and ensuring adherence to the set limits and targets through planning and executing capital management transactions. The process is supplemented by stress testing and scenario analysis. The ongoing assessment and monitoring of capital adequacy is embedded in Capital Management’s capital planning process and results in a quarterly Capital Adequacy Assessment Report which is presented to both the ING Group Finance and Risk Committee and the ING Group Executive and Supervisory Boards. The main objective of the assessment is to ensure that ING Group as a whole has sufficient capital relative to its risk profile both in the short and the medium term.
CAPITAL ADEQUACY ASSESSMENT
As at December 31, 2009 and 2008, ING Group, ING Bank and ING Insurance met all key target capital ratios and metrics and regulatory requirements. As at December 31, 2009 and 2008, ING Group, ING Bank and ING Insurance were adequately capitalized in relation to their risk profile and strategic objectives.

F-176


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
ING ’s Capital base:
                                                 
    Insurance     Bank     Group  
    2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008  
Shareholders’ equity (parent)
    15,887       11,893       27,480       20,635       31,121       15,080  
Core Tier—1 securities
                                    5,000       10,000  
Group hybrid capital (1)
    3,410       4,560       8,057       7,085       11,478       11,655  
Group leverage/core debt (2)
                                    6,913       7,170  
     
Total capitalization
    19,297       16,453       35,537       27,720       54,512       43,905  
     
 
                                               
Adjustments to equity:
                                               
Revaluation reserve debt securities
    2,334       8,271       123       5,185       2,481       13,456  
Revaluation reserve crediting to life policyholders
    (156 )     (2,235 )                     (156 )     (2,235 )
Revaluation reserve cashflow hedge
    (926 )     (1,360 )     472       128       (372 )     (1,177 )
Goodwill
    (1,857 )     (1,889 )     (1,636 )     (1,636 )     (3,244 )     (3,275 )
     
- Revaluation reserves fixed income & other
    (605 )     2,787       (1,040 )     3,677       (1,291 )     6,769  
- Revaluation reserves excluded from Tier—1 (3)
                    (3,111 )     (1,790 )                
- Insurance hybrid capital (4)
    2,250       2,250                                  
- Minorities
    80       520       960       1,198                  
Difference IFRS-IASB and IFRS-EU (7)
                    2,742       2,254       2,742       2,254  
Deductions Tier—1
                    (1,073 )     (1,040 )                
     
Available capital (Tier1 capital for Bank)
    21,022       22,010       34,015       32,019       55,963       52,928  
 
                                               
Other qualifying capital (5)
                    10,716       11,870                  
DAC/ViF adjustments (50%) (6)
    2,931       1,893                                  
Group leverage (core debt)
                                    (6,913 )     (7,170 )
     
Adjusted Equity (BIS capital for Bank) (a)
    23,954       23,903       44,731       43,889       49,050       45,758  
     
 
                                               
Ratios
                                               
Core debt (b)
    2,586       2,301                       6,913       7,170  
Debt/Equity ratio (b/(a+b))
    9.74 %     8.78 %                     12.35 %     13.55 %
 
(1)   Tier—1 instruments issued by ING Group (e.g. perpetual debt securities and preference shares) at nominal value. Group hybrid Tier—1 instruments other than preference shares are provided as hybrid capital to ING Insurance or ING Bank.
 
(2)   Investments in subsidiaries less equity (including core Tier—1 securities) of the Group holding company. This net debt position is provided as equity to ING Insurance and ING Bank.
 
(3)   Includes mainly EUR (2,536) million (2008: EUR (1,019) million) in participations (e.g. Kookmin, Bank of Beijing) and other equity investments, EUR (546) million (2008: EUR (615) million) for Real Estate for own use. The Dutch banking regulator requires this deduction to be made from Tier—1 capital. This deduction is added back to Tier-2 capital.
 
(4)   Dated subordinated debt issued by ING Insurance at nominal value.
 
(5)   Includes EUR 11,789 million (2008: EUR 12,910 million) Tier-2 capital and nil (2008: nil) Tier-3, offset by EUR 1,073 million (2008: EUR 1,040 million) of regulatory deductions.
 
(6)   Mainly includes 50% of the excess of the present value of future profits generated by policies in force (Value in Force) over the after-tax deferred acquisition costs.
 
(7)   Capital measures exclude the difference between IFRS-EU and IFRS-IASB as capital measures are based on IFRS-EU as primary accounting basis for statutory and regulatory reporting.
All leverage ratios were within their targets at the end of the year. The debt/equity ratio of ING Group as at year-end 2009 was 12.35% (2008: 13.55%). The debt/equity ratio of ING Insurance as at year-end 2009 was at 9.74% (2008: 8.78%). The Basel II ING Bank Tier—1 ratio ended at 10.23%, this is a strong increase from 9.32% at year-end 2008.
REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
ING Bank
Capital adequacy and the use of regulatory required capital are based on the guidelines developed by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (The Basel Committee) and the European Union Directives, as implemented by the Dutch Central Bank (DNB) for supervisory purposes. The minimum Tier—1 ratio is 4% and the minimum total capital ratio (known as the BIS ratio) is 8% of all risk-weighted assets.
BASEL II
As of 2008 ING Bank publishes risk weighted assets (RWA), Tier—1 and BIS capital and the accompanying capital ratios based on Basel II data only. In addition, ING publishes the minimum required capital level

F-177


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
according to Basel II and according to the Basel I floor. As of 2009 the Basel I floor is based on 80% of Basel I RWA. The minimum requirements according to Basel II and Basel I are both compared to total BIS available capital according to Basel II.
Capital position of ING Bank:
                 
    2009     2008  
Shareholders’ equity (parent)
    27,480       20,635  
Difference IFRS-IASB and IFRS-EU (5)
    2,742       2,254  
Minority interests
    960       1,198  
Subordinated loans qualifying as Tier—1 capital (1)
    8,057       7,085  
Goodwill and intangibles deductible from Tier—1
    (1,636 )     (1,636 )
Deductions Tier—1
    (1,073 )     (1,040 )
Revaluation reserve (2)
    (2,516 )     3,523  
     
Available capital — Tier—1
    34,015       32,019  
     
 
               
Supplementary capital — Tier-2(3)
    11,789       12,910  
Available Tier-3 funds
               
Deductions
    (1,073 )     (1,040 )
     
BIS capital
    44,731       43,889  
     
 
               
Risk-weighted assets
    332,375       343,388  
 
               
Tier—1 ratio
    10.23 %     9.32 %
BIS ratio
    13.46 %     12.78 %
 
               
Required capital based on Basel I floor (4)
    28,709       34,369  
BIS ratio based on Basel I floor(4)
    12.46 %     10.22 %
 
(1)   Subordinated loans qualifying as Tier—1 capital have been placed by ING Groep N.V. with ING Bank N.V.
 
(2)   Includes revaluation debt securities, revaluation reserve cash flow hedge and revaluation reserves equity and real estate (see Capital base table, note 3).
 
(3)   Includes eligible lower Tier-2 loans and revaluation reserves equity and real estate revaluations removed from Tier—1 capital.
 
(4)   Using 80% and 90% of Basel I Risk Weighted Assets in 2009 and 2008 respectively.
 
(5)   Capital measures exclude the difference between IFRS-EU and IFRS-IASB as capital measures are based on IFRS-EU as primary accounting basis for statutory and regulatory reporting.
ING Insurance
European Union directives require insurance companies established in member states of the European Union to maintain minimum capital positions. The ING Insurance companies outside the EU have to comply with their respective local requirements. ING Insurance’s companies comply with local regulatory requirements. The table below shows the global required capital of ING Insurance measured on the basis of the European Union requirement. This requirement is compared with ING Insurance consolidated available capital.
Capital position of ING Insurance:
                 
    2009     2008  
Available capital (1)
    21,022       22,010  
Required capital
    7,774       8,582  
     
Surplus capital
    13,248       13,428  
     
 
               
Ratio of available versus required capital
    270 %     256 %
 
(1)   For breakdown of available capital see Capital base table.
Under ING’s internal economic capital (EC) and market value balance sheet approach, the ratio of Available Financial Resources (AFR) to EC was 107% at the end of 2009 compared to 106% at the end of 2008.
ING Group
ING Group reports to the Dutch Central Bank as required under the Dutch implementation of the financial conglomerates directive. The directive mainly covers risk concentrations in the group, intra-group transactions and an assessment of the capital adequacy of the Group.
In the following table, we show the Group’s capital adequacy on the following basis:
  Insurance required capital from applying European Solvency I rules to all of ING Insurance entities globally (regardless of local capital requirements);

F-178


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
  Bank required capital based on applying Basel II with the Basel I floor (80% and 90% in 2009 and 2008 respectively);
 
  Group available capital using an approach similar to that used for Bank BIS capital whereby IFRS equity is adjusted for certain revaluation reserves, minority interests are added, goodwill and certain intangibles are deducted and Group hybrids and qualifying subordinated debt of Bank and Insurance are included.
Regulatory required capital ING Group:
                 
    2009     2008  
Shareholders’ equity (parent)
    31,121       15,080  
Difference IFRS-IASB and IFRS-EU (2)
    2,742       2,254  
Core Tier—1 securities
    5,000       10,000  
Excluding: Revaluation reserves (1)
    1,953       10,044  
Group hybrid capital
    11,478       11,655  
Goodwill and intangibles deductible from Tier—1
    (3,244 )     (3,275 )
Minorities
    915       1,593  
     
Capital base ING Group
    49,966       47,351  
     
 
               
Subordinated loans ING Bank N.V. (included in Tier-2)
    10,127       11,879  
Subordinated loans ING Verzekeringen N.V.
    2,250       2,250  
     
Capital base including subordinated loans
    62,343       61,480  
     
 
               
Required capital banking operations
    28,709       34,369  
Required capital insurance operations
    7,774       8,582  
     
Total required capital
    36,484       42,951  
     
 
               
     
Surplus capital
    25,859       18,529  
     
Group capital ratio
    171 %     143 %
 
(1)   Revaluation reserves debt securities, crediting to life policyholders and cashflow hedge (see ING’s Capital base table).
 
(2)   Capital measures exclude the difference between IFRS-EU and IFRS-IASB as capital measures are based on IFRS-EU as primary accounting basis for statutory and regulatory reporting.

F-179


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Capital adequacy and ratios
Quantitative disclosures on capital measures and ratios:
                                                 
    Group     Bank     Insurance  
    2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008  
Tier—1 ratio (Bank)
                                               
Year-end actual Tier—1 ratio
                    10.23 %     9.32 %                
Regulatory minimum Tier—1 ratio
                    4.00 %     4.00 %                
Target minimum Tier—1 ratio
                    9.00 %     7.20 %                
 
                                               
BIS ratio (Bank)
                                               
Year-end actual BIS ratio
                    13.46 %     12.78 %                
Regulatory minimum BIS ratio
                    8.00 %     8.00 %                
Target minimum BIS ratio
                    10.50 %     10.80 %                
 
                                               
Capital coverage ratio (Insurance)
                                               
Year-end Capital coverage ratio
                                    270 %     256 %
Required capital
                                    100 %     100 %
Target ratio
                                    150 %     150 %
 
                                               
Debt/Equity ratio
                                               
Debt/Equity ratio
    12.35 %     13.55 %                     9.74 %     8.78 %
Target maximum Debt/Equity ratio
    15.00 %     15.00 %                     15.00 %     15.00 %
Main credit ratings of ING at December 31, 2009 (1) :
                         
    Standard & Poor’s     Moody’s     Fitch  
 
                       
ING Group
                       
- long term
  A stable   A1 negative   A stable
 
                       
ING Bank
                       
- short term
    A-1     P-1       F1+  
- long term
  A+ stable   Aa3 negative   A+ stable
- financial strength
            C+          
 
                       
ING Insurance
                       
- short term
    A-2     P-2          
- long term
  A- negative   Baa1 developing   A- negative
 
(1)   Moody’s changed the long term outlook from ING Group and ING Bank from negative to stable on February 2.
ING’s key credit ratings and outlook are shown in the table above. Each of these ratings reflects only the view of the applicable rating agency at the time the rating was issued, and any explanation of the significance of a rating may be obtained only from the rating agency.
A security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities and each rating should be evaluated independently of any other rating. There is no assurance that any credit rating will remain in effect for any given period of time or that a rating will not be lowered, suspended or withdrawn entirely by the rating agency if, in the rating agency’s judgment, circumstances so warrant. ING accepts no responsibility for the accuracy or reliability of the ratings.

F-180


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
AUTHORIZATION OF ANNUAL ACCOUNTS
Amsterdam, March 15, 2010
     
THE SUPERVISORY BOARD
  THE EXECUTIVE BOARD
 
   
Peter A.F.W. Elverding, chairman
  Jan H.M. Hommen, CEO and chairman
Jeroen van der Veer, vice-chairman
  Patrick G. Flynn, CFO
Tineke (J.) P. Bahlman
  Koos (J.) V. Timmermans, CRO
Henk W. Breukink
   
Claus Dieter Hoffmann
   
Piet Hoogendoorn
   
Piet C. Klaver
   
Godfried J.A. van der Lugt
   
Harish Manwani
   
Aman Mehta
   
Joan E. Spero
   
Jackson P. Tai
   
Karel Vuursteen
   
Lodewijk de Waal
   

F-181


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2.3 SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION
The following financial information presents the balance sheets for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the profit and loss accounts and statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 of (i) ING Groep N.V. (parent company only), (ii) subsidiaries, (iii) the eliminations necessary to arrive at the information for ING on a consolidated basis and (iv) the total for ING Group. The principles of determination of results stated in connection with the profit and loss account are also applicable to the ING Groep N.V. parent only column. Investments in group companies and investments in associates are initially recognized at cost and subsequently accounted for by the equity method of accounting.

F-182


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated
2.3.1. CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEETS
For the year ended December 31, 2009
                                 
    ING Groep NV     Subsi-     Consoli-     ING Group  
    parent company     diaries     dating entries     consolidated  
 
                               
ASSETS
                               
Cash and bank balances with central banks
    183       15,390       (183 )     15,390  
Amounts due from banks
            43,397               43,397  
Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss
                               
- trading assets
            111,444               111,444  
- investments for risk of policyholders
            104,597               104,597  
- non-trading derivatives
            11,632               11,632  
- designated as at fair value through profit and loss
            5,517               5,517  
Investments
                               
- available-for-sale
            197,703               197,703  
- held-to-maturity
            14,409               14,409  
Loans and advances to customers
            575,275               575,275  
Reinsurance contracts
            5,480               5,480  
Investments in associates
    55,642       3,699       (55,642 )     3,699  
Real estate investments
            3,638               3,638  
Property and equipment
            6,119               6,119  
Intangible assets
            6,021               6,021  
Deferred acquisition costs
            11,398               11,398  
Assets held for sale
            5,024               5,024  
Other assets
    563       38,698       (32 )     39,229  
 
                       
Total assets
    56,388       1,159,441       (55,857 )     1,159,972  
 
                       
 
                               
EQUITY
                               
Shareholders’ equity (parent)
    31,121       43,264       (43,264 )     31,121  
Non-voting equity securities
    5,000                       5,000  
Minority interest
            915               915  
 
                       
Total equity
    36,121       44,179       (43,264 )     37,036  
 
                       
 
                               
LIABILITIES
                               
Subordinated loans
    11,139               (1,040 )     10,099  
Debt securities in issue
    6,545       113,436               119,981  
Other borrowed funds
    500       33,079       (10,428 )     23,151  
Insurance and investment contracts
            240,858               240,858  
Amounts due to banks
            84,235               84,235  
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit
            470,191       (683 )     469,508  
Financial liabilities as at fair value through profit and loss
                               
- trading liabilities
            98,245               98,245  
- non-trading liabilities
    268       20,070       (268 )     20,070  
- designated as at fair value through profit and loss
            11,474               11,474  
Liabilities held for sale
            4,890               4,890  
Other liabilities
    1,815       38,784       (174 )     40,425  
 
                       
Total liabilities
    20,267       1,115,262       (12,593 )     1,122,936  
 
                       
 
                               
Total equity and liabilities
    56,388       1,159,441       (55,857 )     1,159,972  
 
                       

F-183


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated
For the year ended December 31, 2008
                                 
                    Consoli-     ING Group  
    ING Groep NV     Subsi-     dating     consoli-  
    parent company     diaries     entries     dated  
 
                               
ASSETS
                               
Cash and bank balances with central banks
    33       22,045       (33 )     22,045  
Amounts due from banks
            48,447               48,447  
Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss
                               
- trading assets
            160,378               160,378  
- investments for risk of policyholders
            95,366               95,366  
- non-trading derivatives
    72       16,426       (14 )     16,484  
- designated as at fair value through profit and loss
            8,277               8,277  
- other
                               
Investments
                               
- available-for-sale
            242,852               242,852  
- held-to-maturity
            15,440               15,440  
Loans and advances to customers
            618,026       (1,250 )     616,776  
Reinsurance contracts
            5,797               5,797  
Investments in associates
    45,719       4,355       (45,719 )     4,355  
Real estate investments
            4,300               4,300  
Property and equipment
            6,396               6,396  
Intangible assets
            6,915               6,915  
Deferred acquisition costs
            11,843               11,843  
Other assets
    230       62,751       (4 )     62,977  
 
                       
Total assets
    46,054       1,329,614       (47,020 )     1,328,648  
 
                       
 
                               
EQUITY
                               
Shareholders’ equity (parent)
    15,080       32,444       (32,444 )     15,080  
Non-voting equity securities
    10,000                       10,000  
Minority interest
            1,594               1,594  
 
                       
Total equity
    25,080       34,038       (32,444 )     26,674  
 
                       
 
                               
LIABILITIES
                               
Preference shares
                               
Subordinated loans
    11,352               (1,071 )     10,281  
Debt securities in issue
    7,488       89,000               96,488  
Other borrowed funds
    1,254       43,402       (13,458 )     31,198  
Insurance and investment contracts
            240,790               240,790  
Amounts due to banks
            152,265               152,265  
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit
            522,816       (33 )     522,783  
Financial liabilities as at fair value through profit and loss
                               
- trading liabilities
            152,616               152,616  
- non-trading liabilities
    65       21,722       (14 )     21,773  
- designated as at fair value through profit and loss
            14,009               14,009  
Other liabilities
    815       58,956               59,771  
 
                       
Total liabilities
    20,974       1,295,576       (14,576 )     1,301,974  
 
                       
 
                               
Total equity and liabilities
    46,054       1,329,614       (47,020 )     1,328,648  
 
                       

F-184


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated
2.3.2. CONSOLIDATING PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNTS
For the year ended December 31, 2009
                                 
    ING Groep NV             Consoli-     ING Group  
    parent     Subsi-     dating     consoli-  
    company     diaries     entries     dated  
 
                               
INCOME
                               
Interest income banking operations
            79,850               79,850  
Interest expense banking operations
            (67,475 )             (67,475 )
 
                       
Interest result banking operations
            12,375               12,375  
 
                               
Gross premium income
            30,492               30,492  
Investment income
            3,342               3,342  
Net gains/losses on disposals of group companies
            264               264  
 
                               
Gross commission income
            6,790               6,790  
Commission expense
            (2,177 )             (2,177 )
 
                       
Commission income
            4,613               4,613  
 
                               
Valuation results from non-trading derivatives
            (5,332 )             (5,332 )
Net trading income
            1,125               1,125  
Share of profit from associates
    (321 )     (461 )     321       (461 )
Other income
    (1,574 )     2,265               691  
 
                       
Total income
    (1,895 )     48,683       321       47,109  
 
                       
 
                               
EXPENSES
                               
Gross underwriting expenditure
            50,440               50,440  
Investment income for risk of policyholders
            (17,742 )             (17,742 )
Reinsurance recoveries
            (1,714 )             (1,714 )
 
                           
Underwriting expenditure
            30,984               30,984  
Additions to the provision for loan losses
            2,973               2,973  
Intangible amortization and other impairments
            568               568  
Staff expenses
            7,338               7,338  
Other interest expenses
            716               716  
Operation expenses
            6,711               6,711  
 
                           
Total expenditure
            49,290               49,290  
 
                       
Result before tax
    (1,895 )     (607 )     321       (2,181 )
 
                       
Taxation
    (472 )     (168 )             (640 )
 
                       
Result before the period (before minority interests)
    (1,423 )     (439 )     321       (1,541 )
 
                       
 
                               
Attributable:
                               
Shareholders of the parent
                            (1,423 )
Minority interest
                            (118 )
 
                             
Result for the period
                            (1,541 )
 
                             

F-185


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated
For the year ended December 31, 2008
                                 
    ING Groep NV             Consoli-     ING Group  
    parent     Subsi-     dating     consoli-  
    company     diaries     entries     dated  
 
                               
INCOME
                               
Interest income banking operations
            97,011               97,011  
Interest expense banking operations
            (85,969 )             (85,969 )
 
                       
Interest result banking operations
            11,042               11,042  
 
                               
Gross premium income
            43,812               43,812  
Investment income
            4,664               4,664  
Net gains/losses on disposals of group companies
            17               17  
 
                               
Gross commission income
            7,504               7,504  
Commission expense
            (2,539 )             (2,539 )
 
                       
Commission income
            4,965               4,965  
 
                               
Valuation results from non-trading derivatives
            (1,409 )             (1,409 )
Net trading income
            (749 )             (749 )
Share of profit from associates
    (3,332 )     (404 )     3,332       (404 )
Other income
    (240 )     884               644  
 
                       
Total income
    (3,572 )     62,822       3,332       62,582  
 
                       
 
                               
EXPENSES
                               
Gross underwriting expenditure
            18,831               18,831  
Investment income for risk of policyholders
            32,408               32,408  
Reinsurance recoveries
            (1,754 )             (1,754 )
 
                           
Underwriting expenditure
            49,485               49,485  
Additions to the provision for loan losses
            1,280               1,280  
Intangible amortization and other impairments
            464               464  
Staff expenses
            8,764               8,764  
Other interest expenses
            978               978  
Operation expenses
            6,807               6,807  
 
                           
Total expenditure
            67,778               67,778  
 
                           
Result before tax
    (3,572 )     (4,956 )     3,332       (5,196 )
 
                       
 
                               
Taxation
    (80 )     (1,587 )             (1,667 )
 
                       
Result before the period (before minority interests)
    (3,492 )     (3,369 )     3,332       (3,529 )
 
                       
 
                               
Attributable:
                               
Shareholders of the parent
                            (3,492 )
Minority interest
                            (37 )
 
                             
Result for the period
                            (3,529 )
 
                             

F-186


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated
For the year ended December 31, 2007
                                 
    ING Groep NV             Consoli-        
    parent     Subsi-     dating     ING Group  
    company     diaries     entries     consolidated  
INCOME
                               
Interest income banking operations
            76,749               76,749  
Interest expense banking operations
            (67,773 )             (67,773 )
 
                       
Interest result banking operations
            8,976               8,976  
 
                               
Gross premium income
            46,818               46,818  
Investment income
            13,352               13,352  
Net gains/losses on disposals of group companies
            430               430  
Gross commission income
            7,693               7,693  
Commission expense
            (2,866 )             (2,866 )
 
                       
Commission income
            4,827               4,827  
 
                               
Valuation results from non-trading derivatives
            (50 )             (50 )
Net trading income
            1,119               1,119  
Share of profit from associates
    9,680       740       (9,680 )     740  
Other income
    (78 )     963               885  
 
                       
Total income
    9,602       77,175       (9,680 )     77,097  
 
                       
 
                               
EXPENSES
                               
Gross underwriting expenditure
            51,818               51,818  
Investment income for risk of policyholders
            (1,079 )             (1,079 )
Reinsurance recoveries
            (1,906 )             (1,906 )
 
                           
Underwriting expenditure
            48,833               48,833  
Additions to the provision for loan losses
            125               125  
Intangible amortization and other impairments
            15               15  
Staff expenses
            8,261               8,261  
Other interest expenses
            1,102               1,102  
Operation expenses
            7,207               7,207  
 
                           
Total expenditure
            65,543               65,543  
 
                           
 
                               
 
                       
Profit before tax
    9,602       11,632       (9,680 )     11,554  
 
                       
Taxation
    (20 )     1,685               1,665  
 
                       
Profit before the period (before minority interests)
    9,622       9,947       (9,680 )     9,889  
 
                       
 
                               
Attributable:
                               
Shareholders of the parent
                            9,622  
Minority interest
                            267  
 
                             
Profit for the period
                            9,889  
 
                             

F-187


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated
2.3.3. CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
For the year ended December 31, 2009
                                 
    ING Groep NV             Consoli-     ING Group  
    parent     Subsi-     dating     consoli-  
    company     diaries     entries     dated  
Profit before tax
    (1,895 )     (607 )     321       (2,181 )
Adjusted for
                               
- depreciation
            1,701               1,701  
- amortization of deferred acquisition costs and VOBA
            (1,131 )             (1,131 )
- increase in provision for insurance and investment contracts
            3,829               3,829  
- additions to the provision for loan losses
            2,973               2,973  
- other
    (259 )     6,107       167       6,015  
Taxation paid
    207       (619 )             (412 )
 
                               
Changes in
                               
- amounts due from banks, not available on demand
            8,611               8,611  
- trading assets
            47,963               47,963  
- non-trading derivatives
            864               864  
- other financial assets as at fair value through profit and loss
            2,196               2,196  
- loans and advances to customers
    1,053       12,208       (1,053 )     12,208  
- other assets
    442       6,864       (358 )     6,948  
- amounts due to banks, not payable on demand
            (67,410 )             (67,410 )
- customer deposits and other funds on deposit
            21,040       33       21,073  
- trading liabilities
            (54,366 )             (54,366 )
- other financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss
            (5,798 )             (5,798 )
- other liabilities
    1,405       (11,758 )     (130 )     (10,483 )
 
                       
Net cash flow from operating activities
    953       (27,333 )     (1,020 )     (27,400 )
 
                               
Investments and advances
                               
- group companies
    (350 )     (5 )     350       (5 )
- associates
            (181 )             (181 )
- available-for-sale investments
            (165,771 )             (165,771 )
- held-to-maturity investments
                               
- real estate investments
            (130 )             (130 )
- property and equipment
            (640 )             (640 )
- assets subject to operating leases
            (1,034 )             (1,034 )
- investments for risk of policyholders
            (65,362 )             (65,362 )
- other investments
            (338 )             (338 )
Disposals and redemptions
                               
- group companies
            2,643               2,643  
- associates
            294               294  
- available-for-sale investments
            167,075               167,075  
- held-to-maturity investments
            1,675               1,675  
- real estate investments
            656               656  
- property and equipment
            82               82  
- assets subject to operating leases
            93               93  
- investments for risk of policyholders
            64,158               64,158  
- other investments
            24               24  
 
                       
Net cash flow from investing activities
    (350 )     3,239       350       3,239  

F-188


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated
                                 
    ING Groep NV             Consoli-     ING Group  
    parent     Subsi-     dating     consoli-  
    company     diaries     entries     dated  
Proceeds from issuance of subordinated loans
            1,931       (1,931 )        
Repayments of subordinated loans
            (3,023 )     3,023          
Proceeds from borrowed funds and debt securities
    3,800       439,561       (5,589 )     437,772  
Repayment from borrowed funds and debt securities
    (5,550 )     (425,182 )     5,550       (425,182 )
Issuance of ordinary shares/capital injection
    7,276       700       (700 )     7,276  
Issuance of non-voting equity securities
                               
Repayment of non-voting equity securities
    (5,000 )                     (5,000 )
Payments to acquire treasury shares
            (101 )             (101 )
Sales of treasury shares
    51       67               118  
Dividend
    (1,030 )     (350 )     350       (1,030 )
 
                       
Net cash flow from financing activities
    (453 )     13,603       703       13,853  
 
                               
 
                       
Net cash flow
    150       (10,491 )     33       (10,308 )
 
                               
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    33       31,238               31,271  
Effect of exchange-rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
            (4 )             (4 )
 
                       
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
    183       20,743       33       20,959  
 
                       

F-189


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated
For the year ended December 31, 2008
                                 
    ING Groep NV             Consoli-     ING Group  
    parent     Subsi-     dating     consoli-  
    company     diaries     entries     dated  
Profit before tax
    (3,572 )     (4,956 )     3,332       (5,196 )
Adjusted for
                               
- depreciation
            1,492               1,492  
- amortization of deferred acquisition costs and VOBA
            (444 )             (444 )
- increase in provision for insurance and investment contracts
            16,363               16,363  
- additions to the provision for loan losses
            1,280               1,280  
- other
    436       7,088       (569 )     6,955  
Taxation paid
    80       (129 )             (49 )
 
                               
Changes in
                               
- amounts due from banks, not available on demand
            7,162               7,162  
- trading assets
            32,386               32,386  
- non-trading derivatives
    (2 )     (2,020 )     2       (2,020 )
- other financial assets as at fair value through profit and loss
            3,174               3,174  
- loans and advances to customers
    (2,771 )     (73,702 )     3,967       (72,506 )
- other assets
    2,784       (11,730 )     (2,901 )     (11,847 )
- amounts due to banks, not payable on demand
            13,210               13,210  
- customer deposits and other funds on deposit
            6,669       162       6,831  
- trading liabilities
            3,501               3,501  
- other financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss
            13,018       (2 )     13,016  
- other liabilities
    (71 )     (552 )     138       (485 )
 
                       
Net cash flow from operating activities
    (3,116 )     11,810       4,129       12,823  
 
                               
Investments and advances
                               
- group companies
    (12,721 )     (1,725 )     12,721       (1,725 )
- associates
            (1,034 )             (1,034 )
- available-for-sale investments
            (228,291 )             (228,291 )
- held-to-maturity investments
            (314 )             (314 )
- real estate investments
            (905 )             (905 )
- property and equipment
            (708 )             (708 )
- assets subject to operating leases
            (1,401 )             (1,401 )
- investments for risk of policyholders
            (64,735 )             (64,735 )
- other investments
            (881 )             (881 )
Disposals and redemptions
                               
- group companies
            1,590               1,590  
- associates
            972               972  
- available-for-sale investments
            225,539               225,539  
- held-to-maturity investments
            1,640               1,640  
- real estate investments
            415               415  
- property and equipment
            137               137  
- assets subject to operating leases
            428               428  
- investments for risk of policyholders
            59,251               59,251  
- other investments
            19               19  
 
                       
Net cash flow from investing activities
    (12,721 )     (10,003 )     12,721       (10,003 )

F-190


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated
                                 
    ING Groep NV             Consoli-     ING Group  
    parent     Subsi-     dating     consoli-  
    company     diaries     entries     dated  
Proceeds from issuance of subordinated loans
    2,721       6,591       (6,591 )     2,721  
Repayments of subordinated loans
                               
Proceeds from borrowed funds and debt securities
    7,566       387,101       (2,752 )     391,915  
Repayment from borrowed funds and debt securities
    (5,376 )     (354,015 )     5,376       (354,015 )
Issuance of ordinary shares/capital injection
    448       12,721       (12,721 )     448  
Issuance of non-voting equity securities
    10,000                       10,000  
Payments to acquire treasury shares
    (2,379 )     (9 )             (2,388 )
Sales of treasury shares
    (1,147 )     1,399               252  
Dividend
    3,875       (7,082 )             (3,207 )
 
                       
Net cash flow from financing activities
    15,708       46,706       (16,688 )     45,726  
 
                               
 
                       
Net cash flow
    (129 )     48,513       162       48,546  
 
                               
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    162       (16,811 )     (162 )     (16,811 )
Effect of exchange-rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
            (464 )             (464 )
 
                       
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
    33       31,238               31,271  
 
                       

F-191


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated
For the year ended December 31, 2007
                                 
    ING Groep NV             Consoli-     ING Group  
    parent     Subsi-     dating     consoli-  
    company     diaries     entries     dated  
Profit before tax
    9,602       11,632       (9,680 )     11,554  
Adjusted for
                               
- depreciation
            1,382               1,382  
- amortization of deferred acquisition costs and VOBA
            (1,338 )             (1,338 )
- increase in provision for insurance and investment contracts
            26,494               26,494  
- additions to the provision for loan losses
            125               125  
- other
    (8,527 )     (3,246 )     7,876       (3,897 )
Taxation paid
    (254 )     (1,093 )             (1,347 )
 
                               
Changes in
                               
- amounts due from banks, not available on demand
            (8,690 )             (8,690 )
- trading assets
            1,714       1,283       2,997  
- non-trading derivatives
    18       259       (16 )     261  
- other financial assets as at fair value through profit and loss
            (4,878 )             (4,878 )
- loans and advances to customers
    (5,353 )     (74,834 )     4,175       (76,012 )
- other assets
    (271 )     (6,892 )     629       (6,534 )
- amounts due to banks, not payable on demand
            15,414               15,414  
- customer deposits and other funds on deposit
            32,748       (4,108 )     28,640  
- trading liabilities
            20,916               20,916  
- other financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss
            87       (43 )     44  
- other liabilities
    253       6,344       (20 )     6,577  
 
                       
Net cash flow from operating activities
    (4,532 )     16,144       96       11,708  
Investments and advances
                               
- group companies
            (5,470 )     2,255       (3,215 )
- associates
            (1,221 )             (1,221 )
- available-for-sale investments
    (314 )     (283,692 )             (284,006 )
- real estate investments
            (876 )             (876 )
- property and equipment
            (575 )             (575 )
- assets subject to operating leases
            (1,393 )             (1,393 )
- investments for risk of policyholders
            (54,438 )             (54,438 )
- other investments
            (316 )             (316 )
Disposals and redemptions
                               
- group companies
            1,067       (55 )     1,012  
- associates
            1,049               1,049  
- available-for-sale investments
    25       281,173               281,198  
- held-to-maturity investments
            822               822  
- real estate investments
            309               309  
- property and equipment
            151               151  
- assets subject to operating leases
            417               417  
- investments for risk of policyholders
            47,136               47,136  
- other investments
            13               13  
 
                       
Net cash flow from investing activities
    (289 )     (15,844 )     2,200       (13,933 )

F-192


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated
                                 
    ING Groep NV             Consoli-     ING Group  
    parent     Subsi-     dating     consoli-  
    company     diaries     entries     dated  
Proceeds from issuance of subordinated loans
    1,764       3,329       (3,329 )     1,764  
Repayments of subordinated loans
            (1,028 )     1,028          
Proceeds from borrowed funds and debt securities
    7,032       458,688       (10,091 )     455,629  
Repayment from borrowed funds and debt securities
    (5,897 )     (472,595 )     13,510       (464,982 )
Issuance of ordinary shares/capital injection
    397       2,200       (2,200 )     397  
Payments to acquire treasury shares
    (3,446 )     (29 )     29       (3,446 )
Sales of treasury shares
    2,129       24       (1,307 )     846  
Dividends paid
    2,901       (5,940 )             (3,039 )
 
                       
Net cash flow from financing activities
    4,880       (15,351 )     (2,360 )     (12,831 )
 
                               
     
Net cash flow
    59       (15,051 )     (64 )     (15,056 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    103       (1,333 )     (565 )     (1,795 )
Effect of exchange-rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
            40               40  
 
                       
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
    162       (16,344 )     (629 )     (16,811 )
 
                       

F-193


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated
2.3.4. NOTES TO THE SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION
ASSETS
INVESTMENT IN WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIAIRIES
Investment in wholly owned subsidiaries
                                 
            Balance             Balance  
            sheet             sheet  
    Ownership     value     Ownership     value  
    (%)     2009     (%)     2008  
 
                               
Name of investee:
                               
ING Bank N.V.
    100       27,469       100       20,631  
ING Verzekeringen N.V.
    100       15,880       100       11,887  
Other
            (85 )             (74 )
 
                           
 
            43,264               32,444  
 
                           
Movement in investment in wholly owned subsidiaries:
                 
    2009     2008  
 
               
Opening balance
    32,444       42,373  
Revaluations
    10,800       (13,709 )
Result of the group companies
    (321 )     (3,332 )
Capital contribution
    700       12,720  
Dividend
    (350 )     (7,050 )
 
           
 
    43,273       31,002  
 
           
 
               
Changes in ING Groep N.V. shares held by group companies
    (9 )     1,442  
 
           
Closing balance
    43,264       32,444  
 
           
 
               
Receivables from group companies
    12,378       13,275  
 
           
Total
    55,647       45,719  
 
           
SUBORDINATED LOANS
See Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements.
                                 
    Year of             Balance sheet value  
Interest rate   issue     Due date     2009     2008  
9.000%
    2008     Perpetual     10       10  
8.500%
    2008     Perpetual     1,357       1,393  
8.000%
    2008     Perpetual     1,479       1,474  
7.375%
    2007     Perpetual     1,022       1,048  
6.375%
    2007     Perpetual     713       731  
5.140%
    2006     Perpetual     670       623  
5.775%
    2005     Perpetual     690       711  
6.125%
    2005     Perpetual     472       487  
4.176%
    2005     Perpetual     498       497  
Variable
    2004     Perpetual     999       939  
6.200%
    2003     Perpetual     337       348  
Variable
    2003     Perpetual     731       684  
7.200%
    2002     Perpetual     656       773  
7.050%
    2002     Perpetual     465       563  
8.439%
    2000     December 31, 2030     1,040       1,071  
 
                           
 
                    11,139       11,352  
 
                           
EUR 7,862 million (2008: EUR 6,872 million) of these loans has been subsequently provided as subordinated loans by ING Groep N.V. to ING Bank N.V. under the same conditions as the original bonds.

F-194


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated
EUR 3,267 million (2008: EUR 4,471 million) of these loans has been subsequently provided as subordinated loans by ING Groep N.V. to ING Verzekeringen N.V. under the same conditions as the original bonds.
Unsecured subordinated loans from group companies to ING Groep N.V., which may be renewable at their due dates at the then prevailing market rates, are included in subordinated loans.
DEBT SECURITIES IN ISSUE
                                 
                    Balance sheet value  
Interest rate   Year of issue     Due date     2009     2008  
5,630%
    2008     September 3, 2013     1,073       1,053  
4,699%
    2007     June 1, 2035     117       117  
4,750%
    2007     May 31, 2017     1,864       1,830  
Variable
    2006     June 28, 2011     749       749  
Variable
    2006     April 11, 2016     997       996  
4.125%
    2006     April 11, 2016     745       745  
6.125%
    2000     January 4, 2011     1,000       999  
5.500%
    1999     September 14, 2009             999  
 
                           
 
                    6,545       7,488  
 
                           
The number of debentures held by group companies as at December 31, 2009 was 114,760 with a balance sheet value of EUR 11 million (2008: 49,540 with a balance sheet value of EUR 4 million).
Amounts owed to group companies by remaining term:
                 
    2009     2008  
 
               
-    within one year
    32       1,254  
-    more than one year but less than five years
    500          
 
           
 
    532       1,254  
 
           
Derivatives from group companies by remaining term:
                 
    2009     2008  
 
               
-    more than one year but less than five years
    30       43  
-    more than five years
    238       22  
 
           
 
    268       65  
 
           

F-195


Table of Contents

Report of independent registered public accounting firm
To: The Supervisory Board and Executive Board of ING Bank N.V.
We have audited the consolidated profit and loss accounts, consolidated statement of cash flows and consolidated statement of changes in equity of ING Bank N.V. and subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2007. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit. We served as principal auditor of ING Bank N.V. In our position, we did not audit total net profit constituting 25% in 2007 of the related consolidated totals of ING Bank N.V. These data were audited by other auditors whose report has been furnished to us, and our opinion, insofar as it relates to the parts not audited by us, is based solely on the report of the other auditors.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit and the report of the other auditors provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, based on our audit and the report of the other auditors, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations and the cash flows of ING Bank N.V. and subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2007, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union.
Amsterdam, The Netherlands
March 17, 2008
/s/ KPMG ACCOUNTANTS N.V.

F-196


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM TO
THE GENERAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS OF ING BELGIUM NV/SA
ON THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR
ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2007
In accordance with the legal requirements, we report to you on the performance of our mandate of statutory auditor. This report contains our opinion on the consolidated financial statements as well as the required additional comments.
Unqualified opinion on the consolidated financial statements
We have audited the consolidated statements of income, changes in equity and cash flows of ING Belgium NV/SA and its subsidiaries (collectively referred to as ‘the Group’) for the year ended December 31, 2007, as well as the summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory notes. These consolidated financial statements (not presented separately herein) are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the European Union, and with the legal and regulatory requirements applicable in Belgium.
Responsibility of the board of directors for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements
The board of directors is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements. This responsibility includes: designing, implementing and maintaining internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; selecting and applying appropriate accounting policies; and making accounting estimates that are reasonable in the circumstances.
Responsibility of the statutory auditor
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with the legal requirements and the auditing standards applicable in Belgium, as issued by the Institute of Registered Auditors (Institut des Reviseurs d’Entreprises/Instituut van de Bedrijfsrevisoren) and the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement.
In accordance with these standards, we have performed procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. The procedures selected depend on our judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, we have considered internal control relevant to the Group’s preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control. We have evaluated the appropriateness of accounting policies used, the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by the Group and the presentation of the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole. Finally, we have obtained from the board of directors and the Group’s officials the explanations and information necessary for executing our audit procedures. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
Opinion
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects the Group’s results of operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2007 in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the European Union, and with the legal and regulatory requirements applicable in Belgium.

F-197


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM TO
THE GENERAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS OF ING BELGIUM NV/SA
ON THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR
ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2007
Additional comments
The preparation and the assessment of the information that should be included in the directors’ report on the consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the board of directors. Our responsibility is to include in our report the following additional comments, which do not modify the scope of our opinion on the consolidated financial statements:
- The directors’ report on the consolidated financial statements deals with the information required by law and is consistent with the consolidated financial statements. We are, however, unable to comment on the description of the principal risks and uncertainties which the entities included in the consolidation are facing, and on their financial situation, their foreseeable evolution or the significant influence of certain facts on their future development. We can nevertheless confirm that the matters disclosed do not present any obvious inconsistencies with the information that we became aware of during the performance of our mandate.
Brussels, March 10, 2008
Ernst & Young Reviseurs d’Entreprises SCCRL
Statutory auditor

represented by
Marc Van Steenvoort   Pierre Anciaux
Partner   Partner

F-198


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY
ACTUARIAL AND UNDERWRITING RISK
These risks (mortality, longevity, morbidity, adverse motor or home claims, etc.), result from the pricing and acceptance of insurance contracts. Actuarial risk is the risk that premium levels and provisions in respect of insurance risk may turn out to be (no longer) correct. Underwriting risk is the risk that an issuer will receive a claim under an insurance policy it issues/underwrites. Maximum underwriting exposures are limited through exclusions, cover limits and reinsurance.
ALT-A RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGE BACKED SECURITY (ALT-A RMBS)
A type of US residential mortgage which is considered riskier than ‘prime’ and less risky than ‘sub-prime’ mortgages. Parameters generally taken into account are borrower credit scores, residential property values and loan-to-value ratios. Alt-A mortgages are further characterized by a limited degree of income and/or asset verification.
AMORTIZED COST
The amount at which the financial asset or liability is measured at initial recognition less principal repayments, plus or minus the cumulative amortization using the effective interest method of any difference between that initial amount and the maturity amount, and minus any reduction for impairment or uncollectibility.
ASSET AND LIABILITY COMMITTEE (ALCO)
Manages the balance sheet of ING, especially with regard to strategic non-trading risk. These risks comprise interest rate exposures, equity risk, real estate risk, liquidity, solvency and foreign exchange risk and fluctuations.
ASSET LIABILITY MANAGEMENT (ALM)
The practice of managing a business such that decisions on assets and liabilities are coordinated. It involves the ongoing process of formulating, implementing, monitoring and revising strategies related to assets and liabilities.
ASSET BACKED COMMERCIAL PAPER (ABCP)
Commercial paper that is collateralized by other financial assets.
ASSET BACKED SECURITIES (ABS)
A type of bond or note that is based on pools of assets, or collateralized by the cash flows from a specified pool of underlying assets.
ASSOCIATE
An entity over which the Group has significant influence, generally accompanying a shareholding of between 20% and 50% of the voting rights, and that is not a subsidiary not a joint venture.
AVAILABLE FINANCIAL RESOURCES (AFR)
The available financial resources equal the market value of assets minus market value of liabilities, excluding hybrids issued by ING Group which is counted as capital. ING’s policy is that the available financial resources should exceed economic capital for Bank, Insurance and Group.
AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE FINANCIAL ASSETS
Those non-derivative financial assets that are designated as available-for-sale or are not classified as:
  loans and receivables;
 
  held-to-maturity investments; or
 
  financial assets at fair value through profit and loss.
BASEL I
Regulatory requirements issued by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision for the solvency calculation, which are superseded by Basel II, for ING, from 2008 onwards.
BASEL II
Regulatory requirements issued by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision for the solvency calculation, which, for ING, apply from 2008 onwards. Basel II is an international standard for calculating the required capital based on internal models that take into account the financial and operational risks.
BASIS POINT VALUE (BPV)
The change in the Net Present Value of a cash flow or a pool of cash flows due to a one basis point change of the yield curve.

F-199


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY
BASIS RISK
This risk arises from an imperfect correlation in the adjustment of the rates earned and paid on different financial instruments. Examples of products in which these risks are inherent are demand deposits, saving accounts and mortgages with prepayment options.
BIS
An international organization which fosters international monetary and financial co-operation and serves as a bank for central banks. BIS has set a minimum for the solvency ratio reflecting the relationship between capital and risk weighted assets. The ratio should be at least 8%.
BUSINESS RISK
The exposure to value loss due to fluctuations in volumes, margins and costs. These fluctuations can occur because of internal, industry, or wider market factors. It is the risk inherent to strategy decisions and internal efficiency.
CAPITAL AT RISK (CAR)
The maximum negative impact on ING Group’s economic surplus over a one year forward looking horizon under normal market conditions. CaR is calculated at a 90% confidence interval.
CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT
Short-term negotiable bearer debt instruments issued by banks.
CLAIM
A demand for payment of a policy benefit because of the occurrence of an insured event, such as the death or disability of the insured or the maturity of an endowment, the incurrence of hospital or medical bills, the destruction or damage of property and related deaths or injuries, defects in, liens on, or challenges to the title to real estate, or the occurrence of a surety loss.
CLAIMS RATIO
Claims, including claims handling expenses, expressed as a percentage of net earned premiums.
COLLATERALIZED DEBT OBLIGATION (CDO)
A type of asset-backed security which provides investors exposure to the credit risk of a pool of fixed income assets.
COLLATERALIZED LOAN OBLIGATION (CLO)
A type of CDO which is backed primarily by leveraged bank loans.
COMBINED RATIO
The sum of the claims ratio and the cost ratio for a non-life insurance company or a reinsurance company. A combined ratio of more than 100% does not necessarily mean that there is a loss on non-life insurance policies, because the result also includes the allocated investment income.
COMMERCIAL PAPER
Promissory note (issued by financial institutions or large firms) with very-short to short maturity period (usually 2 to 30 days, and not more than 270 days), and unsecured.
COMPLIANCE RISK
Compliance risk is defined as the risk of damage to ING’s reputation as a result of failure (or perceived failure) to comply with relevant laws, regulations, internal policies and procedures or ethical standards.
CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK
Concentrations of credit risk exist when changes in economic, industry or geographical factors similarly affect groups of counterparties whose aggregate exposure is material in relation to ING Group’s total exposure.
CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
Possible obligations that arises from past events and whose existence will be confirmed only by the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more uncertain future events not wholly within the control of the entity; or a present obligation that arises from past events but is not recognized because:
  it is not probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation; or
 
  the amount of the obligation cannot be measured with sufficient reliability.
CONTROL
The power to govern the financial and operating policies of an entity so as to obtain benefits from its activities.

F-200


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY
CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURES
Debentures with embedded options issued by corporations. The holder has the right to exchange a convertible debenture for equity in the issuing company at certain times in the future according to a certain exchange ratio. Very often, the conversion is callable. This means that it can be repurchased by the issuer at a certain price at certain times in the future. Once the debentures have been called, the holder can always choose to convert prior to repurchase.
CONVEXITY
The non-linear relationship between changes in the interest rates and changes in bond prices and their Net Present Value. It is a very important market risk measure for portfolios containing (embedded) options.
CORE DEBT
Investments in ING Group subsidiaries minus the equity of the holding company including hybrids.
COST OF CAPITAL
The costs related to owning capital. These can be split into the cost of equity, hybrids and debt, taking a target leverage into account.
COST RATIO
Underwriting costs expressed as a percentage of premiums written.
COUNTRY RISK
The risk that a government will not fulfil its obligations or obstructs the remittance of funds by debtors, either for financial reasons (transfer risk) or for other reasons (e.g. political risk).
CREDIT INSTITUTIONS
All institutions that are subject to banking supervision by public authorities, including mortgage banks, capital market institutions, multilateral development banks and the International Monetary Fund (IMF).
CREDIT RISK
The risk of loss from default by borrowers (including bond issuers) or counterparties. Credit risks arise in ING’s lending, presettlement and investment activities, as well as in its trading activities. Credit risk management is supported by dedicated credit risk information systems and internal rating methodologies for debtors and counterparties.
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES
The amounts of income tax payable in future periods in respect of taxable temporary differences between carrying amounts of assets or liabilities in the balance sheet and tax base, based on tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the assets are realized or the liabilities are settled.
DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN
Post-employment benefit plans other than defined contribution plans.
DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN
Post-employment benefit plans under which an enterprise pays fixed contributions into a separate entity (a fund) and will have no legal or constructive obligation to pay further contributions if the fund does not hold sufficient assets to pay all employee benefits relating to employee service in the current and prior periods.
DELTA HEDGE
The delta hedge minimises the exposure of the employee option scheme by holding an appropriate number of (depositary receipts for) ordinary shares. The exposure is reassessed every quarter and, if necessary, ordinary shares are bought from the market.
DEPOSITARY RECEIPT
Depositary receipt for ordinary and preference shares, issued by the ING Trust Office, in exchange for ordinary and preference shares issued by ING Group.
DERIVATIVES
Financial instruments, which include forwards, futures, options and swaps, whose value is based on an underlying asset, index or reference rate.
DISCOUNTED BILLS
Bills that are sold under deduction of interest giving the owner the right to receive an amount of money on a given date.

F-201


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY
DISCRETIONARY PARTICIPATION FEATURE
A contractual right to receive, as a supplement to guaranteed benefits, additional benefits that: are likely to be a significant portion of the total contractual benefits, whose amount or timing is contractually at the discretion of the insurer, that are contractually based on the performance of a specified pool or type of contract, (un)realized investment returns on a specified pool of assets held by the insurer, or the profit of the company, fund, or other entity that issues the contract.
EARNINGS AT RISK (EAR)
Measures the impact on earnings resulting from changes in market rates over a one-year horizon.
ECONOMIC CAPITAL
The minimum amount of capital that is required to absorb unexpected losses in times of severe stress. Given ING Group’s A target rating, ING calculates economic capital requirements at a 99.95% level of confidence. This confidence level is derived from the historical default frequency of AA-rated companies (probability of default of 1 in 2000 years or 0.05%).
EFFECTIVE INTEREST METHOD
A method of calculating the amortized cost of a financial asset or liability and of allocating the interest income or interest expense over the relevant period.
ELIMINATION
A process by which intercompany transactions are matched with each other and deducted, so that the assets, liabilities, income and expenses are not inflated.
EMBEDDED VALUE (EV)
Embedded value is the present value of all future cash flows from the contracts being owned today (embedded value does not take into account future sales). The discount rate used is equal to Weighted average cost of capital.
EMBEDDED VALUE PROFIT (EVP)
Embedded value profit is the change in embedded value over a given period over and above the amount related to the unwinding of the discount rate.
EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
All forms of consideration given by a company in exchange for service rendered by (current and former) employees.
FAIR VALUE
The amount for which an asset could be exchanged, or a liability settled, between knowledgeable, willing parties in an arm’s length transaction.
FINANCE LEASE
A lease that transfers substantially all the risks and rewards associated with ownership of an asset to the lessee. Title may or may not eventually be transferred.
FINANCIAL ASSET
Any asset that is:
  cash;
  an equity instrument of another company;
  a contractual right to;
  receive cash or another financial asset from
  another company; or
  exchange financial instruments with another
  company under conditions that are potentially
  favourable; or
  certain contract that will or may be settled in
  ING’s own equity instruments.
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Contracts that give rise to both a financial asset for one company and a financial liability or equity instrument for another company.
FINANCIAL LIABILITY
Any liability that is a contractual obligation:
  to deliver cash or another financial asset to another company; or
  to exchange financial instruments with another company under conditions that are potentially unfavourable; or
  certain contracts that will or may be settled in ING’s own equity instruments.
FOREIGN EXCHANGE RATE RISK
Probability of loss occurring from an adverse movement in foreign exchange rates.
FORWARD CONTRACTS
Commitments to exchange currencies or to buy or sell other financial instruments at specified future dates.
FUTURE CONTRACTS
Commitments to exchange currencies or to buy or sell other financial instruments at specified future dates. Exchanges act as intermediaries and require daily cash settlement and collateral deposits.

F-202


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY
GROSS PREMIUMS WRITTEN
Total premiums (whether or not earned) for insurance contracts written or assumed (including deposits for investment contracts with limited or no life contingencies written) during a specific period, without deduction for premiums ceded.
HELD-TO-MATURITY INVESTMENTS
Non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments and fixed maturity that ING Group has the positive intention and ability to hold to maturity other than:
those that ING Group upon initial recognition designates as at fair value through profit and loss;
those that ING Group designates as available-for-sale; and
those that meet the definition of loans and receivables.
HISTORICAL SIMULATION
A model to calculate Value at Risk, assuming that future changes in risk factors will have the same distribution as they had in the past taking into account the non-linear behaviour of financial products.
IMPAIRMENT LOSS
The amount by which the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount.
INTEREST BEARING INSTRUMENT
A financial asset or a liability for which a time-proportionate compensation is paid or received in relation to a notional amount.
INTERNAL RATE OF RETURN (IRR)
Internal rate of return is the discount rate at which the present value of distributable earnings from new business equals the investment in new business (i.e. the projected return on the investment in new business) is calculated.
INTEREST-RATE REBATES
Profit sharing for group life insurance business. A rebate granted to policyholders based on the discounted value of the difference between the interest rate used to calculate the premiums and the expected yield on investment. The profit sharing is granted by means of a premium discount related to the yield on government bonds.
INTEREST RATE RISK
Probability that the market interest rates will rise significantly higher than the interest rate earned on investments such as bonds, resulting in their lower market value.
IN THE MONEY
A call option is said to be in the money if the exercise price is lower than the price of the underlying value; a put option is said to be in the money if the exercise price is higher than the price of the underlying value.
INVESTMENT RISK
Investment risk is the credit default and risk rating migration risk that is associated with ING Group’s investments in bonds, commercial paper, securitizations, and other similar publicly traded securities. Investment risk arises when ING purchases a (synthetic) bond with the intent to hold the bond for a longer period of time (generally through maturity).
INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO
Comprises those assets which are intended for use on a continuing basis, and have been identified as such. These investments are held in order to cover the insurance provisions and to manage interest rate, capital and liquidity risks.
IRREVOCABLE FACILITIES
Mainly constitute unused portions of irrevocable credit facilities granted to corporate clients and commitments made to purchase securities to be issued by governments and private issuers.
IRREVOCABLE LETTERS OF CREDIT
Concerns an obligation on behalf of a client to pay an amount of money under submission of a specific document or to accept a bill of exchange, subject to certain conditions. An irrevocable letter of credit cannot be cancelled or adjusted by the bank that has granted it during the duration of the agreement unless all those concerned agree.

F-203


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY
JOINT VENTURE
A contractual arrangement whereby two or more parties undertake an economic activity which is subject to joint control.
LENDING RISK
Lending risk arises when ING Group grants a loan to a customer, or issues guarantees on behalf of a customer. This is the most common risk category, and includes term loans, mortgages, revolving credits, overdrafts, guarantees, letters of credit, etc. The risk is measured at the notional amount of the financial obligation that the customer has to repay to ING, excluding any accrued and unpaid interest, or discount/premium amortizations or impairments.
LIQUIDITY RISK
The risk that ING Group or one of its subsidiaries cannot meet its financial liabilities when they fall due, at reasonable costs and in a timely manner.
MARKET RISK
Market risk is the risk that movements in market variables, such as interest rates, equity prices, implied volatilities, foreign exchange rates, real estate prices negatively impact the earnings or market value.
MARKET VALUE AT RISK (MVAR)
A calculation method which measures the decrease in the market value surplus caused by movements in financial markets, at a 99.95% confidence level over a one year horizon.
MINORITY INTERESTS
The part of the profit or loss and net assets of a subsidiary attributable to an interest which is not owned, directly or indirectly, by the parent company.
MONETARY ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
Assets and liabilities which are fixed in terms of units of currency by contract or otherwise. Examples are cash, short or long-term accounts, notes receivable in cash and notes payable in cash.
MONEY MARKET RISK
Money market risk arises when ING Group places short term deposits with a counterparty in order to manage excess liquidity, as such, money market deposits tend to be short term in nature (1-7 days is common). In the event of a counterparty default, ING Group may lose the deposit placed. Money market risk is therefore measured simply as the notional value of the deposit, excluding any accrued and unpaid interest or the effect of any impairment.
MONOLINER
A financial company that deals specifically with one particular branch of the financial industry.
MONTE CARLO SIMULATION
A model to calculate Value at Risk, assuming that changes in risk factors are (jointly) normally distributed taking into account nonlinear behaviour of financial products.
MORTGAGE BACKED SECURITIES (MBS)
A security whose cash flows are backed by typically the principal and/ or interest payments of a pool of mortgages.
NEW SALES
New sales of life insurance, measured as Annual Premium Equivalent (APE), have been defined as the total of annual premiums and 10% of single premiums received on production in a given period.
NET ASSET VALUE
Used in the equity method of accounting. The initial net asset value of the investment is determined by the fair value of the assets and liabilities of the investee. After the initial valuation of assets and liabilities of the investee at fair value, the assets and liabilities of the investee are valued in accordance with the accounting policies of the investor. The profit and loss account reflects the investor’s share in the results of operations of the investee.
NET PREMIUMS WRITTEN
Gross premiums written for a given period less premiums ceded to retrocessionaires during the given period.

F-204


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY
NET PRESENT VALUE AT RISK (NPV-AT-RISK)
Establishes what the value of future cash flows is in terms of today’s monetary value. NPV-at-Risk establishes the change in value of future cash flows as a result of interest rate changes in terms of today’s monetary value.
NON-VOTING EQUITY SECURITIES
Core Tier 1 securities issued to the Dutch State in November 2008 for a total consideration of EUR 10 billion. In December 2009 EUR 5 billion was paid back to the Dutch State. This capital injection qualifies as core Tier 1 capital for regulatory purposes.
NOTIONAL AMOUNTS
Represent units of account which, in respect of derivatives, reflect the relationship with the underlying assets. They do not reflect, however, the credit risks assumed by entering into derivative transactions.
OPERATING LEASE
A lease other than a finance lease.
OPERATIONAL RISK
The risk of a direct or indirect loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events.
OPTION CONTRACTS
Give the purchaser, for a premium, the right, but not the obligation, to buy or sell within a limited period of time a financial instrument or currency at a contracted price that may also be settled in cash. Written options are subject to market risk, but not to credit risk since the counterparties have already performed in accordance with the terms of the contract by paying a cash premium up front.
ORDINARY SHARE
An equity instrument that is subordinate to all other classes of equity instruments. Ordinary shares participate in the net profit for the financial year after other types of shares such as preference shares.
OUT OF THE MONEY
A call option is said to be out of the money if the exercise price is higher than the price of the underlying value; a put option is said to be out of the money if the exercise price is lower than the price of the underlying value.
OVER-THE-COUNTER INSTRUMENT
A non-standardized financial instrument not traded on a stock exchange but directly between market participants.
PLAN ASSETS
Comprise assets held by a long-term employee benefit fund and qualifying insurance policies. Assets held by a long-term employee benefit fund are assets (other than non-transferable financial instruments issued by the reporting enterprise) that:
  are held by an entity (a fund) that is legally separate from the reporting enterprise and exists solely to pay or fund employee benefits; and
  are available to be used only to pay or fund employee benefits, are not available to the reporting enterprise’s own creditors (even in bankruptcy), and cannot be returned to the reporting enterprise, unless either the remaining assets of the fund are sufficient to meet all the related employee benefit obligations of the plan or the reporting enterprise or the assets are returned to the reporting enterprise to reimburse it for employee benefits already paid.
  A qualifying insurance policy is an insurance policy issued by an insurer that is not a related party of the reporting enterprise, if the proceeds of the policy:
  can be used only to pay or fund employee benefits under a defined benefit plan; and

F-205


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY
  are not available to the reporting enterprise’s own creditors (even in bankruptcy) and cannot be paid to the reporting enterprise, unless either the proceeds represent surplus assets that are not needed for the policy to meet all the related employee benefit obligations or the proceeds are returned to the reporting enterprise to reimburse it for employee benefits already paid.
POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFIT PLANS
Formal or informal arrangements under which a company provides post-employment benefits for one or more employees. Post-employment benefits are employee benefits other than termination benefits and equity compensation benefits, which are payable after the completion of employment.
PREFERENCE SHARE
Similar to an ordinary share but carries certain preferential rights. These rights usually concern the guarantee of a fixed (cumulative) return to the shareholder or a guaranteed return on the investment.
PREMIUMS EARNED
The portion of net premiums written in current and past periods which applies to the expired portion of the policy period, calculated by subtracting movements in unearned premium reserves from net premiums.
PRE-SETTLEMENT RISK
Pre-settlement risk arises when a counterparty defaults on a transaction before settlement and ING Group has to replace the contract by a trade with another counterparty at the then prevailing (possibly unfavourable) market price. The pre-settlement risk (potential or expected risk) is the cost of ING Group replacing a trade in the market. This credit risk category is associated with dealing room products such as options, swaps, and securities financing transactions. Where there is a mutual exchange of value, the amount of outstanding is generally based on the replacement value (mark-to-market) plus potential future volatility concept, using an historical 7 year time horizon and a 99% confidence level.
PRESSURIZED ASSETS
Pressurized assets have been defined as subprime ABS exposures, Alt-A ABS exposures, CDO/CLOs, SIVs, ABCP investment, leveraged finance and exposures on monoliners.
PRIVATE LOAN
Loans to governments, other public bodies, public utilities, corporations, other institutions or individuals with a loan agreement as the only instrument of title.
PRIVATE PLACEMENT
A placement in which newly issued shares or debentures come into possession of a limited group of subscribers who are prepared to buy the new securities.
PROJECTED UNIT CREDIT METHOD
An actuarial valuation method that considers each period of service as giving rise to an additional unit of benefit entitlement and measures each unit separately to build up the final obligation.
QUALIFYING ASSET (WITHIN THE MEANING OF BORROWING COSTS)
An asset that necessarily takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use or sale.
RECOGNITION
The process of incorporating in the balance sheet or profit and loss account an item that meets the definition of an element and satisfies the following criteria for recognition:
  it is probable that any future economic benefit associated with the item will flow to or from the enterprise; and
  the item has a cost or value that can be measured reliably.
RECOVERABLE AMOUNT
The higher of an asset’s net selling price and its value in use.
REDEMPTION VALUE
With respect to investments in fixed-interest securities, the amount payable on the maturity date.

F-206


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY
REINSURANCE
The practice whereby one party, called the reinsurer, in consideration for a premium paid to him, agrees to indemnify another party, called the reinsured or ceding company, for part or all of the liability assumed by the reinsured under a contract or contracts of insurance which the reinsured has issued. The reinsured may also be referred to as the original or primary insurer, the direct writing company, or the ceding company.
RETURN ON EQUITY (ROE)
The return on equity is the net result as percentage of the average equity.
RISK ADJUSTED RETURN ON CAPITAL (RAROC)
A performance indicator that measures revenues in the perspective of the risks that had to be taken to obtain that revenue. RAROC is calculated by dividing the risk-adjusted-return by economic capital. In the RAROC calculation, the actual credit-risk provisioning is replaced by statistically expected losses reflecting the average credit losses over the entire economic cycle.
RISK-WEIGHTED ASSETS (‘RWA’ UNDER BASEL I)
Assets which are weighted for credit risk according to a formula used by the Dutch central bank (De Nederlandsche Bank), which conforms to the capital adequacy guidelines of the BIS (Bank of International Settlements). On and off-balance-sheet items are weighted for risk, with off-balance-sheet items converted to balance-sheet equivalents (using credit-conversion factors) before being allocated a risk weight.
RISK-WEIGHTED ASSETS (‘RWA’ UNDER BASEL II)
Assets which are weighted for credit and market risk in accordance with the Basel II methodology. The risk-weighted assets are calculated using internal models approved by The Dutch central bank (De Nederlandsche Bank). Regulatory capital requirements for operational risk are calculated without use of risk-weighted assets.
SETTLEMENT RISK
Settlement risk arises when there is an exchange of value (funds, instruments or commodities) for the same or different value dates and receipt is not verified or expected until ING Group has paid or delivered its side of the trade. The risk is that ING Group delivers, but does not receive delivery from the counterparty.
SIGNIFICANT INFLUENCE
The power to participate in the financial and operating policy decisions of an entity, but not to have control over these policies. Significant influence may be gained by share ownership, statute or agreement.
SUB-PRIME MORTGAGES
Mortgage loans made to borrowers who cannot get a regular mortgage because they have a bad credit history or limited income.
SUBSIDIARY
An entity that is controlled by another entity.
SURRENDER
The termination of a life or retirement contract at the request of the policyholder after which the policyholder receives the cash surrender value, if any, on the contract.
SWAP CONTRACTS
Commitments to settle in cash at a specified future date, based on differentials between specified financial indices as applied to a notional principal amount. Generally, no cash is exchanged at the outset of the contract and no principal payments are made by either party.
TIER 1 CAPITAL
Also referred to as the core capital of ING Bank. It comprises paid up share capital, reserves excluding revaluation reserves, retained earnings, minority interests and hybrid Tier 1.
TIER 1 RATIO
Reflecting the Tier 1 capital of ING Bank as a percentage of its total risk weighted assets. The minimum set by the Dutch central bank is 4%.
TOTAL AND UNDERLYING NET RESULT
The variance between Total and Underlying net result is caused by divestments and special items.
TRADING PORTFOLIO
Comprises those financial instruments which are held to obtain short-term transaction results, to facilitate transactions on behalf of clients or to hedge other positions in the trading portfolio.
TRANSFER RISK
Probability of loss due to currency conversion (exchange) restrictions imposed by a foreign government that make it impossible to move money out of the country.

F-207


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY
TREASURY BILLS
Generally short-term debt certificates issued by a central government. Dutch Treasury Certificates are regarded as Dutch Treasury bills.
TREASURY SHARES
An entity’s own equity instruments, held by the entity or other members of the consolidated group.
VALUE CREATION
Value creation is measured by Economic Profit (regarding non life and asset management business and banking operations) and Embedded Value Profit (regarding life and long term health business).
VALUE AT RISK (VAR)
Quantifies, with a one-sided confidence level of at least 99%, the maximum overnight loss in Net Present Value that could occur due to changes in risk factors (e.g. interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, credit spreads, implied volatilities) if positions remain unchanged for a time interval of one day.
VALUE IN USE
The present value of estimated future cash flows expected to arise from the continuing use of an asset and from its disposal at the end of its useful life.
VARIANCE-COVARIANCE
A model to calculate Value at Risk, assuming that changes in risk factors are (jointly) normally distributed and that the change in portfolio value is linearly dependent on all risk factor changes.
WARRANT
A financial instrument that gives the holder the right to purchase ordinary shares.
WEIGHTED AVERAGE COST OF CAPITAL (WACC)
The weighted average cost of capital is used as the discount rate for calculating the present value of future cash flows.

F-208


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE I—SUMMARY OF INVESTMENTS OTHER THAN INVESTMENTS
IN RELATED PARTIES
Amounts are in millions of euros
                         
                    Column D  
                    Amount at which  
Column A   Column B     Column C     shown in the  
Type of investment   Cost     Fair value     balance sheet  
 
                       
DEBT SECURITIES
                       
Debt securities held to maturity
    14,409       14,809       14,409  
Debentures/available-for-sale
                       
— Dutch governments
    5,284       5,598       5,598  
— Foreign governments
    80,353       81,638       81,638  
— Public utilities
    6,653       6,861       6,861  
— Asset-backed securities
    30,995       28,198       28,198  
— Redeemable preference shares/sinking fund
    17       13       13  
— All other corporate bonds
    66,768       66,542       66,542  
 
                       
SHARES AND CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURES
                       
Ordinary shares
                       
— Public utilities
    59       77       77  
— Banks, trusts and insurance companies
    1,672       4,335       4,335  
— Industrial and all others
    2,936       3,977       3,977  
Preference shares
    402       464       464  
     
Total investments
    209,548       212,512       212,112  
     

F-209


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE III—SUPPLEMENTARY INSURANCE INFORMATION
Amounts are in millions of euros
                                                                                 
                                            Column G                            
                                            Net                            
                                            invest-                            
                                            ment                            
                                            income                            
                                            (inclu-                            
                                            ding other             Column              
                                            income             I              
            Column                             and other     Column H     Amorti              
    Column     C             Column E             expen-     Benefits,     zation              
    B     Future policy             Other             ses)     claims,     of defer-              
    Deferred     benefits,     Column D     policy and     Column     alloca-ted     losses and     red policy     Column J     Column  
Column   policy     losses, claims,     Un-earned     claims     F     to under-     settle-     acqui-     Other     K  
A   acquisition     and loss     pre-     benefits     Pre-mium     writing ac-     ment     sition     opera-ting     Pre-miums  
Segment   costs     expen-ses     miums     payable     revenue     counts     expen-ses     costs     expen-ses     written  
2009
                                                                               
Life
    11,355       230,344               1,600       26,853       4,163       27,427       446       3,829       26,853  
Non-life
    43       3,073       361               1,704       255       976       12       749       1,702  
     
Total
    11,398       233,417       361       1,600       28,557       4,418       28,403       458       4,578       28,555  
     
 
                                                                               
2008
                                                                               
Life
    11,578       227,750               147       37,067       8,995       42,064       1,448       4,786       37,067  
Non-life
    265       5,340       1,756               4,719       426       2,803       130       1,729       4,747  
     
Total
    11,843       233,090       1,756       147       41,786       9,421       44,867       1,578       6,515       41,814  
     

F-210


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE IV—REINSURANCE
Amounts are in millions of euros
                                         
                                    Column F  
            Column     Column             Percen-  
            C     D             tage of  
    Column B     Ceded to     Assumed     Column E     amount  
Column   Gross     other     from other     Net     assumed  
A   amount     companies     companies     amount     to net  
 
                                       
2009 Premiums
                                       
— Life
    27,421       1,867       1,299       26,853       4.8 %
— Non-life
    1,746       70       26       1,702       1.5 %
     
Total Premiums
    29,167       1,937       1,325       28,555       4.6 %
     
Life insurance in force
    1,096,442       254,454       34,094       876,082       3.9 %
2008 Premiums
                                       
— Life
    37,487       1,802       1,382       37,067       3.7 %
— Non-life
    4,920       196       23       4,747       0.5 %
     
Total Premiums
    42,407       1,998       1,405       41,814       3.4 %
     
 
                                       
Life insurance in force
    1,062,700       269,041       105,094       898,753       11.7 %
 
                                       
2007 Premiums
                                       
— Life
    39,170       1,968       1,562       38,764       4.0 %
— Non-life
    6,062       306       24       5,780       0.4 %
     
Total Premiums
    45,232       2,274       1,586       44,544       3.6 %
     
 
                                       
Life insurance in force
    1,015,999       258,304       139,155       896,850       15.5 %

F-211


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE VI—SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION CONCERNING
NON-LIFE INSURANCE OPERATIONS
Amounts are in millions of euros
                                                                                         
                                            Column G                                    
                                            Net                                    
                                            invest-                                    
                                            ment                                    
                                            income                                    
                                            (inclu-                                    
                                            ding                                    
                                            other                                    
                                            income                                    
                                            and other             Column                      
            Column C                             expen-             H             Column        
            Reserves     Column D                     ses)     Claims and claims     Column     J        
    Column B     for unpaid     Discount,     Column E             allocated     adjustment     I     Paid        
Column   Deferred     claims &     if any,     Un-     Column F     to non-     expenses incurred     Amorti-     claims &     Column K  
A   policy     claims     deducted     earned     Earned     life     related to     zation     claims     Pre-  
Affiliation with   acquisi-     adjusted     in Column     pre-     pre-     opera-     accident years     of     adjusted     miums  
the registrant   tion costs     expenses     C     miums     miums     tions     Current     prior     DPAC(1)     expenses     written  
 
                                                                                       
2009
                                                                                       
Consolidated
                                                                                       
Non-life entities
    43       3,073       215       361       1,704       255       1,111       (84 )     12       976       1,702  
 
                                                                                       
2008
                                                                                       
Consolidated
                                                                                       
Non-life entities
    265       5,340       471       1,756       4,719       426       2,934       (292 )     130       2,803       4,747  
 
(1)   DPAC: Deferred policy acquisition costs

F-212